Skip to main content

Full text of "The lake regions of Central Africa : a picture of exploration"

See other formats


Google 


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  lhal  w;ls  preserved  for  general  ions  on  library  shelves  before  il  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  pari  of  a  project 

to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

Il  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  thai  was  never  subject 

to  copy  right  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 

are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  dillicull  lo  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  marginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 

publisher  lo  a  library  and  linally  lo  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  lo  partner  with  libraries  lo  digili/e  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  lo  keep  providing  this  resource,  we  have  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  panics,  including  placing  Icchnical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 
We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  n  on -commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  thai  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non -commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  from  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  lo  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attribution  The  Google  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  lile  is  essential  for  informing  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use.  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 

countries.  Whether  a  book  is  slill  in  copyright  varies  from  country  lo  country,  and  we  can'l  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liability  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.  Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  I  lie  lull  lexl  of  1 1  us  book  on  I  lie  web 
al|_-.:. :.-.-::  /  /  books  .  qooqle  .  com/| 


id  By  Google 


id  By  Google 


id  By  Google 


h 


id  By  Google 


id  By  Google 


id  By  Google 


Dkjitzsdav  GoOglC 


Digitized  ByGOOgle 


LAKE  REGIONS  of  CENTRAL  AFRICA 


Digitized  SyGOOgle 


Digitized  ByGOOgk 


T.ATTE  REGIONS  of  CENTRAL  AFRICA 


A     PIOTUEB     OP     EXPLOBATION 


RICHARD  F.  BURTON 

I.M.  I.  iinij  i  Follow  and  Odd  Undillist  of  the  Rojil  acoffmpMail  Srwlslj 


vol.  n. 


LONDON 
LONGMAN,    GREEN,    LONGMAN,    AND    ROBERTS 

1860 


Digitized  ByGOOgle 


dDy  Google 


CONTENTS 


THE    SECOND    VOLUME. 


CHAPTER  XH. 
The  Geography  and  Ethnology  of  Unyamwezi.  —  The  Fourth 

Region 1 

CHAP.  XIII. 
At  length  we  sight  the  Lake  Tanganyika,  tho  "  Sea  of  Ujiji."  .     34 

CHAP.  XIV. 

We  explore  the  Tanganyika  Lake SO 

CHAP.  XV. 
The  Tanganyika  Lake  and  its  Periplus      ....  134 

CHAP.  XVI. 

We  return  to  Unyanyembe        ......   1*65 

CHAP.  XVII. 

The  Down-march  to  the  Coast  .  .         .223 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


"  CONTENTS. 

CHAP.  XVIII. 
Village  Lite  in  Eait  Africa 278 


CHAP.  XIX. 

The    Character    and  Religion   of  the  East  Africans ;  their 

Government,  and  Slavery 324 

Conclusion 379 


APPENDICES. 

Appbmdix    I. :  Commerce,  Imports,  and  Exports 
Appendix  II. :  Official  Correspondence 


Digitized  ByGOOgle 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 


THE  SECOND  VOLUME. 


CHROMOXYLOGRAPHS. 

Navigation  of  the  Tanganyika  Lake Froatiipicce. 

View  in  Usiigara tofacepag»  1 

Snay  bin  Amir's  House. „  155 

Saydnmi,  a  native  of  Uganda „  223 

The  Baiin  of  Maroro „  253 

The  Basin  of  Kisanga        ......  „  278 


WOODCUTS. 

Iwanza,  or  public-houses  ;  with  Looms  to  the  left  ....       1 

My  Tembe  near  the  Tangangika 34 

Head  Dresses  of  Wanyamwezl 80 

African  beads,  and  Ferry-boat 134 

Portraits  of  Muinyi  Kidogo,  the  Kinuigozi,  the  Mgangfi,  &e.  ,         .  155 

Mgongo  Tbembo,  or  the  Elephant's  Back 223 

Jiwe  la  Mkoa,  the  Round  Bock 242 

Ru6ta  Paw  in  Usagara 259 

The  Ivory  Porter,  the  Cloth  Porter,  and  Woman  in  Usagara  .  278 

Gourd,  Stool,  Bellows,  Guitar,  and  Drum 292 

Gourde 313 

A  Mnyamwezi  and  a  Mheha 324 

The  Bull-headed  Mabruki,  and  the  African  standing  position                .  378 
The  Elephant  Bock f  84 


id  By  Google 


id  By  Google 


id  By  Google 


Digitized  ByGOOgle 


LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 


CHAPTER    XII. 

THE   SEOOBAPHT   AKD    ETHNOLOGY    OF    UNTAMTTEZI. — THE  TOIIBTH 

REGION. 

The  fourth  division  is  a  hilly  table-land,  extending 
from  the  western  skirts  of  the*  desert  Mgunda  Mk'hali, 
in  E.  long.  33°  57',  to  the  eastern  banks  of  the  Mala* 
garazi  River,  in   E.  long.  31°  10':  it  thus  stretches 

VOL.  H.  B 

7  D^z^yGoogle 


3  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

diagonally  over  155  rectilinear  geographical  miles. 
Bounded  on  the  north  by  Usui  and  the  Nyanza  Lake, 
to  the  south-eastwards  by  Ugala,  southwards  by  Ukimbu, 
.  and  south-westwards  by  Uwende,  it  has  a  depth  of  from 
twenty-five  to  thirty  marches.  Native  caravans,  if 
lightly  laden,  can  accomplish  it  in  twenty-five  days, 
including  four  halts.  The  maximum  altitude  observed 
by  B.  P.  therm,  was  4050  feet,  the  minimum  2850. 
This  region  contains  the  two  great  divisions  of  Unyam- 
wezi  and  Uvinza. 

The  name  of  Unyamwezi  was  first  heard  by  the 
Portuguese,  according  to  Giovanni  Botero,  towards  the 
end  of  the  sixteenth  century,  or  about  1589.  Piga- 
fetta,  who,  in  1591,  Bystematised  the  discoveries  of  the 
earlier  Portuguese,  placed  the  empire  of  "Monemugi" 
or  Munimigi  in  a  vast  triangular  area,  whose  limits 
were  Monomotapa,  Congo,  and  Abyssinia :  from  his 
pages  it  appears  that  the  people  of  this  central  kingdom 
were  closely  connected  by  commerce  with  the  towns  on 
the  eastern  coast  of  Africa.  According  to  Dapper,  the 
Dutch  historian,  (1671,)  whose  work  has  been  the  great 
mine  of  information  to  subsequent  writers  upon  Africa 
south  of  the  equator,  about  sixty  days'  journey  from 
the  Atlantic  is  the  kingdom  of  Monemugi,  which  others 
call  "  Nimearaaye,"  a  name  still  retained  under  the  cor- 
rupted form  "  Nimeaye "  in  our  atlases.  M.  Malte- 
Brun,  senior,  mentioning  Mounemugt,  adds,  "  on,  selon 
une  autographe  plus  authentique,  Mou-nimougi."  All 
the  Portuguese  authors  call  the  people  Monemugi  or 
Mono-emugi ;  Mr.  Cooley  prefers  Monomoezi,  which  he 
derives  from  "Munha  Munge,"  or  "  lord  of  the  world,"  the 
title  of  a  great  African  king  in  the  interior,  commemor- 
ated by  the  historian  De  Barros.  Mr.  Macqueen  ('Geo- 
graphy of  Central  Africa'),  who  also  gives  Manmoise, 
declares  that  "  Mueno-muge,  Mueno-muize,  Monomoise, 


THE  WORD  UNYAMWEZL  8 

and  Uniamese,"  relate  to  the  same  place  and  people, 
comprehending  a  large  extent  of  country  in  the  interior 
of  Africa  :  he  explains  the  word  erroneously  to  mean 
the  "  great  Moises  or  Movisas."  The  Rev.  Mr.  Erhardt 
asserts  that  for  facility  of  pronunciation  the  coast  mer- 
chants have  turned  the  name  "  Wanamesi "  into  "  Wania- 
mesi,"  which  also  leads  his  readers  into  error.  The 
Rev.  Mr.  Livingstone  thus  endorses  the  mistake  of 
Messrs.  Macqueen  and  Erhardt :  "  The  names  Mono- 
moizes,  spelt  also  Monemuigis  and  Monomuizes,  and 
Monomotapistas,  when  applied  to  the  tribes,  are  exactly 
the  same  as  if  we  should  call  the  Scotch  the  Lord 
Douglases  .  .  .  Monomoizes  was  formed  from  Moiza  or 
Muiza,  the  singular  of  the  word  Babisa  or  Aiza,  the 
proper  name  of  a  large  tribe  to  the  north."  In  these 
sentences  there  is  a  confusion  between  the  lands  of  the 
Wanyamwezi,  lying  under  the  parallel  of  the  Tanganyika 
Lake,  and  the  Wabisa  (in  the  'singular  Mbisa,  the 
Wavisa  of  the  Rev.  Mr.  Rebmann),  a  well-known  com- 
mercial tribe  dwelling  about  the  Maravi  or  Nyassa  Lake, 
S.W.  of  Kilwa,  whose  name  in  times  of  old  was  cor- 
rupted by  the  Portuguese  to  Movizas  or  Movisas. 
Finally  M.  Guillain,  in  a  work  already  alluded  to,  states 
correctly  the  name  of  the  people  to  be  Oua-nyamouczi, 
but  in  designating  the  country  "  pays  de  Nyamouezi," 
he  shows  little  knowledge  of  the  Zangian  dialects. 
M.  V.  A.  Malte-Brun,  junior  (*  Bulletin  de  Geogra- 
phic,' Paris,  1856,  Part  II.  p.  295)  correctly  writes 
Wanyamwezi. 

A  name  so  discrepancy  corrupted  deserves  some 
notice.  Unyamwezi  is  translated  by  Dr.  Krapf  and 
the  Rev.  Mr.  Rebmann,  "  Possessions  of  the  Moon." 
The  initial  IT,  the  causal  and  locative  prefix,  denotes 
the  land,  nya,  x>f,  and  mwezi,  articulated  m'ezi  with 


id  By  Google 


4  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

semi-elision  of  the  w,  means  the  moon.  The  people 
sometimes  pronounce  their  country  name  Unyamiezr, 
which  would  be  a  plural  form,  miezi  signifying  moons 
or  months.  The  Arabs  and  the  people  of  Zanzibar,  for 
facility  and  rapidity  of  pronunciation,  dispense  with 
the  initial  dissyllable,  and  call  the  country  and  its  race 
Mwezi.  The  correct  designation  of  the  inhabitants  of 
Unyamwezi  is,  therefore,  Mnyamwezi  in  tbe  singular, 
and  Wanyamwezi  in  the  plural:  Kinyamwezi  is  the 
adjectival  form.  It  is  not  a  little  curious  that  the  Greeks 
should  have  placed  their  t*is  <r«M'")S  tpo$ — the  mountain 
of  the  moon — and  the  Hindus  their  Soma  Giri  (an  ex- 
pression probably  translated  from  the  former),  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  African  "Land  of  the  Moon."  It  is 
impossible  to  investigate  the  antiquity  of  the  vernacular 
term ;  all  that  can  be  discovered  is,  that  nearly  350 
years  ago  the  Portuguese  explorers  of  Western  Africa 
heard  the  country  de'signated  by  its  present  name. 

There  is  the  evidence  of  barbarous  tradition  for  a 
belief  in  the  existence  of  Unyamwezi  as  a  great  empire, 
united  under  a  single  despot  The  elders  declare  that 
their  patriarchal  ancestor  became  after  death  the  first 
tree,  and  afforded  shade  to  his  children  and  descen- 
dants. According  to  the  Arabs  the  people  still  perform 
pilgrimage  to  a  holy  tree,  and  believe  that  the  penalty 
of  sacrilege  in  cutting  off  a  twig  would  be  visited  by 
sudden  and  mysterious  death.  All  agree  in  relating 
that  during  the  olden  time  Unyamwezi  was  united 
under  a  single  sovereign,  whose  tribe  was  the  Wafcala- 
ganza,  still  inhabiting  the  western  district,  Usagozi.  Ac- 
cording to  the  people,  whose  greatest  chronical  measure 
is  a  Masika,  or  rainy  season,  in  the  days  of  the  grand- 
fathers of  their  grandfathers  the  last  of  the  Wanyam- 
wezi emperors  died.  His  children  and  nobles  divided 
and  dismembered  his  dominions,  further  partitions  en- 


ogle 


UNYAMWEZI  A  GREAT  EMPIRE.  ff 

sued,  and  finally  the  old  empire  fell  into  the  hands  of  a 
rabble  of  petty  chiefs.  Their  wild  computation  would 
point  to  an  epoch  of  150  years  ago — a  date  by  no  means 
improbable. 

These  glimmerings  of  light  thrown  by  African  tradi- 
tion illustrate  the  accounts  given  by  the  early.  Portu- 
guese concerning  the  extent  and  the  civilisation  of  the 
Unyamwezi  empire.  Moreover,  African  travellers  in  the 
seventeenth  century  concur  in  asserting  that,  between 
250  and  500  years  ago,  there  was  an  outpouring  of  the 
barbarians  from  the  heart  of  ^Ethiopia  and  from  the 
shores  of  the  Central  Lake  towards  the  eastern  and 
southern  coasts  of  the  peninsula,  a  general  waving  and 
wandering  of  tribes  which  caused  great  ethnological 
and  geographical  confusion,  public  demoralisation,  dis- 
memberment of  races,  and  change,  confusion,  and  cor- 
ruption of  tongues.  About  this  period  it  is  supposed 
the  kingdom  of  Mt&nda,  the  first  Eazembe,  was  es- 
tablished. The  Kafirs  of  the  Cape  also  date  their  migra- 
tion from  the  northern  regions  to  the  banks  of  the  Kei 
about  a  century  and  a  half  ago. 

In  these  days  Unyamwezi  has  returned  to  the  political 
status  of  Eastern  Africa  in  the  time  of  the  Peri  plus.  It 
is  broken  up  into  petty  divisions,  each  ruled  by  its 
own  tyrant  i  his  authority  never  extends  beyond  five 
marches ;  moreover,  the  minor  chiefs  of  the  different 
districts  are  virtually  independent  of  their  suzerains. 
One  language  is  spoken  throughout  the  land  of  the 
Moon,  but  the  dialectic  differences  are  such  that  the 
tribes  in  the  east  with  difficulty  understand  their 
brethren  in  the  west.  The  principal  provinces  are  — ■ 
Utakama  to  the  extreme  north,  Usukuma  on  the  south, 
— in  Kinyamwezi  sukuma  means  the  north,  takama  the 
south,  kiya  the  east,  and  mwere  the  west, — Unyan- 

D   3 

D,B,tzedDyGOOgIe 


8  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

yembe  in  the  centre,  Ufyoma  and  Utumbara  in  the 
north-west,  Unyangwira  in  the  south-east,  Usagozi  and 
Usumbwato  the  westward.  The  three  normal  divisions 
of  the  people  are  into  Wanyamwezi,  Wasukuma  or 
northern,  and  Watakama  or  southern. 

The  general  character  of  Unyamwezi  is  rolling  ground, 
intersected  with  low  conical  and  tabular  hills,  whose  lines 
ramify  in  all  directions.  No  mountain  is  found  in  the 
country.  The  superjacent  stratum  is  clay,  overlying  the 
sandstone  based  upon  various  granites,  which  in  some 
places  crop  out,  picturesquely  disposed  in  blocks  and 
boulders  and  huge  domes  and  lumpy  masses ;  ironstone  is 
met  with  at  a  depth  varying  from  five  to  twelve  feet,  and 
at  Kazeh,  the  Arab  settlement  in  Unyanyembe,  bits  of 
coarse  ore  were  found  by  digging  not  more  than  four 
feet  in  a  chance  spot.  During  the  rains  a  coat  of 
many-tinted  greens  conceals  the  soil;  in  the  dry  sea- 
son the  land  is  grey,  lighted  up  by  golden  stubbles 
and  dotted  with  wind-distorted  trees,  shallow  swamps 
of  emerald  grass,  and  wide  sheets  of  dark  mud. 
Dwarfed  stumps  and  charred  "black-jacks"  deform 
the  fields,  which  are  sometimes  ditched  or  hedged  in, 
whilst  a  thin  forest  of  parachute-shaped  thorns  diver- 
sifies the  waves  of  rolling  land  and  earth-hills  spotted 
with  sun-burnt  stone.  The  reclaimed  tracts  and  clear- 
ings are  divided  from  one  another  by  strips  of  primseval 
jungle,  varying  from  two  "to  twelve  miles  in  length.  As 
in  most  parts  of  Eastern  Africa,  the  country  is  dotted 
with  "  fairy  mounts  "  —  dwarf  mounds,  the  ancient  sites 
of  trees  now  crumbled  to  dust,  and  the  debris  of  insect 
architecture ;  they  appear  to  be  rich  ground,  as  they  are 
always  diligently  cultivated.  The  yield  of  the  soil,  ac- 
cording to  the  Arabs,  averages  sixty-fold,  even  in  un- 
favourable seasons. 

Digitized  ByGOOgle 


BEAUTY   OF  UKYAMWEZI.  7 

The  Land  of  the  Moon,  which  is  the  garden  of 
Central  Intertropical  Africa,  presents  an  aspect  of 
peaceful  rural  beauty  which  soothes  the  eye  like  a 
medicine  after  the  red  glare  of  barren  Ugogo,  and  the 
dark  monotonous  verdure  of  the  western  provinces. 
The  inhabitants  are  comparatively  numerous  in  the 
villages,  which  rise  at  short  intervals  above  their  im- 
pervious walls  of  the  lustrous  green  milk-bush,  with 
its  coral-shaped  arms,  variegating  the  well-hoed  plains  j 
whilst  in  the  pasture-lands  frequent  herds  of  many, 
coloured  cattle,  plump,  round-barrelled,  and  high- 
humped,  like  the  Indian  breeds,  and  mingled  flocks  of 
goats  and  sheep  dispersed  over  the  landscape,  suggest 
ideas  of  barbarous  comfort  and  plenty.  There  are  few 
scenes  more  soft  and  soothing  than  a  view  of  Unyara- 
wezi  in  the  balmy  evenings  of  spring.  As  the  large 
yellow  sun  nears  the  horizon,  a  deep  stillness  falls  upon 
earth :  even  the  zephyr  seems  to  lose  the  power  of  rust- 
ling the  lightest  leaf.  The  milky  haze  of  midday  dis- 
appears from  the  firmament,  the  flush  of  departing  day 
mantles  the  distant  features  of  scenery  with  a  lovely 
rose-tint,  and  the  twilight  is  an  orange  glow  that  burns 
like  distant  horizontal  fires,  passing  upwards  through  an 
imperceptibly  graduated  scale  of  colours  —  saffron,  yel- 
low, tender  green,  and  the  lightest  azure — into  the  dark 
blue  of  the  infinite  space  above.  The  charm  of  the 
hour  seems  to  affect  even  the  unimaginative  Africans, 
as  they  Bit  in  the  central  spaces  of  their  villages,  or, 
stretched  under  the  forest- trees,  gaze  upon  the  glories 
around. . 

In  Unyamwezi  water  generally  lies  upon  the  surface, 
during  the  rains,  in  broad  shallow  pools,  which  become 
favourite  sites  for  rice-fields.  These  little  ziwa  and 
mbuga — ponds  and  marshes  —  vary  from  two  to  five 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


6  THE  LAKE  BEOIOKS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

feet  below  the  level  of  the  land ;  in  the  dry  i 
they  are  betrayed  from  afar  by  a  green  line  of  livelier 
vegetation  streaking  the  dead  tawny  plain.  The  Arabs 
seldom  dig  their  wells  deeper  than  six  feet,  and  they 
complain  of  the  want  of  "  live-water"  gushing  from  the 
rocky  ground,  as  in  their  native  Oman.  The  country 
contains  few  springs,  and  the  surface  of  retentive  clay 
prevents  the  moisture  penetrating  to  the  subsoil.  The 
peculiarity  of  the  produce  is  its  decided  chalybeate 
flavour.  The  versant  of  the  country  varies.  The 
eastern  third,  falling  to  the  south-east,  discharges  its 
surplus  supplies  through  the  Rwaha  river  into  the 
Indian  Ocean  ;  in  the  centre,  water  seems  to  stagnate  ; 
and  in  the  western  third,  the  flow,  turning  to  the  north 
and  north-west,  is  carried  by  the  Gombe  nullah  —  a 
string  of  pools  during  the  dry  season,  and  a  rapid  un- 
fbrdable  stream  during  the  rains — into  the  great  Mala- 
garazi  river,  the  principal  eastern  influent  of  the  Tan- 
ganyika Lake.  The  levels  of  the  country  and  the  direction 
of  the  waters  combine  to  prove  that  the  great  depres- 
sion of  Central  Africa,  alluded  to  in  the  preceding  chap- 
ter, commences  in  the  district  of  Kigwa  in  Unyamwezi. 
The  climate  of  the  island  and  coast  of  Zanzibar  has, 
it  must  be  remembered,  double  seasons,  which  are  ex- 
ceedingly confused  and  irregular.  The  lands  of  Un- 
yamwezi and  Uvinza,  on  the  other  hand,  are  as 
remarkable  for  simplicity  of,  division.  There  eight 
seasons  disturb  the  idea  of  year ;  here  but  two  —  a 
summer  and  a  winter.  Central  Africa  has,  as  the 
Spaniards  say  of  the  Philippine  Isles, 

"  SeU  Inezes  de  polvo, 
Sail  meze*  de  lodo." 

In  1857  the  Masika,  or  rains,  commenced  throughout 
Eastern  Unyamwezi  on'  the  14th  of  November.     In  the 


id  By  Google 


VIOLENT   STORMS.  9 

northern  and  western  provinces  the  wet  monsoon  begins 
earlier  and  lasts  longer.  At  Msene  it  precedes  Unyan- 
yembe  about  a  month;  in  Ujiji,  Earagwah,  and  Uganda, 
nearly  two  months.  Thus  the  latter  countries  have  a 
rainy  season  which  lasts  from  the  middle  of  September 
till  the  middle  of  May. 

The  moisture-bearing  wind  in  this  part  of  Africa  is 
the  fixed  south-east  trade,  deflected,  as  in  the  great 
valley  of  the  Mississippi  and  in  the  island  of  Ceylon, 
into  a  periodical  south-west  monsoon.  As  will  appear 
in  these  pages,  the  downfalls  begin  earlier  in  Central 
Africa  than  upon  the  .eastern  coast,  and  from  the  latter 
point  they  travel  by  slow  degrees,  with  the  nortKing 
son,  to  the  north-east,  till  they  find  a  grave  upon  the 
rocky  slopes  of  the  Himalayas. 

The  rainy  monsoon  is  here  ushered  in,  accompanied, 
and  terminated  by  storms  of  thunder  and  lightning, 
and  occasional  hail-falls.  The  blinding  flashes  of 
white,  yellow,  or  rose  colour  play  over  the  firma- 
ment uninterruptedly  for  hours,  during  which  no 
darkness  is  visible.  In  the  lighter  storms  thirty  and 
thirty-five  flashes  may  be  counted  in  a  minute :  so  vivid 
is  the  glare  that  it  discloses  the  finest  shades  of  colour, 
and  appears  followed  by  a  thick  and  palpable  gloom, 
such  as  would  hang  before  a  blind  man's  eyes,  whilst  a 
deafening  roar  simultaneously  following  the  flash,  seems 
to  travel,  as  it  were,  to  and  fro  overhead.  Several 
claps  sometimes  sound  almost  at  the  same  moment,  and 
as  if  coming  from  different  directions.  The  same  storm 
will,  after  the  most  violent  of  its  discharges,  pass  over, 
and  be  immediately  followed  by  a  second,  showing  the 
superabundance  of  electricity  in  the  atmosphere.  "When 
hail  is  about  to  fall,  a  rushing  noise  is  heard  in  the  air, 
with  sudden  coolness  and  a  strange  darkness  from  the 


id  By  Google 


10  THE   LAKE   REGIONS   OF   CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

canopy  of  brownish  purple  clouds.  The  winds  are 
exceedingly  variable :  perhaps  they  are  most  often  from 
the  east  and  north-east  during  summer,  from  the  north- 
west and  south-west  in  the  rains ;  but  they  are  answered 
from  all  quarters  of  the  heavens,  and  the  most  violent 
storms  sail  up  against  the  lower  atmospheric  currents. 
The  Portuguese  of  the  Mozambique  attribute  these  ter- 
rible discharges  of  electricity  to  the  quantity  of  mineral 
substances  scattered  about  the  country  ;  but  a  steaming 
land  like  Eastern  Africa  wants,  during  the  rains,  no 
stronger  battery.  Jn  the  rainy  season  the  sensation  is 
that  experienced  during  the  equinoctial  gales  in  the 
Mediterranean,  where  the  scirocco  diffuses  everywhere 
discomfort  and  disease.  The  fall  is  not,  as  in  Western 
India,  a  steady  downpour,  lasting  sometimes  two  or 
three  days  without  a  break.  In  Central  Africa,  rain 
seldom  endures  beyond  twelve  hoars,  and  it  often  as- 
sumes for  weeks  an  appearance  of  regularity,  re-occurring 
at  a  certain  time.  Night  is  its  normal  season ;  the  morn- 
ings are  often  wet,  and  the  torrid  midday  is  generally 
dry.  As  in  Southern  Afrioa,  a  considerable  decrease 
of  temperature  is  the  consequence  of  long-continued 
rain.  Westward  of  Unyanycmbe,  hail-storms,  during 
the  rainy  monsoon,  are  frequent  and  violent ;  according 
to  the  Arabs,  the  stones  sometimes  rival  pigeons'  eggs  in 
size.  Throughout  this  monsoon  the  sun  burns  with  sickly 
depressing  rays,  which  make  earth  reek  like  a  garment 
hung  out  to  dry.  Yet  this  is  not  considered  the  un- 
healthy period :  the  inundation  is  too  deep,  and  eva- 
poration is  yet  unable  to  extract  sufficient  poison  from 
decay. 

As  in  India  and  the  southern  regions  of  Africa,  the 
deadly  season  follows  the  wet  monsoon  from  the  middle 
of  May  to  the  end  of  June.     The  kosi  or  south-west 


mzedByGOOgle 


CLIMATE   OF  UNTAMWEZt.  11 

wind  gives  place  to  the  kaskazi,  or  north-east,  about 
April,  a  little  later  than  at  Zanzibar.  The  cold  gales 
and  the  fervid  suns  then  affect-  the  outspread  waters ; 
the  rivers,  having  swollen  .during  the  weeks  of  violent 
downfall  that  usher  in  the  end  of  the  rains,  begin  to 
shrink,  and  rairy  morasses  and  swamps  of  black  vege- 
table mud  line  the  low-lands  whose  central  depths  are 
still  under  water.  The  winds,  cooled  by  excessive 
evaporation  and  set  in  motion  by  the  heat,  howl  over 
the  country  by  night  and  day,  dispersing  through  the 
population  colds  and  catarrhs,  agues  and  rheumatisms, 
dysenteries  and  deadly  fevers.  It  must,  however,  be 
remarked  that  many  cases  which  in  India  and  Sihdh 
would  be  despaired  of,  survived  in  Eastern  Africa. 

The  hot  season,  or  summer,  lasting  from  the  end  of 
June  till  nearly  the  middle  of  November,  forms  the 
complement  of  the  year.  The  air  now  becomes  healthy 
and  temperate ;  the  cold,  raw  winds  rarely  blow,  and 
the  people  recover  from  their  transition  diseases.  At 
long  intervals,  during  these  months,  but  a  few  grateful 
and  refreshing  showers,  accompanied  by  low  thunder- 
ings,  cool  the  air  and  give  life  to  the  earth.  These 
phenomena  are  expected  after  the  change  of  the  moon, 
and  not,  as  in  Zanzibar,  during  her  last  quarter.  The 
Arabs  declare  that  here,  as  in  the  island,  rain  sometimes 
fiills  from  a  clear  Bky  —  a  phenomenon  not  unknown  to 
African  travellers.  The  drought  affects  the  country 
severely,  a  curious  exception  to  the  rule  in  the  zone  of 
perpetual  rain;  and  after  August  whirlwinds  of  dust 
become  frequent.  At  this  time  the  climate  is  most 
agreeable  to  the  senses ;  even  in  the  hottest  nights  a 
blanket  is  welcome,  especially  about  dawn,  and  it  is 
possible  to  dine  at  3  or  4.  p.m.,  when  in  India  the  exer- 
tion would  be  impracticable.     During  the  day  a  ring- 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


12  THE   LAKE   REGIONS   OF  CENTRAL  AFBICA. 

cloud,  or  a  screen  of  vapour,  almost  invariably  tempers 
the  solar  rays ;  at  night  a  halo,  or  a  corona,  generally 
encircles  the  moon.  The  clouds  are  chiefly  cumulus, 
cumulo-stratus,  and  nimbus ;  the  sky  is  often  overcast 
with  large  white  masses  floating,  apparently  without 
motion,  upon  the  milky  haze,  and  in  the  serenest 
weather  a  few  threads  are  seen  pencilled  upon  the 
expanse  above.  'Sunrise  is  seldom  thoroughly  clear, 
and,  when  so,  the  clouds,  sublimed  in  other  regions  and 
brought  up  by  the  rising  winds,  begin  to  gather  in  the 
forenoon.  They  are  melted,  as  it  were,  by  the  fervent 
heat  of  the  sun  between  noon  and  3  pjm.,  at  which  time 
also  the  breezes  fall  light.  Thick  mists  collect  about 
sunset,  and  by  night  the  skies  are  seldom  free  from 
clouds.  The  want  of  heat  to  dilate  the  atmosphere  at 
this  season,  and  the  light-absorbing  vegetation  which 
clothes  the  land,  causes  a  peculiar  dimness  in  the  Galaxy 
and  "  Magellan's  Clouds."  The  twilight  also  is  short, 
and  the  zodiacal  light  is  not  observed.  The  suffocating 
sensation  of  the  tropics  is  unknown,  and  at  noon  in  the 
month  of  September — the  midsummer  of  this  region 
— the  thermometer,  defended  from  the  wind,  in  a  single- 
fold  Arab  tent,  never  exceeded  113"  Fahr.  Except 
during  the  rains,  the  dews  are  not  heavy,  as  in  Zan* 
zibar,  in  the  alluvial  valleys,  and  in  Usagara  and  Ujiji : 
the  people  do  not  fear  exposure  to  them,  though,  as  in 
parts  of  France,  they  consider  dew-wetted  grass  un- 
wholesome for  cattle.  The  Arabs  stand  bathing  in 
the  occasional  torrents  of  rain  without  the  least  appre- 
hension. The  temperature  varies  too  little  for  the 
European  constitution,  which  requires  a  winter.  The 
people,  however,  scarcely  care  to  clothe  themselves. 
The  flies  and  mosquitoes — those  pests  of  most  African 
countries — are  here  a  minor  annoyance. 


id  By  Google 


EABTHQOAKES.  13 

The  principal  cause  of  disease  during  the  summer  of 
Unyamwezi  is  the  east  wind,  which,  refrigerated  by  the 
damp  alluvial  valleys  of  the  first  region  and  the  tree- 
clad  peaks  and  swampy  plains  of  Usagara,  sweeps  the 
country,  like  the  tramontanas  of  Italy,  with  a  freezing 
cold  in  the  midst  of  an  atmosphere  properly  tepid. 
These  unnatural  combinations  of  extremes,  causing 
sudden  chills  when  the  skin  perspires,  bring  on  in- 
evitable disease ;  strangers  often  suffer  severely,  and  the 
influenza  is  as  much  feared  in  Unyamwezi  as  in  England. 
The  east  wind  is  even  more  dangerous  in  the  hut  than 
in  the  field :  draughts  from  the  four  quarters  play  upon 
the  patient,  making  one  side  of  the  body  tremble  with 
cold,  whilst  the  other,  defended  by  the  wall  or  heated 
by  the  fire,  burns  with  fever-glow.  The  gales  are  most 
violent  immediately  after  the  cessation  of  the  rains ; 
about  the  beginning  of  August  they  become  warmer 
and  fall  light.  At  this  time  frequent  whirlwinds  sweep 
from  the  sun-parched  land  clouds  of  a  fine  and  pene- 
trating clay-dust,  and  slight  shocks  of  earthquakes  are 
by  no  means  uncommon.  Three  were  observed  by  the 
Expedition — at  noon  on  the  14th  of  June,  1858 ;  on  the 
morning  of  the  13th  of  June;  and  at  5  p.m.  on  the  22nd 
of  November,  1858.  The  motion,  though  mild,  was 
distinctly  perceptible;  unfortunately,  means  of  ascer- 
taining the  direction  were  wanted.  The  people  of  the 
country  call  this  phenomenon  "Tetemeka,"  or  the 
trembling;  and  the  Arabs  remember  a  shock  of  a 
serious  nature  which  took  place  at  Unyanyembe  in  the 
hot  season  of  1852.  After  September,  though  the  land 
is  parched  with  drought,  the  trees  begin  to  put  forth 
their  leaves ;  it  is  the  coupling  season  of  beasts,  and  the 
period  of  nidification  and  incubation  for  birds.  The 
gradual  lowering   of  the  temperature,  caused  by  the 


id  By  Google 


14  THE  LAKE  BEGIONS.OF  CENTRAL  AFBICA. 

southern  declination  of  the  sun,  acts  like  the  genial 
warmth  of  an  English  spring.  As  all  sudden  changes 
from  siccity  to  humidity  are  prejudicial  to  man,  there 
is  invariably  severe  disease  at  the  end  of  the  summer, 
when  the  rains  set  in. 

Travellers  from  Unyamwezi  homeward  returned  often 
represent  that  country  to  be  the  healthiest  in  East- 
ern and  Central  Africa :  they  quote,  as  a  proof,  the 
keenness  of  their  appetites  and  the  quantity  of  food 
which  they  consume.  The  older  residents,  however, 
modify  their  opinions :  they  declare  that  digestion  does 
not  wait  upon  appetite ;  and  that,  as  in  Egypt,  Mazan- 
deran,  Malabar,  and  other  hot-damp  countries,  no  man 
long  retains  rude  health.  The  sequelae  of  their  ma- 
ladies are. always  severe;  few  care  to  use  remedies, 
deeming  them  inefficacious  against  morbific  influ- 
ences to  them  unknown ;  convalescence  is  protracted, 
painful,  and  uncertain,  and  at  length  they  are  compelled 
to  lead  the  lives  of  confirmed  invalids.  The  gifts  of 
the  climate,  lassitude  and  indolence,  according  to  them, 
predispose  to  corpulence ;  and  the  regular  warmth 
induces  baldness,  and  thins  the  beard,  thus  assimilating 
strangers  in  body  as  in  .mind  to  the  aborigines.  They 
are  uhaniraous  in  quoting  a  curious  effect  of  climate, 
which  they  attribute  to  a  corruption  of  the  "  humours 
and  juices  of  the  body."  Men  who,  after  a  lengthened 
sojourn  in  these  regions  return  to  Oman,  throw  away 
the  surplus  provisions  brought  from  the  African  coast, 
burn  their  clothes  and  bedding,  and  for  the  first  two  or 
three  months'  eschew  society ;  a  peculiar  effluvium  ren- 
dering them,  it  is  said,  offensive  to  the  finer  olfactories 
of  their  compatriots. 

•  The  Mukunguru  of  Unyamwezi  is  perhaps  the  se- 
verest seasoning  fever  in  this  part  of  Africa.     It  is  a 


id  By  Google 


THE   FEVEB  IN  UNYAMWEZI. 


bilious  remittent,  which  normally  lasts  three  days;  it 
wonderfully  reduces  the  patient  in  that  short  period, 
and  in  severe  cases  the  quotidian  is  followed  by  a  long 
attack  of  a  tertian  type.  The  consequences  arc  severe 
and  lasting  even  in  men  of  the  strongest  nervous  dia-  - 
thesis ;  burning  and  painful  eyes,  hot  palms  and  soles, 
a  recurrence  of  shivering  and  flushing  fits,  with  the 
extremities  now  icy  cold,  then  painfully  hot  and  swollen, 
indigestion,  iusomnolency,  cutaneous  eruptions  and 
fever  sores,  languor,  dejection,  and  all  the  incon- 
veniences resulting  from  torpidity  of  liver,  or  from  an 
inordinate  secretion  of  bile,  betray  the  poison  deep- 
lurking  in  the  system.  In  some  cases  this  fever  works 
Bpeedily;  some  even,  becoming  at  once  delirious,  die 
on  the  first  or  the  second  day,  and  there  is  invariably 
an  exacerbation  of  symptoms  before  the  bilious  remittent 
passes  away. 

The  fauna  of  Unyamwezi  are  similar  to  those  de- 
scribed in  Usagara  and  Ugogo.  In  the  jungles  qua- 
drumana  are  numerous ;  lions  and  leopards,  cynhyaenas 
and  wild  cats  haunt  the  forests ;  the  elephant  and  the 
-  rhinoceros,  the  giraffe  and  the  Cape  buffalo,  the  zebra, 
the  quagga  (?),  and  the  koodoo  wander  over  the  plains ; 
and  the  hippopotamus  and  crocodile  are  found  in  eve*y 
large  pool.  The  nyanyi  or  cynocephalus  in  the  jungles 
of  Usukuma  attains  the  size  of  a  greyhound  ;  according 
to  the  people,  there  are  three  varieties  of  colour —  red, 
black,  and  yellow.  Tbey  are  the  terror  of  the  neigh- 
bouring districts :  women  never  dare  to  approach 
tbeir  haunts  ;  they  set  the  leopard  at  defiance,  and, 
when  in  a  large  body,  they  do  not,  it  is  said,  fear  the  lion. 
The  Colobus  guereza,  or  tippet  monkey,  the  "  polume" 
of  Dr.  Livingstone  (ch.  xvi.),  here  called  mbega,  is  ad- 
mired on  account  of  its  polished  black  skin  and  snowy- 


id  By  Google 


IB  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

white  mane.  It  is  a  cleanly  animal,  ever  occupied  in 
polishing  its  beautiful  garb,  which,  according  to  the 
Arabs,  it  tears  to  pieces  when  wounded,  lest  the  hunter 
should  profit  by  it.  The  mbega  lives  in  trees,  seldom 
descending,  and  feeds  upon  the  fruit  and  the  young 
leaves.  The  Arabs  speak  of  wild  dogs  in  the  vicinity 
of  Unyanyembe,  describing  them  as  being  about  eight- 
een inches  in  height,  with  rufous-black  and  shaggy 
coats,  and  long  thick  tails ;  they  are  gregarious,  running 
in  packs  of  from  20  to  200 ;  they  attack  indiscrimi- 
nately man  and  the  largest  animals,  and  their  only  cry 
is  a  howl.  About  the  time  of  our  autumn  the  pools  are 
visited  by  various  kinds  of  aquatic  birds,  widgeon, 
plump  little  teal,  fine  snipe,  curlew,  and  crane;  the 
ardea,  or  white  "  paddy-bird  "  of  India,  and  the  "  lily- 
trotter"  (Parra  Africana),  are  scattered  over  the 
country;  and  sometimes,  though  rarely,  the  chenalopex 
or  common  Egyptian-goose  and  the  gorgeous-crowned 
crane  (Balearica  pavonina),  the  latter  a  favourite  dish 
with  the  Arabs,  appear.  In  several  parts  of  Unyam- 
wezi,  especially  in  the  north,  there  is  a  large  and  well- 
flavoured  species  of  black-backed  goose  (Sakidornis 
melanota) :  the  common  wild  duck  of  England  was  not 
seen.  Several  specimens  of  the  Buceros,  the  secretary- 
bird  (Serpentarius  reptilivorus),  and  large  vultures, 
probably  the  condor  of  the  Cape,  were  observed  in  Un- 
yamwezi ;  the  people  do  not  molest  them,  holding  the 
flesh  to  be  carrion.  The  Cucnlus  indicator,  called  in 
Kisawahili  "  tongoe,"  is  common ;  but,  its  honey  being 
mostly  hived,  it  does  not  attract  attention.  Grillivori, 
and  a  species  of  thrush,  about  the  size  of  common  larks, 
with  sulphur-yellow  patches  under  the  eyes,  and  two 
naked  black  Btrise  beneath  the  throat,  are  here  migratory 
birds ;  they  do  good  service  to  the  agriculturist  against 


id  By  Google 


the  locust.  A  variety  of  the  Losia  or  groasbill  con- 
structs nests  sometimes  in  bunches  hanging  from  the 
lower  branches  of  the  trees.  The  mtiko,  a  kind  of 
water-wagtail  (Motacilla),  ventures  into  the  huts  with 
the  audacity  of  a  London  sparrow,  and  the  Africans 
have  a  prejudice  against  killing  it.  Swallows  and 
martins  of  various  kinds,  some  peculiarly  graceful  and 
slender,  may  be  seen  migrating  at  the  approach  of 
winter  in  regular  travelling  order :  of  these,  one  variety 
resembles  the  English  bird.  The  Africans  declare  that 
a  single  species  of  hirundo,  probably  the  sand-martin, 
builds  in  the  precipitous  earth-banks  of  the  nullahs : 
their  nests  were  not  seen,  however,  as  in  Southern 
Africa,  under  the  eaves  of  houses.  There  are  a  few 
ostriches,  hawks,  ravens,  plovers,  nightjars  (Caprimul- 
gidsB),  red  and  blue  jays  of  brilliant  plume,  muscicapse, 
blackcaps  or  mock  nightingales  (Motacilla  atroca- 
pilla?),  passerines  of  various  kinds,  hoopoes,  bulbuls, 
wrens,  larks,  and  bats.  We  saw  but  few  poisonous 
animals.  Besides  the  dendrophis,  the  only  ophidia 
killed  in  the  country  were  snakes,  with  slate-coloured 
backs,  and  silver  bellies,  resembling  the  harmless  "  mas  " 
or  "  hanash "  of  Somaliland,  the  Fsammophis  sibil- 
aris  (L.);  C.  moniliger  Lace"pede, —  according  to  Mr. 
Blyth  ("  Journal  of  the  As.  Soc.  of  Bengal,"  vol.  xxiv., 
p.  306),  who  declares  it  to  be  not  venomous  —  they 
abound  in  the  houses  and  destroy  the  rats.  The  people 
speak  of  a  yellow  and  brown-coated  snake,  eight  feet 
long  by  five  or  six  inches  in  diameter ;  it  is  probably  a 
boa  or  rock-snake.  Chiira  or  frogs  are  numerous  in 
the  swamps,  where  the  frog-concerts  resemble  those  of 
the  New  World  j  and  in  the  regions  about  the  Tanga- 
nyika Lake  a  large  variety  makes  night  hideous  with 
its  croakings.      Of  the  ranse  there  are  many  species. 

VOL.  II.  c 

j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


18  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  APEICA. 

The  largest  is  probably  the  "  matmalelo  "  of  S.  Africa ; 
it  is  eaten  by  the  Wagogo  and  other  tribes.  A  smaller 
kind  is  of  dark  colour,  and  with  long  legs,  which  en- 
able it  to  hop  great  distances.  A  third  is  of  a  dirty 
yellow,  with  brownish  speckles.  There  is  also  a  little 
green  tree-frog,  which  adheres  to  the  broad  and  almost 
perpendicular  leaves  of  the  thicker  grasses.  The  leech  is 
found  in  the  lakes  and  rivers  of  the  interior,  as  well  as 
in  Zanzibar  and  on  both  coasts  of  Africa ;  according  to 
the  Arabs  they  are  of  two  kinds,  large  and  small.  The 
people  neither  take  precautions  against  them  when 
drinking  at  the  streams,  as  the  Somal  do,  nor  are  they 
aware  of  any  officinal  use  for  the. animals;  moreover, 
it  is  impossible  to  persuade  a  Msawahili  to  collect  them: 
they  are  of  P'hepo  or  fiendish  nature,  and  never  fail  to 
haunt  and  harm  their  captor.  Jongo,  or  huge  millepedes, 
some  attaining  a  length  of  half  a  foot,  with  shiny  black 
bodies  and  red  feet,  are  found  in  the  fields  and  forests, 
especially  during  the  rains :  covered  with  epizoa,  these 
animals  present  a  disgusting  appearance,  and  they  seem, 
to  judge  from  their  spoils,  to  die  on?  during  the  hot 
weather.  At  certain  seasons  there  is  a  great  variety  of 
the  papilionaceous  family  in  the  vicinity  of  waters 
where  libelluUe  or  dragon-flies  also  abound.  The 
country  is  visited  at  irregular  times  by  flights  of  locusts, 
here  called  nzige.  In  spring  the  plants  are  covered  in 
parts  with  the  p'hanzi,  a  large  pink  and  green  variety, 
and  the  destructive  species  depicted  and  described  by 
Salt:  they  rise  from  the  earth  like  a  glowing  rose- 
coloured  cloud,  and  die  off  about  the  beginning  of  the 
rains.  The  black  leather-like  variety,  called  by  the 
Arabs  "  Satan's  ass,"  is  not  uncommon :  it  is  eaten  by 
the  Africans,  as  are  many  other  edibles  upon  which 
strangers  look  with  disgust.      The  Arabs  describe  a  fly 


id  By  Google 


THE  WAXIMBU.  IS 

which  infests  the  forest-patches  of  Unyamwezi :  it  is 
about  the  size  of  a  small  wasp,  and  is  so  fatal  that  cattle 
attacked  by  it  are  at  once  killed  and  eaten  before  they 
become  carrion  from  its  venomous  effects.  In  parts 
the  country  is  dotted  with  ant-hills,  which,  when  old, 
become  hard  as  sandstone :  they  are  generally  built  by 
the  termite  under  some  shady  tree,  which  prevents  too 
rapid  drying,  and  apparently  the  people  have  not 
learned,  like  their  brethren  in  South  Africa,  to  use  them 
as  ovens. 

From  Tura  westward  to  Unyanyembe,  the  central 
district  of  Unyamwezi,  caravans  usually  number  seven 
marches,  making  a  total  of  60  rectilinear  geographical 
miles.  As  far  as  Kigwa  there  is  but  one  line  of  route ; 
from  that  point  travelling  parties  diverge  far  and  wide, 
like  ships  making  their  different  courses. 

The  races  requiring  notice  in  this  region  are  two,  the 
Wakimbu  and  the  Wanyamwezi. 

The  Wakimbu,  who  are  emigrants  into  Unyamwezi, 
claim  anoble  origin,  andderive  themselves  from  the  broad 
lands  running  south  of  Unyanyembe  as  far  westward  as 
K'hokoro.  About  twenty  masika,  wet  monsoons,  or  years 
ago,  according  to  themselves,  in  company  with  their 
neighbours,  the  Wakonoogo  and  the  Wanlia,  they  left 
Nguru,  Usanga,  and  Usenga,  in  consequence  of  the 
repeated  attacks  of  the  Warori,  and  migrated  to  Kipiri, 
the  district  lying  Bouth  of  Tura;  they  have  now  ex- 
tended into  Mgunda  Mk'hali  and  Unyanyembe,  where 
they  hold  the  land  by  permission  of  the  Wanyamwezi. 
In  these  regions  there  are  few  obstacles  to  immigrants. 
They  visit  the  Sultan,  make  a  small  present,  obtain  per- 
mission to  settle,  and  name  the  village  after  their  own 
chief;  but  the  original  proprietors  still  maintain  their  rights 
to  the  soil.  The  Wakimbu  build  firmly  stockaded  villages, 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


20  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

tend  cattle,  and  cultivate  sorghum  and  maize,  millet  and 
pulse,  cucumbers,  and  water-melons.  Apparently  they 
are  poor,  being  generally  clad  in  skins.  They  barter 
slaves  and  ivory  in  small  quantities  to  the  merchants, 
and  some  travel  to  the  coast.  They  are  considered 
treacherous  by  their  neighbours,  and  Mapokera,  the 
Sultan  of  Tura,  is,  according  to  the  Arabs,  prone  to 
commit  "  avanies."  They  are  known  by  a  number  of 
small  lines  formed  by  raising  the  skin  with  a  needle, 
and  opening  it  by  points  laterally  between  the  hair  of 
the  temples  and  the  eyebrows.  In  appearance  they  are 
dark  and  uncomely;  their  arms  are  bows  and  arrows, 
spears  and  knives  stuck  in  the  leathern  waistbelt ;  some 
wear  necklaces  of  curiously  plaited  straw,  others  a 
strip  of  white  cowskin  bound  around  the  brow — a  truly 
savage  and  African  decoration.  Their  language  differs 
from  Kinyainwezi, 

The  "Wanyamwezi  tribe,  the  proprietors  of  the  soil,  is 
the  typical  race  in  this  portion  of  Central  Africa :  its 
comparative  industry  and  commercial  activity  have  se- 
cured to  it  a  superiority  over  the  other  kindred  races. 

The  aspect  of  the  Wanyamwezi  is  alone  sufficient  to 
disprove  the  existence  of  very  elevated  lands  in  this 
part  of  the  African  interior.  They  are  usually  of  a 
dark  sepia-brown,  rarely  coloured  like  diluted  Indian 
ink,  as  are  the  Wahiao  and  slave  races  to  the  south, 
with  negroid  features  markedly  less  Semitic  than  the 
people  of  the  eastern  coast.  The  effluvium  from  their 
skins,  especially  after  exercise  or  excitement,  marks 
their  connection  with  the  negro.  The  hair  curls  crisply, 
but  it  grows  to  the  length  of  four  or  five  inches  before 
it  splits.;  it  is  usually  twisted  into  many  little  ringlets 
or  hanks ;  it  hangs  down  like  a  fringe  to  the  neck,  and 
is  combed  off  the  forehead  after   the  manner  of  the 


id  By  Google 


THE  WANYAMWEZI.  21 

ancient  Egyptians  and  the  modern  Hottentots.  The 
beard  is  thin  and  short,  there  are  no  whiskers,  and  the 
moustachio  —  when  not  plucked  out  —  is  scant  and 
straggling.  Most  of  the  men  and  almost  all  the  women 
remove  the  eyelashes,  and  pilar  hair  rarely  appears  to 
grow.  The  normal  figure  of  the  race  is  tall  and  stout, 
and  the  women  are  remarkable  for  the  elongation  of 
the  mammary  organs.  Few  have  small  waists,  and  the 
only  lean  men  in  the  land  are  the  youths,  the  sick,  and 
the  famished.  This  race  is  said  to  be  long-lived,  and  it 
is  not  deficient  in  bodily  strength  and  savage  courage. 
The  clan-mark  is  a  double  line  of  little  cuts,  like  the 
marks  of  cupping,  made  by  a  friend  with  a  knife  or 
razor,  along  the  temporal  fossae  from  the  external  edges 
of  the  eyebrows  to  the  middle  of  the  cheeks  or  to  the 
lower  jaws.  Sometimes  a  third  line,  or  a  band  of  three 
small  lines,  is  drawn  down  the  forehead  to  the  bridge  of 
the  nose.  The  men  prefer  a  black,  charcoal  being  the 
substance  generally  used,  the  women  a  blue  colour,  and 
the  latter  sometimes  ornament  their  faces  with  little 
perpendicular  scars  below  the  eyes.  They  do  not  file 
the  teeth  into  a  saw-shape  as  seen  amongst  the  southern 
races,  but  they  generally  form  an  inner  triangular  or 
wedge-shaped  aperture  by  chipping  away  the  internal 
corners  of  the  two  front  incisors  like  the  Daraaras,  and 
the  women  extract  the  lower  central  teeth.  Both  sexes 
enlarge  the  lobes  of  the  ears.  In  many  parts  of  the 
country  skins  are  more  commonly  worn  than  cloth,  ex- 
cept by  the  Sultans  and  the  wealthier  classes.  The 
women  wear  the  long  tobe  of  the  coast,  tightly  wrapped 
round  either  above  or  more  commonly  below  the  breast ; 
the  poorer  classes  veil  the  bosom  with  a  square  or 
softened  skin  j  the  remainder  of  the  dress  is  a  kilt  or 
short  petticoat  of  the  same  material  extending  from 


J!G!t;S;!;)yG00£>Ie 


33  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

waist  to  knee.  Maidens  never  cover  the  breast,  and 
children  are  rarely  clothed  ;  the  infant,  as  usual  in  Bast 
Africa,  is  carried  in  a  skin  fastened  by  thongs  behind 
the  parent's  back.  The  favourite  ornaments  are  beads, 
of  which  the  red  coral,  the  pink,  and  the  "pigeon-eggs" 
made  at  Nuremberg  are  preferred.  From  the  neck 
depend  strings  of  beads  with  kiwangwa,  disks  of  shell 
brought  from  the  coast,  and  crescents  of  hippopotamus 
teeth  country  made,  and  when  the  beard  is  long  it  is 
strung  with  red  and  particoloured  beads.  Brass  and 
copper  bangles  or  massive  rings  are  worn  upon  the 
wrists,  the  forearm  bears  the  ponderous  kitindi  or  coil 
bracelet,  and  the  arm  above  the  elbow  is  sometimes  de- 
corated with  circlets  of  ivory  or  with  a  razor  in  an  ivory 
etui;  the  middle  is  girt  with  a  coil  of  wire  twisted 
round  a  rope  of  hair  or  fibre,  and  the  ankles  are  covered 
with  small  iron  bells  and  the  rings  of  thin  brass,  copper, 
or  iron  wire,  called  sambo.  When  travelling,  a  goat's 
born,  used  as  a  bugle,  is  secured  over  the  right  shoulder 
by  a  lanyard  and  allowed  to  hang  by  the  left  side :  in 
the  house  many  wear  a  smaller  article  of  the  same  kind, 
hollowed  inside  and  containing  various  articles  intended 
as  charms,  and  consecrated  by  the  Mganga  or  medicine- 
man. The  arms  are  slender  assegais  with  the  shoulders 
of  the  blade  rounded  off:  they  are  delivered,  as  by  the 
Somal,  with  the  thumb  and  forefinger  after  a  preliminary 
of  vibratory  motion,  but  the  people  want  the  force 
and  the  dexterity  of  the  Kafirs.  Some  have  large 
spears  for  thruBting,  and  men  rarely  leave  the  hut 
without  their  bows  and  arrows,  tbe  latter  unpoisoned, 
but  curiously  and  cruelly  barbed.  They,  make  also  the 
long  double-edged  knives  called  sime,  and  different 
complications  of  rungu  or  knob-kerries,  some  of  them 
armed  with  an  iron  lance-head  upon  the  wooden  bulge. 


id  By  Google 


ONE  OF  TWINS  KILLED.  23 

Dwarf  battle-axes  are  also  seen,  but  not  so  frequently 
as  amongst  the  western  races  on  the  Tanganyika  Lake- 
The  shield  in  Unyamwezi  resembles  that  of  Usagara ; 
it  is  however  rarely  used. 

There  are  but  few  ceremonies  amongst  the  Wanyam- 
wezi.  A  woman  about  to  become  a  mother  retires 
from  the  hut  to  the  jungle,  and  after  a  few  hours 
returns  with  a  child  wrapped  in  goatskin  upon .  her 
back,  and  probably  carrying  a  load  of  firewood  on  her 
head.  The  medical  treatment  of  the  Arabs  with  salt 
and  various  astringents  for  forty  days  is  here  unknown. 
Twins  are  not  common  as  amongst  the  Kafir  race,  and 
one  of  the  two  is  invariably  put  to  death ;  the  universal 
custom  amongst  these  tribes  is  for  the  mother  to  wrap 
a  gourd  or  calabash  in  skins,  to  place  it  to  Bleep  with, 
and  to  feed  it  like,  the  survivor.  If  the  wife  die  with- 
out issue,  the  widower  claims  from  her  parents  the  sum 
paid  to  them  upon  marriage ;  if  she  leave  a  child,  the 
property  is  preserved  for  it.  When  the  father  can 
afford  it,  a  birth  is  celebrated  by  copious  libations  of 
pombe.  Children  are  suckled  till  the  end  of  the  second 
year.  Their  only  education  is  in  the  use  of  the  bow  and 
arrow ;  after  the  fourth  summer  the  boy  begins  to  learn 
archery  with  diminutive  weapons,  which  are  gradually 
increased  in  strength.  Names  are  given  without  cere- 
mony ;  and  as  in  the  countries  to  the  eastward,  many 
of  the  heathens  have  been  called  after  their  Arab 
visitors.  Circumcision  is  not  practised  by  this  people. 
The  children  in  Unyamwezi  generally  are  the  property 
not  of  the  uncle  but  of  the  father,  who  can  sell  or  slay 
them  without,  blame  ;  in  Usukuma  or  the  northern 
lands,  however,  succession  and  inheritance  are  claimed 
by  the  nephews  or  sisters'  sons.  The  Wanyamwezi 
have  adopted  the  curious  practice  of  leaving  property 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


24  TIIE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

to  their  illegitimate  children  by  slave  girla  or  concu- 
bines, to  the  exclusion  of  their  issue  by  wives ;  they 
justify  it  by  the  fact  of  the  former  requiring  their 
assistance  more  than  the  latter,  who  have  friends  and 
relatives  to  aid  them.  As  soon  as  the  boy  can  walk 
he  tends  the  flocks ;  after  the  age  of  ten  he  drives  the 
cattle  to  pasture,  and,  considering  himself  independent 
of  his  father,  he  plants  a  tobacco-plot  and  aspires  to 
build  a  hut  for  himself.  There  is  not  a  boy  "  which 
cannot  earn  his  own  meat." 

'  '  Another  peculiarity  of  the  Wanyamwezi  is  the  posi- 
tion of  the  Wahara  or  unmarried  girls.  Until  puberty 
they  live  in  the  father's  house;  after  that  period  the 
Bpinaters  of  the  village,  who  usually  number  from  seven 
to  a  dozen,  assemble  together  and  build  for  themselves 
at  a  distance  from  their  homes  a  hut  where  they  can 
receive  their  friends  without  parental  interference. 
There  is  but  one  limit  to  community  in  single  life:  if 
the  Mhara  or  "  maiden  "  be  likely  to  become  a  mother, 
her  "  young  man "  must  marry  her  under  pain  of 
mulct.;  and  if  she  die  in  childbirth,  her  father  demands 
from  her  lover  a  large  fine  for  having  taken  away  his 
daughter's  life.  Marriage  takes  place  when  the  youth 
can  afford  to  pay  the  price  for  a  wife :  it  varies  accord- 
ing to  circumstances  from  one  to  ten  cows.  The  wife 
is  so  far  the  property  of  the  husband  that  he  can  claim 
damages  from  the  adulterer ;  he  may  not,  however,  sell 
her,  except  when  in  difliculties.  The  marriage  is  cele- 
brated with  the  usual  carouse,  and  the  bridegroom 
takes  up  his  quarters  in  his  wife's  home,  not  under  her 
father's  roof.  Polygamy  is  the  rule  with  the  wealthy. 
There  is  little  community  of  interests  and  apparently  a 
lack  of  family  affection  in  these  tribes.  The  husband, 
when  returning  from  the  coast  laden  with  cloth,  will 


id  By  Google 


DEATH  AND  BURIAL.  26 

refuse  a  single  shukkah  to  his  wife,  and  the  wife  suc- 
ceeding to  an  inheritance  will  abandon  her  husband  to 
starvation.  The  man  takes  charge  of  the  cattle,  goats, 
sheep,  and  poultry ;  the  woman  has  power  over  the 
grain  and  the  vegetables ;  and  each  must  grow  tobacco, 
having  little  hope  of  borrowing  from  the  other.  Widows 
left  with  houses,  cattle,  and  fields,  usually  spend  their 
substance  in  supporting  lovers,  who  are  expected  occa- 
sionally to  make  presents  in  return.  Hence  no  coast 
slave  in  Wanyamwezi  is  ever  known  to  keep  a  shukkah 
of  cloth. 

The  usual  way  of  disposing  of  a  corpse  in  former  times 
was,  to  carry  it  out  on  the  head  and  to  throw  it  into 
some  jungle  strip  where  the  fisi  or  cynhyama  abounds,  — 
a  custom  which  accounts  for  the  absence  of  graveyards. 
The  "Wanyamwezi  at  first  objected  to  the  Arabs  pub- 
licly burying  their  dead  in  their  fields,  for  fear  of  pol- 
lution ;  they  would  assemble  in  crowds  to  close  the 
way  against  a  funeral  party.  The  merchants,  however, 
persevered  till  they  succeeded  in  establishing  a  right. 
When  a  Mnyamwezi  dies  in  a  strange  country,  and  his 
comrades  take  the  trouble  to  inter  him,  they  turn  the 
face  of  the  corpse  towards  the  mother's  village,  a  pro- 
ceeding which  shows  more  sentiment  than  might  be 
expected  from  tbem.  The  body  is  buried  standing,  or 
tightly  bound  in  a  heap,  or  placed  in  a  sitting  position 
with  the  arms  clasping  the  knees :  if  the  deceased  be  a 
great  man,  a  sheep  and  a  bullock  are  slaughtered  for  a 
funeral  feast,  the  skin  is  placed  over  his  face,  and  the 
hide  fs  bound  to  his  back.  When  a  sultan  dies  in  a 
foreign  land  his  body  is  buried  upon  the  spot,  and  his 
head,  or  what  remains  of  it,  is  carried  back  for  sepul- 
ture to  his  own  country.  The  chiefs  of  Unyamwezi 
generally  are  interred  by  a  large  assemblage  of  their 


id  By  Google 


26  THE    LAKE   REGIONS   OF  CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

subjects  with  cruel  rites.  A  deep  pit  is  sunk,  with  a 
kind  of  vault  or  recess  projecting  from  it :  in  this  the 
corpse,  clothed  with  skin  and  hide,  and  holding  a  bow 
in  the  right  hand,  is  placed  sitting,  with  a  pot  of  pombe, 
upon  a  dwarf  stool,  whilst  sometimes  one,  but  more 
generally  three  female  slaves,  one  on  each  side  and  the 
third  in  front,  are  buried  alive  to  preserve  their  lord 
from  the  horrors  of  solitude.  A  copious  libation  of 
pombe  upon  the  heaped-up  earth  concludes  the  cere- 
raony.  According  to  the  Arabs,  the  Wasukuma  inter 
all  their  sultans  in  a  jungle  north  of  TJnyanyembe,  and 
the  neighbouring  peasants  deposit  before  seed-time  small 
offerings  of  grain  at  the  Mzimo  or  Fetiss-house  which 
marks  the  spot. 

The  habitations  of  the  eastern  Wanyaniwezi  are  the 
Tembe,  which  in  the  west  give  way  to  the  circular 
African  hut ;  among  the  poorer  sub-tribes  the  dwelling 
is  a  mere  stack  of  straw.  The  best  Tembe  have  large 
projecting  eaves  supported  by  uprights :  cleanliness, 
however,  can  never  be  expected  in  them.  Having  no 
limestone,  the  people  ornament  the  inner  and  outer 
walls  with  long,  lines  of  ovals  formed  by  pressing  the 
finger  tips,  after  dipping  them  into  ashes  and  water  for 
whitewash,  and  into  red  clay  or  black  mud  for  variety 
of  colour.  With  this  primitive  material  they  sometimes 
attempt  rude  imitations  of  nature  —  human  beings  and 
serpents.  In  some  parts  the  cross  appears,  but  the 
people  apparently  ignore  it  as  a  symbol.  Rude  carving 
is  also  attempted  upon  the  massive  posts  at  the  en- 
trances of  villages,  but  the  figures,  though  to  appear- 
ance idolatrous,  are  never  worshipped.  The  household 
furniture  of  the  Tembe  differs  little  from  that  described 
in  the  villages  generally.  The  large  sloping  Kitanda, 
or  bedstead  of  peeled  tree-branch,  supported  by  forked 


id  By  Google 


THE  VILLAGE  "  PUBLIC."  27 

sticks,  and  provided  with  a  bedding  of  mat  and  cow- 
hide, occupies  the  greater  part  of  the  outer  room.  The 
triangle  of  clay  cones  forming  the  hearth  are  generally 
placed  for  light  near  the  wall-side  opposite  the  front  door; 
and  the  rest  of  the  supellex  consists  of  large  stationary 
bark  cornbins,  of  gourds  and  bandboxes  slung  from  the 
roof,  earthen-pots  of  black  clay,  huge  ladles,  pipes, 
grass-mats,  grinding-stones,  and  arms  hung  to  a 
trimmed  and  branchy  tree  trunk  planted  upright  in 
a  corner.  "The  rooms  are  divided  by  party  walls, 
which,  except  when  separating  families,  seldom  reach 
to  the  ceiling.  The  fireplace  acts  as  lamp  by  night, 
and  the  door  is  the  only  chimney. 

The  characteristic  of  the  Mnyamwezi  village  is  the 
"  fw&nza" — a  convenience  resulting  probably  from  the 
instinct  of  the  sexes,  who  prefer  not  to  mingle,  and  for 
the  greater  freedom  of  life  and  manners.  Of  these 
buildings  there  are  two  in  every  settlement,  generally 
built  at  opposite  Bides,  fronting  the  normal  Mrimba-tree, 
which  sheds  its  filmy  shade  over  the  public  court-yard. 
That  of  the  women,  being  a  species  of  harem,  was  not 
visited ;  aa  travellers  and  strangers  are  always  admitted 
into  the  male  Iwanza,  it  is  more  readily  described.  This 
public-house  ia  a  large  hut,  somewhat  more  substantial 
than  those  adjoining,  often  smeared  with  smooth  clay, 
and  decorated  here  and  there  with  broad  columns  of  the 
ovals  before  described,  and  the  prints  of  palms  dipped 
in  ashes  and  placed  flat  like  the  hands  in  ancient  Egyp- 
tian buildings.  The  roof  is  generally  a  flying  thatch 
raised  a  foot  above  the  walls — an  excellent  plan  for 
ventilation  in  these  regions.  Outside,  the  Iwanza  is 
defended  against  the  incursions  of  cattle  by  roughly- 
barked  trunks  of  trees  resting  upon  stout  uprights :  in 
this  space  men    sit,  converse,  and  smoke.      The  two 


id  By  Google 


S8  THE  LAKE  EEGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  APEICA. 

doorways  are  protected  by  rude  charms  suspended  from 
the  lintel,  hares'  tails,  zebras'  manes,  goats'  horns,  and 
other  articles  of  prophylactic  virtue.  Inside,  half  the 
depth  is  appropriated  to  the  Ubiri,  a  huge  standing 
bedframe,  formed,  like  the  plank-benches  of  a  civilised 
guard-room,  by  sleepers  lying  upon  horizontal  cross- 
bars :  these  are  supported  by  forked  trunks  aboul  two 
feet  long  planted  firmly  in  the  ground.  The  floor  is  of 
tamped  earth.  The  furniture  of  the  Iwanza  consists 
of  a  hearth  and  grin  ding- stone ;  spears,  sticks,  arrows, 
and  shillelaghs  are  stuck  to  smoke  in  the  dingy  rafter 
ceiling,  or  are  laid  upon  hooks  of  crooked  wood  de- 
pending from  the  sooty  cross-beams:  the  corners  are 
occupied  by  bellows,  elephant-spears,  and  similar  arti- 
cles. In  this  "  public "  the  villagers  spend  their  days, 
and  often,  even  though  married,  their  nights,  gambling, 
eating,  drinking  pombe,  smoking  bhang  and  tobacco, 
chatting,  and  sleeping  like  a  litter  of  puppies  destitute 
of  clothing,  and  using  one  another's  backs,  breasts,  and 
stomachs  as  pillows.  The  Iwanza  appears  almost  pe- 
culiar to  Unyamwezi . 

In  Unyamwezi  the  sexes  do  not  eat  together :  even 
the  boys  would  disdain  to  be  seen  sitting  at  meat  with 
their  mothers.  The  men  feed  either  in  their  cottages 
or  more  generally  in  the  Iwanza :  they  make,  when  they 
can,  two  mealB  during  the  day  —  in  the  morning,  a 
breakfast,  which  is  often  omitted  for  economy,  and  a 
dinner  about  3  p.m.  During  the  interim  they  chew  to- 
bacco, and,  that  fading,  indulge  in  a  quid  of  clay.  It  pro- 
bably contains  some  animal  matter,  but  the  chief  reason 
for  using  it  is  apparently  the  necessity  to  barbarians  of 
whiling  away  the  time  when  not  sleeping  by  exercising 
their  jaws.  They  prefer  the  "  sweet  earth,"  that  is  to 
say,  the  clay  of  ant-hills :  the  Arabs  have  tried  it  with.- 


id  By  Google 


FOOD  PREJUDICES.  29 

out  other  effects  but  nausea.  The  custom,  however, 
is  not  uncommon  upon  both  coasts  of  Africa :  it  takes, 
in  fact,  the  place  of  the  mastic  of  Chios,  the  kat  of 
Yemen,  the  betel  and  toasted  grains  of  India  and  the 
farther  East,  and  the  ashes  of  the  Somali  country.  The 
Wanyamwezi,  and  indeed  the  East* African  tribes  gene- 
rally,' have  some  curious  food  prejudices.  Before  their 
closer  intercourse  with  the  Arabs  they  used  to  keep 
poultry,  but,  like  the  Gallas  and  the  Somal,  who  look 
upon  the  fowl  as  a  kind  of  vulture,  they  would  not  eat 
it:  even  in  the  present  day  they  avoid  eggs.  Some 
will  devour  animals  that  have  died  of  disease,  and 
carrion, — the  flesh  of  lions  and  leopards,  elephants  and 
rhinoceroses,  asses,  wild  cats  and  rats,  beetles  and  white 
ants ; — others  refuse  to  touch  mutton  or  clean  water- 
fowl, declaring  that  it  is  not  their  custom.  The  pre- 
judice has  not,  however,  been  reduced  to  a  system,  as 
amongst  the  tribes  of  southern  Africa.  They  rarely 
taste  meat  except  upon  the  march,  where  the  prospect 
of  gain  excites  them  to  an  unusual  indulgence :  when 
a  bullock  is  killed,  they  either  jerk  the  meat,  or  dry  it 
upon  a  dwarf  platform  of  sticks  raised  above  a  slow 
and  smoky  Are,  after  which  it  will  keep  for  some  days. 
The  usual  food  is  the  ugali  or  porridge  of  boiled  flour: 
they  find,  however,  a  variety  of  edible  herbs  in  the 
jungle,  and  during  the  season  they  luxuriate  upon 
honey  and  sour  milk.  No  Mnyamwezi,  however,  will 
own  to  repletion  unlesB  he  has  "  sat  upon  pombe," — 
in  other  words,  has  drunk  to  intoxication ;  and  the 
chiefs  pride  themselves  upon  living  entirely  upon  beef 
and  stimulants. 

The  Wanyamwezi  have  won  for  themselves  a  repu- 
tation by  their  commercial  industry.  Encouraged  by 
the  merchants,  they  are  the  only  professional  porters  of 


id  By  Google 


30         -      THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

East  Africa  ;  and  even  amongst  them,  the  Wakalaganza, 
Wasumbwa,  and  Wasukuma  are  the  only  tribes  who 
regularly  visit  the  coast  in  this  capacity.  They  are  now 
no  longer  "honest  and  civil  to  strangers" — semi-civi- 
lisation has  hitherto  tended  to  degradation.  They  seem 
to  have  learned  but  little  by  their  intercourse  with  the 
Arabs.  Commerce  with  them  is  still  in  its  infancy. 
They  have  no  idea  of  credit,  although  in  Karagwah 
and  the  northern  kingdoms  payment  may  be  delayed 
for  a  period  of  two  years.  They  cannot,  like  some  of 
their  neighbours,  bargain :  a  man  names  the  article 
which  he  requires,  and  if  it  be  not  forthcoming  he  will 
take  no  other.  The  porters,  who  linger  upon  the  coast 
or  in  the  island  of  Zanzibar,  either  cut  grass  for  asses, 
carry  stones  and  mortar  to  the  town,  for  which  they 
receive  a  daily  hire  of  from  two  to  eight  pice,  or  they 
obtain  from  the  larger  landholders  permission  to  reclaim 
and  cultivate  a  plot  of  ground  for  vegetables  and 
manioc.  They  have  little  of  the  literature,  songs  and 
tales,  common  amongst  barbarians;  and  though  they 
occasionally  indulge  in  speeches,  they  do  not,  like  many 
kindred  tribes,  cultivate  eloquence.  On  the  march  they 
beguile  themselves  with  chanting  for  hours  together 
half  a  dozen  words  eternally  repeated.  Their  language 
is  copiouB  but  confused,  and  they  are  immoderately  fond 
of  simple  and  meaningless  syllables  used  as  interjec- 
tions. Their  industry  is  confined  to  weaving  coarse 
cloths  of  unbleached  cotton,  neatly-woven  baskets, 
wooden  milk-bowls,  saddle-bags  for  their  asses,  and 
arms.  They  rear  asBes  and  load  them  lightly  when 
travelling  to  the  coast,  but  they  have  not  yet  learned  to 
ride  them.  Though  they  carefully  fence  and  ditch 
their  fields,  they  have  never  invented  a  plough,  con- 
fining themselves  to  ridging  the  land  with  the  laborious 


id  By  Google 


FUNDIKIRA,  CHIEF  OP  0NTAMWEZI.  31 

hoe.  They  rarely  sell  one  another,  nor  do  they  much 
encourage  the  desertion  of  slaves.  The  wild  bondsman, 
when  running  away,  is  sometimes  appropriated  by  his 
captor,  but  a  Muwallid  or  domestic  slave  is  always  re- 
stored after  a  month  or  two.  The  Arabs  prefer  to 
purchase  men  sold  under  suspicion  of  magic ;  they 
rarely  flee,  fearing  lest  their  countrymen  should  put 
them  to  death. 

As  has  been  said,  the  government  of  Unyamwezi  is 
conducted  by  a  multitude  of  petty  chiefs.  The  riding 
classes  are  thus  called :  Mtemi  or  Mwame  is  the  chief 
or  sultan,  Mgdwe  (in  the  plural  Wagawe)  the  principal 
councillor,  and  Manacharo,  or  Mnyapara  (plural  Wa- 
nyap&ri)  the  elder.  The  ryots  or  subjects  on  the  other 
hand  are  collectively  styled  Wasengi.  The  most 
powerful  chiefs  are  Fundikira  of  Unyanyembe,  Masanga 
of  Msene,  and  Kafrira  of  Kirira.  The  dignity  of  Mtemi 
is  hereditary.  He  has  power  of  life  and  death  over  his 
subjects,  and  he  seldom  condescends  to  any  but  mortal 
punishment.  His  revenue  is  composed  of  additions  to 
his  private  property  by  presents  from  travellers,  confis- 
cation of  effects  in  cases  of  felony  or  magic,  by  the  sale 
of  subjects,  and  by  treasure  trove.  Even  if  a  man  kill 
his  own  slave,  the  slave's  effects  lapse  to  the  ruler. 
The  villagers  must  give  up  all  ivory  found  in  the 
jungles,  although  the  hunters  are  allowed  to  retain  the 
tusks  of  the  slaughtered  animals. 

A  few  brief  remarks  concerning  Fundikira,  the  chief 
of  Unyamwezi  in  1858,  may  serve  to  illustrate  the  con- 
dition of  the  ruling  class  in  Unyamwezi.  This  chief 
was  travelling  towards  the  coast  as  a  porter  in  a  caravan, 
when  he  heard  of  bis  father's  death :  he  at  once  stacked 
his  load  and  prepared  to  return  borne  and  rule.  The 
rest  of  the  gang,  before  allowing  him  to  depart,  taunted 


id  By  Google 


32  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

him  severely,  exclaiming,  partly  in  jest,  partly  in 
earnest,  "  Ah !  now  thou  art  still  our  comrade,  but 
presently  thou  wilt  torture  and  slay,  fine  and  flog  us." 
Fundikira  proceeding  to  his  native  country  inherited, 
as  is  the  custom,  all  his  father's  property  and  widows ; 
he  fixed  himself  at  Ititenya,  presently  numbered 
ten  wives,  who  have  borne  him  only  three  children, 
built  300  houses  for  his  slaves  and  dependants,  and 
owned  2000  head  of  cattle.  He  lived  in  some  state, 
declining  to  call  upon  strangers,  and,  though  not  de- 
manding still  obtaining  large  presents.  Becoming 
obese  by  age  and  good  living,  he  fell  ill  in  the  autumn 
of  1858,  and,  as  usual,  his  relations  were  suspected  of 
compassing  his  end  by  Uchawi,  or  black  magic.  In 
these  regions  the  death  of  one  man  causes  many.  The 
Mganga  was  summoned  to  apply  the  usual  ordeal. 
After  administering  a  mystic  drag,  he  broke  the  neck  of 
a  fowl,  and  splitting  it  into  two  lengths  inspected  the 
interior.  If  blackness  or  blemish  appear  about  the 
wings,  it  denotes  the  treachery  of  children,  relations  and 
kinsmen ;  the  backbone  convicts  the  mother  and.grand- 
mother ;  the  tail  shows  that  the  criminal  is  the  wife, 
the  thighs  the  concubines,  and  the  injured  shanks  or 
feet  the  other  slaves.  Having  fixed  upon  the  class  of 
the  criminals,  they  are  collected  together  by  the 
Mganga,  who,  after  similarly  dosing  a  second  hen, 
throws  her  up  into  the  air  above  the  heads  of  the  crowd 
and  singles  out  the  person  upon  whom  she  alights. 
Confession  is  extorted  by  tying  the  thumb  backwards 
till  it  touches  the  wrist  or  by  some  equally  barbarous 
mode  of  question.  The  consequence  of  condemnation 
is  certain  and  immediate  death ;  the  mode  is  chosen  by 
the  Mganga.  Some  are  speared,  others  are  beheaded  or 
"  ammazati," — clubbed : — a  common  way  is  to  bind  the 


id  By  Google 


MAGICIANS   TORTURED.  33 

cranium  between  two  stiff  pieces  of  wood  which  are 
gradually  tightened  by  cords  till  the  brain  bursts  out 
from  the  sutures.  .For  women  they  practise  a  pecu- 
liarly horrible  kind  of  impalement.  These  atrocities 
continue  until  the  chief  recovers  or  dies:  at  the  com- 
mencement of  his  attack,  in  one  household  eighteen 
souls,  male  and  female,  had  been  destroyed ;  should 
his  illness  be  protracted,  scores  will  precede  him  to 
the  grave,  for  the  Mchawi  or  magician  must  surely 
die. 

The  "Wanyamwezi  will  generally  sell  their  criminals 
and  captives ;  when  want  drives,  they  part  with  their 
wives,  their  children,  and  even  their  parents.  For 
economy,  they  import  their  serviles  from  Ujiji  and  the 
adjoining  regions ;  from  the  people  lying  towards  the 
south-east  angle  of  the  Tanganyika  Lake,  as  the 
Wafipa,  the  Wapoka,  and  the  Wagara ;  and  from  the 
Nyanza  races,  and  the  northern  kingdoms  of  Karagwah, 
Uganda,  and  Unyoro. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


The  route  before  us  lay  through  a  howling  wilderness, 
once  populous  and  fertile,  but  now  laid  waste  by  the 
fierce  Watuta.  Snay  bin  Amir  had  warned  me  that 
it  would  be  our  greatest  trial  of  patience.  The  march 
began  badly  :  Mpete,  the  district  on  the  right  bank  of 
the  Malagarazi  River,  is  highly  malarious,  and  the 
mosquitoes  feasted  right  royally  upon  our  life,  even 
during  the  day-time.  We  bivouacked  under  a  shady 
tree,  within  sight  of  the  ferry,  not  knowing  that  upon 
the  woody  eminences  above  the  valley  there  are  usually 
fine  kraals  of  dry  grass  and  of  mkora  or  myombo-bark. 
During  the  rainy  monsoon 'the  best  encampments  in 


BAKK-UOOTHIES.  M 

these  regions  are  made  of  tree-sheets :  two  parallel 
rings  are  cut  in  the  bole,  at  a  distance  of  six  to  seven 
feet ;  a  perpendicular  slit  then  connects  them,  the  bark 
is  easily  stripped  off,  and  the  trunk,  after  having  been 
left  for  a  time  to  season,  is  filled  for  use. 

On  the  5th  of  February  we  set  out  betimes,  across  a 
route  traversing  for  a  short  distance  swampy  ground 
along  the  river-side.  It  then'  stretched  over  jungly 
and  wooded  hill-spires,  with  steep  rough  ascents  and 
descents,  divided  from  neighbouring  elevations  by  slip- 
pery mire-runs.  Exposed  to  the  full  break  of  the  rainy 
monsoon,  and  the  frequent  outbursts  of  fiery  sun,  I 
could  not  but  admire  the  marvellous  fertility  of  the 
soil ;  an  impervious  luxuriance  of  vegetation  yeils  the 
lowlands,  clothes  the  hill-sides,  and  caps  their  rounded 
summits.  After  marching  five  hours  and  twenty 
minutes,  we  found  a  large  kraal  in  the  district  of 
Kinawani:  the  encamping  ground, — partially  cleared 
of  the  thick,  fetid,  and  putrescent  vegetation  around, 
—hugs  the  right  bank  of  the  Malagarazi,  and  faces 
the  village  of  Sultan  Mzogera  on  the  southern  or 
opposite  Bide.  A  small  store  of  provisions — grain 
and  sweet-potatoes  —  was  purchased  from  the  vil- 
lagers of  Kinawani,  who  flocked  across  the  stream 
to  trade.  They  were,  however,  fanciful  in  their 
requirements :  beads,  especially  the  coral  porcelain, 
iron-wire,  salt,  and  meat.  The  heaviness  of  this  march 
caused  two  of  the  Hammals  engaged  at  Usagozi  to 
levant,  and  the  remaining  four  to  Btrike  work.  It  was 
therefore  again  necessary  to  mount  ass — ten  days  after 
an  attack  of  "  paraplegia  !  " 

"We  left  Kinawani  on  the  next  morning,  and  striking 
away  from  the  river  we  crossed  rugged  and  rolling 
ground,  divided  by  deep  swamps  of  mire .  and  grass. 


,tzedDyGoogIe 


36  THE   LAKE  REGIONS   OP  CENTRAL   AFBICA. 

To  the  southward  ran  the  stream,  rushing  violently 
down  a  rocky  bed,  with  tall  trees  lining  its  banks.. 
Sailing  before  the  morning  east- wind,  a  huge  mass  of 
nimbus  occupied  the  sky,  and  presently  discharged 
itself  in  an  unusually  heavy  downfall :  during  the  ■ 
afternoon  the  breeze  veered  as  usual  to  the  west,  and 
the  hot  sunshine  was  for  once  enjoyable.  After  a 
weary  trudge  of  five  hours  and  twenty  minutes,  we 
entered  a  large  and  comfortable  kraal,  situated  near  a 
reach  where  the  swift  and  turbid  river  foamed  over  a 
discontinuous  ledge  of  rock,  between  avenues  of  dense 
and  tangled  jungle.  No  provisions  were  procurable  at 
this  place ;  man  appeared  to  have  become  extinct. 

The  7th  of  February  led  us  over  broken  ground, 
encumbered  by  forest,  and  cut  by  swamps,  with  higher 
levels  on  the  right  hand,  till  we  again  fell  into  the 
marshes  and  fields  of  the  river-valley.  The  district  on 
the  other  side  of  the  river,  called  Jambeho,  is  one  of 
the  most  flourishing  in  Uvinza ;  its  villages  of  small 
bird-nest  huts,  and  its  carefully  hoed  fields  of  grain  and 
sweet- potato,  affected  the  eye,  after  the  dreary  monotony 
of  a  jungle-march,  like  the  glimmer  of  a  light  at  the 
end  of  a  night-march,  or  the  discovery  of  land  at  the' 
conclusion  of  a  long  sea-voyage.  The  village  ferry  was 
instantly  put  into  requisition,  and  the  chief,  Ruwere, 
after  receiving  as  his  "  dash  "  eight  cloths,  allowed  us  to 
purchase  provisions.  At  that  season,  however,  the 
harvest  of  grain  and  sweet-potatoes  had  not  been  got 
in,  and  for  their  single  old  hen  the  people  demanded  an 
exorbitant  price.  We  hastened,  despite  all  difficulties, 
to  escape  from  this  place  of  pestilence,  which  clouds 
of  mosquitoes  rendered  as  uncomfortable  as  it  was 
dangerous. 

The  next  day  ushered  in  our  departure  with  drizzling 


id  By  Google 


THE  SALT   TRADE.  37 

rain,  which  drenched  the  slippery  paths  of  red  clay ;  the 
asses,  wild  with  wind  and  weather,  exposed  us  to  acci- 
dents in  a  country  of  deep  ravines  and  rugged  boulders. 
Presently  diverging  from  the  Malagarazi,  we  passed  over 
the  brow  of  a  low  tree-clad  hill  above  the  junction  of 
the  Rusugi  River,  and  followed  the  left  bank  of  this 
tributary  as  far  as  its  nearer  ford.  The  Rusugi  which 
drains  the  northern  highlands  into  the  Malagarazi,  was 
tEen  about  100  yards  in  width :  the  bottom  is  a  red 
ochreish  soil,  the  strong  stream,  divided  in  the  centre  by 
a  long  low  strip  of  sand  and  gravel,  flowed  at  that  time 
breast-deep,  and  its  banks, — as  usual  with  rivers  in  these 
lands, — deeply  cut  by  narrow  watercourses,  rendered 
travelling  unusually  toilsome.  At  the  Rusugi  Ford  the 
road  separates  into  a  northern  and  a  southern  branch, 
a  hill-spur  forming  the  line  of  demarcation.  The 
northern  strike's  off  to  the  district  of  Parugerero  on  the 
left  bank,  where  a  shallower  ford  is  found :  the  place  in 
question  is  a  settlement  of  Wavinza,  containing  from 
forty  to  fifty  bee-hive  huts,  tenanted  by  salt-diggers. 
The  principal  pan  is  sunk  in  the  vicinity  of  the  river, 
the  saline  produce,  after  being  boiled  down  in  the  huts, 
is  piled  up,  and  handmade  into  little  cones.  The  pan 
affords  tripartite  revenue  to  three  sultans,  and  it  con- 
stitutes the  principal  wealth  of  the  Wavinza :  the  salt 
here  sold  for  one  shukkah  per  masuta,  or  half-load,  and 
far  superior  to  the  bitter,  nitrons  produce  of  Ugogo, 
finds  its  way  throughout  the  heart  of  Africa,  supplying 
the  lands  adjoining  both  the  Tanganyika  and'  the 
Kyanza  Lakes. 

We  followed  the  southern  line  which  crosses  the 
Rusugi  River  at  the  branch  islet.  Fords  are  always 
picturesque.  The  men  seemed  to  enjoy  the  washing ; 
their  numbers  protected  them   from    the  crocodiles, 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


86  THE  LAKE   REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

which  fled  from  their  shouting  and  splashing ;  and 
they  even  ventured  into  deep  water,  where  swimming 
was  necessary.  We  crossed  as  usual  on  a  "  unicorn  "  of 
tiegroids,  the  upper  part  of  the  body  supported  by  two 
men,  and  the  feet  resting  upon  the  shoulders  of  a  third, 
—  a  posture  somewhat  similar  to  that  affected  by 
gentlemen  who  find  themselves  unable  to  pull  off  their 
own  boots.  Then  remounting,  we  ascended  the  grassy 
rise  on  the  right  of  the  stream,  struggled,  slipped,  and 
'elided  over  a  muddy  swamp,  climbed  up  a  rocky  and 
bushy  ridge,  and  found  ourselves  ensconced  in  a  ragged 
and  comfortless  kraal  upon  the  western  slopes,  within 
Bight  of  some  deserted  salt-pans  below.  As  evening  drew 
in,  it  became  apparent  that  the  Goanese  Gaetano,  the  five 
Wak'hutu  porters,  and  Sarmalla,  a  donkey-driving  son 
of  Ramji,  had  remained  behind,  in  company  with 
several  loads,  the  tent,  two  bags  of  clothes,  my  com- 
panion's elephant-gun,  my  bedding,  and  that  of  my 
servant.  It  was  certain  that  with  this  provision  in  the 
vicinity  of  Parugerero  they  would  not  starve,  and  the 
porters  positively  refused  to  halt  an  hour  more  than 
necessary.  I  found  it  therefore  compulsory  to  advance. 
On  the  11th  February  three  "children"  of  Said  bin 
Salim  consented,  as  usual,  for  a  consideration,  to  return 
and  to  bring  up  the  laggers,  and  about  a  week  after- 
wards they  entered  Ujiji  without  accident.  The  five 
Wak'hutu  porters,  probably  from  the  persuasions  of 
Muinyi  Wazira,  had,  although  sworn  to  fidelity  with  the 
strongest  oaths,  carried  into  execution  a  long-organised 
plan  of  desertion.  Gaetano  refused  to  march  on  the 
day  of  our  separation,  because  he  was  feverish,  and  he 
expected  a  riding-ass  to  be  sent  back  for  him.  He 
brought  up  our  goods  safely,  but  blankets,  towels,  and 
jnany  articles -of  clothing  belonging  to  his  companion, 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


FRESH    DESEBTIONS.  30 

had  disappeared.  This  difficulty  was,  of  course,  attri- 
buted to  the  Wak'hutu  porters ;  probably  the  missing 
things  had  been  sold  for  food  by  the  Goanese  and 
the  son  of  Ramji:  I  could  not  therefore  complain  of 
the  excuse. 

From  the  Msawahili  Fundi, — fattore,  manciple  or  stew- 
ard— of  a  small  caravan  belonging  to  an  Arab  merchant, 
Hamid  bin  Sulayyam,  I  purchased  for  thirty -five  cloths, 
about  thrice  its  value,  a  little  single-fold  tent  of  thin 
American  domestics,  through  which  sun  and  rain  pene- 
trated with  equal  facility.  Like  the  cloth-houses  of  the 
Arab  travellers  generally,  it  was  gable-shaped,  six  or 
seven  feet  high,  about  eight  feet  long  by  four  broad, 
and  so  light  that  with  its  bamboo-poles  and  its  pegs  it 
scarcely  formed  a  load  for  a  man.  On  the  9th  February, 
we  descended  from  the  ridge  upon  which  the  kraal  was 
placed,  and  traversed  a  deep  swamp  of  black  mud,  dotted 
in  the  more  elevated  parts  with  old  salt-pans  and  pits, 
where  broken  pottery  and  blackened  lumps  of  clay  still 
showed  traces  of  human  handiwork.  Beyond  this  low- 
land, the  track,  striking  off  from  the  river-valley  and 
turning  to  the  right,  entered  toilsome  ground.  We 
crossed  deep  and  rocky  ravines,  with  luxuriant  vege- 
tation above,  and  with  rivulets  at  the  bottom  trickling 
towards  the  Malagarazi,  by  scrambling  down  and  swarm- 
ing up  the  roughest  steps  of  rock,  boulder,  and  knotted 
tree-root.  Beyond  these  difficulties  lay  woody  and 
stony  hills,  whose  steep  and  slippery  inclines  were 
divided  by  half  a  dozen  waters,  all  more  or  less  trouble- 
some to  cross.  The  porters,  who  were  in  a  place  of 
famine,  insisted  upon  pushing  on  to  the  utmost  of  their 
strength :  after  six  hours'  march,  I  persuaded  them  to 
halt  in  the  bush  upon  a  rocky  hill,  where  the  neigh- 
bouring  descent  supplied  water.     The  Fundi  visited 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


40  THE   LAKE   KEOIOXS  OF  CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

the  valley  of  the  Rusugi  River,  and  finding  a  herd  of 
the  Mbogo  or  Bos  Caffer,  brought  home  a  welcome  addi- 
tion to  our  well-nigh  exhausted  rations. 

The  10th  February  saw  us  crossing  the  normal 
sequence  of  jungly  and  stony  "neat's-tongues,"  divided 
by  deep  and  grassy  swamps,  which,  stagnant  in  the  dry 
weather,  drain  after  rains  the  northern  country  to  the 
Malagarazi  River.  We  passed  over  by  a  felled  tree- 
trunk  an  unfordable  rivulet,  hemmed  in  by  a  dense  and 
fetid  thicket;  and  the  asses  summarily  pitched  down 
the  muddy  bank  into  the  water,  swam  across  and 
wriggled  up  the  slimy  off-side  like  cats.  Thence  a  foul 
swamp  of  black  mire  led  to  the  Ruguvu  or  Lnguvu 
River,  the  western  boundary  of  Dvinza  and  the  eastern 
frontier  of  Ukaranga.  This  stream,  which  can  be 
forded  during  the  dry  season,  had  spread  out  after  the 
rains  over  its  borders  of  grassy  plain ;  we  were  de- 
layed till  the  next  morning  in  a  miserable  camping 
ground,  a  mud-bank  thinly  veiled  with  vegetation,  in 
order  to  bridge  it  with  branching  trees.  An  unusual 
downfall  during  the  night  might  have  caused  serious 
consequences ; — provisions  had  now  disappeared,  more- 
over the  porters  considered  the  place  dangerous. 

The  10th  February  began  with  the  passage  of  the 
Ruguvu  River,  where  again  our  goods  and  chattels  were 
fated  to  be  thoroughly  sopped.  I  obtained  a  few  corn- 
cobs from  a  passing  caravan  of  Wanyamwezi,and  charged 
them  with  meat  and  messages  for  the  party  left  behind. 
A  desert  march,  similar  to  the  stage  last  travelled,  led  us 
to  the  Unguwwe  or  Uvungwe  River,  a  shallow,  muddy 
stream,  girt  in  as  usual  by  dense  vegetation ;  and  we 
found  a  fine  large  kraal  on  its  left  bank.  After  a  cold 
and  rainy  night,  we  resumed  our  march  by  fording  the 
Unguwwe.  Then  came  the  weary  toil  of  fighting  through 


id  By  Google 


THE  WEARF  MARCH.  41 

tiger  and  spear-grass,  with  reeds,  rushes,  a  variety  of 
ferns,  before  unseen,  and  other  lush  and  lusty  growths, 
clothing  a  succession  of  rolling  hills,  monotonous  swell- 
ings, where  the  descent  was  ever  a  reflection  of  the 
ascent.  The  paths  were  broken,  slippery,  and  pitted 
with  deep  holes ;  along  their  sides,  where  the  ground 
lay  exposed  to  view,  a  conglomerate  of  ferruginous  red 
clay— suggesting  a  resemblance  to  the  superficies  of 
Londa,  as  described  by  Dr.  Livingstone — took  the  place 
of  the  granites  and  sandstones  of  the  eastern  countries, 
and  the  sinking  of  the  land  towards  the  Lake  became 
palpable.  In  the  jungle  were  extensive  clumps  of 
bamboo  and  rattan ;  the  former  small,  the  latter  of  poor 
quality,  the  bauhinia,  or  black-wood,  and  the  salsa- 
parilla  vine  abounded ;  wild  grapes  of  diminutive  size, 
and  of  the  austerest  flavour,  appeared  for  the  first  time 
upon  the  sunny  hill-sides  which  Bacchus  ever  loves, 
and  in  the  lower  swamps  plantains  grew  almost  wild. 
In  parts  the  surface  was  broken  into  small  deep  hollows, 
from  which  sprang  pyramidal  masses  of  the  hugest 
trees.  Though  no  sign  of  man  here  met  the  eye, 
scattered  fields  and  plantations  showed  that  villages 
must  be  somewhere  near.  Sweet  water  was  found  in 
narrow  courses  of  black  mud,  which  sorely  tried  the 
sinews  of  laden  man  and  beast.  Long  after  noon,  we 
saw  the  caravan  halted  by  fatigue '  upon  a  slope  beyond 
a  weary  swamp :  a  violent  storm  was  brewing,  and 
whilst  half  the  sky  was  purple  black  with  nimbus,  the 
sun  shone  stingingly  through  the  clear  portion  of  the 
empyrean.  But  theBe  small  troubles  were  lightly 
borne  ;  already  in  the  far  distance  appeared  walls  of 
sky-blue  cliff  with  gilded  summits,  which  were  as  a 
beacon  to  the  distressed  mariner. 

On  the  13th  February  we  resumed  our  travel  through 

Digitized  ByGOOgle 


49  THE   LAKE  EEGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

screens  of  lofty  grass,  ■which  thinned  out  into  a  strag- 
gling forest.  After  about  an  hour's  march,  as  we 
entered  a  small  savannah,  I  saw  the  Fundi  before  al- 
luded to  running  forward  and  changing  the  direction 
of  the  caravan.  Without  supposing  that  he  had  taken 
upon  himself  this  responsibility,  I  followed  him.  Pre- 
sently he  breasted  a  steep  and  stony  hill,  sparsely  clad 
with  thorny  trees :  it  was  the  death  of  my  companion's 
riding-ass.  Arrived  with  toil, — for  our  fagged  beasts 
now  refused  to  proceed, — we  halted  for  a  few  minutes 
upon  the  summit.  "What  is  that  streak  of  light 
which  lies  below  ?"  I  inquired  of  Seedy  Bombay.  "  I 
am  of  opinion,"  quoth  Bombay,  "that  that  is  Me  water." 
I  gazed  in  dismay ;  the  remains  of  my  blindness,  the 
veil  of  trees,  and  a  broad  ray  of  sunshine  illuminating 
but  one  reach  of  the  Lake,  had  shrunk  its  fair  pro- 
portions. Somewhat  prematurely  I  began  to  lament 
my  folly  in  having  risked  life  and  lost  health  for  so 
poor  a  prize,  to  curse  Arab  exaggeration,  and  to  propose 
an  immediate  return,  with  the  view  of  exploring  the 
Nyanza,  or  Northern  Lake.  Advancing,  however,  a  few 
yards,  the  whole  scene  suddenly  burst  upon  my  view, 
tilling  me  with  admiration,  wonder,  and  delight.  It 
gave  local  habitation  to  the  poet's  fancy : — 

"TretDol&vano  i  rai  del  Sol  nascente 

Soy  ra  l*  onde  del  mar  purpuree  e  d'  oro, 
E  id  veste  di  zaffiro  il  ciel  ridente 

Speech  jar  pare*  te  sue  bellezze  inloro. 
D'  Africa  i  venti  fieri  e  d'  Oriente, 

Sovra  il  letto  del  mar,  prende&n  riatoro, 
E  co  sospiri  iuo'i  soavi  e  lieti 
Col  Zeffiro  increspava  il  lfflnbo  a  Tetu" 

Nothing,  in  sooth,  could  be  more  picturesque  than  this 
first  view  of  the  Tanganyika  Lake,  as  it  lay  in  the  lap 


id  By  Google 


FIRST  VIEW  OF  THE  TANGANYIKA  LAKE.  4B 

of  the  mountains,  basking  in  the  gorgeous  tropical  sun- 
shine. Below  and  beyond- a  short  foreground  of  rugged 
and  precipitous  hill-fold,  down  which  the  foot-path 
zigzags  painfully,  a  narrow  strip  of  emerald  green,  never 
sere  and  marvellously  fertile,  shelves  towards  a  ribbon 
of  glistening  yellow  sand,  here  bordered  by  sedgy  rushes, 
there  cleanly  and  clearly  cut  by  the  breaking  wavelets. 
Further  in  front  stretch  the  waters,  an  expanse  of  the 
lightest  and  softest  blue,  in  breadth  varying  from  thirty 
to  thirty-five'  miles,  and  sprinkled  by  the  crisp  east- 
wind  with  tiny  crescents  of  snowy  foam.  The  back- 
ground in  front  is  a  high  and  broken  wall  of  steel- 
coloured  mountain,  here  flecked  and  capped  with  pearly 
mist,  there  standing  sharply  pencilled  against  the  azure 
air;  its  yawning  chasms,  marked  by  a  deeper  plum- 
colour,  fall  towards  dwarf  hills  of  mound-like  propor- 
tions, which  apparently  dip  their  feet  in  the  wave. 
To  the  south,  and  opposite  the  long  low  point,  behind 
which  the  Malagarazi  River  discharges  the  red  loam 
suspended  in  its  violent  stream,  lie  the  bluff  headlands 
and  capes  of  Uguhha,  and,  as  the  eye  dilates,  it  falls 
upon  a  cluster  of  outlying  islets,  speckling  a  sea-horizon. 
Villages,  cultivated  lands,  the  frequent  canoes  of  the 
fishermen  on  the  waters,  and  on  a  nearer  approach  the 
murmurs  of  the  waves  breaking  upon  the  shore,  give  a 
something  of  variety,  of  movement,  of  life  to  the  land- 
scape, which,  like  all  the  fairest  prospects  in  these  re- 
gions, wants  but  a  little  of  the  neatness  and  finish  of  Art, 
— mosques  and  kiosks,  palaces  and  villas,  gardens  and 
orchards  —  contrasting  with  the  profuse  lavishness 
and  magnificence  of  nature,  and  diversifying  the  un- 
broken coup  chxil  of  excessive  vegetation,  to  rival,  if  not 
to  excel,  the  most  admired  scenery  of  the  classic 
■regions.    The  riant  shores  of  this  vast   crevasse  ap- 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


44  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

peared  doubly  beautiful  to'  me  after  the  silent  and 
spectral  mangrove-creeks  on  the  East-African  sea- 
board, and  the  melancholy,  monotonous  experience  of 
desert  and  jungle  scenery,  tawny  rock  and  sun-parched 
plain  or  rank  herbage  and  flats  of  black  mire.  Truly  it 
was  a  revel  for  soul  and  sight !  Forgetting  toils, 
dangers,  and  the  doubtfulness  of  return,  I  felt  willing 
to  endure  double  what  I  had  endured ;  and  all  the 
party  seemed  to  join  with  me  in  joy.  My  purblind 
companion  found  nothing  to  grumble  at  except  the 
"mist  and  glare  before  Mb  eyes."  Said  bin  Salim 
looked  exulting, — he  had  procured  for  me  this  pleasure, 
--the  monoculous  Jemadar  grinned  his  congratulations, 
and  even  the  surly  Baloch  made  civil  salams. 

Arrived  at  Ukaranga  I  was  disappointed  to  find  there 
a  few  miserable  grass-huts — used  as  a  temporary  shelter 
by  caravans  passing  to  and  from  the  islets  fringing  the 
opposite  coast — that  clustered  round  a  single  Tembe,  then 
occupied  by  its  proprietor,  Hamid  bin  Sulayyam,  an  Arab 
trader.  Presently  the  motive  of  the  rascally  Fundi,  in 
misleading  the  caravan,  which,  by  the  advice  of  Snay 
bin  Amir,  I  had  directed  to  march  upon  the  Kawele 
district  in  Ujiji,  leaked  out.  The  roadstead  of  Ukaranga 
is  separated  from  part  of  Kawele  by  the  line  of  the  Ruche 
River,  which  empties  itself  into  a  deep  hollow  bay, 
whose  chord,  extending  from  N.W.  to  S.E.,  is  five  or 
six  miles  in  length.  The  strip  of  shelving  plain  between 
.the  trough-like  hills  and  the  lake  is  raised  buta  few  feet 
above  water-level.  Converted  by  the  passage  of  a 
hundred  drains  from  the  highlands,  into  a  sheet  of 
sloppy  and  slippery  mire,  breast  deep  in  select  places,  it 
supports  with  difficulty  a  few  hundred  inhabitants: 
drenched  with  violent  rain-storms  and  clammy  dews,  it 
is  rife  in  fevers,  and  it  is  feared  by  travellers  on  ac- 
count of  its  hippopotami  and  crocodiles.     In  the  driest 

DigitzeDsyGOOgle 


EXTORTION  AT  0KARASGA.  45 

season  the  land-road  is  barely  practicable ;  during  and 
after  the  wet  monsoon  the  lake  affords  the  only  means 
of  passage,  and  the  port  of  Ukaranga  contains  not  a 
single  native  canoe.  The  Fundi,  therefore,  wisely  de- 
termined that  I  should  spend  beads  for  rations  and 
lodgings  amongst  his  companions,  and  be  heavily 
mulcted  for  a  boat  by  them.  Moreover,  he  instantly 
sent  word  to  Mnya  Mtaza,  the  principal  headman  of 
Ukaranga,  who,  as  usual  with  the  Lakist  chiefs,  lives  in 
the  hills  at  some  distance  from  the  water,  to  come 
instanter  for  his  Uonga  or  blackmail,  as,  no  fresh  fish 
being  procurable,  the  Wazungu  were  about  to  depart. 
The  latter  manoeuvre,  however,  was  frustrated  by  my 
securing  a  conveyance  for  the  morrow.  It  was  an  open 
solid-built  Arab  craft,  capable  of  containing  thirty  to 
thirty-five  men;  it'  belonged  to  an  absent  merchant,  Said 
bin  Usman-;  it  was  in  point  of  size  the  second  on  the 
Tanganyika,  and  being  too  large  for  paddling,  its  crew 
rowed  instead  of  scooping  up  the  water  like  the  natives. 
The  slaves,  who  had  named  four  khete  of  coral  beads  as 
the  price  of  a  bit  of  sun-dried  "baccala,"  and  five  as 
the  hire  of  a  foul  hovel  for  one  night,  demanded  four 
cloths — at  least  the  price  of  the  boat — for  conveying  the 
party  to  Kawele,  a  three  hours'  trip.  I  gave  them 
ten  cloths  and  two  coil-bracelets,  or  somewhat  more 
than  the  market  value  of  the  whole  equipage,  —  a 
fact  which  I  effectually  used  as  an  argumentum  ad 
verecundiam. 

At  eight  A.M.,  on  the  1 4th  February,  we  began  coasting 
along  the  eastern  shore  of  the  lake  in  a.  north-westerly 
direction,  towards  the  Eawele  district,  in  the  land  of 
Ujiji.    The  view  was  exceedingly  beautiful : 

"    .    .    .    thfi  flat  sea  shone  like  yellow  gold 
Fused  in  the  sun," 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


46  THE    LAKE   REGIONS   OF   CENTRAL"  AFRICA.   . 

and  the  picturesque  and  varied  forms  of  the  mountains, 
rising  above  and  dipping  into  the  lake,  were  clad  in 
purplish  blue,  set  off  by  the  rosy  tints  of  morning. 
Yet,  more  and  more,  as  we  approached  our  destination; 
I  wondered  at  the  absence  of  all  those  features  which 
prelude  a  popular  settlement.  Passing  the  low,  muddy, 
and  grass-grown  mouth  of  the  Ruche  River,  I  could 
descry  on  the  banks  nothing  but  a  few  scattered  hovels 
of  miserable  construction,  surrounded  by  fields  of  sor- 
ghum and  sugar-cane,  and  shaded  by  dense  groves  of 
the  dwarf,  bright-green  plantain,  and  the  tall,  sombre 
elseis  or  Guinea-palm.  By  the  Arabs  I  had  been 
taught  to  expect  a  town,  a  ghaut,  a  port.,  and  a  bazar, 
excelling  in  size  that  of  Zanzibar,  and  I  had  old,  pre- 
conceived ideas  concerning  "die  Stadt  Ujiji,"  whose 
Bire  was  the  "  Mombas  Mission  Map."  Presently  Mam- 
moth and  Behemoth  shrank  timidly  from  exposure,  and 
a  few  hollowed  logs,  the  monoxyles  of  the  fishermen, 
the  wood-cutters,  and  the  market-people,  either  cut  the 
water  singly,  or  stood  in  crowds  drawn  up  on  the 
patches  of  yellow  sand.  About  11  a.m.  the  craft  was 
poled  through  a  hole  in  a  thick  welting  of  coarse  reedy 
grass  and  flaggy  aquatic  plants  to  a  level  landing-place 
of  flat  shingle,  where  the  water  shoaled  off  rapidly. 
Such  was  the  ghaut  or  disembarkation  quay  of  the 
great  Ujiji. 

Around  the  ghaut  a  few  scattered  huts,  in  the 
humblest  bee-hive  shape,  represented  the  port-town. 
Advancing  some  hundred  yards  through  a  din  of  shouts 
and  screams,  tom-toms  and  trumpets,  which  defies  de- 
scription, and  mobbed  by  a  swarm  of  black  beings,  whose 
eyes  seemed  about  to  start  from  their  heads  with  sur- 
prise, I  passed  a  relic  of  Arab  civilisation,  the  "  Bazar." 
It  is  a  plot  of  higher  ground,  cleared '  of  grass,  and 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


WE  ENTEB   CJIJL  « 

flanked  by  a  crooked  tree  ;  there,  between  10  a.m. 
and  3  p.m.  —  weatber  permitting  —  a  mass  of  standing 
and  squatting  negroes  buy  and  sell,  barter  arid  ex- 
change, offer  and  chaffer  with  a  hubbub  heard  for  miles, 
and  there  a  spear  or  dagger-thrust  brings  on,  by  no 
means  unfrequently,  a  skirmishing  faction-fight.  The 
articles  exposed  for  sale  are  sometimes  goats,  sheep,  and 
poultry,  generally  fish,  vegetables,  and  a  few  fruits, 
plantains,  and  melons ;  palm-wine  is  a  staple  commodity; 
and  occasionally  an  ivory  or  a  slave  is  hawked  about : 
those  industriously  disposed  employ  themselves  during 
the  intervals  of  bargaining  in  spinning  a  coarse  yarn 
with  the  rudest  spindle,  or  in  picking  the  cotton,  which 
is  placed  in  little  baskets  on  the  ground.  I  was  led  to  a 
ruinous  Tembe,  built  by  an  Arab  merchant,  Hamid  bin 
Salim,  who  had  allowed  it  to  be  tenanted  by  ticks  and 
slaves.  Situated,  however,  half  a  mile  from,  and 
backed  by,  the  little  village  of  Kawele,  whose  mushroom- 
huts  barely  protruded  their  summits  above  the  dense 
vegetation,  and  placed  at  a  similar  distance  from  the 
water  in  front,  it  had  the  double  advantage  of  proxi- 
mity to  provisions,  and  of  a  view  which  at  first  was 
highly  enjoyable.  The  Tanganyika  ia  ever  seen  to  ad- 
vantage from  its  shores:  upon  its  surface  the  sight 
wearies  with  the  unvarying  tintage  —  all  shining  greens 
and  hazy  blues  —  whilst  continuous  parallels  of  lofty 
hills,  like  the  sides  of  a  huge  trough,  close  the  prospect 
and  suggest  the  idea  of  confinement. 

And  now,  lodged  with  comparative  comfort,  in  the 
cool  Tembe,  I  will  indulge  in  a  few  geographical  and 
ethnological  reminiscences  of  the  country  lately  tra- 
versed. 

The  fifth  region  includes  the  alluvial  valley  of  the 
Malagarazi  River,  which  subtends  the  lowest  spires  of  the 


id  By  Google 


48  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

Highlands  of  Karagwah  and  Urundi,  the  western  pro- 
longation of  the  chain  which  has  obtained,  probably 
from  African  tradition,  the  name  of  "  Lunar  Mountains." 
In  length,  it  extends  from  the  Malagarazi  Ferry  in  £. 
Lat.  31°  10' to  the  Tanganyika  Lake,  in  E.  Long.  30°  1'. 
Its  breadth,  from  S.  Lat.  3°  14',  the  supposed  northern 
limit  of  Urundi,  to  S.  Lat.  5°  2';  the  parallel  of 
Ukaranga  is  a  distance  of  108  rectilinear  geographical 
miles.  Native  caravans  pass  from  the  Malagarazi  to 
Ujiji  in  eight  days,  usually  without  halting  till  arrived 
within  a  stone's  throw  of  their  destination.  To  a  region 
of  such  various  elevations  it  would  be  difficult  to  assign 
an  average  of  altitude;  the  heights  observed  by  ther- 
mometer never  exceeded  1850  feet. 

This  country  contains  in  due  order,  from  east  to  west, 
the  lands  of  Uvinza,  Ubuha,  and  Ujiji :  on  the  northern 
edge  is  Uhha,  and  on  the  south-western  extremity 
Ukaranga.  The  general  features  are  those  of  the 
alluvial  valleys  of  the  Kingani  and  the  Mgeta  Rivers. 
The  soil  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Malagarazi  is  a  rich  brown 
or  black  loam,  rank  with  vegetable  decay.  This  strip 
along  the  stream  varies  in  breadth  from  one  to  five 
miles ;  on  the  right  bank  it  is  mostly  desert,  but  not 
sterile,  on  the  left  it  is  an  expanse  of  luxuriant  cultiva- 
tion. The  northern  boundary  is  a  jagged  line  of  hill- 
spurs  of  primitive  formation,  rough  with  stones  and 
yawning  with  ravines :  in  many  places  the  projections 
assume  the  form  of  green  "dogs'  tails,"  or  "neat's 
tongues,"  projecting  like  lumpy  ridges  into  the  card- 
table-like  level  of  the  river-land  southwards.  Each 
mound  or  spur  is  crowned  with  a  tufty  clump,  prin- 
cipally of  bauhinias  and  mimosas,  and  often  a  lone, 
spreading  and  towering  tree,  a  Borassus  or  a  Calabash, 
ornamenting  the  extreme  point,  forms  a  landmark  for 


id  By  Google 


GEOGRAPHY  OP  UVJHZA.  49 

the  caravan.  The  sides  of  these  hills,  composed  of 
hornblende  and  gneissic  rock,  quartzite,  quartz-grit, 
and  ferruginous  gritstone,  are  steep,  rugged,  and  thick- 
ly wooded,  and  one  slope  generally  reflects  the  other, — 
if  muddy,  muddy ;  and  if  stony,  stony.  Each  "  hanger," 
or  wave  of  ground,  is  divided  from  its  neighbour 
by  a  soft  sedgy  valley,  bisected  by  a  network  of  stag- 
nant pools.  Here  and  there  are  nullahs,  with  high 
stiff  earthbanks  for  the  passage  of  rain  torrents.  The 
grass  stands  in  lofty  screens,  and  the  path  leads  over  a 
matted  mass  of  laid  stalks  which  cover  so  closely  the 
thickmud  that  loaded  asses  do  not  sink;  this  vegetation 
is  burned  down  during  the  hot  season,  and  a  few  showers 
bring  up  an  emerald  crop  of  young  blades,  sprouting 
phoenix-like  from  the  ashes  of  the  dead.  The  southern 
boundary  of  the  valley  is  more  regular ;  in  the  eastern 
parts  is  an  almost  tabular  wall  of  rock,  covered  even  to 
the  crest  with  shrub  and  tree. 

.As  is  proved  by  the  regular  course  of  the  Malagarazi  ■ 
River,  the  westward  decline  of  the  country  is  gentle : 
along  the  road,  however,  the  two  marches  nearest  to  the 
Tanganyika  Lake  appear  to  sink  more  rapidly  than  those 
preceding  them.  The  main  drain  receives  from  the  north- 
ern hill-spurs  a  multitude  of  tributaries,  which  convey 
their  surplus  moisture  into  the  great  central  reservoir. 

Under  the  influence  of  the  two  great  productive 
powers  in  nature  —  heat  and  moisture  —  the  wondrous 
fertility  of  the  soil,  which  puts  forth  where  uncleared  a 
rank  jungle  of  nauseous  odour,  readers  the  climate  dan- 
gerouB.  The  rains  divide  the  year  into  two  unequal 
portions  of  eight  and  four  months,  namely,  the  wet 
monsoon,  which  commences  with  violence  in  September 
and  ends  in  May,  and  the  dry  hot  weather  which  rounds 
off  the  year.     The  showers  fall,  as  in  Zanzibar,  uncon- 

VOL.  n.  E 

j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


60  TEE   LAKE   REGIONS   OP   CENTRAL    AFEICA. 

tinuously,  with  breaks  varying  from  a  few  hours  to 
several  days ;  unlike  those  of  Zanzibar,  they  are  gene- 
rally accompanied  by  violent  discharges  of  electricity. 
Lightning  from  the  north,1  especially  at  night,  is  con- 
sidered a  sign  of  approaching  foul  weather.  It  would 
be  vain  to  seek  in  these  regions  of  Central  Africa  the 
kaskazi  and  kosi,  or  regular  north-east  and  south-west 
monsoons,  those  local  modifications  of  the  trade-winds 
which  may  be  traced  in  regular  progress  from  the  centre 
of  Equatorial  Africa  to  the  Himalayas.  The  atmo- 
spheric currents  deflected  from  the  Atlantic  Ocean  by 
the  coast- radiation  and  the  arid  and  barren  regions  of 
Southern  Africa  are  changed  in  hydrometric  condition, 
and  are  compelled  by  the  chilly  and  tree-clad  heights  of 
the  Tanganyika  Lake,  and  the  low,  cold,  and  river-bearing 
plains  .lying  to  the  westward,  to  part  with  the  moisture 
which  they  have  collected  in  the  broad  belt  of  extreme 
humidity  lying  between  the  Ngatni  Lake  and  the  equa- 
tor. When  the  land  has  become  super-saturated,  the 
cold,  wet,  wind,  driving  cold  masses,  surcharged  with 
electricity,  sets  continually  eastward,  to  restore  the 
equilibrium  in  lands  still  reeking  with  the  torrid  blaze, 
and  where  the  atmosphere  has  been  rarified  by  from  four 
to  six  months  of  burning  suns.  At  Msene,  in  Western 
Unyamwezi,  the  rains  break  about  October ;  thence  the 
wet  monsoon,  resuming  its  eastward  course,  crosses  the 
Land  of  the  Moon,  and,  travelling  by  slow  Btages,  arrives 
at  the  coast  in  early  April.  Following  the  northing 
sun,  and  deflected  to  the  north-east  by  the  rarified 
atmosphere  from  the  hot,  dry  surface  of  the  Eastern 
Horn  of  Africa,  the  rains  reach  Western  India  in  June, 
and  exhaust  themselves  in  frequent  and  copious  down- 
falls upon  the  southern  versant  of  the  Himalayas.  The 
gradual  refrigeration  of  the  ground,  with  the  southing  of 


id  By  Google 


THE  ORIGIN  OP  THE  S.  W.   MONSOON-HAW.  51 

the  sun,  produces  in  turn  the  inverse  process,  namely, 
the  north-east  monsoon.  About  the  Tanganyika,  how- 
ever, all  is  variable.  The  large  body  of  water  in  the 
central  reservoir,  preserves  its  equability  of  tempe- 
rature, while  the  alternations  of  chilly  cold  and  potent 
heat,  in  the  high  and  broken  lands  around  it,  cause 
extreme  irregularity  in  the  direction  of  the  currents. 
During  the  rains  of  1858  the  prevalent  winds  were 
constantly  changing :  in  the  mornings  there  was  almost 
regularly  a  cool  north  breeze  drawn  by  the  water  from 
the  heights  of  Urundi ;  in  the  course  of  the  day  it 
varied  round  towards  the  south.  The  most  violent 
storms  came  up  from  the  south-east  and  the  south-west, 
and  as  often  against  as  with  the  gale.  The  long  and 
rigorous  wet  monsoon,  broken  only  by  a  few  scattered 
days  of  heat,  renders  the  climate  exceedingly  damp,  and 
it  is  succeeded  by  a  burst  of  sunshine  which  dries  the 
grass  to  stubble  in  a  few  days.  Despite  these  extremes, 
the  climate  of  Ujiji  has  the  reputation  of  being  com- 
paratively healthy;  it  owes  this  probably  to  the 
refreshing  coolness  of  the  nights  and  mornings.  The 
mukunguru,  or  seasoning-fever  of  this  region,  is  not 
feared  by  strangers  so  much  as  that  of  Unyanyembe, 
yet  no  one  expects  to  escape  it.  It  is  a  low  bilious  and 
aguish  type,  lasting  from  three  to  four  days  :  during 
the  attack  perspiration  is  induced  with  difficulty,  and  it 
often  recurs  at  regular  times  once  a  month. 

From  the  Malagarazi  Ferry  many  lines  traverse  the 
desert  on  the  right  or  northern  bank  of  the  river,  which 
is  preferred  to  the  southern,  whence  the  Wavinza 
exclude  travellers.  Before  entering  this  region  caravans 
generally  combine,  so  as  to  present  a  formidable  front  to 
possible  foes.     The  trunk  road,  called  Jambeho,  the 


id  By  Google 


52  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

most  southerly  of  the  northern  routes,  has  been  described 
in  detail. 

The  district  of  Ukaranga  extends  from  the  Ruguvu 
or  the  Unguwwe  River  to  the  waters  of  the  lake ;  on 
the  south  it  is  bounded  by  the  region  of  Ut'hongwe,  and 
on  the  north  by  the  Ruche  River.  This  small  and 
sluggish  stream,  when  near  the  mouth,  is  about  forty 
yards  in  breadth,  and,  being  unfordable  at  all  seasons, 
two  or  three  ferry-boats  always  ply  upon  its  waters. 
The  rauque  bellow  of  the  hippopotamus  is  heard  on  its 
banks,  and  the  adjacent  lowlands  are  infested  by  mos- 
quitoes in  clouds.  The  villages  of  Ukaranga  are 
scattered  in  clumps  over  the  plain — wretched  hamlets, 
where  a  few  households  live  surrounded  by  rare  cul- 
tivation in  the  drier  parts  of  the  swamps.  The  "  port 
of  Ukaranga"  is  an  open  roadstead,  which  seldom  shows 
even  a  single  canoe.  Merchants  who  possess  boats  and 
can  send  for  provisions  to  the  islands  across  the  lake 
sometimes  prefer,  for  economy,  Ukaranga  to  Kawele ; 
it  is  also  made  a  halting-place  by  those  en  route  to 
Uguhha,  who  would  lose  time  by  visiting  Ujiji.  The 
land,  however,  affords  no  supplies;  a  bazar  is  un- 
known ;  and  the  apathetic  tribe,  who  cultivate  scarcely 
sufficient  grain  for  themselves,  will  not'  even  take  the 
trouble  to  cast  a  net.  Ukaranga  sends  bamboos, 
rafters  for  building,  and  fire-wood,  cut  in  the  back- 
ground of  highlands,  to  Kawele  and  other  parts  of 
Ujiji,  at  which  places,  however,  workmen  must  be  hired. 

Ukaranga  signifies,  etymologically,  the  "  Land  of 
Groundnuts."  This  little  district  may,  in  earlier  ages, 
have  given  name  to  the  Mocarangas,  Afucarongas,  or 
Mucarangas,  a  nation  which,  according  to  the  Portuguese 
historians,  from  Joao  dos  Sanctos  (1586-97)  to  Don 
Sebastian  Xavier  Botelho  (1835),  occupied  the  country 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


THE  "  MOCARANGAS."  «3 

within  the  Mozambique,  from  S.  lat.  5°  to  S.  lat.  25", 
under  subjection  to  the  sovereign  and  the  people  of 
"  Monomotapa."  In  the  absence'  of  history,  analogy 
is  the  only  guide.  Either,  then,  the  confusion  of  the 
Tanganyika  and  the  Nyassa  Lakes  by  the  old  geo- 
graphers, caused  them  to  extend  the  "Mocarangas" 
up  to  the  northern  water  —  and  the  grammatical 
error  in  the  word  "  Mucaranga  "  justifies  some  sus- 
picion as  to  their  accuracy — or  in  the  space  of  three 
centuries  the  tribe  has  declined  from  its  former  power 
and  consequence,  or  the  Wakaranga  of  the  Tanganyika 
are  a  remnant  of  the  mighty  southern  nation,  which, 
like  the  Watuta  tribe,  has  of  late  years  been  pressed  by 
adverse  circumstances  to  the  north.  Though  Senhor 
Botclho,  in  his  'Memoria  Estatisca,'  denominates  the 
"Monomoezi  country"  "Western  Mucaranga,"  it  is 
certain  that  no  Mnyamwezi  in  the  present  day  owns  to 
connection  with  a  race  speaking  a  different  dialect,  and 
distant  about  200  miles  from  his  frontier. 

The  land  of  Ujiji  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the 
heights  of  Urundi,  and  on  the  south  by  the  Ukaranga 
country :  eastward  it  extends  to  Ubuha,  and  westward 
it  is  washed  by  the  waves  of  the  Tanganyika  Lake.  On 
its  north-east  lies  the  land  of  Uhha,  now  reduced  by 
the  predatory  "Watuta  to  a  luxuriant  desert. 

The  head-quarter  village  of  Ujiji  was  in  1858  Kawele. 
To  the  westward  of  this  settlement  was  the  district  of 
Gungu,  facing  the  islet  rock  Bangwe.  This  place  was 
deserted  by  travellers  on  account  of  the  plundering 
propensities  of  its  former  chief.  His  son  "Lurinda," 
however,  labours  to  recover  lost  ground  by  courtesy  and 
attention  to  strangers.  South-eastwards  of  Kawele  is 
the  district  of  Ugoyye,  frequented  by  the  Arabs, 
who  find  the  Sultans  Habeyya  and  Marabu  somewhat 

j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


64  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

less  extortionate  than  their  neighbours.  It  is  a  sandy 
spot,  clear  of  white  ants,  but  shut  out  by  villages  and 
cultivation  from  the  lovely  view  of  the  lake.  To  one 
standing  at  Eawele  all  these  districts  and  villages  are 
within  two  or  three  miles,  and  a  distant  glance  discloses 
the  possessions  of  half-a-dozen  independent  tribes. 

Caravans  entering  Ujiji  from  the  land  side  usually 
encamp  in  the  outlying  villages  on  the  right  or  left  bank 
of  the  Ruche,  at  considerable  inconvenience,  for  some 
days.  The  origin  of  this  custom  appears  to  date  from 
olden  time.  In  East  Africa,  as  a  rule,  every  stranger 
is  held  to  be  hostile  before  he  has  proved  friendly  in- 
tentions, and  many  tribes  do  not  admit  him  into  their 
villages  without  a  special  invitation.  Thus,  even  in 
the  present  day,  the  visitor  in  the  countries  of  the 
Somal  and  Galla,  the  Wamasai  and  the  Wakwafi,  must 
sit  under  some  tree  outside  the  settlement  till  a  depu- 
tation of  elders,  after  formally  ascertaining  his  purpose, 
escort  him  to  their  homes.  The  modern  reason  for  the 
custom,  whjch  prevails  upon  the  coast,  as  well  as  on  the 
banks  of  the  Tanganyika,  is  rather  commercial  than 
political.  The  caravan  halts  upon  neutral  ground,  and 
the  sultans  or  chiefs  of  the  different  villages  send  select 
messengers  carrying  various  presents:  in  the  interior 
ivory  and  slaves,  and  in  the  maritime  regions  cloth  and 
provisions,  technically  called  "  Magubiko,"  and  intended 
as  an  earnest  of  their  desire  to  open  trade.  Sweet 
words  and  fair  promises  win  the  day ;  the  Mtongi,  or 
head  of  the  caravan,  after  a  week  of  earnest  deliberation 
with  all  his  followers,  chooses  his  host,  temporary 
lodgings  are  provided  for  the  guests,  and  the  value  of 
the  retaining  fees  is  afterwards  recovered  in  Honga  and 
Kircmbd — blackmail  and  customs.  This  custom  was 
known  in  Southern  Africa  by  the  name  of  "marts;" 

j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


DISTANCE  OF  COAST  JOtTBHEY.  S5 

that  is,  a  "connection  with  a  person  belonging  to 
another  nation,  so  that  they  reside  at  each  other's  houses 
when  visiting  the  place,  and  make  mutual  presents." 
Tie  compulsory  guest  amongst  the  Arabs  of  Zanzibar 
and  the  Somal  is  called  "  Nezil." 

At  Ujiji  terminates,  after  twelve  stages,  which  native 
caravans  generally  finish  in  a  fortnight,  all  halts  in- 
cluded, the  transit  of  the  fifth  region.  The  traveller 
has  now  accomplished,  a  total  number  of  85  long,  or 
100  short  stages,  which,  with  necessary  rests,  but 
excluding  detentions  and  long  halts,  occupy  150  days. 
The  direct  longitudinal  distance  from  the  coast  is  540 
geo.  miles,  which  the  sinuosities  of  the  road  prolong  to 
955,  or  in  round  numbers  950  statute  miles.  The  number 
of  days  expended  by  the  Expedition  in  actual  marching 
was  100,  of  hours  420,  which  gives  a  rate  of  2-27  miles 
per  hour.  The  total  time  was  seven  and  a-half  months, 
-  from  the  27th  June,  1857,  to  the  18th  February,  1858; 
thus  the  number  of  the  halts  exceeded  by  one-third  the 
number  of  the  marches.  In  practice  Arab  caravans 
seldom  arrive  at  the  Tanganyika,  for  reasons  before 
alluded  to,  under  a  total  period  of  six  months.  Those 
lightly  laden  may  make  Unyanyembe  in  between  two 
and  a-half  and  three  months,  and  from  Unyanyembe 
Ujiji  in  twenty-five  stages,  which  would  reduce  their 
journey  to  four  months. 

Dapper  ( '  Beschryving  van  Afrika,'  Amst.  1671) 
asserts  that  the  "  blacks  of  Pombo,  I.  e.  the  Pombeiros, 
or  native  travellers  of  W.  Africa,  when  asked  re- 
specting the  distance  of  the  lake,  say  that  it  is  at 
least  a  sixty  days'  journey,  going  constantly  east- 
wards." But  the  total  breadth  of  the  continent 
between  Mbuamaji  and  Loanda  being,  in  round  num- 
bers, 1560  geographical  miles,  this  estimate  would  give 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


66  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

a  marching  rate  of  twenty-six  geographical  and  rectili- 
near miles  (or,  allowing  for  deviation,  thirty-six  statute 
miles)  per  diem.  When  Da  Couto  (1565),  quoting 
the  information  procured  by  Francisco  Barreto,  during 
his  expedition  in  1570,  from  some  Moors  (Arabs  or 
Wasawatiili)  at  Patta  and  elsewhere,  sayB  that  "from 
Eilwa  or  Atondo  (that  is  to  say,  the  country  of  the 
Watondwe)  the  other  sea  of  Angola  might  be  reached 
with  a  journey  of  fifteen  or  twenty  (150  or  200?) 
leagues,"  he  probably  alludes  to  the  Nyassa  Lake,  lying 
south-westwards  of  Eilwa,  not  to  the  Tanganyika.  Mr. 
Cooley  gives  one  itinerary,  by  Mohammed  bin  Nasur,  an 
old  Arab  merchant,  enumerating  seventy-one  marches 
from  Buromaji  (Mbuamaji)  to  Oha  (Uhha),  and-a  total 
of  eighty-three  from  the  coast  to  the  lake ;  and  a  Becond 
by  a  native  of  Monomoezi,  Lief  bin  Said  (a  misprint  for 
Khalaf  bin  Said?)  sixty-two  to  Ogara  (Ugala),  which 
is  placed  four  or  five  days  from  Oha.  In  another  page  - 
he  remarks  that  "from  Buromaji,  near  Point  Puna,  to 
Oha  in  Monomoezi  is  a  journey  of  seventy-nine,  or,  in 
round  numbers,  eighty  days,  the  shores  of  the  lake 
being  still  six  or  eight  days  distant."  This  is  the 
closest  estimate  yet  made.  Mr.  Macqueen,  from  the 
itinerary  of  Lief  bin  Said,  estimates  the  lake,  from  the 
mouth  of  the  river  Pangani,  at  604  miles,  and  seventy- 
one  days  of  total  march.  It  is  evident,  from  the  pre- 
ceding pages,  that  African  authorities  have  hitherto 
confounded  the  Nyanza,  the  Tanganyika,  and  the  Nyassa 
Lakes.  Still,  in  the  estimate  of  the  distance  between 
the  coast  and  Ujiji  there  is  a  remarkable  and  a  most 
deceptive  coherence. 

Ujiji — also  called  Manyofo,  which  appears,  however, 
peculiar  to  a  certain  sultanat  or  district — Is  the  name 
of  a  province,  not,  as  has  been  represented,  of  a  single 


id  By  Google 


FERTILITY  OF  UJLTL  07 

town.  It  waa  first  visited  by  the  Arabs  about  1840; 
ten  years  after  that  they  had  penetrated  to  Unyamwezi ; 
they  found  it  conveniently  situated  as  a  mart  upon  the 
Tanganyika  Lake,  and  a  central  point  where  their  depots 
might  be  established,  and  whence  their  factors  and  slaves 
could  navigate  the  waters,  and  collect  slaves  and  ivory 
from  the  tribes  upon  its  banks.  But  the  climate  proved 
unhealthy,  the  people  dangerous,  and  the  coasting- 
voyages  frequently  ended  in  disaster;  Ujiji,  therefore, 
never  rose  to  the  rank  of  Unyanyembe  or  Msene.  At 
present  it  is  visited  during  the  fair  season,  from  May  to 
September,  by  flying  caravans,  who  return  to  Unyan- 
yembe as  soon  as  they  have  loaded  their  porters. 

Abundant  humidity  and  a  fertile  soil,  evidenced  by 
the  large  forest  trees  and  the  abundance  of  ferns,  render 
Ujiji  the  most  productive  province  in  this  section  of 
Africa :  vegetables,  which  must  elsewhere  be  cultivated, 
here  seem  to  flourish  almost  spontaneously.  Rice  of 
excellent  quality  was  formerly  raised  by  the  Arabs 
upon  the  shores  of  the  Tanganyika ;  it  grew  luxuriantly, 
attaining,  it  is  said,  the  height  of  eight  or  nine  feet. 
The  inhabitants,  however,  preferring  sorghum,  and 
wearied  out  by  the  depredations  of  the  monkey,  the 
elephant,  and  the  hippopotamus,  have  allowed  the  more 
civilised  cereal  to  degenerate.  The  principal  grains  are 
the  holcus  and  the  Indian  nagli  or  nanchni  (Eleusine 
coracano) ;  there  is  no  bajri  (panicum  or  millet)  in 
these  regions ;  the  pulses  are  phaseoli  and  the  voandzeia, 
groundnuts,  beans,  and  haricots  of  several  different 
species.  The  manioc,  egg-plant,  and  sweet-potato,  the 
yam,  the  cucumber,  an  edible  white  fungus  growing 
subterraneously,  and  the  Indian  variety  of  the  Jeru- 
salem artichoke,  represent  the  vegetables:  the  people, 
however,  unlike  the  Hindus,  despise,  and  consequently 


id  By  Google 


S6  THE    LAKE    REGIONS    OF    CENTRAL    AFRICA. 

will  not  be  at  the  pains  to  cultivate  them.  Sugar-cane, 
tobacco,  and  cotton  are  always  purchasable  in  the  bazar. 
The. fruits  are  the  plantain  and  the  Guinea-palm.  The 
mdizi  or  plantain-tree  is  apparently  an  aborigen  of  these 
latitudes :  in  certain  parts,  as  in  Usumbara,  Earagwah, 
and  Uganda,  it  is  the  staff  of  life :  in  the  hilly  countries 
there  are,  it  is  said,  about  a  dozen  varieties,  and  a 
single  bunch  forms  a  load  for  a  man.  It  is  found  in 
the  island  and  on  the  coast  of  Zanzibar,  at  E'hutu  in 
the  head  of  the  alluvial  valley,  and,  though  rarely,  in  the 
mountains  of  TTsagara.  The  best  fruit  is  that  grown 
by  the  Arabs  at  Unyanyembe:  it  is  still  a  poor  spe- 
cimen, coarse  and  insipid,  stringy  and  full  of  seeds,  and 
strangers  rarely  indulge  in  it,  fearing  flatulence.  Upon 
the  Tanganyika  Lake  there  is  a  variety  called  raikono 
t'hembu,  or  elephant's-hands,  which  is  considerably 
larger  than  the  Indian  "  horse-plantain."  The  skin  is 
of  a  brickdust  red,  in  places  inclining  to  rusty-brown ; 
the  pulp  is  a  dull  yellow,  with  black  seeds,  and  the 
flavour  is  harsh,  strong,  and  drug-like.  The  Elseis 
Guiniensis,  locally  called  mchikichi,  which  is  known  by 
the  Arabs  to  grow  in  the  islands  of  Zanzibar  and  Femba, 
and  more  rarely  in  the  mountains  of  Usagara,  springs 
apparently  uncultivated  in  large  dark  groves  on  the 
shores  of  the  Tanganyika,  where  it  hugs  the  margin, 
rarely  growing  at  any  distance  inland.  The  bright- 
yellow  drupe,  with  shiny  purple-black  point,  though 
nauseous  to  the  taste,  is  eaten  by  the  people.  The 
mawezi  or  palm-oil,  of  the  consistency  of  honey,  rudely 
extracted,  forms  an  article  of  considerable  traffic  in 
the  regions  about  the  Lake.  This  is  the  celebrated 
extract,  whose  various  officinal  uses  in  Europe  have 
already  begun  to  work  a  social  reformation  in  "W. 
Africa.     The  people  of  Ujiji  separate,  by  pounding, 


id  By  Google 


PALM   OIL  IN  CENTRAL  AFRICA.  OS 

the  oily  sarcocarpium  from  the  one  seed  of  the  drupe, 
boil  it  for  some  hours,  allow  the  floating  substance  to 
coagulate,  and  collect  it  in  large  earthen  pots.  The 
price  is  usually  about  one  doti  of  white  cotton  for  thirty- 
five  pounds,  and  the  people  generally  demand  salt  in 
exchange  for  it  from  caravans.  This  is  the  "  oil  of  a 
red  colour"  which,  according  to  Mr.  Cooley,  is  bought 
by  the  Wanyamwezi "  from  the  opposite  or  south-western 
side  of  the  lake."  Despite  its  sickly  flavour,  it  is  uni- 
versally used  in  cooking,  and  it  forms  the  only  unguent 
and  lamp-oil  in  the  country.  This  fine  Guinea-palm  h 
also  tapped,  as  the  date  in  Western  India,  for  toddy ; 
and  the  cheapness  of  this  tembo — the  sura  of  West 
Africa  —  accounts  for  the  prevalence  of  intoxication, 
and  the  consequent  demoralisation  of  the  Lakist  tribes. 
The  bazar  at  Ujiji  is  well  supplied.  Fresh  fish  of 
various  kinds  is  always  procurable  except  during  the 
violence  of  the  rains :  the  people,  however,  invariably 
cut  it  up  and  clean  it  out  before  bringing  it  to  market. 
Good  honey  abounds  after  the  wet  monsoon.  By  the 
favour  of  the  chief,  milk  and  butter  may  be  purchased 
every  day.  Long-tailed  sheep  and  well-bred  goats, 
poultry  and  eggs — the  two  latter  are  never  eaten  by 
the  people — are  brought  in  from  the  adjoining  coun- 
tries: the  Arabs  breed  a  few  Manilla  ducks,  and  the 
people  rear  but  will  not  sell  pigeonB.  The  few  herds  at 
Ujiji  which  have  escaped  the  beef-eating  propensities 
of  the  Watuta  are  a  fine  breed,  originally,  it  is  said, 
derived  by  the  Wahha  from  the  mountains  of  Karag- 
wah.  Their  horns  in  these  lands  appear  unusually 
large ;  their  stature  combines  with  the  smallness  of  the 
hump  to  render  them  rather  like  English  than  Indian  or 
African  cattle.  They  are  rarely  sold  of  later  days, 
except  for  enormous  prices,  an  adult  slave  being  the 

DiBitze^yGOOgk 


60  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

lowest  valuation  of  a  cow.  The  cattle  is  never  stalled 
or  grain-fed,  and  the  udder  is  little  distended ;  the  pro- 
duce is  about  one  quarter  that  of  a  civilised  cow,  and 
the  animals  give  milk  only  during  the  few  first  months 
after  calving.  The  "tulehan"of  Tibet  is  apparently 
unknown  in  Central  Africa ;  but  the  people  are  not 
wanting  in  barbarous  contrivances  to  persuade  a  stub- 
born animal  to  yield  her  produce. 

The  fauna  appear  rare  upon  the  borders  of  the 
Tanganyika :  all  men  are  hunters  ;  every  human  being 
loves  animal  food,  from  white  ants  to  elephants;  the 
tzetze  was  found  there,  and  probably  the  luxuriance  of 
the  vegetation,  in  conjunction  with  the  extreme  humi- 
dity, tends  to  diminish  species  and  individuals.  Herds 
of  elephants  exist  in  the  bamboo-jungles  which  surround 
the  sea,  but  the  heaps  of  ivory  sold  in  the  markets  of 
Ujiji  are  collected  from  an  area  containing  thousands  of 
square  miles.  Hippopotami  and  crocodiles  are  common 
in  the  waters,  wild  buffaloes  in  the  plains.  The  hyaenas 
are  bold  thieves,  and  the  half-wild  "  Pariah-dogs  "  that 
slink  about  the  villages  are  little  inferior  as  depredators. 
The  people  sometimes  make  pets  of  them,  leading  them 
about  with  cords;  but  they  do  not  object  to  see  them 
shot  after  a  raid  upon  the  Arab's  meat,  butter,  or  milk. 
These  animals  are  rarely  heard  to  bark  ;  they  leave 
noise  to  the  village  cocks.  The  huts  are  as  usual  haunted 
by  the  grey  and  the  musk-rat.  Of  birds  there  is  a  fine 
fish-eagle,  about  the  size  of  a  domestic  cock,  with  snowy 
head  and  shoulders  relieving  a  sombre  chocolate  plume: 
he  sits  majestically  watching  his  prey  upon  the  tall  trees 
overhanging  the  waves  of  the  Tanganyika.  A  larus,  or 
sea-gull,  with  reddish  legs,  lives  in  small  colonies  upon 
this  lake.  At  the  end  of  the  monsoon  in  1858  these  birds 
were  seen  to  collect  in  troops  upon  the  sands,  as  they 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


GULLS  ON  THE  TANGANYIKA.  61 

are  accustomed  to  do  at  Aden  when  preparing  to  migrate. 
The  common  kingfisher  is  a  large  bird  with  a  white  and 
grey  plume,  a  large  and  strong  black  bill,  and  a  crest 
which  somewhat  resembles  that  of  the  Indian  bulbul : 
it  perches  upon  the  branches  over  the  waters,  and  in 
flight  and  habits  resembles  other  halcyons.  A  long  and 
lank  black  plotus,  or  diver,  is  often  seen  skimming  the 
waters,  and  sandpipers  run  along  the  yellow  sands. 
The  other  birds  are  the  white-breasted  "parson-crow, 
partridges,  and  quails  seen  in  Urandi ;  swallows  in  pas< 
sage,  curlews,  motacillae,  muscicapse,  and  various  pas- 
serines. Ranee,  some  of  them  noisy  in  the  extreme, 
inhabit  the  sedges  close  to  the  lake.  The  termite  does 
great  damage  in  the  sweet  red  soils  about  Kawele :  it  is 
less  feared  when  the  ground  is  dry  and  sandy.  The 
huts  are  full  of  animal  life — snakes,  scorpions,  ants  of 
various  kinds,  whose  armies  sometimes  turn  the  occu- 
pants out  of  doors ;  the  rafters  are  hollowed  out  by 
xylophagous  insects ;  the  walls  are  riddled  by  mason- 
bees,  hideous  spiders  veil  the  corners  with  thick  webs, 
the  chirp  of  the  cricket  is  heard  both  within  and  out  of 
doors,  cockroaches  destroy  the  provisions,  and  large 
brown  mosquitoes  and  flies,  ticks  and  bugs,  assault  the 
inhabitants. 

The  rise  in  the  price  of  slaves  and  ivory  has  compelled 
Arab  merchants,  as  will  be  seen  iu  another  chapter,  to 
push  their  explorations  beyond  the  Tanganyika  Lake. 
Ujiji  is,  however,  still  the  great  slave-mart  of  these  re- 
gions, the  article  being  collected  from  all  the  adjoining 
tribes  of  Urundi,  Uhha,  Uvira,  and  Marungu.  The  native 
dealers,  however,  are  so  acute,  that  they  are  rapidly 
ruining  this  their  most  lucrative  traffic.  They  sell 
cheaply,  and  think  to  remunerate  themselves  by  aiding 
and  abetting  desertion.     Merchants,  therefore,  who  do 


id  By  Google 


63  THE    LAKE    REGIONS    OF    CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

not  chain  or  cord  together  their  gangs  till  they  have 
reached  the  east  bank  of  the  Malagarazi  River,  often 
lose  20  per  cent.  The  prevalence  of  the  practice  has 
already  given  Ujiji  a  bad  name,  and,  if  continued,  will 
remove  the  market  to  another  place,  where  the  people 
are  somewhat  less  clever  and  more  sensible.  It  is  im- 
possible to  give  any  idea  of  the  average  price  of  the 
human  commodity,  which  varies,  under  the  modifica- 
tions of  demand  and  supply,  from  two  to  ten  doti  or 
tobes  of  American  domestics.  Yet  as  these  purchases 
sell  in  Zanzibar  for  fourteen  or  fifteen  dollars  per  head, 
the  trade  realises  nearly  500  per  cent.,  and  will,  therefore, 
with  difficulty  be  put  down. 

The  principal  tribes  in  this  region  are  the  Wajiji,  the 
Wavinza,  the  Wakaranga,  the  Watuta,  the  Wabuha,  and 
the  Wahha. 

The  Wajiji  are  a  burly  race  of  barbarians,  far  stronger 
than  the  tribes  hitherto  traversed,  with  dark  skins, 
plain  features,  and  straight,  sturdy  limbs:  they  are 
larger  and  heavier  men  than  the  Wanyamwezi,  and  the 
type,  as  it  approaches  Central  Africa,  becomes  rather 
negro  than  negroid.*  Their  feet  and  hands  are  large 
and  flat,  their  voices  are  harsh  and  strident,  and  their 
looks  as  well  as  their  manners  are  independent  even  to 
insolence.  The  women,  who  are  held  in  high  repute, 
resemble,  and  often  excel,  their  masters  in  rudeness  and 


•  My  companion  observes  (in  Blackwood,  Nov.  1859),  "It  amy  be  worthy 
of  remark  that  I  have  always  found  the  lighter  coloured  savages  more  bois- 
terous and  warlike  than  those  of  the  dingier  hue.  The  ruddy  black,  fleshy- 
looking  Wazaramoe  and  Wagogos  are  much  lighter  in  colour  (1)  than  any 
of  the  other  tribes,  and  certainly  hare  a  far  superior,  more  manly  and  war- 
like independent  spirit  and  bearing  than  any  of  the  others."  The  "dingiest" 
peoples  are  usually  the  most  degraded,  and  therefore  sometimes  the  least 
powerful ;  but  the  fiercest  races  in  the  land  are  the  Wazaramo,  the  Wajiji 
and  the  Wutaturu,  who  are  at  the  same  time  the  darkest. 


id  By  Google 


THE  WAJIJJ  TBIBE.  69 

violence ;  they  think  little  in  their  cups  of  entering  a 
stranger's  hut,  and  of  snatching  up  and  carrying  away 
an  article  which  excites  their  admiration.  Many  of  both 
sexes,  and  all  ages,  are  disfigured  by  the  small-pox  — 
the  Arabs  have  vainly  taught  them  inoculation  —  and 
there  are  few  who  are  not  afflicted  by  boils  and  various 
eruptions ;  there  is  also  an  inveterate  pandemic  itch, 
which,  according  to  their  Arab  visitors,  results  from  a 
diet  of  putrid  fish. 

'  This  tribe  is  extensively  tattooed,  probably  as  a  pro- 
tection against  the  humid  atmosphere,  and  the  chills  of 
the  Lake  Region.  Some  of  the  chiefs  have  ghastly  scars 
raised  by  fire,  in  addition  to  large  patterns  marked  upon 
their  persons  —  lines,  circles,  and  rays  of  little  cupping- 
cuts  drawn  down  the  back,  the  stomach,  and  the  arms, 
like  the  tattoo  of  the  Wangindo  tribe  near  Kilwa.  Both 
sexes  love  to  appear  dripping  with  oil ;  and  they  mani- 
festly do  not  bold  cleanliness  to  be  a  virtue.  The  head 
is  sometimes  shaved ;  rarely  the  hair  is  allowed  to  grow ; 
the  most  fashionable  coiffure  is  a  mixture  of  the  two  ; 
patches  and  beauty-spots  in  the  most  eccentric  shapes — 
buttons,  crescents,  crests,  and  galeated  lines  —  being 
allowed  to  sprout  either  on  the  front,  the  sides,  or  the 
back  of  the  head,  from  a  carefully-scraped  scalp. 
Women  as  well  as  men  are.  fond  of  binding  a  wisp  of 
white  tree-fibre  round  their  heads,  like  the  ribbon  which 
confines  the  European  old  person's  wig.  There  is  not 
a  trace  of  mustachio  or  whisker  in  the  country ;  they 
are  removed  by  the  tweezers,  and  the  climate,  accord- 
ing to  the  Arabs,  is,  like  that  of  Unyamwezi,  unfavourable 
to  beards.  For  cosmetics  both  sexes  apply,  when  they 
can  procure  such  luxuries,  red  earth  to  the  face,  and  over 
the  head  a  thick-coating  of  chalk  or  mountain-meal,  which 
makes  their  blackness  stand  out  hideously  grotesque. 


id  By  Google 


64  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

The  chiefs  wear  expensive  stuffs,  checks,  and  cottons, 
which  they  extract  from  passing  caravans.  Women  of 
wealth  affect  the  tobe  or  coast-dress,  and  some  were  seen 
wearing  red  and  blue  broadcloths.  The  male-  costume 
of  the  lower  orders  is  confined  to  softened  goat,  sheep, 
deer,  leopard,  or  monkey  skins,  tied  at  two  corners  over 
either  shoulder,  with  the  flaps  open  at  one  side, 
and  with  tail  and  legs  dangling  in  the  wind. 
Women  who  cannot  afford  cloth  use  as  a  succe- 
daneum  a  narrow  kilt  of  fibre  or  skin,  and  some  con- 
tent themselves  with  a  tassel  of  fibre  or  a  leafy  twig 
depending  from  a  string  bound  round  the  waist,  and 
displaying  the  nearest  approach  to  the  original  fig-leaf. 
At  Ujiji,  however,  the  people  are  observed,  for  the  first 
time,  to  make  extensive  use  of  the  macerated  tree-bark, 
which  supplies  the  place  of  cotton  in  Urundi,  Karagwah, 
and  the  northern  kingdoms.  This  article,  technically 
termed  "mbugu,"  is  made  from  the  inner  bark  of  various 
trees,  especially  the  mrimba  and  the  mwale,  or  huge 
Raphia-palm.  The  trunk  of  the  full-grown  tree  is 
stripped  of  its  integument  twice  or  thrice,  and  is  bound 
with  plantain-leaves  till  a  finer  growth  is  judged  fit  for 
manipulation.  This  bark  is  carefully  removed,  steeped 
in  water,  macerated,  kneaded,  and  pounded  with  clubs 
and  battens  to  the  consistency  of  a  coarse  cotton.  Palm- 
oil  is  then  spirted  upon  it  from  the  moutb,  and  it 
acquires  the  colour  of  chamois-leather.  The  Wajiji  ob- 
tain the  mbugu  mostly  from  Urundi  and  Uvira.  They 
are  fond  of  striping  it  with  a  black  vegetable  mud,  so 
as  to  resemble  the  spoils  of  leopards  and  wild  cats, 
and  they  favour  the  delusion  by  cutting  the  edge  into 
long  strips,  like  the  tails  and  other  extremities  of  wild 
beasts.  The  price  of  the  mbugu  varies  according  to 
size,  from  six   to  twelve  khete  or  strings  of  beads. 


id  By  Google 


OBNAMENTS  OF  THE   LAKI8T8.  (15 

Though  durable,  it  is  never  washed :  after  many 
months'  wear  the  superabundance  of  dirt  is  removed  by- 
butter  Or  ghee. 

Besides  the  common  brass-wire  girdles  and  bracelets, 
armlets  and  anklets,  masses  of  white-porcelain,  blue- 
glass,  and  large  pigeon-egg  beads,  and  hundreds  of  the 
iron-wire  circlets  called  sambo,  which,  worn  with  ponde- 
rous brass  or  copper  rings  round  the  lower  leg,  above 
the  foot,  suggest  at  a  distance  the  idea  of  disease,  the 
Wajiji  are  distinguished  from  tribes  not  on  the  lake  by 
necklaces  of  shells  —  small  pink  bivalves  strung  upon  a 
stout  fibre.  They  have  learned  to  make  brass  from 
the  Arabs,  by  melting  down  one-third  of  zinc  imported 
from  the  coast  with  two  parts  of  the  fine  soft  and  red 
copper  brought  from  the  country  of  the  Kazeembe. 
Like  their  Lakist  neighbours,  they  ornament  the  throat 
with  disks,  crescents,  and  strings  of  six  or  seven  cones, 
fastened  by  the  apex,  and  depending  to  the  breast. 
Made  of  the  whitest  ivory  or  of  the  teeth,  not  the  tusks, 
of  the  hippopotamus,  these  dazzling  ornaments  effec- 
tively se.t  off  the  dark  and  negro-like  skin.  Another 
peculiarity  amongst  these  people  is  a  pair  of  iron  pincers 
or  a  piece  of  split  wood  ever  hanging  round  the  neck ; 
nor  is  its  use  less  remarkable  than  its  presence.  The 
Lakists  rarely  chew,  smoke,  or  take  snuff  according  to 
the  fashion  of  the  rest  of  mankind.  Every  man  carries 
a  little  half-gourd  or  diminutive  pot  of  black  earthen- 
ware, nearly  full  of  tobacco ;  when  inclined  to  indulge, 
he  fills  it  with  water,  expresses  the  juice,  and  from  the 
palm  of  his  hand  sniffs  it  up  into-  his  nostrils.  The 
pincers  serve  to  close  the  exit,  otherwise  the  nose  must 
be  temporarily  corked  by  the  application  of  finger  and 
thumb.  Without  much  practice  it  is  difficult  to  arti- 
culate during  the  retention  of  the  dose,  which  lasts  a 

VOL.    II.  p 

-^z^yGoogle 


6fi  TUB   LAKE  BEGIOXS  OF  CENTRAL  AFBICA. 

few  minutes,  and  when  an  attempt  is  made  the  words 
are  scarcely  intelligible.  The  arms  of  the  Wajiji  are 
small  battle-axes  and  daggers,  spears,  and  large  bows, 
which  carry  unusually  heavy  arrows.  They  fear  the 
gun  and  the  sabre,  yet  they  show  no  unwillingness  to 
fight.  The  Arabs  avoid  granting  their  demands  for 
muskets  and  gunpowder,  consequently  a  great  chief 
never  possesses  more  than  two  or  three  fire-locks. 

The  Lakista  are  an  almost  amphibious  race,  excellent 
divers,  Btrong  swimmers  and  fishermen,  and  vigorous 
ichthyophagists  all.  At  times,  when  excited  by  the 
morning  coolness  and  by  the  prospect  of  a  good  haul, 
they  indulge  in  a  manner  of  merriment  which  re- 
sembles the  gambols  of  sportive  water-fowls :  standing 
upright  and  balancing  themselves  in  their  hollow  logs, 
which  appear  but  little  larger  than  themselves,  they 
strike  the  water  furiously  with  their  paddles,  skimming 
over  the  surface,  dashing  to  and  fro,  splashing  one 
another,  urging  forward,  backing,  and  wheeling  their 
craft,  now  capsizing,  then  regaining  their  position  with 
wonderful  dexterity.  They  make  coarse  hooks,  and 
have  many  varieties  of  nets  and  creels.  Conspicuous 
on  the  waters  and  in  the  villages  is  the  Dewa,  or  "  otter  " 
of  Oman,  a  triangle  of  stout  reeds,  which  shows  the 
position  of  the  net.  A  stronger  kind,  and  used  for 
the  larger  ground-fish,  is  a  cage  of  open  basket-work, 
provided,  like  the  former,  with  a  bait  and  two  entrances. 
The  fish  once  entangled  cannot  escape,  and  a  log  of 
wood,  used  as  a  trimmer,  attached  to  a  float-rope  of 
rushy  plants,  directs  the  fisherman.  The  heaviest  ani- 
mals are  caught  by  a  rope-net  —  the  likh  of  Oman  — 
weighted  and  thrown  out  between  two  boats.  They 
have  circular  lath  frames,  meshed  in  with  a  knot  some- 
what different  from  that  generally  used  in  Europe ;  the 


id  By  Google 


FISH   IS  THE  TANGANYIKA.  67 

smaller  variety  is  thrown  from  the  boat  by  a  single  man, 
who  follows  it  into  the  water,  —  the  larger,  which 
reaches  six  feet  in  diameter,  is  lowered  from  the  bow  by 
cords,  and  collects  the  fish  attracted  by  the  glaring 
torch-fire.  The  Wajiji  also  make  large  and  small  drag- 
nets, some  let  down  in  a  circle  by  one  or  more  canoes, 
the  others  managed  by  two  fishermen,  who,  swimming 
at  each  end,  draw  them  in  when  ready.  They  have  little 
purse-nets  to  catch  small  fry,  hoops  thrust  into  a  long 
stick-handle  through  the  reed  walls  that  line  the  shore  ; 
and  by  this  simple  contrivance  the  fish  are  caught  in 
considerable  quantities.  The  wigo  or  crates  alluded  to 
as  peculiar  in  the  'Periplus,'  and  still  common  upon 
the  Zanzibar  coast,  are  found  at  the  Tanganyika.  The 
common  creel  resembles  the  khun  of  Western  India, 
and  is  well-known  even  to  the  Bushmen  of  the  South : 
it  is  a  cone  of  open  bamboo-strips  or  supple  twigs, 
placed  lengthways,  and  bound  in  and  out  by  strings  of 
grass  or  tree-fibre.  It  is  closed  at  the  top,  and  at  the 
bottom  there  is  a  narrow  aperture,  with  a  diagonally- 
disposed  entrance  like  that  of  a  wire  rat-trap,  which 
prevents  the  fish  escaping.  It  is  placed  upon  its  side 
with  a  bait,  embanked  with  mud,  reeds,  or  sand,  and 
seems  to  answer  the  purpose  for  which  it  is  intended. 
In  Uzaramo  and  near  the  coast  the  people  narcotise  fish 
with  the  juice  of  certain  plants,  asclepias  and  euphorbias : 
about  the  Tanganyika  the  art  appears  unknown. 

There  are  many  varieties  of  fish  in  the  waters  of  this 
Lake.  The  Mvoro  is  a  long  and  bony  variety,  in  shape 
like  a  large  mackerel ;  the  Sangale  resembles  it,  but  the 
head  and  body  are  thicker.  The  Mgege,  which  suggests 
the  Pomfret  of  Western  India,  is  well  flavoured,  but  full 
of  bones.  The  Mguhe  is  said  to  attain  the  length  of 
five  or  six  feet :  it  is  not  unlike  the  kheri  of  the  Indian 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


68  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

rivers,  and  to  a  European  palate  it  is  the  best  fish  that 
swims  in  these  waters.  The  largest  is  the  Singa,  a 
scaleless  variety,  with  black  back,  silvery  belly,  small 
(ins,  and  long  fleshy  cirri :  it  crawls  along  the  bottom,  and 
is  unfit  for  leaping  or  for  rapid  progress.  This  sluggish 
and  misshapen  ground-fish  is  much  prized  by  the  people 
on  account  of  its  rich  and  luscious  fat.  Like  the  Pallu 
of  Sindh,  it  soon  palls  upon  the  European  palate.  Want 
of  flavour  is  the  general  complaint  made  by  the  Arabs 
and  coast  people  against  the  produce  of  the  Tanganyika : 
they  attempt  to  diminish  the  wateriness  of  the  fish  by 
exposing  it  spitted  to  a  slow  fire,  and  by  subsequently 
stowing  it  for  the  night  in  well-closed  earthen  pots. 
Besides  the  five  varieties  above  alluded  to,  there  are 
dwarf  eels  of  good  flavour,  resembling  the  Indian  Bam ; 
Daga'a,  small  fish  called  by  the  Arabs  Eashu'a, 
minnows  of  many  varieties,  which,  simply  sundried,  or 
muriated  if  salt  can  be  afforded,  find  their  way  far  east ; 
a  dwarf  shrimp,  about  one-quarter  the  size  of  the  com- 
mon English  species ;  and  a  large  bivalve  called  Sinani, 
and  identified  as  belonging  to  the  genus  Iridina.  The 
meat  is  fat  and  yellow,  like  that  of  a  well-fed  oyster, 
but  it  is  so  insipid  that  none  but  a  Mjiji  can  eat  it. 
The  shells  collected  upon  the  shores  of  the  Tanganyika 
and  on  the  land  journey  have  been  described  by  Mr. 
Samuel  P.  Woodward,  who  courteously  named  the 
species  after  the  European  members  of  the  Expedition. 
To  his  memoir — quoted  in  pages  102,  103  of  this 
volume — the  reader  is  referred. 

The  Wajiji  are  considered  by  the  Arabs  to  be  the 
most  troublesome  race  in  these  black  regions.  They 
are  taught,  by  the  example  of  their  chiefs,  to  be  rude, 
insolent,  and  extortionate ;  -they  demand  beads  even  for 
pointing  out  the  road;  they  will  deride  and  imitate  a 


id  By  Google 


CHARACTER  OP  THE  WAJIJI. 


stranger's  speech  and  manner  before  his  face ;  they  can 
do  nothing  without  a  long  preliminary  of  the  fiercest 
scolding ;  they  are  as  ready  with  a  blow  as  with  a  word ; 
and  they  may  often  be  seen  playing  at  "  rough  and 
tumble,"  fighting,  pushing,  and  tearing  hair,  in  their 
boatB.  A  Mjiji  uses  his  dagger  or  his  spear  upon  a 
guest  with  little  hesitation ;  he  thinks  twice,  however, 
before  drawing  blood,  if  it  will  cause  a  feud.  Their 
roughness  of  manner  is  dashed  with  a  curious  ceremo- 
niousness.  When  the  sultan  appears  amongst  his  people, 
he  stands  in  a  circle  and  claps  his  hands,  to  which  all 
respond  in  the  same  way.  Women  curtsy  to  one  an- 
other, bending  the  right  knee  almost  to  the  ground. 
When  two  men  meet  they  clasp  each  other's  arms  with 
both  hands,  rubbing  them  up  and  down,  and  ejaculating 
for  some  minutes,  "  Nama  sanga  ?  nama  sanga  ? — art 
thou  well  ?  "  They  then  pass  the  hands  down  to  the 
forearm,  exclaiming  "Wakhe?  wdkhe? — how  art  thou  ?" 
and  finally  they  clap  palms  at  each  other,  a  token  of 
respect  which  appears  common  to  these  tribes  of  Central 
Africa.  The  children  have  all  the  frowning  and  un- 
prepossessing look  of  their  parents ;  they  reject  little 
civilities,  and  seem  to  spend  life  in  disputes,  biting  and 
clawing  like  wild  cats.  There  appears  to  be  little 
family  affection  in  this  undemonstrative  race.  The 
only  endearment  between  father  and  son  is  a  habit  of 
scratching  and  picking  each  other,  caused  probably  by 
the  prevalence  of  a  complaint  before  alluded  to ;  as 
amongst  the  Simiads,  the  intervals  between  pugnacity  are 
always  spent  in  exercising  the  nails.  Sometimes,  also, 
at  sea,  when  danger  is  near,  the  Mjiji  breaks  the  mourn- 
ful silence  of  his  fellows,  who  are  all  thinking  of  home, 
with  the  exclamation,  "  Ya  mguri  wanje ! — O  my  wife ! " 
They  are  never  sober  when  they  can  be  drunk ;  perhaps 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


70  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

in  no  part  of  tbe  world  will  the  traveller  more  often  see 
men  and  women  staggering  about  the  village  with  thick 
speech  and  violent  gestures.  The  favourite  inebrient  is 
tembo  or  palm-toddy ;  almost  every  one,  however,  even 
when  on  board  the  canoe,  smokes  bhang,  and  the  whoop- 
ing and  screaming  which  follow  the  indulgence  resemble 
the  noise  of  wild  beasts  rather  than  the  sounds  of  human 
beings.  Their  food  consists  principally  of  holcus,  manioc, 
and  fish,  which  is  rarely  eaten  before  it  becomes  offen- 
sive to  European  organs. 

The  great  Mwami  or  Sultan  of  Ujiji  in  1858-59  was 
Rusimba.  Under  him  were  several  mutware  (mutwale) 
or  minor  chiefs,  one  to  each  settlement,  as  Kannena  in 
Kawele  and  Lurinda  in  Gungu.  On  the  arrival  of  a 
caravan,  Rusimba  forwards,  through  his  relations,  a  tusk 
or  two  of  ivory,  thus  mutely  intimating  that  he  requires 
his  blackmail,  which  he  prefers  to  receive  in  beads  and 
kitindi  or  coil-bracelets,  proportioning,  however,  his  de- 
mand to  the  trader's  means.  When  this  point  has  been 
settled,  the  mutware  sends  his  present,  and  expects  a 
proportionate  return.  He  is,  moreover,  entitled  to  a  fee 
for  every  canoe  hired;  on  each  slave  the  kiremba  or 
excise  is  about  half  the  price ;  from  one  to  two  cloths 
are  demanded  upon  every  tusk  of  ivory ;  and  he  will 
snatch  a  few  beads  from  a  man  purchasing  provisions 
for  his  master.  The  minor  headmen  are  fond  of  making 
"  Bare"  or  brotherhood  with  strangers,  in  order  to  secure 
them  in  case  of  return.  They  depend  for  influence  over 
their  unruly  subjects  wholly  upon  personal  qualifica- 
tions, bodily  strength,  and  violence  of  temper.  A  chief, 
though  originally  a  slave,  may  "  win  golden  opinions  " 
by  his  conduct  when  in  liquor :  he  assumes  the  most 
ferocious  aspect,  draws  his  dagger,  brandishes  his  spear, 
and,  with  loud  screams,  rushes  at  his  subjects  as  intent 


id  By  Google 


QUALIFICATIONS  OF  A  LAKIST  CIIIEF.  7t 

upon  annihilating  them.  The  affairs  of  the  nation  are 
settled  by  the  mwatni,  the  chief,  in  a  general  council  of 
.  the  lieges,  the  wateko  (in  the  singular  mteko)  or  elders 
presiding.  Their  intellects,  never  of  the  brightest,  are 
invariably  fuddled  with  toddy,  and,  after  bawling  for 
hours  together  and  coming  apparently  to  the  most  satis- 
factory conclusion,  the  word  of  a  boy  or  of  an  old  woman 
will  necessitate  another  lengthy  palaver.  The  sultans, 
like  their  subjects,  brook  no  delay  in  their  own  affairs ; 
they  impatiently  dun  a  stranger  half-a-dozen  times  a  day 
for  a  few  beads,  while  they  patiently  keep  him  waiting 
for  weeks  on  occasions  to  him  of  the  highest  importance, 
whilst  they  are  drinking  pombe  or  taking  leave  of  their 
wives.  Besides  the  magubiko  or  preliminary  presents, 
the  chiefs  are  bound,  before  the  departure  of  a  caravan 
which  has  given  them  satisfaction,  to  supply  it  with 
half-a-dozen  masuta  or  matted  packages  of  grain,  and 
to  present  the  leader  with  a  slave,  who  generally  man- 
ages to  abscond.  The  parting  gifts  are  technically 
called  "  urangozi,"  or  guidance. 

Under  the  influence  of  slavery  the  Wajiji  have  made 
no  progress  in  the  art  of  commerce.  They  know  no- 
thing of  bargaining  or  of  credit :  they  will  not  barter 
unless  the  particular  medium  upon  which  they  have  set 
their  hearts  is  forthcoming;  and  they  fix  a  price 
according  to  their  wants,  not  to  the  value  of  the  article. 
The  market  varies  with  the  number  of  caravans  present 
at  the  depot,  the  season,  the  extent  of  supply,  and  a 
variety  of  similar  considerations.  Besides  the  trade  in 
ivory,  slaves,  bark,  cloth,  and  palm-oil,  they  manufac- 
ture and  hawk  about  iron  sickles  shaped  like  the  Eu- 
ropean, kengere,  kiugi,  or  small  bells,  and  sambo,  locally 
called  tambi,  or  wire  circlets,  worn  as  ornaments  round 
the  ankles;  long  double-edged  knives  in  wooden  sheaths, 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


72  TUB   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

neatly  whipped  with  strips  of  rattan  j  and  jerabe  or 
hoes.  Of  bells  a  dozen  were  purchased  in  March  and 
April  of  1858  for  two  fundo  of  white  beads.  Jembe 
and  large  sime  averaged  also  two  fundo.  Of  good 
sambo  100,  and  of  the  inferior  quality  200,  were  pro- 
curable for  a  fundo.  The  iron  is  imported  in  a  rough 
state  from  Uvira.  The  value  of  a  goat  was  one  shuk- 
kah,  which  here  represents,  as  in  Unyamwezi,  twelve 
feet,  or  double  the  length  of  the  shukkah  in  other  re- 
gions, the  single  cloth  being  called  lupande,  or  upande. 
Sheep,  all  of  a  very  inferior  quality,  cost  somewhat 
more  than  goats.  A  hen,  or  from  five  to  six  eggs,  fetched 
one  khete  of  samesame,  or  red-coral  beads,  which  are 
here  worth  three  times  the  quantity  of  white  porcelain. 
Large  fish,  or  those  above  two  pounds  in  weight,  were 
sold  for  three  khete ;  the  small  fry — the  white  bait  of 
this  region — -one  khete  per  two  pounds ;  and  diminutive 
shrimps  one  khete  per  three  pounds.  Of  plantains,  a 
small  bunch  of  fifteen,  and  of  sweet  potatoes  and  yams 
from  ten  to  fifteen  roots,  were  purchased  for  a  khete ; 
of  artichokes,  egg-plants,  and  cucumbers,  from  fifty  to 
one  hundred.  The  wild  vegetables  generically  called 
mhoga  are  the  cheapest  of  these  esculents.  Beans, 
phaseoli,  ground-nuts,  and  the  voandzeia,  were  expen- 
sive, averaging  about  two  pounds  per  khete.  Rice 
is  not  generally  grown  in  Ujiji ;  a  few  measures  of  fine 
white  grain  were  purchased  at  a  fancy  price  from  one 
Sayfu  bin  Hasani,  a  pauper  Msawahili,  from  the  isle  of 
Chole,  settled  in  the  country.  The  sugar-cane  is  poor 
and  watery,  it  was  sold  in  lengths  of  four  or  five  feet  for 
the  khete :  one  cloth  and  two  khete  purchased  three 
pounds  of  fine  white  honey.  Tobacco  was  compara- 
tively expensive.  Of  the  former  a  shukkah  procured  a 
bag  weighing  perhaps  ten  pounds.     Milk  was  sold  at 


id  By  Google 


PRICES   AT   UJIJI   IN   1858.  73 

arbitrary  prices,  averaging  about  three  teacups  for  the 
khete.  A  shukkah  would  procure  three  pounds  of 
butter,  and  ghee  was  not  made  for  the  market  It  waa 
impossible  to  find  sweet  toddy,  as  the  people  never 
smoke  nor  clean  the  pots  into  which  it  is  drawn ;  of  the 
acid  and  highly  intoxicating  drink  used  by  the  Wajiji, 
from  five  to  six  teacups  were  to  be  bought  with  a  khete. 
Firewood,  being  imported,  waa  expensive,  a  khete 
being  the  price  of  a  little  faggot  containing  from  fifty 
to  one  hundred  sticks.  About  one  pound  of  unclean  cot- 
ton was  to  be  purchased  for  three  khete  of  samesame. 
It  must  be  observed,  that  this  list  of  prices,  which 
represents  the  market  at  Eawele,  gives  a  high  average, 
many  of  the  articles  being  brought  in  canoes  from  con- 
siderable distances,  and  even  from  the  opposite  coast. 

The  traveller  in  the  Lake  Regions  loses  by  cloth ;  the 
people,  contented  with  softened  skins  and  tree-bark,  pre- 
fer beads,  ornaments,  and  more  durable  articles :  on  the 
other  hand,  he  gains  upon  salt,  which  is  purchased  at 
half-price  at  the  Parugerero  Pan,  and  upon  large  wires 
brought  from  the  coast.  Beads  are  a  necessary  evil  to 
those  engaged  in  purchasing  ivory  and  slaves.  In  1858 
the  Wajiji  rejected  with  contempt  the  black  porcelains, 
ealled  ububu.  At  first  they  would  not  receive  the 
khanyera,  or  white-porcelains;  and  afterwards,  when 
the  Expedition  had  exchanged,  at  a  considerable  loss, 
their  large  Btock  for  langiyo,  or  small  blues,  they 
demanded  the  former.  The  bead  most  in  fashion  was 
the  mzizima,  or  large  blue-glass,  three  khete  of 
which  were  equivalent  to  a  small  cloth ;  the  some- 
same,  or  red-corals,  required  to  be  exchanged  for 
mzizima,  of  which  one  khete  wob  on  equivalent  to  three 
of  samesame.  The  maguru  nzige,  or  pink  porcelains, 
were  at   par.    The  tobacco-stem  bead,  called  sofi,  and 


id  By  Google 


74      THE  LAKE  REGION'S  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

current  at  Msene,  was  in  demand.  The  reader  will 
excuse  the  prolixity  of  these  wearisome  details,  they 
are  necessary  parts  of  a  picture  of  manners  and  customs 
in  Central  Africa-  Moreover,  a  foreknowledge  of  the 
requirements  of  the  people  is  a  vital  condition  of  suc- 
cessful exploration.  There  is  nothing  to  arrest  the 
traveller's  progress  in  this  section  of  the  African  inte- 
rior except  the  failure  of  his  stores. 

A  serious  inconvenience  awaits  the  inexperienced, 
who  find  a  long  halt  at,  and  a  return  from,  Ujjji  neces- 
sary. The  Wanyamwezi  pagazi,  or  porters,  hired  at 
Unyanyembe,  bring  with  them  the  cloth  and  beads 
which  they  have  received  as  hire  for  going  to  and 
coming  from  the  lake,  and  lose  no  time  in  bartering 
the  outfit  for  ivory  or  slaves.  Those  who  prefer  the 
former  article  will  delay  for  some  time  with  extreme 
impatience  and  daily  complaints,  fearing  to  cross 
Uvinza  in  small  bodies  when  loaded  with  valuables. 
The  purchasers  of  slaves,  however,  knowing  that  they 
will  inevitably  lose  them  after  a  few  days  at  Ujiji, 
desert  at  once.  Tn  all  cases,  the  report  that  a  caravan 
is  marching  eastwards  causes  a  general  disappearance 
of  the  porters.  As  the  Wajiji  will  not  carry,  the  cara- 
van is  reduced  to  a  halt,  which  may  be  protracted  for 
months,  in  fact,  till  another  body  of  men  coming  from 
the  east  will  engage  themselves  as  return  porters. 
Moreover,  the  departure  homewards  almost  always 
partakes  of  the  nature  of  a  flight,  so  fearful  are  the 
strangers  lest  their  slaves  should  seize  the  opportunity 
to  desert.  The  Omani  Arabs  obviate  these  incon- 
veniences by  always  travelling  with  large  bodies  of 
domestics,  whose  interest  it  is  not  to  abandon  the 
master. 

South  of  the  Wajiji  lie  the  Wakaranga,  a  people  pre- 


id  By  Google 


THE  WAKARANGA  AND  WAVIKZA.  76 

viously  described  as  almost  identical  in  development 
and  condition,  but  somewhat  inferior  in  energy  and 
civilisation.  Little  need  be  said  of  the  Wavinza,  who 
appear  to  unite  the  bad  qualities  of  both  the  Wanyam- 
wezi  and  the  Ujiji.  They  are  a  dark,  meagre,  and  ill- 
looking  tribe;  poorly  clad  in  skin  aprons  and  kilts. 
They  keep  off  insects  by  inserting  the  chauri,  or  fly-flap, 
into  the  waistband  of  their  kilts :  and  at  a  distance  they 
present,  like  the  Hottentots,  the  appearance  of  a  race 
with  tails.  Their  arms  are  spears,  bows,  and  arrows ; 
and  they  use,  unlike  their  neighbours,  wicker-work 
shields  six  feet  long  by  two  in  breadth.  Their  chiefs 
are  of  the  Watosi  race,  hence  every  stranger  who  meets 
with  their  approbation  is  called,  in  compliment,  Mtoai. 
They  will  admit  strangers  into  their  villages,  dirty 
clumps  of  beehive  huts;  but  they  refuse  to  provide 
them  with  dodging.  Merchants  with  valuable  outfits 
prefer  the  jungle,  and  wait  patiently  for  provisions 
brought  in  baskets  from  the  settlements.  The  Wavinza 
seldom  muster  courage  to  attack  a  caravan,  but  strag- 
glers are  in  imminent  danger  of  being  cut  off  by  them. 
Their  country  is  rich  in  cattle  and  poultry,  grain 
and  vegetables.  Bhang  grows  everywhere  near  the 
settlements,  and  they  indulge  themselves  in  it  immo- 
derately. 

The  Watuta — a  word  of  fear  in  these  regions — are  a 
tribe  of  robbers  originally  settled  upon  the  southern 
extremity  of  the  Tanganyika  Lake.  After  plundering 
the  lands  of  Marungu  and  Ufipa,  where  they  almost 
annihilated  the  cattle,  the  Watuta,  rounding  the  eastern 
side  of  the  Lake,  migrated  northwards.  Some  years  ago 
they  were  called  in  by  Ironga,  the  late  Sultan  of  U'ungu, 
to  assist  him  against  Mui'  Gumbi,  the  powerful  chief  of 
the  Warori.     The  latter  were  defeated,  after  obstinate 


id  By  Google 


76  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

fighting  for  many  months.  After  conquering  the 
Warori,  the  Watuta  settled  in  Saltan  Ironga's  lands, 
rather  by  might  than  right,  and  they  were  expelled  by 
his  son  with  the  greatest  difficulty.  From  U'ungu  their 
next  step  was  to  the  southern  bank  of  the  Malagarazi 
River.  About  three  years  ago  this  restless  tribe  was 
summoned  by  Mzogera,  the  present  Sultan  of  Uvinza, 
to  assist  him  in  seizing  Uhha,  which  had  just  lost 
T'hare,  its  chief.  The  Watuta  crossed  the  Malagarazi, 
laid  waste  the  lands  of  Uhha  and  Ububa,  and  desolated 
the  northern  region  between  the  river  and  the  lake. 
Shortly  afterwards  they  attacked  Msene,  and  were  only 
repulsed  by  the  matchlocks  of  the  Arabs,  after  a  week 
of  hard  skirmishing.  In  the  early  part  of  1858  they 
'  slew  Ruhembe,  the  Sultan  of  Usui,  a  district  north  of 
Unyanyembe,  upon  the  road  to  Karagwah.  In  the 
latter  half  of  the  same  year  they  marched- upon  Ujiji, 
plundered  Gungu,  and  proceeded  to  attack  Kawele. 
The  Arab  merchants,  however,  who  were  then  absent 
on  a  commercial  visit  to  Uviva,  returned  precipitately 
to  defend  their  depots,  and  with  large  bodies  of  slave 
musketeers  beat  off  the  invader.  The  lands  of  the 
Watuta  are  now  bounded  on  the  north  by  Utumbara, 
on  the  south  by  Msene;  eastwards  by  the  meridian 
of  Wilyankuru,  and  westwards  by  the  highlands  of 
Urundi. 

The  Watuta,  according  to  the  Arabs,  are  a  pastoral 
tribe,  despising,  Uke  the  Wamasai  and  the  Soma),  such 
luxuries  as  houses  and  fields ;  they  wander  from  place 
to  place,  camping  under  trees,  over  which  they  throw 
their  mats,  and  driving  their  herds  and  plundered  cattle 
to  the  most  fertile  pasture-grounds.  The  dress  is  some- 
times a  mbugu  or  bark-cloth  ;  more  generally  it  is  con- 
fined to  the  humblest  tribute  paid  to  decency  by  the 


idoyGoogle 


THE  WATUTA  ROBBEBS.  77 

Kafirs  of  the  Gape,  and  they  have  a  similar  objection 
to  removing  it.  On  their  forays  they  move  in  large 
bodies,  women  as  well  as  men,  with  the  children  and 
baggage  placed  upon  bullocks,  and  their  wealth  in  brass 
wire  twisted  round  the  horns.  Their  wives  carry  their 
weapons,  and  join,  it  is  said,  in  the  fight.  The  arms  are 
two  short  spears,  one  in  the  right  hand,  the  other  in 
the  left,  concealed  by  a  large  shield,  so  that  they  can 
thrust  upwards  unawares  :  disdaining  bows  and  arrows, 
they  show  their  superior  bravery  by  fighting  at  close 
quarters,  and  they  never  use  the  spear  as  an  assegai. 
In  describing  their  tactics,  the  Arabs  call  them 
"manoeuvre™  like  the  Franks."  Their  thousands 
march  in  four  or  five  extended  lines,  and  attack  by 
attempting  to  envelop  the  enemy.  There  is  no  shout- 
ing nor  war-cry  to  distract  the  attention  of  the  com- 
batants: iron  whistles  are  nsed  for  the  necessary 
Btgnals,  During  the  battle  the  sultan,  or  chief,  whose 
ensign  is  a  brass  stool,  sits  attended  by  his  forty  or  fifty 
elders  in  the  rear ;  his  authority  is  little  more  than 
nominal,  the  tribe  priding  itself  upon  autonomy.  The 
Watuta  rarely  run  away,  and  take  no  thought  of  their 
killed  and  wounded.  They  do  not,  like  the  ancient 
Jews,  and  the  Gallaa  and  Abyssinians  of  the  present 
day,  carry  off  a  relic  of  the  slain  foe ;  in  fact,  the 
custom  seems  to  be  ignored  south  of  the  equator.  The 
Watuta  have  still  however  a  wholesome  fear  of  fire- 
arms, and  the  red  flag  of  a  caravan  causes  them  to 
decamp  without  delay.  According  to  the  Arabs  they 
are  not  inhospitable,  and  though  rough  in  manner  they 
have  always  received  guests  with  honour.  A  fanciful 
trait  is  related  concerning  them :  their  first  question  to 
a  stranger  will  be,  "  Didst  thou  see  me  from  afar  ?  "  — 
which,  being  interpreted,  means,  Did  you  hear  of  n\y 


id  By  Google 


78  TIIE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA, 

greatness  before  coming  here? — and  they  hold  an 
answer  in  the  negative  to  be  a  casus  belli. 

Remain  for  consideration  the  people  of  Ubuha  and 
Uhha,  The  Wabuha  is  a  small  and  insignificant  tribe 
bounded  on  the  north  by  Uhha,  and  on  the  south  by 
the  Malagarazi  River :  the  total  breadth  is  about  three 
marches ;  the  length,  from  the  Rusugi  stream  of  the 
Wavinza  to  the  frontiers  of  Ujiji  and  Ukaranga,  is  in 
all  a  distance  of  four  days.  Their  principal  settlement 
is  Uyonwa,  the  district  of  Sultan  Mariki :  it  is  a  mere 
clewing  in  the  jungle,  with  a  few  pauper  huts  dotting 
fields  of  sweet  potatoes.  This  harmless  and  oppressed 
people  will  sell  provisions,  but  though  poor  they  are 
particular  upon  the  subject  of  beads,  preferring  coral 
and  blue  to  the  exclusion  of  black  and  white.  They 
are  a  dark,  curly-headed,  and  hard-favoured  race :  they 
wear  the  sbushah  or  top-knot  on  the  poll,  dress  in 
skins  and  tree-barks,  ornament  themselves  with  brass 
and  copper  armlets,  ivory  disks,  and  beads,  and  are 
never  without  their  weapons,  spears  and  assegais,  sime 
or  daggers,  and  small  battle-axes.  Honourable  women 
wear  tobes  of  red  broadcloth  and  fillets  of  grass  or  fibre 
confining  the  hair. 

Uhha,  written  by  Mr.  Cooley  Oha,  was  formerly  a 
large  tract  of  land  bounded  on  the  north  by  the 
mountains  of  Urundi,  southwards  and  eastwards  by 
the  Malagarazi  River,  and  on  the  west  by  the 
northern  parts  of  Ujiji.  As  has  been  recounted,  the 
Wahha  dispersed  by  the  Watuta  have  dispersed  them- 
selves over  the  broad  lands  between  Unyanyembe  and 
the  Tanganyika,  and  their  own  fertile  country,  well 
stocked  with  the  finest  cattle,  has  become  a  waste  of 
jungle.  A  remnant  of  the  tribe,  under  Kanoni,  their 
present  Sultan,  son  of  the  late  T'hare,  took  refuge  in 


id  By  Google 


T1IE  WAHHA  SEEV1LES.  79 

the  highlands  of  Urundi,  not  far  from  the  principal 
settlement  of  the  mountain  king  Mwezf :  here  they  find 
water  and  pasture  for  their  herds,  and  the  strength  of 
the  country  enables  them  to  beat  off  their  enemies. 
The  Wahha  are  a  comparatively  fair  and  a  not  un- 
comely race ;  they  are  however  universally  held  to  be 
a  vile  and  servile  people ;  according  to  the  Arabs 
they  came  originally  from  the  southern  regions,  the 
most  ancient  seat  of  slavery  in  E.  Africa.  Their 
Sultans  or  chiefs  are  of  Wahinda  or  princely  origin, 
probably  descendants  from  the  regal  race  of  XJnyam- 
wezi.  "Wahha  slaves  sell  dearly  at  Msene;  an  adult 
male  costs  from  five  to  six  doti  merkani,  and  a  full- 
grown  girl  one  gorah  merkani  or  kaniki. 


id  By  Google 


Head  Dressca  of  Wanyamwen. 


WE  EXPLORE  THE   TANGANYIKA  LAKE. 

My  first  care  after  settling  in  Hamid's  Tembe,  was  to 
purify  the  floor  by  pastiles  of  assafcetida,  and  fumiga- 
tions of  gunpowder;  my  second  was  to  prepare  the 
roof  for  the  rainy  season.  Improvement,  however, 
progressed  slowly ;  the  "  children  "  of  Said  bin  Salim 
were  too  lazy  to  work  ;  and  the  Wanyamwezi  porters, 
having  expended  their  hire  in  slaves,  and  fearing  loss 
by  delay,  took  the  earliest  opportunity  of  deserting. 
By  the  aid  of  a  Msawahili  artisan,  I  provided  a  pair 
of  cartels,  with  substitutes  for  chairs  and  tables. 
Benches  of  clay  were  built  round  the  rooms,  but  they 


id  By  Google 


THE  SULTAN  KANNENA 


proved  useless,  being  found  regularly  every  morning 
occupied  in  force  by  a  swarming,  struggling  colony,  of 
the  largest  white  ants.  The  roof,  long  overgrown  with 
tall  grass,  was  fortified  with  an  extra  coat  of  mud ; 
it  never  ceased,  however,  leaking  like  a  colander; 
presently  the  floor  was  covered  with  deep  puddles, 
then  masses  of  earth  dropped  from  the  sopped  cop- 
ings and  sides  of  the  solid  walls,  and,  at  last,  during  the 
violent  showers,  half  the  building  fell  in.  The  conse- 
quence of  the  extreme  humidity  was,  that  every  book 
which  had.  English  paste  in  it  was  rendered  useless  by 
decay ;  writing  was  rendered  illegible  by  stains  and  black 
mildew  j  moreover,  during  my  absence,  whilst  exploring 
the  Lake,  Said  bin  Salim  having  neglected  to  keep  a  fire, 
as  was  ordered,  constantly  burning  in  the  house,  a  large 
botanical  collection  was  irretrievably  lost.  This  was  the 
more  regretable  as  our  return  to  the  coast  took  place 
during  the  dry  season,  when  the  woods  were  bare  of 
leaf,  flower,  and  fruit. 

On  the  second  day  after  my  arrival  I  was  called  upon 
by  "Kannena,"  the  headman  of  Kawele,  under  Rusiinba, 
the  Mwami,  or  principal  chief  of  Ujiji.  1  had  heard  a  bad 
account  of  the  former.  His  predecessor,  Kabeza,  a 
great  favourite  with  the  Arabs,  had  died  about  two 
months  before  we  entered  Kawele,  leaving  a  single  son, 
hardly  ten  years  old,  and  Kannena,  a  slave,  having  the 
art  to  please  the  widows  of  the  deceased,  and,  through 
them,  the  tribe,  caused  himself  to  be  elected  temporary 
headman  during  the  heir's  minority.  He  was  intro- 
duced habited  in  Bilk  turban  and  broadcloth  coat, 
which  I  afterwards  heard  he  had  borrowed  from  the 
Baloch,  in  order  to  put  in  a  prepossessing  first  appear- 
ance. The  effort,  however,  failed;  his  aspect  was  truly 
ignoble ;  a  short,  squat,  and  broad-backed  figure,  with 

VOL.  II.  o 

j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


89  TUB  LAKE   REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

natural  "  plumpers,"  a  black  skin  cut  and  carved  in 
various  patterns,  thick  straight,  stumpy,  legs,  and  huge 
splay  feet;  his  low  narrow  brow  was  ever  knotted  into  a 
peevish  frown,  his  apology  for  a  nose  much  resembled 
the  pug  with  which  the  ancients  provided  Silenus,  and  a 
villanous  expression  lurked  about  the  depressed  corners 
of  his  thick-lipped,  sensual,  liquorish  mouth.  On  this 
occasion  he  behaved  with  remarkable  civility,  and  he 
introduced,  as  the  envoys  commissioned  by  the  great  Rus- 
imba  to  receive  his  blackmail,  two  gentlemen  a  quarter- 
clad  in  the  greasiest  and  scantiest  bark-aprons,  and  armed 
with  dwarfish  battle-axes.  The  present  was  finally 
settled  at  ten  coil-bracelets  and  two  fundi  of  coral-beads. 
I  had  no  salt — the  first  article  in  demand — to  spare,  or 
much  valuable  merchandise  might  have  been  saved.  The 
return  was  six  small  bundles  of  grain,  worth,  probably, 
one-tenth  of  what  had  been  received.  Then  Kannena 
opened  trade  by  sending  us  a  nominal  gift,  a  fine  ivory, 
weighing  at  least  seventy  pounds,  and  worth,  perhaps,  one 
hundred  pounds,  or  nearly  two  mens'  loads  of  the  white 
or  blue-porcelain  beads  used  in  this  traffic  After  keep- 
ing it  for  a  day  or  two,  I  returned  it,  excusing  myself 
by  saying  that,  having  visited  the  Tanganyika  as  a 
"  Sarkal,"  I  could  have  no  dealings  in  ivory  and  slaves. 
This  was  right  and  proper  in  the  character  of  a 
"  Sarkal."  But  future  adventurers  are  strongly  advised 
always  to  assume  the  character  of  traders.  In  the 
first  place,  it  explains  the  traveller's  motives  to  the 
people,  who  otherwise  lose  themselves  in  a  waste  of  wild 
conjecture.  Secondly,  under  this  plea,  the  explorer  can 
push  forward  into  unknown  countries ;  he  will  be 
civilly  received,  and  lightly  fined,  because  the  hosts 
expect  to  see  him  or  his  semblables  again ;  whereas, 
appearing  without  ostensible  motive  amongst  them,  he 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


THE  COMUKBCIAL  TASTES  OP  THE  WAJ1JI.  S3 

would  be  stripped  of  his  last  cloth  by  recurring  con- 
fiscations, fines,  and  every  annoyance  which  greed  of 
gain  can  suggest.  Thus,  as  the  sequel  will  prove,  he 
loses  more  by  overcharges  than  by  the  trifling  outlay 
necessary  to  support  the  character  of  a  trader.  He 
travels  respectably  asa('Mundewa"or  "Tajir"  a  merchant, 
which  is  ever  the  highest  title  given  by  the  people  to 
strangers ;  and  he  can  avoid  exciting  the  jealousy  of 
the  Arabs  by  exchanging  his  tusks  with  them  at  a 
trifling  loss  when  comforts  or  provisions  are  required 
for  the  road. 

So  strange  an  announcement  on  my  part  aroused,  as 
may  be  supposed,  in  the  minds  of  the  Wajiji  marvel, 
doubt,  disbelief,  ill-will.  "These  are  men  who  live 
by  doing  nothing ! "  exclaimed  the  race  commercial 
as  the  sons  of  Hamburg ;  and  tbey  lost  no  time  in 
requesting  me  to  quit  their  territory  sooner  than  con- 
venient. To  this  I  objected,  offering,  however,  as  com- 
pensation for  the  loss  of  their  octrois  and  perquisites 
to  pay  for  not  trading  what  others  paid  for  trading. 
Kannena  roughly  informed  me  that  he  had  a  claim  for 
Kiremba,  or  duties  upon  all  purchases  and  sales ;  two 
cloths,  for  instance,  per  head  of  slave,  or  per  elephant's 
tusk;  and  that,  as  he  expected  to  gain  nothing  by 
brokerage  from  me,  he  must  receive  as  compensa- 
tion, four  coil-bracelets  and  six  cotton  cloths.  These 
were  at  once  forwarded  to  him.  He  then  evidenced  his 
ill-will  in  various  ways,  and  his  people  were  not  slow 
in  showing  the  dark  side  of  their  character.  They 
threatened  to  flog  Sayfu,  the  old  Msawahili  of  Chole, 
for  giving  me  hints  concerning  prices.  The  two  sur- 
viving riding  asses  were  repeatedly  wounded  with 
spears.  Thieves  broke  into  the  outhouses  by  night, 
and  stole  all  the  clothes  belonging  to  the  Jemadar  and 


n^yGoogie 


64  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

to  the  bull-headed  slave  Mahruki.  At  first  the  widows 
of  the  late  Kabeza,  to  whom  the  only  cows  in  the  dis- 
trict belonged,  supplied  us  plentifully  with  milk  ;  grad- 
ually the  quantity  shrank,  whenever  an  opportunity 
offered  it  was  "cutoff;"  and,  at  last,  we  could  no 
longer  afford  the  exorbitant  price  demanded.  My  com- 
panion having  refused  a  cheese  to  Kannena,  the  dowager 
ladies,  who  owned  the  cows,  when  applied  to  for  milk, 
threw  away  the  vessel,  and  swore  that  by  boiling  what 
ought  to  be  drunk  unboiled,  we  were  manifestly  bewitch- 
ing and  killing  their  cattle.  On  one  occasion,  a  young 
person  related  to  Rusimba  went  to  the  huts  of  the 
Baloch,  and,  snatching  up  a  fine  cloth  which  she  clasped 
to  her  bosom,  defied  them  to  recover  it  by  force,  and 
departed,  declaring  that  it  was  a  fine  for  bringing 
"  whites  "  into  the  country.  At  first  our  heroes  spoke 
of  much  slaughter  likely  to  arise  from  such  procedure, 
and  with  theatrical  gesture,  made  "rapikre  au  vent;" 
presently  second-thoughts  suggested  how  beautiful  is 
peace,  and  thirdly,  they  begged  so  hard,  that  I  was  com- 
pelled to  ransom  for  them  the  article  purloined.  I  had 
unwittingly  incurred  the  animosity  of  Kennena.  On 
the  day  after  his  appearance  in  rich  clothing  he  had 
entered  unannounced  with  bare  head,  a  spear  or  two  in 
hand,  and  a  bundle  of  wild-cats'  skins  by  way  of  placket ; 
not  being  recognised,  he  was  turned  out,  and  the  eject- 
ment mortally  offended  his  dignity.  Still  other  travel- 
lers fared  even  worse  than  we  did.  Said  bin  Majid, 
who  afterwards  arrived  at  Ujiji  to  trade  for  ivory  and 
slaves,  had  two  followers  wounded  by  the  Wajiji,  one 
openly  speared  in  the  bazaar,  and  the  other  at  night  by 
a  thief  who  was  detected  digging  through  the  wall 
of  the  store-hut. 
After  trade  was  disposed  of,  ensued  a  general  Bakh- 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


THE  PROPRIETY  OP  REWARDING  BAD  CONDUCT.  63 

shish.  Nothing  of  the  kind  had  been  contemplated  or 
prepared  for  at  Zanzibar,  but  before  leaving  Unya- 
nyembe,  I  had  found  it  necessary  to  offer  an  induce- 
ment, and  now  the  promise  was  to  be  fulfilled.  More- 
over, most  of  the  party  had  behaved  badly,  and  in 
these  exceptional  lands,  bad  behaviour  always  expects 
a  reward.  In  the  first  place,  says  the  Oriental,  no  man 
misconducts  himself  unless  he  has  power  to  offend  you 
and  you  are  powerless  to  punish  him.  Secondly,  by 
u  petting  "  the  offender,  he  may  be  bribed  to  conduct 
himself  decently.  On  the  other  hand,  the  Eastern 
declares,  by  rewarding,  praising,  or  promoting  a  man 
who  has  already  satisfied  you,  you  do  him  no  good,  and 
you  may  do  him  great  harm.  The  boy  Faraj,  who 
had  shamelessly  deserted  his  master,  Said  bin  Salim, 
was  afterwards  found  at  Unyanyembe,  in  Snay  bin 
Amir's  house,  handsomely  dressed  and  treated  like  a 
guest ;  and  his  patron,  forgetting  all  his  stern  resolves 
of  condign  punishment,  met  him  with  a  peculiar  kind- 
ness. I  gave  to  the  Baloch  forty-five  cloths,  and  to 
each  slave,  male  and  female,  a  pair.  The  gratification, 
however,  proved  somewhat  like  that  man's  liberality 
who,  according  to  the  old  satirist,  presented  fine  apparel 
to  those  whom  he  wished  to  ruin.  Our  people  reck- 
lessly spent  all  their  Bakhshish  in  buying  slaves,  who 
generally  deserted  after  a  week,  leaving  the  unhappy  ex- 
proprietor  tantalised  by  all  the  torments  of  ungratified 


At  first  the  cold  damp  climate  of  the  Lake  Regions 
did  not  agree  with  us ;  perhaps,  too,  the  fish  diet  was 
over-rich  and  fat,  and  the  abundance  of  vegetables  led 
to  little  excesses.  All  energy  seemed  to  have  abandoned 
us.  I  lay  for  a  fortnight  upon  the  earth,  too  blind  to 
read  or  write,  except  with  long  intervals,  too  weak  to 


id  By  Google 


86  THE   LAKE   REGIONS   OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

ride,  and  too  ill  to  converse.  My  companion,  who,  when 
arriving  at  the  Tanganyika  Lake  was  almost  as  "groggy" 
upon  his  legs  as  I  was,  suffered  from  a  painful  ophth- 
almia, and  from  a  curious  distortion  of  face,  which  made 
him  chew  sideways,  like  a  ruminant.  Valentine  was 
nearly  blind ;  and  he  also  had  a  wry  mouth,  by  no  means 
the  properest  for  the  process  of  mastication.  Gaetano,  who 
arrived  at  Ujiji  on  the  17th  February,  was  half-starved, 
and  his  anxiety  to  make  up  for  lost  time  brought  on  a 
severe  attack  of  fever.  The  Baloch  complained  of  in- 
fluenzas and  catarrhs:  too  lazy  to  build  huts  after  occu- 
pying Kannena's  "  Traveller's  Bungalow  "  for  the  usual 
week,  they  had  been  turned  out  in  favour  of  fresh  visitors, 
and  their  tempers  were  as  sore  as  their  lungs  and  throats. 

But  work  remained  undone ;  it  was  necessary  to  awake 
from  this  lethargy.  Being  determined  to  explore  the 
northern  extremity  of  the  Tanganyika  Lake,  whence, 
according  to  several  informants,  issued  a  large  river, 
flowing  northwards,  and  seeing  scanty  chance  of  suc- 
cess, and  every  prospect  of  an  accident,  if  compelled, 
to  voyage  in  the  wretched  canoes  of  the  people,  I  at 
first  resolved  to  despatch  Said  bin  Salim  across  the 
water,  and,  by  his  intervention,  to  hire  from  an  Arab 
merchant,  Hamid  bin  Sulayyam,  the  only  dow,  or  sail- 
ing-craft then  in  existence.  But  the  little  Arab 
evidently  shirked  the  mission,  and  he  shirked  so  artisti- 
cally, that,  after  a  few  days,  I  released  him,  and  directed 
my  companion  to  do  his  best  about  hiring  the  dow, 
and  stocking  it  with  provisions  for  a  month's  cruise. 

Then  arose  the  preliminary  difficulties  of  the  trip. 
Kannena  and  all  his  people,  suspecting  that  my 
only  object  was  economy  in  purchasing  provisions, 
opposed  the  project ;  they  demanded  exorbitant  sums, 
and  often  when  bargained  down  and  apparently  satis- 


fy Google 


DAT  AT  UJUI.  87 

fied,  they  started  up  and  rushed  away,  declaring  that 
they  washed  their  hands  of  the  business.  At  length, 
Lurinda,  the  neighbouring  headman,  was  persuaded  to 
supply  a  Nakhoda  and  a  crew  of  twenty  men.  An 
Arab  pays  on  these  occasions,  besides  rations,  ten  per 
cent,  upon  merchandise ;  the  white  men  were  compelled 
to  give  four  coil-bracelets  and  eight  cloths  for  the 
canoe ;  besides  which,  the  crew  received,  as  hire,  six 
coil-bracelets,  and  to  each  individual  provisions  for 
eight  days,  and  twenty  khete  of  large  blue-glass  beads, 
and  small  blue-porcelains  were  issued.  After  many 
delays,  my  companion  set  out  on  the  2nd  of  March,  in 
the  vilest  weather,  and  spent  the  first  stormy  day  near  the 
embouchure  of  the  Ruche  River,  within  cannon  shot  of 
Eawete.  This  halt  gave  our  persecutors  time  to  change 
their  minds  once  more,  and  again  to  forbid  the  journey. 
I  was  compelled  to  purchase  their  permission  by  send- 
ing to  Kannena  an  equivalent  of  what  had  been  paid  for 
the  canoe  to  Lurinda,  viz.  four  coil-bracelets  and  eight 
cloths.  Two  days  afterwards  my  companion,  supplied 
with  an  ample  outfit,  and  accompanied  by  two  Baloch 
and  bis  men  —  Gaetano  and  Bombay  —  crossed  the 
bay  of  Ukaranga,  and  made  his  final  departure  for  the 
islands. 

During  ray  twenty-seven  days  of  solitude  the  time 
sped  quickly ;  it  was  chiefly  spent  in  eating  and  drink- 
ing, smoking  and  dozing.  Awaking  at  2  or  3  a.m.,  I 
lay  anxiously  expecting  the  grey  light  creeping  through 
the  door-chinks  and  making  darkness  visible ;  the  glad 
tidings  of  its  approach  were  announced  by  the  cawing 
of  the  crows  and  the  crowing  of  the  village  cocks. 
When  the  golden  rays  began  to  stream  over  the  red 
earth,  the  torpid  Valentine  was  called  up  ;  he  brought 
with  him  a  mess  of  Suji,  or  rice-flour  boiled  in  water, 


id  By  Google 


88  THE   LAKE  REGIONS   OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

with  a  little  cold  milk  as  a  relish.  Then  entered  Muha- 
banya,  the  "  slavey"  of  the  establishment,  armed  with 
a  leafy  branch  to  sweep  the  floor,  and  to  slay  the  huge 
wasps  that  riddled  the  walls  of  the  tenement.  This 
done  he  lit  the  fire — the  excessive  damp  rendered  this 
precaution  necessary — and  sitting  over  it  he  bathed  his 
face  and  hands — luxurious  dog ! — in  the  pungent  smoke. 
Ensued  visits  of  ceremony  from  Said  bin  Salim  and  the 
Jemadar,  who  sat,  stared,  and,  somewhat  disappointed 
at  seeing  no  fresh  symptoms  of  approaching  dissolu- 
tion, told  me  so  with  their  faces,  and  went  away.  From 
7  a.m.  till  9  a.m.,  the  breakfast  hour,  Valentine  was 
applied  to  tailoring,  gun-cleaning,  and  similar  light 
work,  over  which  he  groaned  and  grumbled,  whilst  I 
settled  down  to  diaries  and  vocabularies,  a  process  inter- 
rupted by  sundry  pipes.  Breakfast  was  again  a  mess 
of  Suji  and  milk,  —  such  civilised  articles  as  tea,  coffee, 
and  sugar,  had  been  unknown  to  me  for  months.  Again 
the  servants  resumed  their  labour,  and  they  worked, 
with  the  interval  of  two  hours  for  sleep  at  noon,  till  4 
p.m.  During  this  time  the  owner  lay  like  a  log  upon 
his  cot,  smoking  almost  uninterruptedly,  dreaming  of 
things  past,  and  visioning  things  present,  and  sometimes 
indulging  himself  in  a  few  lines  of  reading  and  writing. 
Dinner  was  an  alternation  of  fish  and  fowl,  game  and 
butchers'  meat  being  rarely  procurable  at  Ujiji.  The 
fish  were  in  two  extremes,  either  insipid  and  soft,  or  so 
fat  and  coarse  that  a  few  mouthfuls  sufficed ;  most  of  them 
resembled  the  species  seen  in  the  seas  of  Western  India, 
and  the  eels  and  small  shrimps  recalled  memories  of 
Europe.  The  poultry,  though  inferior  to  that  of  Un- 
yanyembe,  was  incomparably  better  than  the  lean  stringy 
Indian  chicken.  The  vegetables  were  various  and 
plentiful,  tomatoes,  Jerusalem  artichokes,  sweet  pota- 


id  By  Google 


DAT  AT  UJIJL  88 

toes,  yams,  and  several  kinds  of  beans,  especially  a 
■white  harricot,  which  afforded  many  a  purie;  the 
only  fruit  procurable  was  the  plantain,  and  the  only 
drink — the  toddy  being  a  bad  imitation  of  vinegar — was 
water. 

As  evening  approached  I  made  an  attempt  to  sit  under 
the  broad  eaves  of  the  Tembe,  and  to  enjoy  the  de- 
licious spectacle  of  this  virgin  Nature,  and  the  reveries 
to  which  it  gave  birth. 

"  A  pleasing  land  of  drowsihed  it  wns, 

Of  dreams  that  wave  before  the  half-shut  eje, 
And  of  gay  castles  in  the  clouds  that  past, 
For  ever  flushing  round  a  cummer  sky." 

It  reminded  me  of  the  loveliest  glimpses  of  the  Medi- 
terranean ;  there  were  the  same  "  laughing  tides,"  pel- 
lucid sheets  of  dark  blue  water,  borrowing  their  tints 
from  the  vinous  shores  beyond ;  the  same  purple  light 
of  youth  upon  the  cheek  of  the  earlier  evening,  the  same 
bright  sunsets,  with  their  radiant  vistas  of  crimson  and 
gold  opening  like  the  portals  of  a  world  beyond  the  skies ; 
the  same  short-lived  grace  and  loveliness  of  the  twilight ; 
and,  as  night  closed  over  the  earth,  the  same  cool  flood 
of  transparent  moonbeam,  pouring  on  the  tufty  heights 
and  bathing  their  Bides  with  the  whiteness  of  virgin 
snow. 

At  7  p.m.,  as  the  last  flush  faded  from  the  Occident,  the 
lamp  —  a  wick  in  a  broken  pot  full  of  palm  oil  —  was 
brought  in ;  Said  bin  Salim  appeared  to  give  the  news 
of  the  day,  —  how  A.  had  abused  B.,  and  how  C.  had 
nearly  been  beaten  by  D.,  and  a  brief  conversation  led  to 
the  hour  of  sleep.  A  dreary,  dismal  day,  you  will  ex- 
claim, gentle  reader ;  a  day  that 

"  lasts  out  a  nigbt  in  Russia, 
When  nights  are  longest  there." 


id  By  Google 


90  THE   LAKE   BEGI0H8  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

Tet  it  had  its  enjoyments.  There  were  no  post- 
offices,  and  this  African  Eden  bad  other  advan- 
tages, which,  probably,  1  might  vainly  attempt  to 
describe. 

On  the  29th  of  March  the  rattling  of  matchlocks  an- 
nounced my  companion's  return.  The  Masika  had 
done  its  worst  upon  him.  I  never  saw  a  man  so 
thoroughly  moist  and  mildewed  ;  he  justified  even 
the  French  phrase  "wet  to  the  bone."  His  para- 
phernalia were  in  a  similar  state ;  his  guns  were  grained 
with  rust,  and  his  fire-proof  powder-magazine  had  ad- 
mitted the  monsoon-rain.  I  was  sorely  disappointed : 
he  had  done  literally  nothing.  About  ten  days  before 
his  return  I  had  been  visited  by  Ehamis  bin  Jumah, 
an  Arab  merchant,  who,  on  the  part  of  the  proprietor  of 
the  dow,  gave  the  gratifying  message  that  we  could  have 
it  when  we  pleased.  I  cannot  explain  where  the  mis- 
management lay ;  it  appears,  however,  that  the  wily  "  son 
of  Sulayyam"  detained  the  traveller  simply  for  the  pur- 
pose of  obtaining  from  him  gratis  a  little  gunpowder. 
My  companion  had  rested  content  with  the  promise  that 
after  three  months  the  dow  should  be  let  to  us  for  a  sum 
of  500  dollars  [  and  he  had  returned  without  boat  or  pro- 
visions to  report  ill  success.  The  faces  of  Said  bin  Salim 
and  the  Jemadar,  when  tbey  heard  the  period  mentioned, 
were  indeed  a  study.  I  consoled  him  and  myself  as  I 
best  could,  and  applied  myself  to  supplying  certain  defi- 
ciencies as  regards  orthography  and  syntax  in  a  diary 
which  appeared  in  Blackwood,  of  September  1859, 
under  the  title  "  Journal  of  a  Cruise  in  the  Tanganyika 
Lake,  Central  Africa."  I  must  confess,  however,  my  sur- 
prise at,  amongst  many  other  things,  the  vast  horseshoe 
of  lofty  mountain  placed  by  my  companion  in  the  map 
attached  to  that  paper,  near  the  very  heart  of  Sir  R. 


id  By  Google 


THUS  HEN  DO  GEOGRAPHY  I  SI 

Murehison's  Depression.  As  this  wholly  hypothetical, 
or  rather  inventive  feature, — I  had  seen  the  mountains 
growing  upon  paper  under  my  companion's  hand,  from 
a  thin  ridge  of  hill  fringing  the  Tanganyika  to  the  por- 
tentous dimensions  given  in  Blackwood  (Sept.  L859), 
and  Dr.  Petermann's  Mittheilungen,  (No.  9,  of  1859,) — 
wore  a  crescent  form,  my  companion  gravely  published, 
with  all  the  pomp  of  discovery,  in  the  largest  capitals, 
"  This  mountain  range  I  consider  to  be  the  true  moun- 
tains op  the  moon."  *  *  *  Thus  men  do  geography  I 
and  thus  discovery  is  stultified. 

When  my  companion  had  somewhat  recovered  from  his 
wetness,  and  from  the  effects  of  punching-in  with  a  pen- 
knife a  beetle  which  had  visited  his  tympanum*,  I  began 


•  My  companion  gives  in  Blackwood,  Sept.  1859,  the  following  descrip- 
tion of  bit  untoward  aoddent : — "This  day  (that  of  bit  arrival  at  the  isle 
of  Kivira)  pawed  in  rest  and  idleness,  recruiting  from  our  late  exertion*. 
At  night  a  violent  storm  of  rain  and  wind  beat  on  my  tent  with  such  fury 
that  its  nether  parte  were  torn  away  from  the  pegs,  and  the  tent  itself  was 
only  kept  upright  by  sheer  force.  On  the  wind's  abating,  a  candle  was 
lighted  to  rearrange  the  kit,  and  in  a  moment,  as  though  by  magic,  the  whole 
interior  became  covered  with  a  host  of  small  black  beetles,  evidently  attracted 
by  the  glimmer  of  the  candle.  They  wet  e  so  annoyingly  determined  in  their 
choice  of  place  for  peregrinating,  that  it  seemed  hopeless  my  trying  to  brush 
them  off  the  clothes  or  bedding,  for  as  one  was  knocked  aside  another  came 
on,  and  then  another,  till  at  last,  worn  oat,  I  extinguished  the  candle,  and 
with  difficulty — trying  to  overcome  the  tickling  annoyance  occasioned  by 
these  intruders  crawling  up  my  sleeves  and  into  my  hair,  or  down  my  back 
and  legs— fell  off  to  sleep.  Repose  that  night  was  not  destined  to  be  my  lot. 
One  of  these  horrid  little  insects  awoke  me  in  his  struggles  to  penetrate  my 
ear,  but  just  too  late :  for  in  my  endeavour  to  extract  him,  I  aided  his  im- 
mersion. He  went  hit  course,  struggling  up  the  narrow  channel,  until  he  got 
arretted  by  want  of  passage-room.  This  impediment  evidently  enraged  him, 
for  he  begin  with  exceeding  vigour,  like  a  rabbit  at  a  hole,  to  dig  violently 
away  at  my  tympanum,  lie  queer  sensation  this  amusing  measure  excited 
in  me  is  past  description.  I  felt  inclined  to  act  at  our  donkeys  once  did, 
when  beset  by  a  swarm  of  bees,  who  buzzed  about  their  ears  and  stung  their 
heads  and  eyes  until  they  were  so  irritated  and  confused  that  they  galloped 
about  in  the  most  distracted  order,  trying  to  knock  them  off  by  treading  on 


id  By  Google 


92  THE   LAKE   REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

seriously  to  seek  some  means  of  exploring  the  northern 
head  of  the  Tanganyika.  Haraid  bin  Sulayyam  had 
informed  his  late  guest  that  he  had  visited  the  place, 
where,  although  attacked  by  an  armada  of  thirty  or  forty 
hostile  canoes,  he  had  felt  the  influence  of  a  large  river, 
which  drainB  the  water  northwards:  in  fact,  he  told 
the  "lie  with  circumstance."  By  a  curious  coincidence, 
Sayfu,  the  Mswahili  of  Chole,  declared  that  he  also 
had  sighted  a  stream  issuing  from  the  northern  extre- 
mity of  the  lake— this  was  the  "  lie  direct " — and  he 
offered  to  .accompany  me  as  guide  and  interpreter. 
When  we  compared  statements,  we  saw  what  was  before 
us, — a  prize  for  which  wealth,  health,  and  life,  were  to 
be  risked. 

It  now  became  apparent  that  the  Masika  or  rains,  which 
the  Arabs,  whose  barbarous  lunar  year  renders  untrust- 
worthy in  measurements  of  time,  had  erroneously  repre- 
sented as  synchronous  with  the  wet  monsoon  of  Zanzibar, 
was  drawing  to  a  close,  and  that  the  season  for  navigation 
was  beginning.*    After  some  preliminaries  with  Said  bin 

their  beads,  or  by  rushing  under  bushes,  into  houses,  or  through  any  jungle 
the;  could  find.  Indeed,  I  do  not  know  which  was  worst  off.  The  bees 
killed  some  of  them  and  this  beetle  nearly  did  for  me.  What  to  do  I  knew 
not.  Neither  tobacco,  oil,  nor  salt  could  be  found :  I  therefore  tried  melted 
butter ;  that  failing,  I  applied  the  point  of  a  pen-knife  to  his  back,  which  did 
more  harm  than  good ;  for  though  a  few  thrusts  kept  him  quiet,  the  point  also 
wounded  my  ear  so  badly,  that  inflammation  set  in,  severe  suppuration  took 
place,  and  all  the  facial  glands  extending  from  that  point  down  to  the  point 
of  the  shoulder  became  contorted  and  drawn  aside,  and  a  string  of  bubos  de- 
corated the  whole  length  of  that  region.  It  was  the  most  painful  thing  I  ever 
remember  to  have  endured ;  but,  more  annoying  still,  T  could  not  open  my 
mouth  for  several  days,  and  had  to  feed  on  broth  alone.  For  many  months 
the  tumour  made  me  almost  deaf,  and  ate  a  hole  between  that  orifice  and  the 
nose,  so  that  when  I  blew  it,  my  ear  whistled  so  audibly  that  those  who  heard 
it  laughed.  Six  or  seven  months  after  this  accident  happened,  bits  of  the 
beetle,  a  leg,  a  wing,  or  parts  of  its  body,  came  away  in  the  wax." 

*  Not  unmindful  of  the  instructions  of  the  Bombay  Geographical  Society, 
which  called  especial  attention  to  the  amount  of  rain-fall  and  evaporation  in 


id  By  Google 


PREPARATIONS  FOE  A  CBUISE.  93 

Salim,  Kanncna,  who  had  been  preparing  for  a  cruise  north- 
wards, was  summoned  before  me.  He  agreed  to  convey 
me  ;  but  when  I  asked  him  the  conditions  on  which  he 
would  show  me  the  Mtoni,  or  river,  he  jumped  up,  dis- 
charged a  volley  of  oaths,  and  sprang  from  the  house  like 
an  enraged  baboon.  I  wag  prepared  for  this  difficulty, 
having  had  several  warnings  that  the  tribes  on  thenorthern 
shores  of  the  Tanganyika  allow  no  trade.  But  fears  like 
Kannena's  may  generally  be  bought  over.  I  trusted, 
therefore,  to  Fate,  and  resolved  that  at  all  costs,  even  if 
reduced  to  actual  want,  we  should  visit  this  mysterious 
stream.  At  length  the  headman  yielded  every  point. 
He  received,  it  is  true,  an  exorbitant  sura.  Arabs  visit- 
ing Uvira,  the  "  ultima  thule"  of  lake  navigation,  pay 
one  cloth  to  each  of  the  crew ;  and  the  fare  of  a  single 
passenger  is  a  brace  of  coil-bracelets.  For  two  canoes, 
the  larger  sixty  feet  by  four,  and  the  lesser  about  two- 
thirds  that  size,  I  paid  thirty-three  coil-bracelets,  here 
equal  to  sixty  dollars,  tweDty  cloths,  thirty-six  khete  of 
blue  glass  beads,  and  770  ditto  of  white-porcelains  and 
green-glass.  I  also  promised  to  Kannena  a  rich  reward 
if  he  acted  up  to  his  word ;  and  as  an  earnest  I  threw 
over  his  shoulders  a  six-foot  length  of  scarlet  broad- 
cloth, which  caused  his  lips  to  tremble  with  joy,  despite 
his  struggles  to  conceal  it.  The  Nakhoda  (captain)  and 
the  crew  in  turn  received,  besides  rations,  eighty  cloths, 

a  region,  which  abounding  in  lakes  and  rivers  jet  sends  no  supplies  to  the 
sea,  I  had  prepared,  at  Zanzibar,  a  dish  and  a  guage  for  the  purpose  of  com- 
paring the  hygroraetry  of  the  African  with  that  of  the  Indian  rainy  monsoon. 
The  instruments,  however,  were  fated  to  do  no  work.  The  first  portion  of 
the  Masika  was  spent  in  a  journey  ;  ensued  severe  sickness,  and  the  end  of 
the  rains  happened  during  a  voyage  to  the  north  of  the  Tanganyika.  A 
few  scattered  observations  might  have  been  registered,  but  it  was  judged 
better  to  bring  home  no  results,  rather  than  imperfections  which  could  only 
mislead  the  meteorologist. 


D,B,t!zed  By  Google 


94  THE   LAEE  REGIONS   OF   CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

170  khete  of  blue  glass-beads,  and  forty  of  coral-porce- 
lains, locally  three  times  more  valuable  than  whites  or 
greens.  Sayfu,  the  interpreter,  was  as  extravagantly 
paid  in  eight  cloths  and  twenty-seven  pounds  of  white 
and  blue-porcelains.  After  abundance  of  dispute  it  was 
settled  that  the  crews  should  consist  of  fifty-five  men, 
thirty-three  to  the  larger  and  twenty-two  to  the  smaller 
canoe.  It  was  an  excess  of  at  least  one-half,  who  went 
for  their  own  profit,  not  for  our  pleasure.  When  this 
point  was  conceded,  we  were  kindly  permitted  to  take 
with  us  the  two  Goanese,  the  two  black  gun-carriers,  and 
three  Baloch  as  an  escort.  The  latter  were  the  valiant 
Khudabakhsb,  whom  I  feared  to  leave  behind ;  Jelai,  the 
mestico-Mckrani ;  and,  thirdly,  Riza,  the  least  mutinous 
and  uncivil  of  the  party. 

Before  departure  it  will  be  necessary  to  lay  before  the 
reader  a  sketch  of  our  conveyance.  The  first  aspect 
of  these  canoes  made  me  lament  the  loss  of  Mr.  Francis* 
iron  boat:  regrets,  however,  were  of  no  avail.  Quo- 
cumque  modo — rem !  was  the  word. 

The  Baumrinden  are  unknown  upon  the  Tanganyika 
Lake,  where  the  smaller  craft  arc  monoxyles,  generally 
damaged  in  the  bow  by  the  fishermen's  fire.  The  larger 
are  long,  narrow  "  matambi,"  or  canoes,  rudely  hollowed 
with  the  axe  —  the  application  of  fire  being  still  to  be 
invented,  —  in  fact,  a  mere  log  of  mvule,  or  some 
other  large  tree  which  abound  in  the  land  of  the  Wa- 
goma,  opposite  Ujiji.  The  trunks  are  felled,  scooped 
out  in  loco,  dragged  and  pushed  by  man-power  down 
the  slopes,  and  finally  launched  and  paddled  over  to 
their  destination.  The  most  considerable  are  composed 
of  three  parts  —  clumsy,  misshapen  planks,  forming, 
when  placed  side  by  side,  a  keel  and  two  gunwales, 


id  By  Google 


LAKE  NAVIGATION.  33 

the  latter  fastened  to  the  centre-piece  by  cords  of 
palm-fibre  passing  through  lines  of  holes.  The  want  of 
caulking  causes  excessive  leakage :  the  crew  take  duty 
as  balesmen  in  turns.  The  cry  Sen  ga !  —  bale  out  1  — 
rarely  ceases,  and  the  irregular  hollowing  of  the  tree- 
trunks  makes  them  lie  lopsided  in  the  water.  These 
vessels  have  neither  masts  nor  sails;  artifices  which  now 
do  not  extend  to  this  part  of  the  African  world.  An  iron 
ring,  fixed  in  the  stern,  is  intended  for  a  rudder,  which, 
however,  seldom  appears  except  in  the  canoes  of  the 
Arabs,  steering  is  managed  by  the  paddle,  and  a  flag-staff 
or  a  fishing-rod  projects  jibrlike  from  the  bow.  Layers 
of  palm-ribs,  which  serve  for  fuel,  are  strewed  over  the 
interior  to  raise  the  damageable  cargo  — it  is  often  of  salt 
—  above  the  bilge-water.  The  crew  sit  upon  narrow 
benches,  extending  across  the  canoe  and  fastened. with 
cords  to  holes  in  the  two  side-pieces ;  upon  each  bench, 
despite  the  narrowness  of  the  craft,  two  men  place 
themselves  side  by  side.  The  "  Karagwah,"  stout  stiff 
mats  used  for  hutting  and  bedding,  are  spread  for 
comfort  upon  the  seats ;  and  for  convenience  of  pad- 
dling, the  sailors,  when  at  work,  incline  their  bodies 
over  the  sides.  The  space  under  the  seats  is  used  for 
stowage.  In  the  centre  there  is  a  square  place,  about 
six  feet  long,  left  clear  of  benches ;  here  also  cargo 
is  stored,  passengers,  cattle,  and  slaves  litter  down,  the 
paddles,  gourds,  and  other  furniture  of  the  crew  are 
thrown,  and  the  baling  is  carried  on  by  means  of  an  old 
gourd .  The  hold  is  often  ankle-deep  in  water,  and  affords 
no  convenience  for  leaning  or  lying  down ;  the  most 
comfortable  place,  therefore,  is  near  the  stern  or  the 
bow  of  the  boat.  The  spears  are  planted  upright  amid- 
ships, at  one  or  two  corners  of  the  central-space  so  as 


id  By  Google 


%  THE  LACE  REGI05S    OF  CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

to  be  ready  at  a  moment's  notice ;  each  man  usually 
has  his  dagger  stack  in  his  belt,  and  on  long  trips  all  are 
provided  with  bows  and  arrows.  These  Africans  cannot 
row ;  indeed  they  will  not  use  oars.  The  paddle  on  the 
Tanganyika  is  a  stout  staff,  about  six  feet  long,  and  cut 
out  at  the  top  to  admit  a  trefoil-shaped  block  the  size  of 
a  man's  hand : — it  was  described  in  South  Africa  by  Cap- 
tain Owen.  The  block,  adorned  with  black  paint  in 
triangular  patches,  is  lashed  to  the  staff  by  a  bit  of  whip- 
cord, and  it  seldom  lasts  through  the  day  without  break- 
ing away  from  its  frail  tackling.  The  paddler,  placing  one 
hand  on  the  top  and  the  other  about  the  middle  of  the 
Btaff,  scoops  up  as  it  were,  the  water  in  front  of  him, 
steadying  his  paddle  by  drawing  it  along  the  side  of  the 
canoe.  The  eternal  splashing  keeps  the  boat  wet.  It 
is  a  laborious  occupation,  and  an  excessive  waste  of 
power. 

The  Lake  People  derive  their  modern  practice  of  navi- 
gation, doubtless,  from  days  of  old;  the  earliest  accounts 
of  the  Portuguese  mention  the  traffic  of  this  inland  sea. 
They  have  three  principal  beats  from  Ujiji :  the  northern 
abuts  at  the  ivory  and  slave  marts  of  Uvira ;  the  western 
conducts  to  the  opposite  shores  of  the  Lake  and  the  island 
dep&ts  on  the  south-west ;  and  the  southern  leads  to  the 
land  of  Marunga.  Their  canoes  creep  along  the  shores 
like  the  hollowed  elders  of  thirty  bygone  centuries,  and, 
waiting  till  the  weather  augurs  fairly,  they  make  a  des- 
perate push  for  the  other  side.  Nothing  but  their  ex- 
treme timidity,  except  when  emboldened  by  the  prospect 
of  aspeedy  return  home,  preserves  their  cranky  craft  from 
constant  accidents.  The  Arabs,  warned  by  the  past, 
rarely  trust  themselves  to  this  Lake  of  Storms,  preferring 
the  certain  .peculation  incurred  by  deputing  for  trading 
purposes  agents  and  slaves  to  personal  risk.     Those  who 


id  By  Google 


THE  "SON  OP  NOISE."  U7 

must  voyage  on  the  lake  build,  by  means  of  their,  menials 
and  artisans,  dow3,  or  sailing-vessels,  and  teach  their 
newly-bought  gangs  to  use  oars  instead  of  paddles.  This 
is  rather  an  economy  of  money  than  of  time :  they  ex- 
pend six  months  upon  making  the  dow,  whereas  they  can 
buy  the  largest  canoe  for  a  few  farasilah  of  ivory. 

As  my  outfit  was  already  running  low,  I  persuaded, 
before  departure,  two  of  the  Baloch  to  return  with  a 
down-caravan  westwards,  and  arrived  at  Unyanyembe, 
to  communicate  personally  with  my  agent,  Snay  bin 
Amir.  They  agreed  so  to  do,  but  the  Mtongi,  or 
head  of  the  African  kafilah,  with  true  African  futi- 
lity, promised  to  take  them  on  the  next  day,  and  set 
out  that  night  on  bis  journey.  As  Said-  bin  Majid 
was  about  despatching  a  large  armed  party  to  the  north 
of  the  Lake,  I  then  hurried  on  my  preparations  for  the 
voyage.  Provisions  and  tobacco  were  laid  in,  the  tent 
was  repaired,  and  our  outfit,  four  half  loads  of  salt — of 
these  two  were  melted  in  the  canoe,  six  Gorah, — or  one 
load  of  domestics,  nine  coil-bracelets,  the  remainder  of 
our  store,  one  load  of  blue  porcelain  beads,  and  a  small 
bag  of  the  valuable  red  coral  intended  for  private  ex- 
penses, and  "  El  Akibah  "  (the  reserve),  was  properly 
packed  for  concealment.  Meanwhile  some  trifling  dis- 
putes occurred  with  Karmena,  who  was  in  the  habit  of 
coming  to  our  Tembe,  drunk  and  surly,  with  eyes  like 
two  gouts  of  blood,  knitted  front,  and  lips  viciously  shot 
out :  when  contradicted  or  opposed,  he  screamed  and 
gesticulated  as  if  haunted  byhisP'hepo, — his  fiend; — and 
when  very  evilly  disposed,  he  would  proceed  to  the  ex- 
treme measure  of  cutting  down  a  tent.  This  slave-sultan 
was  a  "  son  of  noise :"  he  affected  brusquerie  of  manner 
and  violence  of  demeanour  the  better  to  impressionise 
his  unruly  subjects ;  and  he  frightened  the  timid  souls 


D,B,tzedDyGOOgIe 


98  THE   LAKE   REGIONS  OP   CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

around  us,  till  at  last  the  Jemadar's  phrase  was, 
"  strength  is  uselesB  here."  Had  I  led,  however,  three 
hundred  instead  of  thirty  matchlocks,  he  would  have 
crouched  and  cowered  like  a  whipped  cur. 

At  4  p.m.,  on  the  9th  April,  appeared  before  the 
Kannena  in  a  tattered  red  turban  donned  for  the  oc- 
casion. He  was  accompanied  by  his  ward,  who  was 
to  perform  the  voyage  as  a  training  to  act  sultan,  and 
he  was  followed  by  his  sailors  bearing  salt,  in  company 
with  their  loud-voiced  wives  and  daughters  performing 
upon  the  wildest  musical  instruments.  Of  these  the 
most  noisy  was  a  kind  of  shaum,  a  straight,  long  and 
narrow  tube  of  wood,  bound  with  palm-fibre  and  pro- 
vided with  an  opening  mouth  like  a  clarionet ;  a  dis- 
tressing bray  is  kept  up  by  blowing  through  a  hole 
pierced  in  the  side.  The  most  monotonous  was  a  pair  of 
foolscap-shaped  platesof  thin  iron,  joined  at  theapices  and 
connected  at  the  bases  by  a  solid  cross-bar  of  the  same 
metal ;  this  rude  tomtom  is  performed  upon  by  a  muffled 
stick  with  painful  perseverance ;  the  sound — how  harshly 
it  intruded  upon  the  stilly  beauty  of  the  scenes  around ! 
— still  lingers  and  long  shall  linger  in  my  tympanum. 
The  canoe  had  been  moved  from  its  usual  position  opposite 
our  Tembe,  to  a  place  of  known  departure  —  otherwise 
not  a  soul  could  have  been  persuaded  to  embark  —  and 
ignoring  the  distance,  I  condemned  myself  to  a  hobble  of 
three  miles  over  rough  and  wet  ground.  The  night  was 
comfortless;  the  crew,  who  were  all  "half-seas  over," 
made  the  noise  of  bedlamites ;  and  two  heavy  falls  of 
rain  drenching  the  flimsy  tent,  at  once  spoiled  the 
tobacco  and  flour,  the  grain  and  the  vegetables  pre- 
pared for  the  voyage. 

Early  on  the  next  morning  we  embarked  on  board 
the  canoes:  the  crews  had  been  collected,  paid,  and 
rationed,  but  as  long  as  they  were  near  home  it  was 


THE  VOrAGE-STAET.  99 

impossible  to  keep  them  together.  Each  man  thinking 
solely  of  his  own  affairs,  and  disdaining  the  slightest 
regard  for  the  wishes,  the  comfort,  or  the  advantage  of 
his  employers,  they  objected  systematically  to  every 
article  which  I  had  embarked.  Kannena  had  filled  the 
canoes  with  bis  and  his  people's  salt,  consequently  he 
would  not  carry  even  a  cartel.  Various  points  settled 
we  hove  anchor  or  rather  hauled  up  the  block  of  granite 
doing  anchoral  duty,  and  with  the  usual  hubbub  and  strife, 
the  orders  which  every  man  gives  and  the  advice  which 
no  man  takes,  we  paddled  in  half  an  hour  to  a  shingly 
and  grassy  creek,  defended  by  a  sandpit  and  backed  by 
a  few  tall  massive  trees.  Opposite  and  but  a  few  yards 
distant,  rose  the  desert  islet  of  Bangwe,  a  quoin-shaped 
mass  of  sandstone  and  red  earth,  bluff  to  the  north  and 
gradually  shelving  towards  the  water  at  the  other 
extremity  :  the  prolific  moisture  above  and  around  had 
covered  its  upper  ledge  with  a  coat  of  rich  thick  vege- 
tation. Landward  the  country  rises  above  the  creek, 
and  upon  its  earth-waves,  which  cultivation  shares  with 
wild  growth,  appear  a  few  scattered  hamlets. 

Boats  generally  waste  some  days  at  Bangwe  Bay,  the 
stage  being  short  enough  for  the  usual  scene  being  en- 
cored. They  load  and  reload,  trim  cargo,  complete  rations, 
collect  crews,  and  take  leave  of  friends  and  relatives, 
women,  and  palm-wine.  We  pitched  a  tent  and  halted 
in  a  tornado  of  wind  and  rain.  Kannena  would  not 
move  without  the  present  of  one  of  our  three  goats. 
At  4  p.m.,  on  the  11th  April,  the  canoes  were  laden 
and  paddled  out  to  and  back  from  Bangwe  islet,  when 
those  knowing  in  such  matters  pronounced  them  so 
heavily  weighted  as  to  be  unsafe :  whereupon,  the 
youth  Riza,  sorely  against  my  will,  was  sent  back  to  the 
Kawele.     On  that  night  a  furious  gale  carried  away  my 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


100  THE  .LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

tent,  whilst  the  Goanese  were,  or  pretended  to  be,  out  of 
hearing.  I  slept,  however,  comfortably  enough  upon  the 
crest  of  a  sand-wave  higher  than  the  puddles  around 
it,  and  —  blessings  on  the  name  of  Mackintosh !  — 
escaped  the  pitiless  pelting  of  the  rain. 

The  next  morning  showed  a  calm  sea,  levelled  by  the 
showers,  and  no  pretext  or  desire  for  longer  detention 
lingered  in  the  hearts  of  the  crew.  At  7*20  a.m.,  on 
the  12th  April,  1858,  my  canoe — bearing  for  the  first 
time  on  those  dark  waters — 

"  The  flag  that  braved  a  thousand  years 
The  battle  and  the  breeze," 

stood  out  of  Bangwe  ^ay,  and  followed  by  my  coin- 
panion's  turned  the  landspit  separating  the  bight  from  the 
main,  and  made  directly  for  the  cloudy  and  storm-vexed 
north.  The  eastern  shore  of  the  lake,  along  which  we 
coasted,  was  a  bluff  of  red  earth  pudding'd  with  separate 
blocks  of  sandstone.  Beyond  this  headland  the  coast 
dips,  showing  lines  of  shingle  or  golden-coloured 
quartzose  sand,  and  on  the  shelving  plain  appear  the 
little  fishing-villages.  They  are  usually  built  at  the 
mouths  of  the  gaps,  combes,  and  gullies,  whose  deep 
gorges  winding  through  the  background  of  hill-curtain, 
become,  after  rains,  the  beds  of  mountain-torrents.  The 
wretched  settlements  are  placed  between  the  tree  clad 
declivities  and  the  shore  on  which  the  waves  break.  The 
sites  are  far  from  comfortable  :  the  ground  is  here  veiled 
with  thick  and  fetid  grass ;  there  it  is  a  puddle  of  black 
mud,  and  there  a  rivulet  trickles  through  the  villages. 
The  hamlet  consists  of  half  a  dozen  beehive-huts,  foul, 
flimsy,  and  leaky ;  their  only  furniture  is  a  hearth  of 
three  clods  or  atones,  with  a  few  mats  and  fishing  im- 
plements.    The  settlements  are   distinguished   from  a 


id  By  Google 


BOATING  ON  THE  TANGANYIKA.  101 

distance  by  their  plantations  of  palm  and  plantain,  and 
by  large  spreading  trees,  from  whose  branches  are  sus- 
pended the  hoops  and  the  drag-nets  not  in  actual  use, 
and  under  whose  shade  the  people  sit  propped  against 
their  monoxyles,  which  are  drawn  high  up  out  of  danger 
of  the  surf.  There  was  no  trade,  and  few  provisions  were 
procurable  at  Kigari.  We  halted  there  to  rest,  and  pitch- 
ing a  tent  in  the  thick  grass  we  spent  a  night  loud  with 
wind  and  rain. 

Rising  at  black  dawn  on  the  13th  April,  the  crews 
rowed  hard  for  Bix  hours  between  Kigari  and  another 
dirty  little  fishing-village  called  Nyasanga.  The  set- 
tlement supplied  fish-fry,  but  neither  grain  nor  vegeta- 
bles were  offered  for  sale.  At  this  place,  the  frontier 
district  between  Ujiji  and  Urundi,  our  Wajiji  took  leave 
of  their  fellow-clansmen  and  prepared  with  serious 
countenances  for  all  the  perils  of  expatriation. 

This  is  the  place  for  a  few  words  concerning  boating 
and  voyaging  upon  the  Tanganyika  Lakes.  The  Wajiji, 
and  indeed  all  these  races,  never  work  silently  or  re- 
gularly. The  paddling  is  accompanied  by  a  long  mono- 
tonous melancholy  howl,  answered  by  the  yells  and 
shouts  of  the  chorus,  and  broken  occasionally  by  a  shrill 
scream  of  delight  from  the  boys  which  seems  violently  to 
excite  the  adults.  The  bray  and  clang  of  the  horns, 
shaums,  and  tomtoms,  blown  and  banged  incessantly 
by  one  or  more  men  in  the  bow  of  each  canoe,  made 
worse  by  brazen-lunged  imitations  of  these  intruments 
in  the  squeaking  trebles  of  the  younger  paddlers, 
lastB  throughout  the  livelong  day,  except  when  terror 
induces  a  general  silence.  These  "Wand.  Maji"  — 
sons  of  water  —  work  in  "  spirts,"  applying  lustily  to 
the  task  till  the  perspiration  pours  down  their  sooty 
persons.     Despite  my  remonstrances,  they  insisted  upon 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


102  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

splashing  the  water  in  shovelsful  over  the  canoe. 
They  make  terribly  long  faces,  however,  they  tremble 
like  dogs  in  a  storm  of  sleet,  and  they  are  ready  to 
whimper  when  compelled  by  sickness  or  accident  to  sit 
with  me  under  the  endless  cold  wave-bath  in  the  hold. 
After  a  few  minutes  of  exertion,  fatigued  and  worn, 
they  stop  to  quarrel,  or  they  progress  languidly  till 
recruited  for  another  effort.  When  two  boats  are 
together  they  race  continually  till  a  bump — the  signal  for 
a  general  grin — and  the  difficulty  of  using  the  entangled 
paddles  afford  an  excuse  for  a  little  loitering,  and  for  the 
loud  chatter,  and  violent  abuse,  without  which  ap- 
parently this  people  cannot  hol3  converse.  At  times 
they  halt  to  eat,  drink,  and  smoke :  the  bhang-pipe  is 
produced  after  every  hour,  and  the  paddles  are  taken 
in  whilst  they  indulge  in  the  usual  screaming  convul- 
sive whooping-cough.  They  halt  for  their  own  purposes 
but  not  for  ours ;  all  powers  of  persuasion  fail  when 
they  are  requested  to  put  into  a  likely  place  for  col- 
lecting shells  or  stones.*    For  some  superstitious  reason 

*  Thb  roLMiwnra  Papik  bt  S.  P.  Woobwaid,  F.G.S.,  comuubicatbd  bt 
Prof.  Owen,  apfiabhd  ih  thb  PaocEBDintm  or  thb  Zoological  So- 
ciety or  Losdou,  June  28,  1859. 
Tbe  four  shells  which  form  the  subject  of  the  present  note  were  collected 
bj  Captain    Speke  in  tbe  great  freshwater  lake  Tanganyika  in  Central 

The  large  bivalve  belongs  to  the  genus  Iridina,  Lamarck,  —  a  group  of 
river  mussels,  of  which  there  are  nine  reputed  species,  all  belonging  to  the 
African  continent.  This  little  group  has  been  divided  into  several  sab-genera. 
That  to  which  the  new  shell  belongs  is  distinguished  by  its  broad  and  deeply  - 
wrinkled  hinge-line,  and  is  called  PUiodon  by  Conrad.  The  posterior  slope 
of  this  shell  is  encrusted  with  tufa,  u  if  tb  ere  were  limestone  rocks  in  tbe 
■vicinity  of  its  habitat. 

The  small  bivalve  is  a  normal  Unio,  with  finely  sculptured  valves. 

The  smaller  univalve  is  concave  beneath,  and  so  much  resembles  a  Nerita 
or  Ccdyplraa  that  it  would  be  taken  for  a  sea-shell  if  its  history  were  not  well 
authenticated.    It  agrees  essentially  with  Lithoglt/phiu,  —  a  genus  peculiar 


id  By  Google 


SAILOBS*  SUPERSTITIONS.     ■  103 

they  allow  no  questions  to  be  asked,  they  will  not  dip 
a  pot  for  water  into  the  lake,  fearing  to  be  followed 

to  the  Danube  ;  for  the  American  shells  referred  to  it  are  probably,  or,  I  may 
tay,  certainly  distinct.  It  agrees  with  the  Dawubian  shells  in  the  extreme 
obliquity  of  the  aperture,  and  differs  in  the  width  of  the  umbilicus,  which  in 
the  European  species  is  nearly  concealed  by  the  callous  columellas  lip. 

In  the  Upper  Eocene  Tertiaries  of  the  Isle  of  Wight  there  are  several 
estuary  shells,  forming  the  genus  Qlobuhu,  Sow.,  whose  affinities  are  uncer- 
tain, bnt  which  resemble  LitXoglyphta. 

The  lake  Tanganyika  (situated  in  lit,  3°  to  8°  S.  and  long.  30"  E.),  which 
is  several  hundred  miles  in  length  and  80  to  40  in  breadth,  seems  entirely 
disconnected  with  the  region  of  the  Danube :  bnt  the  separation  may  not  al- 
ways have  been  so  complete,  for  there  is  another  great  lake,  Nyanza,  to  the 
northward  of  Tanganyika,  which  is  believed  by  Speke  to  be  the  principal 
source  of  the  Nile. 

The  other  univalve  is  a  Melanin,  of  the  sub-genus  Melawlla  (Swainson), 
similar  in  shape  to  M.  hollandi  of  B.  Europe,  and  similar  to  several  Eocene 
species  of  the  Isle  of  Wight.  Its  colour,  solidity,  and  tuberculated  ribs  give 
it  much  the  appearance  of  a  small  marine  whelk  (Noted)  ;  and  it  is  fonnd  in 
more  boisterous  waters,  on  the  shores  of  this  great  inland  sea,  than  most  of 
its  congeners  inhabit. 

1.  Ibimsa  (Pleiodoh)  Sfbkh,  n.  sp.    (PL  XLVII.  fig.  2.) 

Shell  oblong,  Tentricose,  somewhat  attenuated  at  each  end  :  base  slightly 
concave ;  epidermis  chestnut  brown,  deepening  to  black  at  the  margin;  an- 
terior slope  obscurely  radiated ;  hinge-line  compressed  in  front  and  tubercu- 
lated, wider  behind  and  deeply  wrinkled. 

Length  4J,  breadth  2,  thickness  1}  inches. 

Teiia  oblonga,  tumida,  extremitalibae  fere  atlemiata,  ban  tabarcaaia  ;  epi- 
dermide  eananeo-fuica,  marginem  vernu  nigricanU ;  linea  cardinali  lattice 
eompreeia  tuberculata,  poskcc  latiore,  paucis  ragii  araia. 

2.  Dm©  Bcbtofi,  n.  sp.     (PI.  XLVII.  fig.  1.) 

Shell  small,  oval,  rather  thin,  somewhat  pointed  behind;  umbones  small, 
not  eroded ;  pale  olive,  concentrically  furrowed,  and  sculptured  more  or  less 
with  fine  divaricating  lines ;  anterior  teeth  narrow,  not  prominent;  posterior 
teeth  laminar ;  pedal  scar  confluent  with  anterior  adductor. 

Length  13,  breadth  8},  thickness  51  lines. 

Testa  parva,  owdii,  ttmuiwcula,  potlice  tabaliemtala  ;  umbombui  parvit, 
aeummatie ;  epidermide pallide  olivacm ;  valvie  lineolU  dinaricatit,  decuss- 
ation exaratis ;  deatibae  cardinalUnu  anguetis,  baud  prominenlibw. 

8.  LrrHOGLTPHus  zoNarcs,  n.  sp.     (PL  XLVII.  fig.  3.) 

Shell  orbicular,  hemispherical ;  spire  very  small ;  aperture  large,  very  ob-1 
lique ;  umbilicus  wide  and  shallow,  with  an  open  fissure  in  the  young  shell ; 
lip  continuous  in  front  with  the  umbilical  ridge;  columella  callous,  ultimately 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


104  THE  LAKE  BEGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  APBICA. 

and  perhaps  boarded  by  crocodiles,  which  are  hated 
and  dreaded  by  these  black  navigators,  much  as  is  the 

covering  the  fissure ;  body-whirl  flattened,  pale  olivaceous,  with  two  brown 
bands,  darker  at  the  apex ;  lines  of  growth  crossed  by  numerous  oblique, 
interrupted  a  trim. 
Diameter  5-6,  height  3  lines. 

Teila  orbicularis,  kemixph&rica,  late  tanbilicata  (npvdjunioret  rimata),  tpira 
minuta ;  apertura  magna,  valde  obliqua ;  labia  axUoto  (in  tetta  adaita  rimam 
tegente) ;  pallide  olivacea,  fasciit  duabus  faecis  zonula;  Until  meremtnti 
striolis  inlemtpiii  oblique  decimate. 

4.  Mklahia  (Milanella)  nassa,  n.  ep.      (Fl.  XLYIL  fig.  4.) 

Shell  ovate,  strong,  pale  brown,  with  (sometimes)  two  dark  bands  j  spire 
shorter  than  the  aperture ;  whirls  flattened,  ornamented  with  six  brown  spiral 
ridges  crossed  with  a  variable  number  of  white,  tuberculated,  transverse 
ribs;  base  of  body-whirl  eight  with  tuberculated  spiral  ridges  variegated 
with  white  and  brown ;  aperture  sin  us  ted  in  front ;  outer  lip  simple;  inner 
lip  callous. 

Length  8  i,  breadth  5  j  lines. 

Tetta  ovatOj  loUda,  pallide  ftuea,  zona  2  nigricantibu*  aliquando  notala ; 
tpira  apertura  breeiore ;  anfraciibw  ptanvlatu,  Until  G/uscU  tpiralibia  el 
cottu  tabereulalU  ornatitf  aperiura  ounce  limuita;  labro  timplici;  labia 


P.S.  July  27th. — In  addition  to  the  foregoing  shells,  several  others  were 
collected  bj  Capt.  Speke,  when  employed,  under  the  command  of  Capt. 
Burton,  ineiploring  Central  Africa  in  the  years  1856-9;  these  were  deposited 
in  the  first  instance  with  the  Geographical  Society,  and  are  now  transferred 
to  the  British  Museum. 

A  specimen  of  Amptdlaria  (Lanutei)  sinietrorta.  Lea,  and  odd  valves  of 
two  species  of  Unio,  both  smooth  and  olive-coloured,  were  picked  up  in  the 
Ugogo  district,  an  elevated  plateau  in  lat.  6°  to  7°  S.,  long.  34"  to  35°  £. 

A  large  Ackatiiia,  most  nearly  related  to  A.  glutinosa,  Ffr.,  is  the  "com- 
mon snail "  of  the  region  between  lake  Tanganyika  and  the  east  coast. 
Fossil  specimens  were  obtained  in  the  Usagara  district,  at  a  place  called 
Marora,  8000  feet  above  the  sea,  overlooking  the  Lufiji  River,  where  it  in- 
tersects the  coast  range  (lat.  7°  to  8°  S.,  long.  36°  to  36°  E.). 

Another  common  land  snail  of  the  same  district  is  the  well  known  "  Buli- 
mia caiUaudi,  Ffr.,"  a  shell  more  nearly  related  to  Aehatma  than  Bulimvs. 

Captain  Speke  also  found  a  solitary  example  of  Bulimia  ovoidetu,  Brug., 
in  a  musjid  on  the  island  of  Kiloa  (lat.  9°  S.,  long.  39°  to  40°  £.}.  This 
species  is  identical  with  B.  grandit.  Desk,  from  the  island  of  Nosse  Be, 
Madagascar,  and  very  closely  allied  to  B.  liberiamu,  Lea,  from  Guinea. 


id  By  Google 


CAPTAIN  BALPOtJTL  103 

shark  by  our  seamen,  and  for  the  same  cause  not  a 
scrap  of  food  must  be  thrown  overboard — even  the  offal 
must  be  cast  into  the  hold.  "  Whittling "  is  here  a 
mortal  sin:  to  chip  or  break  off  the  smallest  bit  of 
even  a  condemned  old  tub  drawn  up  on  the  beach  causes 
a  serious  disturbance.  By  the  advice  of  a  kind  and 
amiable  friend*,  I  had  supplied  myself  with  the  de- 
siderata for  sounding  and  ascertaining  the  bottom  of  the 
Lake :  the  crew  would  have  seen  me  under  water  rather 
than  halt  for  a  moment  when  it  did  not  suit  their  purpose. 
The  wild  men  lose  half  an  hour,  when  time  is  most 
precious,  to  secure  a  dead  fish  as  it  floats  past  the  canoe 
entangled  in  its  net.  They  never  pass  a  village  without 
a  dispute ;  some  wishing  to  land,  others  objecting  be- 
cause some  wish  it.  The  captain,  who  occupies  some 
comfortable  place  in  the  bow,  stern,  or  waist,  has  little 
authority ;  and  if  the  canoe  be  allowed  to  touch  the 

*  Captain  Balfour,  H. M.I.N .,  who  kindly  supplied  me  with  a  list  of  ne- 
cessaries for  sail-making  and  other  such  operations  on  the  Lake.  I  had  in- 
dented upon  the  Engineers'  Stores,  Bombay,  for  a  Mnssey's  patent  or  self- 
registering  log,  which  would  have  been  most  useful  had  the  people  allowed  it 
to  be  used.  Prevented  by  stress  of  business  from  testing  it  in  India,  I  found 
it  at  sea  so  thoroughly  defective,  that  it  was  returned  from  whence  it  came  by 
the  good  aid  of  Captain  Frushard,  then  commanding  the  H.E.I.C.'s  sloop  of 
war  Elphinitone.  I  then  prepared  at  Zanzibar,  a  line  and  a  lead,  properly 
hollowed  to  admit  of  its  being  armed,  and  this  safely  reached  the  Tangan- 
yika Lake.  It  was  not  useless  but  unused:  the  crew  objected  to  its  being 
hove,  and  moreover — lead  and  metal  are  never  safe  in  Central  Africa — the  line, 
which  was  originally  short,  was  curtailed  of  one  half  during  the  first  night 
after  our  departure  from  Kawele.  It  is  by  no  means  easy  to  estimate  the 
rate  of  progress  in  these  barbarous  canoes  barbarously  worked.  During  the 
"spirts"  when  the  paddler  beads  bis  back  manfully  to  his  task,  a  fully- 
manoed  craft  may  attain  a  maximum  of  7  to  8  miles  per  hour :  this  exertion, 
however,  rarely  exceeds  a  quarter  of  an  hour,  and  is  always  followed  by  delay. 
The  usual  pace,  when  all  are  fresh  and  cool,  is  about  4  to  5  miles,  which  de- 
clines through  4  and  3  to  2},  when  the  men  are  fatigued,  or  when  tbc  sun  is 
high.  The  medium,  therefore,  may  be  assumed  at  4  miles  for  short,  and  a 
little  more  than  2  miles  an  hour  for  long  trips,  halts  deducted. 


id  By  Google 


1«6  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

shore,  its  men  will  spring  out  without  an  idea  of  con- 
sulting aught  beyond  their  own  inclinations.  Arrived 
at  the  halting-place  they  pour  on  shore ;  some  proceed 
to  gather  firewood,  others  go  in  search  of  rations,  and 
others  raise  the  boothies.  A  dozen  barked  sticks  of 
various  lengths  are  planted  firmly  in  the  ground ; 
the  ends  are  bent  and  lashed  together  in  the  shape  of 
half  an  orange,  by  strips  of  tree-fibre ;  they  are  then 
covered  with  the  karagwah— the  stiff-reed  mats  used  as 
cushions  when  paddling — these  are  tightly  bound  on,  and 
thus  a  hut  is  made  capable  of  defending  from  rain  the 
bodies  of  four  or  five  men  whose  legs  which  project 
beyond  the  shelter  are  apparently  not  supposed  to  re- 
quire covering.  Obeying  only  impulse,  and  wholly 
deficient  in  order  and  purpose,  they  make  the  voyage  as 
uncomfortable  as  possible ;  they  have  no  regular  stages 
and  no  fixed  halting-places ;  they  waste  a  fine  cool 
morning,  and  pull  through  the  heat  of  the  day,  or  after 
dozing  throughout  the  evening,  at  the  loud  cry  of 
"  Pakira  Baba !  "  —  pack  up,  heartieB !  — they  scramble 
into  their  canoes  about  midnight.  Outward-bound 
they  seek  opportunities  for  delay ;  when  it  is  once  *'  up 
anchor  for  home,"  they  hurry  with  dangerous  haste. 

On  the  14th  April,  a  cruise  of  four  hours  conducted 
us  to  "Wafanya,  a  settlement  of  Wajiji  mixed  with 
Warundi.  Leaving  this  wretched  mass  of  hovels  on  the 
next  day,  which  began  with  a  solemn  warning  from 
Sayfu  —  a  man  of  melancholic  temperament  —  we  made 
in  four  hours  Wafanya,  the  southern  limit  of  Urundi, 
and  the  only  port  in  that  inhospitable  land  still  open  to 
travellers.  Drawing  up  our  canoes  upon  a  clear  narrow 
aandstrip  beyond  the  reach  of  the  surf,  we  ascended  a 
dwarf  earth-cliff,  and  pitching  our  tents  under  a  spread- 
ing tree  upon  the  summit,  we  made  ourselves  as  com- 


id  By  Google 


TEE   INHOSPITABLE   WABUSDI.  107 

fortable  as  the  noisy,  intrusive,  and  insolent  crowd,  as- 
sembled to  stare  and  to  laugh  at  the  strangers,  would 
permit.  The  crew  raised  their  boothies  within  a  stone- 
throw  of  the  water,  flight  being  here  the  thought  ever 
uppermost  in  their  minds. 

The  people  of  this  country  are  a  noisy  insolent  race, 
addicted,  like  all  their  Lakist  brethren,  to  drunkenness, 
and,  when  drunk,  quarrelsome  and  violent.  At  Wafanya, 
however,  they  are  kept  in  order  by  Kanoni,  their  mut- 
ware  or  minor  chief,  subject  to  "  Mwezi,"  the  mwami  or 
sultan  of  Urundi.  The  old  man  appeared,  when  we 
reached  his  settlement,  in  some  state,  preceded  by  an 
ancient  carrying  his  standard,  a  long  wisp  of  white  fibre 
attached  to  a  spear,  like  the  Turkish  "  horse-tail,"  and 
followed  by  a  guard  of  forty  or  fifty  stalwart  young  war- 
riors armed  with  stout  lance-like  spears  for  stabbing  and 
throwing,  straight  double-edged  daggers,  stiff  bows,  and 
heavy,  grinded  arrows.  Kanoni  began  by  receiving 
his  black-mail — four  cloths,  two  coil-bracelets,  and  three 
fundo  of  coral  beads :  the  return  was  the  inevitable 
goat.  The  climate  of  Wafanya  is  alternately  a  damp- 
cold  and  a  "muggy"  heat;  the  crews,  however,  if 
numerous  and  well  armed,  will  delay  here  to  feed  when 
northward  bound,  and  to  lay  in  provisions  when  return- 
ing to  their  homes.  Sheep  and  fine  fat  goats  vary  in 
value  from  one  to  two  cloths ;  a  fowl,  or  five  to  six  eggs, 
costs  a  khete  of  beads ;  sweet  potatoes  are  somewhat 
dearer  than  at  Ujiji ;  there  is  no  rice,  but  holcus  and 
manioc  are  cheap  and  abundant,  about  5  lbs.  of  the 
latter  being  sold  for  a  single  khete.  Even  milk  is  at 
times  procurable.  A  sharp  business  is  carried  on  in 
cbikichi  or  palm-oil,  of  which  a  large  earthen  pot  is 
bought  for  a  cloth ;  the  best  paddleB  used  by  the  crews 
are  made  at  Wafanya ;  and  the  mbugu,  or  bark-cloth, 


id  By  Google 


108  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

is  bought  for  four  to  ten  khete,  about  one  third  of  the 
market-price  at  Ujiji.  Salt,  being  imported  from 
Uvinza,  is  dear  and  scarce  :  it  forms  the  first  demand 
for  barter,  and  beads  the  second.  Large  fish  is  offered 
for  sale,  but  the  small  fry  is  the  only  article  of  the  kind 
which  is  to  be  purchased  fresh.  The  country  owes  its 
plenty,  according  to  the  guides,  to  almost  perennial 
showers. 

The  inhospitality  of  the  Warundi  and  their  northern  . 
neighbours,  who  would  plunder  a  canoe  or  insist  upon 
a  black-mail  equivalent  to  plunder,  allows  neither  traffic 
nor  transit  to  the  north  of  Wafanya.  Here,  therefore, 
the  crews  prepare  to  cross  the  Tanganyika,  which  is 
divided  into  two  stages  by  the  island  of  Ubwari. 

In  Ubwari  I  had  indeed  discovered  "an  island 
far  away."  It  is  probably  the  place  alluded  to  by 
the  Portuguese  historian,  De  Barros,  in  this  important 
passage  concerning  the  great  lake  in  the  centre  of 
Africa :  "  It  is  a  sea  of  such  magnitude  as  to  be  capable 
of  being  navigated  by  many  sail ;  and  among  the  islands 
in  it  there  is  one  capable  of  sending  forth  an  army  of 
30,000  men."  Ubwari  appears  from  a  distance  of  two  days 
bearing  north-west ;  it  is  then  somewhat  hazy,  owing  to 
the  extreme  humidity  of  the  atmosphere.  From  Wa- 
fanya it  shows  a  clear  profile  about  eighteen  to  twenty 
miles  westward,  and  the  breadth  of  the  western  channel 
between  it  and  the  mainland  averages  from  six  to  seven 
miles.  Its  north  point  lies  in  south  lat.  4°  7',  and  the  lay 
is  N.  17°  E.  (corrected).  From  the  northern  point  of 
Ubwari  the  eastern  prolongation  of  the  lake  bears  N. 
3°  W.  and  the  western  N.  10°  W.  It  is  the  only 
island  near  the  centre  of  the  Tanganyika — a  long, 
narrow  lump  of  rock,  twenty  to  twenty-five  geo- 
graphical miles  long,  by  four  or  five  of  extreme 
breadth,  with  a  high  longitudinal  spine,  like  a  hog's 

Google 


THE  "ISLAND    PAR  AWAY."  109 

back,  falling  towards  the  water  —  here  shelving, 
there  steep,  on  the  sea-side — where  it  ends  in  abrupt 
cliffs,  here  and  there  broken  by  broad  or  narrow 
gorges.  Green  from  bead  to  foot,  in  richness  and  profuse- 
ness  of  vegetation  it  equals,  and  perhaps  excels,  the 
shores  of  the  Tanganyika,  and  in  parts  it  appears  care- 
fully cultivated.  Mariners  dare  not  disembark  on 
Ubwari,  except  at  the  principal  places ;  and  upon  the 
wooded  hill-sides  wild  men  are,  or  are  supposed  to  be, 
ever  lurking  in  wait  for  human  prey. 

We  halted  two  miserable  days  at  "Wafanya.  The 
country  is  peculiarly  rich,  dotted  with  numerous  hamlets, 
which  supply  provisions,  and  even  milk,  and  divided 
■into  dense  thickets,  palm-groves,  and  large  clear- 
ings of  manioc,  holcus,  and  sweet  potatoes,  which 
mantle  like  a  garment  the  earth's  brown  body.  Here 
we  found  Kannena  snugly  ensconced  in  our  sepoy's  pal, 
or  ridge-tent.  He  had  privily  obtained  it  from  Said 
bin  Salim,  with  a  view  to  add  to  his  and  his  ward's 
comfort  and  dignity.  When  asked  to  give  it  up — we  were 
lodging,  I  under  a  lug-sail,  brought  from  the  coast 
and  converted  into  an  awning,  and  my  companion  in 
the  wretched  flimsy  article  purchased  from  the  Fundi — 
he  naively  refused.  Presently  having  seen  a  fat  sheep,  he 
came  to  me  declaring  that  it  was  his  perquisite :  more- 
over, he  insisted  upon  receiving  the  goat  offered  to  us  by 
the  Sultan  Eanoni.  I  at  first  demurred.  His  satis- 
factory rejoinder  was :  "  Ngema,  ndugu  yango  1 — 
Well,  my  brother, — here  we  remain  I"  I  consulted 
Bombay  about  the  necessity  of  humouring  him  in  every 
whim.  "  What  these  jungle-niggers  want,"  quoth  roy 
counsel,  "  that  they  will  have,  or  they  will  see  the 
next  month'B  new  moon ! " 

The  morning  of  the  18th  April  was  dark  and  mena- 
cing.    Huge  purpling  clouds  deformed  the  face  of  the 


ogle 


110  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

northern  sky.  Having  loaded  the  canoes,  howeverj 
we  embarked  to  cross  the  channel  which  separated  us 
from  the  Ubwari  island.  As  the  paddles  were  in  hand, 
the  crew,  starting  up  from  their  benches,  landed  to  bring 
on  board  some  forgotten  manioc  My  companion  re- 
mained in  his  boat,  I  in  mine.  Presently,  hearing  an 
unusual  uproar,  I  turned  round  and  saw  the  sailors 
arming  themselves,  whilst  the  "  curtain-lion,"  Khuda- 
bakhsh,  was  being  hustled  with  blows,  and  pushed  up 
the  little  cliff  by  a  host  of  black,  spearmen  ;  a  naked 
savage  the  while  capering  about,  waving  the  Baloch's 
bare  blade  in  one  hand  and  its  scabbard  in  the  other. 
Kannena joined  majestically  in  the  "row,"  but  the 
peals  of  laughter  from  the.  mob  showed  no  signs 
of  anger.  A  Mjiji  slave,  belonging  to  Khuda- 
bakhsh  had,  it  appears,  taken  flight,  after  landing 
unobserved  with  the  crowd.  The  brave  had  redemanded 
him  of  Kannena,  whom  he  charged,  moreover,  with  aid- 
ing and  abetting  the  desertion.  The  slave  Sultan  offered 
to  refer  the  point  to  me,  but  the  valiant  man,  losing 
patience,  out  with  his  sword,  and  was"  instantly  dis- 
armed, assaulted,  and  battered,  as  above  described,  by 
forty  or  fifty  sailors.  When  quiet  was  restored,  I 
called  to  him  from  the  boat.  He  replied  by  refusing  to 
"  budge  an  inch,"  and  by  summoning  his  "  brother  " 
Jelai  to  join  him  with  bag  and  baggage.  Kannena 
also  used  soft  words,  till  at  last,  weary  of  waiting,  he 
gave  orders  to  put  off,  throwing  two  cloths  to  Khuda- 
bakhsh,  that  the  fellow  might  not  return  home  hungry. 
I  admired  his  generosity  till  compelled  to  pay  for  it. 

The  two  Baloch  were  like  mules ;  they  disliked  the 
voyage,  and  as  it  was  the  Ramazan,  they  added  to  their 
discomforts  by  pretending  to  fast.  Their  desertion  was  in- 
excusable ;  they  left  us  wholly  in  the  power  of  the  Wajiji, 


id  By  Google 


THE  BALOCH  AGAIN  DESEBT.  Ill 

to  dangers  and  difficultieswhich  they  themselves  could  not 
endure.  Prudent  Orientals,  I  may  again  observe,  never 
commit  themselves  to  the  sole  custody  of  Africans,  even  of 
the  "  Muwallid,"  namely  those  born  and  bred  in  their 
houses.  In  Persia  the  traveller  is  careful  to  mix  the 
black  blood  with  that  of  the  higher  race ;  formerly, 
whenever  the  member  of  a  family  was  found  murdered, 
the  serviles  were  all  tortured  as  a  preliminary  to  inves- 
tigation, and  many  stories,  like  the  following,  are  re- 
counted. The  slaves  had  left  their  master  in  complete 
security,  and  were  sitting,  in  early  night,  merrily  chat- 
ting  round  the  camp  fire.  Presently  one  began  to 
relate  the  list  of  their  grievances ;  another  proposed  to 
end  them  by  desertion ;  and  a  third  seconded  the  motion, 
opining,  however,  that  they  might  as  well  begin  by 
murdering  the  patroon.  No  sooner  said  than  done. 
These  children  of  passion  and  instinct,  in  the  shortest 
interim,  act  out  the  "  dreadful  thing,"  and  as  readily 
repent  when  reflection  returns.  The  Arab,  therefore, 
in  African  lands,  seldom  travels  with  Africans  only  ;  he 
prefers  collecting  as  many  companions,  and  bringing  as 
many  hangers  on  as  he  can  afford.  The  best  escort  to 
a  European  capable  of  communicating  with  and  com- 
manding them,  would  be  a  small  party  of  Arabs  fresh 
from  Hazramaut  and  untaught  in  the  ways  and  tongues 
of  Africa.  '  They  would  by  forming  a  kind  of  balance  of 
power,  prevent  that  daring  pilfering  for  which  slaves  are 
infamous ;  in  the  long  run  they  would  save  money  to 
the  explorer,  and  perhaps  save  his  life. 

Khudabakhsh  and  his  comrade-deserter  returned 
safely  by  land  to  Eawele ;  and  when  derided  by  the  other 
men,  he  repeated,  as  might  be  expected,  notable  griefs. 
Both  had  performed  prodogies  of  valour ;  they  had 
however  been  mastered  by  millions.     Then  they  had 


id  By  Google 


112  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF   CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

called  upon  "  Haji  Abdullah  "  for  assistance,  to  which 
he  had  replied  "  My  power  does  not  extend  here !  "  Thus 
heartlessly  refused  aid  by  the  only  person  who  could 
and  should  have  afforded  it,  they  were  reduced,  sorely 
against  their  will,  to  take  leave  of  him.  Their  tale  was 
of  course  believed  by  their  comrades,  till  the  crews 
brought  back  the  other  version  of  the  affair,  the  "  camel- 
hearts  "  then  once  more  became  the  laugh  and  jibe  of 
man  and  woman. 

After  a  short  consultation  amongst  the  men  concern* 
ing  the  threatening  aspect  of  the  heavens,  it  was  agreed 
by  them  to  defer  crossing  the  Lake  till  the  next  day. 
We  therefore  passed  on  to  the  northern  side  of  the 
point  which  limits  the  bay  of  Wafaoya,  and  anchoring 
the  craft  in  a  rushy  bayou,  we  pitched  tents  in  time  to 
protect  us  against  a  violent  thunderstorm  with  its 
wind  and  rain. 

On  the  19th  April  we  stretched  westward,  towards 
Ubwari,  which  appeared  a  long  strip  of  green  directly 
opposite  Urundi,  and  distant  from  eighteen  to  twenty 
miles.  A  little  wind  caused  a  heavy  chopping  swell ; 
we  were  wet  to  the  skin,  and  as  noon  drew  nigh,  the  sun 
shone  stingingly,  reflected  by  a  mirrory  sea.  At  10  a.m. 
the  party  drew  in  their  paddles  and  halted  to  eat 
and  smoke.  About  2  p.m.  the  wind  and  waves  again 
arose,  —  once  more  we  were  drenched,  and  the  frail 
craft  was  constantly  baled  out  to  prevent  water-logging. 
A  long  row  of  nine  hours  placed  the  canoes  at  a  road- 
stead, with  the  usual  narrow  line  of  yellow  sand,  on  the 
weBtern  coast  of  Ubwari  Island.  The  men  landed  to 
dry  themselves,  and  to  cook  some  putrid  fish  which  they 
had  caught  as  it  floated  past  the  canoe,  with  the  reed 
triangle  that  buoyed  up  the  net.  It  was  "strong 
meat"  to  us,  but  to  them  its  staleness  was  as  the  "  taste 
in  his  butter,"  to  the  Londoner,  the  pleasing  toughness 

Google 


TOE  WABWABI   ISLASDEKS.  113 

of  the  old  cock  to  the  Arab,  and  the  savoury  "  fumet " 
of  the  aged  he-goat  to  the  Baloch.  After  a  short  halt, 
we  moved  a  little  northwards  to  Mzimu,  a  strip  of 
low  land  dividing  the  waters  from  their  background  of 
grassy  rise,  through  which  a  swampy  line  winds  from 
the  hills  above.  Here  we  found  canoes  drawn  up,  and 
the  islanders  flocked  from  their  hamlets  to  change  their 
ivory  and  slaves,  goats  and  provisions,  for  salt  and  beads, 
wire  and  cloth.  ■  The  Wabwari  are  a  peculiar,  and  by 
no  means  a  comely  race.  The  men  are  habited  in  the 
usual  mbugu,  tigered  with  black  stripes,  and  tailed 
like  leopard-skins  :  a  wisp  of  fine  grass  acts  as  fillet,  and 
their  waists,  wrists,  and  ankles,  their  knob-sticks,  spears, 
and  daggers,  are  bound  with  rattan-bark,  instead  of  the 
usual  wire.  The  women  train  their  frizzly  locks  into 
two  side-bits  resembling  bear's  ears ;  they  tie  down  the 
bosom  with  a  cord,  apparently  for  the  purpose  of  distort- 
ing nature  in  a  way  that  is  most  repulsive  to  European 
eyes ;  and  they  clothe  themselves  with  the  barbarous 
goat-skin,  or  the  scantiest  kilts  of  bark-cloth.  The 
wives  of  the  chiefs  wear  a  load  of  brass  and  bead  or- 
naments; and,  like  the  ladies  of  Wafanya,  they  walk 
about  with  patriarchal  staves  five  feet  long,  and  knobbed 
at  the  top. 

We  halted  for  a  day  at  Mzimu  in  Ubwari,  where 
Kannena  demanded  seventy  khete  of  blue-porcelain 
beads  as  his  fee  for  safe  conduct  to  the  island.  Sud- 
denly, at  6  P.M.,  he  informed  me  that  he  must  move  to 
other  quarters.  We  tumbled  into  the  boats,  and  after 
enjoying  two  hours  of  pleasant  progress  with  a  northerly 
current,  and  a  splendid  moonshine,  which  set  off  a  scene 
at  once  wild  and  soft  as  any 

"  That  savage  Rosa  dashed,  or  learned  Pousain  drew," 
VOL.    II.  I 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


114  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFBICA. 

we  rounded  the  bluff  northern  point  of  the  island,  put 
into  "  Mtuwwa,"  a  little  bay  on  its  western  shore, 
pitched  the  tent,  and  slept  at  ease. 

Another  halt  was  required  on  the  22nd  April.  The 
Sultan  Kisesa  demanded  his  blackmail,  which  amounted 
to  one  coil-bracelet  and  two  cloths ;  provisions  were 
hardly  procurable,  because  his  subjects  wanted  white 
beads,  with  which,  being  at  a  discount  at  Ujiji,  we  had 
not  provided  ourselves  ;  and  Kannena  again  success- 
fully put  in  a  tyrannical  claim  for  460  khete  of  blue- 
porcelains  to  purchase  rations. 

On  the  23rd  April  we  left  Mtuwwa,  and  made  for 
the  opposite  or  western  shore  of  the  lake,  which  appeared 
about  fifteen  miles  distant ;  the  day's  work  was  nine 
hours.  The  two  canoes  paddled  far  apart,  there  was 
therefore  little  bumping,  smoking,  or  quarrelling,  till 
near  our  destination.  At  Murivumba  the  malaria,  the 
mosquitoes,  the  crocodiles,  and  the  men  are  equally  feared. 
The  land  belongs  to  the  "Wabembe,  who  are  correctly 
described  in  the  "Mombas  Mission  Map"  as  "Menschen- 
fresser  —  anthropophagi."  The  practice  arises  from 
the  savage  and  apathetic  nature  of  the  people,  who 
devour,  besides  man,  all  kinds  of  carrion  and  vermin, 
grubs  and  insects,  whilst  they  abandon  to  wild  growths 
a  land  of  the  richest  soil  and  of  the  most  prolific  climate. 
They  prefer  man  raw,  whereas  the  Wadoe  of  the  coast 
eat  him  roasted.  The  people  of  a  village  which  backed 
the  port,  assembled  as  usual  to  "sow  gape-seed;"  but 
though 

"  A  hungrj  look  hung  upon  them  bU," — 

and  amongst  cannibals  one  always  fancies  oneself  con- 
sidered in  the  light  of  butcher's  meat, — the  poor  devils, 
dark  and  stunted,  timid  and  degraded,  appeared  less 


id  By  Google 


MUR1YUMBA  OF  THE  HAN-EATERS.  115 

dangerous  to  the  living  than  to  the  dead.  In  order  to 
keep  them  quiet,  the  bull-headed  Mabruki,  shortly  before 
dusk,  fired  a  charge  of  duck-shot  into  the  village; 
ensued  loud  cries  and  deprecations  to  the  "  Murun- 
gwana,"  but  happily  no  man  was  hurt.  Sayfu  the 
melancholist  preferred  squatting  through  the  night  on 
the  bow  of  the  canoe,  to  trusting  his  precious  person 
on  Bhore.  We  slept  upon  a  reed-margined  spit  of  sand, 
and  having  neglected  to  pitch  the  tent,  were  rained 
upon  to  our  heart's  content. 

We  left  Murivumba  of  the  man-eaters  early  on  the 
morning  of  the  24th  April,  and  stood  northwards  along 
the  western  shore  of  the  Lake :  the  converging  trend  of 
the  two  coasts  told  that  we  were  fast  approaching  our 
■  destination.  After  ten  hours*  paddling,  halts  included, 
we  landed  at  the  southern  frontier  of  Uvira,  in  a  place 
called  Mamaletua,  Ngovi,  and  many  other  names. 
Here  the  stream  of  commerce  begins  to  set  strong;  the 
people  were  comparatively  civil,  they  cleared  for  us  a 
leaky  old  hut  with  a  floor  like  iron, — it  appeared  to 
us  a  palace ! — and  they  supplied,  at  moderate  prices, 
sheep  and  goats,  fish-fry,  eggs,  and  poultry,  grain, 
manioc  and  bird-pepper. 

After  another  long  stretch  of  fifteen  rainy  and  sunny 
hours,  a  high  easterly  wind  compelled  the  hard-worked 
crews  to  put  into  Muikamba  (  ?)  of  Uvira.  A  neigh- 
bouring hamlet,  a  few  hovels  built  behind  a  thick  wind- 
wrung  plantain-grove,  backed  a  reed-locked  creek, 
where  the  canoes  floated  in  safety  and  a  strip  of  clean 
sand  on  which  we  passed  the  night  as  pleasantly  as  the 
bright  moonlight  and  the  violent  gusts  would  permit. 
On  the  26th  April,  a  paddle  of  three  hours  and  a  half 
landed  us  in  the  forenoon  at  the  sandy  baystand,  where 
the  trade  of  Uvira  is  carried  on. 


dDy  Google 


11G  THE   LAKE   REGIONS   OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

Great  rejoicings  ushered  in  the  end  of  our  outward- 
bound  voyage.  Crowds  gathered  on  the  shore  to  gaze  at 
the  new  merchants  arriving  at  Uvira,  with  the  usual 
concert,  vocal  and  instrumental,  screams,  shouts,  and 
songs,  shauma,  horns,  and  tom-toms.  The  captains  of 
the  two  canoes  performed  with  the  most  solemn  gravity 
a  bear-like  dance  upon  the  mat-covered  benches,  which 
form  the  "quarter-decks,"  extending  their  arms,  pirouet- 
ting upon  both  heels,  and  springing  up  and  squatting 
down  till  their  hams  touched  the  mats.  The  crews, 
with  a  general  grin  which  showed  all  their  ivories, 
rattled  their  paddles  against  the  sides  of  their  canoes  in 
token  of  greeting,  a  custom  derived  probably  from  the 
ceremonious  address  of  the  Lakists,  which  is  performed 
by  rapping  their  elbows  against  their'  ribs.  Presently 
Majid  and  Bekkari,  two  Arab  youths  sent  from  Ujiji  by 
their  chief,  Said  bin  Majid,  to  collect  ivory,  came  out  to 
meet  me ;  they  gave  me,  as  usual,  the  news,  and  said 
that  having  laid  in  the  store  of  tusks  required,  they 
intended  setting  out  southwards  on  the  morrow.  We 
passed  half  the  day  of  our  arrival  on  the  bare  landing- 
place,  a  strip  of  sand  foully  unclean,  from  the  effect 
of  many  bivouacs.  It  is  open  to  the  water  and  backed 
by  the  plain  of  Uvira ;  one  of  the  broadest  of  these  edges 
of  gently-inclined  ground  which  separate  the  Lake  from 
its  trough  of  hills.  Eannena  at  once  visited  the 
Mwami  or  Sultan  Maruta,  who  owns  a  village  on  a 
neighbouring  elevation ;  this  chief  invited  me  to  his 
settlement,  but  the  outfit  was  running  low  and  the 
crew  and  party  generally  feared  to  leave  their  canoes. 
We  therefore  pitched  our  tents  upon  the  sand,  and  pre- 
pared for  the  last  labour,  that  of  exploring  the  head  of 
the  Lake. 

We  had  now  reached  the  "  ne  plus  ultra,"  the  north- 


id  By  Google 


WE  DO  NOT  EXPLOEE  THE  HEAD  OF  THE  LAKE,      n? 

ernmost  station  to  which  merchants  have  as  yet  been 
admitted.  The  people  are  generally  on  bad  terms  with 
the  Wavira,  and  in  these  black  regions  a  traveller  coming 
direct  from  an  enemy's  territory  is  always  suspected  of 
hostile  intentions, — no  trifling  bar  to  progress.  Oppo- 
site us  still  rose,  in  a  high  broken  line,  the  mountains  of 
inhospitable  Urundi,  apparently  prolonged  beyond  the 
northern  extremity  of  the  waters.  The  head,  which 
was  not  visible  from  the  plain,  is  said  to  turn  N.N". 
westwards,  and  to  terminate  after  a  voyage  of  two  days 
which  some  informants,  however,  reduce  to  six  hours. 
The  breadth  of  the  Tanganyika  is  here  between  seven 
and  eight  miles.  On  the  28th  April,  all  my  hopes— 
which,  however,  I  had  hoped  against  hope — were  rudely 
dashed  to  the  ground.  I  received  a  visit  from  the  three 
stalwart  sons  of  the  Sultan  Maruta:  they  were  the  noblest 
type  of  Negroid  seen  near  the  Lake,  with  symmetrical 
heads,  regular  features  and  pleasiug  countenances ;  their 
well-made  limbs  and  athletic  frames  of  a  shiny  jet  black 
were  displayed  to  advantage  by  their  loose  aprons  of 
red  and  dark-striped  bark-cloth,  slung,  like  game-bags 
over  their  shoulders,  and  were  Bet  off  by  opal-coloured 
eyeballs,  teeth  like  pearls,  and  a  profusion  of  broad 
massive  rings  of  snowy  ivory  round  their  arms,  and  coni- 
cal ornaments  like  dwarf  marling-spikes  of  hippopotamus 
tooth  suspended  from  their  necks.  The  subject  of  the 
mysterious  river  issuing  from  the  Lake,  was  at  once 
brought  forward.  They  all  declared  that  they  had 
visited  it,  they  offered  to  forward  me,  but  they  unani- 
mously asserted,  and  every  man  in  the  host  of  bystanders 
confirmed  their  words,  that  the  "  Rusizi  "  enters  into, 
and  does  not  flow  out  of  the  Tanganyika.  I  felt  sick  at 
heart.  I  had  not,  it  is  true,  undertaken  to  explore  the 
Coy  Fountains  by  this  route;  but  the  combined  asser- 
i  s 

j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


US      THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

tions  of  the  cogging  Shaykh  and  the  false  MsawahUi 
had  startled  me  from  the  proprieties  of  reason,  and — 
this  was  the  result  I 

Bombay,  when  questioned,  declared  that  my  com- 
panion had  misunderstood  the  words  of  Hamid  bin 
Sulayyam,  who  spoke  of  a  river  falling  into,  not  issuing 
from  the  lake ;  and  added  his  own  conviction  that  the 
Arab  had  never  sailed  north  of  Ubwari  Island.  Sayfu, 
who  at  Ujiji  had  described,  as  an  eye-witness,  the 
mouth  of  the  deversoir  and  its  direction  for  two 
days,  now  owned  that  he  had  never  been  beyond  Uvira, 
and  that  he  never  intended  to  do  bo.  Briefly,  I  had  been 
deceived  by  a  strange  coincidence  of  deceit. 

On  the  28th  April,  we  were  driven  from  the  strip  of 
land  which  we  originally  occupied  by  a  S.  E.  gale;  here 
a  "  blat,"  or  small  hurricane,  which  drives  the  foaming 
waters  of  the  tideless  sea  up  to  the  green  margin  of  the 
land.  Retiring  higher  up  where  the  canoes  were  ca- 
reened, we  spread  our  bedding  on  the  little  muddy 
mounds  that  rise  a  few  inches  above  the  surface  of 
grass-closed  gutter  which  drains  off  the  showers  daily 
falling  amongst  the  hills.  1  was  still  obliged  to  content 
myself  with  the  lug-sail,  thrown  over  a  ridge-pole  sup- 
ported by  two  bamboo  uprights,  and  pegged  out  like  a 
tent  below ;  it  was  too  short  to  fall  over  the  ends  and  to 
reach  the  ground,  it  was  therefore  a  place  of  passage 
for  mizzle,  splash,  and  draught  of  watery  wind.  My 
companion  inhabited  the  tent  bought  from  the  Fundi,  it 
was  thoroughly  rotted,  during  his  first  trip  across  the 
Lake  —  by  leakage  in  the  boat,  and  by  being  "  bushed  " 
with  mud  instead  of  pegs  on  shore.  He  informed  me  that 
there  was  "  good  grub  "  at  Uvira,  and  that  was  nearly 
the  full  amount  of  what  I  heard  from  or  of  him.  Our 
crews  had  hutted  themselves  in  the  dense  mass  of  grass 


id  By  Google 


A  STOPFEB  TO   FEOQBESS.  119 

near  our  tents ;  they  lived  aa  it  were  under  arms,  and 
nothing  would  induce  them  to  venture  away  from  their 
only  escape,  the  canoes,  which  stood  ready  for  launch- 
ing whenever  required.  Sayfu  swore  that  he  would 
return  to  Ujiji  rather  than  venture  a  few  yards  inland 
to  buy  milk,  whilst  Bombay  and  Mabrukf,  who  ever 
laboured  under  the  idea  that  every  brother-African  of 
the  jungle  thirsted  for  their  blood,  upon  the  principle 
that  wild  birds  hate  tame  birds,  became,  when  the  task 
was  proposed  to  them,  almost  mutinous.  Our  nine  days, 
halt  at  Uvira  had  therefore  unusual  discomforts.  The 
air,  however,  though  damp  and  raw,  with  gust,  storm, 
and  rain,  must  have  been  pure  in  the  extreme ;  appetite 
and  sleep  —  except  when  the  bull-frogs  were  "  making  a 
night  of  it". —  were  rarely  wanting,  and  provisions 
were  good,  cheap,  and  abundant. 

I  still  hoped,  however,  to  lay  down  the  extreme 
limits  of  the  lake  northwards.  Majid  and  Bekkari  the 
Arab  agents  of  Said  bin  Majid,  replied  to  the  offer  of 
an  exorbitant  Bum,  that  they  would  not  undertake  the 
task  for  ten  times  that  amount.  The  sons  of  Maruta 
had  volunteered  their  escort ;  when  I  wanted  to  close 
with  them,  they  drew  off.  Kannena,  when  summoned 
to  perform  his  promise  and  reminded  of  the  hire  that 
he  had  received,  jumped  up  and  ran  out  of  the  tent: 
afterwards  at  Ujiji  he  declared  that  he  had  been  willing 
to  go,  but  that  his  crews  were  unanimous  in  declining 
to  risk  their  lives, — which  was  perhaps  true.  Towards 
the  end  of  the  halt  I  suffered  so  severely  from  ulceration 
of  the  tongue,  that  articulation  was  nearly  impossible, 
and  this  was  a  complete  stopper  to  progress.  It  is  a 
characteristic  of  African  travel  that  the  explorer  may  be 
arrested  at  the  very  bourne  of  his  journey,  on  the  very 
threshold  of  success,  by  a  single  stage,  as  effectually 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


120  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFBICA. 

as  if  all  the  waves  of  the  Atlantic  or  the  sands  of  Ara- 
bia lay  between. 

Maruta  and  bis  family  of  young  giants  did  not  fail  to 
claim  their  blackmail ;  they  received  a  total  of  twelve 
cloths,  five  kitindi,  and  thirty  khete  of  coral  beads. 
They  returned  two  fine  goats,  here  worth  about  one 
cloth  each,  and  sundry  large  gourds  of  fresh  milk  —  the 
only  food  I  could  then  manage  to  swallow.  Kannena,  who 
had  been  living  at  Maruta's  village,  came  down  on  the  5th 
May  to  demand  460  khete  of  blue  porcelains,  wherewith 
to  buy  rations  for  the  return -voyage.  Being  heavily  in 
debt,  all  his  salt  and  coil-bracelets  had  barely  sufficed  for 
his  liabilities:  he  had  nothing  to  show  for  them  but 
masses  of  Sambo  —  iron-wire  rings — which  made  his 
ankles  resemble  those  of  a  young  hippopotamus.  The 
slaves  and  all  the  line  tusks  that  came  on  board  were 
the  property  of  the  crew. 

Our  departure  from  Uvira  was  finally  settled  for  the 
6th  May:  before  taking  leave  of  our  '*  furthest  point," 
I  will  offer  a  few  details  concerning  the  commerce  of 
the  place. 

Uvira  is  much  frequented  on  account  of  its  cheapness ; 
it  is  the  great  northern  dep8t  for  slaves,  ivory,  grain, 
bark-cloth,  and  ironware,  and,  in  the  season,  hardly  a 
day  elapses  without  canoes  coming  in  for  merchandise 
or  provisions.  The  imports  are  the  kitindi,  salt,  beads, 
tobacco,  and  cotton  cloth.  Rice  does  not  grow  there, 
holcus  and  maize  are  sold  at  one  to  two  fundo  of  com- 
mon beads  per  masuta  or  small  load,  —  perhaps  sixteen 
pounds, — and  one  khete  is  sufficient  during  the  months 
of  plenty  to  purchase  five  pounds  of  manioc,  or  two 
and  even  three  fowls.  Plantains  of  the  large  and  coarse 
variety  are  common  and  cheap,  and  one  cloth  is  given 
for  two  goodly  earthen  pots  full  of  palm-oil.     Ivory 


id  By  Google 


PRICES   AT   UVIRA.  121 

fetcheB  its  weight  in  brass  wire :  here  the  merchant  ex- 
pects for  every  1000  dollar^  of  outfit  to  receive  100 
farasilah  (3500  lbs.)  of  large  tusks,  and  his  profit  would 
be  great  were  it  not  counterbalanced  by  the  risk  and  by 
the  expense  of  transport.  The  prices  in  the  slave-mart 
greatly  fluctuate.  When  business  is  dull,  boys  under  ten 
years  may  be  bought  for  four  cloths  and  five  fundo  of 
white  and  blue  porcelains,  girls  for  six  shukkah,  and  as 
a  rule,  at  these  remote  places,  as  Uvira,  Ujipa,  and  Ma- 
rungu,  slaves  are  cheaper  than  in  the  market  of  TJjiji. 
Adults  fetch  no  price,  they  are  notoriously  intractable, 
and  addicted  to  desertion.  Bark-cloths,  generally  in  the 
market,  vary  from  one  to  three  khete  of  coral  beads. 
The  principal  industry  of  the  Wavira  is  ironware,  the 
material  for  which  is  dug  in  the  lands  lying  at  a  little 
distance  westward  of  the  lake.  The  hoes,  dudgeons,  and 
Bmall  hatchets,  here  cost  half  their  usual  price  at  Ujiji. 
The  people  also  make  neat  baskets  and  panniers,  not 
unlike  those  of  Normandy,  and  pretty  bowls  cut  out 
of  various  soft  woods,  light  and  dark :  the  latter  are 
also  found,  though  rarely,  at  Ujiji  and  in  the  western 
islets. 

A  gale  appeared  to  be  brewing  in  the  north  —  here 
the  place  of  storms — and  the  crews,  fearing  wind  and 
water,  in  the  afternoon  insisted  upon  launching  their 
canoes  and  putting  out  to  sea  at  10  a.m.  on  the  6th 
May.  After  touching  at  the  stages  before  described, 
Muikamba,  Ngovi  and  Murivumba  of  the  anthropophagi, 
we  crossed  without  other  accidents  but  those  of  weather 
—  the  rainy  monsoon  was  in  its  last  convulsions  —  the 
western  branch  or  supplementary  channel  separating  the 
Lake  from  the  island  of  Ubwari.  Before  anchoring  at 
Mzimu,  our  former  halting-place,  we  landed  at  a  steep 
ghaut,  where  the  crews  swarmed  up  a  ladder  of  rock,  and 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


133  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

■  presently  returned  back  with  pots  of  the  palm-oil,  for 
which  this  is  the  principal  depot. 

On  the  10th  May  the  sky  was  dull  and  gloomy,  the 
wind  was  hushed,  the  "  rain-sun  "  burnt  with  a  sickly 
and  painful  heat ;  the  air  was  still  and  sultry,  stifling 
and  surcharged,  while  the  glimmerings  of  lurid  lightning 
and  low  mutterings  from  the  sable  cloud-banks  lying 
upon  the  northern  horizon,  cut  by  light  masses  of  mist 
in  a  long  unbroken  line,  and  from  the  black  arch  rising 
above  the  Acroceraurian  hills  to  the  west,  disturbed  at 
times  the  death-like  silence.  Even  the  gulls  on  the 
beach  forefelt  a  storm.  I  suggested  a  halt,  but  the 
crews  were  now  in  a  nervous  hurry  to  reach  their  homes, 
—  impatience  mastered  even  their  prudence. 

We  left  Mzimu  at  sunset,  and  for  two  hours  coasted 
along  the  shore.  It  was  one  of  those  portentous 
evenings  of  the  tropics  —  a  calm  before  a  tempest  — 
unnaturally  quiet ;  we  struck  out,  however,  boldly  to- 
wards the  eastern  shore  of  the  Tanganyika,  and  the 
western  mountains  rapidly  lessened  on  the  view.  Before, 
however,  we  reached  the  mid-channel,  a  cold  gust  —  in 
these  regions  the  invariable  presage  of  a  storm  —  swept 
through  the  deepening  shades  cast  by  the  heavy  rolling 
clouds,  and  the  vivid  nimble  lightning  flashed,  at  first 
by  intervals,  then  incessantly,  with  a  ghastly  and  blinding 
glow,  illuminating  the  "  vast  of  night,"  and  followed  by 
a  palpable  obscure,  and  a  pitchy  darkness,  that  weighed 
upon  the  sight.  As  terrible  was  its  accompaniment  of 
rushing,  reverberating  thunder,  now  a  loud  roar,  peal 
upon  peal,  like  the  booming  of  heavy  batteries,  then 
breaking  into  a  sudden  crash,  which  was  presently 
followed  by  a  rattling  discharge  like  the  sharp  pattering 
of  musketry.  The  bundles  of  spears  planted  upright 
amidships,  like  paratonnerres,  seemed  to  invite  the  electric 


id  By  Google 


THE  STORM.  123 

fluid  into  the  canoes.  The  waves  began  to  rise,  the  rain 
descended,  at  first  in  warning-drops,  then  in  torrents, 
and  had  the  wind  steadily  arisen,  the  cockle-shell  craft 
never  could  have  lived  through  the  short,  chopping  sea 
which  characterises  the  Tanganyika  in  heavy  weather. 
The  crew,  though  blinded  by  the  showers,  and  frightened 
by  the  occasional  gusts,  held  their  own  gallantly  enough ; 
at  times,  however,  the  moaning  cry,  "  0  my  wife ! " 
showed  what  was  going  on  within.  Bombay,  a  noted 
Voltairian  in  fine  weather,  spent  the  length  of  that  wild 
night  in  reminiscences  of  prayer.  I  sheltered  myself 
from  the  storm  under  my  best  friend,  the  Mackintosh, 
and  thought  of  the  far-famed  couplet  of  Hafiz, — with 
its  mystic  meaning  I  will  net  trouble  the  reader : — 

"  This  collied  eight,  these  horrid  wares,  these  gnats  that  sweep  the  whirling 
deep! 
What  reck  they  of  our  e»il  plight,  who  on  the  shore  securely  sleep  t " 

Fortunately  the  rain  beat  down  wind  and  sea,  otherwise 
nothing  short  of  a  miracle  could  have  preserved  us 
for  a  dry  death. 

That  night,  however,  was  the  last  of  our  "sea- 
sorrows."  After  floating  about  during  the  latter  hours 
of  darkness,  under  the  land,  but  uncertain  where  to 
disembark,  we  made  at  7  A.M.,  on  the  11th  May, 
Wafanya,  our  former  Btation  in  ill-famed  TTrundi. 
Tired  and  cramped  by  the  night's  work,,  we  pitched  tents, 
and  escaping  from  the  gaze  of  the  insolent  and  intrusive 
crowd,  we  retired  .to  spend  a  few  hours  in  sleep. 

I  was  suddenly  aroused  by  Mabrukt,  who,  rushing 
into  the  tent,  thrust  my  sword  into  my  hands,  and 
exclaimed  that  the  crews  were  scrambling  into  their 
boats.  I  went  out  and  found  everything  in  dire  con- 
fusion. The  sailors  hurrying  here  and  there,  were 
embarking  their  mats  and  cooking-pots,  some  were  in 


id  By  Google 


124  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

violent  parley  with  Kannena,  whilst  a  little  knot  was 
carrying  a  man,  mortally  wounded,  down  to  the  waters 
of  the  Lake.  I  saw  at  once  that  the  affair  was  dan- 
gerous. On  these  occasions  the  Wajiji,  whose  first 
impulse  is  ever  flight,  rush  for  safety  to  their  boats  and 
push  off,  little  heeding  whom  or  what  they  leave 
behind.    We  therefore  hurried  in  without  delay. 

When  both  crews  had  embarked,  and  no  enemy 
appeared,  Kannena  persuaded  them  to  reland,  and 
proving  to  them  their  superior  force,  induced  them  to 
demand,  at  the  arrow's  point,  satisfaction  of  Kanoni, 
the  chief,  for  the  outrage  committed  by  his  subjects. 
During  our  sleep  a  drunken  man  —  almost  all  these 
disturbances  arise  from  fellows  who  have  the  "tun 
michant" — had  rushed  from  the  crowd  of  Warundi, 
and,  knobstick  in  hand,  had  commenced  dealing  blows 
in  alt  directions.  Ensued  a  general  melee.  Bombay, 
when  struck,  called  to  the  crews  to  arm.  The  Goanese, 
Valentine,  being  fear-crazed,  seized  my  large  "Colt" 
and  probably  fired  it  into  the  crowd ;  at  all  events,  the 
cone  struck  one  of  our  own  men  below  the  right  pap, 
and  came  out  two  inches  to  the  right  of  the  backbone. 
Fortunately  for  us  he  was  a  slave,  otherwise  the  situation 
would  have  been  desperate.  As  it  was,  the  crowd 
became  violently  excited,  one  man  drew  his  dagger 
upon  Valentine,  and  with  difficulty  I  dissuaded  Kannena 
from  killing  him.  As  the  crew  had  ever  an  eye  to  the 
"  main  chance,"  food,  they  at  once  confiscated  three 
goats,  our  store  for  the  return  voyage,  cut  their  throats, 
and  spitted  the  meat  upon  their  spears : — thus  the  lamb 
died  and  the  wolf  dined,  and  the  innocent  suffered  and 
the  plunderer  was  joyed,  the  strong  showed  his  strength 
and  the  weak  his  weakness,  according  to  the  usual  for- 
mula of  this  sublunary  world. 


id  By  Google 


THE   WOUNDED  MAN.  125 

Whilst  Kannena  was  absent,  on  martial  purposes 
intent,  I  visited  the  sole  sufferer  in  the  fray,  and  after 
seeing  his  wound  washed,  I  forbade  his  friends  to  knead 
the  injured  muscles,  as  they  were  doing,  and  to  wrench 
his  right  arm  from  side  to  side.  A  cathartic  seemed  to 
have  a  beneficial  effect.  On  the  second  day  of  his 
accident  he  was  able  to  rise.  But  these  occurrences  iu 
wild  countries  always  cause  long  troubles.  Kannena, 
who  obtained  from  Sultan  Kanoni,  as  blood-money,  a 
small  girl  and  a  large  sheep,  declared  that  the  man 
might  die,  and  insisted  upon  my  forthwith  depositing, 
in  case  of  such  contingency,  eight  cloths,  which,  should 
the  wound  not  prove  fatal,  would  be  returned.  The  latter 
clause  might  have  been  omitted ;  in  these  lands,  nescit 
cloth  missa  reverti.  As  we  were  about  to  leave  Ujiji, 
Kannena  claimed  for  the  man's  subsistence  forty  cloths, 
— or  as  equivalent,  three  slaves  and  flix  cloths  —  which 
also  it  was  necessary  to  pay.  A  report  was  afterwards 
spread  that  the  wretch  had  sunk  under  his  wound. 
Valentine  heard  the  intelligence  with  all  that  philosophy 
which  distinguishes  his  race  when  mishaps  occur  to  any 
but  self.  His  prowess,  however,  cost  me  forty-eight 
dollars,  here  worth  at  least  j£100  in  England.  Still  I 
had  reason  to  congratulate  myself  that  matters  had  not 
been  worse.  Had  the  victim  been  a  Mjiji  freeman,  the 
trouble,  annoyances,  and  expense  would  have  been  inter- 
minable. Had  he  been  a  Mrundi,  we  should  have  been 
compelled  to  fight  our  way,  through  a  shower  of  arrows 
to  the  boats ;  war  would  have  extended  to  Ujiji,  and 
"  England,"  as  usual,  would  have  had  to  pay  the  ex- 
penses. When  Said  bin  Salim  heard  at  Kazeh  a  dis- 
torted account  of  this  mishap — of  course  it  was  re- 
ported that  "  Haji  Abdullah  "  killed  the  man  —  he  hit 
upon  a  notable  device.  Lurinda,  the  headman  of  Gungu, 


id  By  Google 


126  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

had  often  begged  the  Arab  to  enter  into  "  blood-bro- 
therhood "  with  him,  and  this  had  Said  bin  Salim  perti- 
naciously refused,  on  religious  grounds,  to  do.  When 
informed  that  battle  and  murder  were  in  the  wind,  he  at 
once  made  fraternity  with  Lurinda,  hoping  to  derive 
protection  from  his  spear.  His  terrors  afterwards  per- 
suaded him  to  do  the  same  with  Eannena :  indeed  at 
that  time  he  would  have  hailed  a  slave  as  "  Ndugti 
yango ! "  (  my  brother ! ) 

When  Eannena  returned  successful  from  his  visit  to 
Kanoni,  we  prepared  to  leave  Wafanya.  The  fierce 
rain  and  the  nightly  drizzle  detained  us,  however,  till 
the  next  morning.  On  the  11th  May  we  paddled  round 
the  southern  point  of  Wafanya  Bay  to  Makimoni, 
a  little  grassy  inlet,  where  the  canoes  were  defended 
from  the  heavy  surf. 

After  this  all  was  easy.  We  rattled  paddles  on  the 
12th  May,  as  we  entered  our  "  patrie,"  Nyasanga.  The 
next  night  was  spent  in  Bangwe  Bay.  We  were  too 
proud  to  sneak  home  in  the  dark ;  we  had  done  some- 
thing deserving  a  Certain  Cross,  we  were  heroes,  braves 
of  braves ;  we  wanted  to  be  looked  at  by  the  fair,  to  be 
howled  at  by  the  valiant.  Early  on  the  morning  of  the 
13th  May  we  appeared  with  shots,  shouts,  and  a  shock- 
ing noise,  at  the  reed-lined  gap  of  sand  that  forms  the 
ghaut  of  Kawele.  It  was  truly  a  triumphal  entrance. 
AH  the  people  of  that  country-side  had  collected  to 
welcome  the  crew,  women  and  children,  as  well  as  men, 
pressed  waist-deep  into  the  water  to  receive  friend  and 
relative  with  becoming  affection: — the  gestures,  the 
clamour,  and  the  other  peculiarities  of  the  excited  mob 
I  must  really  leave  to  the  reader's  imagination;  the 
memory  is  too  much  for  me. 

But  true  merit  is  always  modest ;  it  aspires  to  Honor, 
not  honours.    The  Wagungu,  or  whites,  were  repeatedly 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


DAMPER  TO  A  RF.TUEN  HOME.  127 

"  called  for."  I  broke,  however,  through  the  sudant,  stri- 
dent, hircine  throng,  and  regaining,  with  the  aid  of 
Riza's  strong  arm,  the  old  Tembe,  was  salaamed  to  by  the 
expectant  Said  bid  Salim  and  the  Jemadar.  It  felt  like  a 
return  home.  But  I  had  left,  before  my  departure,  with 
my  Arab  cbarg&d'affaires,  four  Bmall  loads  of  cloth,  and 
on  inspecting  the  supplies  there  remained  only  ten 
shukkah.  I  naturally  inquired  what  had  become  of  the 
110  others,  which  had  thus  prematurely  disappeared. 
Said  bin  Salim  replied  by  showing  a  small  pile  of 
grain-bags,  and  by  informing  me  that  he  had  hired 
twenty  porters  for  the  down-march.  He  volunteered, 
it  is  true,  in  case  I  felt  disposed  to  finish  the  Periplus  of 
the  Lake,  to  return  to  Kazeh  and  to  superintend  the 
transmission  of  our  reserve  supplies ;  as,  however,  he  at 
the  same  time  gave  me  to  understand  that  he  could  not 
escort  them  back  to  Ujiji,  I  thanked  him  for  his  offer, 
and  declined  it. 

We  had  expended  upwards  of  a  month  —  from  the 
10th  April  to  the  13th  May,  1858  —  in  this  voyage 
fifteen  days  outward  bound,  nine  at  Uvira,  and  nine  in 
returning.  The  boating  was  rather  a  severe  trial. 
We  bad  no  means  of  resting  the  back ;  the  holds  of 
the  canoes,  besides  being  knee-deep  in  water,  were 
disgracefully  crowded ; — they  had  been  appropriated 
to  us  and  our  four  servants  by  Kannena,  but  by  de- 
grees, he  introduced  in  addition  to  the  sticks,  spears, 
broken  vases,  pots,  and  gourds,  a  goat,  two  or  three 
small  boys,  one  or  two  sick  sailors,  the  little  slave- 
girl  and  the  large  sheep.  The  canoes  were  top- 
heavy  with  the  number  of  their  crew,  and  the 
shipping  of  many  seas  spoilt  our  tents,  and  besides, 
wetted  our  salt,  and  soddened  our  grain  and  flour ;  the 
gunpowder  was  damaged,  and  the  guns  were  honey- 
combed with  rust.   Besides  the  splashing  of  the  paddles 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


128  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

and  the  dashing  of  waves,  heavy  showers  fell  almost  every 
day  and  night,  and  the  intervals  were  bursts  of  burning 
sunshine. 

The  discomfort  of  the  halt  was  not  less  than  that  of 
the  boat.  At  first  we  pitched  tents  near  the  villages, 
in  tall,  fetid  grass,  upon  ground  never  level,  where  stones 
were  the  succedanea  for  tent-pegs  stolen  for  fuel,  and 
where  we  slept  literally  upon  mire.  The  temperature 
inside  was  ever  in  extremes,  now  a  raw  rainy  cold, 
then  a  steam-bath  that  damped  us  like  an  April  shower. 
The  villagers,  especially  in  the  remoter  districts,  were 
even  more  troublesome,  noisy,  and  inquisitive,  than  the 
Wagogo.  A  "  notable  passion  of  wonder  "  appeared  in 
them.  We  felt  like  baited  bears :  we  were  mobbed  in 
a  moment,  and  scrutinised  from  every  point  of  view 
by  them  ;  the  inquisitive  wretches  stood  on  tiptoe,  they 
squatted  on  their  hams,  they  bent,  sideways,  they  thrust 
forth  their  necks  like  hissing  geese  to  vary  the  prospect. 
Their  eyes,  "  glaring  lightning-like  out  of  their  heads," 
as  old  Homer  hath  it,  seemed  to  devour  us;  in  the 
ecstasy  of  curiosity  they  shifted  from  one  Muzungu 
to  his  "  brother,"  till,  like  the  well-known  ass  between 
the  two  bundles  of  hay,  they  could  not  enjoy  either. 
They  were  pertinacious  as  flies,  to  drive  them  away  was 
only  to  invite  a  return;  whilst,  worst  grief  of  all, 
the  women  were  plain,  and  their  grotesque  salu- 
tations resembled  the  "  encounter  of  two  dog-apes." 
The  Goanese  were  almost  equally  honoured,  and 
the  operation  of  cooking  was  looked  upon  as  a 
miracle.  At  last  my  experience  in  staring  enabled 
me  to  categorise  the  infliction  as  follows.  Firstly,  is  the 
stare  furtive,  when  the  starer  would  peep  and  peer 
under  the  tent,  and  its  reverse,  the  stare  open.  Thirdly, 
is  the  stare  curious  or  intelligent,  which,  generally 
accompanied  with  irreverent  laughter  regarding  our 


id  By  Google 


CATEGORY  OP  STARES.  129 

appearance.  Fourthly,  is  the  stare  stupid,  which 
denoted  the  hebete  incurious  savage.  The  Btare 
discreet  is  that  of  sultans  and  great  men ;  the  stare 
indiscreet  at  unusnal  seasons  is  affected  by  women  and 
children.  Sixthly,  is  the  stare  flattering  —  it  was 
exceedingly  rare,  and  equally  so  was  the  stare  con- 
temptuous. Eighthly,  is  the  stare  greedy ;  it  was 
denoted  by  the  eyes  restlessly  bounding  from  one  object 
to  another,  never  tired,  never  satisfied.  Ninthly,  is- 
the  stare  peremptory  and  pertinacious,  peculiar  to 
crabbed  age.  The  dozen  concludes  with  the  stare 
drunken,  the  stare  fierce  or  pugnacious,  and  finally  the 
stare  cannibal,  which  apparently  considered  us  as 
articles  of  diet.  At  last,  weary  of  the  stare  by  day,  and 
the  tent  by  night,  I  preferred-  inhabiting  a  bundle  of 
clothes  in  the  wet  hold  of  the  canoe;  this,  at  least, 
saved  the  trouble  of  wading  through  the  water,  of 
scrambling  over  the  stern,  and  of  making  a  way  between 
the  two  close  lines  of  grumbling  and  surly  blacks  that 
manned  the  paddle-benches ;  whenever,  after  a  mean- 
ingless halt,  some  individual  thought  proper  to  scream 
out  "  Safari ! "  ( journey !) 

Curious  to  say,  despite  all  these  discomforts  our 
health  palpably  improved.  My  companion,  though 
still  uncomfortably  deaf,  was  almost  cured  of  his  blind- 
ness. When  that  ulcerated  mouth,  which  rendered  it 
necessary  for  me  to  live  by  suction— generally  milk  and 
water — for  seventeen  days,  had  returned  to  its  usual 
state,  my  strength  gradually  increased.  Although  my  feet 
were  still  swollen  by  the  perpetual  wet  and  by  the  pain- 
ful funza  or  entozoon,  my  hands  partially  lost  their 
numbness,  and  the  fingers  which  before  could  hold  the 
pen  only  for  a  few  minutes  were  once  more  able  freely  to 
write  and  sketch.     In  fact,  I  date  a  slow  but  sensible 

VOL.   II.  K 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


130  THE   LAKE   REGIONS   OF  CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

progress  towards  a  complete  recovery  of  health  from 
the  days  and  nights  spent  in  the  canoe  and  upon 
the  mod  of  the  Tanganyika  Lake.  Perhaps  mind 
had  also  acted  upon  matter;  the  object  of  my 
mission  was  now  effected,  and  this  thought  enabled 
me  to  cast  off  the  burden  of  grinding  care  with  which 
the  imminent  prospect  of  a  failure  had  before  sorely 
laden  me. 

The  rainy  monsoon  broke  up  on  the  14th  May,  the 
day  after  my  return  to  Kawele,  and  once  more,  after 
six  months  of  incessant  storm-wind  and  rain,  clouds 
and  mists,  we  had  fine,  cool  mornings,  clear  warm  sun, 
and  delicionsly  cold  nights.  The  climate  became  truly 
enjoyable,  but  the  scenery  somewhat  lost  its  earlier 
attractions.  The  faultless,  regular,  and  uniform  beauty, 
and  the  deep  stillness  of  this  evergreen  land  did  not 
fail  to  produce  that  strange,  inexplicable  melancholy  of 
which  most  travellers  in  tropical  countries  complain. 
In  this  Nature  all  is  beautiful  that  meets  the  eye,  all  is 
soft  that  affects  the  senses ;  but  she  is  a  Siren  whose 
pleasures  soon  pall  upon  the  enjoyer.  The  mind,  en- 
feebled perhaps  by  an  enervating  climate,  is  fatigued 
and  wearied  by  the  monotony  of  the  charms  which 
haunt  it ;  cloyed  with  costly  fare,  it  sighs  for  the  rare 
simplicity  of  the  desert.  I  have  never  felt  this  sadness 
in  Egypt  and  Arabia,  and  was  never  without  it  in 
India  and  Zanzibar. 

Our  outfit,  as  I  have  observed,  had  been  reduced  to  a 
minimum.  Not  a  word  from  Snay  bin  Amir,  my  agent 
at  Kazeh,  had  arrived  in  reply  to  my  many  missives, 
and  old  Want  began  to  stare  at  us  with  the  stare 
peremptory.  "  Wealth,"  say  the  Arabs,  "  hath  one 
devil,  poverty  a  dozen,"  and  nowhere  might  a  caravan 
more  easily  starve  than   in   rich  and  fertile   Central 


id  By  Google 


AFBICAN   INHOSPITALITY.  181 

Africa.  Travellers  are  agreed  that  in  these  countries 
"  baggage  is  life :"  the  heartless  and  inhospitable  race 
will  not  give  a  handful  of  grain  without  return,  and  to 
use  the  Moslem  phrase,  "  Allah  pity  him  who  must  beg 
of  a  beggar ! "  As  usual  on  such  occasions,  the  Baloch 
began  to  clamour  for  more  rations  —  they  received  two 
cloths  per  diem  —  and  to  demand  a  bullock  wherewith 
to  celebrate  their  Eed  or  greater  Festival.  There  were 
several  Arab  merchants  at  Kawele,  but  they  had  ex- 
hausted their  stock  in  purchasing  slaves  and  ivory. 
None  in  feet  were  so  rich  as  ourselves,  and  we  were 
reduced  to  ten  shukkah,  ten  fundo  of  coral  beads,  and 
one  load  of  black  porcelains,  which  were  perfectly  use- 
less. With  this  pittance  we  had  to  engage  hammals 
for  the  hammock,  to  feed  seventy-five  mouths,  and  to 
fee  several  Sultans ;  in  feet,  to  incur  the  heavy  expenses 
of  marching  back  260  miles  to  Unyanyembe. 

Still,  with  an  enviable  development  of  Hope,  Said  bin 
Salim  determined  that  we  should  reach  Eazeh  un- 
famished.  We  made  the  necessary  preparations  for  the 
journey,  patched  tents  and  umbrella,  had  a  grand 
washing  and  scouring  day,  mended  the  portmanteaus, 
and  ground  the  grain  required  for  a  month's  march, 
hired  four  porters  for  the  manchil,  distributed  ammu- 
nition to  Said  bin  Salim  and  the  Baloch,  who  at  once 
invested  it  in  slaves,  and  exchanged  with  Said  bin  Majid 
several  pounds  of  lead  for  palm-oil,  which  would  be  an 
economy  at  the  Malagarazi  Ferry.  For  some  days  past 
rumours  had  reached  here  that  a  large  caravan  of 
Wanyamwazi  porters,  commanded  by  an  Arab  merchant, 
was  approaching  Eawele.  I  was  not  sanguine  enough  to 
expose  myself  to  another  disappointment.  Suddenly  on 
the  22d  May,  frequent  musket  shots  announced  the 
arrival  of  strangers,  and  at  noon  the  Tembe  was  sur- 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


132  THE   LAKE   REGIONS   OF   CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

rounded  with  boxes  and  bales,  porters,  slaves,  and  four 
"sons  of  Ramji,"  Mbaruko,  Sangora,  Khamisi,  and  Shehe. 
Shahdad  the  Baloch,  who  bad  been  left  behind  at  Eazeh 
in  love,  and  in  attendance  upon  bis  "  brother,"  Ismail, 
who  presently  died,  had  charge  of  a  parcel  of  papers  and 
letters  from  Europe,  India,  and  Zanzibar.  They  were  the 
first  received  after  nearly  eleven  months,  and  of  course 
they  brought  with  them  evil  tidings, — the  Indian  muti- 
nies. En  revanche,  I  had  a  kindly  letter  from  M.  Cochet, 
Consul  of  France,  and  from  Mr.  Mansfield,  of  the  U.S., 
who  supplied  me  with  the  local  news,  and  added  for  my 
edification  a  very  "low-church"  Tract,  the  first  of  the 
family,  I  opine,  that  has  yet  presented  itself  in  Central 
Africa.  Mr.  Frost  reported  that  he  had  sent  at  once  a 
letter  apprising  me  of  Lieut. -Colonel  Hamaton's  death, 
and  had  forwarded  the  medical  supplies  for  which  I 
indented  from  K'hutu :  these,  as  has  been  explained,  had 
not  reached  me.  Snay  bin  Amir  also  informed  me  that 
he  had  retained  all  the  packages  for  which  he  could  find 
no  porters ;  that  three  boxes  had  been  stolen  from  his 
"  godown ; "  and  finally,  that  the  second  supply,  400 
dollars-worth  of  cloth  and  beads,  for  which  I  had  written 
at  Inenge  and,  had  re-written  at  Ugogo  and  other 
places,  was  hourly  expected  to  arrive. 

This  was  an  unexpected  good  fortune,  happening  at  a 
crisis  when  it  was  really  wanted.  My  joy  was  some- 
what damped  by  inspecting  the  packs  of  the  fifteen 
porters.  Twelve  were  laden  with  ammunition  which 
was  not  wanted,  and  with  munitions  de  bouche,  which 
were :  nearly  half  the  bottles  of  curry-powder,  spices, 
and  cognac  were  broken,  tea,  coffee,  and  sugar,  had 
been  squeezed  out  of  their  tin  canisters,  and  much  of 
the  rice  and  coffee  had  disappeared.  The  three  re- 
maining loads  were  one  of  American  domestics, — sixty 


id  By  Google 


INADEQUATE  SUPPLIES,  !8S 

shukkahs — and  the  rest  contained  fifteen  coral-bracelets 
and  white  beads.  All  were  the  refuse  of  their  kind : 
the  good  Hindoos  at  Zanzibar  had  seized  this  oppor- 
tunity to  dispose  of  their  flimsy,  damaged,  and  unsale- 
able articles.  This  outfit  was  sufficient  to  carry  us 
comfortably  to  Unyanyembe.  I  saw,  however,  with 
regret  that  it  was  wholly  inadequate  for  the  purpose  of 
exploring  the  two  southern  thirds  of  the  Tanganyika 
Lake,  much  less  for  returning  to  Zanzibar,  vid  the 
Nyassa   or  Maravi  Lake,  and  Eilwa,  as  I  had  once 


I  received  several  visits  from  our  old  companion, 
Muhinna  bin  Sulayman  of  Kazeh,  and  three  men  of  his 
party.  He  did  not  fail  to  improve  the  fact  of  his  having 
brought  up  my  supplies  in  the  nick  of  time.  He  re- 
quired five  coil-bracelets  and  sixteen  pounds  of  beads 
as  my  share  of  the  toll  taken  from  him  by  the  Lord  of 
the  Malagarazi  Ferry.  For  the  remaining  fifteen  coil- 
bracelets  he  gave  me  forty  cloths,  and  for  the  load  and 
a  half  of  white  beads  he  exchanged  880  strings  of 
blue  porcelains  —  a  commercial  operation  by  which  he 
cleared  without  trouble  35  per  cent.  Encouraged  by 
my  facility,  he  proposed  to  me  the  propriety  of  paying 
part  of  the  kuhonga  or  blackmail  claimed  from  new 
comers  by  Rusimba  and  Kannena.  But  facility  has  its 
limits :  I  quietly  objected,  and  we  parted  on  the  best  of 
terms. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 


CHAP.  XV. 
THE  TANGANYIKA  LAKE  AND   ITS  PEBIPLrS. 

The  Tanganyika  Lake,  though  situated  in  the  unex- 
plored centre  of  Intertropical  Africa,  and  until  1858 
unvisited  by  Europeans,  has  a  traditionary  history  of 
its  own,  extending  through  more  than  three  centuries. 

"  Accounts  of  a  great  sea  in  the  interior  of  Africa  ob- 
tained (partially  from  native  travellers)  at  Congo  and 
Sofala,"  reached  the  Portuguese  settlements  on  both 
Bhores  of  the  continent.*      The  details  of  de  Barros 

•  Mr.  Cooley'a  *  Memoir  on  the  Geography  of  N'yassi,'  p.  1.  (Vol.  XV.  of 
1845,  Journal  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society.)  The  extracts  from 
Portuguese  history  in  the  text  are  entirely  taken  from  that  learned  paper. 


id  By  Google 


HISTORY  OP  TANGANYIKA.  135 

(first  printed  in  1852),  whilst  affording  substantially 
correct  details,  such  as  the  length  of  the  Lake — 100 
leagues — the  capability  of  navigation,  and  the  one  large 
island — Ubwari — are  curiously  intermingled  with  the 
errors  of  theoretical  conclusion.  Subsequently  Pigafetta 
(1591)  writing  upon  the  authority  of  Portuguese  in- 
quirers, affirms  that  there  is  but  one  lake  (the  N'yassa) 
on  the  confines  of  Angola  and  Monomotapa,  but  that 
there  are  two  lakes  (the  Nyassa  and  the  Tanganyika), 
not  lying  east  and  west,  as  was  supposed  by  Ptolemy  of 
Alexandria,  but  north  and  south  of  each  other,  and 
about  400  miles  asunder,  which  give  birth  to  the  Nile. 
From  that  epoch  dates  the  origin  of  our  modern  mis- 
conceptions concerning  the  Lake  Region  of  Central 
Intertropical  Africa.  The  Nyassa  and  the  Tanganyika 
were  now  blended,  then  separated,  according  to  the 
theories  or  the  information  of  the  geographer  j  no  ex- 
plorer ventured  to  raise  from  the  land  of  mystery  the 
veil  that  invested  it;  and  the  "Mombas  Mission"  added 
the  colophon  by  confounding,  with  the  old  confusion, 
the  Nyanza  or  Ukerewe,  a  third,  lake,  of  which  they 
had  heard  at  Mombasah  and  elsewhere.  It  is  not 
wonderful  then  that  Dr.  Vincent  suspected  the  existence 
or  the  place  of  the  Central  Lake,  or  that  the  more  ig- 
norant popularizers  of  knowledge  confounded  the  waters 
of  the  Nyassa  and  the  Ngamfe* 

which  in  describing  actualities  wanted  nothing  but  a  solid  foundation  of 
data.  The  geographer's  principal  informant  in  1834  was  one  "  Ebambi  bin 
Tani,"  civilised  into  "  Khamis  bin  Osman,"  a  Msawahili  of  Lamu  -who 
baring  visited  the  Nyassa,  Maravi  or  Kilwa  Lake,  pretended  that  be  bad 
travelled  to  the  Tanganyika  Lake.  I  cannot  allow  this  opportunity  to  pass 
without  expressing  my  gratitude  to  Mi'.  Cooler  for  his  courtesy  in  supplying 
me  with  references  and  other  information. 

*  In  the  'Westminster  Review'  (New  Series,  No.  XX.)  occurs  the 
following  passage,  which  sufficiently  illustrates  the  assertion  in  the  text ;  the 
critic  is  discussing  Mr. C.  Andersson's  'LakeNgami,'&c-&c  (London,  1356); 

E   4 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


136  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

The  earliest  name  given  by  theoretical  writers  to  the 
hypothetical  Bingle  lake  appears  to  have  been  Zembere, 
Zembere,  Zambre,  Zarobri,  or  Zembre,  probably  a  cor- 
ruption or  dialectic  variety  of  Zambesi,  that  river  being 
supposed,  like  the  Kile,  the  Zaire,  the  Manisa,  and  others, 
to  be  derived  from  it.  The  word  Moravi  or  Maravi,  which 
still  deforms  our  maps,  is  the  name  of  a  large  tribe  or  a 
lordly  race  like  the  Wahinda,  dwelling  to  the  south-east 
and  south-west  of  the  Nynsaa.  In  the  seventeenth  century 
Luigi  Mariano,  a  missioner  residing  at  the  Rios  de  Sena, 
calls  the  Central  Sea  the  Lake  of  Hemosura  ;  his  descrip- 
tion however  applies  to  the  Nyassa,  Maravi  or  Kilwa 
Lake,  and  the  word  is  probably  a  corruption  of  Rusuro  or 
Lusuro,  which  in  the  language  of  Uhiao  signifies  a  river 
or  flowing  water.  In  the  'Mombas  Mission  Map'  the 
lake  is  called  "See  von  Uniamesi,"  a  mere  misnomer, 
as  it  is  separated  by  hundreds  of  miles  from  the  Land 

— "  African  missionaries,  penetrating  some  little  distance  inland  from  the 
S.E.,  recently  brought  information,  which  they  received  second-hand  from 
Arab  travellers,  of  a  vast  fresh-water  lake  far  in  the  interior,  described  as 
being  of  enormous  dimensions — as  nothing  less  than  a  great  inland  sea. 
Frequenters  of  the  Geographical  Society's  meetings  in  Whitehall -place  have 
observed  in  consequence,  on  the  site  which  used  to  be  marked  in  the  maps 
as  a  sandy  desert,  a  blue  spot,  about  the  size  of  the  Caspian,  and  the  shape 
of  a  hideous  inflated  leech.  We  trusted  that  a  more  accurate  survey  would 
correct  the  extreme  {rightfulness  of  the  supposed  form.  Mr.  Andersson  has 
spared  us  further  excitement.  The  lake  turns  out  to  be  a  mirage  —  a 
mythus  with  the  smallest  conceivable  nucleus  of  fact.  On  the  very  spot 
occupied  by  this  great  blue  leech—  long.  E.  from  Greenwich  23°  and  lat. 
S.  20°  31'  —  he  found  a  small  speck  of  bitter  water,  something  more  than 
twenty  miles  across,  or  the  size  of  Lake  Comb  in  Galway.  So  perishes 
a  phantom  which  has  excited  London  geographers  for  a  whole  season." 

Had  the  learned  reviewer  used  his  eyes  or  his  judgment  in  Whitehall- 
place,  he  would  not  thus  bave  confounded  tbe  hypothetic  sea  of  the '  Mombas 
Mission  Map' — a  reservoir  made  to  include  tbe  three  several  waters  of 
Nyanza,  Tanganyika,  and  Nyassa  —in  E.  long.  24°— 29°,  and  S.  lat.  0°  13' 
—  with  the  little  Ngami  explored  by  Dr.  Livingstone  and  a  party  of  friends 
in  August,  1849,  and  placed  by  him  in  E.  long.  23°,  and  in  S.  lat.  20°  20' 
21'.  The  nearest  points  of  the  two  waters  are  separated  by  an  interval,  in 
round  numbers,  of  700  miles. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


MEANING  OF  TANGANYIKA.  137 

of  the  Moon:  the  northern  part  is  termed  Ukerewe,  by 
a  confusion  with  the  Nyanza  Lake  and  the  southern 
N'hanjd,  for  Nyassa,  the  old  Maravi  water  near  Kilwa. 
It  is  not  a  little  curious,  however,  that  Messrs.  Cooley 
and  Macqueen  should  both  have  recorded  the  vernacular 
name  of  the  northern  Lake  Tangenyika,  so  unaccount- 
ably omitted  from  the  '  Mombas  Mission  Map.'  The 
words  Tanganyenka  and  Tanganyenko  used  by  Dr. 
Livingstone,  who  in  places  appears  to  confound  the 
Lake  with  the  Nyanza  and  the  Nyassa,  are  palpable  mis- 
pronunciations. 

The  African  name  for  the  central  lake  is  Tanganyika, 
signifying  an  anastomosis,  or  a  meeting  place  (sc.  of 
waters,)  from  ku  tanganyika,  the  popular  word,  to  join, 
or  meet  together :  the  initial  t  being  changed  to  ch — 
ku  changanyika  for  ku  tanganyika- — in  the  lingua  Franca 
of  Zanzibar  doubtless  gave  rise  to  Mr.  Cooley's  "  Zan- 
ganyika."  The  word  Tanganyika  is  universally  used 
by  the  Wajiji  and  other  tribes  near  and  upon  the  Lake. 
The  Arabs  and  African  strangers,  when  speaking  loosely 
of  it,  call  it  indifferently  the  Bahari  or  Sea,  the  Ziwa  or 
Pond,  and  even  the  Mtoni  or  River.  The  "  Sea  of 
Ujiji"  would,  after  the  fashion  of  Easterns,  be  limited 
to.  the  -waters  in  the  neighbourhood  of  that  principal 
depot. 

The  Tanganyika  occupies  the  centre  of  the  length  of 
the  African  continent,  which  extends  from  32°  N.  to 
33°  S.  latitude,  and  it  lies  on  the  western  extremity  of 
the  eastern  third  of  the  breadth.  Its  general  direction 
'  is  parallel  to  the  inner  African  line  of  volcanic  action 
drawn  from  Gondar  southwards  through  the  regions 
about  Kilima-ngao  (Kilimanjaro)  to  Mount  Njesa,  the 
eastern  wall  of  the  Nyassa  Lake.  The  general  forma- 
tion suggests,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Dead  Sea,  the  idea 
of  a  volcano  of  depression — not,  like  the  Nyanza  or 

Google 


138  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  07  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

Ukerewe,  a  vast  reservoir  formed  by  the  drainage  of 
mountains.  Judging  from  the  eye,  the  walls  of  thia 
basin  rise  in  an  almost  continuous  curtain,  rarely 
waving  and  infracted  to  2,000  or  3,000  feet  above  the 
water-level.  The  lower  slopes  are  well  wooded :  upon 
the  higher  summits  large  trees  are  said  not  to  grow ; 
the  deficiency  of  soil,  and  the  prevalence  of  high  fierce 
winds  would  account  for  the  phenomena.  The  lay  is 
almost  due  north  and  south,  and  the  form  a  long  oval, 
widening  in  the  central  portions  and  contracting  sys- 
tematically at  both  extremities.  The  length  of  the  bed 
was  thuB  calculated ;  From  Ujiji  (in  S.  lat.  4°  55')  to 
Uvira  (in  S.  lat.  3°  25'),  where  the  narrowing  of  the 
breadth  evidences  approach  to  the  northern  head,  was 
found  by  exploration  a  direct  distance  of  1°  30'  =  90 
miles,  which,  allowing  for  the  interval  between  Uvira 
and  the  river  Rusizi,  that  forms  the  northernmost  limit, 
may  be  increased  to  100  rectilinear  geographical  miles. 
According  to  the  Arab  voyagers,  who  have  frequently 
rounded  the  lake  Ujiji  in  eight  stages  from  the  northern, 
and  twelve  from  the  southern,  end  of  the  lake,  the  ex- 
tent from  Ujiji  to  the  Marungu  River,  therefore,  is 
roughly  computed  at  150  miles.  The  total  of  length, 
from  Uvira,  in  S.  lat.  30°  25',  to  Marungu,  inS.  lat. 7°20', 
would  then  be  somewhat  less  than  250  rectilinear 
geographical  miles.  About  Ujiji  the  water  appears  to 
vary  in  breadth  from  30  to  35  miles,  but  the  serpentine 
form  of  the  banks,  with  a  succession  of  serrations  and 
indentations  of  salient  and  re-entering  angles  —  some 
jutting  far  and  irregularly  into  the  bed  —  render  the 
estimate  of  average  difficult.  The  Arabs  agree  in  cor- 
rectly stating,  that  opposite  Ujiji  the  shortest  breadth 
of  the  lake  is  about  equal  to. the  channel  which  divides 
Zanzibar  from  the  mainland,  or  between  23  and  24~^ 


id  By  Google 


AXfiA  OP  TANGANYIKA.  189 

miles.  At  Uvira  the  breadth  narrows  to  eight  miles. 
Assuming,  therefore,  the  total  length  at  250,  and  the 
main  breadth  at  20,  geographical  miles,  the  circumfer- 
ence of  the  Tanganyika  would  represent,  in  round 
numbers,  a  total  of  550  miles ;  the  superficial  area, 
which  seems  to  vary  little,  covers  about  5,000  square 
miles ;  and  the  drainage  from  the  beginning  of  the  great 
Central  African  depression  in  Unyamwezi,  in  E.  long. 
33°  58',  numbers  from  the  eastward  about  240  miles. 

By  B.  P.  thermometer  the  altitude  of  the  Tanganyika 
is  1850  feet  above  the  sea-level,  and  about  2000  feet  below 
the  adjacent  plateau  of  Unyamwezi  and  the  Nyanza,  or 
northern  lake.  This  difference  of  level,  even  did  not 
high-hill  ranges  intervene,  would  preclude  the  possibility 
of  that  connection  between  the  waters  which  the  Arabs, 
by  a  conjecture  natural  to  inexpert  geographers,  have 
maintained  to  the  confusion  of  the  learned.  The  topo- 
graphical situation  of  the  Tanganyika  is  thus  the  centre 
of  a  deep  synclical  depression  in  the  continent,  a  long 
narrow  trough  in  the  southern  spurs  of  Urundi,  which, 
with  its  mountain-neighbour  Karagwah,  situated  upon 
the  equator,  represents  the  Inner  African  portion  of 
the  Lunar  Mountains.  It  may  be  observed  that  the 
parallel  of  the  northern  extremity  of  the  Tanganyika 
nearly  corresponds  with  the  southern  creek  of  the  Ny- 
anza, and  that  they  are  separated  by  an  arc  of  the 
meridian  of  about  343  miles. 

The  water  of  the  Tanganyika  appears  deliciously 
sweet  and  pure  after  the  salt  and  bitter,  the  putrid  and 
slimy  produce  of  the  wells,  pits,  and  pools  on  the  line 
of  march.  The  people,  however,  who  driok  it  willingly 
when  afloat,  prefer,  when  on  shore,  the  little  springs 
which  bubble  from  its  banks.  They  complain  that  it 
does  not  satisfy  thirst,  and  contrast  it  unfavourably 


id  By  Google 


140  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

with  the  waters  of  its  rival  the  Nyanza :  it  appears 
moreover,  to  corrode  metal  and  leather  with  exceptional 
power.  The  colour  of  the  pure  and  transparent  mass 
has  apparently  two  normal  varieties :  a  dull  sea-green  — 
never,  however,  verdigris-coloured,  as  in  the  Bhoals  of 
the  Zanzibar  seas,  where  the  reflected  blue  of  the  atmo- 
sphere blends  with  the  yellow  of  the  sandy  bottom ;  the 
other,  a  clear,  soft  blue  —  by  day  rarely  deep  and  dark, 
like  the  ultramarine  of  the  Mediterranean,  but  resembling 
the  light  and  milky  tints  of  tropical  seas.  Under  a  strong 
wind  the  waves  soon  rise  in  yeasty  lines,  foaming  up 
from  a  turbid  greenish  surface,  and  the  aspect  becomes 
menacing  in  the  extreme. 

It  was  found  impracticable  to  take  soundings  of  the 
Tanganyika:  the  Arabs,  however,  agreed  in  asserting 
that  with  lines  of  several  fathoms  they  found  bottom 
only  near  the  shores.  The  shingly  sole  shelves  rapidly, 
without  steps  or  overfalls,  into  blue  water.  Judging 
from  the  eye,  the  bottom  is  sandy  and  profusely  strewn 
with  worn  pebbles.  Reefs  and  washes  were  observed 
near  the  shores;  it  is  impossible  to  form  an  idea  of  their 
position  or  extent,  as  the  crews  confine  themselves  to  a 
few  well-known  lines,  from  which  they  cannot  be  per- 
suaded to  diverge.  No  shoals  or  shallows  were  seen 
at  a  distance  from  the  coasts,  and  though  islets  are  not 
unfrequent  upon  the  margin,  only  one  was  observed  or 
heard  of  near  the  centre. 

The  affluents  of  this  lake  are  neither  sufficiently 
numerous  nor  considerable  to  alter  by  sedimentary  de- 
posit the  depth  or  the  shape  of  the  bed.  The  borders 
are  generally  low :  a  thick  fringe  of  rush  and  reed,  ob- 
viating erosion  by  the  element,  conceals  the  watery 
margin.  Where  the  currents  beat,  they  cut  out  a  short 
and  narrow  strip  of  quartzose  sand,  profusely  strewn 


id  By  Google 


THE  TANGANYIKA  HAS  NO  EFFLUENTS.       )4I 

with  large  shingle,  gravel,  comminuted  shells,  and  ma- 
rine exuviaj,  with  a  fringe  of  drift  formed  by  the  joint 
action  of  wind  and  wave.  Beyond  this  is  a  shelving 
plain — the  principal  locality  for  cultivation  and  settle* 
ments.  In  some  parts  it  is  a  hard  clay  conglomerate ; 
in  others,  a  rich  red  loam,  apparently  stained  with  oxide 
of  iron ;  and  in  others  sandy,  but  everywhere  coated 
with  the  thickest  vegetation  extending  up  to  the  back- 
ground of  mountains.  The  coast  is  here  and  there 
bluff,  with  miniature  cliffs  and  headlands,  whose  for- 
mation is  of  sandstone  strata  tilted,  broken,  and  distorted, 
or  small  blocks  imbedded  in  indurated  reddish  earth. 
From  the  water  appeared  piles  of  a  dark  stone  re- 
sembling angular  basalt,  and  amongst  the  rock-crevices 
the  people  find  the  float-clay,  or  mountain  meal,  with 
which  they  decorate  their  persons  and  the  sterns  of 
their  canoes.  The  uncultivated  hill  summits  produce 
various  cactacere;  the  sides  are  clothed  with  giant  trees, 
the  mvule,  the  tamarind,  and  the  bauhinia.  On  the 
declines,  more  precipitous  than  the  Swiss  terraces, 
manioc  and  cereals  grow  luxuriantly,  whilst  the  lowest 
levels  are  dark  with  groves  of  plantains  and  Guinea- 
palms. 

A  careful  investigation  and  comparison  of  statements 
leads  to  the  belief  that  the  Tanganyika  receives  and 
absorbs  the  whole  river-system — the  net-work  of  streams, 
nullahs,  and  torrents — of  that  portion  of  the  Central 
African  depression  whose  water-shed  converges  towards 
the  great  reservoir.  Geographers  will  doubt  that  such 
a  mass,  situated  at  so  considerable  an  altitude,  can 
maintain  its  level  without  an  effluent.  Moreover,  the 
freshness  of  the  water  would,  under  normal  circum- 
stances, argue  the  escape  of  saline  matter  washed  down 
by  the  influents  from  the  area  of  drainage.     But  may 


id  By  Google 


142  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

not  the  Tanganyika,  situated,  like  the  Dead  Sea,  as  a 
reservoir  for  supplying  with  humidity  the  winds  which 
have  parted  with  their  moisture  in  the  barren  and  arid 
regions  of  the  south,  maintain  its  general  level  by  the 
exact  balance  of  supply  and  evaporation  ?  And  may 
not  the  saline  particle's  deposited  in  its  waters  be  wanting 
in  some  constituent  which  renders  them  evident  to  the 
taste  ?  One  point  concerning  the  versant  has  been 
proved  by  these  pages,  namely,  that  the  Tanganyika 
cannot  be  drained  eastward  by  rents  in  a  subtending 
mountain  ridge,  as  was  supposed  by  Dr.  Livingstone 
from  an  indiscriminately  applied  analogy  with  the 
ancient  head-basin  of  the  Zambezi.  Dr.  Livingstone 
(chap.  xxiv.  xxvi.  et  passim)  informs  his  readers,  from 
report  of  the  Arabs,  that  the  Tanganyika  is  a  large 
shallow  body  of  water ;  in  fact,  the  residuum  of  a  mass 
anciently  much  more  extensive.  This,  however,  is  not 
and  cannot  be  the  case.  In  theorising  upon  the  eastern 
versant  and  drainage  of  the  Tanganyika,  Dr.  Livingstone 
seems  to  have  been  misled  by  having  observed  that  the 
vast  inland  sea  of  geological  ages,  of  which  Lake  Ngami 
and  its  neighbour  Kumadau  are  now  the  principal 
remains,  had  been  desiccated  by  cracks  and  fissures, 
caused  in  the  subtending  soils  by  earthquakes  and 
sudden  upheavals,  which  thus  opened  for  the  waters  an 
exit  into  the  Indian  Ocean.  This  may  have  happened 
to  the  Nyassa,  or  Southern  Lake;  it  must  not,  however, 
be  generalized  and  extended  to  the  Nyanza  and  the 
Tanganyika. 

As  in  Zanzibar,  there  is  little  variety  of  temperature 
upon  the  Tanganyika.  The  violent  easterly  gales, 
which,  pouring  down  from  the  cold  heights  of  Usagara, 
acquire  impetus  sufficient  to  carry  the  current  over 
Ugogo,  Unyamwezi,  and  Uvinza,  are  here  less  distinctly 


id  By  Google 


EBB   AND   FLOW   IN   THE   LAKE.  113 

defined.  The  periodical  winds  over  the  Lake — regular, 
but  not  permanent  —  are  the  south-east  and  the  south- 
west, which  also  bring  up  the  foulest  weather.  The 
land  and  sea  breezes  are  felt  almost  as  distinctly  as  upon 
the  Bhores  of  the  Indian  Ocean.  The  breath  of  the 
morning,  called  by  the  Arabs  El  Barad,  or  the  zephyr, 
sets  in  from  the  north.  During  the  day  are  light  va- 
riable breezes,  which  often  subside,  when  the  weather  is 
not  stormy,  into  calms.  In  the  evenings  a  gentle  afflatus 
comes  up  from  the  waters.  Throughout  the  dry  season 
the  Lake  becomes  a  wind-trap,  and  a  heavy  ground  sea 
rolls  towards  the  shore.  In  the  rains  there  is  less  sea, 
but  accidents  occur  from  sudden  and  violent  storms. 
The  mountainous  breakers  of  Arab  and  African  in- 
formants were  not  seen ;  in  fact,  with  a  depth  of  three 
feet  from  ridge  to  dell,  a  wave  would  swamp  the  largest 
laden  canoe.  Wind-currents  are  common.  Within  a 
few  hours  a  stream  will  be  traversed,  setting  strongly 
to  the  east,  and  crossed  by  a  southerly  or  south-westerly 
current.  High  gales,  in  certain  localities  where  the 
waves  set  upon  a  flush,  flat  shore,  drive  the  waters 
fifteen  to  twenty  feet  beyond  the  usual  mark.  This 
circumstance  may  partly  explain  the  Arab's  belief  in  a 
regular  Madd  wa  Jarr — ebb  and  flow — which  Eastern 
travellers  always  declare  to  have  observed  upon  the 
Tanganyika  and  Nyassa  Lakes,  and  which  Mr.  Ander- 
son believes  to  exist  in  the  little  Ngami.  A  mass  of 
water  so  large  must  be,  to  a  certain  extent,  subject  to 
tidal  influences;  but  the  narrowness  of  the  bed  from 
east  to  west  would  render  their  effect  almost  unob- 
servable,  Mr.  Francis  Galton  referred  me  for  the  ex- 
planation of  this  phenomenon  to  a  paper  '  On  the 
Seiches  of  Lakes,'  by  Colonel  J.  R.  Jackson,  F.R.G.S., 
published  in  the  'Journal  of  the  R.  G.  S.,'  vol.  iii.  of 


id  By  Google 


144  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

1833,  in  which  the  learned  author  refers  the  ebb  and 
flow  of  the  waters  of  Lake  Leman,  or  of  Geneva  (and 
of  the  lakes  of  Zurich,  Annecy,  and  Constance),  to  "an 
unequal  pressure  of  the  atmosphere  on  different  parts 
of  the  lake  at  the  same  time;  that  is,  to  the  simul- 
taneous effect  of  columns  of  air  of  different  weight  or 
different  elasticity,  arising  from  temporary  variations  of 
temperature,  or  from  mechanical  causes." 

The  scenery  and  the  navigation  of  the  Tanganyika 
have  been  illustrated  in  the  last  chapter.  Remains 
only  a  succinct  account  of  the  physical  and  ethnological 
features  of  its  Periplus,  carefully  collected  from  autho- 
rities on  the  spot. 

According  to  the  Wajiji,  from  their  country  to  the 
Runangwa  or  Marungu  River,  which  enters  the  Lake  at 
the  southern  point,  there  are  twelve  stages ;  this  Peri- 
plus numbers  120  khambi  or  stations,  at  most  of  which, 
however,  provisions  are  not  procurable.  An  extended 
list  of  fifty-three  principal  points  was  given  by  the 
guides ;  it  is  omitted,  as  it  contains  nothing  beyond 
mere  names.  There  are,  however,  sixteen  tribes  and 
districts  which  claim  attention  :  of  these,  Ukaranga  and 
Ujiji  have  already  been  described. 

The  kingdom  of  TJrundi,  which  lies  north  of  Ujiji, 
has  a  sea-face  of  about  fifty  miles ;  a  low  strip  of  ex- 
ceeding fertility,  backed  at  short  distances  by  a  band  of 
high  green  hill.  This  region,  rising  from  the  Lake  in  a 
north-easterly  direction,  culminates  into  the  equatorial 
mass  of  highlands  which,  under  the  name  of  Karagwah, 
forms  the  western  spinal  prolongation  of  the  Lunar 
Mountains.  The  residence  of  the  Mwami,  or  chief 
sultan  Mwezi,  is  near  the  headstream  of  the  Kitantmre 
(Kitangule),  or  River  of  Karagwah,  which  rises  at  a 
place  distant  six  days'  march  (sixty  miles),  and  bearing 


id  By  Google 


north-east  from,  the  Tanganyika.  His  settlement,  ac- 
cording to  the  Arabs,  is  of  considerable  extent;  the 
huts  are  built  of  rattan,  and  lions  abound  in  the 
vicinity. 

Urundi  differs  from  the  lake  regions  generally  in 
being  a  strictly  monarchical  country,  locally  governed 
by  Watware  or  headmen,  who  transmit  the  customs 
and  collections  at  stated  periods  to  their  suzerain.  The 
Mwame,  it  is  said,  can  gather  in  a  short  time  a  large 
host  of  warriors  who  are  the  terror  of  the  neighbouring 
tribes.  The  Warundi  are  evidently  natives  of  a  high 
cold  country ;  they  are  probably  the  "  white  people 
resembling  Abyssinians,"  and  dwelling  near  the  Lake, 
of  whom  European  geographers  have  heard  from  Zan- 
zibar. The  complexion  varies  from  a  tawny  yellow, 
the  colour  of  the  women,  to  a  clear  dark  brown,  which 
is  so  brightened  by  the  daily  use  of  ochre  mixed  with 
palm-oil,  that  in  few  cases  the  real  tint  is  discernible. 
The  men  tattoo  with  circles  and  lines  like  cupping-cuts; 
some  burn  up  alti  rilievi  of  large  shining  lumps  an  inch 
in  diameter,  a  decoration  not  a  little  resembling  large 
boils ;  others  chip  the  fore  teeth  like  the  "Wanyamwezi. 
Their  limbs  are  stout  and  well  proportioned,  many 
stand  upwards  of  six  feet  high,  and  they  bear  the  ap* 
pearance  of  a  manly  and  martial  race.  Their  dress  is 
the  mbugu,  worn  in  the  loosest  way ;  their  arms  arc 
heavy  spears,  sime,  and  unusually  strong  arrows ;  their 
ornaments  are  beads,  brass  wire,  and  streaks  of  a 
carmine-coloured  substance,  like  the  red  farinaceous 
powder  called  in  India  gulal,  drawn  across  the  head 
and  forehead.  The  Waganga,  or  priests  of  Urundi, 
wear  a  curious  hood,  a  thatch  of  long  white  grass  or 
fibre,  cut  away  at  the  face  and  allowed  to  depend  behind 
over  the  shoulders ;  their  half-naked  figures,  occasion- 
voi*  II.  L 


id  By  Google 


146  THE  LAKE  EEOIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

ally  rattling  wooden  clappers,  and  capering  cause- 
lessly like  madmen,  present  a  savage  and  horrid  ap- 
pearance. Honourable  women  wear  long  tobes  of 
American  domestics  from  below  the  arms 'to  the  ankles; 
they  are  followed  by  hosts  of  female  slaves,  and  pre- 
serve an  exceptionally  modest  and  decorous  demeanour. 
Their  features  are  of  the  rounded  African  type  of 
beauty.  Their  necks  and  bosoms  support  a  profusion 
of  sofi  and  other  various-coloured  beads;  their  fore- 
heads are  bound  with  frontlets,  fillet-like  bands  of 
white  and  coral  porcelain,  about  three  fingers  deep,  a 
highly  becoming  ornament  probably  derived  from  Ka- 
ragwah ;  and  those  who  were  seen  by  the  Expedition 
invariably  walked  about  with  tbin  staves  five  or  six 
feet  long,  pointed  and  knobbed  as  the  walking-sticks  of 
ancient  Egypt. 

At  the  northern  extremity  of  the  Urundi  sea-face, 
and  at  the  head  of  the  Tanganyika,  lies  the  land  of 
Uzige ;  it  is  rarely  visited  except  by  the  Lakist  traders. 
This  people,  who,  like  their  neighbours,  cannot  exist 
without  some  form  of  traffic,  have,  it  is  said,  pursued 
the  dows  of  the  earlier  Arab  explorers  with  a  flotilla  of 
Rmall  canoes ;  it  is  probable  that  negro  traders  would 
be  better  received.  In  their  country,  according  to  the 
guides,  six  rivers  fall  into  the  Tanganyika  in  due  order 
from  the  east :  the  Kuryamavenge,  the  Molongwe,  the 
Karindira,  the  Kariba,  the  Kibaiba,  and  westernmost 
the  Rusizi  or  Lusizi.  The  latter  is  the  main  drain  of 
the  northern  countries,  and  the  best  authorities,  that  is 
to  say  those  nearest  the  spot,  unanimously  assert  that 
it  is  an  influent. 

The  races  adjoining  Uzige,  namely,  the  Wavira  on 
the  north-western  head  of  the  Tanganyika,  and  their 
southern   neighbours,   the  Wabembe    cannibals,   have 


id  By  Google 


THE  PRESENT  TERMINUS  OP  TRADE.  147 

already  been  mentioned.  The  Wasenze  inhabit  the 
hills  within  or  westwards  of  the  Wabembe.  Further 
southwards  and  opposite  Kawele  in  Ujiji  are  the  Wa* 
goma  Highlanders.  The  lower  maritime  lands  belonging 
to  the  Wagoma  supply  the  gigantic  mvulc  trees  re- 
quired for  the  largest  canoes.  These  patriarchs  of  the 
forest  are  felled  and  shaped  with  little  axes  on  the  spot ; 
when  finished  they  are  pushed  and  dragged  down  the 
slopes  by  the  workmen,  and  are  launched  and  paddled 
over  to  the  shores  of  Ujiji. 

South  of  the  Wagoma  are  the  Wagubha,  who  have 
been  mentioned  as  the  proprietors  of  the  islets  south- 
west of  Ujiji.  In  their  lands,  according  to  the  Arabs, 
is  a  lake  or  large  water  called  Mikiziwa,  whence  the 
tribe  upon  its  banks  derives  its  name  Wamikiziwa. 
Through  the  country  of  the  Waguhha  lies  the  route  to 
Uruwwa,  at  present  the  western  terminus  of  the  Zan- 
zibar trade.  The  merchant  crossing  the  sea-arm  which 
separates  Kasenge  from  the  mainland  of  the  Tanga- 
nyika, strikes  towards  Uruwwa ;  the  line  runs  over  low 
levels  shelving  towards  the  lake,  cut  by  a  reticulation 
of  streams  unfordable  after  rain,  and  varied  by  hilly 
and  rolling  ground.  Provisions  are  everywhere  pro- 
curable, but  the  people,  like  the  Wavinza,  are  considered 
dangerous.  At  Uruwwa  the  khete,  or  string  of  beads, 
is  half  the  size  of  that  current  in  other  countries.  The 
price  of  ivory  per  frasilah  is  15  iniranga,  or  150  large 
khete  of  white,  small-blue,  and  coarse-red  porcelain  beads, 
the  latter  called  Lungenga;  besides  which  a  string  of 
sungoinaji  (pigeon-egg  beads),  and  a  few  satnesame,  or 
coral-beads,  are  thrown  in.  The  route  numbers  nine 
long  or  sixteen  short  stages;  the  general  direction  is 
south-westerly.  Kiyombo,  the  sultan  of  Uruwwa,  is  at 
present  friendly  with  the  Arabs;  he  trades  in  ivory, 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


148  THE  LAKE  EEGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFBICA. 

slaves,  and  a  little  copper  from  Katata  or  Katanga,  a 
district  distant  fifteen  marches  north-west  of  Uaenda, 
the  now  well-known  capital  of  the  great  chief  Kazernbe. 
The  grandfather  of  the  present  Kazernbe,  the  "viceroy" 
of  the  countrj'  lying  south-west  of  the  Tanganyika,  and 
feudatory  to  Mwata  ya  Nvo,  the  sovereign  of  "  Uro- 
pua,"  was  first  visited  by  Dr.  Lacerda,  governor  of  the 
Rios  de  Sena,  in  1798-99.  The  traveller  died,  how- 
ever, after  being  nine  months  in  the  country,  without 
recording  the  name  and  position  of  the  African  capital ; 
the  former  was  supplied  by  the  expedition  sent  under 
Major  Monteiro  and  Captain  Gamitto  in  1831-32 ;  it  is 
variously  pronounced  Lucenda,  Luenda,  and  by  the 
Arabs  Usenda,  the  difference  being  caused  probably  by 
dialect  or  inflexion.  According  to  the  Arabs,  the 
Kazernbe  visited  by  the  Portuguese  expedition  in  1831, 
died  about  1837,  and  was  succeeded  by  his  son  the 
present  chief  He  is  described  as  a  man  of  middle  age, 
of  light-coloured  complexion,  handsomely  dressed  in  a 
Surat  cap,  silk  coat,  and  embroidered  loin  cloth ;  he  is 
rich  in  copper,  ivory,  and  slaves,  cloth  and  furniture, 
muskets  and  gunpowder.  Many  Arabs,  probably 
half-castes,  are  said  to  be  living  with  him  in  high 
esteem,  and  the  medium  of  intercourse  is  the  Kisawa- 
hili.  Though  he  has  many  wives,  he  allows  his  subjects 
but  one  each,  puts  both  adulterer  and  adulteress  to 
death,  and  generally  punishes  by  gouging  out  one  or 
both  eyes. 

On  the  Uruwwa  route  caravans  are  composed  wholly 
of  private  slaves ;  the  races  of  the  Tanganyika  will  not 
carry  loads,  and  the  Wanyamwezi,  unmaritime  savages 
like  the  Kafirs,  who  have  a  mortal  dread  and  abhor* 
rence  of  water,  refuse  to  advance  beyond  Ujiji.  On 
account  of  its  dangers,  the  thriving  merchants  have 


'  D 


hitherto  abandoned  this  line  to  debtors  and  desperate 
men. 

South  of  Ugubha  lies  the  unimportant  tribe  of  Wa- 
t'henibwe,  whose  possessions  are  within  sight  of  Kawele 
in  Ujiji.  The  race  adjoining  them  is  the  Wakatete 
or  Wakadete,  and  the  country  is  called  by  the  Arabs 
Awwal  Marungu,  on  the  northern  frontier  of  Marungu. 
Marungu  is  one  of  the  most  important  divisions  of  the 
lands  about  the  Tanganyika.  Amayr  bin  Said  el 
Shaksi,  a  sturdy  old  merchant  from  Oman,  who,  wrecked 
about  twelve  years  ago  on  that  part  of  the  coast,  had 
spent  five  months  with  the  people,  living  on  roots  and 
grasses,  divides  the  region  genetically  termed  Marungu 
into  three  distinct  provinces — Marungu  to  the  north, 
Karungu  in  the  centre,  and  Urungu  on  the  south. 
Others  mention  a  western  Marungu,  divided  from  the 
eastern  by  the  Runangwa  River,  and  they  call  the 
former  in  contradistinction  Marungu  Tafuna,  from  its 
sultan. 

Western  Marungu  extends  according  to  the  Arabs  in 
depth  from  Ut'hembwe  to  the  Wabisa,  a  tribe  holding 
extensive  lands  westward  of  the  Nyassa  Lake.  Tra- 
vellers from  Unyamwezi  to  K'hokoro  meet,  near  Ufipa, 
caravans  of  the  northern  Wabisa  en  route  to  Kilwa. 
Between  Marungu  and  Usenda,  the  capital  of  the  Ka- 
zenabe,  the  road  lies  through  the  district  of  Kawire, 
distant  seven  marches ;  thence  nine  stages  conduct 
them  to  the  end  of  the  journey.  There  is  an  upper 
land  route  through  Uruwwa  for  those  travelling  from 
Ujiji  to  Usenda,  and  many  caravans  have  passed  from 
Unyanyembe  direct  through  K'hokoro  and  Ufipa,  to  the 
country  of  the  Kazembe.  Mr.  Cooley  ("Geography  of 
N'yassi,"  p.  7)  conjectures  that  the  Ambios  or  Imbies, 
Zimbas  or  Muzimbas,  celebrated  by  the  old  Portuguese 

1  3 

Digitze^yGOOgle 


ISO  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA 

historians  of  Africa  on  account  of  an  irruption,  in  1570, 
from  the  north  as  far  as  the  Zambezi  River,  "were  no 
other  than  the  M'Biza,  or  Moviza,  as  they  are  called  by 
the  Portuguese  who  still  occupy  its  (the  Nyassa'a) 
south-western  banks."  The  proper  name  of  this  well- 
known  tribe  is  Wabisa  (in  the  sing.  Mbisa),  not  WaV 
bisha,  as  it  is  pronounced  at  Zanzibar,  where  every 
merchant  knows  "Bisha  ivory."  The  Wabisa  extend 
according  to  the  Arabs  from  the  west  of  the  Nyassa  or 
Eilwa  Lake  towards  the  south  of  the  Tanganyika. 
They  dress  in  bark-cloth,  carry  down  their  fine  ivory  to 
Tete  and  Kilimani  (Quillimane);  and  every  four  or 
five  years  a  caravan  appears  at  Kilwa,  where,  confound- 
ing their  hosts  with  the  Portuguese,  they  call  every 
Arab  "  muzungu,"  or  white  man.  They  are  a  semi- 
pastoral  tribe,  fond  of  commerce,  and  said  to  be  civil 
and  hospitable  to  strangers.  It  must  be  observed  that 
those  geographers  are  in  error  who  connect  the  Wabisa 
with  the  Wanyamwezi ;  they  are  distinct  in  manners 
and  appearance,  habits  and  language.  Mr..Cooley  has, 
for  instance,  asserted  that  "  the  '  Moviza'  and  the  *  Mo- 
nomoezi'  are  similar  in  physical  character  and  national 
marks."  The  only  mark  known  to  the  Wabisa  is  the 
kishshah,  or  crest  of  hair ;  not,  as  Khamisi  Wa  Tani 
asserted  to  Mr.  Cooley  ("Inner  Africa  laid  Open,"  p.  61), 
a  dotted  line  on  the  nose  and  forehead;  whereas,  the 
Wanyamwezi,  as  has  been  seen,  puncture  the  skin. 
Thus  Lacerda  calls  the  "  Moviza  "  a  frizzled  and  peri- 
wigged people.  The  Arabs  deny  the  assertion  of 
Pereira,  recorded  by  Bowdich,  that  the  Moviza,  like  the 
Wahiao,  file  their  teeth. 

Marungu  is  described  by  the  Arabs  as  a  hilly  country 
like  Ujiji  and  Uvira :  the  precincts  of  the  lake,  however, 
are  here  less  bold  than  the  opposite  shore.    Off  the 


id  By  Google 


coast  lie  four  or  five  islands,  two  of  which,  according  to 
the  Arabs,  are  of  considerable  size ;  the  only  name  given 
Ib  Ukungwe,  which  appears,  however,  to  be  rather  the 
name  of  the  farthest  point  visible  from  Kasenge,  and 
bearing  S.  58°  E.  On  the  north-western  frontier  of 
Marungu,  and  about  three  marches  from  the  lake,  is  the 
district  called  Utumbara,  from  Mtumbara  its  sultan. 
This  Utumbara,  which  must  not  be  confounded  with 
the  district  of  the  same  name  in  Northern  Unyamwezi, 
is  said  by  the  Arabs  to  be  fifteen  to  twenty  days'  march 
from  Usenda. 

Marungu,  though  considered  dangerous,  has  often 
been  visited  by  Arab  merchants.  After  touching  at 
Kasenge  they  coast  along  Uguhha  for  four  days,  not 
daring  to  land  there  in  consequence  of  an  event  that 
happened  about  1841-42.  A  large  Arab  caravan  of 
200  armed  slaves,  led  by  Mohammed  bin  Salih  and 
Sulayman  bin  Nasir,  and  with  four  coadjutors,  Abd  el 
Al  and  Ibu  Habib,  Shiahs  of  Bahrayn,  Nasir  and 
Rashid  bin  Salim  el  Harisi  (who  soon  afterwards  died 
at  Marungu)  took  boat  to  Marungu,  and  in  due  time 
arrived  at  Usenda.  They  completed  their  cargo,  and 
were  returning  in  a  single  boat,  when  they  were  per- 
suaded by  the  Sultan  Mtumbara  to  land,  and  to  assist 
him  in  annihilating  a  neighbour,  Sdma  or  Kipyokd, 
living  at  about  one  day's  march  from  the  Lake.  The 
Arabs,  aided  by  Africans,  attacked  a  boma,  or  palisade, 
where,  bursting  in,  they  found  S&mfL's  brother  sitting 
upon  pombe,  with  his  wife.  The  villagers  poured  in  a 
shower  of  arrows,  to  which  the  Arabs  replied  by  shoot- 
ing down  the  happy  couple  over  their  cups.  S&m&'a, 
people  fled,  but  presently  returning  they  massacred  the 
slaves  of  the  Arabs,  who  were  obliged  to  take  refuge  in 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


152  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

the  grass  till  aid  was  afforded  by  their  employer  Mtum- 
bara.  SamA,  thus  victorious,  burned  the  Arab  boat, 
and,  compelling  the  merchants  to  return  to  Usenda, 
seized  the  first  opportunity  of  slaying  his  rival.  The 
Arabs  have  found  means  of  sending  letters  to  their 
friends,  but  they  appear  unable  to  leave  the  country. 
Their  correspondence  declares  them  to  be  living  in 
.  favour  with  the  Kazembe,  who  has  presented  them  with 
large  rice-shambas,  that  they  have  collected  ivory  and 
copper  in  large  quantities,  but  are  unable  to  find  porters. 
This  being  highly  improbable  in  a  land  where  in  1807 
a  slave  cost  five,  and  a  tusk  of  ivory  six  or  seven 
squares  of  Indian  piece-goods,  and  as,  moreover,  several 
merchants,  deluded  by  exaggerated  accounts  of  the 
Kazembe's  wealth  and  liberality,  intrusted  these  men 
with  considerable  ventures,  of  which  no  tidings  have  as 
yet  reached  the  creditors'  ears,  the  more  acute  Arabs 
suspect  that  their  countrymen  are  living  from  hand  to 
mouth  about  Usenda,  and  are  cultivating  the  land  with 
scant  prospect  of  quitting  it. 

The  people  of  Marungu  are  called  "Wambozwa  by  the 
Arabs;  they  are  subject  to  no  king,  but  live  under  local 
rulers,  and  are  ever  at  war  with  their  neighbours. 
They  are  a  dark  and  plain,  a  wild  and  uncomely  race. 
Amongst  these  people  is  observed  a  custom  which  con- 
nects them  with  the  Wangindo,  Wahiao,  and  the  slave 
races  dwelling  inland  from  Kilwa.  They  pierce  the 
upper  lip  and  gradually  enlarge  the  aperture  till  the 
end  projects  in  a  kind  of  bill  beyond  the  nose  and  chin, 
giving  to  the  countenance  a  peculiar  duck-like  appear- 
ance. The  Arabs,  who  abhor  this  hideous  vagary  of 
fashion,  scarify  the  sides  of  the  hole  and  attempt  to 
make  the  flesh  grow  by  the  application  of  rock-salt. 
The  people  of  Marungu,  however,  are  little  valued  as 


id  By  Google 


slaves ;  they  are  surly  and  stubborn,  exceedingly  de- 
praved, and  addicted  to  desertion. 

Crossing  the  Runangwa  or  Marungu  River,  which, 
draining  the  southern  countries  towards  the  Tanganyika, 
is  represented  to  equal  the  Malagarazi  in  volume,  the 
traveller  passes  through  the  districts  of  Marungu 
Tafnna,  Ubeyya,  and  Iwemba.  Thence,  turning  to  the 
north,  he  enters  the  country  of  the  Wapoka,  between 
whom  and  the  Lake  lie  the  Wasowwa  and  the  Wafipa. 
This  coast  is  divided  from  the  opposite  shore  by  a 
voyage  of  fourteen  hours ;  it  is  a  hilly  expanse  divided 
by  low  plains,  where  men  swarm  according  to  the 
natives  like  ants.  At  a  short  distance  from  the  shore 
lies  the  Mvuma  group,  seven  rocks  or  islets,  three  of 
which  are  considerable  in  size,  and  the  largest,  shaped 
like  a  cone,  breeds  goats  in  plenty,  whilst  the  sea  around 
is  rich  in  fish.  There  are  other  islets  in  the  neighbour- 
hood, but  none  are  of  importance. 

Ufipa  is  an  extensive  district  fertilised  by  many 
rivers.  It  produces  grain  in  abundance,  and  the  wild 
rice  is  of  excellent  flavour.  Cattle  abounded  there 
before  the  Watuta,  who  held  part  of  the  country,  began 
a  system  of  plunder  and  waste,  which  ended  in  their 
emigration  to  the  north  of  Uvinza ;  cows,  formerly 
purchased  for  a  few  strings  of  cheap  white  beads,  are 
now  rare  and  dear.  The  Wafipa  are  a  wild  but  kindly 
people,  who  seldom  carry  arms:  they  have  ever  wel- 
comed the  merchants  that  visited  them  for  slaves  and 
ivory,  and  they  are  subject  to  four  or  five  principal 
chiefs.  The  servile  specimens  seen  at  Unyanyembe 
were  more  like  the  jungle  races  of  the  Deccan  than 
Africans — small  and  short,  sooty  and  shrunken  men,  so 
timid,  ignorant,  and  suspicious,  that  it  was  found  im- 
possible to  obtain  from  them  the  simplest  specimen  of 

Digitized  ByGOOgle 


154  THE   LAKE   REGIONS   OF   CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

their  dialect.  Some  of  them,  like  the  Wanyoro,  had 
extracted  all  the  lower  incisors. 

North  of  the  Wafipa,  according  to  the  Arabs,  liea 
another  tribe,  called  Wat'hembe  (  ?),  an  offshoot  from 
the  people  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  Tanganyika. 
Here  the  lake  receives  a  small  river  called  the  Murun- 
guru  (?).  The  circuit  of  the  Tanganyika  concludes  with 
the  Wat'hongwe,  called  from  their  sultan  or  their  founder 
Wat'hongwe  Kapana.  In  clear  weather  their  long  pro- 
montory is  the  furthest  point  visible  from  Kawele  in 
Ujiji ;  and  their  lands  extend  northwards  to  Ukaranga 
and  the  Malagarazi  River. 

Such  are  the  most  important  details  culled  from  a 
mass  of  Arab  oral  geography :  they  are  offered  however 
to  the  reader  without  any  guarantee  of  correctness. 
The  principal  authorities  are  the  Shaykh  Snay  bin  Amir 
el  Harsi  and  Amayr  bin  Said  el  Shaksi ;  the  latter  was 
an  eye-witness.  All  the  vague  accounts  noted  down 
from  casual  informants  were  submitted  to  them  for  an 
imprimatur.  Their  knowledge  and  experience  sur- 
passing those  of  others,  it  was  judged  better  to  record 
information  upon  trust  from  them  only,  rather  than  to 
heap  together  reliable  and  unreliable  details,  and  as 
some  travellers  do,  by  striking  out  a  medium,  inevitably 
to  confuse  fact  with  fiction.  Yet  it  is  the  explorer's 
unpleasant  duty  throughout  these  lands  to  doubt  every- 
thing that  has  not  been  subjected  to  his  own  eyes. 
The  boldest  might  look  at  the  "  Mombas  Mission  Map" 
and  tremble. 


dDy  Google 


id  By  Google 


id  By  Google 


WE--HETnKN   TO    CKYAHTEMBE. 

Immediately  after  the  arrival  of  our  caravan  I  made 
preparations  for  quitting  Ujiji.  The  26th  May,  1858, 
was  the  day  appointed  for  our  departure,  which  was 
fated  to  resemble  a  flight  more  than  the  march  of  a 
peaceful  Expedition.  Said  bin  Salim,  who  had  received 
as  "  Urangozi "  or  retainiog-fee  from  his  two  African 
"  brothers,"  Lurinda  and  Kannena,  a  boy-slave  and  a 
youth,  thought  only  of  conveying  them  safely  out  of  the 
country.  The  Baloch,  especially  the  Jemadar,  who  had 
invested   every  cubit   of   cloth  and   every  ounce    of 

Google 


156  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

powder  in  serviles,  were  also  trembling  at  the  prospect 
of  desertion.  As  usual,  when  these  barbarians  see 
preparations  for  departure,  the  Wajiji  became  more  ex- 
tortionate and  troublesome  than  before.  A  general 
drinking-bout  had  followed  the  return  of  the  crews  from 
Uvira :  Kannena  had  not  been  sober  for  a  fortnight.  At 
last  his  succession  of  violent  and  maudlin  fits  ended 
fortunately  for  us  in  a  high  fever,  which  somewhat 
tamed  his  vice.  Shortly  after  our  disappearance,  bis 
territory  was  attacked  by  the  predal  Watuta  :  and  had 
not  the  Arabs  assisted  in  its  defence,  it  would  doubtless 
have  been  converted  into  a  grisly  solitude,  like  the  once 
fertile  and  populous  Uhha.  Kannena,  of  course,  fled 
into  the  mountains  from  the  attack  of  the  gallant 
rascals;  he  had  courage  enough  to  bully,  but  not  to 
fight.  I  heard  of  him  no  more :  he  showed  no  pity  to 
the  homeless  stranger,  —  may  the  world  show  none  to 
him! 

I  shall  long  remember  the  morning  of  the  26th  May, 
which  afforded  me  the  last  sunrise-spectacle  of  the 
Tanganyika  Lake.  The  charm  of  the  scenery  was 
perhaps  enhanced  by  the  reflection  that  my  eyes  might 
never  look  upon  it  again.  Masses  of  brown-purple 
clouds  covered  the  quarter  of  the  heavens  where  the 
sun  was  about  to  rise.  Presently  the  mists,  ruffled  like 
ocean  billows,  and  luminously  fringed  with  Tyrian 
purple,  were  cut  by  filmy  rays,  whilst,  from  behind  their 
core,  the  internal  living  fire  shot  forth  its  broad  beams, 
like  the  spokes  of  a  hugh  aerial  wheel,  rolling  a  flood  of 
gold  over  the  light  blue  waters  of  the  lake.  At  last 
Dan  Sol,  who  at  first  contented  himself  with  glimmering 
through  the  cloud-mass,  disclosed  himself  in  his  glory, 
and  dispersed  with  a  glance  the  obstacles  of  the  vapour- 
ous  earth :  breaking  into  long  strata  and  little  pearly 
flakes,  they  soared  high  in  the  empyrean,  whilst  the 


ogle 


THE  DEPASTURE.  157 

all-powerful  luminary  assumed  undisputed  possession  of 
earth,  and  a  soft  breeze,  the  breath  of  the  morn,  aa  it 
is  called  in  the  East,  awoke  the  waters  into  life. 

But  I  am  not  long  to  enjoy  this  mighty  picture.  A 
jarring  din  sings  in  my  ears,  contrasting  strangely  with 
the  beautiful  world  before  my  eyes.  A  crowd  of  newly- 
engaged  Pagazi  are  standing  before  me  in  the  ecstasy  of 
impatience:  some  poised  like  cranes  upon  the  right  foot, 
with  the  left  sole  placed  against  the  knee,  others  with 
their  arms  thrown  in  a  brotherly  fashion  round  neigh- 
bours' necks,  whilst  others  squatted  in  the  usual  Asiatic 
and  African  position,  with  their  posterior*  resting  upon 
their  calves  and  heels,  their  elbows  on  their  thighs,  and 
their  chins  propped  upon  their  hands,  gazed  at  me  with 
that  long  longing  look„wbich  in  these  lands  evidences  a 
something  sorely  wanted.  Presently,  from  Said  bin 
Majid's  home-bound  caravan,  with  which  I  had  consented 
to  travel,  shots  and  a  popping  of  muskets  rang  through 
the  air:  the  restless  crowd  that  still  watched  me  ap- 
peared at  the  sound  of  this  signal  to  lose  their  wits. 
In  a  moment  the  space  before  the  Tembe  was  cleared. 
After  a  few  moments,  Said  bin  Saliin  ran  up  violently 
excited,  declaring  that  his  orders  were  of  no  avail,  that 
some  parties  were  starting  with,  and  others  without, 
their  loads,  and  that  no  man  would  take  up  the  burden 
assigned  to  him  on  the  yesterday.  I  directed  him  to 
compose  himself,  and  since  he  could  not  remain,  to  pre- 
cede me  with  the  headstrong  gang  as  far  as  the  Ruche 
River — the  first  stage  —  whence  he  would  send  back,  as 
soon  as  possible,  a  few  men  bribed  to  carry  my  ham- 
mock and  to  remove  the  loose  loads  scattered  upon  the 
ground.  These,  as  usual  on  such  occasions,  were  our 
own.  He  departed  greatly  delighting  in  the  opportu- 
nity of  escaping  further  trouble,  and  of  driving  off  his 
six  wild  slaves  in  safety:  true  to  his  inconsequential 


oogle 


158  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

■  Arabo-African  blood,  however,  neglecting  the  appointed 
station  in  the  eagerness  of  hurry,  he  marched  on  with 
Said  bin  Majid's  men  to  at  least  double  the  distance, 
thus  placing  himself  out  of  Kannena's  reach,  and 
throwing  all  my  arrangements  into  direst  confusion. 

Meanwhile,  having  breakfasted,  we  sat  till  the  after- 
noon in  the  now  empty  and  deserted  Tembe,  expecting 
the  return  of  the  slaves.  As  none  appeared,  I  was 
induced  by  the  utter  misery  depicted  in  the  coun- 
tenances of  the  Baloch,  and  trusting  that  the  return- 
porters  would  meet  us  on  the  way,  to  give  orders  for  a 
march  about  4  p.m.,  to  mount  my  manchil,  and  to  set 
out  carried  by  only  two  men.  Scarcely  had  I  left  the 
Tembe  when  a  small  party,  headed  by  Said  bin  Salim's 
four  children,  passed  by  me  at  speed.  Though  sum- 
moned to  halt,  they  sped  onwards,  apparently  intending 
to  fetch  the  loads  from  the  house,  and  thus  to  relieve 
those  left  behind  as  a  guard ;  it  proved  afterwards  that 
they  were  bound  for  the  bazar  to  buy  plantains  for  their 
patroon.  Meanwhile,  hurrying  on  with  one  Baloch,  the 
astute  Gul  Mohammed,  Valentine,  and  three  sons  of 
Ramji,  as  the  shades  of  evening  closed  around  us,  we 
reached,  without  guide  or  direction  from  the  surly 
villagers,  the  ferry  of  the  Ruche  River.  Disappointed 
at  not  finding  the  camp  at  the  place  proposed,  we  were 
punted  across  the  Styx-like  stream ;  and  for  what  reason 
no  man  could  say,  the  party  took  the  swampy  road  along 
the  Bay  of  Ukaranga,  The  mosquitos  stung  like 
wasps ;  the  loud  spoutings  and  the  hollow  bursts  of 
bellow,  snort,  and  grunt  of  the  hippopotami  —  in  these 
lands  they  are  brave  as  the  bulls  of  the  Spanish  sierras 
—  and  the  roar  of  the  old  male  crocodile  startled  the 
party,  whilst  the  porters  had  difficulty  in  preserving 
their  balance  as  they  waded  through  water  waist-deep, 
and  crept  across  plains  of  mud,  mire,  and  sea-ooze. 

Google 


THE  ANDROGYNE.  159 

As  the  darkness  rendered  the  march  risky,  I  gave  the 
word,  when  arrived  at  a  bunch  of  miserable  huts,  for  a 
bivouac;  the  party,  had  I  permitted  it,  would  have 
wandered  through  the  outer  glooms  without  fixed  pur- 
pose till  permanently  bogged.  "We  spread  our  bedding 
upon  the  clear  space  between  the  cane-cones  acting 
hovels,  and  we  snatched,  under  a  resplendent  moon,  and 
a  dew  that  soaked  through  the  blankets,  a  few  hours  of 
sleep,  expecting  to  be  aroused  by  a  guide  and  porters 
before  the  end  of  night.  Gaetano  had  preceded  us  with 
the  provisions  and  the  batterie  de  cuisine;  we  were 
destitute  even  of  tobacco,  and  we  looked  forward  ex- 
pectantly to  the  march.  But  the  dawn  broke,  and 
morning  flashed  over  the  canopy  above,  and  the  sun 
poured  his  hot  rays  through  the  cool,  clear  air,  still  we 
found  ourselves  alone.  The  sons  of  Kamji,  and  the 
others  composing  our  party,  had  gradually  disap- 
peared, leaving  with  us  only  Gut  Mohammed.  Taking 
heart  of  grace,  we  then  cleared  out  a  hut,  divided  the 
bedding,  lay  down  in  the  patience  of  expectation,  and 
dined  on  goat.  Our  neighbour  afforded  us  some  food 
for  the  mind.  Apparently  an  Androgyne,  she  had  the 
voice,  the  look,  and  the  thorax  of  a  man,  whilst  the  dress 
and  the  manner  argued  her  to  be  a  woman  ;  it  was  the 
only  approach  to  the  dubious  sex  seen  by  me  in  East 
Africa. 

About  2  p.m.  appeared  Ramazan  and  Salman,  children 
of  Said  bin  Said,  with  four  porters,  an  insufficient 
supply  for  the  long  and  trying  march  which  they 
described.  They  insisted  upon  our  enduring  the  heat 
and  labour  of  the  day  so  energetically,  that  they  were 
turned  with  ignominy  out  of  the  village,  and  were  told 
to  send  their  master  to  escort  us  in  the  evening  or  on 
the  morning  of  the  next  day.  Accordingly  at  9  a.m.  of 
the  28th  May  appeared  Said  bin  Salim  and  the  Jemadar, 


),0it.zMDy  Google 


160  THE  LAKE  REGIONS   OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

escorted  by  a  full  gang  of  bearers.  The  former, 
bursting  with  irritation,  began  that  loud  speaking  which 
in  the  East  is  equivalent  to  impertinence;  he  was  easily 
silenced  by  a  more  explosive  and  an  angrier  tone  of  voice. 
Having  breakfasted,  we  set  out  leisurely,  and  after  re- 
joining Said  bin  Majid's  party  we  advanced  until  evening 
fell  upon  us  at  the  end  of  the  first  day's  stage. 

I  have  related  the  tale  of  our  departure  from  the 
Tanganyika  somewhat  circumstantially  :  it  was  truly 
characteristic  of  Arab  travelling  in  Eastern  Africa. 
Said  biu  Salim  had  scant  cause  for  hurry :  slaves  rarely 
desert  on  the  day  of  departure ;  knowing  themselves  to 
be  watched  they'  wait  their  opportunity,  and  find  it 
perhaps  — ■  as  our  caravan  discovered  to  its  loss  — '■  a  week 
or  two  afterwards.  The  Arab  was  determined  to  gain  a 
few  miles  by  passing  the  appointed  station ;  he  did  so, 
and  he  lost  two  days.  In  his  haste  and  dread  of  delay, 
he  had  neglected  to  lay  in  salt,  ghee,  or  any  other  stores 
for  the  road  but  grain :  consequently  he  was  detained 
at  half  a  -dozen  places  to  procure  them.  Finally, 
his  froward  children,  who  had  done  their  utmost 
to  waste  time  in  the  bazar,  were  not  reproved,  much 
less  punished.  Truly  the  half-caste  Arab  of  Zan- 
zibar is  almost  as  futile  as  the  slavish  moiety  of  his 
ancestry. 

There  was  little  novelty  in  our  return-march  to 
Unyamyembe.  We  took  the  northerly  route,  crossing  and 
skirting  the  lower  spurs  of  the  mountains  which  form 
the  region  of  Uhha.  During  the  first  few  stages, 
being  still  within  the  influence  of  that  bag  of  JSolus,  the 
Tanganyika  trough,- we  endured  tornados  of  wind  and 
heavy  rain,  thunder  and  lightning.  After  the  5th 
March  the  threatening  clouds  drew  off,  the  dank  heavy 
dew  diminished,  and  the  weather  became  clear  and  hot, 
with  a  raw  cold  eastern  wind  pouring  through  the  tepid 

D,B,tzedDyGOOgIe 


A  SLAVE  MURDERED.  161 

temperature,  and  causing  general  sickness.  On  the 
29th  May  we  pitched  at  Uyonwa,  a  little  settlement  of 
Wabuha,  who  have  already  raised  crops  of  sweet 
potatoes ;  if  they  have  the  sense  to  avoid  keeping  cattle, 
the  only  attraction  to  the  robber  Watuta,  they  may 
once  more  convert  the  sad  waste  of  Uhha,  a  wilderness 
where  men  are  now  wolves  to  one  another,  into  a  land 
smiling  with  grains  and  fruits.  Beyond  Uyonwa  we 
hurried  over  "neat-tongue"  hills,  separated  by  green 
swamps  and  black  rivulets,  with  high  woody  banks,  over 
jungle  paths  thick  with  spear  and  tiger  grass,  brambly 
bush  and  tall  growths  of  wild  arrowroot,  and  over  a 
country  for  the  most  part  rough  and  rugged,  with  here 
and  there  an  acacia-barren,  a  bamboo-clump,  or  a  lone 
Palmyra.  Approaching  the  Rusugi  River,  which  we 
forded  on  the  1st  June  at  the  upper  or  Parugerero 
passage ;  the  regular  succession  of  ridge  and  swamp 
gave  way  to  a  dry,  stony,  and  thorny  slope,  rolling  with 
an  eastward  decline.  We  delayed  for  an  hour  at  the 
Salt-pass,  to  lay  in  a  supply  of  the  necessary,  and  the 
temptation  to  desert  became  irresistible.  Muhabanya, 
the  "  slavey  "  of  the  establishment,  ran  away,  carrying 
off  his  property  and  my  hatchet.  The  Jemadar  was 
rendered  almost  daft  by  the  disappearance  of  half  of  his 
six  slaves.  A  Mnyamwezi  porter  placed  his  burden  — 
it  was  a  case  of  Cognac  and  vinegar,  deeply  regretted ! — 
upon  the  ground,  and  levanted..  Two  other  porters  lost 
their  way,  and  disappeared  for  some  days ;  their  com- 
rades, standing  in  awe  of  the  Wavioza,  would  not  ven- 
ture in  search  of  them.  The  Kirangozi  or  Mnyamwezi 
guide,  who  had  accompanied  the  Expedition  from  the 
coast,  remained  behind,  because  his  newly-purchased 
slave-girl  had  become  foot-sore,  and  unable  to  advance ; 
finding  the  case  hopeless,  he  cut  off  her  head,  lest  of  his 
vol.  n.  M 

j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


161  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

evil  good  might  come  to  another.  The  party  gave  the 
usual  amount  of  trouble.  The  bull-headed  Mabruki 
had  invested  his  capital  in  a  small  servile,  an  infant 
phenomenon,  who,  apparently  under  six  years,  trotted 
manfully  alongside  the  porters,  bearing  his  burden  of 
hide-bed  and  water-gourd  upon  his  tiny  shoulder.  For 
some  days  he  was  to  his  surly  master  as  her  first  doll  to 
a  young  girl :  when  tired  he  was  mounted  upon  the 
back,  and  after  crossing  every  swamp  his  feet  were  care- 
fully wiped.  When  the  novelty,  however,  wore  off,  the 
little  unfortunate  was  so  savagely  beaten  that  I  insisted 
upon  his  being  committed  to  the  far  less  hard-hearted 
Bombay.  The  Hanmals  who  carried  my  manchil  were 
the  most  annoying  of  their  kind.  Wanyarawezi  veterans 
of  the  way  (their  chief  man  wore  a  kizbao  or  waistcoat, 
and  carried  an  old  Tower  musket),  originally  five  in 
number,  and  paid  in  advance  as  far  as  Unyanyembe;. 
they  deserted  slowly  and  surely,  till  it  was  necessary  to 
raise  a  fresh  gang.  For  a  short  time  they  worked  well, 
then  they  fell  off.  In  the  mornings  when  their  names 
were  called  they  hid  themselves  in  the  huts,  or  they 
squatted  pertinaciously  near  the  camp  fires,  or  they 
rushed  ahead  of  the  party.  On  the  road  they  hurried 
forwards,  recklessly  dashing  the  manchil,  without  pity 
or  remorse,  against  stock  and  stone.  A  man  allowed 
to  lag  behind  never  appeared  again  on  that  march,  and 
more  than  once  they  attempted  to  place  the  hammock 
on  the  ground  and  to  strike  for  increase  of  wages,  till 
brought  to  a  sense  of  their  duty  by  a  sword-point  ap- 
plied to  their  ribs.  They  would  halt  for  an  hour  to 
boil  their  sweet  potatoes,  but  if  I  required  the  delay  of 
five  minutes,  or  the  advance  of  five  yards,  they  became 
half  mad  with  fidgetiness ;  they  were  as  loud-voiced, 
noisy  and  insolent,  as  turbulent  and  irritable,  as  grum- 


py Google 


THE  JUNGLE   FIRE.  163 

Ming,  importunate,  and  greedy  specimens  of  the  genus 
homo,  species  Africanns,  as  I  have  ever  seen,  even 
amongst  the  "sons  of  water"  in  the  canoes  of  Ujiji. 
In  these  lands,  however,  the  traveller  who  cannot  utilise 
the  raw  material  that  comes  to  hand  will  make  but 
little  progress. 

On  the  2nd  June  we  fell  into  our  former  rout*  at 
Jambeho,  in  the  alluvial  valley  of  the  Malagarazi  River. 
The  party  was  pitched  in  two  places  by  the  mismanage- 
ment of  Said  bin  Salim ;  already  the  porters  began  to 
raise  loud  cries  of  Posho !  (provaunt !)  and  their  dread 
of  the  Wavinza  increased  as  they  approached  the 
Malagarazi  Ferry.  The  land  in  the  higher  levels  was 
already  drying  up,  the  vegetation  had  changed  from 
green  to  yellow,  and  the  strips  of  grassy  and  tree-clad 
rock,  buttressing  the  left  bank  of  the  river,  afforded 
those  magnificent  spectacles  of  conflagration  which  have 
ever  been  favourite  themes  with  the  Indian  muse  : — 

"silence  profound 
Enwraps  the  forest,  save  where  bubbling  springs 
Gush  from  the  rock,  or  where  the  echoing  hills 
Give  back  the  tiger's  roar,  or  where  the  boughs 
Burst  into  crackling  flame  and  wide  extends 
The  blaze  the  Dragon's  fiery  breath  has  kindled." 

WiLSon'B  Uttara  Rama  Cheritm,  act  2. 

A  sheet  of  flame,  beginning  with  the  size  of  a  spark, 
overspread  the  hill-side,  advancing  on  the  wings  of  the 
wind,  with  the  roaring  rushing  sound  of  many  hosts 
where  the  grass  lay  thick,  shooting  huge  forky  tongues 
high  into  the  dark  air,  where  tall  trees,  the  patriarchs 
of  the  forest,  yielded  their  lives  to  the  blast,  smouldering 
and  darkening,  as  if  about  to  be  quenched  where  the 
rock  afforded  scanty  fuel,  then  flickering,  blazing  up 
and  soaring  again  till  topping  the  brow  of  the  hill,  the 
sheet  became  a  thin  line  of  fire,  and  gradually  vanished 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


164  THE   LARK  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

from  the  view,  leaving  its  reflection  upon  the  canopy  of 
lurid  smoke  studded  with  sparks  and  bits  of  live  braise, 
which  marked  its  descent  on  the  other  side  of  the  but- 
tress. Resuming  our  march  along  the  cold  and  foggy 
vale  of  the  Malagarazi,  and  crossing  on  the  third  day 
the  stony  slabby  hills  that  bound  the  fluviatile  plain 
northward,  we  reached,  on  the  4th  June,  the  dreaded 
ferry-place  of  the  river. 

The  great  Malagarazi  still  swollen,  though  the  rains 
had  ceased,  by  the  surplus  moisture  of  the  sopped  earth, 
had  spread  its  wide  heart  of  shallow  waters,  variegated 
with  narrow  veins — a  deeper  artery  in  the  centre 
showing  the  main  stream — far  over  the  plain.  Thus 
offering  additional  obstacles  to  crossing,  it  was  turned 
to  good  account  by  the  Mutware,  the  Lord  of  the  Ferry. 
On  arrival  at  the  Kraal  overlooking  the  river  I  sum- 
moned this  Charon,  who  demanded  as  his  preliminary 
obolus  one  pot  of  oil,  seven  cloths,  and  300  khete 
of  blue  porcelains.  Said  bin  Majid,  our  companion, 
paid  about  one-fifth  the  sum.  But  the  Kraal  was 
uncomfortable,  we  were  stung  out  by  armies  of  ants ; 
a  slight  earthquake,  at  11.15  a.m..  on  the  4th  June, 
appeared  a  bad  omen  to  Said  bin  Salim  :  briefly,  I  was 
compelled  to  countenance  the  extortion.  On  the  next 
morning  we  set  out,  having  been  cannily  preceded  by 
Said  bin  Majid.  Every  difficulty  was  thrown  in  the 
way  of  our  boxes  and  baggage.  Often,  when  I  refused 
the  exorbitant  sum  of  four  and  even  five  khete  per  load, 
the  fellows  quietly  poled  off,  squatted  in  their  canoes, 
and  required  to  be  summoned  back  by  Said  bin  Salim 
with  the  abjectest  concessions.  They  would  not  take 
on  board  a  Goanese  or  a  Baloch  without  extra  pay,  and 
they  landed,  under  some  pretext,  Said  bin  Salim  and  the 
Jemadar  upon  a  dry  knoll  in  the  waste  of  waters,  and 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


FERRYMENS    DODGES.  163 

demanded  and  received  a  cloth  before  they  would  rescue 
them.  In  these  and  kindred  manoeuvres  nearly  seven 
hours  were  expended ;  no  accidents,  however,  occurred, 
and  at  4  p.m.  we  saw  ourselves,  with  hearts  relieved 
of  some  load,  once  more  at  Ugogo,  on  the  left  bank  of 
the  river.  1  found  my  companion,  who  had  preceded 
me,  in  treaty  for  the  purchase  of  a  little  pig  ;  fortunately 
the  beads  would  not  persuade  the  porters  to  part  with 
it,  consequently  my  pots  escaped  pollution. 

An  eventless  march  of  twelve  days  led  from  the  Mala- 
garazi  Ferry  to  Unyanyembe.  Avoiding  the  dhow  to 
Msene  we  followed  this  time'  the  more  direct  southern 
route.  I  had  expected  again  to  find  the  treacle-like 
surface  over  which  we  had  before  crept,  and  perhaps  even 
in  a  worse  state;  but  the  inundations  compelled  the 
porters  to  skirt  the  little  hills  bounding  the  swamps. 
Provisions. — rice,  holcus  and  panicum,  manioc,  cu- 
cumbers and  sweet  potatoes,  pulse,  ground-nuts,  and 
tobacco — became  plentiful  as  we  progressed  ;  the 
arrowroot  and  the  bhang  plant  flourished  wild,  and 
plantains  and  palmyras  were  scattered  over  the  land. 
On  the  8th  June,  emerging  from  inhospitable  Uvinza 
into  neutral  ground,  we  were  pronounced  to  be  out  of 
danger,  and  on  the  next  day,  when  in  the  meridian  of 
Usagozi,  we  were  admitted  for  the  first  time  to  the 
comfort  of  a  village.  Three  days  afterwards  we  se- 
parated from  Said  bin  Majid.  ■  Having  a  valuable  store 
of  tusks,  he  had  but  half  loaded  his  porters ;  he  also 
half  fed  them :  the  consequence  was  that  they  marched 
like  mad  men,  and  ours  followed  like  a  flock  of  sheep. 
He  would  not  incur  the  danger  and  expense  of  visiting 
a  settlement,  and  he  pitched  in  the  bush,  where  pro- 
visions were  the  least  obtainable.  When  I  told  him 
that  we  must  part  company,  he  deprecated  the  measure. 


id  By  Google 


166  THE   LAKE  REQI0XS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

with  his  stock  statement,  viz.  that  at  the  distance  of 
an  hour's  march  there  was  a  fine  safe  village  full  of 
provisions,  and  well  fitted  for  a  halt.  The  hour's 
march  proved  a  long  stage  of  nearly  sixteen  miles,  over 
a  remarkably  toilsome  country,  a  foul  jungle  with  tsetse- 
haunted  thorn-bushes,  swamps,  and  inundated  lands, 
ending  at  a  wretched  cluster  of  hutB,  which  could 
supply  nothing  but  a  tough  old  hen.  I  was  sorry  to 
part  with  the  Arab  merchant,  a  civil  man,  and  a  well- 
informed,  yet  somewhat  addicted  to  begging  like  all  his 
people.  His  marching  freaks,  however,  were  unendur- 
able, dawdling  at  the  beginning  of  the  journey,  rushing 
through  the  middle,  and  lagging  at  the  end.  We 
afterwards  passed  him  on  the  road,  of  course  he  had 
been  delayed,  and  subsequently,  during  a  long  halt  at 
Unyanyembe,  he  frequently  visited  me. 

On  the  17th  June  the  caravan,  after  sundry  difficul- 
ties, caused  by  desertion,  passed  on  to  Irora  the  village 
of  Salim  bin  Salih,  who  this  time  received  us  hospitably 
enough.  Thence  we  first  sighted  the  blue  hills  of  Un- 
yanyembe, our  destination.  The  next  day  saw  us  at 
Yombo,  where,  by  good  accident,  we  met  a  batch  of  seven 
cloth-bales  and  one  box  en  route  to  TJjiji,  under  charge 
of  our  old  enemy  Salim  bin  Sayf  of  Dut'humi.  My 
complaint  against  "  Msopora,"  forwarded  from  Zury- 
omero,  had,  after  Lieut.-Col.  Hamerton's  decease,  on 
the  5th  July  1857,  been  laid  by  M.  Cochet,  Consul  de 
France,  before  H.  M.  the  Sayyid  Majid, — a  fact  which 
accounts  for  the  readiness  with  which  our  effects  were  on 
this  occasion  delivered  up,  and  for  the  non-appearance 
of  the  individual  in  person.  We  also  received  the 
second  packet  of  letters  which  reached  us  during  that 
year:  as  usual,  they  were  full  of  evil  news.  Almost 
every  one  had  lost  some  relation  or  friend  near  and  dear 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


THE  ABAB'S  BREAKFAST.  167 

to  him :  even  Said  bin  Salim's  hearth  had  been  spoiled 
of  its  chief  attraction,  an  only  son,  who,  born  it  was 
supposed  in  consequence  of  my  *(  barakat  "  (propitious 
influence),  had  been  named  Abdullah.  Such  tidings  are 
severely  felt  by  the  wanderer  who,  living  long  behind 
the  world,  and  unable  to  mark  its  gradual  changes,  lulls, 
by  dwelling  upon  the  past,  apprehension  into  a  belief 
that  his  home  has  known  no  loss,  and  who  expects 
again  to  meet  each  old  familiar  face  ready  to  smile 
upon  his  return  as  it  was  to  weep  at  his  depar- 
ture. 

After  a  day's  halt  to  collect  porters  at  Yombo,  we 
marched  from  it  on  the  20th  June,  and  passing  the 
scene  of  our  former  miseries,  the  village  under  the 
lumpy  hill,  "  Zimbili,"  we  re-entered  Kazeh.  There  I 
was  warmly  welcomed  by  the  hospitable  Snay  bin  Amir, 
who,  after  seating  us  to  coffee,  as  is  the  custom,  for  a 
few  minutes  in  his  Barzah  or  ante-room,  led  us  to  the 
old  abode,  which  had  been  carefully  repaired,  swept, 
and  plastered.  There  a  large  metal  tray  bending  under 
succulent  dishes  of  rice  and  curried  fowl,  giblets  and 
manioc  boiled  in  the  cream  of  the  ground-nut,  and 
sugared  omelets  flavoured  with  ghee  and  onion  shreds, 
presented  peculiar  attractions  to  half-starved  travel- 
lers. 

Our  return  from  Ujiji  to  Unyanyembe  was  thus 
accomplished  in  twenty-two  stations,  which,  halts  in- 
cluded, occupied  a  total  of  twenty-six  days,  from  the 
26th  May  to  the  20th  June  1858,  and  the  distance 
along  the  road  may  be  computed  at  265  statute 
miles. 

After  a  day's  repose  at  Kazeh,  I  was  called  upon, 
as  "  etiquette  "  directs,  by  the  few  Arab  merchants  there 
present.     Musa  Mzuri,  the  Indian,  was  still  absent  at 

M   4 

j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


168  THE   LAKE  EEGI0N3  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

Karagwah,  and  the  greater  part  of  the  commercial  body 
was  scattered  in  trading-trips  over  the  country.'  I 
had  the  satisfaction  of  finding  that  my  last  indent  on 
Zanzibar  for  400  dollars'  worth  of  cloth  and  beads 
had  arrived  under  the  charge  of  Tani  bin  Sulayyani, 
who  claimed  four  Gorah  or  pieces  for  safe  conduct.  I 
also  recovered,  though  not  without  some  display  of 
force,  the  table  and  chair  left  by  the  escort  and  the 
slaves  in  the  Dungomaro  Nullah.  The  articles  had  been 
found  by  one  Muinyi  Khamisi,  a  peddling  and  not  over- 
honest  Msawahili,  who  demanded  an  unconscionable 
sum  for  porterage,  and  whose  head-piece  assumed  the 
appearance  of  a  coal  scuttle  when  rewarded  with  the  six 
cloths  proposed  by  Snay  bin  Amir.  The  debauched 
Wazira,  who  had  remained  behind  at  Msene,  appeared 
with  an  abundance  of  drunken  smiles,  sideling  in  at  the 
doorway,  which  he  scratched  more  Africano  with  one 
set  of  five  nails,  whilst  the  other  was  applied  to  a  similar 
purpose  a  posteriori.  He  was  ejected,  despite  his  loud 
asseverations  that  he,  and  he  only,  could  clear  us  through 
the  dangerous  Wagogo.  The  sons  of  Ramji,  who, 
travelling  from  Msene,  had  entered  Kazeh  on  the  day 
preceding  our  arrival,  came  to  the  house  en  masse, 
headed  by  Kidogo,  with  all  the  jaunty  and  sanssouci 
gait  and  manner  of  yore.  I  had  imagined  that  by  that 
time  they  would  have  found  their  way  to  the  coast. 
I  saw  no  reason,  however,  for  re-engaging  them, 
and  they  at  once  returned  to  the  gaieties  of  their 
capital. 

During  the  first  week  following  the  march  all  paid 
the  inevitable  penalty  of  a  toilsome  trudge  through  a 
perilous  jungly  country,  in  the  deadliest  season  of  the 
year,  when  the  waters  are  drying  up  under  a  fiery  sun, 
and  a  violent  vent  de  Use  from  the  East,  which  pours 


id  By  Google 


THE  "TRUE  APOTHECABT."  169 

through  the  tepid  air  like  cold  water  into  a  warm  bath. 
Again  I  suffered  severely  from  swelling  and  numbness 
of  the  extremities,  and  strength  returned  by  tantalisingly 
slow  degrees.  My  companion  was  a  martyr  to  obstinate 
deafness  and  to  a  dimness  of  vision,  which  incapacitated 
him  from  reading,  writing,  and  observing  correctly. 
Both  the  Goanese  were  prostrated  by  fever,  followed  by 
severe  rheumatism  and  liver-pains.  In  the  case  of  Valen- 
tine, who,  after  a  few  hours  lay  deprived  of  sense  and 
sensation,  quinine  appearing  useless  —  the  malady  only 
changed  from  a  quotidian  to  a  tertian  type  —  I  resolved 
to  try  the  Tjnctura  Warburgii,  which  had  been  used  with 
such  effect  by  Lieut.-Col.  Hamerton  at  Zanzibar.  "  O 
true  apothecary ! "  The  result  was  quasi-miraculous. 
The  anticipated  paroxysm  did  not  return ;  the  painful 
emetism  at  once  ceased ;  instead  of  a  death-like  lethargy, 
a  sweet  childish  sleep  again  visited  his  aching  eyes,  and, 
chief  boon  of  all  to  those  so  affected,  the  corroding 
thirst  gave  way  to  an  appetite,  followed  by  sound  if  not 
strong  digestion.  Finally,  the  painful  and  dangerous 
consequences  of  the  disease  were  averted,  and  the  sub- 
sequent attacks  were  scarcely  worthy  of  notice.  I  feel 
bound  in  justice,  after  a  personal  experiment,  which 
ended  similarly,  to  pay  this  humble  tribute  of  gratitude 
to  Dr.  Warburg's  invaluable  discovery.  The  Baloch,  in 
their  turn,  yielded  to  the  effects  of  malaria,  many  com- 
plained of  ulcerations  and  prurigo,  and  their  recovery 
was  protracted  by  a  surfeit  of  food  and  its  consequences. 
But,  under  the  influence  of  narcotics,  tonics,  and  stimu- 
lants, we  presently  progressed  towards  convalescence ; 
and  stronger  than  any  physical  relief,  in  my  case,  was 
the  moral  effect  of  success,  and  the  cessation  of  the 
ghastly  doubts  and  cares,  and  of  the  terrible  wear  and 
tear  of  mind  which,  from  the  coast  to  Uvira,  had  never 


D^z^yGoogle 


170  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

been  absent.  X  felt  the  proud  consciousness  of  having 
done  my  beat,  under  conditions  from  beginning  to  end 
the  worst  and  the  most  unpromising,  and  that  whatever 
future  evils  Fate  might  have  in  store  for  me,  that  it 
could  not  rob  me  of  the  meed  won  by  the  hardships 
and  sufferings  of  the  past. 

Several  Arab  merchants  were  preparing  to  return 
coastwards  for  the  "Mausim"  (monsoon),  or  Indian 
trading-season,  which,  at  Zanzibar,  includes  the  months 
of  December,  January,  and  February,  and  they  were 
not  unwilling  to  avail  themselves  of  my  escort.  But 
several  reasons  detained  me  at  Eazeh.  Some  time  was 
required  to  make  preparations  for  the  long  down  march. 
I  had  not  given  up  the  project  of  returning  to  the  sea- 
board vid  Eilwa.  Moreover,  it  was  judged  advisable 
to  collect  from  the  Arabs  details  concerning  the  inte- 
resting countries  lying  to  the  north  and  south  of  the 
line  traversed  by  the  Expedition.  As  has  been  men- 
tioned in  Chap.  XL,  the  merchants  had  detailed  to 
me,  during  my  first  halt  at  Eazeh,  their  discovery  of  a 
large  Bahr  —  a  sea  or  lake — lying  fifteen  or  Bixteen 
marches  to  the  north ;  and  from  their  descriptions  and 
bearings,  my  companion  had  laid  down  the  water  in 
a  hand-map  forwarded  to  the  Royal  Geographical 
Society.  All  agreed  in  claiming  for  it  superiority  of 
size  over  the  Tanganyika  Lake.  I  saw  at  once  that 
the  existence  flf  this  hitherto  unknown  basin  would 
explain  many  discrepancies  promulgated  by  speculative 
geographers,  more  especially  the  notable  and  deceptive 
differences  of  distances,  caused  by  the  confusion  of  the 
two  waters.*     Remained  only  to  ascertain  if  -the  Arabs 

*  Mr.  ErWdt,  for  instance,  "  Memoir  on  tie  Chart  of  Kmt  and  Central 
Africa,  compiled  by  J.  Erhardt  and  J.  Rebmsnu,  London,  1856,"  aonauncea 
the  "  existence  of  a  Great  Lake,  called  in  the  south  Niandsha  (rTjassa),  in 


Google 


THE  ANGLO-INDIAN.  171 

had  not,  with  the  usual  Oriental  hyperbole,  exaggerated 
the  dimensions  of  the  Northern  Lake. 

My  companion,  who  had  recovered  strength  from  the 
repose  and  the  comparative  comfort  of  our  head-quarters, 
appeared  a  fit  person  to  be  detached  upon  this  duty; 
moreover,  his  presence  at  Kazeh  was  by  no  means  desi- 
rable. To  associate  at  the  same  time  with  Arabs  and 
Anglo-Indians,  who  are  ready  to  take  offence  when  it  is 
least  intended,  who  expect  servility  as  their  due,  and 
whose  morgue  of  colour  induces  them  to  treat  all  skins  a 
shade  darker  than  their  own  as  "  niggers,"  Is  even  more 
difficult  than  to  avoid  a  rupture  when  placed  between 
two  friends  who  have  quarrelled  with  each  other.  More- 
over, in  this  case,  the  difficulty  was  exaggerated  by  the 
Anglo-Indian's  complete  ignorance  of  Eastern  manners 
and  customs,  and  of  any  Oriental  language  beyond,  at 
least,  a  few  words  of  the  debased  Anglo-Indian  jargon. 

I  have  dwelt  upon  this  subject  because  my  companion 
has  thought  proper  to  represent  (in  Blackwood,  Oct. 
1859)  that  I  was  "most  unfortunately  quite  done  up, 
but  most  graciously  consented  to  wait  with  the  Arabs 
and  recruit  health."  This  is  far  from  being  the  fact.  I 
had  other  and  more  important  matter  to  work  out. 
Writing  from  the  spot  (Unyanyembe,  2nd  July  1858, 
and  published  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Royal  Geo- 
graphical Society,  24th  Jan.  1859)  my  companion  repre- 
sents the  case  somewhat  differently.  "To  diminish  the 
disappointment,  caused  by  the  short-coming  of  our  cloth, 
in  not  seeing  the  whole  of  the  Sea  Ujiji,  I  have  proposed 
to  take  a  flying  trip  to  the  unknown  lake,  while  Captain 
Burton  prepares  for  our  return  homewards." 

the  north  Ukerewe.-rfnd  on  the  coast  Niasa  and  Bahari  ja  Uniamegi," 
makes  the  distance  througt  Dich'aga  (Chhaga)  and  the  Masai  plains  only 
fifty-nine  marches. 


id  By  Google 


172  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

On  the  30th  June  the  subject  was  brought  forward 
in  the  presence  of  Said  bin  Salitn  and  the  Baloch.  The 
former  happily  lodged  at  Kazeh,  felt  loath  to  tear  him- 
self from  the  massive  arms  of  his  charmer  Halimah. 
He  finessed  as  usual,  giving  an  evasive  answer,  viz. 
that  he  could  not  decide  till  the  last  day,  and  he 
declined  to  influence  the  escort,  who  afterwards  declared 
that  he  had  done  all  in  his  power  to  deter  them  from 
the  journey.  In  vain  my  companion  threatened  him 
with  forfeiture  of  his  reward  after  he  returned  to  Zanzi- 
bar; in  vain  my  companion  told  him  that  it  was  forfeited.* 
He  held  firm,  and  I  was  not  over-anxious  in  influencing 
him,  well  knowing  that  though  the  Baloch,  a  stolid 
race,  might  prove  manageable,  the  brain  of  the  Machia- 
vellian Arab,  whose  egregious  selfishness  never  hesitated 
at  any  measure  calculated  to  ensure  its  gratification, 
was  of  a  somewhat  too  heavy  metal  for  the  article 
opposed  to  it.  That  Said  bin  Salim  attempted  to  thwart 
the  project  I  have  no  doubt.  The  Kirangozi,  and  the 
fifteen  porters  hired  from  his  village  with  the  tempting 
offer  of  five  cloths  per  man,  showed  an  amount  of  fear 
and  shirking  hardly  justified  by  the  real  risks  of  tread- 
ing so  well  known  a  tract.  The  Jemadar  and  his  men 
at  first  positively  refused  their  escort,  but  the  mean- 
ing word  "  Bakhshish  "  slipping  in  reassured  me.  After 
informing  them  that  in  case  of  recusancy  their  rations 
should  be  stopped,  I  inquired  the  amount  of  largesse 
expected.     The  ten  efficient  men  composing  the  guard 

*  I  transcribe  the  following  words  from  my  companion's  paper  (Black- 
wood, October  1859) :  "I  urged  that  it  was  as  much  bis  (Said  bin  Salim's) 
duty  as  mine  to  go  there;  and  said,  unless  he  changed  his  present  resolution, 
I  should  certainly  recommend  the  Government  not  to  pay  the  gratuity  which 
the  consul  had  promised  hint  on  condition  that  he  worked  entirely  to  our 
satisfaction,  in  assisting  the  Expedition  to  carry  out  the  Government's 
plans." 


id  By  Google 


TIIE  NOBTHEEN  KINGDOMS.  173 

demanded  fifteen  cloths  a  piece,  besides  one  porter  each 
to  carry  their  matchlocks  and  pervanents.  The  number 
of  the  porters  was  reduced,  the  cloth  was  procured  from 
an  Arab  merchant,  Sayf  bin  Said  el  Wardi,  at  an  expense 
of  one  hundred  dollars,  made  payable  by  draught  upon 
Ladha  Damha  of  Zanzibar :  at  the  same  time,  the  Baloch 
were  warned  that  they  must  option  between  this  and  the 
reward  conditionally  promised  to  them  after  return.* 
Their  bad  example  was  followed  by  the  old  and  faithful 
servant "  Bombay,"  who  required  instant  dismissal  unless 
he  also  received  cloth  before  the  journey:  he  was 
too  useful  to  my  companion  as  interpreter  and  steward 
to  be  lightly  parted  with.  But  the  granting  his  claim 
led  to  a  similar  strike  and  menace  on  the  part  of  the 
bull-headed  slave  Mabruki,  who,  being  merely  a  "  head- 
ache "  to  me,  at  once  "  got  the  sack  "  till  he  promised, 
if  pardoned,  to  shake  off  his  fear,  and  not  to  be 
naughty  in  future.  By  dint  of  severe  exertion  my 
companion  was  enabled  to  leave  Eazeh  on  the  10th 
July. 

I  proceed  to  recount  the  most  important  portion 
of  the  information  —  for  ampler  details  the  reader  is 
referred  to  the  Journal  of  the  Royal  Geographical 
Society  —  collected  during  my  halt  at  Kazeh  from  vari- 
ous sources,  Arab  and  African,  especially  from  Snay  bin 
Amir,  concerning — 


*  Somy  report  printed  in  the  Proceedings  Roy.  Geog.Soc.  loco  clt.  "Our 
asses,  thirty  in  number,  all  died,  our  porters  ran  away,  our  goods  were  left 
behind ;  our  black  escort  became  so  unmanageable  as  to  require  dismissal  i  the 
weakness  of  our  party  in»ited  attacks,  and  ourwretched  Baloch  deserted  us 
in  the  jungle,  and  throughout  haTe  occasioned  an  infinity  of  trouble." 


id  By  Google 


THE   LAKE  BEOI0NS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 


THE  NORTHERN   KINGDOMS:    KARAGWAH,    UGANDA, 
AND  VNTOBO. 

The  extensive  and  hitherto  unknown  countries  de- 
scribed in  this  chapter,  being  compact  despotisms,  re- 
sembling those  of  Ashanti  and  Dahomey  more  than  the 
semi-monarchies  of  Unyamwezi  and  Urundi,  or  the 
barbarous  republics  of  Uvinza  and  Ujiji,  are  designated 
the  Northern  Kingdoms.  It  is  regrettable  that  oral 
information,  and  not  the  results  of  actual  investigation, 
are  offered  to  the  reader  concerning  regions  so  interest- 
ing as  the  Southern  Tanganyika,  the  Northern  King- 
doms, and  the  provinces  south  of  Unyanyembe.  But 
absolute  obstacles  having  interfered,  it  was  judged 
advisable  to  use  the  labours  of  others  rather  than  to 
omit  all  notice  of  a  subject  which  has  the  importance 
of  novelty,  because  it  lacked  the  advantages  of  a  regular 
exploration. 

Informants  agree  in  representing  the  northern  races 
as  superior  in  civilisation  and  social  constitution  to  the 
other  tribes  of  Eastern  and  Central  Africa.  Like  the 
subjects  of  the  Kazerabe,  they  have  built  extensive  and 
regular  settlements,  and  they  reverence  even  to  worship 
a  single  despot,  who  rules  with  a  rigour  which  in  Europe 
would  be  called  barbarity.  Having  thrown  off  the  rude 
equality  of  their  neighbours,  they  recognise  ranks  in 
society ;  there  is  order  amongst  men,  and  some  idea  of 
honour  in  women ;  they  add  to  commerce  credit,  with- 
out which  commerce  can  hardly  exist ;  and  they  hospi- 
tably entertain  strangers  and  guests.  These  accounts 
are  confirmed  by  the  specimens  of  male  and  female 
slaves  from  Karagwah  and   Uganda  .seen  at   Unyan- 


id  By  Google 


THE  50BTHEBN  KINGDOMS.  174 

yeinbe :  between  them  and  the  southern  races  there  is 
a  marked  physical  difference.  Their  heads  are  of  a 
superior  cast :  the  regions  where  the  reflective  faculties 
and  the  moral  sentiments,  especially  benevolence,  are 
placed,  rise  high ;  the  nose  is  more  of  the  Caucasian 
type;  the  immoderate  masticating  apparatus  which 
gives  to  the  negro  and  the  lower  negroid  his  peculiar 
aspect  of  animality,  is  greatly  modified,  and  the  expres- 
sion of  the  countenance  is  soft,  kindly,  and  not  deficient 
in  intelligence. 

From  Unyanyembe  to  Kibuga,  the  capital  of  Uganda, 
are  fifty-three  stages,  which  are  distributed  into  four 
crucial  stations  of  Usui,  Earagwah,  dependent  Unyoro, 
and  Uganda.  A  few  remarks  concerning  each  of  these 
divisions  may  not  be  unacceptable. 

Between  Unyanyembe  and  Usui  are  sixteen  long,  or 
nineteen  short,  stages.  Though  the  road  is  for  the 
most  part  rough  and  hilly,  the  marches  can  scarcely  be 
reduced  below  ten  statute,  or  six  rectilinear  geo.  miles 
per  diem ;  in  tact,  the  geographer's  danger  when  making 
these  estimates  is,  that  of  falling,  through  fear  of  exag- 
geration, into  the  opposite  and  equally  incorrect  extreme. 
The  general  direction  of  the  line  leading  from  Kazeh, 
in  Unyanyembe,  to  Karagwah,  pointed  out  by  Snay 
bin  Amir,  bore  345°  (corrected  332° ) ;  the  length  of 
the  nineteen  marches  would  be  about  115  geo.  miles. 
The  southern  frontier  of  Usui  may,  therefore,  be  safely 
placed  in  S.  lat.  8°  10'. 

The'route  from  Kazeh  to  Usui  falls  at  once  westward 
of  the  line  leading  to  the  Kyanza  Lake ;  it  diverges, 
however,  bat  little  at  first,  as  they  both  traverse  the 
small  districts  of  Ultkampuri,  Unyambewa,  and  Ukuni. 
Usonga,  crossed  in  five  short  marches,  is  the  first  consi- 
derable district  north  of  Unyanyembe.     Thence  the 


id  By  Google 


176  THE  LAKE  BEGIOSS  OF  CENTRAL  AFBICA. 

road  enters  the  province  of  Utumbara,  which  is  flanked 
on  the  east  by  Usatnbiro,  and  on  the  west  by  Uyungu, 
governed  by  the  Muhinda  Sultan,  Kanze.  Utumbara, 
as  has  been  mentioned,  was  lately  plundered,  and 
Ruhembe,  its  chief,  was  slain,  by  the  predatory  Watuta. 
In  Utumbara  and  Usambiro  the  people  are  chiefly  the 
Wafyoma,  a  tribe  of  Wanyamwezi :  they  are  a  commer- 
cial race,  like  the  Wajiji  —  trafficking  in  hoes  and  ivory  ; 
and  their  present  Sultan,  Mutawazi,  has  often  been 
visited  by  the  Arabs.  Uyofu,  governed  by  Mnyamu- 
runda,  is  the  northern  boundary  of  Unyamwezi,  after 
which  the  route  enters  the  ill  famed  territory  of 
Usui. 

Usui  is  traversed  in  seven  marches,  making  a  sum  of 
twenty-six  from  Kazeh.  According  to  the  former  com- 
putation, a  total  march  of  about  156  geo.  miles  would 
place  the  southern  frontier  of  Karagwah  in  S.  lat.  2°  40'. 
The  road  in  several  parts  discloses  a  view  of  the  Nyanza 
Lake.  Usui  is  described  as  a  kind  of  neutral  ground 
between  the  rolling  plateau  of  Unyamwezi  and  the 
highlands  of  Karagwah  :  it  is  broken  by  ridges  in  two 
places  —  Nyakasene  the  fourth,  and  Ruhembe  the 
seventh  stage,  where  mention  is  also  made  of  a  small 
stream.  From  this  part  of  the  country  a  wild  nutmeg 
is  brought  to  Kazeh  by  caravans :  the  Arabs  declare 
that  it  grows  upon  the  well-wooded  hills,  and  the  only 
specimen  shown  was  heavy  and  well  flavoured,  present- 
ing a  marked  contrast  to  the  poor  produce  of  Zanzibar 
island. 

The  Wasui,  according  to  the  Arabs,  are  not  Wan- 
yamwezi. They  are  considered  dangerous,  and  they 
have  frequently  cut  off  the  route  to  caravans  from 
Karagwah.  Their  principal  sultan,  a  Muhinda  named 
Suwarora,  demands  exorbitant  blackmail,  and  is  de- 


id  By  Google 


scribed  as  troublesome  and  overbearing:  his  bad  ex- 
ample has  been  imitated  by  his  minor  chiefs. 

The  kingdom  of  Karagwah,  which  is  limited  on  the 
north  by  the  Kitangure  or  Kitangule  River,  a  great 
western  influent  of  the  Nyanza  Lake,  occupies  twelve 
days  in  traversing.  The  usual  estimate  would  thus 
give  it  a  depth  of  72,  and  place  the  northern  limit 
bout  228  rectilinear  geo.  miles  from  Kazeh,  or  in 
S.  lat.  1°  40'.  But  the  Kitangure  River,  according  to 
the  Arabs,  falls  into  the  Nyanza  diagonally  from  south- 
west  to  north-east.  Its  embouchure  will,  therefore,  not 
be  distant  from  the  equator.  The  line  of  road  is  thus 
described :  After  ascending  the  hills  of  Ruhembe  the 
route,  deflecting  eastward,  pursues  for  three  days  the 
lacustrine  plain  of  the  Nyanza,  At  Tenga,  the  fourth 
station,  the  first  gradient  of  the  Karagwah  mountains  is 
crossed,  probably  at  low  levels,  where  the  spurs  fall 
towards  the  lake.  Kafuro  is  a  large  district  where 
merchants  halt  to  trade,  in  the  vicinity  of  Weranhanja, 
the  royal  settlement,  which  commands  a  distant  view  of 
the  Nyanza.  Nyakahanga,  the  eighth  stage,  is  a 
gradient  similar  to  that  of  Tenga;  and  Magugi,  the 
tenth  station,  conducts  the  traveller  to  the  northernmost 
ridge  of  Karagwah.  The  mountains  are  described  as 
abrupt  and  difficult,  but  not  impracticable  for  laden 
asses :  they  are  compared  by  the  Arabs  to  the  Rubeho 
chain  of  Usagara.  This  would  raise  them  about  4000 
feet  above  the  mean  level  of  the  Unyamwezi  plateau 
and  the  Nyanza  water,  and  about  8000  feet  above  this 
sea.  Their  surface,  according  to  the  Arabs,  is  alter- 
nately earth  and  stone,  the  former  covered  with  plan- 
tains and  huge  timber-trees,  the  latter  bare,  probably  by 
reason  of  their  altitude.  There  are  no  plains,  bush,  or 
jungle,  but  the  deep  ravines  and  the  valleys  intersecting 

vol.  ».  x 

j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


178  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

the  variouB  ridges  drain  the  surface  of  the  hills,  and  are 
the  sites  of  luxuriant  cultivation.  The  people  of  iTa- 
ragwah,  averse  to  the  labour  of  felling  the  patriarchs 
of  the  forest,  burn  "  bois  de  vache, "  like  the  natives  of 
Usukuma.  North  of  Magugi,  at  Katanda,  a  broad  flat 
extends  eastwards:  the  path  thence  descends  the  nor- 
thern counterslope,  and  falls  into  the  alluvial  plain  of 
the  Kitungure  River. 

Karagwah  is  thus  a  mass  of  highlands,  bounded  on 
the  north  by  dependent  Unyoro,  on  the  south  by  Usui, 
eastward  by  the  tribes  of  Wahayya  and  Wapororo,  upon 
the  lacustrine  plain  of  the  Nyanza  ;  on  the  south-west 
it  inosculates  with  Urundi,  which  has  been  described  as 
extending  from  the  north-eastern  extremity  of  the 
Tanganyika  Lake.  Its  equatorial  position  and  its 
altitude  enable  it  to  represent  the  Central  African 
prolongation  of  the  Lunar  Mountains.  Ptolemy  de- 
scribes this  range,  which  he  supposes  to  send  forth 
the  White  Nile,  as  stretching  across  the  continent  for 
a  distance  of  10°  of  longitude.  For  many  years  this 
traditional  feature  has  somewhat  fallen  into  discredit : 
some  geographers  have  changed  the  direction  of  the 
line,  which,  like  the  Himalayas,  forms  the  base  of  the 
South  African  triangle  from  east  and  west  to  north  and 
south,  thus  converting  it  into  a  formation  akin  to  the 
ghauts  or  lateral  ranges  of  the  Indian  peninsula ;  whilst 
others  have  not  hesitated  to  cast  ridicule  upon  the 
mythus.  From  the  explorations  of  the  "Mombas 
Mission "  in  Usumbara,  Chhaga,  and  Kitui,  and  from 
the  accounts  of  Arab  visitors  to  the  lands  of  Uinasai 
and  the  kingdom  of  Karagwah,  it  appears  that  from  the 
fifth  parallel  of  S.  lat.  to  the  equator,  an  elevated  mass 
of  granite  and  sandstone  formation  crosses  from  the 
shores  of  the  Indian  Ocean  to  the  centre  of  Tropical 


id  By  Google 


THE  LUNAR  MOUNTAINS.  179 

Africa.  The  vast  limestone  band  which  extends  from 
the  banks  of  the  Burramputra  to  those  of  the  Tagus 
appears  to  be  prolonged  as  far  south  as  the  Eastern 
Horn,  and  near  the  equator  to  give  place  to  sand- 
stone formations.  The  line  is  not,  however,  as  might 
be  expected  from  analogy  with  the  Himalayan,  a 
continuous  unbroken  chain;  it  consists  of  insulated 
mountains,  apparently  volcanic,  rising  from  elevated 
plains,  and  sometimes  connected  by  barren  and  broken 
ridges.  The  south-eastern  threshold  of  the  Lunar  Cor- 
dillera is  the  highland  region  of  Usumbara,  which  may 
attain  the  height  of  3000  or  4000  feet  above  sea-level. 
It  leads  by  a  succession  of  mountain  and  .  valley  to 
Chhaga,  whose  apex  is  the  ".Ethiopian  Olympus," 
Kilima-Ngao.  From  this  corner-pillar  the  line  trends 
westward,  and  the  route  to  Burkene  passes  along  the 
base  of  the  principal  elevations,  Doengo  Engai  and 
Endia  Siriani.  Beyond  Burkene  lies  the  Nyanza  Lake, 
in  a  huge  gap  which,  breaking  the  continuity  of  the 
line,  drains  the  regions  westward  of  Kilima-Ngao, 
whilst  those  to  the  eastward,  the  Pangani  and  other 
similar  streams,  discharge  their  waters  to  the  south- 
east into  the  Indian  Ocean.  The  kingdom  of  Earagwah 
prolongs  the  line  to  Urundi,  upon  the  Tanganyika 
Lake,  where  the  south-western  spurs  of  the  Lunar 
Mountains  form  a  high  continuous  belt.  Mr.  Petherick, 
of  Khartum,  travelling  twenty-five  marches,  each  of 
twenty  miles  (?),  in  a  south-south-western  and  due- 
southerly  direction  from  the  Bahr  el  Ghazal,  found  a 
granitic  ridge  rising,  be  supposes  2000  to  2500  feet 
above  the  plain,  near  the  equator,  and  lying  nearly 
upon  the  same  parallel  of  latitude,  and  in  about  27"  E. 
long.  Beyond  that  point  the  land  is  still  unexplored. 
Thence  the  mountains  may  sink  into  the  great  Depres- 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


180  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

sion  of  Central  Africa,  or,  deflected  northwards  of  the 
kingdom  of  Uropua,  they  may  inosculate  with  the  ridge 
which,  separating  the  northern  negroid  races  of  Islam- 
ised  Africa  from  their  negro  brethren  to  the  south,  is 
popularly  known,  according  to  Dcnham  and  Clapperton, 
as  el-Gibel  Gumhr, — Jebel  Kamar, — or  Mons  Lunae. 

The  high  woody  hills  of  Karagwah  attract  a  quantity 
of  rain.  The  long  and  copious  wet  monsoon  divides 
the  year  into  two  seasons — a  winter  of  seven  or  eight, 
and  a  summer  of  four  or  five  months.  The  Vuli,  or 
lesser  rains,  commence,  as  at  Zanzibar,  with  the  Nayruz 
(29th  of  August);  and  they  continue  with  little  intermis- 
sion till  the  burst  of  the  Masika,  which  lasts  in  Karagwah 
from  October  to  May  or  June.  The  winds,  as  in 
Unyamwezi,  are  the  Kaskazi,  or  north  and  north-east 
gales,  which  shift  during  the  heavier  falls  of  rain  to  the 
Kosi,  the  west  and  south-west.  Storms  of  thunder  and 
lightning  are  frequent,  and  the  Arabs  compare  the 
down-pour  rather  to  that  of  Zanzibar  island  than  to  the 
scanty  showers  of  Unyamwezi.  The  sowing  season  at 
Karagwah,  as  at  Msene  and  Ujiji,  begins  with  the 
Yuli,  when  maize  and  millet,  the  voandzeia,  various 
kinds  of  beans  and  pulse,  are  committed  to  the  well- 
hoed  ground.  Rice  being  unknown,  the  people  depend 
much  upon  holcus :  this  cereal,  which  is  sown  in  Oc- 
tober to  prepare  for  the  Masika  in  November,  has,  in 
the  mountains,  a  short  cane  and  a  poor  insipid  grain  of 
the  red  variety.  The  people  convert  it  into  pombe; 
and  they  make  the  wine  called  mawa  from  the  plantains, 
which  in  several  districts  are  more  abundant  than  the 
cereals.  Karagwah  grows'  according  to  some,  accord- 
ing to  others  imports  from  the  northern  countries, 
along  the  western  margin  of  the  Nyanza  Lake,  a  small 
wild  coffee,  locally  called  mwami.     Like  all  \rild  pro- 


id  By  Google 


WILD  COFFEE.  131 

ductions,  it  is  stunted  and  undeveloped,  and  the  bean, 
which,  when  perfect,  is  about  the  size  of  a  corking-pin's 
head,  is  never  drunk  in  decoction.  The  berry  gathered 
unripe  is  thrown  into  hot  water  to  defend  it  from  rot, 
or  to  prevent  its  drying  too  rapidly — an  operation 
which  converts  the  husk  to  a  dark  chocolate  colour — 
the  people  of  this  country  chew  it  like  tobacco,  and, 
during  visits,  a  handful  is  invariably  presented  to  the 
guest.  According  to  the  Arabs,  it  has,  like  the  kishr 
of  Yemen,  stimulating  properties,  affects  the  head, 
prevents  somnolency,  renders  water  sweet  to  the  taste, 
and  forms  a  pleasant  refreshing  beverage,  which  the 
palate,  however,  never  confounds  with  the  taste  of  the 
Mocha-berry.  In  Karagwah  a  single  khete  of  beads 
purchases  a  kubabah  (from  1  lb.  to  2  lbs.)  of  this 
coffee ;  at  Kazeh  and  Msene,  where  it  is  sometimes 
brought  by  caravans,  it  sells  at  fancy  prices.  Another 
well-known  production  of  all  these  regions  is  the  mt'hipi- 
t'hipi,  or  Abrus  precatorius,  whose  scarlet  seeds  are 
converted  into  ornaments  for  the  head. 

The  cattle  is  a  fine  variety,  with  small  humps  and  large 
horns,  like  that  of  Ujiji  and  Uviva.  The  herds  are 
reckoned  by  Gundu,  or  stallions,  in  the  proportion  of 
1  to  100  cows.  The  late  Sultan  Ndagara  is  said  to 
have  owned  200  Gundu,  or  20,000  cows,  which  late  civil 
wars  have  reduced  to  12,000  or  13,000.  In  Karagwah 
cattle  forms  wealth,  and  everywhere  in  Africa  wealth, 
and  wealth  only,  secures  defenders  and  dependants. 
The  surplus  males  are  killed  for  beef  ;  this  meat,  with 
milk  in  its  various  preparations,  and  a  little  of  the  fine 
white  hill-honey,  forms  the  food  of  the  higher  classes. 

The  people  of  Karagwah,  who  are  not,  according  to 
South  African  fashion,  called  Wakaragwah,  are  divided 
into  two  orders  —  Wahuma  and  Wanyambo  —  who  seem 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


182  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

to  bear  to  each  other  the  relation  of  patron  and  client, 
patrician  and  plebeian.  The  Wahuma  comprises  the 
rich,  who  sometimes  possess  1000  head  of  cattle,  and  the 
warriors,  a  militia  paid  in  the  milk  of  cows  allotted  to 
their  temporary  use  by  the  king.  The  Wanyambo  — 
FellahB  or  Ryots  —  are,  it  is  said,  treated  by  the  nobles 
as  slaves.  The  men  of  Earagwah  are  a  tall  stout  race, 
doubtless  from  the  effect  of  pure  mountain-air  and 
animal  food.  Corpulence  is  a  beauty :  girls  are  fattened 
to  a  vast  bulk  by  drenches  of  curds  and  cream  thickened 
with  flour,  and  are  duly  disciplined  when  they  refuse. 
The  Arabs  describe  them  as  frequently  growing  to  a 
monstrous  size,  like  some  specimens  of  female  Boers 
mentioned  by  early  travellers  in  Southern  Africa. 
Fresh  milk  is  the  male,  sour  the  female  beverage.  The 
complexion  is  a  brown  yellow,  like  that  of  the  Warundi. 
The  dress  of  the  people,  and  even  of  the  chiefs,  ia  an 
apron  of  close-grained  mbugu,  or  bark-cloth,  softened 
with  oil,  and  crimped  with  fine  longitudinal  lines  made 
with  a  batten  or  pounding  club.  In  shape  it  resembles 
the  flap  of  an  English  saddle,  tied  by  a  prolongation  of 
the  upper  corners  round  the  waist.  To  this  scarcely 
decent  article  the  chiefs  add  a  languti,  or  Indian- 
T-bandage  of  goat's  skin.  Nudity  is  not  uncommon,  and 
nubile  girls  assume  the  veriest  apology  for  clothing, 
which  is  exchanged  after  marriage  for  short  kilts  and 
brea»t  coverings  of  skin.  Both  sexes  wear  tiara-shaped 
and  cravat-formed  ornaments  of  the  crimson  abrus-seed, 
pierced  and  strung  upon  mondo,  the  fine  fibre  of  the 
mwale  or  raphia-palm.  The  weapons  are  bows  and 
arrows,  spears,  knobsticks,  and  knives  ;  the  ornaments 
are  beads  and  coil-bracelets,  which,  with  cattle,  form 
the  marriage  settlement.  The  huts  are  of  the  coni- 
cal and  circular  African  shape,  with  walls  of  stakes 


id  By  Google 


KING  ARMANIKA. 


and  roofs  so  carefully  thatched  that  no  rain  can  pene- 
trate them:  the  villages,  as  in  Usagara,  are  scattered 
upon  the  crests  and  ridges  of  the  hills. 

The  Mkdma,  or  Sultan  of  Karagwah,  in  1858,  was 
Armanika,  son  of  Ndagara,  who,  although  the  dignity 
is  in  these  lands  hereditary,  was  opposed  by  his  younger 
brother  Rumanika.  The  rebel,  after  an  obstinate 
attack,  was  routed  by  Suna,  the  late  despot  af  Uganda, 
who,  bribed  by  the  Urge  present  of  ivory,  which  was 
advanced  by  Musa  Mzuri  of  Kazeh,  then  trading  with 
Armanika,  threw  a  large  force  into  the  field.  Rumanika 
was  blinded  and  pensioned,  and  about  four  years  ago 
peace  was  restored.  Armanika  resides  in  the  central 
district,  Weranhanja,  and  his  settlement,  inhabited  only 
by  the  royal  family,  contains  from  forty  to  fifty  huts. 
He  is  described  as  a  man  about  thirty  to  thirty-five 
years  old,  tall,  sturdy,  and  sinewy-limbed,  resembling 
the  Soma!.  His  dress  is,  by  preference,  the  mbugu,  or 
bark-cloth,  but  he  has  a  large  store  of  fine  raiment 
presented  by  his  Arab  visitors  :  in  ornaments  he  is  dis- 
tinguished by  tight  gaiters  of  beads  extending  from 
knee  to  ankle.  His  diet  is  meat  and  milk,  with  some- 
times a  little  honey,  plantains,  and  grain :  unlike  his 
subjects,  he  eschews  inawa  and  pombe.  He  has  about 
a  dozen  wives,  an  unusually  moderate  allowance  for  an 
African  chief,  and  they  have  borne  him  ten  or  eleven 
children.  The  royal  family  is  said  to  be  a  race  of 
centagenarians ;  they  are  buried  in  their  garments, 
sitting  and  holding  their  weapons :  when  the  king  dies 
there  is  a  funeral  feast. 

Under  the  Mkama  is  a  single  minister,  who  takes  the 
title  of  Muhinda,  and  presides  over  the  Wakungu, 
elders  and  headmen,  whose  duty  it  is  to  collect  and  to 
transmit  to  the  monarch  once  every  month  his  revenues, 

M   4 

D,B,tzedDyGOOgIe 


164  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

in  the  shape  of  slaves  and  ivory,  cattle  and  provisions. 
Milk  must  be  forwarded  by  proprietors  of  cows  and 
herds  even  from  a  distance  of  three  days'  march. 
Armanika  is  an  absolute  ruler,  and  he  governs  without 
squeamiahness.  Adulterers  are  punished  by  heavy  fines 
in  cattle,  murderers  are  speared  and  beheaded,  rebels 
and  thieves  are  blinded  by  gouging  out  the  eyes  with  the 
finger-joints  of  the  right-hand,  and  severing  the  muscles. 
Subjects  are  forbidden  to  sell  milk  to  those  who  eat 
beans  or  salt,  for  fear  of  bewitching  the  animals.  The 
Mkama,  who  lives  without  state  or  splendour,  receives 
travellers  with  courtesy.  Hearing  of  their  approach,  he 
orders  his  slaves  to  erect  four  or  five  tents  for  shelter, 
and  he  greets  them  with  a  large  present  of  provisions. 
He  demands  no  blackmail,  but  the  offerer  is  valued 
according  to  his  offerings:  the  return  gifts  are  carefully 
proportioned,  and  for  beads  which  suit  his  taste  he  has 
sent  back  an  acknowledgment  of  fifty  slaves  and  forty 
cows.  The  price  of  adult  male  slaves  varies  from  eight 
to  ten  fundo  of  white,  green,  or  blue  porcelain-beads :  a 
woman  in  her  prime  costs  two  kitindi  (each  equal  to  one 
dollar  on  the  coast),  and  five  or  six  fundo  of  mixed 
beasts.  Some  of  these  girls,  being  light-coloured  and 
well  favoured,  sell  for  sixty  dollars  at  Zanzibar.  The 
merchants  agree  in  stating  that  a  European  would  re- 
ceive in  Karagwah  the  kindest  welcome,  but  that  to 
support  the  dignity  of  the  white  face  a  considerable 
sum  would  be  required.  Arabs  still  visit  Armanika  to 
purchase  slaves,  cattle,  and  ivory,  the  whitest  and 
softest,  the  largest  and  heaviest  in  this  part  of  Central 
Africa.  The  land  is  rich  in  iron,  and  the  spears  of 
Karagwah,  which  are,  to  some  extent,  tempered,  are 
preferred  to  the  rude  work  of  the  Wafyoma.  Sulphur 
is  found,  according  to  the  Arabs,   near  hot  springs 


DIB„zedDyGl50gIe 


THE  WATOSI.  185 

nmongst  tlie  mountains.  A  species  of  manatus  (?) 
supplies  a  fine  skin  used  for  clothing.  The  simbi,  or 
cowrie  (CyprEea),  is  the  minor  currency  of  the  country : 
it  is  brought  from  the  coast  by  return  caravans  of 
Wanyamwezi. 

The  country  of  Karagwah  is  at  present  the  head- 
quarters of  the  Watosi,  a  pastoral  people  who  are  scat- 
tered throughout  these  Lake  Regions.  They  came, 
according  to  tradition,  from  Usingo,  a  mountain  district 
lying  to  the  north  of  Uhha.  They  refuse  to  carry  loads, 
to  cultivate  the  ground,  or  to  sell  one  another.  Harm- 
less, and  therefore  unarmed,  they  are  often  plundered, 
though  rarely  slain,  by  other  tribes,  and  they  protect 
themselves  by  paying  fees  in  cattle  to  the  chiefe.  When 
the  Wahinda  are  sultans,  the  "Watosi  appear  as  coun- 
cillors and  elders ;  but  whether  this  rank  is  derived  from 
a  foreign  and  superior  origin,  or  is  merely  the  price  of 
their  presents,  cannot  be  determined.  In  appearance 
they  are  a  tall,  comely,  and  comparatively  feir  people  j 
hence  in  some  parts  every  "  distinguished  foreigner  "  is 
complimented  by  being  addressed  as  "  Mtosi."  They 
are  said  to  derive  themselves  from  a  single  ancestor,  and 
to  consider  the  surrounding  tribes  as  serviles,  from 
whom  they  will  take  concubines,  but  to  whom  they 
refuse  their  daughters.  Some  lodges  of  this  people 
were  seen  about  Unyanyembe  and  Msene,  where  they 
live  by  selling  cattle,  milk,  and  butter.  Their  villages 
are  poor,  dirty,  and  unpalisaded ;  mere  scatters  of  rag- 
ged round  huts.  They  have  some  curious  practices: 
never  eat  out  of  their  own  houses,  and,  after  returning 
from  abroad,  test,  by  a  peculiar  process,  the  fidelity  of 
their  wives  before  anointing  themselves  and  entering 
their  houses.  The  Arabs  declare  that  they  are  known 
by  their  black  gums, which  they  consider  a  beauty. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


186  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

The  last  feature  of  importance  in  Karagwah  is  the 
Kitangure  River  on  its  northern  frontier.  This  stream, 
deriving  its  name  from  a  large  settlement  on  its  banks, 
according  to  some  travellers  flows  through  a  rocky 
trough,  according  to  others  it  traverses  a  plain.  Some, 
again,  make  it  thirty  yards,  others  600,  and  even  half  a 
mile,  in  breadth.  All  these  statements  are  reconcileable. 
The  river  issues  from  Higher  Urundi,  not  far  from  the 
Malagarazi ;  but  whilst  the  latter,  engaged  in  the  De- 
pression of  Central  Africa,  is  drawn  towards  the 
Tanganyika,  the  former,  falling  into  the  counterslope,  is 
directed  to  the  north-east  into  the  Nyanza  Lake.  Its 
course  would  thus  lie  through  a  mountain-valley,  from 
which  it  issues  into  a  lacustrine  plain,  the  lowlands  of 
Unyoro  and  Uganda.  The  dark  and  swift  stream 
must  be  crossed  in  canoes  even  during  the  dry  season, 
but,  like  the  Malagarazi,  about  June  or  at  the  end  of 
the  rains,  it  debords  over  the  swampy  lands  of  its 
lower  course. 

From  the  Kitangure  River  fifteen  stations  conduct 
the  traveller  to  Kibuga,  the  capital  district  of  Uganda, 
and  the  residence  of  its  powerful  despot.  The  maxi- 
mum of  these  marches  would  be  six  daily,  or  a  total  of 
ninety  rectilinear  geographical  miles.  Though  there 
are  no  hills,  the  rivers  and  rivulets — said  to  be  upwards 
of  a  hundred  in  number- — offer  serious  obstacles  to 
rapid  travelling.  Assuming  then,  the  point  where 
the  Kitangure  River  is  crossed  to  be  in  S.  lat.  1° 
14',  Kibuga  may  be  placed  in  S.  lat.  0°  10'.  Beyond 
Weranhanja  no  traveller  with  claims  to  credibility  has 
seen  the  Nyanza  water.  North  of  Kibuga  all  is  uncer- 
tain ;  the  Arabs  were  not  permitted  by  Suna,  the  last 
despot,  to  penetrate  farther  north. 

The  two  first  marches  from  the  Kitangure  River 


id  By  Google 


traverse  the  territory  of  "  dependent  Unyoro,"  so  called 
because  it  has  lately  become  subject  to  the  Sultan  of 
Uganda.  In  former  times  Unyoro  in  crescent-shape, 
with  the  cusps  fronting  eastwards  and  westwards,  almost 
encompassed  Uganda.  From  dependent  Unyoro  the 
path,  crossing  a  tract  of  low  jungle,  enters  Uganda  in 
the  concave  of  the  crescent.  The  tributary  Wahayya, 
under  Gaetawa,  their  sultan,  still  extend  to  the  eastward. 
North  of  the  Wahayya,  of  whose  territory  little  is 
known,  lies  "Kittara,"  in  Kinyoro  (or  Kiganda?),  a  word 
interpreted  to  mean  "mart,"  or  "meeting-place."  This 
is  the  region  which  supplies  Karagwah  with  coffee. 
The  shrub  is  propagated  by  sowing  the  bean.  It  attains 
the  height  of  five  feet,  branching  out  about  half-way ;  it 
gives  fruit  after  the  third,  and  is  in  full  vigour  after  the 
fifth  year.  Before  almost  every  hut-door  there  is  a 
plantation,  forming  an  effective  feature  in  the  landscape 
of  rolling  and  wavy  hill,  intersected  by  a  network  of 
rivers  and  streams :  the  foliage  is  compared  to  a  green 
tapestry  veiling  the  ground ;  and  at  times,  when  the 
leaves  are  stripped  off  by  wind  and  rain,  the  plant 
appears  decked  with  brilliant  crimson  cherry-like 
berries.  The  Katonga  River,  crossed  at  Kitutu,  is  sup- 
posed to  fall  into  the  Nyanza,  the  general  recipient  of 
the  network  of  Btreams  about  Karagwah.  This  diago- 
nally may  result  from  the  compound  incline  produced 
by  the  northern  counteralope  of  the  mountains  of 
Karagwah  and  the  south-westward  depression  necessary 
to  form  and  to  supply  the  lake.  The  Katonga  is  a 
sluggish  and  almost  stagnant  body  of  considerable 
breadth,  and  when  swollen  it  arrests  the  progress  of 
caravans.  Some  portions  of  the  river  are  crossed, 
according  to  the  Arabs,  over  a  thick  growth  of  aquatic 
vegetation,  which  forms  a  kind  of  matwork,  capable  of 

-^z^yGoogle 


188  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

supporting  a  man's  weight,  and  cattle  are  towed  over 
in  the  more  open  parts  by  cords  attached  to  their  horns. 
Four  stations  lead  from  the  Katonga  River  to  Kibuga, 
the  capital  district  of  Uganda. 

Kibuga  is  the  residence  of  the  great  Mkama  or  chief 
of  Uganda.  Concerning  its  population  and  peculiarities 
the  Arabs  must  be  allowed  to  tell  their  own  tale. 
"  Kibuga,  the  settlement,  is  not  less  than  a  day's  journey 
in  length ;  the  buildings  are  of  cane  and  rattan.  The 
sultan's  palace  is  at  least  a  mile  long,  and  the  circular 
huts,  neatly  ranged  in  line,  are  surrounded  by  a  strong 
fence  which  has  only  four  gates.  Bells  at  the  several 
entrances  announce  the  approach  of  strangers,  and 
guards  in  hundreds  attend  there  at  all  hours.  They 
are  commanded  by  four  chiefs,  who  are  relieved  every 
second  day :  these  men  pass  the  night  under  hides  raised 
upon  uprights,  and  their  heads  are  forfeited  if  they 
neglect  to  attend  to  the  summons  of  the  king.  The 
harem  contains  about  3000  souls  —  concubines,  slaves, 
and  children.  No  male  nor  adult  animal  may  penetrate, 
under  pain  of  death,  beyond  the  Barzah,  a  large  vesti- 
bule or  hall  of  audience  where  the  king  dispenses  justice 
and  receives  his  customs.  This  palace  has  often  been 
burned  down  by  lightning :  on  these  occasions  the  war- 
riors must  assemble'  and  extinguish  the  fire  by  rolling 
over  it.  The  chief  of  Uganda  has  but  two  wants  with 
which  he  troubles  his  visitors — one,  a  medicine  against 
death;  the  other,  a  charm  to  avert  the  thunderbolt: 
and  immense  wealth  would  reward  the  man  who  could 
supply  either  of  these  desiderata." 

Suna,  the  great  despot  of  Uganda,  a  warlike  chief, 
who  wrested  dependent  Unyoro  from  its  former  pos- 
sessor, reigned  till  1857.  He  perished  in  the  prime  of 
life  and  suddenly,  as   the  Arabs  say,  like   Kamrud, 


id  By  Google 


XING   SUXA.  180 

whilst  riding  "pickaback"  —  the  state  carriage  of 
Central  Africa  —  upon  a  minister's  shoulders,  he  was 
struck  by  the  shaft  of  the  destroyer  in  the  midst  of 
his  mighty  host.  As  is  the  custom  of  barbarous  and 
despotic  races,  the  event  was  concealed  for  some  months.  • 
When  the  usual  time  had  expired,  one  of  his  many 
sons,  exchanging  his  heir-elective  name  "  Samunju"for 
Mtesa,  became  king.  The  court  usage  compels  the 
newly  elected  chief  to  pass  two  years  in  retirement, 
committing  state  affairs  to  his  ministers ;  little,  therefore, 
is  yet  known  of  him.  As  he  will  certainly  tread  in  the 
footsteps  of  his  sire,  the  Arabs  may  again  be  allowed  to 
describe  the  state  and  grandeur  of  the  defunct  Suna; 
and  as  Suna  was  in  fact  the  whole  kingdom  of  Uganda, 
the  description  will  elucidate  the  condition  of  the  people 
in  general. 

"  The  army  of  Uganda  numbers  at  least  300,000  men ; 
each  brings  an  egg  to  muster,  and  thus  something  like 
a  reckoning  of  the  people  is  made.  Each  soldier  carries 
one  spear,  two  assegais,  a  long  dagger,  and  a  shield, 
bows  and  swords  being  unknown.  When  marching  the 
host  is  accompanied  by  women  and  children  carrying 
spare  weapons,  provisions,  and  water.  In  battle  they 
fight  to  the  sound  of  drums,  which  are  beaten  with 
sticks  like  those  of  the  Franks:  should  this  performance 
cease,  all  fly  the  field.  Wars  with  the  Wanyoro,  the 
Wasoga,  and  other  -neighbours  are  rendered  almost 
chronic  by  the  policy  as  well  as  the  pleasure  of  the 
monarch,  and  there  are  few  days  on  which  a  foraging 
party  does  not  march  from  or  return  to  the  capital, 
When  the  king  has  no  foreign  enemies,  or  when  the 
exchequer  is  indecently  deficient,  he  feigns  a  rebellion, 
attacks  one  of  his  own  provinces,  massacres  the  chief 
men,   and   sells  off   the   peasantry.      Executions  are 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


190  THE   LAKE   REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

frequent,  a  score  being  often  slain  at  a  time:  when 
remonstrated  with  concerning  this  barbarity,  Suna 
declared  tbat  be  had  no  other  secret  for  keeping  his 
subjects  in  awe  of  him,  and  for  preventing  conspiracies. 
•  Sometimes  the  king  would  accompany  his  army  to  a 
battue  of  game,  when  the  warriors  were  expected  to 
distinguish  themselves  by  attacking  the  most  ferocious 
beasts  without  weapons:  even  the  elephant,  borne 
down  by  numbers,  yielded  to  the  grasp  of  man.  When 
passing  a  village  be  used  to  raise  a  shout,  which  was 
responded  to  by  a  loud  flourish  of  horns,  reed-pipes, 
iron  whistles,  and  similar  instruments.  At  times  he 
decreed  a  grand  muster  of  his  soldiery:  he  presented 
himself  sitting  before  his  gate,  with  a  spear  in  the  right 
hand,  and  holding  in  the  left  the  leash  of  a  large  and 
favourite  dog  resembling  an  Arab  suluki  or  greyhound. 
The  master  of  the  hounds  was  an  important  personage. 
Suna  took  great  pleasure  in  witnessing  trials  of  strength, 
the  combatants  contending  with  a  mixture  of  slapping 
and  pushing  till  one  fell  to  the  ground.  He  had  a 
large  menagerie  of  lions,  elephants,  leopards,  and  similar 
beaBts  of  disport,  to  whom  he  would  sometimes  give  a 
criminal  as  a  'curie:'  he  also  kept  for  amusement 
fifteen  or  sixteen  albinos;  and  so  greedy  was  he  of 
novelty  that  even  a  cock  of  peculiar  or  uniform  colour 
would  have  been  forwarded  by  its  owner  to  feed  his 
eyes." 

Suna  when  last  visited  by  the  Arabs  was  a  "  red 
man,"  aged  about  forty-five,  tall,  robust,  and  powerful 
of  limb,  with  a  right  kingly  presence  and  a  warrior 
carriage.  His  head  was  so  shaven  as  to  leave  what  the 
Omani  calls  "  el  Kishshah,"  a  narrow  crest  of  hair  like 
a  cock's  comb,  from  nape  to  brow ;  nodding  and  falling 
over  bis  face  under  its  weight  of  strung  beads,  it  gave 


>y  Google 


BUNAS   UNAFFECTED   IMPIETY.  191 

him  a  fierce  and  formidable  aspect.  This  tonsure, 
confined  to  those  about  the  palace,  distinguishes  its 
officers  and  inmates,  servile  as  well  -  as  free,  from  the 
people.  The  Ryots  leave  patches  of  hair  where  they 
please,  but  they  may  not  shave  the  whole  scalp  under 
pain  of  death,  till  a  royal  edict  unexpectedly  issued  at 
times  commands  every  head  to  shed  its  honours.  Suna 
never  appeared  in  public  without  a  spear;  his  dress 
was  the  national  costume,  a  long  piece  of  the  fine 
crimped  mbugu  or  bark-cloth  manufactured  in  these 
regions,  extending  from  the  neck  to  the  ground.  He 
made  over  to  his  women  the  rich  clothes  presented  by 
the  Arabs,  and  allowed  them  to  sew  with  unravelled 
cotton  thread,  whereas  the  people  under  severe  penalties 
were  compelled  to  use  plantain  fibre.  No  commoner 
could  wear  domestics  or  similar  luxuries  ;  and  in  the 
presence,  the  accidental  exposure  of  a  limb  led,  accord- 
ing to  the  merchants,  to  the  normal  penalty — death. 

Suna,  like  the  northern  despots  generally,  had  a 
variety  of  names,  all  expressing  something  bitter, 
mighty,  or  terrible,  as,  for  instance,  Lbare,  the  Al- 
mighty (?)  ;  Mbidde  and  Purgoma,  a  lion.  He  could 
not  understand  how  the  Sultan  of  Zanzibar  allowed 
his  subjects  treasonably  to  assume  the  name  of  their 
ruler ;  and  besides  mortifying  the  Arabs  by  assuming 
an  infinite  superiority  over  their  prince,  he  shocked 
them  by  his  natural  and  unaffected  impiety.  He 
boasted  to  them  that  he  was  the  god  of  earth,  as  their 
Allah  was  the  Lord  of  Heaven.  He  murmured  loudly 
against  the  abuse  of  lightning;  and  he  claimed  from 
his  subjects  divine  honours,  which  were  as  readily 
yielded  to  him  as  by  the  facile  Romans  to  their  emperors. 
No  Mganda  would  allow  the  omnipotence  of  his  sultan 
to  be  questioned,  and  a  light  word  concerning  him 


id  By  Google 


freouen,,  .  «»  being  ~^V**«£l£ 

declared  .tat  he  had  -  ^— ***5"*£»<>  a 
.ubject,  in  »  f^^J  »»£Srf  to 
.  Sometimes  the  fang  wouU  „ere  rt^j,09 

battue  of  P.™,  when  ££5**.  •££  borne 
distinguish  themselves  by  »«»*  J,  elepb"*  ^bell 
beasts  without    weapons:    ev  „f  *<*■         „„. 

down  by  numbers,  yielded  W  »B      9hoot,  «•      v 
passing',  viilage  *  «*££"..  h— ^  *~ 
responded  to  b,  .  ^  «*^*  .  £  pre* 
iron  whistles,  and  smular  m         loiery:  •** 
decreed  a  grand  master  <*»>J£%  V**Z 
himself  sitting  before  W  «*  £  !«*»  of  £ 
hand,  and  holding  in  the  left  «  9ulukl  or  P 
favourite  dog  resembling  an  Ara^  ^.twvt 
The  master  of  the  hounds  w"  essiDg  trials 
Suna  took  great  pleasure  m*      a  naxtn'' 
the  combatants  contending  wi         grou- 
and    pushing   till  one  fell  t?|ltSj  lee" 
large  menagerie  of  lions,  elep     woul'1: 
beasts  of  disport,  to  whom  be       ] 

,         r    ,      r   i  tip  als° 
criminal    as    a   icwee:    ne         ^ 

fifteen   or  sixteen  albinos; 
novelty  that  even  a  cock  of  T 
would  have  been  forwards 
eyes." 

Suna    when   last  visi 


man,"  aged  about  for* 
of    limb,    with  a  ri' 
carriage.      His  he:. 


*i  By  Google 


id  By  Google 


192  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

would  have  imperilled  a  stranger's  life.  Suna's  domestic 
policy  reminds  the  English  reader  of  the  African  pecu- 
liarities which  form  the  groundwork  of  "  Rasselas." 
His  sons,  numbering  more  than  one  hundred,  were 
removed  from  the  palace  in  early  youth  to  separate 
dungeons,  and  so  secured  with  iron  collars  and  fetters 
fastened  to  both  ends  of  a  long  wooden  bar  that  the 
wretches  could  never  sit,  and  without  aid  could  neither 
rise  nor  lie.  The  heir-elective  was  dragged  from  bis 
chains  to  fill  a  throne,  and  the  cadets  will  linger 
through  their  dreadful  lives,  unless  wanted  as  sovereigns, 
until  death  release  them.  Suna  kept  his  female  children 
under  the  most  rigid  surveillance  within  the  palace :  he 
had,  however,  a  favourite  daughter  named  Nasuru, 
whose  society  was  so  necessary  to  him  that  he  allowed 
her  to  appear  with  him  in  public. 

The  principal  officers  under  the  despot  of  Uganda 
are,  first,  the  Kimara  Vyona  (literally  the  "finisher  of 
all  things") :  to  him,  the  chief  civilian  of  the  land,  the 
city  is  committed  ;  he  also  directs  the  kabaka  or  village 
headmen.  The  second  is  the  Sakibobo  or  commander- 
in-chief,  who  has  power  over  the  Sawaganzi,  the  life- 
guards and  slaves,  the  warriors  and  builders  of  the 
palace.  Justice  is  administered  in  the  capital  by  the 
sultan,  who,  though  severe,  is  never  accused  of  per- 
verting the  law,  which  here  would  signify  the  ancient 
custom  of  the  country.  A  Mhozi  —  Arabised  to  Hon, 
and  compared  with  the  Kazi  of  el  Islam  —  dispenses  in 
each  town  criminal  and  civil  rights.  The  only  punish- 
ments appear  to  be  death  and  mulcts.  Capital  offenders 
are  beheaded  or  burned ;  in  some  cases  they  are  flayed 
alive ;  the  operation  commences  with  the  face,  and  the 
skin,  which  is  always  much  torn  by  the  knife,  is  stuffed 
as  in  the  old  torturing  days  of  Asia.     When  a  criminal 


id  By  Google 


THE  "  HAIBT  ONE."  193 

absconds,  the  males  of  his  village  are  indiscriminately 
slain  and  the  women  are  sold — blood  and  tears  must 
flow  for  discipline.  In  money  suits  each  party  begins 
by  placing  before  the  Mhozi  a  sum  equivalent  to  the 
disputed  claim ;  the  object  is  to  prevent  an  extensive 
litigiousness.  Suna  used  to  fine  by  fives  or  tens,  dozens 
or  scores,  according  to  the  offender's  means ;  thus  from 
a  wealthy  man  he  would  take  twenty  male  and  twenty 
female  slaves,  with  a  similar  number  of  bulls  and 
cows,  goats  and  kids,  hens  and  even  eggs.  One  of  his 
favourites,  who  used  constantly  to  sit  by  him  on  guard, 
matchlock  in  hand,  was  Isa  bin  Hosayn,  a  Baloch 
mercenary  of  H.  H.  Sayyid  Said  of  Zanzibar.  He  had 
fled  from  his  debtors,  and  had  gradually  wandered  to 
Uganda,  where  the  favour  of  the  sovereign  procured 
him  wealth  in  ivory,  and  a  harem  containing  from  200 
to  300  women.  "  Mzagayya," —  the  hairy  one,  as  he 
was  locally  called,  from  his  long  locks  and  bushy  beard 
—  was  not  permitted,  nor  probably  did  he  desire,  to 
quit  the  country;  after  bis  patron's  death  he  fled  to 
independent  Unyoro,  having  probably  raised  up,  as 
these  adventurers  will,  a  host  of  enemies  at  Uganda. 

Suna  greatly  encouraged,  by  gifts  and  attention,  the 
Arab  merchants  to  trade  in  his  capital  j  the  distance  has 
hitherto  prevented  more  than  half-a-dozen  caravans 
travelling  to  Kibuga ;  all  however  came  away  loudly 
praising  his  courtesy  and  hospitality.  To  a  poor  trader 
he  has  presented  twenty  slaves,  and  an  equal  number  of 
cows,  without  expecting  any  but  the  humblest  return. 
The  following  account  of  a  visit  paid  to  him  in  1852,  by 
Snay  bin  Amir,  may  complete  his  account  of  the  despot 
Uganda.  When  the  report  of  arrival  was  forwarded  by 
word  of  mouth  to  Suna,  he  issued  orders  for  the  erection 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


194  TOG  LAKE  BEGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

of  as  many  tents  as  might  be  necessary.  The  guest, 
who  was  welcomed  with  joyful  tumult  by  a  crowd  of 
gazers,  and  was  conducted  to  the  newly-built  quarters, 
where  he  received  a  present  of  bullocks  and  grain, 
plantains  and  sugar-canes.  After  three  or  four  days  for 
repose,  he  was  summoned  to  the  Barzah  or  audience  hall, 
ontside  of  which  he  found  a  squatting  body  of  about 
2000  guards  armed  only  with  staves.  Allowed  to  retain 
his  weapons,  he  entered  with  an  interpreter  and  saluted 
the  chief,  who,  without  rising,  motioned  his  guest  to  sit 
down  in  front  of  him.  Suna's  only  cushion  was  a 
mbugu ;  his  dress  was  of  the  same  stuff;  two  spears  lay 
close  at  band,  and  his  dog  was  as  usual  by  his  side.  The 
Arab  thought  proper  to  assume  the  posture  of  homage, 
namely,  to  sit  upon  bis  shins,  bending  his  back,  and, 
with  eyes  fixed  on  the  ground — he  had  been  cautioned 
against  Btaring  at  the  "  god  of  earth," — to  rest  his  hands 
upon  his  lap.  The  levee  was  full ;  at  a  distance  of  fifty 
paces  between  the  king  and  the  guards  sat  the  ministers; 
and  inside  the  palace,  so  placed  that  they  could  see 
nothing  but  the  visitor's  back,  were  the  principal  women, 
who  are  forbidden  to  gaze  at  or  to  be  gazed  at  by  a 
stranger.  The  room  was  lit  with  torches  of  a  gummy 
wood,  for  Suna,  who  eschewed  pombe,  took  great  plea- 
sure in  these  audiences,  which  were  often  prolonged 
from  Bunset  to  midnight. 

The  conversation  began  with  a  string  of  questions 
concerning  Zanzibar,  the  route,  the  news,  and  the  other 
staple  topics  of  barbarous  confabulation ;  when  it  flagged, 
a  minister  was  called  up  to  enliven  it.  No  justice  was  ad- 
ministered nor  present  offered  during  the  first  audience; 
it  concluded  with  the  despot  rising,  at  which  signal  all 
dispersed.  At  the  second  visit  Snay  presented  his 
blackmail,  which  consisted  of  ten  cotton  cloths,  and 


id  By  Google 


CHANCES  OP  EXPLORATION.  193 

one  hundred  fundo  of  coral,  and  other  porcelain  beads. 
The  return  was  an  offering  of  two  ivories  and  a  pair  of 
serviles ;  every  day,  moreover,  flesh  and  grain,  fruit  and 
milk  were  supplied  without  charge  ;  whenever  the  wish 
was  expressed,  a  string  of  slave-girls  presently  appeared 
bending  under  loads  of  the  article  in  question  ;  and  it 
was  intimated  to  the  "  king's  stranger  "  that  he  might 
lay  hands  upon  whatever  be  pleased,  animate  or  inani- 
mate. Snay,  however,  was  too  wise  to  avail  himself  of 
this  truly  African  privilege.  During  the  four  inter- 
views which  followed,  Suna  proved  himself  a  man  of 
intelligence:  he  inquired  about  the  Wazungu  or  Eu- 
ropeans, and  professed  to  be  anxious  for  a  closer  alliance 
with  the  Sultan  of  Zanzibar.  When  Snay  took  leave  he 
received  the  usual  present  of  provisions  for  the  road, 
and  200  guards  prepared  to  escort  him,  an  honour 
which  he  respectfully  declined :  Suna  offered  to  send 
with  him  several  loads  of  elephants'  tusks  as  presents  to 
H.  H.  the  Sayyid ;  but  the  merchant  declined  to  face 
with  them  the  difficulties  and  dangers  of  Usui.  Like 
all  African  chiefs,  the  despot  considered  these  visits  as 
personal  honours  paid  to  himself ;  his  pride  therefore 
peremptorily  forbade  strangers  to  pass  northwards  of  his 
capital,  lest  the  lesser  and  hostile  chiefs  might  boast  a 
similar  brave.  According  to  Snay,  an  European  would 
be  received  with  distinction,  if  travelling  with  supplies 
to  support  his  dignity.  He  would  depend,  however, 
upon  his  ingenuity  and  good  fortune  upon  further  pro- 
gress ;  and  perhaps  the  most  feasible  plan  to  explore  the 
water-shed  north  of  the  Nyanza  Lake  would  be  to  buy 
or  to  build,  with  the  permission  of  the  reigning  monarch, 
boats  upon  the  nearest  western  shore.  Suna  himself, 
bad,  according  to  Snay,  constructed  a  flotilla  of  matumbi 
or  undecked  vessels  similar  in  shape  to  the  Mtope  or 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


196  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

Muntafiyah — the  modern  "  Ploiaria  Rhapta  "  of  the  Sa- 
wahili  coast  from  Lamu  to  Kilwa. 

Few  details  were  given  by  the  Arabs  concerning  the 
vulgar  herd  of  Waganda :  they  are,  as  has  been  re- 
marked, physically  a  finer  race  than  the  Wayamwezi, 
and  they  are  as  superior  in  character;  more  docile  and 
better  disciplined,  they  love  small  gifts,  and  show  their 
gratitude  by  prostrating  themselves  before  the  donor. 
The  specimens  of  slaves  seen  at  Eazeh  were,  however, 
inferior  to  the  mountaineers  of  Karagwah;  the  com- 
plexion was  darker,  and  the  general  appearance  more 
African.  Their  language  is,  to  use  an  Arab  phrase,  like 
that  of  birds,  soft  and  quickly  spoken;  the  specimens 
collected  prove  without  doubt  that  it  belongs  to  the 
Zangian  branch  of  the  great  South-African  family. 
Their  normal  dress  is  the  mbugu,  under  which,  however, 
all  wear  the  "  languti "  or  Indian- T-bandage  of  goatskin  ; 
women  appear  in  short  kilts  and  breast- coverings  of  the 
same  material.  Both  sexes  decorate  their  heads  with 
the  tiara  of  abrus-seeds  alluded  to  when  describing  the  . 
people  _  of  Karagwah.  As  sumptuary  laws  impede  the 
free  traffic  of  cloth  into  Uganda,  the  imports  are  repre- 
sented chiefly  by  beads,  cowries,  and  brass  and  copper 
wires.  -The  wealth  of  the  country  is  in  cattle,  ivory, 
and  slaves,  the  latter  often  selling  for  ten  fundo  of  beads, 
and  the  same  sum  will  purchase  the  Wasoga  and  Wan- 
yoro  captives  from  whom  the  despot  derives  a  consider- 
able portion  of  his  revenues.  The  elephant  is  rare  in 
Uganda  ;  tusks  are  collected  probably  by  plunder  from 
Usoga,  and  the  alakah  of  about  ninety  Arab  pounds  is 
sold  for  two  slaves,  male  or  female.  The  tobacco, 
brought  to  market  in  leaf,  as  in  Ujiji,  and  not  worked, 
as  amongst  the  other  tribes,  is  peculiarly  good.  Flesh, 
sweet  potatoes,  and  the  highly  nutritious  plantain,  which 
grows  in  groves  a  whole  day's  march  long,  are  the  chief 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


NORTH   OF  THE  NYANZA  LAKE  UNKNOWN.  ID7 

articles  of  diet  j  milk  is  drunk  by  women  only,  and  ghee 
is  more  valued  for  unction  than  for  cookery.  The 
favourite  inebrients  are  mawa  and  pombe ;  the  latter  is 
served  in  neatly  carved  and  coloured  gourds,  and  the 
contents  are  imbibed,  like  sherry  cobbler,  through  a  reed. 

From  Kibuga  the  Arabs  have  heard  that  between 
fifteen  and  twenty  marches  lead  to  the  Kivira  River,  a 
larger  and  swifter  stream  than  the  Katonga,  which  forms 
the  northern  limit  of  Uganda,  and  the  southern  frontier 
of  Unyoro.  They  are  unable  to  give  the  names  of 
stations.  South  of  Kivira  is  Usoga,  a  low  alluvial  land, 
cut  by  a  multitude  of  creeks,  islets,  and  lagoons;  in 
their  thick  vegetation  the  people  take  refuge  from  the 
plundering  parties  of  the  Waganda,  whose  chief  built, 
as  has  been  told,  large  boats  to  dislodge  them.  The 
Wasoga  have  no  single  sultan,  and  their  only  market- 
able commodity  is  ivory. 

On  the  north,  the  north-west,  and  the  west  of  Uganda 
lies,  according  to  the  Arabs,  the  land  of  Independent 
Unyoro.  The  slaves  from  that  country  vaguely  de- 
scribe  it  as  being  bounded  on  the  north-west  by  a  tribe 
called  "Wakede,  who  have  a  currency  of  cowries,  and 
wear  tiaras  of  the  shell;  and  the  Arabs  have  heard 
that  on  the  north-east  there  is  a  "people  with  long 
daggers  like  the  Somal,"  who  may  be  Gallas  (?).  But 
whether  the  Nyanza  Lake  extends  north  of  the  equator 
is  a  question  still  to  be  decided.  Those  consulted  at 
Kazeh  ignored  even  the  name  of  the  Nyam-nyam  ;  nor 
had  they  beard  of  the  Bahri  and  Barri,  the  Shilluks  on 
the  west,  and  the  Dinkas  east  of  the  Nile,  made  familiar 
to  us  by  the  Austrian  Mission  at  Gondokoro,  and  other 
explorers. 

The  Wanyoro  are  a  distinct  race,  speaking  a  language 
of  the  Zangian  family:  they  have  suffered  from  the 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


198  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

vicinity  of  the  more  warlike  Waganda,  who  have  affixed 
to  the  conquered  the  opprobrious  name  of  widdu  or 
"  serviles ; "  and  they  have  lost  their  southern  posses- 
sions, which  formerly  extended  between  Karagwah  and 
Uganda.  Their  late  despot  Chawambi,  whose  death 
occurred  about  ten  years  ago,  left  three  sons,  one  of 
whom  it  is  reported  has  fallen  into  the  power  of 
Uganda,  whilst  the  two  others  still  rule  independently. 
The  county  is  rich  aud  fertile,  and  magnificent  tales  are 
told  concerning  the  collections  of  ivory,  which  in  some 
parts  are  planted  in  the  ground  to  pen  cattle.  Slaves 
are  cheap ;  they  find  their  way  to  the  southern  markets 
vid  Uganda  and  Karagwah.  Those  seen  at  Kazeh  and 
Kirira,  where  the  Arab  traders  had  a  large  gang,  ap- 
peared somewhat  inferior  to  the  other  races  of  the 
northern  kingdoms,  with  a  dull  dead  black  colour, 
flattish  heads,  brows  somewhat  retreating,  prominent 
eyes,  and  projecting  lower  jaws.  They  were  tattooed 
in  large  burnt  blotches  encircling  the  forehead,  and  in 
some  cases  the  inferior  excisors  had  been  extracted. 
The  price  of  cattle  in  Unyoro  varies  from  500  to 
1000  cowries.  In  this  country  ten  simbi  (Cyprsea) 
represent  one  khete  of  beads ;  they  are  the  most  es- 
teemed currency,  and  are  also  used  as  ornaments  for 
the  neck,  arms,  and  legs,  and  decorations  for  stools  and 
drums. 

During  my  companions'  absence  much  of  my  spare 
time  was  devoted  to  collecting  specimens  of  the  multi- 
tudinous dialects  into  which  the  great  South  African 
family  here  divides  itself.  After  some  months  of  de- 
sultory work  I  had  learned  the  Kisawahili  or  coast 
language,  the  lingua  Franca  of  the  South  African  coast : 
it  is  the  most  useful,  because  the  most  generally  known, 
and  because,  once  mastered,  it  renders  its  cognates  as 
easy  of  acquirement  as  Bengali  or  Maharatti  after  Hin- 

Google 


COLLECTION  VOCABLES.  180 

dostani.  The  principal  obstacle  is  the  want  of  instruc- 
tors and  books  —  the  Kisawahili  is  not  a  written 
language ;  and  the  elementary  publications  put  forth  in 
Europe  gave  me  the  preliminary  trouble  of  composing 
a  grammar  and  a  vocabulary.  Said  Bin  Salim,  though 
bred  and  born  amongst  the  Wasawahili,  knew  but 
little  of  the  tongue,  and  his  peculiarities  of  dis- 
position rendered  the  task  of  instruction  as  wearisome 
to  himself  as  it  was  unsatisfactory  to  me.  My  best 
tutor  was  Snay  Bin  Amir,  who  had  transferred  to  the 
philology  of  East  Africa  his  knowledge  pf  Arabic  gram- 
mar and  syntax.  With  the  aid  of  the  sons  of  Ramji 
and  other  tame  slaves,  I  collected  about  1500  words 
in  the  three  principal  dialects  upon  this  line  of  road, 
namely  the  Kisawahili,  the  Kizaramo — which  includes 
the  Kik'hutu  —  and  the  Einyamwezi.  At  Kazeh  I 
found  a  number  of  wild  captives,  with  whom  I 
began  the  dreary  work  of  collecting  specimens.  In 
the  languages  of  least  consideration  I  contented  myself 
with  the  numerals,  which  are  the  fairest  test  of  inde- 
pendence of  derivation,  because  the  most  likely  to  be 
primitive  vocables.  The  work  was  not  a  labour  of  love. 
The 'savages  could  not  guess  the  mysterious  objects 
of  my  inquiry  into  their  names  for  1 ,  2,  and  3 ;  often 
they  started  up  and  ran  away,  or  they  sat  in  dogged 
silence,  perhaps  thinking  themselves  derided.  The  first 
number  was  rarely  elicited  without  half  an  hour's 
" talkee-talkee "  somewhat  in  this  style: — 

"  Listen,  0  my  brother !  in  the  tongue  of  the  shores 

(Kisawahili)  we  say  1,  2,  3,  4,  5" — counting  the  fingers 

to  assist  comprehension. 

"  Hu !  hu ! "  replies  the  wild  man,  "  we  say  fingers." 

"  By  no  means,  that's  not  it.     This  white  man  wants 

to  know  how  thou  speakest  1,  2,  3  ?" 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


300  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

"  One,  two,  three  what  ?  sheep,  or  goats,  or  women  ?  " 
—  expressing  the  numerals  in  Kisawahili. 

"  By  no  means,  only  1, 2,  3  sheep  in  thine  own  tongue, 
the  tongue  of  the  Wapoka." 

"  Hi !  Hi !  what  wants  the  white  man  with  the 
Wapoka  ?  " 

And  so  on  till  patience  was  almost  impossible.  But, 
like  the  Irish  shay-horse  of  days  gone  by,  their  tongues 
once  started  often  hobbled  on  without  halting.  The 
tame  slaves  were  more  tractable,  yet  even  in  their  case 
ten  minutes  sufficed  to  weary  out  the  most  intellectual ; 
when  the  listless  and  incoherent  reply,  the  glazed  eye 
gazing  at  vacancy,  and  the  irresistible  tendency  to  gape 
and  yawn,  to  nod  and  snooze,  evidenced  a  feeble  brain 
soon  overworked.  Said  Bin  Salim  would  sit  staring  at 
me  with  astonishment,  and  ejaculate,  like  Abba  Grego- 
rius,  the  preceptor  of  Ludolph,  the  grammarian  philolo- 
gist and  historian  of  ^Ethiopia,  "  Verily  in  the  coast- 
tongue  words  never'  take  root,  nor  do  they  bear 
branches." 

The  rest  of  my  time  was  devoted  to  preparations  for 
journeying.  The  Fundi's  tent,  which  had  accompanied 
us  to  Uvira,  was  provided  with  an  outer  cover.  The 
Sepoys  "pal,"  brought  from  Zanzibar,  having  been 
destroyed  by  the  ill-treatment  of  the  villain  Kannena, 
I  made  up,  with  the  aid  of  a  blackguard  Baghdadi, 
named  'Brahim,  a  large  tent  of  American  domestics, 
which  having,  however,  but  one  cloth,  and  that  of  the 
thinnest,  proved  a  fiery  purgatory  on  the  down-march 
eastwards.  The  canvas  lug-sail  was  provided  with  an 
extra  double  cloth,  sewn  round  the  top  to  increase  its 
dimensions:  it  thus  became  a  pent-shaped  affair,  twelve 
feet  long,  eight  broad,  and  Bix  feet  high  — seven  would 
have  been  better, — buttoned  at  the  foot,  which  was  semi- 
circular, and  in  front  provided  with  blue  cotton  cur- 


id  ByGoogIe 


TENTMAKING  AND  TAILORING.  201 

tains,  most  useful  against  glare  and  stare.  Its  lightness, 
combined  with  impenetrability,  made  it  the  model  of  a 
tent  for  rapid  marching.  It  was  not,  however,  pegged 
down  close  to  the  ground,  as  some  explorers  advise, 
without  the  intervention  of  ropes  ;  in  these  lands,  a  tent 
so  pitched  would  rot  in  a  week.  The  three  tents  were 
fitted  with  solid  male  bamboos,  and  were  provided 
with  skin-bags  for  their  pegs,  which,  unless  carefully 
looked  after,  disappear  almost  daily.  The  only  furni- 
ture was  a  kitanda  or  cartel :  some  contrivance  of  the 
kind,  a  "  Biddulph,"  or  an  iron  bed-frame,  without 
joints,  nuts,  or  screws,  which  are  sure  to  break  or  to  be 
lost,  is  absolutely  necessary  in  these  lands,  where  from 
Kaole  to  Uvira  every  man  instinctively  attempts  to  sit 
and  to  sleep  upon  something  that  raises  him  above  the 
ground.  Moreover,  I  have  ever  found  the  cartel  answer 
the  threefold  purpose  of  bed,  chair,  and  table ;  besides 
saving  weight  by  diminishing  the  quantity  of  bedding 
required. 

To  the  task  of  tent-making  succeeded  tailoring.  We 
had  neglected  to  provide  ourselves  with  the  loose 
blanket  suits,  served  out  to  sailors  on  board  men-of-war 
in  the  tropics :  they  are  most  useful  in  passing  through 
countries  where  changes  of  climate  are  sudden  and 
marked.  Besides  these,  the  traveller  should  carry  with 
him  an  ample  store  of  flannels :  the  material  must  be 
shrunk  before  making  up  shirts,  otherwise  it  will  behave 
as  did  the  Little  Boy's  mantle  when  tried  by  the  frail  fair 
Guinever.  A  red  colour  should  moreover  be  avoided, 
the  dye  soon  turns  dark,  and  the  appearance  excites  too 
much  attention.  Besides  shirt  and  trousers,  the  only 
necessary  is  a  large  "  stomach-warmer  "  waistcoat,  with 
sleeves  and  back  of  similar  material,  without  collar  — 
which  renders  sleeping  in  it  uneasy —  and  provided  with 
four  flapped  pockets,  to  contain  a  compass  and  thermo- 

}B,tzedDyGOOgIe 


203  THE   LAKE   REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

meter,  a  note-book,  and  a  sketch-book,  a  watch  and  a 
moderate-sized  knife  of  many  uses.  The  latter  should 
contain  scissors,  tweezers,  tooth-pick,  and  ear-pick, 
needle,  file,  picker,  steel  for  fire,  turnBcrew,  watch-spring- 
saw,  clasp  blade,  and  pen  blade :  it  should  be  made  of 
moderate  dimensions,  and  for  safety  be  slung  by  a 
lanyard  to  the  button-hole.  For  the  cold  mornings  and 
the  noon-day  heats,  I  made  up  a  large  padded  hood, 
bound  round  the  head  like  the  Arab  Kufiyah.  Too 
much  cannot  be  said  in  favour  of  this  article,  which  in 
eastward  .travel  defends  the  eyes  from  the  fiery  glare, 
protects,  when  wending  westwards,  the  carotids  against 
the  solar  blaze,  and,  at  all  times,  checks  the  intrusive 
staring  of  the  crowd.  I  reformed  my  umbrella,  ever 
an  invaluable  friend  in  these  latitudes,  by  removing  the 
rings  and  wires  from  the  worm-eaten  stick,  and  by 
mounting  them  on  a  spear,  thus  combining  with  shelter 
a  staff  and  a  weapon.  The  traveller  should  have  at 
least  three  umbrellas,  one  large  and  water  proof —  white, 
not  black — in  the  shape  of  those  used  by  artists ;  and 
two  others  of  moderate  size,  and  of  the  best  construc- 
tion, which  should  be  covered  with  light-coloured  calico, 
as  an  additional  defence  against  the  sun.  At  Kazeh 
I  was  somewhat  deficient  in  material :  my  lazy  "  Jack  of 
all  trades,"  Valentine,  made,  however,  some  slippers  of 
green  baize,  soled  with  leather,  for  me,  overalls  of  Ame- 
rican domestics  for  my  companion,  and  various  articles 
of  indigo-dyed  cotton  for  himself  and  his  fellow-servant, 
who  presently  appeared  tastefully  rigged  out  like  Paul 
and  Virginia  in  "  Bengal  blue." 

The  minor  works  were  not  many.  The  two  remain- 
ing pormanteaus  of  the  three  that  had  left  the  Coast 
were  cobbled  with  goatskins,  and  were  bound  with  stout 
thongs.  The  hammocks,  of  which  half  had  disappeared, 
were  patched  and  provided  with  the  Nara,  or  Indian 

^^Google 


MINOR   PREPARATIONS.  203 

cotton-tape,  which  in-  these  climates  is  better  than 
either  reims  or  cord.  To  save  my  eyes  the  spectacle  of 
moribund  fowls,  suspended  to  a  porter's  pole,  two  light 
cages  were  made  after  the  fashion  of  the  country,  with 
bent  and  bound  withes.  The  metal  plates,  pots,  and 
pans  were  furbished,  and  a  damaged  kettle  was  mended 
by  a  travelling  tinker:  the  asses'  saddles  and  halters 
were  repaired,  and,  greatest  luxury  of  all,  a  brace  of 
jembe  or  iron  hoes  was  converted  into  two  pairs  of  solid 
stirrups,  under  the  vigilant  eye  of  Snay  bin  Amir.  A 
party  of  slaves  sent  to  Msene  brought  back  fifty-four 
jembe,  useful  as  return-presents  and  blackmail  on  the 
down-march:  they  paid,  however,  one  cloth  for  two, 
instead  of  four.  Sallum  bin  Harold,  the  "  papa  "  of  the 
Arabs,  sold  for  the  sum  of  forty  dollars  a  fine  half-bred 
Zanzibar  she-ass  and  foal  —  there  is  no  surer  method  of 
procuring  a  regular  supply  of  milk  on  Eastern  journeys. 
My  black  and  white  beads  being  almost  useless,  he  also 
parted  with,  as  a  peculiar  favour,  seventeen  or  eighteen 
pounds  of  pink-porcelains  for  forty  dollars,  and  with  a 
Frasibah  of  coffee,  and  a  similar  quantity  of  sugar  for 
eighty  dollars,  equal  to  sixteen  pounds  sterling.  On 
the  14th  July  the  last  Arab  caravan  of  the  season  left 
Unyanyembe,  under  the  command  of  Sayf  bin  Said  el 
Wardi.  As  he  obligingly  offered  to  convey  letters  and 
any  small  articles  which  I  wished  to  precede  me,  and 
knowing  that  under  his  charge  effects  were  far  safer 
than  with  our  own  people,  I  forwarded  the  useless"  and 
damaged  surveying  instruments,  certain  manuscripts, 
and  various  enclosures  of  maps,  field  and  sketch- 
books, together  with  reports  to  the  Royal  Geographical 
Society. 

This  excitement  over  I  began  to  weary  of  Kazeh. 
Snay  bin  Amir  and  most  of  the  Arabs  had  set  out  on  an 
expedition  to  revenge  the  murder  of  old   Silim — an 


.^rz^yGoogle 


201  TUB   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

event  alluded  to  in  a  former  page,  and  the  place  had 
become  dull  as  a  mesa-dinner.  Said  bin  Salim,  who 
was  ill,  who  coughed  and  expectorated,  and  sincerely 
pitied  himself  because  he  had  a  cold,  became  more 
than  usually  unsociable:  he  could  enjoy  nothing  but 
the  society  of  Brahim,  the  bawling  Baghdad!,  and  the 
crowd  of  ill-flavoured  slavery  that  flocked  into  the  ves- 
tibule. My  Goanese  servant,  who  connected  my  aspect 
with  hard  labour,  avoided  it  like  a  pestilence.  Already  I 
was  preparing  to  organise  a  little  expedition  to  K'hokoro 
and  the  southern  provinces,  when  unexpectedly,  —  in 
these  lands  a  few  cries  and  gun-shots  are  the  only 
credible  precursors  of  a  caravan,  —  on  the  morning  of 
the  25th  August  reappeared  my  companion. 

At  length  my  companion  had  been  successful,  his 
"  flying  trip  "  had  led  him  to  the  northern  water,  and 
he  had  found  its  dimensions  surpassing  our  most  san- 
guine expectations.  We  had  scarcely,  however,  break- 
fasted, before  he  announced  to  me  the  startling  fact, 
that  he  had  discovered  the  sources  of  the  "White  Nile. 
It  was  an  inspiration  perhaps:  the  moment  he  sighted 
the  Nyanza,  he  felt  at  once  no  doubt  but  that  the  "  Lake 
at  his  feet  gave  birth  to  that  interesting  river  which 
has  been  the  subject  of  so  much  speculation,  and  the 
object  of  so  many  explorers."  The  fortunate  dis- 
coverer's conviction  was  strong ;  his  reasons  were  weak 
—  were  of  the  category  alluded  to  by  the  damsel 
Lucetta,  when  justifying  her  penchant  in  favour  of  the 
"  lovely  gentleman,"  Sir  Proteus : — 

"  I  have  no  other  bat  a  woman's  reason. 
I  think  him  bo  because  I  think  him  so  ;"  * 


*  The  following  extract  from  the  Proceedings  of  the  B.  Geographical 
Society,  May  9, 1859,  will  beat  illustrate  what  I  mean  ;— 

Ms.  Macqugeh,  v.b.o.s.,  said  the  question  of  the  sources  of  the  Nile  had 
cost  him  much  trouble  and  research,  and  he  was  sure  there  was  no  material 


PRETENDED  DISCOVERY  OF  THE  NILE.  205 

and  probably  his  sources  of  the  Nile  grew  in  his  mind 
as  his  Mountains  of  the  Moon  had  grown  under  his  hand. 

error  either  in  longitude  or  latitude  in  the  position  he  had  ascribed  to 
them,  namely,  a  little  to  the  eastward  of  the  meridian  of  35°,  and  a  little 
northward  of  the  equator.  That  was  the  principal  source  of  the  White  Nile. 
The  mountains  there  were  exceedingly  high,  from  the  equator  north  to  Kails, 
Enarea.  AU  the  authorities,  from  east,  west,  north,  or  south,  now  perfectly 
competent  to  form  judgments  upon  such  a  matter,  agreed  with  him;  and 
among  them  were  the  officers  commanding  the  Egyptian  commission.  It  was 
impossible  they  could-  all  be  mistaken.  Dr.  Erapf  had  been  within  a  very 
short  distance  of  it;  he  was  more  than  1 80  miles  from  Mombas,  and  he  saw  snow 
upon  the  mountains.  He  conversed  with  the  people  who  came  from  them, 
and  who  told  him  of  the  snow  and  exceeding  coldness  of  the  temperature. 
The  line  of  perpetual  congelation,  it  was  well  known,  was  17,000  feet  above 
the  sea.  lie  had  an  account  of  the  navigation  of  the  White  Nile  by  the 
Egyptian  expedition.  It  was  then  given  as  3°  30'  N.  1st.  and  31°  E.  long. 
At  this  point  the  expedition  turned  back  for  want  of  a  sufficient  depth  of 
water.  Here  the  river  was  1370  feet  broad,  and  the  velocity  of  the  current 
one-quarter  of  a  mile  per  hour.  The  journals  also  gave  a  specific  and  daily 
current,  the  depth  and  width  of  the  river,  and  every  thing,  indeed,  connected 
with  it.  Surely,  looking  at  the  current  of  the  river,  the  height  of  the  Cartoora 
above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  the  distance  thence  up  to  the  equator,  the 
sources  of  the  Nile  must  be  6000  or  8000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and 
still  much  below  the  line  of  the  snow,  which  was  6000  or  8000  feet  farther 
above  them.  He  deeply  regretted  be  was  unable  to  complete  the  diagram 
for  the  rest  of  the  papers  ha  had  given  to  the  Society,  for  it  was  more  im- 
portant than  any  Others  he  had  previously  given.  It  contained  the  journey 
over  Africa  from  sea  to  sea,  second  only  to  that  of  Dr.  Livingstone. .  But 
all  the  rivers  coming  down  from  the  mountains  in  question,  and  running 
south-eastward,  had  been  clearly  stated  by  Dr.  Erapf,  who  gave  every  par- 
ticular concerning  them.  He  should  like  to  know  what  the  natives  had  said 
was  to  the  northward  of  the  large  lake?  Did  they  say  the  rivers  ran  out 
from  or  into  the  lake  f    How  could  the  Egyptian  officers  be  mistaken  F 

Caftain  Sfese  replied.  They  were  not  mistaken  ;  and  if  they  had  pur- 
sued their  journey  SO  miles  farther,  they  would  undoubtedly  have  found 
themselves  at  the  northern  borders  of  this  lake. 

Mm.  Macquebu  said  that  other  travellers,  Don  Angelo  for  instance,  had 
been  within  one  and  a  half  degree  of  the  Equator,  and  saw  the  mountain  of 
Kimborat  under  the  Line,  and  persisted  in  the  statement,  adding,  that  tra- 
vellers had  been  up  the  river  until  they  found  it  a  mere  brook.  He  felt 
convinced  that  the  large  lake  alluded  to  by  Captain  Speke  was  not  the 
source  of  the  Nile :  it  was  impossible  it  could  be  so,  for  it  was  not  at  a  suf- 
ficiently high  altitude. 

The  paper  presented  to  the  Society,  when  fully  read  in  conjunction  with 
the  map,  will  clearly  show  that  the  Bahr-el-Abied  has  no  connection  with 


ogle 


206  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

The  main  argument  in  favour  of  the  Lake  repre- 
senting the  great  reservoir  of  the  White  River  was, 
that  the  "principal  men"  at  the  southern  extremity- 
ignored  the  extent  northward.  "On  my  inquiring 
about  the  lake's  length  the  man  (the  greatest  traveller 
in  the  place)  faced  to  the  north,  and  began  nodding  his 
head  to  it;  at  the  same  time  he  kept  throwing  forward 
his  right  hand,  and  making  repeated  snaps  of  his  fingers 
endeavoured  to  indicate  something  immeasurable ;  and 
added,  that  nobody  knew,  but  he  thought  it  probably 
extended  to  the  end  of  the  world."  Strongly  impressed 
by  this  valuable  statistical  information,  my  companion 
therefore  placed  the  northern  limit  about  4°-5°  north  lat., 
whereas  the  Egyptian  expedition  sent  by  the  late  Moham- 
med Ali  Pacha,  about  twenty  years  ago,  to  explore  the 
Coy  Sources,  reached  3°  22'  north  lat.  It  therefore  ought 
to  have  sailed  fifty  miles  upon  the  Nyanza  lake.  On  the 
contrary,  from  information  derived  on  the  spot,  that  expe- 
dition placed  the  fountains  at  one  month's  journey — 300 
to  350  miles — to  the  south-east,  or  upon  the  northern 
counterslope  of  Mount  Kenia.  "Whilst  marching  to  the 
coast,  my  companion — he  tells  us — was  assured  by  a 
"  respectable  SowahiU  merchant,  that  when  engaged  in 
traffic  some  years  previously  to  the  northward  of  the 
line,  and  the  westward  of  this  lake,  he  bad  heard  it 
commonly  reported  that  large  vessels  frequented  the 
■  northern  extremity  of  these  waters,  in  which  the  officers 

Kilimanjaro,  that  it  has  no  connection  whatever  with  any  lake  or  river  to 
the  south  of  the  Equator,  and  that  the  swelling  of  the  river  Nile  proceeds 
from  the  tropical  rains  of  the  northern  torrid  zone,  as  was  stated  empha- 
tically to  Julias  Ctesar  by  the  chief  Egyptian  priest  Amoreis  2000  years  ago. 
Tn  nearly  3"  N".  lat.  there  is  a  great  cataract,  which  boats  cannot  pass. 
It  is  called  Gherba.  About  half-way  (50  miles)  above,  and  between  this 
cataract  and  Robego,  the  capital  of  Eucnda,  the  river  becomes  so  narrow  as 
to  be  crossed  by  abridge  formed  by  a  tree  thrown  across  it.  Above  Gherba 
no  stream  joins  the  river  cither  from  the  south  or  south-west. 


id  By  Google 


LINGUISTIC  BLUNDEBS.  207 

engaged  in  navigating  them  used  sextants  and  kept  a 
log,  precisely  similar  to  what  is  found  in  vessels  on  the 
ocean.  Query,  could  this  be  in  allusion  to  the  expe- 
dition sent  by  Mohammed  Ali  up  the  Kile  in  former 
years?"  (Proceedings  of  Royal  Geographical  Society, 
May  9,  1859.)  Clearly,  if  Abdullah  Bin  Nasib,  the 
Msawahili  alluded  to,  had  reported  these  words,  he 
merely  erred;  the  Egyptian  expedition,  as  has  been 
shown,  not  only  did  not  find,  they  never  even  heard  of 
a  lake.  But  not  being  present  at  the  conversation  I  am 
tempted  to  assign  further  explanation.  My  companion, 
wholly  ignorant  of  Arabic,  was  reduced  to  depend 
upon  "Bombay,"  who  spoke  an  even  more  debased 
dialect  than  his  master,  and  it  is  easy  to  see  how  the 
blunder  originated.  The  Arabic  bahr  and  the  Kisa- 
wahili  bahari  are  equally  applicable  in  vulgar  par- 
lance to  a  river  or  sea,  a  lake  or  a  river.  Traditions 
concerning  a  Western  Sea — the  to  them  now  unknown 
Atlantic — over  which  the  white  men  voyage,  are  familiar 
to  many  East  Africans;  I  have  heard  at  Harar  pre- 
cisely the  same  report  concerning  the  log  and  sextants. 
Either,  then,  Abdullah  Bin  Nasib  confounded,  or  my 
companion's  "  interrupter "  caused  him  to  confound 
the  Atlantic  and  the  Lake.  In  the  maps  forwarded 
from  Kazeh  by  my  companion,  the  River  Kivira  was, 
after  ample  inquiry,  made  a  western  influent  of  the 
Nyanssa  Lake.  In  the  map  appended  to  the  paper  in 
Blackwood,  before  alluded  to,  it  has  become  an  effluent, 
and  the  only  minute  concerning  so  very  important  a 
modification  is,  "  This  river  (although  I  must  confess  at 
first  I  did  not  think  so)  is  the  Nile  itself!" 

Beyond  the  assertion,  therefore,  that  no  man  had 
visited  the  north,  and  the  appearance  of  sextants  and 
logs  upon  the  waters,  there  is  not  a  shade  of  proof  pro. 


id  By  Google 


208  THE   LAKE   REGIONS   OF   CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

Far  graver  considerations  lie  on  the  con.  side :  the  reports 
of  the  Egyptian  expedition,  and  the  dates  of  the  several 
inundations  which — as  will  presently  appear — alone  suf- 
fice to  disprove  the  possibility  of  the  Nyanza  causing 
the  flood  of  the  Nile.  It  is  dotfbtless  a  satisfactory 
thing  to  disclose  to  an  admiring  public,  of  "  statesmen, 
churchmen,  missionaries,  merchants,  and  more  particu- 
larly geographers,"  the  "solution  of  a  problem,  which 
it  has  been  the  first  geographical  desideratum  of  many 
thousand  years  to  ascertain,  and  the  ambition  of  the 
first  monarchs  in  the  world  to  unravel."  (Blackwood's 
Magazine,  October  1859.)  But  how  many  times  since 
the  days  of  a  certain  Claudius  PtolemEeiua  surnamed 
Pelusiota,  have  not  the  Fountains  of  the  White  Nile 
been  discovered  and  re-discovered  after  this  fashion  ? 

What  tended  at  the  time  to  make  me  the  more 
sceptical  was  the  substantial  incorrectness  of  the  geo- 
graphical and  other  details  brought  back  by  my  com- 
panion. This  was  natural  enough.  Bombay,  after 
misunderstanding  his  master's  ill-expressed  Hindostani, 
probably  mistranslated  the  words  into  Kisawahili  to  some 
travelled  African,  who  in  turn  passed  on  the  question 
in  a  wilder  dialect  to  the  barbarian  or  barbarians  under 
examination.  During  such  a  journey  to  and  fro  words 
must  be  liable  to  severe  accidents.  The  first  thing 
reported  to  me  was  the  falsehood  of  the  Arabs  at 
Kazeh,  who  had  calumniated  the  good  Sultan  Muhayya, 
and  had  praised  the  bad  Sultan  Machunda:  subsequent 
inquiries  proved  their  rigid  correctness.  My  com- 
panion's  principal  informant  was  one  Mansur  Bin  Sa- 
lim,  a  half-caste  Arab,  who  had  been  flogged  out  of 
Kazeh  by  his  compatriots  j  he  pronounced  Muhayya  to 
to  be  a  "  very  excellent  and  obliging  person,"  and  of 
course  he  was  believed.  I  then  heard  a  detailed  account 


id  By  Google 


GEOQEAniT  OF  NYANZA  LAKE.  209 

of  how  the  caravan  of  Salim  bin  Raahid  had  been 
attacked,  beaten,  captured,  and  detained  at  Ukerewe,  by 
its  sultan  Machunda.  The  Arabs  received  the  intelli- 
gence with  a  smile  of  ridicule,  and  in  a  few  days  Salim 
bin  Rashid  appeared  in  person  to  disprove  the  report. 
These  are  but  two  cases  of  many.  And  what  know- 
ledge of  Asiatic  customs  cau  be  expected  from  the 
writer  of  these  lines  ?  "  The  Arabs  at  Unyanyembe 
had  advised  my  donning  their  habit  for  the  trip  in  order 
to  attract  less  attention ;  a  vain  precaution,  which  I 
believe  they  suggested  more  to  gratify  their  own 
vanity  in  seeing  an  Englishman  lower  himself  to  their 
position,  than  for  any  benefit  that  I  might  receive  by 
doing  so."  (Blackwood,  loco  cit.)  This  galamatias  of 
the  Arabs !  —  the  haughtiest  and  the  most  clannish  of 
all  Oriental  peoples. 

But  difference  of  opinion  was  allowed  to  alter  com- 
panionship. After  a  few  days  it  became  evident  to  me 
that  not  a  word  could  be  uttered  upon  the  subject  of 
the  Lake,  the  Nile,  and  his  trouvaille  generally  without 
offence.  By  a  tacit  agreement  it  was,  therefore,  avoided, 
and  I  should  never  have  resumed  it  bad  my  companion 
not  stultified  the  results  of  the  Expedition  by  putting 
forth  a  claim  which  no  geographer  can  admit,  and 
which  is  at  the  same  time  so  weak  and  flimsy,  that  no 
geographer  has  yet  taken  the  trouble  to  contradict  it. 

I  will  here  offer  to  the  reader  a  few  details  con- 
cerning the  Lake  in  question, — they  are  principally 
borrowed  from  my  companion's  diary,  carefully  cor- 
rected, however,  by  Snay  bin  Amir,  Salim  bin  Rashid*, 
and  other  merchants  at  Kazeh. 

*  When  my  companion  returned  to  Kazeh,  be  represented  Ukerewe  and 
Mazita  to  be  islands,  and,  although  in  sight  of  them,  he  had  heard  nothing 
concerning  their  connection  with  the  coast.     This  error  was  corrected  by 
VOL.  II.  P 


D,B,tzedDyGjOOgIe 


210  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

This  fresh-water  sea  is  known  throughout  the  African 
tribes  as  Nyanza,  and  the  similarity  of  the  sound  to 
"  Nyassa,"  the  indigenous  name  of  the  little  Maravi  or 
Eilwa  Lake,  may  have  caused  in  part  the  wild  con- 
fusion  in  which  speculative  geographers  have  involved 
the  Lake  Regions  of  Central  Africa.  The  Arabs,  after 
their  fashion  of  deriving  comprehensive  names  from 
local  and  minor  features,  call  it  Ukerewe,  in  the  Kisu- 
kuma  dialect  meaning  the  "  place  of  Kerewe"  (Kelewe), 
an  islet.  As  has  been  mentioned,  they  sometimes 
attempt  to  join  by  a  river,  a  creek,  or  some  other 
theoretical  creation,  the  Nyanza  with  the  Tanganyika, 
the  altitude  of  the  former  being  3750  feet  above  sea- 
level,  or  1900  feet  above  the  latter,  and  the  mountain 
regions  which  divide  the  two  having  been  frequently 
travelled  over  by  Arab  and  African  caravans.  Hence 
the  name  Ukerewe  has  been  transferred  in  the  "  Mom* 
bas  Mission  Map "  to  the  northern  waters  of  the  Tan- 
ganyika. The  Nyanza,  as  regards  name,  position,  and 
even  existence,  has  hitherto  been  unknown  to  European 
geographers ;  but,  as  will  presently  appear,  descriptions 
of  this  sea  by  native  travellers  have  been  unconsciously 

Siilim  bin  Rashid,  and  accepted  by  ue.  Tet  I  read  in  hit  discovery  of  the 
supposed  sources  of  the  Nile  :  "Mansur,  and  a  native,  the  greatest  traveller 
of  the  place,  kindly  accompanied  and  gave  me  every  obtainable  information. 
This  mau  had  traversed  the  bland,  as  he  called  it,  of  Ukerewe  from  north 
to  south.  JB id  by  hit  rough  mode  of  describing  it,  I  am  rather  inclined  to 
thinh  thai  instead  of  ill  being  an  actual  island,  it  it  a  connected  tongue  of 
lana\  stretching  touthwardt  from  a  promontory  lying  at  right  angle*  to  the 
eastern  shore  of  the  lake,  which  being  a  wash,  affords  a  passage  to  the 
mainland  during  the  fine  season,  but  during  the  tret  becomes  submerged 
and  thus  makes  Ukerewe  temporarily  an  island. "  The  information,  I 
repeat,  was  given,  not  by  the  "native,"  but  by  Salim  bin  Rashid.  When, 
however,  the  latter  proceeded  to  correct  my  companion's  confusion  between 
the  well-known  coffee  mart  Kitara  and  "the  island  of  Kitiri  occupied  by  a 
tribe  called  Watiri,"  he  gave  only  offence — consequently  Kitiri  has  obtained 
a  local  habitation  in  Blackwood  and  Petcrmann. 


id  By  Google 


TRADITION  CONCERNING  NYANZA.  211 

transferred  by  our  writers  to  the  Tanganyika  of  Ujiji, 
and  even  to  the  Nyassa  of  Eilwa. 

M.  Brun-Rollet  ("Le  Nil  Blanc  et  le  Soudan," 
p.  209)  heard  that  on  the  west  of  the  Padongo  tribe, — 
whom  he  places  to  the  S.  of  Mount  Earabirah,  or 
below  1°  S.  lat. — lies  a  great  lake,  from  whose  northern 
extremity  issues  a  river  whose  course  is  unknown.  In 
the  map  appended  to  his  volume  this  water  is  placed 
between  1°  S.  and  3°  N.  lat.,  and  about  25°  507  E. 
long.  (Greenwich),  and  the  deversoir  is  made  an  in- 
fluent of  the  White  Nile. 

Bowdich  ("Discoveries  of  the  Portuguese,"  pp.  131, 
132),  when  speaking  of  the  Maravi  Lake  (the  Nyassa), 
mentions  that  the  "  negroes  or  the  Moors  of  Melinde " 
have  mentioned  a  great  water  which  is  known  to  reach 
Mombaca,  which  the  Jesuit  missionaries  conjectured  to 
communicate  with  Abyssinia,  and  of  which  Father  Lewis 
Marianna,  who  formerly  resided  at  Tete,  recommended 
a  discovery,  in  a  letter  addressed  to  the  government  at 
Goa,  which  is  still  preserved  among  the  public  archives 
of  that  city.  Here  the  confusion  of  the  Nyanza,  to 
which  there  was  of  old  a  route  from  Mombasah  with 
the  Nyassa,  is  apparent. 

At  the  southern  point,  where  the  Muingwira  River 
falls  into  the  tortuous  creek,  whose  surface  is  a  little 
archipelago  of  brown  rocky  islets  crowned  with  trees, 
and  emerging  from  the  blue  waters,  the  observed  lati- 
tude of  the  Nyanza  Lake,  is  2°  24'  S. ;  the  longitude 
by  dead  reckoning  from  Eazeh  is  E.  long.  33°  and 
nearly  due  north,  and  the  altitude  by  B.  P.  thermometer 
3750  feet  above  sea-level.  Its  extent  to  the  north  is 
unknown  to  the  people  of  the  southern  regions,  which 
rather  denotes  some  difficulty  in  travelling  than  any 
great  extent.     They  informed  my  companion  that  from 

?! 

j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


212  THE    LAKE   REGIONS   OF   CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

Mwanza  to  the  southern  frontier  of  Karagwah  is  a  land 
journey  of  one  month,  or  a  sea  voyage  of  five  days 
towards  the  N.  N.  W.  and  then  to  the  north.  They  also 
pointed  out  the  direction  of  Unyoro  N.  20°  W. 
The  Arab  merchants  of  Kazeh  have  seen  the  Nyanza 
opposite  Weranhanja,  the  capital  district  of  Armanika, 
King  of  Karagwah,  and  declare  that  it  receives  the 
Kitangure  River,  whose  mouth  has  been  placed  about  the 
equator. .  Beyond  that  point  all  is  doubtful.  The  mer- 
chants have  heard  that  Suna,  the  late  despot  of  Uganda, 
built  matumbi,  or  undecked  vessels,  capable  of  contain- 
ing forty  or  fifty  men,  in  order  to  attack  his  enemies, 
the  "Wasoga,  upon  the  creeks  which  indent  the  western 
shores  of  the  Nyanza.  This,  if  true,  would  protract  the 
lake  to  between  1"  and  1°  307  of  N.  lat,  and  give  it 
a  total  length  of  about  4°  or  250  miles.  This  point, 
however,  is  still  involved  in  the  deepest  obscurity.  Its 
breadth  was  estimated  as  follows.  A  hill,  about  200 
feet  above  the  water-level,  shows  a  conspicuous  landmark 
on  the  eastern  shore,  which  was  set  down  as  forty  miles 
distant.  On  the  south-western  angle  of  the  line  from 
the  same  point  ground  appeared ;  it  was  not,  however, 
perceptible  on  the  north-west.  The  total  breadth, 
therefore,  has  been  assumed  at  eighty  miles, — a  figure 
which  approaches  the  traditions  unconsciously  chronicled 
by  European  geographers.  In  the  vicinity  of  Usoga 
the  lake,  according  to  the  Arabs,  broadens  out :  of  this, 
however,  and  in  fact  of  all  the  formation  north  of  the 
equator,  it  is  at  present  impossible  to  arrive  at  certainty. 
The  Nyanza  is  an  elevated  basin  or  reservoir,  the 
recipient  of  the  surplus  monaoon-rain  which  falls  in  the 
extensive  regions  of  the  Wamasai  and  their  kinsmen  to 
the  east,  the  Karagwah  line  of  the  Lunar  Mountains  to 
the   west,  and  to  the  south  l/sukuma  or   Northern 


idoyGoogle 


POSITION  OF  NYASZA.  213 

Unyamwezi.  Extending  to  the  equator  in  the  central 
length  of  the  African  peninsula,  and  elevated  above  the 
limits  of  the  depression  in  the  heart  of  the  continent,  it 
appears  to  be  a  gap  in  the  irregular  chain  which,  run- 
uing  from  Usumbara  and  Kilima-ngao  to  Karagwah, 
represents  the  formation  anciently  termed  the  Mountains 
of  the  Moon.  The  physical  features,  as  far  as  they 
were  observed,  suggest  this  view.  The  shores  are  low 
and  flat,  dotted  here  and  there  with  little  hills ;  the 
smaller  islands  also  are  hill-tops,  and  any  part  of  the 
country  immediately  on  the  south  would,  if  inundated 
to  the  same  extent,  present  a  similar  aspect.  The  lake 
lies  open  and  elevated,  rather  like  the  drainage  and  the 
temporary  deposit  of  extensive  floods  than  a  volcanic 
creation  like  the  Tanganyika,  a  long  narrow  mountain- 
girt  basin.  The  waters  are  said  to  be  deep,  and  the 
extent  of  the  inundation  about  the  southern  creek 
proves  that  they  receive  during  the  season  an  important 
accession.  The  colour  was  observed  to  be  clear  and 
blue,  especially  from  afar  in  the  early  morning  j  after 
9  a.m.,  when  the  prevalent  south-east  wind  arose,  the 
surface  appeared  greyish,  or  of  a  dull  milky  white, 
probably  the  effect  of  atmospheric  reflection.  The  tint, 
however,  does  not,  according  to  travellers,  ever  become 
red  or  green  like  the  maters  of  the  Nile.  But  the  pro- 
duce of  the  lake  resembles  that  of  the  river  in  its 
purity ;  the  people  living  on  the  shores  prefer  it,  unlike 
that  of  the  Tanganyika,  to  the  highest,  and  clearest 
springs ;  all  visitors  agree  in  commending  ics  lightness 
and  sweetness,  and  declare  that  the  taste  is  rather  of 
river  or  of  rain-water  than  resembling  the  soft  slimy 
produce  of  stagnant  muddy  bottoms,  or  the  rough 
harsh  flavour  of  melted  ice  and  snow.* 

From  the  southern  creek  of  the  Nyanza,  and  beyond 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


314  TUB  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

the  archipelago  of  neighbouring  islets,  appear  the  two 
features  which  have  given  to  this  lake  the  name  of 
Ukerewe.  The  Arabs  call  them  "  Jezirah  " — an  am- 
biguous term,  meaning  equally  insula  and  peninsula — 
but  they  can  scarcely  be  called  islands.  The  high  and 
rocky  Mazita  to  the  east,  and  the  comparatively  flat 
Ukerewe  on  the  west,  are  described  by  the  Arabs  as 
points  terminating  seawards  in  bluffs,  and  connected 
with  the  eastern  shore  by  a  low  neck  of  land,  probably 
a  continuous  reef,  flooded  during  the  rains,  but  never 
so  deeply  as  to  prevent  cattle  fording  the  isthmus. 
The  northern  and  western  extremities  front  deep 
water,  and  a  broad  channel  separates  them  from  the 
southern  shore,  Usukuma.  The  Arabs,  when  visiting 
Ukerewe  or  its  neighbour,  prefer  hiring  the  canoes 
of  the  Wasukuma,  and  paddling  round  the  south- 
eastern extremity  of  the  Nyanza,  to  exposing  their 
property  and  lives  by  marching  through  the  dangerous 
tribes  of  the  coast. 

Mazita  belongs  to  a  people  called  Makwiya.  Ukerewe 
is  inhabited,  according  to  some  informants,  by  Wasu- 
kuma ;  according  to  others,  the  Wakerewe  are  marked 
by  their  language  as  ancient  emigrants  from  the  high- 
lands of  Karagwah.  In  Ukerewe,  which  is  exceedingly 
populous,  are  two  brother  Sultans:  the  chief  is 
"  Machunda ; "  the  second,  "  Ibanda,"  rules  at  Wiru, 
the  headland  on  the  western  limit.  The  people  collect 
ivory  from  the  races  on  the  eastern  mainland,  and  store 
it,  awaiting  an  Arab  caravan.  Beads  are  in  most  re- 
quest; as  in  Usukuma  generally,  not  half  a  dozen 
cloths  of  native  and  foreign  manufacture  will  be 
found  upon  a  hundred  men.  The  women  are  especi- 
ally badly  clad ;  even  the  adult  maidens  wear  only  the 
languti  of  India,   or  the  Nubian  apron  of  aloe-fibre, 


id  By  Google 


TRAFFIC  OF  STANZA.  815 

strung  with  the  pipe-stem  bead  called  sofi,  and 
blackened,  like  India-rubber,  by  use ;  it  is  fastened 
round  the  waist,  and  depends  about  one  foot  by  six  or 
seven  inches  in  breadth. 

The  Arabs  who  traffic  in  these  regions  generally 
establish  themselves  with  Sultan  Machunda,  and  send 
their  slaves  in  canoes  round  the  south-east  angle  of  the 
lake  to  trade  with  the  coast  people.  These  races  are 
successively  from  the  south ;  the  Washaki,  at  a  distance 
of  three  marches,  and  their  inland  neighbours  the 
Wataturu ;  then  the  Warudi,  a  wild  tribe,  rich  in  ivory, 
lying  about  a  fortnight's  distance ;  and  beyond  them 
the  Wabumba,  or  Wamasai.  Commercial  transactions 
extend  along  the  eastern  Bhore  as  far  as  T'hiri,  or 
Ut'hiri,  a  district  between  Ururu  and  Uhumba.  This 
is  possibly  the  origin  of  the  island  of  Tiri  or  Kittiri, 
placed  in  my  companion's  map  near  the  north-west 
extremity  of  the  Nyanza  Lake,  off  the  coast  of  Uganda, 
where  there  is  a  province  called  Kittara,  peculiarly  rich 
in  coffee.  The  explorer  heard  from  the  untrustworthy 
country  people  that,  after  a  long  coasting  voyage,  they 
arrived  at  an  island  where  the  inhabitants,  a  poor  and 
naked  race,  live  on  fish,  and  cultivate  coffee  for  sale. 
The  information  appears  suspicious.  The  Arabs  know 
of  no  islands  upon  the  Nyanza  which  produce  coffee. 
Moreover,  if  the  people  had  any  traffic,  they  would  not 
be  without  clothing. 

The  savagery  of  the  races  adjacent  to  the  Nyanza  haB 
caused  accidents  amongst  travelling  traders.  About 
five  years  ago  a  large  caravan  from  Tanga,  on  the 
eastern  coast,  consisting  of  400  or  500  guns,  and  led 
by  Arab  merchants,  at  the  end  of  a  journey  which  had 
lasted  nearly  two  years,  happened  to  quarrel  with  the 
Wahumba  or  Wamasai  near  the  lake.     The  subject  was 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


216  THE    LAKE    REGIONS   OF   CENTRAL   AFRICA, 

the  burning  down  of  some  grass  required  for  pasture 
by  the  wild  men.  Words  led  to  blows;  the  caravan, 
having  but  two  or  three  pounds  of  gunpowder,  was 
soon  dispersed;  seven  or  eight  merchants  lost  their 
lives,  and  a  few  made  their  escape  to  Unyanyembe. 
Before  our  departure  from  Kazeh,  the  slaves  of  Salim 
bin  Rashid,  having  rescued  one  of  the  wounded  sur- 
vivors, who  had  been  allowed  by  the  Waraasai  to 
wander  into  Urudi,  brought  him  back  to  Kazeh.  He 
described  the  country  as  no  longer  practicable.  In 
1858  also  the  same  trading  party,  the  principal 
authority  for  these  statements,  were  relieved  of  several 
bales  of  cloth,  during  their  sleep,  when  bivouacking 
upon  an  inhabited  island  near  the  eastern  shore. 

The  altitude,  the  conformation  of  the  Nyanza  Lake, 
the  argilaceous  colour  and  the  sweetness  of  its  waters, 
combine  to  suggest  that  it  may  be  one  of  the  feeders  of 
the  White  Nile.  In  the  map  appended  to  M.  Brun- 
Rollet's  volume,  before  alluded  to,  the  large  water  west 
of  the  Padongo  tribe,  which  clearly  represents  the 
Nyanza  or  Ukerewe,  is,  I  have  observed,  made  to  drain 
northwards  into  the  Fitri  Lake,  and  eventually  to  swell 
the  main  stream  of  the  White  River.  The  details  sup- 
plied by  the  Egyptian  Expedition,  which,  about  twenty 
years  ago,  ascended  the  White  River  to  3°  22'  N.  lat., 
and  31°  30'  E.  long.,  and  gave  the  general  bearing  of  the 
river  from  that  point  to  its  source  as  south-east,  with  a 
distance  of  one  month's  journey,  or  from  300  to 
350  miles,  would  place  the  actual  Bources  2°  S.  lat., 
and  35"  E.  long.,  or  in  2°  eastward  of  the  southern 
creek  of  the  Nyanza  Lake.  This  position  would  occupy 
the  northern  counterslope  of  the  Lunar  Mountains,  the 
upper  water-shed  of  the  high  region  whose  culminating 
apices  are  Kilima-Ngao,  Kenia,  and  Doengo  Engai.     The 


id  By  Google 


DR.    KRAPF S  MO.S'KKY-RIVER.  217 

distance  of  these  peaks  from  the  coast,  as  given  by  Dr.  - 
Krapf,  must  be  considerably  reduced,  and  little  autho- 
rity can  be  attached  to  his  river  TumbirL*  The  site, 
supposed  by  Mr.  Macqueen  ("Proceedings  of  the  Geo- 
graphical Society  of  London,"  January  24th,  1859),  to 
be  at  least  21,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and 
consequently  3000  or  4000  feet  above  the  line  of  per- 
petual congelation,  would  admirably  explain  the  two 
most  ancient  theories  concerning  the  source  of  the 
White  River,  namely,  that  it  arises  in  a  snowy  region, 
and  that  its  inundation  is  the  result  of  tropical  rains. 

It  is  impossible  not  to  suspect  that  between  the  upper 
portion  of  the  Nyanza  and  the  watershed  of  the  White 
Nile  there  exists  a  longitudinal  range  of  elevated  ground, 
running  from  east  to  west  — a  "  furca  "  draining  north- 
wards into  the  Nile  and  southwards  into  the  Nyanza 
Lake — like  that  which  separates  the  Tanganyika  from 
the  Maravi  or  Nyassa  of  Kihva.  According  to  Don 
Angelo  Vinco,  who  visited  Loqueck  in  1852,  beyond  the 
cataract  of  Garbo — supposed  to  be  in  N.  lat.  2°  40' — 
at  a  distance  of  sixty  miles  lie  Robego,  the  capital  of 
Kuenda,  and  Lokoya  (Logoja),  of  which  the  latter  re- 
ceives an  affluent  from  the  east.  Beyond  Lokoya  the 
White  Nile  is  described  as  a  small  and  rocky  mountain- 
river,  presenting  none  of  the  features  of  a  stream  flowing 

*  The  large  river  Tumbiri,  mentioned  by  Dr.  Krapf  as  flowing  towards 
Egypt  from  the  northern  counterslope  of  Mount  Kenia,  rests  upon  the  sole 
authority  of  a  single  wandering  native.  As,  moreover,  the  word  Thumbiri 
or  Thuwbili  means  a  monkey,  and  the  people  are  peculiarly  fond  of  satire 
in  a  small  way,  it  is  not  improbable  that  the  very  name  had  no  foundation  of 
fact.  This  is  mentioned,  aa  some  geographers — for  instance,  Mr.  Macqueen 
("  Observations  on  the  Geography  of  Central  Africa :"  "Proceedings  of  th« 
B.G.  S.  of  London,"  May  9,  1859)— have  been  struck  by  the  circumstance 
that  the  Austrian  Missionaries  and  Mr.  Werne  ("  Expedition  to  discover  the 
sources  of  the  White  Nile,  in  1840-41 ")  gave  Tubirih  as  the  Bari  name  of 
the  White  Nile  at  the  southern  limit  of  their  exploration, 


jmzed  By  GOOgk 


818  THE   LACE   REGI0SS  OF  CENTRAL    AFRICA. 

■ from  a  broad  expanse  of  water  like  the  great  Nyanza 
reservoir. 

The  periodical  swelling  of  the  Nyanza  Lake,  which, 
flooding  a  considerable  tract  of  land  on  the  south,  may 
be  supposed — as  it  lies  flush  with  the  basal  surface  of 
the  country — to  inundate  extensively  all  the  low  lands 
that  form  its  periphery,  forbids  belief  in  the  possibility 
of  its  being  the  head-stream  of  the  Nile,  or  the  reservoir 
of  its  periodical  inundation.  In  Karagwah,  upon  the 
western  shore,  the  raasika  or  monsoon  lasts  from  October 
to  May  or  June,  after  which  the  dry  season  sets  in.  The 
Egyptian  Expedition  found  the  river  falling  fast  at  the 
end  of  January,  and  they  learned  from  the  people  that 
it  would  again  rise  about  the  end  of  March,  at  which 
season  the  sun  is  vertical  over  the  equator.  About  the 
summer  solstice  (June),  when  the  rains  cease  in  the 
regions  south  of  and  upon  the  equator,  the  White  Nile 
begins  to  flood.  From  March  to  the  autumnal  equinox 
(September)  it  continues  to  overflow  its  banks  till  it 
attains  its  magnitude,  and  from  that  time  it  shrinks 
through  the  winter  solstice  (December)  till  March.  The 
Nile  is,  therefore,  full  during  the  dry  season  and  low 
during  the  rainy  season  south  of  and  immediately  upon 
the  equator.  And  as  the  northern  counterslope  of 
Kenia  will,  to  a  certain  extent,  be  a  lee-land,  like  Ugogo, 
it  cannot  have  the  superfluity  of  moisture  necessary  to 
send  forth  a  first-class  stream.  The  inundation  is 
synchronous  with  the  great  falls  of  the  northern  equa- 
torial regions,  which  extend  from  July  to  September, 
and  is  dependent  solely  upon  the  tropical  rains.  It  "is, 
therefore,  probable  that  the  true  sources  of  the  "  Holy 
River "  will  be  found  to  be  a  network  of  runnels  and 
rivulets  of  scanty  dimensions,  filled  by  monsoon  torrents, 
and  perhaps  a  little  swollen  by  melted  snow  on  the 


id  By  Google 


THE  WAHINDA.  21ft 

northern  water-parting  of  the  Eastern  Lunar  Moun- 
tains. 

Of  the  tribes  dwelling  about  the  Nyanza,  the  western 
have  been  already  described.  The  Washaki  and  the 
Warudi  are  plundering  races  on  the  east,  concerning 
whom  little  is  known.  Remain  the  Wahinda,  a  clan  or 
class  alluded  to  in  this  and  a  former  chapter,  and  the 
Wataturu,  an  extensive  and  once  powerful  tribe,  men- 
tioned when  treating  of  the  regions  about  Tura. 

The  Wahinda  (in  the  singular  Muhinda)  are,  accord- 
ing to  some  Arabs,  a  foreign  and  ruling  family,  who 
coming  from  adiatant  country,  probably  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Somaliland,  conquered  the  lands,  and  became 
Sultans.  This  opinion  seems  to  rest  upon  physical  pecu- 
liarities,—  the  superiority  of  the  Wahinda  in  figure, 
stature,  and  complexion  to  their  subjects  suggesting  a 
difference  of  origin.  Others  explain  the  word  Muhinda 
to  mean  a  cadet  of  royal  family,  and  call  the  class  Bayt 
el  Saltanah,  or  the  Kingly  House.  Thus,  whilst  Arma- 
nika  is  the  Mkama  or  Sovereign  of  Earagwah,  his 
brother  simply  takes  the  title  of  Muhinda.  These  con- 
flicting statements  may  be  reconciled  by  the  belief 
general  in  the  country  that  the  families  of  the  Sultans 
are  a  foreign  and  a  nobler  race,  the  date  of  whose  im- 
migration has  long  fallen  into  oblivion.  This  may  be 
credited  without  difficulty ;  the  physique  of  the  rulers 
— approximating  more  to  the  northern  races  of  Arica — 
is  markedly  less  negroid  than  that  of  their  subjects,  and 
the  difference  is  too  great  to  be  explained  by  the  effects 
of  climate  or  of  superior  diet,  comfort,  and  luxury. 

The  Wahinda  are  found  in  the  regions  of  Usui, 
Earagwab,  Uhha,  Uvinza,  TJyungu,  Ujiji,  and  Urundi, 
where  they  live  in  boma — stockades — and  scattered 
villages.    Of  this  race  are  the  Sultans  Suwarora  of  the 


id  By  Google 


220  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

Wasui,  Armanika  of  Karagwah,  Eanoni  of  Uhha,  Eanze 
of  Uyungu,  Mzogera  of  Uvinza,  Rusimba  of  Ujiji, 
Mwezi  of  Urundi,  Mnyamurunde  of  Uyofo,  Gaetawa  of 
Uhayya,  and  Mutawazi  of  Utumbara.  The  Wahinda 
affect  a  milk  diet  which  is  exceedingly  fattening,  and 
anoint  themselves  plentifully  with  butter  and  ghee,  to 
soften  and  polish  the  Bkin.  They  never  sell  their  fellow 
clansmen,  are  hospitable  and  civil  to  strangers,  seldom 
carry  arms,  fear  nothing  from  the  people,  and  may  not 
be  slain  even  in  battle.  Where  the  Wahinda  reign, 
their  ministers  are  the  Watosi,  a  race  which  has  been 
described  when  treating  of  their  head-quarters  Kara- 
gwah. 

The  Wataturu  extend  from  the  Mingewa  district,  two 
marches  northward  of  Tura  in  a  north-north-westerly 
diagonal,  to  Usmao,  a  district  of  Usukuma,  at  the  south- 
east angle  of  the  Nyanza  Lake.  On  the  north  and  east 
they  are  limited  by  the  Wahumba,  on  the  south  by  the 
people  of  Iramba,  and  there  is  said  to  be  a  connection 
between  these  three  tribes.  This  wild  pastoral  people 
were  formerly  rich  in  flocks  and  herds;  they  still  have 
the  best  asses  in  the  country.  About  five  years  ago, 
however,  they  were  persuaded  by  Msimbira,  a  chief  of 
Usukuma,  to  aid  htm  against  his  rival  Mpagamo,  who 
had  called  in  the  Arabs  to  his  assistance.  During  the 
long  and  bitter  contest  which  ensued,  the  Arabs,  as  has 
been  related,  were  worsted  in  the  field,  and  the  Wataturu 
suffered  severe  losses  in  cattle.  Shortly  before  the 
arrival  of  the  Expedition  at  Eazeh  the  foreign  merchants 
had  despatched  to  Utaturu  a  plundering  party  of  sixty 
slave-musketeers,  who,  however,  suddenly  attacked  by 
the  people,  were  obliged  to  fly,  leaving  behind  eighteen 
of  their  number.  This  event  was  followed  by  a  truce, 
and  the  Wataturu  resumed  their  commerce  with  Tura 


id  By  Google 


THE  WATATURD. 


and  Unyanyembe,  where,  in  1858,  a  caravan,  numbering 
about  300  men,  came  in.  Two  small  parties  of  this 
people  were  also  met  at  Tura;  they  were  small,  dark, 
and  ugly  savages,  almost  beardless,  and  not  unlike  the 
"  Thakur  "  people  in  Maharatta-land.  Their  asses,  pro- 
vided with  neat  saddle-bags  of  zebra  skin,  were  better 
dressed  than  the  men,  who  wore  no  clothing  except  the 
simplest  hide-sandals.  According  to  the  Araba  this  clan 
affects  nudity:  even  adult  maidens  dispense  with  the 
usual  akin-kilt^  The  men  ignored  bows  and  arrows,  but 
they  were  efficiently  armed  with  long  spears,  double- 
edged  sime,  and  heavy  hide  shields.  They  brought 
calabash  or  monkey-bread  flour — in  this  country,  as  in 
Ugogo,  a  favourite  article  of  consumption — and  a  little 
coarse  salt,  collected  from  the  dried  mud  of  a  Mbuga  or 
swamp  in  the  land  of  Iramba,  to  be  bartered  for  holcus 
and  beads.  Their  language  sounded  to  the  unpractised 
ear  peculiarly  barbarous,  and  their  savage  suspicious- 
ness rendered  it  impossible  to  collect  any  specimens. 

At  Kazeh,  sorely  to  my  disappointment,  it  was  finally 
settled,  in  a  full  conclave  of  Arabs,  that  we  must  return 
to  the  coast  by  the  tedious  path  with  which  we  were 
already  painfully  familiar.  At  Ujiji  the  slate  of  our 
finances  had  been  the  sole,  though  the  sufficient  obstacle 
to  our  traversing  Africa  from  east  to  west ;  we  might — 
had  we  possessed  the  means — by  navigating  the  Tan- 
ganyika southwards,  have  debouched,  after  a  journey  of 
three  months,  at  Kilwa.  The  same  cause  prevented  us 
from  visiting  the  northern  kingdoms  of  Karagwah  and 
Uganda ;  to  effect  this  exploration,  however,  we  should 
have  required  not  only  funds  but  time.  The  rains  there 
setting  in  about  September  render  travelling  impossible ; 
our  two  years'  leave  of  absence  were  drawing  to  a  close, 
and  even  had  we  commanded  a  sufficient  outfit,  we  were 


id  By  Google 


222  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

not  disposed  to  risk  the  consequences  of  taking  an  extra 
twelve  months.  No  course,  therefore,  remained  but  to 
regain  the  coast.  We  did  not,  however,  give  up  hopes 
of  making  our  return  useful  to  geography,  by  tracing 
the  course  of  the  Rwaha  or  Kufiji  River,  and  of  visit- 
ing the  coast  between  the  Usagara  Mountains  and 
Kilwa,  an  unknown  line  not  likely  to  attract  future 
travellers. 


id  By  Google 


id  By  Google 


id  By  Google 


id  By  Google 


Digitized  ByGOOgle 


THE   DOWN-MARCH  TO  THE   COAST. 

On  the  5th  September  1858,  Musa  Mzuri — handsome 
Moses,  as  he  was  called  by  the  Africans — returned  with 
great  pomp  to  Eazeh  after  his  long  residence  at  Ka- 
ragwah.  Some  details  concerning  this  merchant,  who 
has  played  a  conspicuous  part  in  the  eventful  "pert- 
pities  "  of  African  discovery,  may  be  deemed  well  placed. 
About  thirty-five  years  ago,  Musa,  a  Moslem  of  the 
Kojah  sect,  and  then  a  youth,  was  driven  by  poverty 
from  his  native  Surat  to  follow  his  eldest  brother 
"  Sayyan,"  who  having  sought  fortune  at  Zanzibar,  and 
having  been  provided  with  an  outfit  by  the  Sayyid  el 


dDy  Google 


224  TUB   LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

Laghbari,  then  governor  of  the  island,  made  sundry 
journeys  into  the  interior.  About  1825,  the  brothers 
first  visited  the  Land  of  the  Moon,  preceding  the  Arab 
travellers,  who  in  those  days  made  their  markets  at 
Usanga  and  Usenga,  distant  about  a  dozen  marches  to 
the  S.S.E.  of  Kazeh.  Musa  describes  Unyamwezi  as* 
richly  cultivated,  and  he  has  not  forgotten  the  hospit- 
able reception  of  the  people.  The  brothers  bought  up 
a  little  venture  of  forty  Farasilah  or  twenty  men's  loads 
of  cloth  and  beads,  and  returned  with  a  joint  stock  of 
800  Farasilah  (800  x  35  =  28,000  lbs.  avoirdupois)  in 
ivory ;  as  Sayyan  died  on  the  road,  all  fell  to  Musa's 
share.  Since  that  time  he  has  made  five  journeys  to 
the  coast  and  several  to  the  northern  kingdoms.  About 
four  years  ago  Armanika,  the  present  Sultan  of  Ka- 
ragwah,  was  besieged"  in  a  palisaded  village  by  a  rebel 
brother  Kumanika.  On  this  occasion  Musa,  in  company 
with  the  king,  endured  great  hardships,  and  incurred  no 
little  risk ;  when  both  parties  were  weary  of  fighting, 
he  persuaded,  by  a  large  bribe  of  ivory,  Suna,  the 
powerful  despot  of  the  neighbouring  kingdom  of 
Uganda,  to  raise  the  siege,  by  throwing  a  strong  force 
into  the  field.  He  has  ever  since  been  fraternally 
received  by  Armanika,  and  his  last  journey  to  Ka- 
ragwah  was  for  the  purpose  of  recovering  part  of  the 
ivory  expended  in  the  king's  cause.  After  an  absence 
of  fifteen  months  he  brought  back  about  a  score  of 
splendid  tusks,  one  weighing,  he  declared,  upwards  of 
200  lbs.  During  his  detention  Salira  bin  Sayf,  of 
Dut'humi,  who  had  been  entrusted  by  Musa  with  sixty- 
five  Farasilah  of  ivory  to  barter  for  goods  on  the  coast, 
arrived  at  Unyanyembe,  when  hearing  the  evil  tidings, 
the  wily  Harisi  appropriated  the  property  and  returned 
to  whence  he  came.   Like  roost  merchants  in  East  Africa, 


id  By  Google 


HANDSOME  MOSES.  225 

Musa's  business  is  extensive,  but  his  gains  are  princi- 
pally represented  by  outlying  debts ;  he  cannot,  there- 
fore, leave  the  country  without  an  enormous  sacrifice. 
He  is  the  recognised  Doyen  of  the  commercial  body, 
and  he  acts  agent  and  warehouseman ;  his  hall  is  usually 
full  of  buyers  and  sellers,  Arab  and  African,  and  large 
investments  of  wires,  beads,  and  cotton- cloths,  some  of 
them  valuable,  are  regularly  forwarded  to  him  with 
comforts  and  luxuries  from  the  coast. 

Musa  Mzuri  is  now  a  man  of  the  uncertain  "  certain 
age"  between  forty-five  and  fifty,  thin-bearded,  tall, 
gaunt,  with  delicate  extremities,  and  with  the  regular 
and  handsome  features  of  a  high-caste  Indian  Moslem. 
Like  most  of  his  .compatriots,  he  is  a  man  of  sad  and 
staid  demeanour,  and  he  is  apparently  faded  by  opium, 
which  so  tyrannises  over  him  that  he  carries  pilla  in 
every  pocket,  and  stores  them,  lest  the  hoard  should  run 
short,  in  each  corner  and  cranny  of  his  house.  His  clean 
new  dress,  perfumed  with  jasmine-oil  and  sandal-wood, 
his  snowy  skull-cap  and  well-fitting  sandals,  distin-' 
guish  him  in  appearance  from  the  Arabs  ;  and  his  abode," 
which  is  almost  a  village,  with  its  lofty  gates  and 
its  spacious  courts,  full  of  slaves  and  hang«rs-on,  con- 
trasts with  the  humility  of  the  Semite  tenements. 

On  arrival  at  Kazeh  I  forwarded  to  Musa  the  intro- 
ductory letter  with  which  H.  H.  the  Sayyid  Majid 
had  honoured  me.  Sundry  civilities  passed  between 
his  housekeeper,  Mama  Ehamisi,  and  ourselves;  she  sup-  . 
plied  the  Baloch  with  lodgings  and  ourselves  with  milk, 
for  which  we  were  careful  to  reward  her.  After  re- 
turning from  Ujiji  we  found  Abdullah,  the  eldest  of 
Musa's  two  sons  by  different  slave  girls,  resting  at 
Kazeh  after  his  down-march  from  Karagwah.  He 
knew  a  few  words  of  English,  but  he  had  learned  no 

VOL.  il.  Q 

j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


226  THE   LAKE  REGION'S  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

Hindostani  from  his  father,  who  curious  to  say,  after 
an  expatriation  of  thirty-five  years,  still  spoke  his 
mother-tongue  purely  and  well.  The  youth  would 
have  become  a  greater  favourite  had  he  not  been  so 
hard  a  drinker  and  so  quarrelsome  in  his  cups;  on 
more  than  one  occasion  he  had  dangerously  cut  or 
stabbed  his  servile  boon-companions.  Musa  had  spared 
the  rod,  or  had  used  it  upon  him  to  very  little  purpose ; 
after  intruding  himself  repeatedly  into  the  hall  and 
begging  for  handsome  clothes,  with  more  instance  of 
freedom  than  consisted  with  decorum,  he  was  warned 
that  if  be  stayed  away  it  might  be  the  better  for  his 
back,  and  he  took  the  warning. 

Musa,  when  rested  after  his  weary  return-march, 
called  upon  me  with  all  due  ceremony,  escorted  by  the 
principal  Arab  merchants.  I  was  not  disappointed  in 
finding  him  wholly  ignorant  concerning  Africa  and 
things  African ;  Snay  bin  Amir  had  told  me  that  such 
was  the  case.  He  had,  however,  a  number  of  slaves 
fresh  from  Karagwah  and  Uganda,  who  confirmed  the 
accounts  previously  received  from  Arab  travellers  in 
those  regions.  Musa  displayed  even  more  hospitality 
than  his  fellow-travellers.  Besides  the  mbogoro  or 
skinful  of  grain  and  the  goat  usually  offered  to  fresh 
arrivals,  he  was  ever  sending  those  little  presents  of 
provisions  which  in  the  East  cannot  be  refused  without 
offence.  I  narrowly  prevented  his  killing  a  bullock  to 
provide  us  with  beef,  and  at  last  I  feared  to  mention  a 
want  before  him.  During  his  frequent  visits  he  invari- 
ably showed  himself  a  man  of  quiet  and  unaffected 
manners,  dashed  with  a  little  Indian  reserve,  which  in 
process  of  time  would  probably  have  worn  off. 

On  the  6th  September,  Said  bin  Salim,  nervously  im- 
patient to  commence  the  march  homewards,  "  made  a 


id  By  Google 


HANDSOME  MOSES.  227 

khambi,"  that  is  to  say,  pitched  our  tents  undera  spreading 
tree  outside  and  within  sight  of  Kazeh.  Although  he  had 
been  collecting  porters  for  several  days,  only  two  came 
to  the  fore  ;  a  few  refreshing  showers  were  falling  at  the 
autumnal  equinox,  and  the  black  peasantry  so  miscalcu- 
lated the  seasons  that  they  expected  the  immediate  advent 
of  the  great  Masika.  Moreover,  when  informed  that  our 
route  would  debouch  at  Kilwa,  they  declared  that  they 
must  receive  double  pay,  as  they  could  not  expect  there 
to  be  hired  by  return  caravans.  That  the  *'  khambi " 
might  assume  an  appearance  of  reality,  the  Baloch  were 
despatched  into  "  country-quarters."  As  they  followed 
their  usual  tactic,  affecting  eagerness  to  depart  but 
privily  clinging  to  the  pleasures  of  Kazeh,  orders  were 
issued  definitively  to  "  cut "  their  rations  in  case  of 
necessity.  The  sons  of  Ramji,  who  had  returned 
from  Msene,  without,  however,  intrusion  or  swagger, 
were  permitted  to  enter  the  camp.  Before  the  march  I 
summoned  them,  and  in  severe  terms  recapitulated  their 
misdeeds,  warned  them  that  they  would  not  be  re- 
engaged, and  allowed  them  provisions  and  protection 
only  on  condition  of  their  carrying,  as  the-  slaves  of 
Arab  merchants  are  expected  to  do,  our  lighter  valu- 
ables, such  as  the  digester,  medicine-chest,  gun-cases, 
camp-table  and  chair.  They  promised  with  an  edifying 
humility  to  reform-  I  was  compelled,  however  to  en- 
liven their  murmuring  by  a  few  slight  floggings  before 
they  would  become  amenable  to  a  moral  rule,  and 
would  acquire  those  habits  of  regularity  which  are  as 
chains  and  fetters  to  the  African  man.  The  five 
Wak'hutu  porters  who,  after  robbing  and  deserting  us 
on  the  road  to  Ujiji,  had  taken  service  with  my  old  ac- 
quaintance, Salim  bin  Rashid — the  well-informed  Coast 
Arab  merchant,  originally  named  by  H.  H.  the  Sayyid 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


aSS  THE    LAKE   BEG  IONS   OF   CENTRAL   AFHICA. 

Majid,  as  my  guide  and  caravan  leader,  — begged  hard 
to  be  again  employed.  I  positively  refused  to  see  them. 
If  at  this  distance  from  home  they  bad  perjured  them, 
selves  and  had  plundered  us,  what  might  be  expected 
when  they  arrived  near  their  native  country  ? 

As  the  time  of  departure  approached,  I  regretted  that 
the  arrival  of  several  travellers  had  not  taken  place  a 
month  earlier.  Salim  bin  Rashid,  whilst  collecting  ivory 
in  Usukuma  and  to  the  eastward  of  the  Nyanza  Lake, 
had  recovered  a  Msawahili  porter,  who,  falling  sick  on 
the  road,  had  been  left  by  a  caravan  from  Tanga  amongst 
the  wildest  of  the  East  African  tribes,  the  Wamasai  or 
Wahumba.  From  this  man,  who  spent  two  years 
amongst  those  plunderers  and  their  rivals  in  villany 
the  Warudi,  I  derived  some  valuable  information  con- 
cerning  the  great  northern  route  which  spans  the 
countries  lying  between  the  coast  and  the  Nyanza  Lake. 
I  was  also  called  upon  by  Amayr  bin  Said  el  Shaksi,  a 
strong-framed  and  stout-hearted  greybeard,  who,  when 
his  vessel  foundered  in  the  waters  of  the  Tanganyika, 
saved  his  life  by  swimming,  and  as  he  had  no  goods  and 
but  few  of  his  slaves  had  survived,  lived  for  five  months 
on  roots  and  grasses,  till  restored  to  Ujiji  by  an  Arab 
canoe.  A  garrulous  senior,  fond  of  "  venting  his 
travels,"  he  spent  many  hours  with  me,  talking  over 
his  past  adventures,  and  his  ocular  knowledge  of  the 
Tanganyika  enabled  me  to  gather  many,  perhaps,  reliable 
details  concerning  its  southern  extremity.  A  few  days 
before  departure  Hilal  bin  Nasur,  a  well-born  Harisi, 
returned  from  K'hokoro ;  he  supplied  me  with  a  list  of 
stations  and  a  lengthy  description  of  his  various  ex- 
cursions to  the  southern  provinces.* 

*  For  thia  and  oilier  purely  geographical  details  concerning  the  Southern 
Provinces," the  reader  is  referred  to  the  Journal  of  the  Royal  Gcogmpliical 
Society,  vol.  xiix.  I860. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


OUTFIT  FOE  BETDRN".  229 

Said  bin  Salim,  in  despair  that  the  labours  of  a  whole 
fortnight  spent  in  the  jungle  had  produced  the  slenderest 
of  results,  moved  from  under  the  tree  in  Kazeh  plain 
to  Masui,  a  dirty  little  village  distant  about  three  miles 
to  the  east  of  our  head-quarters.  As  be  reported  on  the 
25th  of  September  that  his  gang  was  nearly  completed, 
I  sent  forward  all  but  the  personal  baggage.  The 
Arab  had,  however,  secured  but  three  Hammals  or 
bearers  for  my  hammock ;  one  a  tottering  old  man,  the 
other  a  knock-kneed  boy,  and  the  third  a  notorious 
skulk.  Although  supplied  with  meat  to  strengthen 
them,  as  they  expressed  it,  they  broke  down  after  a 
single  march.  From  that  time,  finding  it  useless  to 
engage  bearers  for  a  long  journey  in  these  lands,  I 
hired  men  from  district  to  district,  and  dismissed  them 
when  tired.  The  only  objection  to  this  proceeding  was 
its  inordinate  expense :  three  cloths  being  generally 
demanded  by  the  porter  for  thirty  miles.  A  little 
calculation  will  give  an  idea  of  the  relative  cost  of 
travelling  in  Africa  and  in  Europe.  Assuming  each  man 
to  receive  one  cloth,  worth  one  dollar,  for  every  ten 
miles,  and  that  six  porters  are  required  to  carry  the 
hammock,  we  have  in  Africa  an  expenditure  on  carriage 
alone  of  nearly  half  a  crown  per  mile :  in  most  parts  of 
Europe  travel  on  the  iron  road  has  been  reduced  to  one 
penny. 

Our  return  from  Unyanyembe  to  the  coast  was  to 
take  place  during  the  dead  season,  when  provisions  are 
most  expensive  and  are  not  unfrequently  unprocurable. 
But  being  "  Wazungu  "  and  well  provided  with  "  African 
money,"  we  might  expect  the  people  to  sell  to  us  their 
grain  and  stores,  which  they  would  have  refused  at 
tariff-prices  to  Arabs  or  Wasawahili.  We  carried  as 
Btock  fourteen  porters'  loads  of  cloth,  viz.,    645   do- 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


230  TUB  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

mestics,  653  blue-cottons,  and  20  coloured  cloths, 
principally  Debwani,  Barsati,  and  Subai,  as  presents 
to  chiefs.  The  supply  of  beads  was  represented  by 
one  load  of  ububu  or  black-porcelains  —  afterwards 
thrown  away  as  useless  —  half  a  Frasilah  (17*5  pounds) 
of  "locust-legs,"  or  pink-porcelains,  purchased  from 
Sallura  bin  Hatnid,  and  eight  Kartasat  or  papered- 
bundles  of  the  heavy  and  expensive  "  town-breakera," 
vermilion  or  coral -porcelains,  amounting  to  seventy 
Fundo,  each  of  which  covered  as  a  rule  the  day's  minor 
expenses.  The  other  stores  were  the  fifty-four  Jembe 
purchased  at  Msene,  besides  a  few  brought  from 
Usukurna  by  my  companion.  These  articles  are  use- 
ful in  making  up  kuhonga  or  blackmail ;  in  Ugogo  and 
Usagara,  which  is  their  western  limit,  they  double  in 
value,  and  go  even  further  than  a  white  cotton-cloth. 
Finally,  we  had  sixteen  cows,  heifers,  and  calves,  bought 
in  Usukuma  by  my  companion,  at  the  rate  of  six 
domestics  per  head.  We  expected  them  to  be  service- 
able as  presents,  and  meanwhile  to  add  materially  to 
our  comfort  by  a  more  regular  supply  of  milk  than 
the  villages  afford.  But,  alas!  having  neglected  to 
mark  the  animals,  all  were  change'd  —  a  fact  made 
evident  by  their  running  dry  after  a  few  days:  the 
four  calves  presently  died  of  fatigue;  whenever  an 
animal  lay  down  upon  the  road  its  throat  was  sum- 
marily cut,  others  were  left  to  stray  and  be  stolen,  and 
the  last  bullock  preserved  for  a  sirloin  on  Chris  im  is- 
was  prematurely  lost.  A  small  per-centage  proved 
useful  as  tribute  to  the  chiefs  of  Ugogo,  and  served  as 
rations  when  grain  was  unprocurable.  The  African, 
however,  looks  upon  meat,  not  aa  "  Posho "  — daily 
bread — but  as  kitoweyo  —  kitchen  :  two  or  three 
pounds  of  beef  merely  whet  his  teeth  for  the  usual 


id  By  Google 


■ 


DEPABTUBB  PBOM  KAZEH.  281 

Ugali  or  porridge  of  boiled  flpur.  It  is  almost  need-, 
less  to  state  that,  despite  the  best  surveillance  and  the 
strictest  economy,  we  arrived  at  the  coast  almost  desti- 
tude  ;  cloth  and  beads,  hoes  and  cattle,  all  had  disap- 
peared, and  had  we  possessed  treble  the  quantity,  it 
would  have  gone  the  same  way. 

The  26th  September,  1858,  saw  us  on  foot  betimes. 
The  hospitable  Snay  bin  Amir,  freshly  recovered  from 
an  influenza  which  had  confined  him  for  some  days  to 
his  sleeping-mat,  came  personally  to  superintend  our 
departure.  As  no  porters  had  returned  for  property 
left  behind,  and  as  all  the  "cooking-pots"  had  preceded 
us  on  the  jester,  Snay  supplied  us  with  his  own  slaves, 
and  provided  us  with  an  Arab  breakfast,  well  cooked,  and 
as  UBual,  neatly  served  on  porcelain  plates,  with  plaited 
and  coloured  straw  dish-covers,  pointed  like  Chinese 
caps.  Then,  promising  to  spend  the  next  day  with  me, 
he  shook  hands  and  followed  me  out  of  the  compound. 
After  a  march  of  three  miles,  under  a  white-hot  sun, 
and  through  a  chilling  wind,  to  which  were  probably 
owing  our  subsequent  sufferings,  we  entered  the  dirty 
little  village  of  Masui,  where  a  hovel  had  been  prepared 
for  us  by  Said  bin  Salira.  There  we  were  greeted  by 
the  caravan,  and  we  heard  with  pleasure  that  it  was 
ready,  after  a  fashion,  to  break  ground. 

Early  on  the  next  morning  appeared  Snay  bin  Amir 
and  Musa  Mzuri:  as  I  was  suffering  from  a  slight 
attack  of  fever,  my  companion  took  ray  place  as  host. 
The  paroxysm  passing  off,  allowed  me  to  settle  all 
accounts  with  Snay  bin  Amir,  and  to  put  a  finishing 
touch  to  the  names  of  stations  in  the  journal.  I  then 
thanked  these  kind-hearted  men  for  their  many  good 
deeds,  and  promised  to  report  to  H.  H.  the  Sayyid 
Majid  the  hospitable  reception  of  his  Arab  subjects 


jmzed  By  Google 


232  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

generally,  and  of  Snay  and  Muaa  in  particular.  About 
evening  time  I  shook  hands  with  Snay  bin  Amir — 
having  so  primed  the  dear  old  fellow  with  a  stirrup-cup 
of  burnt-punch,  that  bis  gait  and  effusion  of  manner 
were  by  no  means  such  as  became  a  staid  and  stately 
Arab  Shaykh. 

On  the  4th  October,  after  a  week  of  halts  and  snail's 
marches  —  the  insufficiency  of  porterage  compelled  me 
to  send  back  men  for  the  articles  left  behind  at  the 
several  villages — we  at  last  reached  Hanga,  our  former 
quarters  on  the  eastern  confines  of  the  Unyanyembe  dis- 
trict. As  long  as  we  were  within  easy  distance  of 
Eazeh  it  was  impossible  to  keep  the  sons  of  Eamji 
in  camp,  and  their  absence  interfered  materially  with 
the  completion  of  the  gang.  Several  desertions  took 
place,  a  slave  given  by  Kannena  of  Ujiji  to  Said  bin 
Salim,  old  Musangesi  the  Asinego,  and  two  new.  pur- 
chases,  male  and  female,  made  by  the  Baloch  at  Eazeb, 
disappeared  after  the  first  few  marches.  The  porters 
were  troublesome.  They  had  divided  themselves  as 
usual  into  Khambi,  or  crews,  but  no  regular  Eirangozi 
having  been  engaged,  they  preferred,  through  mutual 
jealousy,  following  Shehe,  one  of  the  sons  of  Ramji. 
On  the  road,  also,  some  heads  had  been  broken,  because 
the  cattle-drivers  had  attempted  to  precede  the  line, 
and  I  feared  that  the  fall  of  a  chance  shower  might 
make  the  whole  squad  desert,  under  the  impression  that 
the  sowing  season  had  set  in.  In  their  idleness  and 
want  of  excitement,  they  had  determined/  to  secure  at 
Hanga  the  bullock  claimed  by  down  caravans  at  Ru- 
buga.  After  four  days'  halt,  without  other  labour  but 
that  of  cooking,  they  arose  under  pretext  of  a  blow  ■ 
given  by  one  of  the  children  of  Said  bin  Salim,  and 
packing  up  their  goods  and  chattels,  poured  in  mass, 


id  By  Google 


MY  COMPANIONS  ILLNE3S.  283 

with  shouts  and  yells,  from  the  village,  declaring  that 
they  were  going  home.  In  sore  tribulation,  Said  bin 
Salim  and  the  Jemadar  begged  me  to  take  an  active 
part,  but  a  short  experience  of  similar  scenes  amongst 
the  Bashi-Buzuks  at  the  Dardanelles  had  made  me 
wiser  than  my  advisers :  the  African,  like  the  Asiatic, 
is  naturally  averse  to  the  operation  proverbially  called 
"cutting  off  one's  own  nose;"  but  if  begged  not  to  do 
so,  he  may  wax,  like  pinioned  men,  valorous  exceedingly, 
and  dare  the  suicidal  deed.  I  did  not  move  from  my 
hut,  and  in  half  an  hour  everything  was  in  statu  quo 
ante.  The  porters  had  thrown  the  blame  of  the  pro- 
ceeding upon  the  blow,  consequently  a  flogging  was 
ordered  for  Said  bin  Salira's  "  child,"  who,  as  was  ever 
the  case,  had  been  flagrantly  in  the  wrong ;  but  after 
return,  evading  the  point,  the  plaintiffs  exposed  the 
true  state  of  affairs  by  a  direct  reference  to  the  bul- 
lock. Thus  the  "  child"  escaped  castigation,  and  the 
.bullock  was  not  given  till  we  reached  Rubuga. 

At  Hanga  my  companion  was  taken  seriously  ill. 
He  had  been  chilled  on  the  line  of  march  by  the  cruel 
easterly  wind,  and  at  the  end  of  the  second  march 
from  Kazeh  he  appeared  trembling  as  if  with  ague. 
Immediately  after  arrival  at  the  foul  village  of  Hanga 
—  where  we  lodged  in  a  kind  of  cow-house,  full  of 
vermin,  and  exposed  directly  to  the  fury  of  the  cold 
gales — he  complained,  in  addition  to  a  deaf  ear,  an  in- 
flamed eye,  and  a  swollen  face,  of  a  mysterious  pain 
which  often  shifted  its  seat,  and  which  he  knew  not 
whether  to  attribute  to  liver  or  to  spleen.  It  began 
with  a  burning  sensation,-as  by  a  branding-iron,  above 
the  right  breast,  and  then  extended  to  the  heart  with 
sharp  twinges.  After  ranging  around  the  spleen,  it 
attacked  the  upper  part  of  the  right  lung,  and  finally 


id  By  Google 


284  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

it  settled  in  the  region  of  the  liver.  On  the  10th  Oc- 
tober, suddenly  waking  about  dawn  from  a  horrible 
dream,  in  which  a  close  pack  of  tigers,  leopards,  and 
other  beasts,  harnessed  with  a  network  of  iron  hooks, 
■were  dragging  him  like  the  rush  of  a  whirlwind  over 
the  ground,  he  found  himself  sitting  up  on  the  side  of 
his  bedding,  forcibly  clasping  both  sides  with  his  hands. 
Half-stupefied  by  pain,  he  called  Bombay,  who  having 
formerly  suffered  from  the  "Kichyoma-chyoma"  —  the 
"little  irons" — raised  his  master's  right  arm,  placed 
him  in  a  sitting  position,  as  lying  down  was  impossible, 
and  directed  him  to  hold  the  left  ear  behind  the  head, 
thus  relieving  the  excruciating  and  torturing  twinges, 
by  lifting  the  lung  from  the  liver.  The  next  spasm 
was  less  severe,  but  the  sufferer's  mind  had  begun  to 
wander,  and  he  again  clasped  his  sides,  a  proceeding 
with  which  Bombay  interfered. 

Early  on  the  next  morning,  my  companion,  supported 
by  Bombay  and  Gaetano,  staggered  towards  the  tent. 
Nearing  the  doorway,  he  sent  in  his  Goanese,  to  place 
a  chair  for  sitting,  as  usual,  during  the  toils  of  the  day, 
outside.  The  support  of  an  arm  being  thus  removed, 
ensued  a  second  and  violent  spasm  of  cramps  and 
twinges,  all  the  muscles  being  painfully  contracted. 
After  resting  for  a  few  moments,  he  called  his  men  to 
assist  him  into  the  house.  But  neglecting  to  have  a 
chair  previously  placed  for  him,  he  underwent  a  third 
fit  of  the  same  epileptic  description,  which  more  closely 
resembled  those  of  hydrophobia  than  aught  I  had  ever 
witnessed.  He  was  once  more  haunted  by  a  crowd  of 
hideous  devils,  giants,  and  lion-headed  demons,  who 
were  wrenching,  with  superhuman  force,  and  stripping 
the  sinews  and  tendons  of  his  legs  down  to  the  ankles. 


id  By  Google 


THE  KICHYOMA-CHYOMA. 


At  length,  sitting,  or  rather  lying  upon  the  chair,  with 
limbs  racked  by  crampa,  features  drawn  and  ghastly, 
frame  fixed  and  rigid,  eyes  glazed  and  glassy,  he  began 
to  utter  a  barking  noise,  and  a  peculiar  chopping  motion 
of  the  mouth  and  tongue,  with  lips  protruding  —  the 
effect  of  difficulty  of  breathing  —  which  so  altered  his 
appearance  that  he  was  hardly  recognisable,  and  com- 
pleted  the  terror  of  the  beholders.  When  this,  the 
third  and  the  severest  spasm,  had  passed  away,  he  called 
for  pen  and  paper,  and  fearing  that  increased  weakness 
of  mind  and  body  might  presently  prevent  any  exertion, 
he  wrote  an  incoherent,  letter  of  farewell  to  his  family. 
That,  however,  was  the  crisis.  He  was  afterwards  able 
to  take  the  proper  precautions,  never  moving  without 
assistance,  and  always  ordering  a  resting-place  to  be 
prepared  for  him.  He  spent  a  better  night,  with  the 
inconvenience,  however,  of  sitting  up,  pillow-propped, 
and  some  weeks  elapsed  before  he  could  lie  upon  his 
sides.  Presently,  the  pains  were  mitigated,  though 
they  did  not  entirely  cease :  this  he  expressed  by  say- 
ing that  "the  knives  were  sheathed."  Such,  gentle 
reader,  in  East  Africa,  is  the  kichyoma-chyoma :  either 
one  of  those  eccentric  after-effects  of  fever,  which  per- 
plex the  European  at  Zanzibar,  or  some  mysterious 
manifestation  of  the  Protean  demon  Miasma. 

I  at  once  sent  an  express  to  Snay  bin  Amir  for  the 
necessary  drugs.  The  Arabs  treat  this  complaint  by 
applying  to  the  side  powdered  myrrh  mixed  with  yoke 
of  egg,  and  converted  into  a  poultice  with  flour  of 
mung  (Phaseolus  Mungo).  The  material  was  duly 
forwarded,  but  it  proved  of  little  use.  Said  bin  Salim 
meanwhile,  after  sundry  vague  hints  concerning  the 
influence  of  the  Father  of  Hair,  the  magnificent  comet 


id  By  Google 


236  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

then  spanning  the  western  skies,  insisted,  as  his  people 
invariably  do  on  such  conjunctures,  upon  my  companion 
being  visited  by  the  mganga,  or  medicine-man  of  the 
caravan.  That  reverend  personage,  after  claiming  and 
receiving  the  usual  fee,  a  fat  goat,  anointed  with  its 
grease  two  little  bits  of  wood  Btrung  on  to  a  tape  of 
tree-fibre,  and  contented  himself  with  fastening  this 
Mpigi  —  the  negroid's  elixir  vitffl  —  round  my  com- 
panion's  waist.  The  ligature,  however,  was  torn  off 
after  a  few  minutes,  as  its  only  effect  was  to  press  upon 
and  pain  the  tenderest  part. 

During  the  forced  halt  which  followed  my  companion's 
severe  attack,  I  saw  that,  in  default  of  physic,  change  of 
air  was  the  most  fitting  restorative.  My  benumbed  legs 
and  feet  still  compelling  me  to  use  a  hammock,  a  second 
was  rigged  up  for  the  invalid;  and  by  good  fortune 
thirteen  unloaded  porters  of  a  down  caravan  consented 
to  carry  us  both  for  a  large  sum  to  Rubuga.  The  sons 
of  Ramji  were  imperatively  ordered  to  leave  Kazeh 
under  pain  of  dismissal,  which  none  would  incur  as  they 
had  a  valuable  investment  in  slaves :  with  their  aid  the 
complement  of  porters  was  easily  and  speedily  filled 
up. 

Seedy  Mubarak  Bombay — in  the  interior  the  name 
became  Maraba  (a  crocodile)  or  Pombe  (small  beer)  — 
bad  long  before  returned  to  his  former  attitude,  that  of 
a  respectful  and  most  ready  servant.  He  had,  it  is 
true,  sundry  uncomfortable  peculiarities.  A  heaven- 
born  "  Pagazi,"  he  would  load  himself  on  the  march 
with  his  "  T'haka-t'haka,"  or  "  chow-chow,"  although  a 
porter  had  been  especially  hired  for.  him.  He  had  no 
memory:  an  article  once  taken  by  him  was  always 
thrown  upon  the  ground  and  forgotten :  in  a  single  trip 
he  broke  my  elephant  gun,  killed  my  riding-ass,  and  lost 


id  By  Google 


SEEDY   BOMBAY.  237 

its  bridle.  Like  the  Eastern  Africans  generally,  he 
lacked  the  principle  of  immediate  action ;  if  beckoned 
to  for  a  gun  in  the  field  he  would  probably  first  delay 
to  look  round,  then  retire,  and  lastly  advance.  He  had 
a  curious  inverted  way  of  doing  all  that  he  did.  The 
water-bottle  was  ever  carried  on  the  march  either  un- 
corked or  inverted ;  his  waistcoat  was  generally  wound 
round  his  neck,  and  it  appeared  fated  not  to  be  properly 
buttoned  ;  whilst  he  walked  bareheaded  in  the  sun,  bis 
Fez  adorned  the  tufty  poll  of  some  comrade ;  and  at  the 
halt  he  toiled  like  a  charwoman  to  raise  our  tents  and 
to  prepare  them  for  habitation,  whilst  his  slave,  the 
large  lazy  Maktubu,  a  boy-giant  from  the  mountains  of 
Urundi,  sat  or  dozed  under  the  cool  shade.  Yet  with 
all  his  faults  and  failures  Bombay,  for  his  unwearied 
activity,  and  especially  from  his  undeviating  honesty, 
—  there  was  no  man,  save  our  "Negro  Rectitude,"  in 
the  whole  camp  who  had  not  proved  his  claim  to  the 
title  triliteab — was  truly  valuable.  Said  bin  Salim 
.  had  long  f«ffeited  my  confidence  by  his  carelessness  and 
extravagance ;  and  the  disappearance  of  the  outfit  com- 
mitted to  him  at  Ujiji,  in  favour,  as  I  afterwards  learned, 
of  an  Arab  merchant-friend,  rendered  him  unfit  for  the 
responsibilities  of  stewardship. 

Having  summoned  Said  bin  Salim,  I  told  him  with  all 
gentleness,  in  order  to  spare  his  "shame" — the  Persian 
proverb  says,  Fell  not  the  tree  which  thou  hast  planted 
— that  being  now  wiser  in  Eastern  African  travel  than 
before,  I  intended  to  relieve  him  of  his  troublesome 
duties.  He  heard  this  announcement  with  the  wriest  of 
faces;  and  his  perturbation  was  not  diminished  when 
informed  that  the  future  distribution  of  cloth  should  be 
wholly  in  the  hands  of  Bombay,  checked  by  ray  com- 
panion's superintendence.     The  loads  were  accordingly 

Digitized  ByGOOgle 


238  THB  T.Alt  Hi  REGI0N8  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

numbered  and  registered ;  the  Pagazi  were  forbidden, 
under  pain  of  punishment,  to  open  or  to  change  them 
without  permission ;  and  Said  bin  Salim  received,  like 
the  Baloch,  a  certain  monthly  amount  of  beads,  besides 
rations  of  rice  for  the  consumption  of  his  children. 
This  arrangement  was  persevered  in  till  we  separated 
upon  the  seaboard :  it  acted  well,  saving  outfit,  time, 
and  a  host  of  annoyances  ;  moreover,  it  gave  us  com- 
mand, as  the  African  man,  like  the  lower  animals, 
respects  only,  if  he  respects  anything,  the  hand  that 
gives,  that  feeds  him.  It  was  wonderful  to  see  how  the 
"  hone  of  contention,"  cloth,  having  been  removed,  the 
fierceness  of  those  who  were  formerly  foes  melted  and 
merged  into  friendship  and  fraternisation.  The  triad 
of  bitter  haters,  Said  bin  Salim,  the  monocular  Jemadar, 
and  Muinyi  Kidogo,  now  marched  and  Bat  and  ate 
together  as  if  never  weary  of  such  society;  they  praised 
one  another  openly  and  without  reserve,  and  if  an  evil 
tale  ever  reached  my  ear  its  subject  was  the  innocent 
Bombay  —  its  object  was  to  ruin  him  in  niyaestimation. 
Acutely  remembering  the  trouble  caused  by  the  feuds 
between  Said  bin  Salim  and  Kidogo  upon  the  subject  of 
work,  I  directed  the  former  to  take  sole  charge  of  the 
porters,  to  issue  their  rations,  and  to  superintend  their 
loads.  The  better  to  assist  him,  two  disorderly  sons  of 
Ramji  were  summarily  flogged,  and  several  others 
who  refused  to  carry  our  smaller  valuables  were  re- 
duced to  order  by  the  usual  process  of  stopping  rations. 
"  Shehe,"  though  chosen  as  Kirangozi  or  guide  from 
motives  of  jealousy  by  the  porters,  was  turned  out  of 
office  ;  he  persisted  in  demanding  cloth  for  feeing  an 
Unyamwezi  medicine-man,  in  order  to  provide  him,  a 
Moslem !  with  charms  against  the  evil  eye,  a  superstition 
unknown  to  this  part  of  Eastern  Africa.     The  Pagazi, 


id  By  Google 


THE  WICKED  WHITE.  259 

ordered  to  elect  one  of  their  number,  named  the  youth 
Twamgana,  who  had  brought  with  him  a  large  gang. 
But  the  plague  of  the  party,  a  hideous,  puckered,  and 
scowling  old  man  who  had  called  himself  "  Muzungu 
Mbaya,"  or  the  "  Wicked  White,"  so  far  prevailed  that 
at  the  first  halt  Twanigana,  with  his  blushing  honours 
in  the  shape  of  a  scarlet  waistcoat  fresh  upon  him,  was 
found  squatting  solus  under  a  tree,  the  rest  of  the  party 
having  mutinously  preceded  him.  I  halted  at  once 
and  recalled  the  porters,  who,  after  a  due  interval  of 
murmuring,  reappeared.  And  subsequently,  by  inva- 
riably siding  with  the  newly-made  Kirangozi,  and  by. 
showing  myself  ready  to  enforce  obedience  by  any  means 
and-  every  means,  I  gave  the  long-legged  and  weak- 
minded  youth,  who  was  called  "  Gopa-Gopa  " — "  Funk- 
stick" — on  account  of  his  excessive  timidity,  a  little 
confidence,  and  reduced  his  unruly  followers  to  all  the 
discipline  of  which  their  race  is  capable. 

As  we  we^pjjjhreatened  with  want  of  water  on  the  way, 
I  preparedlJw  that  difficulty  by  packing  a  box  with 
empty  bottles,  which,  when  occasion  required,  might  be 
filled  at  the  best  springs.  The  Zemzemiyah  or  travel- 
ling canteen  of  the  East  African  is  everywhere  a  long- 
necked  gourd,  slung  to  the  shoulder  by  a  string.  But 
it  becomes  offensive  after  a  short  use,  and  it  can  never 
be  entrusted  to  servant,  slave,  or  porter  without  its 
contents  being  exhausted  before  a  mile  is  measured. 

By  these  arrangements,  the  result  of  that  after- 
wisdom  which  some  have  termed  fools'  wit,  I  com- 
menced the  down  march  under  advantages,  happy  as  a 
"  bourgeois'  of  trappers  in  the  joyous  pays  sauvage.  I 
have  detailed  perhaps  to  a  wearisome  length  the  pre- 
parations for  the  march.  But  the  success  of  such  ex- 
peditions mainly  depends  upon  the  measures  adopted 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


240  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTEAL  AFRICA. 

before  and  immediately  after  departure,  and  this  dry 
knowledge  may  be  useful  to  future  adventurers  in  the 
great  cause  of  discovery. 

The  stages  now  appeared  shorter,  the  sun  cooler,  the 
breeze  warmer;  after  fourteen  months  of  incessant  fevers, 
the  party  had  become  tolerably  acclimatised ;  all  were 
now  loud  in  praise,  as  they  had  been  violent  in  censure, 
of  the  "  water  and  air."  Before  entering  the  Fiery  Field, 
the  hire  for  carrying  the  hammocks  became  so  exorbi- 
tant that  I  dismissed  the  bearers,  drew  on  my  jack- 
boots, mounted  the  half-caste  Zanzibar!  ass,  and  ap- 
peared once  more  as  the  Mtongi  of  a  caravan.  After  a 
fortnight  my  companion  had  convalesced  so  rapidly 
that  he  announced  himself  ready  to  ride.  The  severe 
liver  pains  had  disappeared,  leaving  behind  them,  how- 
ever, for  a  time,  a  harassing  heart-ache  and  nausea, 
with  other  bilious  symptoms,  which  developed  them- 
selves when  exposed  to  the  burning  sun  of  the  several 
tirikeza.  Gradually  these  sequels  ceaaod,  sleep  and 
appetite  returned,  and  at  K'hok'ho,  in  Ugogo,  my  com- 
panion had  strength  enough  to  carry  a  heavy  rifle,  and 
to  do  damage  amongst  the  antelope  and  the  guinea  fowl. 
Our  Goanese  servants  also,  after  suffering  severely  from 
_  fever  and  face-ache,  became  different  men  ;  Valentine, 
blessed  with  a  more  strenuous  diathesis,  carried  before 
him  a  crop  like  a  well-crammed  capon.  As  the  porters 
left  this  country,  and  the  escort  approached  their  homes, 
there  was  a  notable  change  of  demeanour.  All  waxed 
civil,  even  to  servility,  grumbling  ceased,  and  smiles 
mantled  every  countenance.  Even  Muzungu  Mbaya, 
who  in  Unyamwezi  had  been  the  head  and  front  of  all 
offence,  was  to  be  seen  in  Ugogo  meekly  sweeping  out 
our  tents  with  a  bunch  of  thorns. 

We  left  Hanga,  the  dirty  cow-village,  on  the  13th 


id  By  Google 


THE  MUSTER.  241 

October.  The  seven  short  marches  between  that  place 
and  Tura  occupied  fifteen  days,  a  serious  waste  of  time 
and  cloth,  caused  by  the  craving  of  the  porters  for  their 
homes.  It  was  also  necessary  to  march  with  prudence, 
collisions  between  the  party  and  the  country-people, 
who  are  unaccustomed  to  see  the  articles  which  they 
most  covet  carried  out  of  the  country,  were  frequent : 
in  fact  we  flew  to  arms  about  every  second  day,  and. 
after  infinite  noise  and  chatter,  we  quitted  them  to  boast 
of  the  deeds  of  "  derring  do,"  which  had  been  consigned 
to  the  limbo  of  things  uncreate  by  the  fain^ance  of  the 
adversary.  At  Eastern  Tura,  where  we  arrived  on  the 
2  8  th  October,  a  halt  of  six  days  was  occasioned  by  the  neces- 
sity of  providing  and  preparing  food,  at  that  season  scarce 
and  dear,  for  the  week's  march  through  the  Fiery  Field. 
The  caravan  was  then  mustered,  when  its  roll  appeared 
as  follows.  We  numbered  in  our  own  party  two  Euro- 
peans, two  Goanese,  Bombay  with  two  slaves  —  the 
child-man  Nasibu  and  the  boy-giant  Maktubu  —  the 
bull-headed  Mabruki,  Nasir,  a  half-caste  Mazrui  Arab, 
who  had  been  sent  with  mc  by  the  Arabs  of  Kazeh  to 
save  his  morals,  and  Taufiki,  a  Msawahili  youth,  who 
had  taken  service  as  gun-carrier  to  the  coast:  they 
formed  a  total  of  ]0  souls.  Said  bin  Salim  was  accom- 
panied by  12 — the  charmers  Halimah  and  Zawada,  his 
five  children,  and  a  little  gang  of  five  fresh  captures, 
male  and  female.  The  Baloch,  12  in  number,  had  15 
slaves  and  11  porters,  composing  a  total  of  38.  The 
sons  of  Ramjt,  and  the  ass-drivers  under  Kidogo  their 
leader,  were  in  all  24,  including  their  new  acquisitions. 
Finally  68  Wanyamwezi  porters,  carrying  the  outfit  and 
driving  the  cattle,  completed  the  party  to  152  souls. 

On  the  3rd  November,  the  caravan  issuing  from  Tura 
vol.  n.  B 


id  By  Google 


2«  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

plunged  manfully  into  the  Fiery  Field,  and  after  seven 
marches  in  as  many  days,  halted  for  breath  and  forage  at 
Jiwc  la  Mkon,  the  Round  Stone.  A  few  rations  having 
been  procured  in  its  vicinity,  we  resumed  our  way  on 
the  12th  November,  and  in  two  days  exchanged,  with  a 
sensible  pleasure,  the  dull  expanse  of  dry  brown  bush  and 
brushwood,  dead  thorn-trees,  and  dry  Nullahs,  for  the 
fertile  red  plain  of  Mdaburu.     After  that  point  began  the 


transit  of  Ugogo,  where  I  had  been  taught  to  expect  acci- 
dents :  they  resolved  themselves,  however,  into  nothing 
more  than  the  disappearance  of  cloth  and  beads  in  inordi- 
nate quantities.  We  were  received  by  Magomba,  the 
Sultan  of  Kanyenye,  with  a  charge  of  magic,  for  which 
of  course  it  was  necessary  to  pay  heavily.  The  Wan- 
yamwezi  porters  seemed  even  more  timid  on  the  down- 
journey  than  on  the  up-march.  They  slunk  about  like 
curs,  and  the  fierce  look  of  a  Mgogo  boy  was  enough 

D^z^yGoogle 


CONVERSATION  IN  EAST  AFRICA.  243 

to  strike  a  general  terror.  Twanigana,  when  safe  in 
the  mountains  of  Usagara,  would  frequently  indulge 
me  in  a  dialogue  like  the  following,  and  it  may  serve  as 
a  specimen  of  the  present  state  of  conversation  in  East 
Africa : — 

*'  The  state,  Mdula?"  (t.e.  Abdullah,  a  word  unpro- 
nounceable to  Negroid  organs.) 

"  The  state  is  very !  (well)  and  thy  state  ?  " 

"  The  state  is  very!  (well)  and  the  state  of  Spikka  ? 
(my  companion)." 

"  The  state  of  Spikka  is  very  !  (well.)" 

"  We  have  escaped  the  Wagogo  (resumes  Twanigana), 
white  man  0 ! " 

"  We  have  escaped,  0  my  brother !  " 

"  The  Wagogo  are  bad." 

"  They  are  bad." 

"  The  Wagogo  are  very  bad." 

"  They  are  very  bad." 

"  The  Wagogo  are  not  good." 

"  They  are  not  good." 

"  The  Wagogo  are  not  at  all  good." 

"  They  are  not  at  all  good." 

*'  I  greatly  feared  the  Wagogo,  who  kill  the  Wanyam- 
wezi." 

"  Exactly  so  I  " 

"  But  now  I  don't  fear  them.     I  call  them s  and 

s,  and  I  would  fight  the  whole  tribe,  white  man  O !" 

"  Truly  so,  O  my  brother  I " 

And  thus  for  two  mortal  hours,  till  my  ennui  turned 
into  marvel.  Twanigana  however  was,  perhaps,  in 
point  of  intellect  somewhat  below  the  usual  standard  of 
African  young  men.  Older  and  more  experienced  was 
Muzungu  Mbaya,  and  I  often  listened  with  no  small 


id  By  Google 


544  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

amusement  to  the  attempts  made  by  the  Baloch  to  iim 
press  upon  this  truly  African  mind  a  respect  for  their 
revelation.  Gul  Mohammed  was  the  missionary  of  the 
party:  like  Moslems  generally,  however,  his  thoughts 
had  been  taught  to  run  in  one  groove,  and  if  disturbed 
by  startling  objections,  they  were  all  abroad.  Similarly 
I  have  observed  in  the  European  old  lady,  that  on  such 
subjects  all  the  world  must  think  with  her,  and  I  have 
been  suspected  of  drawing  the  long-bow  when  describing 
the  worship  of  gods  with  four  arms,  and  goddesses  with 
two  heads. 

Muzungu  Mbaya,  as  the  old  hunks  calls  himself, 
might  be  sitting  deeply  meditative,  at  the  end  of  the 
march,  before  the  fire,  warming  his  inner  legs,  smoking 
his  face,  and  ever  and  anon  casting  pleasant  glances  at 
a  small  black  earthen  pipkin,  whence  arose  the  savoury 
steam  of  meat  and  vegetables.  A  concatenation  of  ideas 
induces  Gul  Mohammed  to  break  into  his  favourite 
theme. 

"  And  thou,  Muzungu  Mbaya,  'thou  also  must  die  !  " 

"Ugh!  ugh!"  repliestheMuzungupersonallyoffended, 
"  don't  speak  in  that  way  !    Thou  must  die  too." 

"  It  is  a  sore  thing  to  die,"  resumes  Gul  Mohammed. 

"  Hoo !  Hoo  I"  exclaims  the  other,  "  it  is  bad,  very  bad^ 
never  to  wear  a  nice  cloth,  no  longer  to  dwell  with  one's 
wife  and  children,  not  to  eat  and  drink,  snuff,  and«nioke 
tobacco.     Hoo !  Hoo !  it  is  bad,  very  bad  !  " 

"  But  we  shall  eat,"  rejoins  the  Moslem,  "  the  flesh  of 
birds,  mountains  of  meat,  and  delicate  roasts,  and  drink 
sugared  water,  and  whatever  we  hunger  for." 

The  African's  mind  is  disturbed  by  this  tissue  of  con- 
tradictions. He  considers  biFds  somewhat  low  feeding, 
roasts  he  adores,  be  contrasts  mountains  of  meat  with 
his  poor  half-pound  in  pot,  he  would  sell  himself  for 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


MUZUNGU  MBATA'S  IRREVERENCE.  243 

sugar;  but  again  he  hears  nothing  of  tobacco;  still  he 
takes  the  trouble  to  ask 

"  Where,  0  my  brother  ?" 

"  There,"  exclaims  Gul  Mohammed,  pointing  to  the 
skies. 

This  is  a  "chokepear"  to  Muzungu  Mbaya.  The  dis- 
tance is  great,  and  he  ean  scarcely  believe  that  his 
interlocutor  has  visited  the  firmament  to  see  the  provi- 
sion ;  he  therefore  ventures  upon  the  query, 

"  And  hast  thou  been  there,  O  my  brother  ?" 

"  Astaghfar  ullah  {I  beg  pardon  of  Allah)!"  ejaculates 
Gul  Mohammed,  half  angry,  half  amused.  "What  a 
mshenzi  (pagan)  this  is!  No,  my  brother,  I  have  not  ex- 
actly been  there,  but  my  Mulungu  (Allah)  told  my  Apos- 
tle*, who  told  his  descendants,  who  told  my  father  and 
mother,  who  told  me,  that  when  we  die  we  shall  go  to 
a  Shamba  (a  plantation),  where " 

"Oof!"grunts  Muzungu  Mbaya,  "  it  is  good  of  you  to 
tell  us  all  this  Upumbafu  (nonsense)  which  your  mother 
told  you.     So  there  are  plantations  in  the  skies  ?  " 

"  Assuredly,"  replies  Gul  Mohammed,  who  expounds 
at  length  the  Moslem  idea  of  paradise  to  the  African's 
running  commentary  of  "Nenda  we!"  (be  off!),  Mama-el 
(0  my  mother!)  and  "  Tumbanina,"  which  may  not  be 
translated. 

Muzungu  Mbaya,  who  for  the  last  minute  has  been 
immersed  in  thought,  now  suddenly  raises  his  head ; 
and,  with  somewhat  of  a  goguenard  air,  inquires : 

"  Well  then,  my  brother,  thou  knowest  all  things  I 

*  Those  who  translate  Rasnl,  meaning,  literally,  "one  sent,''  t>7  prophet 
instead  of  apostle,  introduce  a  notable  fallacy  into  the  very  formula  of 
Moslem  faith.  Mohammed  never  pretexted  to  prophecy  in  our  sense  of 
foretelling  future  events. 


dDy  Google 


246  THE   LAKE  REGIONS.  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

answer  me,  is  thy  Mulungu  black  like  myself,  white 
like  this  Muzungu,  or  whity-brown  as  thou  art  ?  " 

Gul  Mohammed  is  fairly  floored":  he  ejaculates  sundry 
la  haul !  to  collect  his  wits  for  the  reply, — 

"  Verily  the  Mulungu  hath  no  colour." 

"  To-o-oh !  Tuh  I  "  exclaims  the  Muzunga,  contorting 
his  wrinkled  countenance,  and  spitting  with  disgust 
upon  the  ground.  He  was  now  justified  in  believing 
that  he  had  been  made  a  laughing-stock.  The  mountain 
of  meat  had,  to  a  certain  extent,  won  over  his  better 
judgment :  the  fair  vision  now  fled,  and  left  him  to  the 
hard  realities  of  the  half-pound.  He  turns  a  deaf  ear 
to  every  other  word ;  and,  devoting  all  his  assiduity  to 
the  article  before  him,  he  unconsciously  obeys  the 
advice  which  many  an  Eastern  philosopher  has  incul- 
cated to  his  disciples  — 

u  Hold  fast  the  hour,  though  fools  My  nay, 

Tbe  spheres  revolve,  they  bring  thee  sorrow  ; 
The  wiae  enjoys  his  joy  to-day, 
The  fool  ahull  joy  his  joy  to-morrow." 

The  transit  of  Ugogo  occupied  three  weeks,  from 
the  14th  of  November  to  the  5th  of  December.  In 
Kanyenye  we  were  joined  by  a  large  down-caravan  of 
Wanyamwezi,  carrying  ivories;  the  musket-shots  which 
announced  the  conclusion  of  certain  brotherly  ties 
between  the  sons  of  Kamjt  and  the  porters,  sounded  in 
my  ears  like  minute-guns  announcing  the  decease  of 
our  hopes  of  a  return  to  the  coast  vi&  Kilwa.  At 
Kanyenye,  also,  we  met  the  stout  tMsawahili  Abdullah 
bin  Nasib,  alias  Kisesa,  who  was  once  more  marching 
into  Unyamwezi:  he  informed  me  that  the  slaughter  of 
Salim  bin  Nasir,  the  Bu-Saidi,  and  the  destruction  of 
the  Rubeho  settlements,  after  the  murder  of  a  porter, 
had  closed  our  former  line  through  Usagara.  He 
also  supplied   me  with  valuable   tyi   and   sugar,  and 

Digitized  ByGOOgle 


THE   OFFICIAL  WIGGING.  W7. 

my  companion  with  a  quantity  of  valueless,  or  perhaps 
misunderstood,  information,  which  I  did  not  deem 
worth  sifting.  On  the  6th  of  December,  arrived  at 
our  old  ground  in  the  Ugogi  Dhun,  we  were  greeted 
by  a  freshly-arrived  caravan,  commanded  by  Jumah 
bin  Mbwana  and  his  two  brothers,  half-caste  Hindi  or 
Indian  Moslems,  from  Mombasah. 

The  Hindis,  after  receiving  and  returning  news  with 
much  solemnity,  presently  drew  forth  a  packet  of  letters 
and  papers,  which  as  usual  promised  trouble.  This  time, 
however,  the  post  was  to  produce  the  second  manner 
of  annoyance  —  official  ■"  wigging,"  —  the  first  being 
intelligence  of  private  misfortune.  Imprimis,  came  a 
note  from  Captain  Rigby,  the  newly-appointed  successor 
to  Licut.-Col.  Hamerton  at  Zanzibar,  and  that  name  was 
not  nice  in  the  nostrils  of  men.  Secondly,  the  following 
pleasant  announcement.     I  give  the  whole  letter : 

Deak  Burton, —  Go  ahead  I     Vogel  and  Macguire 
dead — murdered.     Write  often  to  Yours  truly,  N.  S. 

And  thirdly  came  the  inevitable  official  w\g. 
Convinced,  by  sundry  conversations  with  Arabs  and 
others  at  Suez  and  Aden, during  my  last  overland  journey 
to  India,  and  by  the  details  supplied  to  meby  a  naval  officer 
who  was  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  Red  Sea,  that, 
in  consequence  of  the  weakness  and  insufficiency  of  the 
squadron  then  employed,  slavery  still  flourished,  and  that 
the  numerous  British  subjects  and  protege's  were  inade- 
quately protected,  I  had  dared,  after  arrival  at  Zanzibar, 
privately  to  address  on  the  15th  of  December,  1856,  a 
letter  upon  the  subject  to  the  secretary  of  the  Royal 
Geographical  Society.  It  contained  an  "Account  of 
Political  Affairs  in  the  Red  Sea,"  —  to  quote  the  words 
of  the  paper,  and  expressed  a  hope  that  it  might  be 
"deemed   worthy  to  be  transmitted  to  the  Court  of 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


248  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

Directors,  or  to  the  Foreign  Office."*  The  only  acknow- 
ledgment which  I  received,  was  the  edifying  information 
that  the  Secretary  to  Government,  Bombay,  was  directed 
by  the  Right  Honourable  the  Governor  in  Council, 
Bombay,  to  state  that  my  "  want  of  discretion  and  due 
regard  for  the  authorities  to  whom  I  am  subordinate,  has 
been  regarded  with  displeasure  by  the  Government." 

This  was  hard.  I  have  perhaps  been  Quixotic  enough 
to  attempt  a  suggestion  that,  though  the  Mediterranean 
is  fast  becoming  a  French  lake,  by  timely  measures  the 
Red  Sea  may  be  prevented  from  being  converted  into  a 
Franco-Russc-Austrian  lake.  But  an  Englishman  in 
these  days  must  be  proud,  very  proud,  of  his  nation,  and 
withal  somewhat  regretful  that  he  was  not  born  of  some 
mighty  mother  of  men — such  as  Russia  and  America — 
who  has  not  become  old  and  careless  enough  to  leave 
her  bairns  unprotected,  or  cold  and  crusty  enough  to. 
reward  a  little  word  of  wisdom  from  her  babes  and 
sucklings  with  a  scolding  or  a  buffet. 

The  sore,  however,  had  its  salve.  The  official  wig 
was  dated  the  23rd  of  July,  1857.  Posts  are  slow 
in  Africa.  When  received  on  the  5th  of  December, 
1858,  it  was  accompanied  by  a  copy  of  a  Bombay  News- 
paper, which  reported  that  on  the  30th  of  June,  1858, 
"  a  massacre  of  nearly  all  the  Christians  took  place  at 
Juddah,  on  the  Red  Sea,"  and  that  "  it  was  apprehended 
that  the  news  from  Juddah  '  might  excite  the  Arab 
population  of  Suez  to  the  commission  of  similar  out- 
rages." 

At  Ugogi,  which,  it  will  be  remembered,  is  considered 
the  half-way  station  between  Unyanyembe  and  the 
coast,  the  sons  of  Ramji  and  the  porters  detained  us 
for  a  day,  declaring  that  there  was  a  famine  upon  the 

*  The  whole  correspondence,  with  its  reply  and  counter-reply,  we  printed 
in  Appendix. 


id  By  Google 


THE  K1RANGAWANA  ROUTE.  249 

Mukondokwa  road  which  we  had  previously  traversed. 
At  the  same  time  they  warned  us  that  we  should  find 
the  great  chief,  who  has  given  a  name  to  the  Kiringa- 
wana route,  an  accomplished  extortioner,  and  one 
likely  to  insist  upon  our  calling  upon  him  in  person. 
•  Having  given  their  ultimatum,  they  would  not  recede 
from  it ;  for  us,  therefore,  nothing  remained  but  to  make 
a  virtue  of  necessity.  We  loaded  on  the  7th  of  De- 
cember, and  commenced  the  passage  of  the  Usagara 
mountains  by  the  Kiringawana  line. 

I  must  indent  upon  the  patience  of  the  reader  by  a 
somewhat  detailed  description  of  this  southern  route, 
which  is  separated  from  the  northern  by  a  maximum 
interval  of  forty-three  miles.  The  former  being  the 
more  ancient,  contains  some  settlements  like  Maroro 
and  Kisanga,  not  unknown  by  report  to  European  geo- 
graphers. It  is  preferred  by  down-caravans,  who  have 
no  store  of  cloth  to  be  demanded  by  the  rapacious 
chiefs:  the  up-country  travellers,  who  have  asses,  must 
frojuent  the  Mukondokwa,  on  account  of  the  severity 
of  the  passes  on  the  Kiringawana. 

The  Kiringawana  numbers  nineteen  short  stages, 
which  maybe  accomplished  without  hardship  in  twelve 
days,  at  the  rate  of  about  five  hours  per  diem.  Pro- 
visions are  procurable  in  almost  every  part,  except  when 
the  Warori  are  "out;"  and  water  is  plentiful,  if  not 
good.  Travel  is  rendered  pleasant  by  long  stretches 
of  forest  land  without  bush  or  fetid  grass.  The  prin- 
cipal annoyances  are  the  thievish  propensities  of  the 
natives  and  the  extortionate  demands  of  the  chief.  A 
minor  plague  is  that  of  mosquitoes,  that  haunt  the  rushy 
banks  of  the  hill  rivulets,  some  of  which  are  crossed 
nine  or  ten  times  in  the  same  day  ;  moreover,  the  steep 
and  slippery  ascents  and  descents  of  black  earth  and 


id  By  Google 


250  THE  LAKE  KEGI0N3  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

mud,  or  rough  blocks  of  stone,  make  the  porters  un- 
willing to  work. 

Breaking  ground  at  6  a.m.  on  the  7th  December,  we 
marched  to  Murundusi,  the  frontier  of  Usagara  and 
Uhehe.  The  path  lay  over  a  rolling  thorny  jungle 
with  dottings  of  calabash  at  the  foot  of  the  Rubeho  ■ 
mountains,  and  lumpy  outliers  falling  on  the  right  of 
the  road.  After  three  hours'  march,  the  sound  of  the 
horses  announced  the  vicinity  of  a  village,  and  the 
country  opening  out,  displayed  a  scene  of  wonderful 
fertility,  the  effect  of  subterraneous  percolations  from 
the  highlands.  Nowhere  are  the  tamarind,  the  syca- 
more, and  the  calabash,  seen  in  such  perfection ;  of 
unusual  size  also  are  the  perfumed  myombo  and  the 
mkora,  the  myongo,  the  ndabi,  the  chain  vy a,  with  its 
edible  yellowish-red  berries,  and  a  large  sweet-smelling 
acacia.  Amidst  these  piles  of  verdure,  troops  of  par- 
roquets,  doves,  jays,  and  bright  fly-catchers,  find  a  home, 
and  frequent  flocks  and  herds,  a  resting-place  beneath 
the  cool  shade.  The  earth  is  still  sprinkled  with  "  blmk- 
jacks,"  the  remains  of  trees  which  have  come  to  an 
untimely  end.  In  the  fields  near  the  numerous  villages 
rise  little  sheds  to  shelter  the  guardians  of  the  crops, 
and  cattle  wander  over  the  commons  or  unreclaimed 
lands.  Water,  which  is  here  pure  and  good,  lies  in  pits 
from  fifteen  to  twenty  feet  deep,  staged  over  with  tree 
trunks,  and  the  people  draw  it  in  large  shallow  buckets, 
made  of  gourds  sewn  together  and  strengthened  with 
sticks.  Towards  the  evening,  a  cold  east-wind  brought 
up  with  it  a  storm  of  thunder  and  rain,  which  was 
pronounced  by  the  experts  to  be  the  opening  of  the 
rainy  monsoon  in  UBagara. 

The  next  day  led  us  over  an   elevated  undulation 
cut  by  many  jagged  watercourses,  and  still  flanked  by 


id  By  Google 


SETTLEMENTS  OF  BUDL  an 

the  outlying  masses  which  fall  westward  into  the  waste 
of  Mgunda  M'khali.  After  an  hour's  march,  we  turned 
abruptly  eastwards,  and  crossing  a  rugged  stony  fork, 
presently  found  a  dwarf  basin  of  red  soil  which  sup- 
plied water.  The  Wahehe  owners  of  the  land  have  a 
chronic  horror  of  the  Warori •  on  sighting  our  peaceful 
caravan,  they  at  once  raised  the  war-cry,  and  were 
quieted  only  by  the  certainty  that  we  were  even  more 
frightened  than  they  were.  At  Kinganguku,  the  night 
was  again  wild  end  stormy ;  in  fact,  after  leaving 
Ugogi,  we  were  regularly  rained  upon  till  we  had 
crossed  the  Mountains. 

On  the  9th  December,  we  marched  in  six  hours  from 
Kinyanguku  to  Kudi,  the  principaldistpict  of  Uhehe. 
It  was  an  ascent  plunging  into  the  hills,  which,  however, 
on  this  line  are  easy  to  traverse,  compared  with  those  of 
the  northern  route ;  the  paths  were  stony  and  rugged, 
and  the  earth  was  here  white  and  glaring,  there  of  a 
dull  red  colour.  Water  pure  and  plentiful  was  found  tn 
pits  about  fifteen  feet  deep,  which  dented  the  sole  of 
a  picturesque  Fiumara.  The  people  assembled  to  stare 
with  the  stare  pertinacious ;  they  demanded  large  prices 
for  their  small  reserves  of  provisions,  but  they  sold 
tobacco  at  the  rate  of  two  or  three  cakes,  each  weigh* 
ing  about  one  pound  and  a  half,  for  a  shukkah. 

Passing  from  the  settlements  of  Rudi,  on  the  next 
morning  we  entered  a  thorn  jungle,  where  the  handi- 
work of  the  fierce  Warori  appeared  in  many  a  shell  of 
smoke-stained  village.  We  then  crossed  two  Fiumaras 
exactly  similar  to  those  which  attract  the  eye  in  the 
Somali  country,  broad  white  sandy  beds,  with  high  stiff 
earth-banks  deeply  water-cut,  and  with  huge  emerald- 
foliaged  trees  rising  from  a  hard  bare  red  plain.  After 
a  short  march  of  three  hours,  we  pitched  under  a 


id  By  Google 


SW2  THE   LAKE  BEGIOXS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

tamarind,  and  sent  our  men  abroad  to  collect  pro- 
visions. Tobacco  was  cheap,  as  at  Kudi,  grain  and  milk, 
whether  fresh  or  sour,  were  expensive,  and  two  shukkahs 
were  demanded  for  a  lamb  or  a  young  goat.  The 
people  of  Mporota  are  notorious  pilferers.  About  noon- 
tide a  loud  "  hooroosh  "  and  the  scampering  of  spear- 
men over  the  country  announced  a  squabble;  presently 
our  people  reappeared  driving  before  them  a  flock 
which  they  had  seized  in  revenge  for  a  daring  attempt 
at  larceny.  I  directed  them  to  retain  one  fine  specimen 
—  the  lex  lalionis  is  ever  the  first  article  of  the  penal 
code  in  the  East  —  and  to  return  the  rest.  Notwith- 
standing these  energetic  measures,  the  youth  Taufiki 
awaking  in  the  night  with  a  shriek  like  one  affected  by 
nightmare,  found  that  a  Mhehe  robber  had  snatched  his 
cloth,  and  favoured  by  the  shades  had  escaped  with  im- 
punity. The  illness  of  Said  bin  Salim  detained  us  for 
&  day  in  this  den  of  thieves. 

The  12th  December  carried  us  in  three  hours  from 
Hporota  to  Ikuka  of  Tjhehe.  The  route  wound  over  red 
steps  amongst  low  stony  hills,  the  legs  of  the  spider- 
like  system,  and  the  lay  of  the  heights  was  in  exceeding 
confusion.  Belted  by  thorny  scrub  and  forests  of  wild 
fruit  trees — some  edible,  others  poisonous — were  several 
villages,  surrounded  by  fields,  especially  rich  in  ground- 
nuts. Beyond  Ikuka  the  road  entered  stony  and 
rugged  land,  with  a  few  sparse  cultivations  almost 
choked  by  thick  bushy  jungle ;  the  ragged  villages  con- 
tained many  dogs,  and  a  few  peculiarly  hideous  human 
beings.  Thence  it  fell  into  a  fine  Fiumara,  with  pure 
sweet  water  in  pools,  breaking  the  surface  of  loose  white 
sand ;  upon  the  banks,  red  .soil,  varying  from  a  few 
inches  to  20  feet  in  depth,  overlay  bands  and  lines  of 
rounded  pebbles,  based  on  beds  of  granite,  schiste,  and 


^nz^yGoogle 


sandstone.  After  ascending  a  hill,  we  fell  into  a  second 
watercourse,  whose  line  was  almost  choked  with  wild 
and  thorny  vegetation,  and  we  raised  the  tents  in  time 
to  escape  a  pitiless  pelting,  which  appeared  to  spring 
from  a  gap  in  the  southern  mountains.  The  time  oc- 
cupied in  marching  from  Ikuka  to  Inena  of  Usagara 
was  four  hours,  and,  as  usual  in  these  short  stages, 
there  was  no  halt. 

Two  porters  were  found  missing  on  the  morning  of  the 
14th  December, — they  had  gone  for  provisions,  and  had 
slept  in  the  villages,  —  moreover,  heavy  clouds  hanging 
on  the  hill-tops  threatened  rain  :  a  Tirikeza  was  there- 
fore ordered.  At  11  a.m.  we  set  out  over  rises,  falls, 
and  broken  ground,  at  the  foot  of  the  neighbouring 
highlands  which  enclose  a  narrow  basin,*  the  seat  of  vil- 
lages and  extensive  cultivation.  Small  cascades  flashing 
down  the  walls  that  hemmed  us  in  showed  the  copious- 
ness of  the  last  night's  fall.  After  five  hours'  heavy 
marching,  we  forded  a  rapid  Fiumara,  whose  tall  banks 
of  stiff"  red  clay,  resting  upon  tilted-up  strata  of  green- 
stone, enclosed  a  stream  calf-deep,  and  from  10  to  12 
feet  broad.  At  this  place,  called  Giuyindo,  provisions 
were  hardly  procurable ;  consequently  the  caravan,  as 
was  its  wont  on  such  occasions,  quarrelled  for  disport, 
and  the  Baloch,  headed  by  "  Gray-beard  Musa,"  began 
to  abuse  and  to  beat  the  Pagazis. 

The  morning  of  the  15th  December  commenced  with 
a  truly  African  scene.  The  men  were  hungry,  and 
the  air  was  chill.  They  prepared,  however,  to  start 
quietly  betimes.  Suddenly  a  bit  of  rope  was  snatched, 
a  sword  flashed  in  the  air,  a  bow-horn  quivered  with 
nocked  arrow,  and  the  whole  caravan  rushed  franti- 
cally with  a  fearful  row  to  arms.  As  no  one  dissuaded 
the  party  from  "  fighting  it  out,"  they  apparently  be- 

DiottiMoy  Google 


254  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

came  friends,  and  took  up  their  loads.  My  companion 
and  I  rode  quietly  forward:  scarcely,  however,  had  we 
emerged  from  the  little  basin  in  which  the  camp  had 
been  placed,  than  a  terrible  hubbub  of  shouts  and  yells 
announced  that  the  second  act  had  commenced.  After 
a  few  minutes,  Said  bin  Salim  came  forward  in  trem- 
bling haste  to  announce  that  the  Jemadar  had  again 
struck  a  Pagazi,  who,  running  into  the  Nullah,  had 
thrown  stones  with  force  enough  to  injure  his  assailant, 
consequently  that  the  Baloch  had  drawn  their  sabres  and 
had  commenced  a  general  massacre  of  porters.  Well  un- 
derstanding this  misrepresentation,  we  advanced  about 
a  mile,  and  thence  sent  back  two  of  the  sons  of  Ramji 
to  declare  that  we  would  not  be  delayed,  and  that  if 
not  at  once-followed,  we  would  engage  otherporters  at  the 
nearest  village.  This  brought  on  a  denouement:  pre- 
sently the  combatants  appeared,  the  Baloch  in  a  high 
state  of  grievance,  the  Africans  declaring  that  they 
had  not  come  to  fight  but  to  carry.  I  persuaded 
them  both  to  defer  settling  the  business  till  the  evening, 
when  both  parties  well  crammed  with  food  listened 
complacently  to  that  gross  personal  abuse,  which,  in 
these  lands,  represents  a  reprimand. 

Resuming  our  journey,  we  crossed  two  high  and 
steep  hills,  the  latter  of  which  suddenly  disclosed  to  the 
eye  the  rich  and  fertile  basin  of  Maroro.  Its  principal 
feature  is  a  perennial  mountain  stream,  which,  descend- 
ing the  chasm  which  forms  the  northern  pass,  winds  slug- 
gishly through  the  plain  of  muddy  black  soil  and  patches 
of  thick  rushy  grass,  and  diffused  through  watercourses 
of  raised  earth,  covers  the  land  with  tobacco,  holcus, 
sweet-potato,  plantains,  and  maize.  The  cereals  stood 
five  feet  high,  and  were  already  in  ear :  according  to 
the  people,  never  less  than  two,  and  often  three  and 


id  By  Google 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


id  By  Google 


dDy  Google 


>y  Google 


THE  BASIN  OF  MARORO.  255 

four  crops  are  reaped  during  the  year.  This  hill-girt 
district  is  placed  at  one  month's  march  from  the  coast. 
At  the  southern  extremity,  there  ia  a  second  opening 
like  the  northern,  and  through  it  the  "  River  of  Ma- 
roro"  sheds  into  the  Rwaha,  distant  in  direct  line  two 
marches  west  with  southing. 

Maroro,  or  Malolo,  according  to  dialect,  is  the  "  Ma- 
rorrer  town"  of  Lt.  Hardy,  (Transactions  of  the 
Bombay  Geographical  Society,  from  Sept.  1841  to  May 
1844,)  who,  in  1811—12,  was  dispatched  with  Capt. 
Smee  by  the  Government  of  Bombay  to  collect  infor- 
mation at  Kilwa  and  its  dependencies,  and  the  East 
African  coast  generally.  Mr.  Cooley  (Inner  Africa  Laid 
Open,  p.  56)  writes  the  word  Marora,  and  explains  it  to 
mean  "  trade:"  the  people,  however,  ignore  the  derivation. 
It  is  not  a  town,  but  a  district,  containing  as  usual  on  this 
line  a  variety  of  little  settlements.  The  confined  basin 
is  by  no  means  a  wholesome  locality,  the  air  is  warm 
and  "  muggy,"  the  swamp  vegetation  is  fetid,  the  mos- 
quitos  venomous,  and  the  population,  afllicted  with 
fevers  and  severe  ulceration,  is  not  less  wretched  and 
degraded  than  the  Wak'hutu.  Their  habitations  are 
generally  Tembe,  but  small  and  poor,  and  their  fields 
are  dotted  with  dwarf  platforms  for  the  guardians  of 
the  crops.  Here  a  cow  costs  twelve  cloths,  a  goat  three, 
whilst  two  fowls  are  procurable  for  ashukkah.  Maroro 
is  the  westernmost  limit  of  the  touters  from  the  Mri  ma ; 
there  are  seldom  less  than  150  muskets  present,  and 
the  Wasagara  have  learned  to  hold  strangers  in  horror. 

In  these  basins  caravans  endeavour,  and  are  forced 
by  the  people,  to  encamp  upon  the  further  end  after 
marching  through.  At  the  end  of  a  short  stage  of 
three  hours  we  forded  three  times  the  river  bed,  a  muddy 
bottom,  flanked  by  stiff  rushes,  and  encamped  under  a 
Mkamba  tree,   above  and   to  windward  of  the  fetid 


Google 


256  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

swamp.  The  night  was  hot  and  rainy,  clouds  of  mos- 
quitos  rose  from  their  homes  below,  and  the  cynhya?nas 
were  so  numerous  that  it  was  necessary  to  frighten 
them  away  with  shots.  The  labour  of  laying  in  pro- 
visions detained  us  for  a  day  at  Maroro. 

On  the  17th  December  we  left  the  little  basin 
by  its  southern  opening,  which  gradually  winds  east- 
ward. The  march  was  delayed  by  the  distribution  of 
the  load  of  a  porter  who  had  fled  to  the  Warori.  After 
crossing  a  fourth  rise,  the  road  fell  into  the  cultivated 
valley  of  the  Mwega  River.  This  is  a  rush-girt  stream 
of  pure  water,  about  20  feet  broad,  and  knee-deep  at 
the  fords  in  dry  weather ;  its  course  is  S.W.  to  the 
stream  of  Maroro.  Like  the  Mukondokwa,  it  spreads 
out,  except  where  dammed  by  the  correspondence  of 
the  salient  and  the  re-entering  angles  of  the  hill  spurs. 
The  road  runs  sometimes  over  this  rocky  and  jungly 
ground,  horrid  with  thorn  and  cactus,  fording  the 
stream,  where  there  is  no  room  for  a  path,  and  at  other 
times  it  traverses  lagoon-like  backwaters,  garnished 
with  grass,  rush,  and  stiff  shrubs,  based  upon  sun- 
cracked  or  miry  beds-  After  a  march  of  four  hours  we 
encamped  in  the  Mwcga  Basin,  where  women  brought 
down  grain  in  baskets:  cattle  were  seen  upon  the 
higher  grounds,  but  the  people  refused  to  sell  milk  or 
meat. 

The  next  stage  was  Kiperepeta  ;  it  occupied  about  2 
hours  30  inin.  The  road  was  rough,  traversing  the 
bushy  jungly  spurs  on  the  left  bank  of  the  rushy  narrow 
stream  ;  in  many  places  there  were  steps  and  ladders  of 
detached  blocks  and  boulders.  At  last  passing  through 
a  thick  growth,  where  the  smell  of  jasmine  loads  the  air, 
we  ascended  a  steep  and  rugged  incline,  whose  summit 
commanded  a  fine  back  view  of  the  Maroro  Basin.  A 
shelving  counterslope  of  earth  deeply  cracked  and  cut 


oogle 


BASIS  OF  KISANQA.  257 

with  watercourses  led  us  to  the  encamping-ground,  a 
red  patch  dotted  with  tall  calabashes,  and  boasting  a- 
few  pools  of  brackish  water.  We  had  now  entered  the 
land  of  grass-kilts  and  beehive  huts,  built  for  defence 
upon  the  ridges  of  the  hills :  whilst  cactus,  aloe,  and 
milk-bush  showed  the  diminished  fertility  of  the  soil. 
About  Kiperepeta  it  was  said  a  gang  of  nearly  400 
touters  awaited  with  their  muskets  the  arrival  of  cara- 
vans from  the  interior. 

On  the  19th  December,  leaving  Kiperepeta,  we  toiled 
up  a  steep  incline,  cut  by  the  sinuated  channels  of  water- 
courses, to  a  col  or  pass,  the  water- parting  of  this  line 
in  Usagara :  before  south-westerly,  the  ver3ant  thence.  * 

forward  trends  to  the  south-east.  Having  topped  the 
summit,  we  began  the  descent  along  the  left  bank  of 
a  mountain  burn,  the  Rufita,  which,  forming  in  the 
rainy  season  a  series  of  rapids  and  cascades,  casts  its 
waters  into  the  Yovu,  and  eventually  mto  the  Rwaha 
River.  The  drainage  of  the  hill-folds  cuts,  at  every  re- 
entering angle,  a  ragged  irregular  ditch,  whose  stony 
depths  are  impassable  to  heavily-laden  asses.  After  a 
toilsome  march  of  three  hours,  we  fell  into  the  basin  of 
Kisanga,  which,  like  others  on  this  line,  is  an  enlarged 
punchbowl,  almost  surrounded  by  a  mass  of  green  hills, 
cone  rising  upon  cone,  with  tufted  cappings  of  trees,  and 
long  lines  of  small  haycock-huts  ranged  along  the 
acclivities  and  ridge-lines.  The  floor  of  the  basin  is 
rough  and  uneven ;  a  rich  cultivation  extends  from  the 
hill-slopea  to  the  stream  which  drains  the  sole,  and 
fine  trees,  amongst  which  are  the  mparamusi  and  the 
sycomore,  relieve  the  uniformity  of  the  well-hoed  fields. 
Having  passed  through  huts  and  villages,  where  two 
up-caravansofWanyamwezi  were  halted,  displaying  and 
haggling   over  the  cloths  intended  as  tribute  to  the 

voi*  ir.  s 

D,B,tzedDyGOOgIe 


258  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

Sultan  Kiringawana,  we  prudently  forded  the  Yovu,  and 
placed  its  bed  between  ourselves  and  the  enemy.  The 
Yovu,  which  bisects  the  basin  of  Kisanga  from  N.  to  S. 
and  passes  by  the  S.E.  into  the  Rwaha,  was  then  about 


four  feet  deep ;  it  flowed  down  a  muddy  bed  laced  with 
roots,  and  its  banks,  whence  a  putrid  smell  exhaled,  were 
thick  lines  of  sedgy  grass  which  sheltered  myriads  of 
mosquitos.  Ascending  an  eminence  to  the  left  of  the 
stream,  we  obtained  lodgings,  and  at  once  proceeded  to 
settle  kuhonga  with  the  chief,  Kiringawana. 

The  father,  or,  according  to  others,  the  grandfather  of 
the  present  chief,  a  Mnyamwezi  of  the  ancient  Wakala- 
ganza  tribe,  first  emigrated  from  his  home  in  Usagozi, 
and,  being  a  mighty  elephant-hunter  and  a  powerful 
wizard,  he  persuaded  by  arts  and  arms  the  Wasagara, 
who  allowed  him  to  settle  amongst  them,  to  constitute 
him  their  liege  lord.  The  actual  Kiringawana,  having 
spent  h'13  heir-apparent  days  at  Zanzibar,  returned  to 
Kisanga  on  the  death  of  his  sire,  and  reigned  in  his 


id  By  Google 


TOE  CHIEF  KIRINGAWAKA.  259 

stead.  His  long  residence  among  the  Arabs  has  so  far 
civilised  him  that  he  furnishes  his  several  homes  com- 
fortably enough ;  he  receives  his  tributary-visitors  with 
ceremony,  affects  amenity  of  manner,  clothes  his  short, 
stout,  and  sooty  person  in  rainbow-coloured  raiment, 
carries  a  Persian  blade,  and  is  a  cunning  diplomatist  in 
the  art  of  choosing  cloth. 

On  the  day  of  arrival  I  was  visited  by  Msimbiri,  the 
heir-apparent  —  kingly  dignity  prevented  Kiringawana 
wading  the  Yovu, — who  gave  some  information  about 
the  Rwaha  river,  and  promised  milk.  The  20th  of 
December  was  expended  in  the  ■  palaver  about  "  dash." 
After  abundant  chaffering,  the  chief  accepted  from  the 
Expedition,  though  passing  through  his  acres  on  the 
return-march,  when  presents  are  poor,  three  expensive 
coloured  cloths,  and  eight  shukkah  of  domestics  and 
Kaniki;  wondering  the  while  that  the  wealthy  Muzungu 
had  neglected  to  reserve  for  him  something  more 
worthy  of  his  acceptance.  He  returned  a  fat  bullock, 
which  was  instantly  shot  and  devoured.  In  their  indo- 
lence the  caravan-men  again  began  to  quarrel;  and 
Wulaydi,  a  son  of  Ramji,  speared  a  porter,  an  offence  for 
which  he  was  ordered,  if  he  failed  to  give  satisfaction  for 
the  assault,  to  be  turned  out  of  camp.  A  march  was 
anticipated  on  the  next  day,  when  suddenly,  as  the  moon 
rose  over  the  walls  of  the  basin,  a  fine  bonfire  on  the 
neighbouring  hill  and  a  terrible  outcry  announced  an 
accident  in  the  village  occupied  by  the  sons  of  Ramji. 
Muinyi  Buyuni  had  left  id  charge  of  the  hearth  the 
object  of  his  affections,  a  fine  strapping  slave-girl,  whom 
for  certain  reasons  he  expected  to  sell  for  a  premium  at 
Zanzibar,  and  she  had  made  it  over  to  some  friend,  who 
probably  had  fallen  asleep.  The  hut  was  soon  in  flames, 
— in  these  lands  fires  are  never  extinguished, — and  the 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


260  THE   LAKE   BEGIONS   OF   CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

conflagration  had  extended  to  the  nearer  hovels,  con- 
suming the  cloth,  grain,  and  furniture  of  the  inmates. 
Fortunately,  the  humans  and  the  cattle  escaped ;  but  a 
delay  was  inevitable.  The  elder  who  owned  the  chief 
hut  demanded  only  eighty-eight  cloths,  one  slave, 
thirteen  Fundo  of  beads,  and  other  minor  articles : — a 
lesser  sum  would  have  purchased  the  whole  household. 
His  cupidity  was  restrained  by  Kiringawana,  who 
named  as  indemnity  thirty  cloths,  here  worth  thirty 
dollars,  which  I  gave  with  extreme  unwillingness,  pro- 
mising the  sons  of  Ramji,  who  appeared  rather  to  enjoy 
the  excitement,  that  they  should  pay  for  their  careless- 
ness at  Zanzibar. 

During  the  second  day's  halt,  I  attempted  to  obtain 
from  Kiringawana  a  permission  to  depart  from  the 
beaten  track.  The  noble  descent  of  this  chief  gives  him 
power  over  the  guides  of  the  Wanyamwezi  caravans. 
In  consequence  of  an  agreement  with  the  Diwans  of  the 
Mrima,  he  has  lately  closed  the  direct  route  to  Kilwa, 
formerly  regularly  traversed,  and  he  commands  a  little 
army  of  touters.  He  returned  a  gracious  reply,  which 
in  East  Africa,  however,  means  no  gracious  intentions. 

Resuming  our  march  on  the  22nd  of  December,  we 
descended  from  the  eminence  into  the  basin  of  the 
Yovu  River,  and  fought  our  way  through  a  broad 
"  Wady,"  declining  from  east  to  west,  with  thick  lines 
of  tree  and  bush  down  the  centre,  and  everywhere  else 
an  expanse  of  dark  and  unbroken  green,  like  a  plate  of 
spinach.  Passing  along  the  southern  bank  amongst 
wild  Amionas  and  fine  Palmyras,  over  a  good  path 
where  there  was  little  mud,  we  presently  ascended 
rising  ground  through  an  open  forest,  of  the  rainbow 
hues  before  described,  where  sweet  air  and  soft  filmy 
shade  formed,  whilst  the  sun  was  low  and  the  breath 


id  By  Google 


of  the  morning  was  pure  and  good,  moat  enjoyable 
travelling.  After  about  five  hours  we  descended  into 
the  basin  of  the  Ruhembe  rivulet,  which  seems  to  be 
the  "  Rohambi  people  "  of  Mr.  Cooley's  Itinerary.  (Geo- 
graphy of  N'yassi,  p.  22.)  The  inhabitants  are  Wasa- 
garaj  they  supply  travellers  with  manioc,  grain,  and 
bitter  egg-plants,  of  a  scarlet  colour  resembling  tomatos. 
Cultivation  flourishes  upon  the  hill-sides  and  in  the 
swampy  grounds  about  the  sole  of  the  basin,  which  is 
bisected  "by  a  muddy  and  apparently  Btagnant  stream 
ten  feet  broad.  We  pitched  tents  in  the  open  central 
space  of  a  village,  and  met  a  caravan  of  Wasawahili 
from  Zanzibar,  who  reported  to  Said  bin  Salim  the  gra- 
tifying intelligence  that,  in  consequence  of  a  rumour  of 
his  decease,  his  worthy  brother,  Ali  bin  Salim,  had 
somewhat  prematurely  laid  violent  hands  upon  his  goods 
and  chattels. 

The  porters  would  have  halted  on  the  next  day,  but 
the  excited  Said  exerted  himself  manfully ;  at  2  p.m. 
we  were  once  more  on  the  road.  Descending  from  the 
village-eminence,  we  crossed  in  a  blazing  sun  the  fetid 
Ruhembe;  and,  after  finding  with  some  difficulty  the 
jungly  path,  we  struck  into  a  pleasant  forest,  like  that 
traversed  on  the  last  march.  It  was  cut  by  water- 
courses draining  south,  and  at  these  places  it  was  ne- 
cessary to  dismount.  At  6  p.m.  appeared  a  clearing, 
with  sundry  villages  and  clumps  of  the  Mgude  tree, 
whose  tufty  summits  of  the  brightest  green,  gilt  by  the 
last  rays  of  the  sun,  formed  a  lovely  picture.  The 
porters  would  have  rested  at  this  spot,  but  they  were 
forced  forwards  by  the  sons  of  Rumji.  Presently  we 
emerged  upon  the  southern  extremity  of  the  Makata 
Plain,  a  hideous  low  level  of  black  vegetable  earth, 
peaty  in  appearance,  and,  bearing  long  puddles  of  dark 

s  3 

j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


263  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA, 

scummy  and  stagnant  rain-water,  mere  horse-ponds, 
with  the  additional  qualities  of  miasma  and  mosquitos. 
The  sons  of  Ramji  had  determined  to  reach  the 
Makata  Nullah,  still  distant  about  two  hours.  I  called 
a  halt  in  favour  of  the  fatigued  Pagazi,  who  heard  it 
with  pleasure,  and  sent  to  recall  Wulaydi,  Shehe,  and 
Nasibu,  who  were  acting  bell-wethers.  The  worthies 
returned  after  a  time,  and  revenged  themselves  by  pa- 
rading, with  many  grimaces,  up  and  down  the  camp. 

Od  the  morning  of  the  24th  of  December,  we  re- 
sumed the  transit  of  the  Makata  Plain,  and  crossed 
the  tail  of  its  nullah.  It  was  here  bone-dry ;  conse- 
quently, had  we  made  it  last  night,  the  thirsty  caravan 
would  have  suffered  severely.  Ensued  a  long  slope 
garnished  with  the  normal  thin  forest ;  in  two  places 
the  plots  of  ashes,  which  denote  the  deaths  of  wizard 
and  witch,  apprised  us  that  we  were  fast  approaching 
benighted  K'hutu.  A  skeleton  caravan  of  touters,  com- 
posed of  six  muskets  and  two  flags,  met  us  on  the  way. 
Presently  we  descended  into  the  basin  of  Kikoboga, 
which  was  occupied  in  force  by  gentry  of  the  same  de- 
scription. Afterwading  four  times  the  black, muddy, and 
rushy  nullah,  which  bisects  the  lake,  we  crossed  a 
lateral  band  of  rough  high  ground,  whence  a  further 
counter-slope  bent  down  to  a  Khambi  in  a  diminutive 
hollow,  called  Mwimbi.  It  was  the  ideal  of  a  bad 
encamping  ground.  The  kraal  stood  on  the  bank  of 
a  dark,  miry  water  at  the  head  of  a  narrow  gap, 
where  heat  was  concentrated  by  the  funnel-shaped  hill- 
sides, and  where  the  dark  ground,  strewed  with  rotting 
grass  and  leaves,  harboured  hosts  of  cock-roaches,  beetles, 
and  mosquitos.  The  supplies,  a  little  grain,  poor  sugar- 
cane, good  wild  vegetables,  at  times  plantains,  were 
distant,  and  the  water  was  vile.  Throughout  this 
country,    however,    the   Wasagara  cultivators,    fearing 


HABBUKI  PASS.  2G3 

plunder  should  a  caravan  encamp  near  their  crops, 
muster  in  force;  the  traveller,  therefore,  must  not 
unpack  except  at  the  kraals  on  either  edge  of  the  cul- 
tivation. 

The  dawn  of  Christmas  Day,  1858,  saw  us  toiling 
along  the  Kikoboga  River,  which  we  forded  four  times. 
We  then  crossed  two  deep  affluents,  whose  banks  were 
thick  with  fruitless  plantains.  The  road  presently 
turned  up  a  rough  rise,  from  whose  crest  began  the 
descent  of  the  Mabruki  Pass.  This  col  may  be  divided  into 
two  steps :  the  first  winds  along  a  sharp  ridge-line,  a  chain 
of  well-forested  hills,  whose  heights,  bordered  on  both 
sides  by  precipitous  slopes  of  earth  overgrown  with 
thorns  and  thick  bamboo-clumps,  command  an  extensive 
view  of  spur  and  subrange,  of  dhun  and  champaign, 
sprinkled  with  villages  and  dwarf  cones,  and  watered  by 
streamlets  that  glisten  like  lines  of  quicksilver  in  the 
blue-brown  of  the  hazy  distant  landscape.  Ensues,  after 
a  succession  of  deep  and  rugged  watercourses,  with 
difficult  slopes,  the  second  step ;  a  short  but  sharp  steep 
of  red  earth,  corded  with  the  tree-roots  that  have  been 
bared  by  the  heavy  rains.  Beyond  this  the  path, 
spanning  rough  ground  at  the  hill-base,  debouches  upon 
the  course  of  a  streamlet  flowing  southwards  from  the 
last  heights  of  Usagara  to  the  plains  of  Uziraha  in 
K'hutu. 

The  bullock  reserved  for  the  occasion  having  been 
lost  in  Uhehe,  I  had  ordered  the  purchase  of  half  a 
dozen  goats  wherewith  to  celebrate  the  day;  the  porters, 
however,  were  too  lazy  to  collect  them.  My  companion 
and  I  made  good  cheer  upon  a  fat  capon,  which  acted  as 
roast-beef,  and  a  mess  of  ground-nuts  sweetened  with 
sugar-cane,  which  did  duty  as  plum-pudding.  The 
contrast  of  what  was  with  what  might  be  now,  however, 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


26*  THE  LAKE   REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

suggested  only  pleasurable  sensations  ;  long  ■  odds  were 
in  favour  of  our  seeing  the  Christmas  Day  of  1859, 
compared  with  the  chances  of  things  at  Msene  on  the 
Christmas  Day  of  1857. 

From  Uziraha  sixteen  hours  distributed  into  fourteen 
inarches  conducted  us  from  Uziraha,  at  the  foot  of  the 
Usagara  mountains,  to  Central  Zungomero.  The  districts 
traversed  were  Eastern  Mbwiga,  Marundwe,  and  Kireng- 
we.  The  road  again  realises  the  European  idea  of  Africa 
in  its  most  hideous  and  grotesque  aspect.  Animals  are 
scarce  amidst  the  portentous  growth  of  herbage,  not  a 
head  of  black  cattle  is  seen,  flocks  and  poultry  are  rare, 
and  even  the  beasts  of  the  field  seem  to  flee  the  land. 
The  people  admitted  us  into  their  villages,  whose 
wretched  straw-hovels,  contrasting  with  the  luxuriant 
jungle  which  hems  them  in,  look  like  birds'  nests  torn 
from  the  trees:  all  the  best  settlements,  however,  were 
occupied  by  parties  of  touters.  At  the  sight  of  our 
passing  caravan  the  goatherd  hurried  off  his  charge, 
the  peasant  prepared  to  rush  into  the  grass,  the  women 
and  children  slunk  and  hid  within  the  hut,  and  no  one 
ever  left  his  home  without  a  bow  and  a  sheath  of 
arrows,  whose  pitchy-coloured  bark-necks  denoted  a 
fresh  layer  of  poison. 

We  entered  Zungomero  on  the  29th  of  December, 
after  sighting  on  the  left  the  cone  at  whose  base  rises  the 
Maji  ya  W'heta,  or  Fontaine  qui  bouille.  The  village 
on  the  left  bank  of  the  Mgeta,  which  we  had  occupied 
about  eighteen  months  before,  had  long  been  level  with 
the  ground ;  we  were  therefore  conducted  with  due 
ceremony  into  another  settlement  on  the  right  of  the 
stream.  An  army  of  black  musketeers,  in  scanty  but 
various  and  gaudy  attire,  came  out  to  meet  us,  and 
with  the  usual  shots  and  shouts  conducted  us  to  the 


id  By  Google 


PROPOSED  MABCH  UPON  KILWA.  263 

headman's  house,  which  had  already  been  turned  into 
a  kind  of  barrack  by  these  irregulars.  They  then  stared 
as  usual  for  half-a-dozen  consecutive  hours,  which  done 
they  retired  to  rest. 

-  After  a  day's  repose,  sending  for  the  Kirangozi,  and 
personally  offering  a  liberal  reward,  I  opened  to  him 
the  subject  then  nearest  my  heart,  namely,  a  march 
upon  Kilwa.  This  proceeding  probably  irritated  the 
too  susceptible  Said  bin  Salitn,  and  caused  him,  if  not 
actually  to  interfere,  at  any  rate  to  withhold  all  aid 
towards  furthering  the  project.  Twanigana,  after  a 
palaver  with  his  people,  returned  with  a  reply  that 
he  himself  was  willing,  but  that  his  men  would  not 
leave  the  direct  track.  Their  reasons  were  various. 
Some  had  become  brothers  with  the  sons  of  Ramji,  and 
expected  employment  from  their  "  father."  Others 
declared  that  it  would  be  necessary  to  march  a  few  miles 
back,  which  was  contrary  to  their  custom,  and  said  that 
they  ought  to  have  been  warned  of  the  intention  before 
passing  the  Makutaniro,  or  junction  of  the  two  roads. 
But  none  expressed  any  fear,  as  has  since  been  asserted, 
of  being  sold  off  into  slavery  at  Kilwa.  Such  a  de- 
claration would  have  been  ridiculous.  Of  the  many 
Wanyamwezi  caravans  that  have  visited  Kilwa  none 
has  ever  yet  been  seized  and  sold  j  the  coast-people  are 
too  well  acquainted  with  their  own  interests  to  secure 
for  themselves  a  permanent  bad  name.  Seeing,  how- 
ever, that  energetic  measures  were  necessary  to  open  the 
road,  I  allowed  them  two  days  for  consideration,  and 
warned  them  that  after  that  time  Posho  or  rations  should 
be  withdrawn. 

On  the  next  day  I  was  privately  informed  by  the 
Mnfumo  or  parson  of  the  caravan,  that  his  comrades 
intended  to  make  a  feint  of  desertion,  and  then  to  return, 


id  By  Google 


266  THE  LAKE   REGIONS   OP  CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

if  they  found  us  resolved  not  to  follow  them.  The 
reverend  gentleman's  sister-in-law,  who  had  accom- 
panied us  from  Unyamwezi  as  cook  and  concubine  to 
Seedy  Bombay,  persuaded  our  managing  man  that  there 
waa  no  danger  of  the  porters  traversing  Uzaramo, 
without  pay,  escort,  or  provisions.  On  the  1st  January, 
1859,  however,  the  gang  rose  to  depart.  I  sent  for  the 
Kirangozi,  who  declared  that  though  loth  to  leave  us 
he  must  head  his  men :  in  return  for  which  semi-fidelity 
I  made  him  name  his  own  reward;  he  asked  two  hand- 
some cloths,  a  Gorah  or  piece  of  domestics,  and  one 
Fundo  of  coral  beads  —  it  was  double  his  pay,  but  I 
willingly  gave  it,  and  directed  Said  bin  Salim  to  write 
an  order  to  that  effect  upon  Mr.  Rush  Raraji,  or  any 
.  other  Hindu  who  might  happen  to  be  at  Kaole.  But  I 
rejected  the  suggestion  of  my  companion,  who  proposed 
that  half  the  sum  agreed  upon  in  Unyanyemhe  as  pay- 
ment to  the  porters — nine  cloths  each — should  be  given 
to  them.  In  the  first  place,  this  donation  would  have 
been  equivalent  to  a  final  dismissal.  Secondly,  the  Arabs 
at  Kazeh  had  warned  me  that  it  was  not  their  custom 
to  pay  in  part  those  who  will  not  complete  the  journey 
to  the  coast ;  and  I  could  see  no  reason  for  departing 
from  a  commercial  precedent,  evidently  necessary  to 
curb  the  Africans'  alacrity  in  desertion. 

On  the  day  following  the  departure  of  the  gang  I 
set  out  to  visit  the  Jetting  Spring,  and  found  when 
returning  to  the  village  shortly  before  noon  that  my  com- 
panion had  sent  a  man  to  recal  the  "  Pagazi,"  who  were 
said  to  be  encamped  close  to  the  river,  and  to  propose  to 
them  a  march  upon  Mbuamaji.  The  messenger  returned 
and  reported  that  the  Wanyamwezi  had  already  crossed 
the  river.  Unwilling  that  the  wretches  should  lose 
by  their  headstrongness,  I  at  once  ordered  Said  bin 


>y  Google 


DETAINED  AT  K'HTJTU.  267 

Salim  to  mount  ass  and  to  bring  back  the  porters  by 
offers  which  they  would  have  accepted.  Some  time 
afterwards,  when  1  fancied  that  he  was  probably  haran- 
guing the  men,  he  came  to  me  to  say  that  he  had  not 
eaten  and  the  sun  was  hot.  With  the  view  of  shaming 
him  I  directed  Kidogo  to  do  the  work,  but  as  he  also 
made  excuses,  Khamisi  and  Shebe,  two  sons  of  Ramji, 
were  despatched  with  cloths  to  buy  ratious  for  the 
Pagazi,  and,  coUte  qui  coute,  to  bring  them  back.  They 
set  out  on  the  2nd  January,  and  returned  on  the  7th 
January,  never  having,  according  to  their  own  account, 
seen  the  fugitives. 

This  was  a  regrettable  occurrence :  it  gave  a  handle 
to  private  malice  under  the  specious  semblance  of 
public  duty.  But  such  events  are  common  on  the 
slave-path  in  Eastern  Africa;  of  the  seven  gangs  of 
porters  engaged  on  this  journey  only  one,  an  unusually 
small  proportion,  left  me  without  being  fully  satisfied, 
and  that  one  deserved  to  be  disappointed. 

"We  were  detained  at  K'hutu  till  the  20th  January. 
The  airiest  of  schemes  were  ventilated  by  Said  bin  Salim 
and  my  companion.  Three  of  the  Baloch  eye-sores,  the 
"Graybeard  Mohammed,"  the  mischief-maker  Khuda- 
bakhsh,  and  the  mulatto  Jelai,  were  sent  to  the  coast 
with  letters,  reports,  and  officials  for  Zanzibar  and 
home.  The  projectors  then  attempted  to  engage 
Wak'hutu  porters,  but  after  a  long  palaver,  F'hazi 
Madenge,  the  principal  chief  of  Uziraha,  who  at  first 
undertook  to  transport  us  in  person  to  Dut'humi,  de- 
clared that  he  could  not  assist  us.  It  was  then  pro- 
posed to  trust  for  porterage  to  the  Wazaramo;  that 
project  also  necessarily  fell  to  the  ground.  Two  feasible 
plans  remained :  either  to  write  to  the  coast  for  a  new 
gang,  or  to  await  the  transit  of  some  down-caravan. 


id  By  Google 


269  THE   LAKE  HEQIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

As  the  former  would  have  caused  an  inevitable  delay  I 
preferred  the  latter,  justly  thinking  that  during  this, 
the  travelling-season,  we  should  not  long  be  detained. 

On  the  11th  January,  1859,  a  large  party  of  Wan- 
yanwezi,  journeying  from  the  interior  to  the  coast, 
bivouacked  in  the  village.  I  easily  persuaded  Muhembe, 
the  Mtongi  or  leader,  to  make  over  to  me  the  services 
of  nine  of  his  men,  and  lest  the  African  mind  might 
conceive  that  in  dismissing  the  last  gang  cloth  or  beads 
had  been  an  object,  I  issued  to  these  new  porters  seventy- 
two  cloths,  as  much  as  if  they  had  carried  packs  from 
Unyanwezi  to  the  coast.  On  the  14th  January,  1859, 
we  received  Mr.  Apothecary  Frost's  letters,  drugs,  and 
medical  comforts,  for  which  we  had  written  to  him  in 
July  1857.  The  next  day  saw  us  fording  the  warm 
muddy  waters  of  the  Mgeta,  which  waa  then  100  feet 
broad:  usually  knee-deep,  it  rises  after  a  few  showers 
to  the  breast,  and  during  the  heavy  rains  which  had 
lately  fallen  it  was  impassable.  We  found  a  little 
village  on  the  left  bank,  and  there  we  sat  down  patiently 
to  await,  despite  the  trouble  inflicted  by  a  host  of  dimi- 
nutive ants,  who  knew  no  rest  by  day  or  night,  the  arrival 
of  another  caravan  to  complete  our  gang.  The  medical 
comforts  so  tardily  received  from  Zanzibar  fortified  us, 
however,  to  some  extent  against  enemies  and  incon- 
veniences ;  we  had  asther-sherbet  and  sether-lemonade, 
formed  by  combining  a  wine-glass  of  the  spirit  with  a 
quant,  suff.  of  citric  acid ;  and  when  we  wanted  a 
change  the  villagers  supplied  an  abundance  of  Pombe 
or  small  beer. 

On  the  17th  Jan.  a  numerous  down-caravan  entered 
the  settlement  which  we  occupied,  and  it  proved  after 
inquiry  to  be  one  of  which  I  had  heard  often  and  much. 
The  chiefs,  Sulayman  bin  Rashid  el  Riami,  a  coast-Arab, 


id  By  Google 


THE  LAND  OF  UBEKA.  269 

accompanied  by  a  Msawahili,  Mohammed  bin  Gharib, 
and  others,  called  upon  me  without  delay,  and  from 
them  I  obtained  a  detailed  account  of  their  interesting 
travel. 

The  merchants  had  left  the  coast  for  Ubena  in  June, 
1857,  and  their  up-march  had  lasted  sis  months.  They 
set  out  with  a  total  of  600  free  men  and  slaves,  armed 
with  150  guns,  hired  on  the  seaboard  for  eight  to  ten 
dollars  per  head,  half  being  advanced :  they  could  not 
persuade  the  Wanyamwezi  to  traverse  these  regions. 
The  caravan  followed  the  Mbuamaji  trunk-road  west- 
ward as  far  as  Maroro  in  Usagara,  thence  deflecting 
southwards  it  crossed  the  Rwaha  River,  which  at  the 
ford  was  knee-deep.  The  party  travelled  through  the 
Wahehe  and  the  Wafaji,  south  of  and  far  from  the 
stream,  to  avoid  the  Warori,  who  hold  both  banks.  The 
sultan  of  these  freebooters,  being  at  war  with  the  Wa- 
bena,  would  not  have  permitted  merchants  to  pass  on 
to  his  enemies,  and  even  in  time  of  peace  he  fines  them, 
it  is  said,  one  half  of  their  property  for  safe-conduct.  On 
the  right  hand  of  the  caravan,  or  to  the  south  from 
Ubebe  to  Ubena,  was  a  continuous  chain  of  highlands, 
pouring  aflluents  across  the  road  into  the  Rwaha  River, 
and  water  was  procurable  only  in  the  beds  of  these 
nullahs  and  fiumaras.  If  this  chain  be  of  any  consider- 
able length,  it  may  represent  the  water-parting  between 
the  Tanganyika  and  the  Nyassa  Lakes,  and  thus  divide 
by  another  and  a  southerly  lateral  band  the  great  De- 
pression of  Central  Africa.  The  land  was  dry  and 
barren ;  in  fact,  Ugogo  without  its  calabashes.  Scarcely 
a  blade  of  grass  appeared  upon  the  whity-brown  soil, 
and  the  travellers  marvelled  how  the  numerous  herds 
obtained  their  sustenance.  The  masika  or  rainy  mon- 
soon began  synchronously  with  that  of  Unyamwezi,  but 


id  By  Google 


270  THE  LAKE  REGION'S  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

it  lasted  little  more  than  half  its  period  in  the  north. 
In  the  sparse  cultivation,  surrounded  by  dense  bush, 
they  were  rarely  able  to  ration  oftener  than  once  a 
week.  They  were  hospitably  received  by  Kimanu,  the 
Jyari  or  Sultan  of  Ubena.  His  people,  though  fierce 
and  savage,  appeared  pleased  by  the  sight  of  strangers. 
The  Wabena  wore  a  profusion  of  beads,  and  resembled 
in  dress,  diet,  and  lodging  the  Warori ;  they  were  brave 
to  recklessness,  and  strictly  monarchical,  swearing  by 
their  chief.  The  Warori,  however,  were  the  cleaner 
race ;  they  washed  and  bathed,  whilst  the  Wabena  used 
the  same  fluid  to  purify  teeth,  face,  and  hands. 

At  Ubena  the  caravan  made  considerable  profits  in 
slaveB  and  ivory.  The  former,  mostly  captured  or  kid- 
napped, were  sold  for  four  to  six  fundo  of  beads,  and, 
merchants  being  rare,  a  large  stock  was  found  on  hand. 
About  800  were  purchased,  as  each  Pagazi  or  porter 
could  afford  one  at  least.  On  the  return-march,  how- 
ever, half  of  the  property  deserted.  The  Ivory,  which 
rather  resembled  the  valuable  article  procured  at  Ka- 
ragwah  than  the  poor  produce  of  Unyanyembe,  sold  at 
35  to  70  fundo  of  yellow  and  other  coloured  beads  per 
frasilah  of  35  lbs.  Goth  was  generally  refused,  and 
the  kitindi  or  wire  armlets  were  useful  only  in  purchasing 
provisions. 

On  its  return  the  caravan,  following  for  eighteen  stages 
the  right  bank  of  the  Rwaha  River,  met  with  an  un- 
expected misfortune.  They  were  nighting  in  a  broad 
fiumara  called  Bonye,  a  tributary  from  the  southern 
highlands  to  the  main  artery,  when  suddenly  a  roar 
and  rush  of  waters  fast  approaching  and  the  cries 
of  men  struck  them  with  consternation.  In  the  con- 
fusion which  ensued  150  souls,  for  the  most  part  slaves, 
and  probably  ironed  or  corded  together,  were  carried 


id  By  Google 


THE  WAKOEI.  271 

away  by  the  torrent,  and  the  porters  lost  a  great  part 
of  the  ivory.  A  more  dangerous  place  for  encampment 
can  scarcely  be  imaginod,  yet  the  East  African  every- 
where prefers  it  because  it  is  warm  at  night,  and  the 
surface  is  soft.  In  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Rwaha 
they  entered  the  capital  district  of  Mui'  Giambi,  the 
chief,  after  a  rude  reception  on  the  frontier,  where  the 
people,  mistaking  them  for  a  plundering  party  of  Wa- 
bena,  gathered  in  arms  to  the  number  of  4000.  When 
the  error  was  perceived,  the  Warori  warmly  welcomed 
the  traders,  calling  them  brothers,  and  led  them  to  the 
quarters  of  their  Sultan.  Mui'  Gumbi  was  apparently 
in  his  70th  year,  a  man  of  venerable  look,  tall,  burly, 
and  light-coloured,  with  large  ears,  and  a  hooked  nose 
like  a  "  moghrebi."  His  sons,  about  thirty  in  number, 
all  resembled  him,  their  comeliness  contrasting  strongly 
with  the  common  clansmen,  who  are  considered  by  their 
chiefs  as  slaves.  A  tradition  derives  the  origin  of  this 
royal  race  from  Madagascar  or  one  of  its  adjoining  ' 
islets.  Mui'  Gumbi  wore  a  profusion  of  beads,  many 
of  them  antiquated  in  form  and  colour,  and  now  un- 
known in  the  market  of  Zanzibar :  above  his  left  elbow 
he  had  a  lumpy  bracelet  of  ivory,  a  decoration  appro- 
priated to  chieftains.  The  Warori  expressed  their 
surprise  that  the  country  had  not  been  lately  visited  by 
caravans,  and,  to  encourage  others,  the  Sultan  offered 
large  gangs  of  porters  without  pay  to  his  visitors. 
These  men  never  desert ;  such  disobedience  would  cost 
them  their  lives.  From  the  settlement  of  Mui'  Gumbi 
to  the  coast  the  caravan  travelled  without  accident,  but 
under  great  hardships,  living  on  roots  and  grasses  for 
want  of  means  to  buy  provisions. 

The  same  caravan-traders  showed  me  divers  speci- 
mens of  the  Warori,  and  gave  mc  the  following  descrip- 


id  By  Google 


872  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

tion,  winch  tallied  with  the  details  supplied  by  Snay  bin 
Amin  and  the  Arabs  of  Kazeh. 

The  Warori  extend  from  the  western  frontier  of  the 
Wahehe,  about  forty  marches  along  principally  the 
northern  bank  of  the  Rwaha  River,  to  the  meridian 
of  Eastern  XJnyanyembe.  They  are  a  semi-pastoral 
tribe,  continually  at  war  with  their  neighbours.  They 
never  sell  their  own  people,  but  attack  the  Wabena,  the 
Wakimbu,  the  Wahehe,  the  Wakonongo,  and  the  races 
about  Unyangwira,  and  drive  their  captives  to  the  sea, 
or  dispose  of  them  to  the  slavers  in  Usagara.  The 
price  is  of  course  cheap ;  a  male  adult  is  worth  from 
two  to  six  shukkah  merkani.  Some  years  ago  a  large 
plundering  party,  under  their  chief  Mbangera,  attacked 
Sultan  Kalala  of  the  Wasukuma ;  they  were,  however, 
defeated,  with  the  loss  of  their  leader,  by  Kafrira  of 
Kivira,  the  son-in-law  of  Kalala.  They  also  ravaged 
Unyanyembe,  and  compelled  the  people  to  take  refuge 
on  the  summit  of  a  natural  rock-fortress  between  Kazeh 
and  Yombo,  and  they  have  more  than  once  menaced  the 
dominions  of  Fundikira.  Those  mighty  boasters  the 
Wagogo  hold  the  Warori  in  awe;  as  the  Arabs  say,  they 
shrink  small  as  a  cubit  before  foes  fiercer  than  themselves. 
The  Warori  have  wasted  the  lands  of  Uhehe  and  Unyang- 
wira, and  have  dispersed  the  Wakimbu  and  the  Wamia 
tribes.  They  have  closed  the  main-road  from  the  seaboard 
by  exorbitant  blackmail  and  charges  for  water,  and  about 
five  years  ago  they  murdered  two  coast  Arab  traders 
from  Mbuamaji.  Since  their  late  defeat  by  the  Watuta, 
they  have  been  comparatively  quiet.  When  the  E. 
African  Expedition,  however,  entered  the  country  they 
had  just  distinguished  themselves  by  driving  the  herds 
from  Ugogi,  and  thus  prevented  any  entrance  into  their 
country  from  that  district.    Like  the  pastoral  races 


id  By  Google 


THE  WABOEI.  273 

generally  of  this  portion  of  the  peninsula,  the  object  of 
their  raids  is  cattle :  when  a  herd  falls  into  their  hands, 
they  fly  at  the  beasts  like  hyaraas,  pierce  them  with 
their  assegais,  hack  off  huge  slices,  and  devour  the  meat 
raw. 

The  Warori  are  small  and  shrivelled  black  savages. 
Their  diminutive  size  is  doubtless  the  effect  of  scanty 
food,  continued  through  many  generations:  the  Sultans, 
however,  are  a  peculiarly  fine  large  race  of  men.  The 
slave-specimens  observed  had  no  distinguishing  mark 
on  the  teeth ;  in  all  cases,  however,  two  short  lines  were 
tattooed  across  the  hollow  of  the  temples.  The  male 
dress  is  a  cloak  of  strung  beads,  weighing  ten  or  twelve 
pounds,  and  covering  the  shoulders  like  a  European 
cape.  Some  wind  a  large  girdle  of  the  same  material 
round  the  waist.  The  women  wear  a  bead- kilt  extending 
to  the  knees,  or,  if  unable  to  afford  it,  a  wrapper  of  skin. 
The  favourite  weapon  is  a  light,  thin,  and  pliable  asse- 
gai ;  they  carry  a  sheath  of  about  a  dozen,  and  throw 
them  with  great  force  and  accuracy.  The  bow  is  un- 
known. They  usually  press  to  close  quarters,  each  man 
armed  with  a  long  heavy  spear.  Iron  is  procured  in  con- 
siderable quantities  both  in  Ubena  and  Urori.  The  habi- 
tations are  said  to  be  large  Tembe,  capable  of  containing 
400  to  500  souls.  The  principal  articles  of  diet  are 
milk,  meat,  and  especially  fattened  dog's  flesh — of  which 
the  chiefs  are  inordinately  fond, —  maize,  holcus,  and 
millet.  Rice  is  not  grown  in  these  arid  districts.  They 
manage  their  intoxication  by  means  of  pombe  made  of 
grain  and  the  bhang,  which  is  smoked  in  gourd-pipes  ; 
they  also  mix  the  cannabis  with  their  vegetable  food. 
The  Warori  are  celebrated  for  power  of  abstinence; 
they  will  march,  it  is  said,  six  days  without  eating,  and 
they  require  to  drink  but   once  in  the  twenty-four 

VOL.  II.  t 


id  By  Google 


2T4  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

hours.  In  one  point  they  resemble  the  Bedouins  of 
Arabia :  the  chief  will  entertain  his  guests  hospitably 
as  long  as  they  remain  in  his  village,  but  he  will 
plunder  them  the  moment  they  leave  it. 

On  the  19th  January  the  expected  down-caravan 
of  Wanyamwezi  arrived,  and  I  found  no  difficulty  in 
completing  our  carriage  —  a  fair  proof,  be  it  remarked, 
that  I  had  not  lost  the  confidence  of  the  people.  The 
Mtongi,  however,  was,  or  perhaps  pretended  to  be,  ill  j 
we  were,  therefore,  delayed  for  another  day  in  a  place 
which  had  no  charms  for  us. 

The  21st  January  enabled  us  to  bid  adieu  to  Zungo- 
mero  and  merrily  to  take  the  foothpath  way.  We 
madeKonduchionthe3rdFebruary,aftertwelve  marches, 
which  were  accomplished  in  fifteen  days.  There  was 
little  of  interest  or  adventure  in  this  return-line,  of 
which  the  nine  first  stations  had  already  been  visited 
and  described.  As  the  Yegea  mud,  near  Dut'humi, 
was  throat -deep,  we  crossed  it  lower  down :  it  was  still 
a  weary  trudge  of  several  miles  through  thick  slabby 
mire,  which  admitted  a  man  to  his  knees.  In  places, 
after  toiling  under  a  sickly  sun,  we  crept  under  the' 
tunnels  of  thick  jungle-growth  veiling  the  Mgazi  and 
other  streams  ;  the  dank  and  fetid  cold  caused  a  deadly 
sensation  of  faintness,  which  was  only  relieved  by  a 
glass  of  asther-sherbet,  a  pipe  or  two  of  the  strongest 
tobacco,  and  half  an  hour's  repose.  By  degrees 
it  was  found  necessary  to  abandon  the  greater  part 
of  the  remaining  outfit  and  the  luggage :  the  Wany- 
amwezi, as  they  neared  their  destination,  became 
even  less  manageable  than  before,  and  the  sons  of 
Ramji  now  seemed  to  consider  their  toils  at  an  end. 
On  the  25th  January  we  forded  the  cold,  strong,  yellow 
stream  of  the  Mgeta,  whose  sandy  bed  had  engulfed  my 


id  By  Google 


BEPORTS  OP  DANGER.  '  27S 

elephant-gun,  and  we  entered  with  steady  hearts  the 
formerly  dreaded  Uzaramo.  The  27th  January  saw  us 
pass  safely  by  the  Tillage  where  M.  Maizan  came 
to  an  untimely  end.  On  that  day  Ramazan  and 
Salman,  children  of  Said  bin  Salim,  returned  from 
Zanzibar  Island,  bringing  letters,  clothing,  and  pro- 
visions for  their  master,  who,  by  way  of  small  re- 
venge, had  despatched  them  secretly  from  Zungomero. 
On  the  28th  January  we  reached  the  Makutaniro  or 
anastomosis  of  the  Kaole  and  Mbuamaji  roads,  where  on 
our  ingress  the  Wazaramo  had  barred  passage  in  force. 
No  one  now  ventured  to  dispute  the  way  with  well- 
armed  paupers.  That  evening,  however,  the  Mtongi 
indulged  his  men  with  "  maneno,"  a  harangue.  Re- 
ports about  fatal  skirmishes  between  the  Wazaramo  and 
a  caravan  of  Wanyamwezi  that  had  preceded  us  had 
flown  about  the  camp;  consequently  the  Mtongi  recom- 
mended prudence.  "  There  would  be  danger  to-mor- 
row— a  place  of  ambuscade— the  porters  must  not  rise 
and  be  off  too  early  nor  too  late— they  must  not  hasten 
on,  nor  lag  behind — they  had  with  them  Wazungu,  and 
in  case  of  accidents  they  would  lose  their  name ! "  The 
last  sentence  was  frequently  repeated  with  ever  in- 
creasing emphasis,  and  each  period  of  the  discourse  was 
marked  by  a  general  murmur,  denoting  attention. 

As  I  have  said,  there  was  no  danger.  Yet  on  the 
next  day  a  report  arose  that  we  were  to  be  attacked  in 
a  dense  thicket — where  no  archer,  be  it  observed,  could 
bend  his  bow — a  little  beyond  the  junction  of  the  Mbu- 
amaji road  with  that  of  Konduchi,  our  destination. 
In  the  afternoon  Said  bin  Salim,  with  important  coun- 
tenance, entered  my  tent  and  disclosed  to  me  the  doleful 
tidings.  The  road  was  cut  off.  He  knew  it.  A  great 
friend  of  his — a  slave — had  told  him  so.     He  remem- 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


378  THE  LAKE  BEGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

bered  warning  me  that  such  was  the  case  five  days  ago. 
I  must  either  delay  till  an  escort  could  be  summoned 
from  the  coast,  or  —  I  must  fee  a  chief  to  precede  me 
and  to  reason  with  the  enemy.  It  was  in  vain  to  storm, 
I  feared  that  real  obstacles  might  be  placed  by  the  timid 
and  wily  little  man  iu  our  way,  and  I  consented  roost 
unwillingly  to  pay  two  coloured  cloths,  and  one  ditto  of 
blue-cotton,  as  hire  to  guard  that  appeared  in  the 
shape  of  four  clothless  varlets,  that  left  us  after  the  first 
quarter  of  an  hour.  The  Baloch,  headed  by  the  Jemadar, 
knowing  that  all  was  safe,  distinguished  themselves  on 
that  night,  for  the  first  time  in  eighteen  months,  by 
uttering  the  shouts  which  prove  that  the  Oriental  sol- 
dier is  doing  "Zam,"  i.e.  is  on  the  qui  vive.  When  re- 
quested not  to  make  so  much  noise  they  grumbled  that 
it  was  for  our  sake,  not  for  theirs. 

On  the  30th  January  our  natives  of  Zanzibar 
screamed  with  delight  at  the  sight  of  the  mango-tree, 
aud  pointed  out  to  one  another,  as  they  appeared  in 
succession,  the  old  familiar  fruits,  jacks  and  pine-apples, 
limes  and  cocoes.  On  the  2nd  February  we  greeted, 
with  doffed  caps  and  with  three  times  three  and  one 
more,  as  Britons  will  do  on  such  occasions,  the  kindly 
smiling  face  of  our  father  Neptune  as  he  lay  basking  in 
the  sunbeams  between  earth  and  air.  Finally,  the  3rd 
February  1859  saw  us  winding  through  the  poles  deco- 
rated with  skulls— they  now  grin  in  the  Royal  College  of 
Surgeons,  London — a  negro  Temple-bar  which  pointed 
out  the  way  ioto  the  little  maritime  village  of  Konduchi. 

Our  entrance  was  attended  with  the  usual  ceremony, 
now  familiar  to  the  reader :  the  warmen  danced,  shot, 
and  shouted,  a  rabble  of  adults,  youths,  and  boys  crowded 
upon  us,  the  fair  sex  lulliloo'd  with  vigour,  and  a 
general  procession  conducted  their  strangers  to  the  hut 


id  By  Google 


PARTING  AT  KONDBCHI.  277 

swept,  cleaned,  and  garnished  for  us  by  old  Premji,  the 
principal  Banyan  of  the  head-quarter  village,  and  there 
stared  and  laughed  till  they  could  stare  and  laugh  no 
more. 

On  the  evening  of  the  same  day  an  opportunity 
offered  of  transferring  the  Jemadar,  the  Baloch,  and  my 
bete  noire,  Kidogo,  to  their  homes  in  Zanzibar  Island, 
which  lies  within  sight  of  Konduchi:  as  may  be  imagined, 
I  readily  availed  myself  of  it.  After  begging  powder 
and  et  ceeteras  to  the  last,  the  monocular  insisted  upon 
kissing  my  hand,  and  departed  weeping  bitterly  with  the 
agony  of  parting.  By  the  same  boat  I  sent  a  few  lines 
to  H.  M.  consul,  Zanzibar,  enclosing  a  list  of  neces- 
saries, and  requesting  that  a  Battela,  or  coasting-craft, 
might  be  hired,  provisioned,  and  despatched  without 
delay,  as  I  purposed  to  explore  the  Delta  and  the  un- 
known course  of  the  Rufiji  River.  In  due  time  Said  bin 
Salim  and  his  "  children,"  including  the  fair  Halimah 
and  Zawada — the  latter  was  liberally  rewarded  by  me  for 
services  rendered  to  my  companion — and  shortly  after- 
wards the  sons  of  Ramji,  or  rather  the  few  who  had 
not  deserted  or  lagged  behind,  were  returned  to  their 
master,  and  were,  I  doubt  not,  received  with  all  the 
kindness  which  their  bad  conduct  deserved. 

We  were  detained  at  Konduchi  for  six  days  between 
the  3rd  and  10th  February.  There  is  nothing  inter- 
esting in  this  little  African  village  port :  instead  of 
describing  it,  I  will  enter  into  a  few  details  concerning 
African  matters  of  more  general  importance. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


The  lvoij  Porter,  the  Cloth  Porter,  end  Woman,  in  Usagars. 

CHAP.  XVIII. 

VILLAGE  Lira  IN   EAST  AFRICA. 

The  assertion  may  startle  the  reader's  preconceived 
opinions  concerning  the  savage  state  of  Central  Africa 
and  the  wretched  condition  of  the  slave  races,  negroid 
and  negro ;  but  is  not  less  true  that  the  African  is  in 
these  regions  superior  in  comforts,  better  dressed,  fed, 
and  lodged,  and  less  worked  than  the  unhappy  Ryot  of 
British  India.  His  condition,  where  the  slave  trade 
is  slack,  may,  indeed,  be  compared  advantageously  with 
that  of  the  peasantry  in  some  of  the  richest  of  Euro- 
pean countries. 

The  African  rises  with  the  dawn  from  his  couch  of 
cow's  hide.  The  hut  is  cool  and  comfortable  during 
the  day,  but  the  barred  door  impeding  ventilation  at 
night  causes  it  to  be  close  and  disagreeable.  The  hour 
before  sunrise  being  the  coldest  time,  he  usually  kindles 
a  fire,  and  addresses  himself  to  his  constant  companion, 


id  By  Google 


id  By  Google 


id  By  Google 


HABITS  OP  EAST  AFBICANS.  279 

the  pipe.  When  the  sun  becomes  sufficiently  powerful, 
he  removes  the  reed-screen  from  the  entrance,  and 
issues  forth  to  bask  in  the  morning-beams.  The  villages 
are  populous,  and  the  houses  touching  one  another 
enable  the  occupants,  when  squatting  outside  and  front- 
ing the  central  square,  to  chat  and  chatter  without 
moving.  About  7  a.m.,  when  the  dew  has  partially  dis- 
appeared from  the  grass,  the  elder  boys  drive  the 
flocks  and  herds  to  pasture  with  loud  shouts  and  sound- 
ing applications  of  the  quarter-staff.  They  return  only 
when  the  sun  is  sinking  behind  the  western  horizon. 
At  8  p.m.  those  who  have  provisions  at  home  enter  the 
hut  to  refection  with  ugali  or  holcus-porridge ;  those 
who  have  not,  join  a  friend.  Pombe,  when  procurable, 
is  drunk  from  the  earliest  dawn. 

After  breaking  his  fast  the  African  repairs,  pipe  in 
hand,  to  the  Iwanza  —  the  village  "  public,"  previously 
described.  Here,  in  the  society  of  his  own  sex,  he  will 
spend  the  greater  part  of  the  day,  talking  and  laughing, 
smoking,  or  torpid  with  sleep.  Occasionally  he  sits 
down  to  play.  As  with  barbarians  generally,  gambling 
in  him  is  a  passion.  The  normal  game  is  our  "  heads 
and  tails,"  its  implement  a  flat  stone,  a  rough  circle  of 
tin,  or  the  bottom  of  a  broken  pot.  The  more  civilised 
have  learned  the  "  bao"  of  the  coast,  a  kind  of  "  tables," 
with  counters  and  cups  hollowed  in  a  solid  plank. 
Many  of  the  "Wanyamwezi  have  been  compelled  by  this 
indulgence  to  sell  themselves  into  slavery:  after  playing 
through  their  property,  they  even  stake  their  aged 
mothers  against  the  equivalent  of  an  old  lady  in  these 
lands, — a  cow  or  a  pair  of  goats.  As  may  be  imagined, 
squabbles  are  perpetual ;  they  are  almost  always,  how- 
ever, settled  amongst  fellow-villagers  with  bloodless 
weapons.     Others,  instead  of  gambling,  seek  some  em- 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


280  THE   LAKE   REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

ployment  which,  working  the  hands  and  leaving  the 
rest  of  the  body  and  the  mind  at  ease,  is  ever  a  favourite 
with  the  Asiatic  and  the  African ;  they  whittle  wood, 
pierce  and  wire  their  pipe-sticks  —  an  art  in  which  all 
are  adepts  —  shave  one  another's  heads,  pluck  out  their 
beards,  eyebrows,  and  eyelashes,  and  prepare  and  polish 
their  weapons. 

At  about  1  p.m.  the  African,  unless  otherwise  em- 
ployed, returns  to  his  hut  to  eat  the  most  substantial 
and  the  last  meal  of  the  day,  which  has  been  cooked  by 
his  women.  Eminently  gregarious,  however,  he  often 
prefers  the  Iwanza  as  a  dining-room,  where  his  male 
children,  relatives,  and  friends  meet  during  the  most 
important  hour  of  the  twenty-four.  With  the  savage 
and  the  barbarian  food  is  the  all-in-all  of  life : — food  is 
his  thought  by  day, — food  is  his  dream  by  night.  The 
civilised  European,  who  never  knows  hunger  or  thirst 
without  the  instant  means  of  gratifying  every  whim  of 
appetite,  can  hardly  conceive  the  extent  to  which  his 
wild  brother's  soul  is  swayed  by  stomach ;  he  can 
scarcely  comprehend  the  state  of  mental  absorption  in 
which  the  ravenous  human  animal  broods  over  the  car- 
case of  an  old  goat,  the  delight  which  he  takes  in 
superintending  every  part  of  the  cooking  process,  and 
the  jealous  eye  with  which  he  regards  all  who  live  better 
than  himself. 

The  principal  articles  of  diet  are  fish  and  flesh,  grain 
and  vegetables;  the  luxuries  are  milk  and  butter,  honey, 
and  a  few  fruits,  as  bananas  and  Guinea-palm  dates ; 
and  the  inebrients  are  pombe  or  millet-beer,  toddy,  and 
mawa  or  plantain-wine. 

Fish  is  found  in  the  lakes  and  in  the  many  rivers  of 
this  well-watered  land;  it  is  despised  by  those  who  can 
afford   flesh,  but  it  is  a  "  godsend"  to  travellers,  to 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


POOD  IN  BAST  AFRICA.  281 

slaves,  and  to  tbe  poor.  Meat  is  the  diet  most  prized ; 
it  is,  however,  a  luxury  beyond  the  reach  of  peasantry, 
except  when  they  can  pick  up  the  orts  of  the  chiefs. 
The  Arabs  assert  that  in  these  latitudes  vegetables  cause 
heartburn  and  acidity,  and  that  animal  food  is  the  most 
digestible.  The  Africans  seem  to  have  made  the  same 
discovery:  a  man  who  can  afford  it  almost  confines 
himself  to  flesh,  and  he  considers  fat  the  essential  element 
of  good  living.  The  crave  for  meat  is  satisfied  by  eat- 
ing almost  every  description  of  living  thing,  clean  or 
unclean  ;  as  a  rule,  however,  the  East  African  prefers 
beef,  which  strangers  find  flatulent  and  heating.  Like 
most  people,  they  reject  game  when  they  can  command 
the  flesh  of  tame  beasts.  Next  to  the  bullock  the  goat 
is  preferred  in  the  interior ;  as  indeed  it  is  by  the  Arabs 
of  Zanzibar  Island ;  whereas  those  of  Oman  and  of 
Western  Arabia  abandon  it  to  the  Bedouins.  Ill  this  part 
of  Africa  the  cheapest  and  vilest  meat  is  mutton,  and 
its  appearance  —  pale,  soft,  and  braxy  —  justifies  the 
prejudice  against  it.  Of  late  years  it  has  become  the 
fashion  to  eat  poultry  and  pigeons ;  eggs,  however,  are 
still  avoided.  In  the  absence  of  history  and  tradition, 
it  is  difficult  to  decide  whether  this  aversion  to  eggs 
arises  from  an  imported  or  an  indigenous  prejudice. 
The  mundane  egg  of  Hindoo  mythology  probably  typified 
the  physiological  dogma  "omne  vivum  ex  ovo,"  and  the 
mystic  disciples  would  avoid  it  as  representing  the  prin- 
ciple of  life.  In  remote  ages  the  prejudice  may  have  ex- 
tended to  Africa,  although  the  idea  which  gave  birth  to 
it  was  not  familiar  to  the  African  mind.  Of  wild  flesh,  the 
favourite  is  that  of  the  zebra;  it  is  smoked  or  jerked, 
despite  which  it  retains  a  most  savoury  flavour.  Of  tbe 
antelopes  a  few  are  deliciously  tender  and  succulent; 
the  greater  part  are  black,  coarse,   and  indigestible, 


id  By  Google 


282  THE   LAKE  BBQIOSS  OF  CESTEAL  AFRICA. 

One  of  the  inducements  for  an  African  to  travel  is  to 
afford  himself  more  meat  than  at  home.  His  fondness 
for  the  article  conquers  at  times  even  his  habitual  im- 
providence. He  preserves  it  by  placing  large  lumps 
upon  a  little  platform  of  green  reeds,  erected  upon 
uprights  about  eighteen  inches  high,  and  by  smoking  it 
with  a  slow  fire.  Thus  prepared,  and  with  the  addition 
of  a  little  salt,  the  provision  will  last  for  several  days, 
and  the  porters  will  not  object  to  increase  their  loads  by 
three  or  four  pounds  of  the  article,  disposed  upon  a 
long  stick  like  gigantic  kababs.  They  also  jerk  their 
stores  by  exposing  the  meat  upon  a  rope,  or  spread  upon 
a  fiat  stone,  for  two  or  three  days  in  the  sun ;  it  loses 
a  considerable  portion  of  nutriment,  but  it  packs  into 
a  conveniently  small  compass.  This  jerked  meat,  when 
dried,  broken  into  small  pieces,  and  stored  in  gourds  or 
in  pots  full  of  clarified  and  melted  butter,  forms  the 
celebrated  travelling  provision  in  the  East  called  kavur- 
meh :  it  is  eaten  as  a  relish  with  rice  and  other  boiled 
grains.  When  meat  is  not  attainable  and  good  water 
is  scarce,  the  African  severs  one  of  the  jugulars  of  a 
bullock  and  fastens  upon  it  like  a  leech.  This  custom 
is  common  in  Karagwah  and  the  other  northern  king- 
doms, and  some  tribes,  like  the  Wanyika,  near  ftlombasah, 
churn  the  blood  with  milk. 

The  daily  food,  of  the  poor  is  grain,  generally  holcus, 
maize,  or  bajri  (panicum);  wheat  is  confined  to  the 
Arabs,  and  rice  grows  locally,  as  in  the  Indian  penin- 
sula. The  inner  Africans,  like  the  semi-civilised  Arabs 
of  Zanzibar,  the  Wasawahili,  and  the  Wamrima,  ignore 
the  Bimple  art  of  leavening  bread  by  acidulated  whey, 
sour  bean-paste,  and  similar  contrivances  universally 
practised  in  Oman.  Even  the  rude  Indian  chapati  or 
scone  is  too   artificial  for  them,   and  they  have  not 


id  By  Google 


PREPARATIONS  OF  MILK.  283 

learned  to  toast  grain.  Upon  journeys  the  African 
boils  bis  bolcus  unhusked  in  an  earthen  basin,  drinks 
the  water,  and  devours  the  grain,  which  in  this  state  is 
called  inasango ;  at  home  he  is  more  particular.  The 
holcus  is  either  rubbed  upon  a  stone  —  the  mill  being 
wholly  unknown  —  or  pounded  with  a  little  water  in  a 
huge  wooden  mortar ;  when  reduced  to  a  coarse  powder, 
it  is  thrown  into  an  earthen  pot  containing  boiling  water 
sufficient  to  be  absorbed  by  the  flour;  a  little  salt,  when 
procurable,  is  added ;  and  after  a  few  stirrings  with  a 
ladle,  or  rather  with  a  broad  and  flat-ended  stick,  till 
thoroughly  saturated,  the  thick  mass  is  transferred  into 
a  porous  basket,  which  allows  the  extra  moisture  to 
leak  out.  Such  is  the  ugali,  or  porridge,  the  staff  of 
life  in  East  Africa. 

During  the  rains  vegetables  are  common  in  the 
more  fertile  parts  of  East  Africa ;  they  are  within 
reach  of  the  poorest  cultivator.  Some  varieties,  espe- 
cially the  sweet  potato  and  the  mushroom,  are  sliced 
and  sun-dried  to  preserve  them  through  the  year. 
During  the  barren  summer  they  are  boiled  into  a  kind 
of  broth. 

Milk  is  held  in  high  esteem  by  all  tribes,  and  some 
live  upon  it  almost  exclusively  during  the  rains,  when 
cattle  find  plentiful  pasture.  It  is  consumed  in  three 
forms —  "  mabichi,"  when  drunk  fresh ;  or  converted 
into  mabivu  (butter-milk),  the  rubb  of  Arabs;  or  in 
the  shape  of  mtindi  (curded  milk),  the  Iaban  of  Arabia, 
and  the  Indian  dahi.  These  Africans  ignore  the  dudh- 
pinda,  or  ball  of  fresh-milk  boiled  down  to  hardness  by 
evaporation  of  the  serum,  as  practised  by  the  Indian 
halwai  (confectioner) ;  the  indurated  sour-clot  of  Arabia, 
called  by  the  Bedouins  el  igt,  and  by  the  Persians  the 
Baloch,  and  the  Sindhians  kurut,  is  also  unknown ;  and 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


261  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

they  consider  cheese  a  miracle,  and  use  against  it  their 
stock  denunciation;  the  danger  of  bewitching  cattle. 
Thefresh  produce,  moreover,  has  few  charms  as  a  poculent 
amongst  barbarous  and  milk-drinking  races :  the  Arabs 
and  the  Portuguese  in  Africa  avoid  it  after  the  sun  is 
high,  believing  it  to  increase  bile,  and  eventually  to 
cause  fever :  it  is  certain  that,  however  pleasant  the 
draught  may  be  in  the  cool  of  the  morning,  it  is  by  no 
means  so  much  relished  during  the  heat  of  the  day. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  curded  milk  is  everywhere  a 
favourite  on  account  of  its  cooling  and  thirst-quenching 
properties,  and  the  people  accustomed  to  it  from  infancy 
have  for  it  an  excessive  longing.  It  is  procurable  in 
every  village  where  cows  are  kept,  whereas  that  newly- 
drawn  is  generally  half-soured  from  being  at  once 
stored  in  the  earthen  pots  used  for  curding  it.  These 
East  Africans  do  not,  however,  make  their  dahi,  like 
the  Soma],  in  lumps  floating  upon  the  tartest  possible 
serum ;  nor  do  they  turn  it,  like  the  Arabs,  with  kid's 
rennet,  nor  like  the  Baloch  with  the  solanaceous  plant 
called  panir.  The  best  is  made,  as  in  India,  by  allow- 
ing the  milk  to  stand  till  it  clots  in  a  pot  used  for  the 
purpose,  and  frequently  smoked  for  purity.  Butter- 
milk is  procurable  only  in  those  parts  of  the  country 
where  the  people  have  an  abundance  of  cattle. 

Butter  is  made  by  filling  a  large  gourd,  which  acts 
as  churn,  with  partially-soured  milk,  which  is  shaken 
to  and  fro :  it  is  a  poor  article,  thin,  colourless,  and 
tainted  by  being  stored  for  two  or  three  months,  with- 
out preliminary  washing,  in  the  bark-boxes  called 
vilindo.  In  the  Eastern  regions  it  is  converted  into 
ghee  by  simply  melting  over  the  fire :  it  is  not  boiled 
to  expel  the  remnant  of  sour  milk,  impurities  are  not 
removed  by  skimming,  and  finally  it  becomes  rancid 


id  By  Google 


OIL  AND  BEER  IN  EAST  AFRICA.  285 

and  bitter  by  storing  in  pots  and  gourds  which  have 
been  used  for  the  purpose  during  half  a  generation. 
The  Arabs  attempt  to  do  away  with  the  nauseous  taste 
by  throwing  into  it  when  boiling  a  little  water,  with  a 
handful  of  flour  or  of  unpowdered  rice.  Westward  of 
Unyamwezi  butter  is  burned  instead  of  oil  in  lamps. 

The  common  oil  in  East  Africa  is  that  of  the  karanga, 
bhuiphali,  or  ground-iiut  ( Arachfe  hypogaaa) :  when  ghee 
is  not  procurable,  the  Arabs  eat  it,  like  cocoa-nut  oil, 
with  beans,  manioc,  sweet-potato  and  other  vegetables. 
A  superior  kind  of  cooking  is  the  "uto"  extracted 
from  the  ufuta,  simsim  or  sesamum,  which  grows 
everywhere  upon  the  coast,  and  extends  far  into  the 
interior.  The  process  of  pressing  is  managed  by 
pounding  the  grain  dry  in  a  huge  mortar ;  when  the 
oil  begins  to  appear,  a  little  hot  water  is  poured  in,  and 
the  mass  is  forcibly  squeezed  with  huge  pestles;  all 
that  floats  is  then  ladled  out  into  pots  and  gourds. 
The  viscid  chikichi  (palm-oil)  is  found  only  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  Tanganyika  Lake,  although  the  tree 
grows  in  Zanzibar  and  its  adjacent  islets.  Oil  is  ex- 
tracted from  the  two  varieties  of  the  castor-plant;  and, 
in  spite  of  its  unsavoury  smell,  it  is  extensively  used 
as  an  unguent  by  the  people.  At  Unyanyembe  and 
other  places  where  the  cucumber  grows  almost  wild,  the 
Arabs  derive  from  its  seed  an  admirable  salad-oil,  which 
in  flavour  equals,  and  perhaps  surpasses,  the  finest 
produce  of  the  olive.  The  latter  tree  is  unknown  in 
East  Africa  to  the  Arabs,  who  speak  of  it  with  a  re- 
ligious respect,  on  account  of  the  mention  made  of  it 
in  the  Koran. 

In  East  Africa  every  man  is  his  own  maltster  ;  and 
the  "  Iwanza,"  or  public-house  of  the  village,  is  the 
common  brewery.  In  some  tribes,  however,  fermentation 


id  By  Google 


280  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

is  the  essential  occupation  of  the  women.  The  prin- 
cipal inebrient  is  a  beer  without  hops,  called  pombe. 
This  jtotoj  6nog  of  the  negro  and  negroid  races  dates 
from  the  age  of  Osiris:  it  is  the  buzah  of  Egypt  and 
the  farther  East,  and  the  merissa  of  the  Upper  Nile, 
the  gtflw  and  xythum  of  the  West,  and  the  oala  or 
boyaloa  of  the  Kafirs  and  the  South  African  races. 
The  taste  is  somewhat  like  soured  wort  of  the  smallest 
description,  but  strangers,  who  at  first  dislike  it  exceed- 
ingly, are  soon  reconciled  to  it  by  the  pleasurable 
sensations  to  which  it  gives  rise.  Without  violent 
action,  it  affects  the  head,  and  produces  an  agreeable 
narcotism,  followed  by  sound  sleep  and  heaviness  in  the 
morning— as  much  liked  by  the  barbarian,  to  whom 
inebriation  is  a  boon,  as  feared  by  the  civilised  man. 
Being,  as  the  Arabs  say,  a  "cold  drink,"  causing 
hydrocele  and  rheumatism,  it  has  some  of  the  after- 
effects of  gin,  and  the  drunkard  is  readily  recognised 
by  his  red  and  bleared  eyes.  When  made  thick  with 
the  grounds  or  sediment  of  grain,  it  is  exceedingly 
nutricious.  Many  a  gallon  must  be  drunk  by  the 
veteran  malt-worm  before  intoxication ;  and  individuals 
of  both  sexes  sometimes  live  almost  entirely  upon 
pombe.  It  is  usually  made  as  follows :  half  of  the 
grain — holcns,  panicum,  or  both  mixed — intended  for 
the  brew  is  buried  or  soaked  in  water  till  it  sprouts ; 
it  is  then  pounded  and  mixed  with  the  other  half,  also 
reduced  to  flour,  and  sometimes  with  a  little  honey.  The 
compound  is  boiled  twice  or  thrice  in  huge  pots,  strained, 
when  wanted  clear,  through  a  bag  of  matting,  and 
allowed  to  ferment :  after  the  third  day  it  becomes 
as  sour  as  vinegar.  The  "  togwa  "  is  a  favourite  drink, 
abo  made  of  holcus.  At  first  it  is  thick  and  sickly, 
like  honeyed  gruel ;  when  sour  it  becomes  exceedingly 


id  By  Google 


WTEBBIENTS.      HONEY.  287 

heady.  As  these  liquors  consume  a  quantity  of  grain, 
they  are  ever  expensive;  the  large  gourdful  never 
fetches  less  than  two  khete  or  strings  of  beads,  and 
strangers  must  often  pay  ten  khete  for  the  luxury. 
Some  years  ago  an  Arab  taught  the  Wanyamwezi  to 
distil :  they  soon,  however,  returned  to  their  favourite 
fermentation. 

The  use  of  pombe  is  general  throughout  the  country: 
the  other  inebrients  are  local.  At  the  island  and  on 
the  coast  of  Zanzibar  tembo,  or  toddy,  in  the  West 
African  dialects  tombo,  is  drawn  from  the  cocoa-tree;  and 
in  places  a  pernicious  alcohol,  called  mvinyo,  is  ex- 
tracted from  it.  The  Wajiji  and  other  races  upon  the 
Tanganyika  Lake  tap  the  Guinea-palm  for  a  toddy, 
which,  drawn  in  unclean  pots,  soon  becomes  acid  and 
acrid  as  the  Silesian  wine  that  serves  to  mend  the 
broken  limbs  of  the  poor.  The  use  of  bhang  and 
datura-seed  has  already  been  alluded  to.  "  Mawa,"  or 
plantain-wine,  is  highly  prized  because  it  readily  intoxi- 
cates. The  fruit  when  ripe  is  peeled  and  hand-kneaded 
with  coarse  green  grass,  in  a  wide-mouthed  earthen 
pot,  till  all  the  juice  is  extracted:  the  sweet  must  is  then 
strained  through  a  cornet  of  plantain-leaf  into  a  clean 
gourd,  which  is  but  partially  stopped.  To  hasten  fer- 
mentation a  handful  of  toasted  or  pounded  grain  is 
added :  after  standing  for  two  days  in  a  warm  room  the 
wino  is  ready  for  drinking. 

The  East  Africans  ignore  the  sparkling  berille  or 
hydromel  of  Abyssinia  and  Harar,  and  the  mead  of  the 
Bushman  race.  Yet  honey  abounds  throughout  the 
country,  and  near  the  villages  log-hives,  which  from 
their  shape  are  called  mazinga  or  cannons  by  the  people, 
hang  from  every  tall  and  shady  tree.  Bees  also  swarm 
in  the  jungles,  performing  an  important  part  in  the 


id  By  Google 


283  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

vegetable  economy  by  masculation  or  caprification,  and 
the  conveyance  of  pollen.  Their  produce  is  of  two 
kinds.  The  cheaper  resembles  wasp-honey  in  Europe ; 
it  is  found  in  the  forest,  and  stored  in  gourds.  More 
than  half-filled  with  dirt  and  wood-bark,  it  affords  but 
little  wax  ;  the  liquid  is  thin  and  watery,  and  it  has  a 
peculiarly  unpleasant  flavour.  The  better  variety,  the 
hive-honey,  is  as  superior  to  the  produce  of  the  jungle 
as  it  is  inferior  to  that  of  India  and  of  more  civilised 
lands.  It  is  tolerable  until  kept  too  long,  and  it 
supplies  a  good  yellow  wax,  used  by  the  Arabs  to  mix 
with  tallow  in  the  manufacture  of  "dips."  The  best 
honey  is  sold  after  the  rains ;  but  the  African  hoards  his 
store  till  it  reddens,  showing  the  first  stage  of  fermen- 
tation :  he  will  eat  it  after  the  second  or  third  year, 
when  it  thins,  froths,  and  becomes  a  rufous-brown 
fluid  of  unsavoury  taste ;  and  he  rarely  takes  the 
trouble  to  remove  the  comb,  though  the  Arabs  set  him 
the  example  of  straining  the  honey  through  bags  of 
plantain-straw  or  matting.  Decomposition,  moreover, 
is  assisted  by  softening  the  honey  over  the  fire  to  ex- 
tract the  wax  instead  of  placing  it  in  the  sun.  The  price 
varies  from  one  to  three  cloths  for  a  large  gourdful. 
When  cheap,  the  Arabs  make  from  it  "honey-sugars  " 
the  material,  after  being  strained  and  cleaned,  is  stored 
for  two  or  three  weeks  in  a  cool  place  till  surface-granu- 
lation takes  place ;  the  produce  resembles  in  taste  and 
appearance  coarse  brown  sugar.  The  "siki,"  a  vinegar 
of  the  country,  is  also  made  of  one  part  honey  and  four 
of  water,  left  for  a  fortnight  to  acetise :  it  is  weak  and 
insipid.  Honey  is  the  only  sweetener  in  the  country, 
except  in  the  places  where  the  sugar-cane  grows, 
namely,  the  maritime  and  the  Lakist  regions.  The 
people  chew  it,  ignoring  the  simple  art  of  extracting 


id  By  Google 


WORK  IN  EAST  AFBICA.  9.89 

and  inspissating  the  juice ;  nor  do  they,  like  the  natives 
of  Usumbara,  convert  it  into  an  inebrient.  Yet  sugar 
attracts  them  like  flies ;  they  clap  their  hands  with 
delight  at  the  taste  ;  they  buy  it  for  its  weight  of  ivory; 
and  if  a  thimbleful  of  the  powder  happen  to  fall  upon 
the  ground,  they  will  eat  an  ounce  of  earth  rather  than 
lose  a  grain  of  it. 

After  eating,  the  East  African  invariably  indulges  in 
a  long  fit  of  torpidity,  from  which  he  awakes  to  pass 
the  afternoon  as  he  did  the  forenoon,  chatting,  playing, 
smoking,  and  chewing  "sweet-earth."  Towards  sunset 
all  issue  forth  to  enjoy  the  coolness :  the  men  sit  outside 
the  Iwanza,  whilst  the  women  and  the  girls,  after  fetch- 
ing water  for  household  wants  from  the  well,  collecting 
in  a  group  upon  their  little  stools,  indulge  in  the 
pleasures  of  gossipred  and  the  pipe.  This  hour  in  the 
more  favoured  parts  of  the  country  is  replete  with 
enjoyment,  which  even  the  barbarian  feels,  though  not 
yet  indoctrinated  into  aesthetics.  As  the  hours  of  dark- 
ness draw  nigh,  the  village  doors  are  carefully  closed, 
and,  after  milking  his  cows,  each  peasant  retires  to  his 
hut,  or  passes  his  time  squatting  round  the  fire  with  his 
friends  in  the  Iwanza.  He  has  not  yet  learned  the  art 
of  making  a  wick,  and  of  filling  a  bit  of  pottery  with 
oil.  When  a  light  is  wanted,  he  ignites  a  stick  of  the 
oleaginous  mtata,  or  msasa-tree  —  a  yellow,  hard,  close- 
grained,  and  elastic  wood,  with  few  knots,  much  used 
in  making  spears,  bows,  and  walking  staves  —  which 
burns  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour  with  a  brilliant  flame. 
He  repairs  to  his  hard  couch  before  midnight,  and  snores 
with  a  single  Bleep  till  dawn.  For  thorough  enjoyment, 
night  must  be  spent  in  insensibility,  as  day  is  in 
inebriety ;  and,  though  an  early  riser,  he  avoids  the 


id  By  Google 


890  THE   LAKE   REGIONS   OF  CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

*'  early  to  bed,"  in  order  that  he  may  be  able  to  alumber 
through  half  the  day. 

It  is  evident  that  these  barbarians  lead  rather  a 
"  fast "  life ;  there  are,  however,  two  points  that  modify 
its  evil  consequences.  The  "  damned  distillation  "  is 
unknown,  consequently  they  do  not  suffer  from  delirium 
tremens,  its  offspring.  Their  only  brain-work  is  that 
necessitated  by  the  simple  wants  of  life,  and  by  the 
unartificial  style  of  gambling  which  they  affect. 
Amongst  the  civilized,  the  peculiar  state  of  the  nervous 
system  in  the  individual,  and  in  society,  the  abnormal 
conditions  induced  by  overcrowding  in  cities  and  towns, 
has  engendered  a  cohort  of  dire  diseases  which  the 
children  of  nature  ignore. 

Such  is  the  African's  idle  day,  and  thus  every  summer 
is  spent.  As  the  wintry  rains  draw  nigh,  the  necessity 
of  daily  bread  suggests  itself.  The  peasants  then  leave 
their  huts  at  6  or  7  a.m.,  often  without  provision,  which 
now  becomes  scarce,  and  labour  till  noon,  or  2  p.m., 
when  they  return  home,  and  find  food  prepared  by  the 
wife  or  the  slave-girl.  During  the  afternoon  they 
return  to  work,  and  sometimes,  when  the  rains  are  near, 
they  are  aided  by  the  women.  Towards  sunset  nil 
wend  homewards  in  a  body,  laden  with  their  implements 
of  cultivation,  and  singing  a  kind  of  "  dulcc  domum," 
in  a  simple  and  pleasing  recitative. 

When  the  moon  shines  bright  the  spirits  of  the  East 
African  arc  raised  like  the  jackal's,  and  a  furious  drum- 
ming and  a  droning  chorus  summon  the  maidens  to 
come  out  and  enjoy  the  spectacle  of  a  dance.  The 
sexes  seldom  perform  together,  but  they  have  no 
objection  to  be  gazed  at  by  each  other.  Their  style  of 
saltation  is  remarkable  only  for  the  extreme  gravity 
which  it   induces — at  no  other  time  does  the   East 


id  By  Google 


MUSICAL  IKSTBUMBNTS.  291 

African  look  so  serious  and  so  full  of  earnest  purpose: 
Yet  with  all  this  thoughtfulnesa,  "  poor  human  nature 
cannot  dance  of  itself."  The  dance  has  already  been 
described  as  far  as  possible :  as  may  be  imagined,  the 
African  Thalia  is  by  no  means  free  from  the  reproach 
which  caused  Mohammed  to  taboo  her  to  his  fol- 
lowers. 

Music  is  at  a  low  ebb.  Admirable  timists,  and  no 
mean  timists,-  the  people  betray  their  incapacity  for 
improvement  by  remaining  contented  with  the  simplest 
and  the  most  monotonous  combinations  of  sounds.  As  in 
everything  else,  so  in  this  art,  creative  talent  is  wanting. 
A  higher  development  would  have  produced  other 
results ;  yet  it  is  impossible  not  to  remark  the  delight 
which  they  take  in  harmony.  The  fisherman  will 
accompany  bis  paddle,  the  porter  his  trudge,  and  the 
housewife  her  task  of  rubbing  down  grain,  with  song ; 
and  for  long  hours  at  night  the  peasants  will  sit  in  a 
ring  repeating,  with  a  zest  that  never  flags,  the  same 
few  notes,  and  the  same  unmeaning  line.  Their  style 
is  the  recitative,  broken  by  a  full  chorus,  and  they 
appear  to  affect  the  major  rather  than  the  interminable 
minor  key  of  the  Asiatic.  Their  singing  also  wants 
the  strained  upper  notes  of  the  cracked-voiced  Indian 
performer,  and  it  ignores  the  complicated  raga  and 
ragini  or  Hindu  modes,  which  appear  rather  the  musical 
expression  of  high  mathematics  than  the  natural 
language  of  harmony  and  melody. 

The  instruments  of  the  East  African  are  all  of  foreign 
invention,  imported  from  various  regions,  Madagascar, 
and  the  coast.  Those  principally  in  use  are  the  fol- 
lowing. The  zeze,  or  banjo,  resembles  in  sound  the 
monochord  Arabian  rubabah,  the  rude  ancestor  of  the 
Spanish  guitar.     The  sounding-board  is  a  large  hollow 


id  By  Google 


202  THE    LAKE   REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFEICA. 

gourd,  open  below;  on  the  upper  part,  fastened  by 
strings  that  pass  through  drilled  holes,  is  a  conical 
piece  of  gourd,  cleft  longitudinally  to  admit  the  arm  or 
handle,  which  projects  at  a  right  angle.  The  arm  is 
made  of  light  wood,  from  18  inches  to  2  feet  in  length; 
the  left-hand  extremity  has  three  frets  formed  by  two 
notches,  with  intervals,  and  thus  the  total  range  is  of 
six  notes.    A  single  string,  made  of  "  mondo,"  the 


■  »lim  ip 


-2ST 

o 


fibre  of  the  mwale  or  raphia-palm,  is  tied  to  a  knob  of 
wood  projecting  from  the  dexter  extremity  of  the 
handle,  thence  it  passes  over  a  bridge  of  bent  quill, 
which  for  tuning  is  raised  or  depressed,  and  lastly  it  is 
secured  round  another  knob  at  the  end  beyond  the 
frets.     Sometimes,  to  form  a  bass  or  drone,  a  second 


id  By  Google 


MUSICAL  IN8TEUMENT8.         ,  »3 

strfng  is  similarly  attached  along  the  side  of  the  arm, 
whilst  the  treble  runs  along  the  top. 

The  kinanda,  a  prototype  of  the  psaltery  and  harp, 
the  lute  and  lyre,  and  much  used  by  the  southern  races: 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Kilwa,  is  of  two  kinds.  One  is 
a  shallow  box  cut  out  of  a  single  plank,  thirteen  inches 
long  by  five  or  six  in  breadth,  and  about  two  inches  in 
depth :  eleven  or  twelve  strings  are  drawn  tightly  over 
the  hollow.  The  instrument  is  placed  in  the  lap,  and 
performed  upon  with  both  hands.  The  other  is  a  small 
bow-guitar,  with  an  open  gourd  attached  to  the  part 
about  the  handle :  sometimes  the  bow  passes  through 
the  gourd.  This  instrument  is  held  in  the  left  hand, 
whilst  the  "tocador"  strikes  its  single  cord  with  a 
thin  cane-plectrum  about  one  foot  long.  As  in  the 
zeze,  the  .gourd  is  often  adorned  with  black  tattoo, 
or  bright  brass  tacks,  disposed  in  various  patterns, 
amongst  which  the  circle  and  the  crescent  figure  con- 
spicuously. A  third  form  of  the  kinanda  appears  to  be 
a  barbarous  ancestor  of  the  Grecian  lyre,  which,  like 
the  modern  Nubian  "kisirka,"  is  a  lineal  descendant 
from  the  Egyptian  oryx-horn  lute  with  the  transverse 
bar.  A  combination  of  the  zeze  and  kinanda  is  made 
by  binding  a  dwarf  hollow  box  with  its  numerous 
strings  to  the  open  top  of  a  large  circular  gourd, 
which  then  acts  as  a  sounding-board. 

The  wind-instruments  are  equally  rude,  though  by 
no  means  so  feeble  as  their  rivals.  The  nai  or  sackbut 
of  India,  and  the  siwa,  a  huge  bassoon  of  black  wood,  at 
least  five  feet  long,  are  known  only  to  the  coast-people. 
The  tribes  of  the  interior  use  the  d'hete  or  kidete, 
called  by  the  Wasawahili  zumari.  It  is  literally  the 
bucolic  reed,  a  hollowed  holcus-cane,  pierced  with  four 
holes  at  the  further  end :  the  mouthpiece  is  not  stopped 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


294  THE   LAKE   REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

in  any  way,  and  the  instrument  is  played  upon  solely 
by  the  lips,  a  drone  being  sometimes  supplied  by  the 
voice.  Thus  simple  and  ineffective,  it  has  nevertheless 
a  familiar  sound  to  European  ears.  The  barghumi  is 
made  by  cutting  an  oblong  hole,  about  the  size  of  a 
man's  nail,  within  two  or  three  inches  of  the  tip  of  a 
koodoo,  an  oryx,  or  a  goat's  born,  which,  for  effect  and 
appearance,  is  sometimes  capped  with  a  bit  of  cane, 
whence  projects  a  long  zebra's  or  giraffe's  tail.  Like 
the  det'he,  it  is  played  upon  by  the  lips ;  and  without 
any  attempt  at  stops  or  keys,  four  or  five  notes  may  be 
produced.  Its  sound,  heard  from  afar,  especially  in  the 
deep  silence  of  a  tropical  night,  resembles  not  a  little 
the  Bad,  sweet  music  of  the  French  cor-de-chasse ;  and 
when  well  performed  upon,  it  might  be  mistaken  for  a 
regimental  bugle.  There  are  smaller  varieties  of  the  bar- 
ghumi, which  porters  carry  slung  over  the  shoulder, 
and  use  as  signals  on  the  line  of  march.  Another 
curious  instrument  is  a  gourd,  a  few  inches  in  circum- 
ference, drilled  with  many  little  apertures :  the  breath 
passes  through  one  hole,  and  certain  notes  are  produced 
by  stopping  others  with  the  fingers  —  its  loud,  shrill, 
and  ear-piercing  quavers  faintly  resemble  the  European 
"  piccolo."  The  only  indigenous  music  of  the  pastoral 
African  —  the  Somal,  for  instance  —  is  whistling,  a 
habit  acquired  in  youth  when  tending  the  flocks  and 
herds.  This  "  Mu'unzi "  is  soft  and  dulcet ;  the  ear, 
however,  fails  to  detect  in  it  either  phrase  or  tune.  For 
signals  the  East  Africans  practise  the  kik'horombwe,  or 
blowing  between  the  fore  and  the  middle  fingers  with  a 
noise  like  that  of  a  railway  whistle.  The  Wanyamwezi 
also  blow  over  the  edge  of  the  hollow  in  a  small  ante- 
lope's horn,  or  through  an  iron  tube ;  and  the  Watuta 
are  said  to  use  metal -whistles  as  signals  in  battle. 

The  drum  is  ever  the  favourite  instrument  with  the 

jgnz^yGoogle 


THE  DHINKINQ  BOUTS.  895 

African,  who  uses  it  as  the  alarum  of  war,  the  promise 
of  mirth,  the  token  of  hospitality,  and  the  cure  of  dis- 
eases: without  drumming  his  life  would  indeed  he  a 
blank.  The  largest  variety,  called  "  ngoma  ku,"  is  the 
hollowed  bole  of  a  mkenga  or  other  soft  tree,  with  a 
cylindrical  solid  projection  from  the  bottom,  which  holds 
it  upright  when  planted  in  the  ground.  The  instru- 
ment is  from  three  to  five  feet  in  length  with  a  diameter 
of  from  one  to  two  feet :  the  outside  is  protected  with  a 
net-work  of  strong  cord.  Over  the  head  is  stretched  a 
rough  parchment  made  of  calf  s-skin ;  and  a  cap  of  green 
bide,  mounted  when  loose,  and  afterwards  shrunken 
by  exposure  to  fire,  protects  the  bottom.  It  is  vigour- 
Ously  beaten  with  the  fists,  and  sometimes  with  coarse 
sticks.  There  are  many  local  varieties  of  this  instru- 
ment, especially  the  timbrel  or  tabret,  which  is  about  a 
foot  long,  shaped  like  an  hour-glass  or  a  double  "  dara- 
bukkah,"  and  provided  with  a  head  of  iguana-skin.  The 
effect  of  tom-toming  is  also  produced  by  striking  hollow 
gourds  and  similar  articles.  The  only  cymbal  is  the 
upatu,  a  flat-bottomed  brass  pot  turned  upside  down, 
and  tapped  with  a  bit  of  wood.  The  "  sanje,"  a  gourd 
full  of  pebbles,  is  much  affected  in  parts  of  the  country 
by  women,  children,  and,  especially,  by  the  mganga  or 
rain-maker;  its  use  being  that  of  the  babe's  rattle 
amongst  Europeans. 

The  insipidity  of  the  African's  day  is  relieved  by  fre- 
quent drinking  bouts,  and  by  an  occasional  hunt.  For 
the  former  the  guests  assemble  at  early  dawn,  and  take 
their  seats  in  a  circle,  dividing  into  knots  of  three  or 
four  to  facilitate  the  circulation  of  the  bowl.  The 
mwandazi,  or  cup-bearer,  goes  round  the  assembly, 
giving  scrupulous  precedence  to  the  chiefs  and  elders, 
who  are  also  provided  with  larger  vessels.     The  sonzo, 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


29S  HIE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CBHTEAL  AFRICA. 

or  drink  in  g-cup,  which  also  serves  as  a  travelling  can- 
teen, is  made  generally  by  the  women,  of  a  kind  of  grass 
called  mavu,  or  of  wild  palm-leaf:  the  split  stalks  are 
neatly  twisted  into  a  fine  cord,  which  is  rolled  up,  be- 
ginning from  the  bottom,  in  concentric  circles,  each 
joined  to  its  neighbour  by  a  binding  of  the  same  mate- 
rial :  it  is  sometimes  stained  and  ornamented  with  red 
and  black  dyes.  The  shape  when  finished  is  a  trun- 
cated cone,  somewhat  like  a  Turk's  fez ;  it  measures 
about  six  inches  in  diameter  by  five  in  depth,  and 
those  of  average  size  may  contain  a  quart.  This  cup 
passes  around  without  delay  or  heel-taps,  and  the 
topers  stop  occasionally  to  talk,  laugh,  and  snuff,  to 
chew  tobacco,  and  to  smoke  bhang.  The  scene  of 
sensuality  lasts  for  three  or  four  hours  —  in  fact,  till 
the  pombe  prepared  for  the  occasion  is  exhausted,  — 
when  the  carousers,  with  red  eyes,  distorted  features, 
and  the  thickest  of  voices,  stagger  home  to  doze  through 
the  day.  Perhaps  in  no  European  country  are  so 
many  drunken  men  seen  abroad  as  in  East  Africa. 
Women  also  frequently  appear  intoxicated  ;  they  have, 
however,  private  "  pombe,"  and  do  not  drink  with  the 
men. 

The  East  African,  who  can  seldom  afford  to  gratify 
his  longing  for  meat  by  slaughtering  a  cow  or  a  goat, 
looks  eagerly  forward  to  the  end  of  the  rains,  when  the 
grass  is  in  a  fit  condition  for  firing ;  then,  armed  with 
bows  and  arrows,  and  with  rungu  or  knobkerries,  the 
villagers  have  a  battue  of  small  antelopes,  hares,  and 
birds.  During  the  hot  season  also,  when  the  waters 
dry  up,  they  watch  by  night  at  the  tanks  and  popls, 
and  they  thus  secure  the  larger  kinds  of  game.  Ele- 
phants especially  are  often  found  dead  of  drought  during 
the  hot   season ;   they  are  driven  from   the    springs 


id  By  Google 


EXPEDIENTS  FOB  TAXING  GAME.  397 

which  are  haunted  by  the  hunters,  and,  according  to 
the  Arabs,  they  fear  migrating  to  new  seats  where  they 
would  be  attacked  by  the  herds  in  possession.  In  many 
parts  the  huntsmen  suspend  by  a  cord  from  the  trees 
sharpened  blocks  of  wood,  which,  loosened  by  the 
animal's  foot,  fall  and  cause  a  mortal  wound.  This 
"  suspended  spear,"  sprung  by  a  latch,  has  been  described 
by  a  host  of  South  African  travellers.  It  has  been 
sketched  by  Lieut.  Boteler  ("  Narrative  of  a  Voyage  of 
Discovery  to  Africa  and  Arabia,"  chap,  iv.) ;  and  Major 
Monteiro  ("  0  Muata  Cazembe,"  chap,  v.) ;  and  de- 
scribed by  Mr.  Galton,  Mr.  Gordon  Cummiog,  and  Dr. 
Livingstone  (chap,  xxviii.).  Throughout  Ugogo  and 
upon  the  maritime  regions  large  game  is  caught  in  pit- 
falls, here  called  mtego,  and  in  India  ogi:  in  some 
places  travellers  run  the  risk  of  falling  into  these  traps. 
The  mtego  is  an  oblong  excavation  like  a  great  grave, 
but  decreasing  in  breadth  below  the  surface  of  the 
ground  and  it  is  always  found  single,  not  in  pairs  as 
in  South  Africa.  The  site  generally  chosen  is  near 
water,  and  the  hole  is  carefully  masked  with  thin 
layers  of  small  sticks  and  leaves.  The  Indian  "  sur- 
rounds "  and  the  hopo  or  V-shaped  trap  of  the  Bakwens 
are  here  unknown.  The  distribution  of  treasure-trove 
would  seem  to  argue  ancient  partitions  and  lordships, 
and,  in  dividing  the  spoils  of  wild  or  tame  animals, 
the  chief  claims,  according  to  ancient  right,  the  breast. 
-This  custom  apparently  borrowed  by  the  Hebrews  from 
Africa  (Leviticus,  chap.  vii.  30,  31),  is  alluded  to  by 
almost  all  South-African  travellers. 

The  elephant  roams  in  herds  throughout  the  country, 
affecting  the  low  grounds  where  stagnating  water  pro- 
duces a  plentiful  vegetation :  with  every  human  being 
its  foe,  and  thousands  living  by  its  destruction,  the 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


296  THE   LAKE   REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

animal  is  far  from  becoming  scarce ;  indeed,  the  greatest 
number  of  footprints  appeared  near  Chogwe  and  Tongwe, 
stations  of  Baloch  garrisons  close  to  the  town  of  Pan- 
gam.  The  elephant  hunt  is  with  the  African  a  solemn 
and  serious  undertaking.  He  fortifies  himself  with 
periapts  and  prophylactics  given  by  the  mganga,  who 
also  trains  him  to  the  use  of  his  weapon.  The  elephant- 
spear  resembles  our  boarding-pike  rather  than  the  light 
blunt  arm  employed  in  war ;  it  is  about  six  feet  long, 
with  a  broad  tapering  head  cut  away  at  the  shoulders, 
and  supported  by  an  iron  neck,  which  is  planted  in  a 
thick  wooden  handle,  the  junction  being  secured  by  a 
cylinder  of  raw  hide  from  a  cow's  tail  passed  over  it, 
and  shrunk  on  by  drying:  a  specimen  was  deposited 
with  the  Royal  Geographical  Society.  The  spear  is  in- 
variably guarded  by  a  mpigi  or  charm,  the  usual  two  bits 
of  wood  bound  together  with  a  string  or  strip  of  skin. 
It  is  not  a  little  curious  that  the  East  African,  though 
born  and  bred  a  hunter,  is,  unlike  almost  all  barbarians, 
as  skill-less  as  an  European  in  the  art  of  el  aar,  the 
"  spoor  "  or  "  sign." 

The  hunting-party,  consisting  of  fifteen  to  twenty 
individuals,  proceeds  before  departure  to  sing  and  dance, 
to  drink  "and  drum  for  a  consecutive  week.  The  women 
form  line  and  perambulate  the  village,  each  striking  an 
iron  jembe  or  hoe  with  a  large  stone,  which  forms  an 
appropriate  accompaniment  to  the  howl  and  the  vigele- 
gele,  "  lullilooing,"  or  trills  of  joy.  At  every  step  the 
dancer  sways  herself  elephant-like  from  side  to  side, 
and  tosses  her  head  backwards  with  a  violence  threaten- 
ing dislocation  of  the  atlas.  The  line,  led  by  a  fugle- 
woman  by  the  right,  who  holds  two  jembe  in  one  hand, 
but  does  not  drum,  stops  facing  every  Arab  house 
where  beads  may  be  expected,  and  performs  the  most 


id  By  Google 


THE  HUNTING  PAS.tr.  299 

hideous  contortions,  whirling  the  arms  round  the  shoul- 
der-socket, kneeling,  and  imitating  the  actions  of  various 
animals.  The  labour  done,  the  ladies  apply  to  their 
pombe,  and  reappear  after  four  or  five  hours  with  a  tell- 
tale stagger  and  a  looseness  of  limb  which  adds  a  peculiar 
charm  to  their  gesticulations.  The  day  concludes  with 
a  "  fackeltanz "  of  remarkable  grotesqueness.  This 
merrymaking  is  probably  intended  as  a  consolation  for 
the  penance  which  the  elephant-hunter's  wife  performs 
during  the  absence  of  her  mate ;  she  is  expected  to 
abstain  from  good  food,  handsome  cloth,  and  fumiga- 
tion :  she  must  not  leave  the  house,  and  for  an  act  of 
infidelity  the  blame  of  failure  in  the  hunt  will  fall 
heavily  upon  her.  Meanwhile  the  men — at  least  as 
"  far  gone "  as  the  women — encircle  with  a  running 
jumping  gait,  and  with  the  grace  and  science  of  well- 
trained  bears,  a  drum  or  a  kilindo, — the  normal  bark 
bandbox,— placed  with  open  mouth  upon  the  ground, 
and  violently  beaten  with  sticks  and  fists  or  rubbed  and 
scraped  with  stones.  It  forms  also  a  sounding-board 
for  a  kinanda  or  bow-guitar,  one  end  of  which  is  applied 
to  it,  whilst  a  shrill  fife  of  goat's  horn  gives  finish 
and  completeness  to  the  band.  Around  the  drum  are 
placed  several  elephants'  tails,  possibly  designed  to 
serve  the  purpose  of  the  clay-corpse  introduced  into  the 
feasts  of  ancient  Egypt. 

When  thoroughly  drenched  with  drink,  the  hunters 
set  out  early  in  the  morning,  carrying  live  brands  lest 
fire  should  fail  them  in  the  jungle,  and  applying  them 
to  their  mouths  to  keep  out  the  cold  air.  These 
trampers  are  sometimes  dangerous  to  stragglers  from 
caravans,  especially  in  countries  where  the  robber  or 
the  murderer  expects  to  escape  with  impunity.  In  some 
places  hunting-huts  have  been  erected ;  they  are,  how- 


id  By  Google 


800  THE  LAKE  BEG  IONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

ever,  seldom  used  when  elephants  are  sought,  as  a  herd 
once  startled  does  not  readily  return  to  the  same  pas- 
ture-grounds. The  great  art  of  the  African  muinzi  or 
elephant-hunter  is  to  separate  a  tusker  from  the  herd 
without  exciting  suspicion,  and  to  form  a  circle  round 
the  victim.  The  mganga,  then  rising  with  a  shout, 
hurls  or  thrusts  the  first  spear,  and  his  example  is  fol- 
lowed by  the  rest.  The  weapons  are  not  poisoned :  they 
are  fatal  by  a  succession  of  small  wounds.  The  baited 
beast  rarely  breaks,  as  might  be  expected,  through  the 
frail  circle  of  assailants :  its  proverbial  obstinacy  is  ex- 
cited ;  it  charges  one  man,  who  slips  away,  when 
another,  with  a  scream,  thrusts  the  long  stiff  spear 
into  its  hind  quarters,  which  makes  it  change  in- 
tention and  turn  fiercely  from  the  fugitive  to  the 
fresh  assailant.  This  continues  till  the  elephant,  losing 
breath  and  heart,  attempts  to  escape;  its  enemies 
then  redouble  their  efforts,  and  at  length  the  huge 
prey,  overpowered  by  pain  and  loss  of  blood  trick- 
ling from  a  hundred  gashes,  bites  the  dust.  The 
victors,  after  certain  preliminaries  of  singing  and 
dancing,  carefully  cut  out  the  tusks  with  small,  sharp 
axes,  and  the  rich  marrow  is  at  once  picked  from  the 
bamboo  and  devoured  upon  the  spot,  as  the  hare's  liver 
is  in  Italy.  The  hunt  concludes  with  a  grand  feast  of 
fat  and  garbage,  and  the  hunters  return  home  in 
triumph,  laden  with  ivory,  with  ovals  of  hide  for  shields, 
and  with  festoons  of  raw  and  odorous  meat  spitted  upon 
long  poles. 

Throughout  East  Africa  the  mouse,  as  the  saying  is, 
travels  with  a  staff:  the  education  of  youth  and  the 
exercises  of  manhood  are  confined  to  the  practice  of 
weapons.  Yet  the  people  want  the  expertness  of  the 
Somal  of  the  North  and  the  Kafirs  of  the  South ;  their 


id  By  Google 


WEAPONS  IN  EAST  AFRICA.  301 

internal  feuds  perpetuate  the  necessity  of  offensive 
measures,  and  of  the  presence  of  arms,  but  their  agri- 
cultural state,  rendering  them  independent  of  the  chase, 
prevents  their  reliance  upon  their  skill  for  daily  food. 
In  consequence  of  being  ever  armed,  the  African  like 
the  Asiatic  is  nothing  without  his  weapons ;  he  cannot 
use  his  strength,  and  when  he  comes  to  blows  he  fights 
like  a  woman.  Thus  the  habitual  show  of  arms  is 
a  mere  substitute  for  courage ;  in  dangerous  countries, 
as  in  Ugogo,  the  Wanyamwezi  do  not  dare  to  carry  them 
for  fear  of  provocation,  whereas  at  home  and  in  com- 
parative safety  they  never  appear  without  spear  or 
knobstick. 

The  weapons  universally  carried  are  the  spear  and 
the  assegai.  The  bow  and  arrow,  the  knobkerry,  the 
dagger,  and  the  battle-axe  are  confined  to  certain  tribes, 
whilst  the  musket  and  the  sword  are  used  beyond  the 
coast  only  by  strangers.     The  shield  is  seldom  seen. 

The  lance  of  the  European,  Arab,  and  Indian  is  un- 
known to  these  unequestrian  races.  The  bravest  tribes 
prefer  the  stabbing-spear,  which  brings  them  to  close 
quarters  with  the  enemy.  The  weapon  indeed  cannot 
make  the  man,  but  by  reaction  it  greatly  modifies  his 
manliness.  Thus  the  use  of  short  weapons  generally 
denotes  a  gallant  nation ;  the  old  Roman  gladius,  the 
French  briquet,  and  the  Afghan  cbaray  would  be  use- 
less in  the  hands  of  a  timid  people.  Under  the  im- 
pression that  the  further  men  stand  from  their  enemies 
the  less  is  to  be  expected  from  them,  the  French  knights 
not  inaptly  termed  the  "villanous  saltpetre"  the 
"  grave  of  honour,"  whilst  their  English  rivals  called 
the  gun  a  "  hell-born  murderer,"  and  an  "  instrument 
hateful  in  the  sight  of  God  and  man."  The  Africans 
have  .also  acted  upon  this  idea.  .  A  great  Kafir  chief  did 


id  By  Google 


803  THE   LAKE   REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

what  Plutarch  relates  of  Camillus:  he  broke  short  tht 
assegais  of  his  "magnificent  savages"  when  he  sent 
them  to  war,  and  forbade  each  warrior  to  return  with- 
out having  stained  his  stick  with  blood;  the  conse- 
quence was,  that,  instead  of  "  dumb-shooting "  at  a 
distance,  they  rushed  in  and  won. 

The  mkuki,  farara,  or  spear,  is  more  generally  used 
for  stabbing  than  throwing.  It  has  a  long  narrow  blade 
of  untempered  iron,  so  soft  that  it  may  be  bent  with 
the  fingers;  it  is  capable,  however,  of  receiving  a  fine 
edge.  The  shoulders  are  rounded  off,  and  one  or  two 
lines  extend  lengthways  along  the  centre  from  socket  to 
point.  At  the  socket  where  the  shaft  is  introduced,  it 
its  covered  with  a  bit  of  skin  from  the  tail  of  some 
animal  drawn  on  like  a  stocking,  and  sometimes  the  iron 
is  forced  on  when  heated,  so  as  to  adhere  by  contraction  of 
the  metal.  The  shaft,  which  is  five  to  six  feet  long,  is 
a  branch  of  the  dark-brown  mkole  or  the  light-yellow 
mtata-tree,  chosra  because  close-grained,  tough,  pliable, 
and  free  from  knots ;  it  is  peeled,  straightened  in  hot 
ashes,  pared  down  to  the  heart,  smoothed  with  a  knife, 
carefully  oiled  or  greased,  without  which  it  soon  becomes 
brittle,  and  polished  with  the  leaves  of  the  mkuba-tree. 
The  wood  is  mostly  ornamented  with  twists  of  brass 
and  copper  wire ;  it  is  sometimes  plated  with  zinc  or  tin, 
and  it  is  generally  provided  with  an  iron  heel  for  plant- 
ing in  the  ground.    Some  tribes — the  northern  AYagogo 

and  their  neighbours  the  Wamasai  for  instance have 

huge  spear-heads  like  shovels,  unfit  for  throwing.  The 
best  weapons  for  war  are  made  in  Karagwah. 

The  kikuki,  assegai,  or  javelin,  is  much  used  by  the 
Warori  and  other  fighting  tribes,  who  enter  action  with 
a  sheaf  of  those  weapons.  Nowhere,  however,  did  the 
East  African  appear  possessed  of   the   dexterity  de- 


id  By  Google 


scribed  by  travellers  amongst  the  southern  races.  The 
assegai  resembles  the  spear  in  all  points,  except  that  the 
head  is  often  barbed,  and  it  is  more  lightly  timbered ; 
the  shaft  is  rarely  more  than  four  feet  in  length,  and  it 
tapers  to  the  thinness  of  a  man's  little  finger.  It  is  laid 
upon  the  palm  of  the  right  hand,  and  balanced  with  a 
vibratory  motion  till  the  point  of  equilibrium  is  found, 
when  it  is  delivered  with  little  exertion  of  the  muscles 
beyond  the  run  or  spring,  and  as  it  leaves  the  hand  it 
is  directed  by  the  forefinger  and  thumb.  Sometimes, 
to  obviate  breaking,  the  assegai  is  made  like  the  Indian 
"  sang,"  wholly  of  iron. 

The  East  African  is  a  "  good  archere  and  a  fayre." 
The  cubit-high  Armiger  begins  as  soon  as  he  can  walk 
with  miniature  weapons,  a  cane  bow  and  reed  bird- 
holts  tipped  with  wood,  to  practise  till  perfect  at  gourds 
and  pumpkins;  he  considers  himself  a  man  when  he 
can  boast  of  iron  tips.  With  many  races  "  pudor  est 
nescire  sagittas."  The  bravest,  however,  the  Wamasai 
and  the  Wakwafi,  the  Warori  and  the  Watuta,  ignore 
the  practice ;  with  them — 

"  No  proof  of  manhood,  none 
Of  daring  courage,  is  tbe  bow ;" 

and  the  Somali  abandons  it  to  his  Midgan  or  servile. 
The  bow  in  East  Africa  is  invariably  what  is  called  a 
"self-bow,"  that  is  to  say,  made  of  a  single  piece, 
and  backed  weapons  are  unknown.  It  is  uncommonly 
stiff,  and  the  strongest  archer  would  find  it  difficult  to 
"draw  up  a  yard;  "of  this  nature  probably  was  the 
bow  sent  to  Cambyses  by  the  Ethiopian  monarch, 
with  the  taunting  message  that  he  had  better  not 
attack  men  who  could  bend  such  weapons.  When 
straight  it  may  measure  five  feet  from  tip  to  tip.  It  is 
made  with  the  same  care  as  the  spear,  from  a  branch  of 


id  By  Google 


804  THE   LAKE   REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

the  mumepweke  or  the  mtata-tree,  laboriously  cut  and 
scraped  so  as  to  taper  off  towards  the  horns,  and 
smeared  with  oil  or  grease,  otherwise  it  is  easily  sprung, 
and  it  is  sometimes  adorned  with  plates  of  tin  and  zinc, 
with  copper  or  brass  wire  and  tips.  The  string  is  made 
of  hide,  gut,  the  tendons  of  a  bullock's  neck  or  hock, 
and  sometimes  of  tree-fibre;  it  is  nearly  double  the 
bow  in  length,  the  extra  portion  beingwhipped  for  strength 
as  well  as  contingent  use  round  the  upper  horn.  In 
shooting  the  bow  is  grasped  with  the  left  hand,  but  the 
thumb  is  never  extended  along  the  back ;  the  string  is 
drawn  with  the  two  bent  forefingers,  though  sometimes 
the  shaft  is  held  after  the  Asiatic  fashion  with  the 
thumb  and  index.  The  bow  is  pulled  with  a  jerk  as 
amongst  the  Somal,  and  not  let  fly  as  by  Europeans 
with  a  long  steady  loose.  The  best  bows  are  made  by 
the  tribes  near  the  Rufiji  River. 

The  arrow  is  about  two  feet  in  length ;  the  stele  or 
shaft  is  made  of  some  light  wood,  and  often  of  reed. 
Its  fault  is  want  of  weight :  to  inflict  damage  upon  an 
antelope  it  must  not  be  used  beyond  point-blank,  fifteen 
to  twenty  paces ;  and  a  score  will  be  shot  into  a  bullock 
before  it  falls.  The  musketeer,  despising  the  arrow  at  a 
distance,  fears  it  at  close  quarters,  knowing  that  for  his 
one  shot  the  archer  can  discharge  a  dozen.  From  the 
days  of  Franklin  to  the  era  of  Silistria,  Citate,  and  Ears, 
fancy-tacticians  have  advocated  the  substituti  on  of  the 
bow  or  the  addition  of  it  to  the  "  queen  of  weapons," 
the  musket.  Their  reasons  for  a  revival  of  the  obsolete 
arm  are  its  lightness,  its  rapidity  of  discharge,  and  its 
silent  action.  They  forget,  however,  the  saying  of 
Xenophon,  that  it  is  impiety  in  a  man  who  has  not 
learned  archery  from  his  childhood  to  ask  such  boon  of 
the  easy  gods. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


ARROW  POISON.  SOS 

The  East  Africans  ignore  the  use  of  red-hot  arrows; 
and  the  poisoned  shaft,  an  unmanly  weapon,  unused 
by  the  English  and  French  archers  even  in  their 
deadliest  wars,  is  confined  to  the  Wanyika  of  Mombasah, 
theWazaramo,  theWak'hutu,  the  Western  Wasagara,and 
the  people  of  Uruwwa.  The  Wazaramo  and  Wak'hutu 
call  the  plant  from  which  the  poison  is  extracted  Mkan- 
dekande.  They  Bold  at  somewhat  an  exorbitant  price  a 
leaf  full  of  the  preparation,  but  avoided  pointing  out  to 
the  expedition  the  plant,  which  from  their  description 
appears  to  bea  variety  of  euphorbia.  M.Werne  ("Sources 
of  the  White  Nile,"  chap.  viii. )  says  that  the  river  tribe  pre- 
pare their  arrow-poison  from  a  kind  of  asclepias,  whose 
milky  sap  is  pressed  out  between  two  stones  and  allowed 
to  thicken.  Dr.  Livingstone  (chap,  viii.)  mentions  the 
use  of  then'gwa  caterpillar  amongst  the  Bushmen,  who 
also  poison  waters  with  the  Euphorbia  arborescens;  and 
Mr.  Andersson  (chap,  vii.)  specifies  the  Euphorbia  can- 
delabrum amongst  the  Ovaherero  and  the  Hill  Damaras. 
In  East  Africa  the  poison-leaves  are  allowed  to  distil  their 
juices  into  a  pot,  which  for  iospissation  is  placed  over 
a  slow  fire  ;  becoming  thick  and  slab,  the  contents  are 
applied  with  a  stick  to  the  arrow,  and  are  smoothed  be- 
tween the  hands.  When  finished,  the  part  behind  the 
barb  is  covered  with  a  shiny  brown-black  coat,  not  unlike 
pitch,  to  the  extent  of  four  or  five  inches.  After  drying 
it  is  renewed  by  the  application  of  a  fresh  layer,  the  old 
being  removed  by  exposure  to  the  fire.  The  people 
fear  this  poison  greatly ;  they  wash  their  hands  after 
touching  it,  and  declare  that  a  wounded  man  or  beast 
loses  sense,  "  moons  about,"  and  comes  to  the  ground 
before  running  a  quarter  of  a  mile.  Much  exagge- 
ration, however,  must  be  expected  upon  the  subject  of 
toxicology  amongst  barbarians  :  it  acts  like  the  Somali 

VOL.   II.  x 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


306  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

arrow-poison,  as  a  strong  narcotic,  and  is,  probably, 
rarely  fatal,  even  when  freshly  applied. 

Fearing  the  action  of  the  wind  upon  such  light  shafts 
if  unfledged,  the  archer  inserts  into  the  cloven  end  three 
or  four  feathers,  the  cockfeather  being  as  in  Europe  per- 
pendicular when  the  arrow  is  nocked.  The  pile  or  iron 
head  is  curiously  and  cruelly  barbed  with  long  waving 
tails ;  the  neck  is  toothed  and  edged  by  dinting  the  iron 
when  hot  with  an  axe,  and  it  is  sometimes  half-sawed 
that  it  may  break  before  extraction.  The  East 
Africans  also  have  forkers  or  two-headed  shafts,  and 
bird-bolts  or  blunt  arrows  tipped  with  some  hard  wood, 
used  when  the  weapon  is  likely  to  be  lost.  Before 
loosing  an  arrow  the  archer  throws  into  the  air  a 
pinch  of  dust,  not  to  find  out  the  wind,  but  for  good 
luck,  like  the  Tartars  of  Tibet  before  discharging  their 
guns.  In  battle  the  heavy-armed  man  holds  his  spear 
and  a  Bheaf  of  spare  arrows  in  the  bow-hand,  whilst  a 
quiver  slung  to  the  left  side  contains  reserve  missiles,  and 
a  little  axe  stuck  in  the  right  side  of  the  girdle  is  ready 
when  the  rest  fail.  The  ronga  or  quiver  is  a  bark-case, 
neatly  cut  and  stained.  It  is  of  two  forms,  full-length, 
and  provided  with  a  cover  for  poisoned,  and  half-length 
for  unpoisoned,  arrows. 

The  rungu  or  knobkerry  is  the  African  club  or  mace ; 
'  it  extends  from  the  Cape  to  the  negroid  and  the  Soma! 
tribes  north  of  the  equator.  The  shape  varies  in  almost 
every  district :  the  head  is  long  or  round,  oval  or  irre- 
gular, and  sometimes  provided  on  one  side  with  an  edge ; 
it  is  cut  out  of  the  hardest  wood,  and  generally  from  one 
piece.  In  some  cases  the  knob  is  added  to  the  handle, 
and  in  others  it  is  supplied  with  a  spear-head.  The  handle 
is  generally  two  feet  long,  and  it  is  cut  thin  enough  to 
make  the  weapon  top-heavy.  The  Mnyamwezi  is  rarely 
seen  abroad  without  this  weapon ;  he  uses  it  in  the 

c 

j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


chase,  and  in  battle  against  the  archer:  he  seems 
to  trust  it  in  close  quarters  rather  than  the  feather- 
weight arrow  or  the  spear  that  bends  like  gutta-percha, 
and  most  murders  are  committed  with  it.  The  East  people 
do  not,  like  the  Kafirs,  use  the  handle  of  the  knobkerry 
as  a  dibble. 

The  sime  or  dudgeon  is  the  makeshift  for  the  Arab 
jambiyah  and  the  Persian  khanjar.  The  form  of  this 
weapon  differs  in  almost  every  tribe.  The  Wahumbaor 
Wamasai  use  blades  about  four  feet  long  by  two  fingers 
in  breadth;  the  long,  round,  and  guardless  hilt  is  ribbed 
for  security  of  grasp,  and  covered  with  leather ;  their 
iron  is  of  excellent  quality,  and  the  shape  of  the 
weapon  has  given  rise  to  the  report  that  "they 
make  swords  on  the  model  of  those  of  the  Knights 
Templars."  The  Wazegura  and  the  Wagogo  use  knives 
not  unlike  the  poniard  of  the  Somal.  In  some  tribes 
it  is  35  feet  long,  with  a  leathern  sheath  extending 
half-way  up  the  blade.  Generally  it  is  about  half  that 
size,  straight,  pointed,  and  double-edged,  or  jagged  with 
teeth.  The  regions  about  the  Lake  manufacture  and  ex- 
port great  numbers  of  these  weapons  varying  from  a 
fingers  length  to  full  dimensions. 

The  shoka  or  battle-axe  is  much  used  by  the  tribes 
around  the  Tanganyika.  It  has  a  blade  of  triangular 
shape,  somewhat  longer  and  thinner  than  that  used  as  a 
working  tool,  which  is  passed  through  the  bulging 
head  of  a  short  handle  cut  out  of  the  bauhinia  or 
some  other  hard  tree.  Amongst  the  Wasagara  the 
peculiar  raundu  or  bill  often  serves  for  the  Bame 
purpose. 

The  targes  of  the  "Wasagara  and  the  "Wanyamwezi 
have  already  been  described ;  the  Wavinza  make  a 
shield  of  basket-work  six  feet  by  two,  and  much  re* 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


308  THE    LAKE    REGIONS   OF   CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

eembling  that  of  the  southern  Kafirs,  and  the  Wa'ungu 
carry  large  pavoises  of  bull's  hide.  It  is  probable 
that  the  exceeding  humidity  of  the  climate,  so  ruinous 
to  leather,  prevents  the  general  adoption  of  the  shield  ; 
on  the  march  it  is  merely  an  encumbrance,  and  the 
warrior  must  carry  it  on  his  head  beyond  the  reach  of 
the  dewy  grass. 

The  maritime  races,  the  Wazegura,  and  others  oppo- 
site the  island  of  Zanzibar,  have  imprudently  been  allowed 
to  purchase  fire-arms,  which  they  employ  in  obstructing 
caravans  and  in  kidnapping-commandos  against  their 
weaker  neighbours.  A  single  German  house  has,  it  is 
said,  sold  off  13,000  Tower  muskets  in  one  year.  The 
arms  now  preferred  are  those  exported  by  Hamburg  and 
America ;  they  fetch  4  dollars  each ;  the  French  single- 
barrel  is  somewhat  cheaper,  averaging  3  dollars  50  cents. 
In  the  interior  fire-arms  are  still  fortunately  rare — the 
Arabs  are  too  wise  to  arm  the  barbarians  against  them- 
selves. In  Unyamwezi  an  old  gun  is  a  present  for  a  chief, 
and  the  most  powerful  rulers  seldom  can  boast  of  more 
than  three.  Gunpowder  is  imported  from  Zanzibar  in 
kegs  of  10  and  25  lbs.,  bearing  the  American  mark ;  it  is 
of  the  description  used  in  blasting,  and  fouls  the  piece 
after  a  few  discharges.  The  price  varies  at  Zan- 
zibar from  3  dollars  50  cents  to  7  dollars,  and  upon  the 
coast  from  5  to  10  dollars  per  small  keg ;  in  Unyamwezi 
ammunition  is  exchanged  for  ivory  and  slaves,  and  some 
Arab  merchants  keep  as  many  as  thirty  kegs  in  the  house, 
which  they  retail  to  factors  and  traders  at  the  rate  of  1 
to  2  shukkahs  per  lb. 

Swords  in  East  Africa  are  used  only  by  strangers. 
The  Wasawahili  and  the  slave-factors  prefer  the  kittareh, 
a  curved  sabre  made  in  Oman  and  Hazramaut,  or,  in  its 
stead,  an  old  German  cavalry-blade.     The  Arabs  carry 


id  By  Google 


as  a  distinction  the  "  faranji,"  a  straight,  thin,  double- 
edged,  guardless,  and  two-handed  sword,  about  four  feet 
long,  and  sharp  as  a  carving-knife;  the  price  varies 
from  10  to  100  dollars. 

The  negroid  is  an  unmechanical  race;  his  industry 
has  scarcely  passed  the  limits  of  savage  invention. 
Though  cotton  abounds  in  the  interior,  the  Wanyain- 
wezi  only  have  attempted  a  rude  loom  ;  and  the  working 
of  iron  and  copper  is  confined  to  the  Wafyoma  and  the 
Lakist  races.  The  gourd  is  still  the  principal  succeda- 
neum  for  pottery.  The  other  branches  of  industry 
which  are  necessary  to  all  barbarians  are  mats  and 
baskets,  ropes  and  cords. 

Carpentering  amongst  the  East  Africans  is  still  in  its 
rudest  stage;  no  Daedalus  has  yet  taught  them  to  jag 
their  knives  into  saws.  It  is  limited  to  making  the  cots 
and  cartels  upon  which  the  people  invariably  sleep,  and 
to  carving  canoes,  mortars,  bowls,  rude  platters,  spoons 
stools,  and  similar  articles  of  furniture.  The  tree,  after 
being  rung  and  barked  to  dry  the  juices,  is  felled  by 
fire  or  the  axe ;  it  is  then  cut  up  into  lengths  of  the  re- 
quired dimensions,  and  hacked  into  shape  with  slow  and 
painful  toil.  The  tools  are  a  shoka,  or  hatchet  of  puerile 
dimensions,  perhaps  one-fifth  the  size  of  our  broad  axes, 
yet  the  people  can  use  it  to  better  advantage  than  the 
admirable  implement  of  the  backwoodsman.  The  mbizo 
or  adze  is  also  known  in  the  interior,  but  none  except 
the  Fundi  and  the  slaves  trained  upon  the  coast  have 
ever  seen  a  hand-saw,  a  centre-bit,  or  a  chisel. 

Previous  to  weaving,  cotton  is  picked  and  cleaned 
with  the  hand ;  it  is  then  spun  into  a  coarse  thread. 
Like  the  Paharis  of  India,  the  East  Africans  ignore  the 
distaflt;  they  twist  the  material  round  the  left  wrist.  The 
mlavi,  or  spindle,  is  of  two  forms ;  one  is  a  short  stick,  in- 

x   3 

j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


810  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

serted  in  a  hole  practised  through  a  lamp  of  lead  or  burnt 
clay,  like  the  Indian  bhaunri;  the  other  is  a  thin  bit  of 
wood,  about  1-5  ft.  long,  with  a  crescent  of  the  same 
material  on  the  top,  and  an  iron  hook  to  hold  the  thread. 
The  utanda,  or  loom-frame  differs  from  the  vertical- 
shaped  article  of  West  Africa.  Two  side-poles  about 
twelve  feet  long,  and  supported  at  the  corners  by  four 
uprights,  are  placed  at  an  angle,  enabling  the  workman  to 
stand  to  his  work ;  and  the  oblong  is  completed  by  two 
cross-bars,  round  which  the  double  line  of  the  warp,  or 
longitudinal  threads  of  the  woven  tissue,  are  secured. 
The  dimensions  of  the  web  vary  from  five  to  six  feet 
in  length,  by  two  to  three  broad.  The  weft,  or  transverse 
thread,  is  shot  with  two  or  three  thin  laths,  or  spindles, 
round  which  the  white  and  coloured  yarns  are  wound, 
through  the  doubled  warp,  which  is  kept  apart  by 
another  lath  passing  between  the  two  layers,  and  the 
spindle  is  caught  with  the  left  hand  as  it  appears  at  the 
left  side.  Lastly,  a  lath,  broader  and  flatter  than  the 
others,  is  used  to  close  the  work,  and  to  beat  the  thread 
home.  As  the  workman  deems  three  hours  per  diera 
ample  labour,  a  cloth  will  rarely  be  finished  under  a 
week.  Taste  is  shown  in  the  choice  of  patterns :  they 
are  sometimes  checks  with  squares,  alternately  black  and 
white,  or  in  stripes  of  black  variegated  with  red  dyes 
upon  a  white  ground:  the  lines  are  generally  broad  in 
the  centre,  but  narrow  along  the  edges,  and  the  texture 
not  a  little  resembles  our  sacking.  The  dark  colour  is 
obtained  from  the  juice  of  the  mzima-tree;  it  stains  the 
yarn  to  a  dull  brown,  which  becomes  a  dark  mulberry, 
or  an  Indian-ink  black,  when  buried  for  two  or  three 
days  in  the  vegetable  mud  of  the  ponds  and  poojs.  The 
madder-red  is  produced  by  boiling  the  root  and  bark  of 
a  bush  called  mda'a ;  an  ochreish  tint  is  also  extracted 

Digitized  ByGOOgle 


from  the  crimson  matter  that  stains  the  cane  and  the 
leaves  of  red  holcus.  AH  cloths  have  the  tambua  or 
fringe  indispensable  in  East  Africa.  Both  weaving  and 
dyeing  are  men's  not  women's  work  in  these  lands. 

The  cloth  is  a  poor  article :  like  the  people  of  Ashan  ti, 
who  from  time  immemorial  have  woven  their  own 
cottons,  the  East  African  ever  prefers  foreign  fabrics. 
The  loose  texture  of  his  own  produce  admits  wind  and 
rain ;  when  dry  it  is  rough  and  unpleasant,  when  wet 
heavy,  comfortless  as  leather,  and  it  cannot  look  clean, 
as  it  is  never  bleached.  According  to  the  Arabs,  the 
yarn  is  often  dipped  into  a  starch  made  from  grain, 
for  the  purpose  of  thickening  the  appearance  of  the 
texture :  this  disappears  after  the  first  washing,  and  the 
cloth  must  be  pegged  down  to  prevent  its  shrinking  to 
half-size.  The  relative  proportion  of  warp  and  weft  is 
unknown,  and  the  woolly  fuzzy  quality  of  the  half-wild 
cotton  now  in  use  impoverishes  the  fabric.  Despite  the 
labour  expended  upon  these  cloths,  the  largest  size  may 
be  purchased  for  six  feet  of  American  domestics,  or  for 
a  pair  of  iron  hoes :  there  is  therefore  little  inducement 
to  extend  the  manufacture. 

Iron  is  picked  up  in  the  state  called  Utundwe,  or 
gangue,  from  the  sides  of  low  sandstone  hills :  in  places 
the  people  dig  pits  from  two  to  four  feet  deep,  and,  ac- 
cording to  the  Arabs,  they  find  tears,  nodules,  and 
rounded  lumps.  The  pisolithic  iron,  common  in  the 
maritime  regions,  is  not  worked.  The  mhesi  or  black- 
smith's art  is  still  in  its  infancy.  The  iron-stone  is  car- 
ried to  the  smithy,  an  open  shed,  where  the  work  is 
done:  the  smelting- furnace  is  a  hole  in  the  ground, 
filled  with  lighted  charcoal,  upon  which  the  utundwe  is 
placed,  and,  covered  with  another  layer  of  fire,  it  is 

*  4 


id  By  Google 


318  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

allowed  to  run  through  the  fuel.  The  blast  is  produced 
by  mafukutu  (bellows):  they  are  two  roughly  rounded 
troughs,  about  three  inches  deep  by  six  in  diameter, 
hewn  out  of  a  single  bit  of  wood  and  prolonged  into  a 
pair  of  parallel  branches,  pierced  for  the  passage  of  the 
wind  through  two  apertures  in  the  walls  of  the  troughs. 
The  troughs  are  covered  with  skin,  to  which  are  fixed 
two  long  projecting  sticks  for  handles,  which  may  be 
worked  by  a  man  sitting.  A  stone  is  placed  upon  the 
bellows  for  steadiness,  and  clay  nozzles,  or  holcus-canes 
with  a  lateral  hole,  are  fixed  on  to  the  branches  to  pre- 
vent them  from  charring.  Sometimes  as  many  as  five 
pairs  are  worked  at  once,  and  great  is  the  rapidity  re- 
quired to  secure  a  continuous  outdraught.  Mr.  Anders- 
son  (<(  Lake  Ngami,"  chap,  xvi.)  gives  a  sketch  of  a 
similar  contrivance  amongst  the  South  Africans:  the 
clay-tubes,  however,  are  somewhat  larger  than  those 
used  in  Unyamwezi  by  *'  blacksmiths  at  work."  The 
ore  is  melted  and  remelted  several  times,  till  pure ;  tem- 
pering and  case-hardening  are  unknown,  and  it  is  stored 
for  use  by  being  cast  in  clay-moulds,  or  made  up  into 
hoes.  The  hammer  and  anvil  are  generally  smooth 
stones.  The  principal  articles  of  ironmongery  are 
spears,  assegais,  and  arrow-heads,  battle-axes,  hatchets, 
and  adzes,  knives  and  daggers,  sickles  and  razors,  rings 
and  sambo,  or  wire  circlets.  The  kinda  is  a  large  bell, 
hung  by  the  ivory-porter  to  his  tusk  on  the  line  of  the 
march :  the  kengere  or  kiugi  a  smaller  variety  which  he 
fastens  to  his  legs.  Pipes,  with  iron  bowls  and  stems, 
are  made  by  the  more  ingenious,  and  the  smoker  manu- 
factures for  himself  small  pincers  or  pliers  which,  curious 
to  say,  are  unknown  even  by  name  to  the  more  civilised 
people  of  Zanzibar. 

Copper  is  not  found  upon  this  line  in  East  Africa. 


id  By  Google 


From  the  country  of  the  Kazembe,  however,  an  excellent 
red  and  heavy,  soft  and  bright  variety,  not  unlike  that 
of  Japan,  finds  its  way  to  Ujiji,  and  sometimes  to  the 
coast.  It  is  sold  in  bars  from  one  to  two  feet  long.  At 
Ujiji,  where  it  is  cheap,  four  to  five  pounds  are  pro- 
curable for  two  doti,  there  worth  about  four  dollars. 
Native  copper,  therefore,  is  almost  as  expensive  as  that 
imported  from  Europe.  It  is  used  iu  making  tbe  rude 
and  clumsy  bangles  affected  by  both  sexes,  sambo, 
and  ornaments  for  the  spear  and  bow,  the  staff  and  the 
bnobkerry. 

The  art  of  ceramics  has  made  but  little  progress  in 
East  Africa ;  no  Anacharsis  has  yet  arisen  to  teach  her 


sons  the  use  of  the  wheel.  The  figuline,  a  greyish- 
brown  clay,  is  procured  from  river-beds,  or  is  dug  up  in 
the  country ;  it  is  subjected  to  the  preliminary  operations 
of  pounding,  rubbing  dry  upon  a  stone,  pulversiing, 
and  purifying  from  stones  and  pebbles.  It  iB  then 
worked  into  a  thick  mass,  with  water,  and  the  potter 
fashions  it  with  the  hand,  first  shaping  the  mouth ;  he 
adds  an  inch  to  it  when  dry,  hardens  it  in  tbe  sun, 
makes  another  addition,  and  thus  proceeds  till  it  is 
finished.  Lines  and  other  ornaments  having  been 
traced,  the  pots  are  baked  in  piles  of  seven  or  eight, 
by  burning  grass — wood-fire  would  crack  them — con- 


id  By  Google 


314  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

sequently  the  material  always  remains  half-raw. 
Usually  the  colour  becomes  lamp-black ;  in  Usagara, 
however,  the  potter's  clay  burns  red,  like  the  soil — the 
effect  of  iron.  A  cunning  workman  will  make  in  a  day 
four  of  these  pots,  some  of  them  containing  several 
gallons,  and  their  perfect  regularity  of  form,  and  often 
their  picturequeness  of  shape,  surprise  the  stranger. 
The  best  are  made  in  Ujiji,  Karagwah,  and  Ugunda : 
those  of  TTnyamwezi  are  inferior,  and  the  clay  of 
Zanzibar  is  of  all  the  worst. 

There  are  many  kinds  of  pots  which  not  a  little 
resemble  the  glazed  jars  of  ancient  Egypt.  The  ukango, 
'which  acts  as  vat  in  fermenting  liquor,  is  of  the  greatest 
dimensions.  The  mtungi  is  a  large  water-vessel  with  a 
short  and  narrow  neck,  and  rounded  at  the  bottom  so 
as  to  be  conveniently  carried  on  the  head.  The  chunga, 
or  cooking-pot,  has  a  wide  and  open  mouth ;  it  is  of 
several  varieties,  large  and  small.  The  mkungu  is  a 
shallow  bowl,  precisely  like  those  made  at  the  tomb  of 
Moses,  and  now  familiar  to  Europe.  At  Ujiji  and  on 
the  Lake  they  also  manufacture  smaller  vessels,  with 
and  without  spouts. 

In  a  country  where  pottery  is  scarce  and  dear,  the 
buyu  or  Cucurbita  lagenaria  supplies  every  utensil 
except  those  used  for  cooking ;  its  many  and  various 
adaptations  render  it  a  valuable  production.  The 
people  train  it  to  grow  in  the  most  fantastic  shapes, 
and  ornament  it  by  tatooing  with  dark  paint,  and  by 
patterns  worked  in  brass  tacks  and  wires ;  where  it 
Bplits,  it  is  artistically  sewn  together.  The  larger  kinds 
serve  aa  well-buckets,  water-pots,  travelling-canteens, 
churns,  and  the  sounding-boards  of  musical  instrument : 
a  hookah,  or  water-pipe,  is  made  by  distorting  the  neck, 
and  the  smaller  varieties  are  converted  into  snuff-boxes, 


id  By  Google 


medicine-cases,  and  unguent-pots.  The  fruit  of  the 
calabash-tree  is  also  called  buyu :  split  and  dried  it  is 
used  as  ladles,  but  it  is  too  small  to  answer  all  the 
purposes  of  the  gourd. 

The  East  Africans  excel  in  the  manufacture  of 
mtemba  or  bori — pipe-heads.  These  are  of  two  kinds. 
One  is  made  from  a  soft  stone,  probably  steatite,  found 
in  Usonga,  near  Utumbara,  and  on  the  road  to  Karag- 
wah :  it  is,  however,  rare,  and  about  ten  times  the  price 
of  the  clay  bowls,  because  less  liable  to  break.  The 
other  is  made  of  a  plastic  or  pipe-clay,  too  brittle  to 
serve  for  pots,  and  it  invariably  cracks  at  the  shank, 
unless  bound  with  wire.  Both  are  hand-made,  and  are 
burned  in  the  same  rough  way  as  the  pottery.  At 
Msene,  where  the  clay  pipe  is  cheapest,  the  price  of  the 
bowl  is  a  khete,  or  double  string  of  white  or  blue  beads. 
The  pipe  of  Unyamwezi  is  of  graceful  shape,  a  cone 
with  the  apex  downwards ;  this  leaves  but  little  of  the 
hot,  oily,  and  high-smelling  tobacco  at  the  bottom, 
whereas  in  Europe  the  contrary  seems  to  be  the  rule. 
In  Ujiji  the  bowl  is  small,  rounded,  and  shallow ;  it  is, 
moreover,  very  brittle.  The  most  artful  "  mtemba  "  is 
made  by  the  people  of  Uvira:  black  inside,  like  other 
pottery,  its  exterior  is  coloured  a  greyish-white,  and  is 
adorned  with  red  by  means  of  the  Indian  geru  (Colco- 
thar  or  Crocus  Mart-is).  Bhang  is  always,  and  tobacco 
is  sometimes,  smoked  in  a  water-pipe  :  the  bowl  is  of 
huge  size,  capable  of  containing  at  least  half  a  pound, 
and  its  upper  half  is  made  to  incline  towards  the 
smoker's  face.  The  Lakist  tribes  have  a  graceful 
variety,  like  the  Indian  "  chillam,"  very  different  from 
the  awkward,  unwieldy,  and  distorted  article  now 
fashionable  in  Unyamwezi  and  the  Eastern  countries. 
The  usual  pipe-stem  is  a  tube  of  about  1*5  feet  long, 

D,B,tzedDyGOOgIe 


316  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

generally  a  hollow  twig  of  the  dwarf  melewele-trcc. 
As  it  is  rudely  bored  with  hot  wire,  it  muat  be  made 
air-tight  by  wax  and  a  coating  of  brass  or  copper  wire  j 
a  strap  of  hairy  skin  prevents  the  pipe-shank  parting 
from  the  stick.  Iron  and  brass  tubes  are  rare  and 
highly  prized ;  the  fortunate  possessor  will  sometimes 
ask  for  a  single  specimen  two  shukkahs. 

Basket-making  and  mat-weaving  are  favourite  occu- 
pations in  East  Africa  for  both  sexes  and  all  ages ;  even 
the  Arabs  may  frequently  be  seen  absorbed  in  an 
employment  which  in  Oman  would  be  considered  dero- 
gatory to  manliness.  The  sengo,  or  common  basket, 
from  the  coast  to  the  Lake,  is  an  open,  shallow,  and 
pan-shaped  article,  generally  made  of  mwanzi,  or 
bamboo-bark,  reddened  in  parts  and  stained  black  in 
others  by  the  root  of  the  Mkuruti  and  other  trees,  and 
white  where  the  outer  coat  has  been  removed  from  the 
bamboo.  The  body,  which  resembles  a  popular  article 
in  ancient  Egypt,  iB  neatly  plaited,  and  the  upper  ends 
are  secured  to  a  stout  hoop  of  the  same  material.  The 
kanda  (in  the  plural  makanda)  acts  in  the  interior  aa 
matting  for  rooms,  and  is  converted  into  bags  for 
covering  bales  of  cloth,  beads,  and  similar  articles.  It 
is  "made  from  the  myara  (myala)  or  Chamserops  humilis; 
the  leaf  is  peeled,  sun-dried,  and  split  with  a  bit  of  iron 
into  five  or  six  lengths,  joined  at  the  base,  which  is 
trimmed  for  plaiting.  The  Karagwah,  the  only  mat 
made  in  the  interior  of  Africa,  is  used  as  bedding  and 
carpeting ;  on  journeys  the  porters  bivouac  under  it ;  it 
swells  with  the  wet,  and  soon  becomes  impervious  to 
rain  or  heavy  dew.  It  is  of  two  kinds :  one  of  rushes 
growing  in  the  vicinity  of  water,  the  other  of  grass  rolled 
up  into  little  bundles.  A  complicated  stitch  runs  along 
the  whole  length  in  double  lines.     The  best  description 


1 3y  Google 


MATS  AND  FIBROUS  SUBSTANCES.  317 

of  mat  is  called  mkeke.  It  is  made  at  Zanzibar  and  the 
coast,  from  the  young  fronds  of  the  ukhindu  or  brab, 
neatly  stained  with  various  dyes.  Women  of  family 
pride  themselves  upon  their  skill  in  making  the  mkeke, 
which  still  attains  a  price  of  four  dollars.  Amongst  the 
maritime  races  none  but  the  chiefs  have  a  right  to  sit 
upon  it ;  there  are  no  such  distinctions  in  the  interior, 
where  these  mats  are  carried  for  sale  by  the  slaves. 
From  the  brab  also  are  made  neat  strainers  to  purify 
honey,  pombe,  and  similar  articles.  They  are  open- 
mouthed  cylinders,  from  one  to  two  feet  long,  and  vary- 
ing in  diameter  from  three  to  six  inches.  The  bottom 
is  narrowed  by  whipping  fibre  round  the  loose  ends  of 
the  leaves.  The  fishing-nets  have  been  described  when 
treating  of  the  Tanganyika.  The  luavo,  or  hand-net,  is 
made  of  calabash  or  other  fibre,  with  coarse  wide 
meshes;  it  is  affixed  to  two  sticks  firmly  planted  in 
the  ground,  and  small  animals  are  driven  into  it  by 
beaters. 

The  basts  or  barks  and  fibrous  substances  in  East 
Africa  are  cheap  and  abundant,  but  labour  and  convey- 
ance being  difficult  and  expensive,  they  would  require  to 
be  shipped  from  Zanzibar  in  the  condition  of  half-stuff. 
The  best  and  most  easily  divisible  into  pliant  and  knot- 
tying  fibres  are,  upon  the  coast  the  pineapple,  and  in  the 
interior  the  plantain.  The  next  in  value  are  the  integu- 
ments of  the  calabash  and  the  myombo  tree.  These 
fibres  would  produce  a  good  article  were  it  not  for  the 
artlessness  of  African  manipulation.  The  bark  ispounded 
or  chewed,  and,  in  lieu  of  spinning,  is  twisted  between 
the  hands ;  the  largest  ropes-  are  made  in  half  an  hour, 
and  break  after  a  few  minutes  of  hard  work.  A  fine 
silky  twine,  used  for  fishing,  is  made  from  the  aloetic 
plants  called  by  the  Wasawahili  mkonge,  and  by  the 


id  By  Google 


318  THE   USE   REGIONS   OP   CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

Arabs  bag,  masad  and  kideh :  it  is  the  big  or  haskul  of 
Somaliland,  where  it  affects  the  poorest  ground,  cannot 
be  burnt  down,  and  is  impassable  to  naked  legs  and 
cattle.  The  leaves  are  stripped  of  their  coats,  and  the 
ends  being  tightly  bound  between  two  pieces  of  wood, 
the  mass  of  fibre  is  drawn  out  like  a  sword  from  its 
sheath.  Fatilah,  or  matchlock  matches,  are  made  in 
Zanzibar  of  cotton,  and  in  the  interior  of  calabash 
fibre. 

As  might  be  expected  among  a  sparse  population  lead- 
ing a  comparatively  simple  life,  the  vast  variety  of  dis- 
eases which  afflict  more  civilised  races,  who  are  collected 
in  narrow  spaces,  are  unknown  in  East  Africa  even  by 
name.  Its  principal  sporadic  is  fever,  remittent  and  in- 
termittent, with  its  multitudinous  secondaries,  concern- 
ing which  notices  have  been  scattered  through  the  pre- 
ceding pages.  The  most  dangerous  epidemic  is  its 
aborigen,  the  small-pox,  which,  propagated  without  con- 
tact or  fomites,  sweeps  at  times  like  a  storm  of  death 
over  the  land.  For  years  it  has  not  left  the  Arab  colony 
at  Kazeh,  and,  shortly  before  the  arrival  of  the  Expedi- 
tion, in  a  single  month  52  slaves  died  out  of  a  total  of 
800.  The  ravages  of  this  disease  amongst  the  half- 
starved  and  over-worked  gangs  of  caravan  porters  have 
already  been  described;  as  many  as  a  score  of  these 
wretches  have  been  seen  at  a  time  in  a  single  caravan  ; 
men  staggering  along  blinded  and  almost  insensible, 
jostling  and  stumbling  against  every  one  in  their  way  ; 
and  mothers  carrying  babes,  both  parent  and  progeny 
in  the  virulent  stage  of  the  fell  disease.  The  Arabs 
have  partially  introduced  the  practice  of  inoculating, 
anciently  known  in  South  Africa;  the  pus  is  introduced 
into  an  incision  in  the  forehead  between  the  eyebrows. 
The  people  have  no  remedy  for  small- pox :  they  trust 


id  By  Google 


entirely  to  the  via  medicatrix.  There  is  a  milder  form 
of  the  malady,  called  shiirua,  resembling  the  chicken-pox 
of  Europe;  it  is  cured  by  bathing  in  cold  water  and 
smearing  the  body  with  ochreish  earth.  The  Arab 
merchants  of  Unyanyembe  declare  that,  when  they  first 
visited  Karagwah,  the  people  were  decimated  by  the 
taiin,  or  plague.  They  describe  correctly  the  bubo  under 
the  axillae,  the  torturing  thirst,  and  the  rapid  fatality  of 
the  disease.  In  the  early  part  of  1859  a  violent  attack 
of  cholera,  which  extended  from  Maskat  along  the  eastern 
coast  of  Arabia  and  Africa,  committed  terrible  ravages 
in  the  island  of  Zanzibar  and  throughout  the  maritime 
regions.  Of  course,  no  precautions  of  quarantine  or 
cordon  militaire  were  taken,  yet  the  contagion  did  not 
extend  into  the  interior. 

Strangers  in  East  Africa  Buffer  from  dysenteries  and 
similar  disorders  consequent  upon  fever;  and,  as  in 
Egypt,  few  are  free  from  haemorrhoids,  which  in  Unyam- 
wezi  are  accompanied  by  severe  colics  and  umbilical 
pains.  Rheumatism  and  rheumatic  fever,  severe  catarrhs 
and  influenzas,  are  caused  by  the  cold  winds,  and,  when 
crossing  the  higher  altitudes,  pneumonia  and  pleurisis 
abound  in  the  caravan.  On  the  coast  many  settlers, 
Indian  and  Arab,  show  upon  the  skin  whitish  leprous 
spots,  which  are  treated  with  various  unguents.  In  the 
interior,  though  well  provided  with  fresh  meat  and 
vegetables,  travellers  are  attacked  by  scurvy,  even  in  the 
absence  of  its  normal  exciting  causes,  damp,  cold,  and 
poor  diet.  This  phenomenon  has  often  been  observed 
upon  the  upper  course  of  the  Nile;  Europeans  have  been 
prostrated  by  it  even  in  the  dry  regions  westward  of  the 
Red  Sea,  and  the  Portuguese  officers  who  explored 
TJsenda  of  the  Kazembe  suffered  tortures  from  the  com- 
plaint. 


id  By  Google 


320  THE   LAKE   REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

Common  diseases  among  the  natives  are  umbilical 
hernia  and  prolapsus :  the  latter  is  treated  by  the  ap- 
plication of  powdered  bhang,  dry  or  mixed  with  ghee. 
They  are  subject  to  kihindu-hindu — in  Arabic,  sara — 
the  epilepsy,  which  they  pretend  to  cure  by  the  marrow 
of  rhinoceros'  shank.  Of  the  many  fits  and  convul- 
sions which  affect  them,  the  kichyoma-chyoma  is  the 
most  dreaded.  The  word,  which  means  the  "  little 
irons,"  describes  the  painful  sensations,  the  cramps  and 
stitches,  the  spasms  and  lancinations,  which  torment  the 
sufferer.  Many  die  of  this  disease.  It  is  not  extraor- 
dinary that  the  fits,  convulsions,  and  contortions  which 
it  suddenly  induces  should  lead  the  people  to  consider  it 
in  the  light  of  possession,  and  the  magician  to  treat  it 
with  charms.  Madness  and  idiocy  are  not  uncommon : 
of  the  patient  it  is  said,  "  Ana  wazimo  "  —  "  he  has 
fiends."  In  most  parts  the  people,  after  middle  age, 
are  tender-eyed  from  the  effects  of  smoke  within,  glare 
without,  exposure  and  debauchery.  Not  a  few  samples 
of  acute  ophthalmic  disease  were  seen. 

In  the  lower  and  more  malarious  spots,  desquama- 
tions, tumours,  and  skin  diseases  are  caused  by  suddenly 
suppressed  perspiration.  The  terrible  kidonda  or  hel- 
coma  of  the  maritime  regions  and  the  prurigo  of  Ujiji 
have  already  been  alluded  to.  The  "  chokea "  is  a 
hordeolum  or  large  boil,  generally  upon  the  upper  eye- 
lid. The  "  funza  "  is  supposed  to  result  from  the  bite 
of  a  large  variety  of  fly.  It  begins  with  a  small  red  and 
fiery  swelling,  which  bursts  after  a  time  and  produces  a 
white  entozoon  about  half  an  inch  in  length.  "  Kumri" 
are  common  blains,  and  "  p'hambazi "  malignant  blind- 
boils,  which  leave  a  deep  discoloured  scar ;  when  the 
parts  affected  are  distant  from  the  seat  of  circulation, 
the  use  of  the  limb  is  sometimes  lost.     For  most  of  these 


id  By  Google 


sores  tutiya  or  mnrtutu,  blue-stone,  is  considered  a 
specific 

As  might  be  expected  amongst  an  ignorant  and  de- 
bauched race  coming  in  direct  contact  with  semi-civilisa- 
tion, the  lues  has  found  its  way  from  the  Island  of  Zan- 
zibar to  Ujiji  and  into  the  heart  of  Africa.  It  is  uni- 
versally believed  both  by  the  natives  and  by  the  Arabs, 
who  support  the  assertion  with  a  host  of  proofs,  to  be 
propagated  without  contact.  Such,  indeed,  is  the  general 
opinion  of  the  Eastern  world,  where  perhaps  its  greater 
virulence  may  assimilate  it  to  the  type  of  the  earlier  at- 
tacks in  Europe.  The  disease,  however,  dies  out,  and 
has  not  taken  root  in  the  people  as  amongst  the  devoted 
races  of  North  America  and  the  South  Sea  islands.  Al- 
though a  malignant  form  was  found  extending  through- 
out the  country,  mutilation  of  the  features  and  similar 
secondaries  were  not  observed  beyond  the  maritime 
region.  Except  blue-stone,  mineral  drugs  are  unknown, 
and  the  use  of  mercury  and  ptyalism  have  not  yet -exas- 
perated the  evil.  The  minor  form  of  lues  is  little  feared 
and  yields  readily  to  simples ;  the  consequences,  however, 
are  strangury,  cystitis,  chronic  nephritic  disease,  and 
rheumatism. 

"  Polypharmacy  "  is  not  the  fault  of  the  profession  in 
East  Africa,  and  the  universal  belief  in  possession  tends 
greatly  to  simplify  the  methodus  modendi.  The  usual 
cathartic  is  the  bark  of  a  tree  called  kalakala,  which  is 
boiled  in  porridge.  There  is  a  great  variety  of  emetics, 
some  so  violent  that  several  Arabs  who  have  been  bold 
enough  to  swallow  them,  barely  escaped  with  life.  The 
actual  cautery — usually  a  favourite  counter-irritant 
amongst  barbarous  people — is  rarely  practised  in  East 
Africa ;  in  its  stead  powder  of  blue-stone  is  applied  to 
the  sore  or  wound,  which  has  been  carefully  scraped, 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


323  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

and  the  patient  howls  with  pain  for  twenty-four  hours. 
They  bleed  frequently  as  Italians,  who  even  after  being 
startled  resort  to  a  mild  phlebotomy,  and  they  cut  down 
straight  upon  the  vein  with  a  sharp  knife.  They  prefer 
the  cucurbitula  cruenta,  like  the  Arabs,  who  say, — 

"  Few  that  cup  repent ; 

Few  th«t  bleed,  rejoice." 

A  favourite  place  is  the  crown  of  the  head.  The  prac- 
titioner, after  scarifying  the  skin  with  a  razor  or  a  dagger, 
produces  a  vacuum  by  exhausting  the  air  through  a  horn 
applied  with  wetted  edges ;  at  the  point  is  a  bit  of  wax, 
which  he  closes  over  the  aperture  with  his  tongue  or 
teeth,  as  the  hospital  "  singhi "  in  India  uses  a  bit  of 
leather.  Cupping  —  called  ku  bu  mika  or  kunrika  —  is 
made  highly  profitable  by  showing  strange  appearances 
in  the  blood.  They  cure  by  excision  the  bite  of  snakes, 
which,  however,  are  not  feared  nor  often  fatal  in  these 
lands.  They  cannot  reduce  dislocations,  and  they 
never  attempt  to  set  or  splint  a  broken  bone. 

The  mganga  or  medicine-man,  in  his  character  of 
11  doctor,"  is  a  personage  of  importance.  He  enters  the 
sick-room  in  the  dignity  of  antelope-horn,  grease,  and 
shell-necklace,  and  he  sits  with  importance  upon  his 
three-legged  stool.  As  the  devil  saves  him  the  trouble 
of  diagnosis,  he  begins  by  a  prescription,  invariably 
ordering  something  edible  for  the  purpose,  and  varying 
it,  according  to  the  patient's  means,  from  a  measure  of 
grain  to  a  bullock.  He  asserts,  for  instance,  that  a 
pound  of  fat  is  required  for  medicine ;  a  goat  must  be 
killed,  and  his  perquisite  is  the  bead  or  breast — a  pre- 
liminary to  a  more  important  fee.  Then  the  price  of 
prescription — a  sine  qud  non  to  prescribing — is  settled 
upon  and  paid  in  advance.     After  certain  questions,  in- 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


THE  DOCTOR.  328 

variably  suggesting  the  presence  of  poison,  the  medical 
practitioner  proceeds  to  the  cure ;  this  is  generally  a 
charm  or  periapt  bound  round  the  part  affected.  In 
common  diseases,  however,  like  fever,  the  mganga  will 
condescend  to  such  profane  processes  as  adhibiting  ster- 
nutatories and  rubbing  the  head  with  vegetable  pow- 
ders. If  the  remedies  prove  too  powerful  or  powerless, 
he  at  once  decamps;  under  normal  circumstances  he 
incapacitates  himself  for  performing  his  promise  of 
calling  the  next  day  by  expending  his  fee  in  liquor.  The 
Africans  have  in  one  point  progressed  beyond  Europeans: 
there  are  as  many  women  physicians  as  men. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


THE    CHARACTER   AND    RELIGION    OF  THE   FAST   AFRICANS ;    THEIR 
GOVERNMENT,   AND   SLAVERY. 

The  study  of  psychology  in  Eastern  Africa  is  the  study 
of  man's  rudiinental  mind,  when,  subject  to  the  agency 
of  material  nature,  he  neither  progresses  nor  retrogrades. 
He  would  appear  rather  a  degeneracy  from  the  civilised 
man  than  a  savage  rising  to  the  first  step,  were  it  not 
for  his  apparent  incapacity  for  improvement.  He  has 
not  the  ring  of  the  true  metal ;  there  is  no  rich  nature, 
as  in  the  New  Zealander,  for  education  to  cultivate.  He 
seems  to  belong  to  one  of  those  childish  races  which, 
never  rising  to  man's  estate,  fail  like  worn-out  links 
from  the  great  chain  of  animated  nature.  He  unites 
the  incapacity  of  infancy  with  the  unpliancy  of  age ;  the 
futility  of  childhood,  and  the  credulity  of  youth,  with 
the  scepticism  of  the  adult  and  the  stubbornness  and 


id  By  Google 


THE  EAST  AFRICANS  CHARACTER.  S2S 

bigotry  of  the  old.  He  has  "  beaten  lands"  and  seas.  For 
centuries  be  baa  been  in  direct  intercourse  with  the  more 
advanced  people  of  the  eastern  coast,  and  though  few 
have  seen  an  European,  there  are  not  many  who  .have 
not  cast  eyes  upon  an  Arab.  Still  he  has  stopped  short 
at  the  threshold  of  progress ;  he  shows  no  signs  of  de* 
velopment ;  no  higher  and  more  varied  orders  of  intel- 
lect are  called  into  being.  Even  the  simple  truths  of 
El  Islam  have  failed  to  fix  the  thoughts  of  men  who 
can  think,  but  who,  absorbed  in  providing  for  their 
bodily  wants,  hate  the  trouble  of  thinking.  His  mind, 
limited  to  the  objects  seen,  heard,  and  felt,  will  not, 
and  apparently  cannot,  escape  from  the  circle  of  sense, 
nor  will  it  occupy  itself  with  aught  but  the  present. 
Thus  he  is  cut  off  from  the  pleasures  of  memory,  and 
the  world  of  fancy  is  altogether  unknown  to  him. 
Perhaps  the  automaton  which  we  call  spiritual  suffers 
from  the  inferiority  of  the  mechanism  by  which  it 
acts. 

The  East  African  is,  like  other  barbarians,  a  strange 
mixture  of  good  and  evil:  by  the  nature  of  barbarous 
society,  however,  the  good  element  has  not,  whilst  the 
evil  has,  been  carefully  cultured. 

As  a  rule,  the  civilised  or  highest  type  of  man  owns 
the  sway  of  intellect,  of  reason ;  the  semi-civilised  —  as 
are  still  the  great  nations  of  the  East  —  are  guided  by 
sentiment  and  propensity  in  a  degree  incomprehensible 
to  more  advanced  races;  and  the  barbarian  is  the  slave 
of  impulse,  passion,  and  instinct,  faintly  modified  by 
sentiment,  but  ignorant  of  intellectual  discipline.  He 
appears,  therefore,  to  the  civilised  man  a  paralogic 
being,  —  a  mere  mass  of  contradictions;  his  ways  are 
not  our  ways,  his  reason  is  not  our  reason.  He  deduces 
effects  from  causes  which  we  ignore ;  he  compasses  his 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


326  THE  LAKE  BEG105S  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

ends  by  Contrivances  which  we  cannot  comprehend ; 
and  his  artifices  and  polity  excite,  by  their  shallowness 
and  "inconsequence,"  our  surprise  and  contempt.  Like 
that  Hindu  race  that  has  puzzled  the  plain- witted 
Englishman  for  the  century  closing  with  the  massacres 
of  Delhi  and  Cawnpore,  he  is  calculated  to  perplex 
those  who  make  conscience  an  instinct  which  elevates 
man  to  the  highest  ground  of  human  intelligence.  He 
is  at  once  very  good-tempered  and  hard-hearted,  com- 
bative and  cautious;  kind  at  one  moment,  cruel,  pitiless, 
and  violent  at  another ;  sociable  and  unaffectionate ; 
superstitious  and  grossly  irreverent ;  brave  and  cowardly, 
servile  and  oppressive;  obstinate,  yet  fickle  and  fond  of 
changes ;  with  points  of  honour,  but  without  a  trace  of 
honesty  in  word  or  deed ;  a  lover  of  life,  though  ad- 
dicted to  suicide;  covetous  and  parsimonious,  yet 
thoughtless  and  improvident;  somewhat  conscious  of 
inferiority,  withal  unimprovable.  In  fact,  he  appears  an 
embryo  of  the  two  superior  races.  He  is  inferior  to  the 
active-minded  and  objective,  the  analytic  and  perceptive 
European,  and  to  the  ideal  and  subjective,  the  synthetic 
and  reflective  Asiatic.  He  partakes  largely  of  the 
worst  characteristics  of  the  lower  Oriental  types  —  stag- 
nation of  mind,  indolence  of  body,  moral  deficiency, 
superstition,  and  childish  passion  ;  hence  the  Egyptians 
aptly  termed  the  Berbers  and  negroes  the  "  perverse 
race  of  Kush." 

The  main  characteristic  of  this  people  is  the  selfish- 
ness which  the  civilised  man  strives  to  conceal,  because 
publishing  it  would  obstruct  its  gratificatiou.  The  bar- 
barian, on  the  other  hand,  displays  his  inordinate 
egotism  openly  and  recklessly;  his  every  action  discloses 
those  unworthy  traits  which  in  more  polished  races 
chiefly  appear  on  public   occasions,  when  each  man 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


CHARACTER  OF  THE  PEOPLE.  327 

thinks  solely  of  self-gratification.  Gratitude  with  him 
is  not  even  a  sense  of  prospective  favours ;  he  looks  upon 
a  benefit  as  the  weakness  of  his  benefactor  and  his  own 
strength ;  consequently,  he  will  not  recognise  even  the 
hand  that  feeds  him.  He  will,  perhaps,  ■  lament  for  a 
night  the  death  of  a  parent  or  a  child,  but  the  morrow 
will  find  him  thoroughly  comforted.  The  name  of 
hospitality,  except  for  interested  motives,  is  unknown 
to  him :  "  What  will  you  give  me  ?  "  is  his  first  ques- 
tion. To  a  stranger  entering  a  village  the  worst  hut  is 
assigned,  and,  if  he  complain,  the  answer  is  that  he  can 
find  encamping  ground  outside.  Instead  of  treating  him 
like  a  guest,  which  the  Arab  Bedouin  would  hold  to  be  a 
point  of  pride,  of  honour,  his  host  compels  him  to  pay  and 
prepay  every  article,  otherwise  he  might  starve  in  the 
midst  of  plenty.  Nothing,  in  fact,  renders  the  stranger's 
life  safe  in  this  land,  except  the  timid  shrinking  of  the 
natives  from  the  "  hot-mouthed  weapon  "  and  the  ne- 
cessity of  trade,  which  induces  the  chiefs  to  restrain  the 
atrocities  of  their  subjects.  To  travellers  the  African 
is,  of  course,  less  civil  than  to  merchants,  from  whom  he 
expects  to  gain  something.  He  will  refuse  a  mouthful 
of  water  out  of  his  abundance  to  a  man  dying  of  thirst ; 
utterly  un  sympathising,  he  will  not  stretch  out  a  hand 
to  save  another's  goods,  though  worth  thousands  of 
dollars.  Of  his  own  property,  if  a  ragged  cloth  or  a 
lame  slave  be  lost,  his  violent  excitement  is  ridiculous  to 
behold.  His  egotism  renders  him  parsimonious  even  in 
self-gratification ;  the  wretched  curs,  which  he  loves  as 
much  as  his  children,  seldom  receive  a  mouthful  of  food 
and  the  sight  of  an  Arab's  ass  feeding  on  grain  elicits  a 
prolonged  "  Hi !  hi ! "  of  extreme  surprise.  He  is  ex- 
ceedingly improvident,  taking  no  thought  for  the  morrow 
—  not  from  faith,  but  rather  from  carelessness  as  to 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


828  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

what  may  betide  him ;  yet  so  greedy  of  gain  is  he  that 
he  will  refuse  information  about  a  country  or  the  direc- 
tion of  a  path  without  a  present  of  beads.  He  also  in- 
variably detnands  prepayment :  no  one  keeps  a  promise 
or  adheres  to  an  agreement,  and,  if  credit  be  demanded 
for  an  hour,  his  answer  would  be,  "  There  is  nothing  in 
my  hand."  Yet  even  greed  of  gain  cannot  overcome 
the  levity  and  laxity  of  bis  mind.  Despite  his  best  in- 
terests, he  will  indulge  the  mania  for  desertion  caused 
by  that  mischievous  love  of  change  and  whimsical  desiie 
for  novelty  that  characterise  the  European  sailor.  Nor 
can  even  lucre  prevail  against  the  ingrained  indolence 
of  the  race  —  an  indolence  the  more  hopeless  as  it  is  the 
growth  of  the  climate.  In  these  temperate  and  abun- 
dant lands  Nature  has  cursed  mankind  with  the  abun- 
dance of  her  gifts ;  his  wants  still  await  creation,  and 
he  is  contented  with  such  necessaries  as  roots  and  herbs, 
game,  and  a  few  handfuls  of  grain  —  consequently  im- 
provement has  no  hold  upon  him. 

In  this  stage  of  society  truth  is  no  virtue.  The 
"mixture  of  a  lie"  may  "add  to  pleasure"  amongst 
Europeans ;  in  Africa  it  enters  where  neither  pleasure 
nor  profit  can  arise  from  the  deception.  If  a  Mnyam- 
wezi  guide  informs  the  traveller  that  the  stage  is  short, 
he  may  make  up  his  mind  for  a  long  and  weary  march, 
and  vice  versd.  Of  course,  falsehood  is  used  as  a  de- 
fence by  the  weak  and  oppressed  ;  but  beyond  that,  the 
African  desires  to  be  lied  to,  and  one  of  his  proverbs  is, 
*'  'Tis  better  to  be  deceived  than  to  be  undeceived." 
The  European  thus  qualifies  the  assertion, 

"  For  eure  the  pleasure  is  as  great 
In  being  cheated  ia  to  cheat." 

Like  the  generality  of  barbarous  races,   the    East 

j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


•  HABD-HEABTEDNESS  OF  TIIE  EAST  AFRICAN.  829 

Africans  are  wilful,  headstrong,  and  undisciplinable: 
in  point  of  stubbornness  and  restiveness  they  resemble 
the  lower  animals.  If  they  cannot  obtain  the  very 
article  of  barter  upon  which  they  have  set  their  mind, 
they  will  carry  home  things  useless  to  them;  any 
attempt  at  bargaining  is  settled  by  the  seller  turning 
his  back,  and  they  ask  according  to  their  wants  and 
wishes,  without  regard  to  the  value  of  goods.  Grumbling 
and  dissatisfied,  they  never  do  business  without  a 
grievance.  Revenge  is  a  ruling  passion,  as  the  many 
rancorous  fratricidal  wars  that  have  prevailed  between 
kindred  clans,  even  for  a  generation,  prove.  Retaliation 
and  vengeance  are,  in  fact,  their  great  agents  of  moral 
control.  Judged  by  the  test  of  death,  the  East  African 
is  a  hardhearted  man,  who  seems  to  ignore  all  the 
charities  of  father,  son,  and  brother.  A  tear  is  rarely 
shed,  except  hy  the  women,  for  departed  parent,  relative, 
or  friend,  and  the  voice  of  the  mourner  is  seldom  heard 
in  their  abodes.  It  is  most  painful  to  witness  the  complete 
inhumanity  with  which  a  porter  seized  with  small-pox 
is  allowed  by  his  friends,  comrades,  and  brethren  to  fall 
behind  in  the  jungle,  with  several  days'  life  in  him. 
No  inducement — even  beads — can  persuade  a  soul  to 
attend  him.  Every  village  will  drive  him  from  its 
doors ;  no  one  will  risk  taking,  at  any  price,  death  into 
his  bosom.  If  strong  enough,  the  sufferer  builds  a  little 
bough-hut  away  from  the  camp,  and,  provided  with  his 
rations — a  pound  of  grain  and  a  gourdful  of  water — he 
quietly  expects  his  doom,  to  feed  the  hyaena  and  the 
raven  of  the  wild.  The  people  are  remarkable  for  the 
readiness  with  which  they  yield  to  fits  of  sudden  fury ; 
on  these  occasions  they  will,  like  children,  vent  their 
rage  upon  any  object,  animate  or  inanimate,  that  pre- 
sents itself.    Their  temper  is  characterised  by  a  nervous, 


id  By  Google 


330  THE   LAKE  REGIONS   OF   CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

futile  impatience ;  under  delay  or  disappointment  they 
become  madmen.  In  their  own  country,  where  such 
displays  are  safe,  they  are  remarkable  for  a  presump- 
tuousness  and  a  violence  of  manner  which  elsewhere 
disappears.  As  the  Arabs  say,  there  they  are  lions, 
here  they  become  curs.  Their  squabbling  and  clamour 
pass  description :  they  are  never  happy  except  when  in 
dispute.  After  a  rapid  plunge  into  excitement,  the 
brawlers  alternately  advance  and  recede,  pointing  the 
finger  of  threat,  howling  and  screaming,  cursing  and 
using  terms  of  insult  which  an  inferior  ingenuity — not 
want  of  will— causes  to  fall  short  of  the  Asiatic's  model 
vituperation.  After  abusing  each  other  to  their  full,  both 
"parties"  usually  burst  into  a  loud  laugh  or  a  burst 
of  sobs.  Their  tears  lie  high ;  they  weep  like  Goanese. 
After  a  cuff,  a  man  will  cover  his  face  with  his  hands 
and  cry  as  if  his  heart  would  break.  More  furious 
shrews  than  the  women  are  nowhere  met  with.  Here  it 
is  a  great  truth  that  "  the  tongues  of  women  cannot  be 
governed."  They  work  off  excitement  by  scolding,  and 
they  weep  little  compared  with  the  men.  Both  sexes 
delight  in  "argument,"  which  here,  as  elsewhere,  means 
two  fools  talking  foolishly.  They  will  weary  out  of 
patience  the  most  loquacious  of  the  Arabs.  This  de- 
velopment is  characteristic  of  the  East  African  race, 
and  "maneno  marefu!" — long  words! — will  occur  as  a 
useless  reproof  half  a  dozen  times  in  the  course  of  a 
single  conversation.  When  drunk,  the  East  African  is 
easily  irritated ;  with  the  screams  and  excited  gestures 
of  a  maniac  he  strides  about,  frantically  flourishing  his 
spear  and  agitating  his  bow,  probably  with  notched 
arrow ;  the  spear-point  and  the  arrow-head  are  often 
brought  perilously  near,  but  rarely  allowed  to  draw 
blood.     The  real  combat  is  by  pushing,  pulling  hair, 


id  By  Google 


IT  18  BAD  TO  DIE.  331 

and  slapping  with  a  will,  and  a  pair  thus  engaged 
require  to  be  torn  asunder  by  half  a  dozen  friends. 
The  settled  tribes  are,  for  the  most  part,  feeble  and 
«n warlike  barbarians;  even  the  bravest  East  African, 
though,  like  all  men,  a  combative  entity,  has  a  valour 
tempered  by  discretion  and  cooled  by  a  high  develop- 
ment of  cautiousness.  His  tactics  are  of  the  Fabian 
order :  he  loves  surprises  and  safe  ambuscades ;  and  in 
common  frays  and  forays  the  loss  of  one  per  cent, 
justifies  a  sauve  qui  pent.  This  people,  childlike,  is 
ever  in  extremes.  A  man  will  hang  himself  from  a 
rafter  in  his  tent,  and  kick  away  from  under  him  the 
large  wooden  mortar  upon  which  he  has  stood  at  the 
beginning  of  the  operation  with  as  much  sang-froid  as  an 
Anglo-Saxon  in  the  gloomy  month  of  November ;  yet 
he  regards  annihilation,  as  all  savages  do,  with  loathing 
and  ineffable  horror.  "He  fears  death,"  to  quote 
Bacon,  "  as  children  fear  to  go  in  the  dark ;  and  as  that 
natural  fear  in  children  is  increased  with  tales,  so  is  the 
other."  The  African  mind  must  change  radically  before 
it  can  "  think  upon  death,  and  find  it  the  least  of  all  evils." 
All  the  thoughts  of  these  negroids  are  connected  with 
this  life.  "Ah!"  they  exclaim,  "it  is  bad  to  die!  to 
leave  off  eating  and  drinking!  never  to  wear  a  fine 
cloth!"  As  in  the  negro  race  generally,  their  destruc- 
tiveness  is  prominent ;  a  slave  never  breaks  a  thing 
without  an  instinctive  laugh  of  pleasure ;  and  however 
careful  be  may  be  of  his  own  life,  he  does  not  value 
that  of  another,  even  of  a  relative,  at  the  price  of  a  goat. 
During  fires  in  the  town  of  Zanzibar,  the  blacks  have 
been  seen  adding  fuel,  and  singing  and  dancing,  wild 
with  delight.  On  such  occasions  they  are  shot  down  by 
the  Arabs  like  dogs. 

It  is  difficult  to  explain  the  state  of  society  in  which 


id  By  Google 


333  THE   LAKE   REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

the  civilised  il  social  evil "  is  not  recognised  as  an  evil. 
In  the  economy  of  the  affections  and  the  intercourse 
between  the  sexes,  reappears  that  rude  stage  of  society 
in  which  ethics  were  new  to  the  mind  of  now  en* 
lightened  man.  Marriage  with  this  people — as  amongst 
all  barbarians,  and  even  the  lower  classes  of  civi- 
lised races — is  a  mere  affair  of  buying  and  selling. 
A  man  must  marry  because  it  is  necessary  to  his  com- 
fort, consequently  the  woman  becomes  a  marketable 
commodity.  Her  father  demands  for  her  as  many 
cows,  cloths,  and  brass-wire  bracelets  as  the  suitor  can 
afford ;  be  thus  virtually  sells  her,  and  she  belongs  to 
the  buyer,  ranking  with  his  other  live  stock.  The 
husband  may  sell  his  wife,  or,  if  she  be  taken  from  him 
by  another  man,  he  claims  her  value,  which  is  ruled  by 
what  she  would  fetch  in  the  slave-market.  A  strong 
inducement  to  marriage  amongst  the  Africans,  as 
with  the  poor  in  Europe,  is  the  prospective  benefit  to 
be  derived  from  an  adult  family;  a  large  progeny 
enricheB  them.  The  African — like  all  barbarians,  and, 
indeed,  semi-civilised  people — ignores  the  dowry  by 
which,  inverting  Nature's  order,  the  wife  buys  the 
husband,  instead  of  the  husband  buying  the  wife.  Mar- 
riage, which  is  an  epoch  amongst  Christians,  and  an 
event  with  Moslems,  is  with  these  people  an  incident  of 
frequent  recurrence.  Polygamy  is  unlimited,  and  the 
chiefs  pride  themselves  upon  the  number  of  their  wives, 
varying  from  twelve  to  three  hundred.  It  is  no  disgrace 
for  an  unmarried  woman  to  become  the  mother  of  a 
family ;  after  matrimony  there  is  somewhat  less  laxity. 
The  mgoni  or  adulterer,  if  detected,  is  punishable  by  a 
fine  of  cattle,  or,  if  poor  and  weak,  he  is  sold  into 
slavery ;  husbands  seldom,  however,  resort  to  such 
severities,  the  offence,  which  is  considered  to  be  against 


id  By  Google 


AFRICAN    CHARACTER. 


vested  property,  being  held  to  be  lighter  than  petty 
larceny.  Under  the  influence  of  jealousy,  murders  and 
mutilations  have  been  committed,  but  they  are  rare  and 
exceptional.  Divorce  is  readily  effected  by  turning 
the  spouse  out  of  doors,  and  the  children  become  the 
father's  property.  Attachment  to  home  is  powerful  in 
the  African  race,  but  it  regards  rather  the.  comforts  and 
pleasures  of  the  house,  and  the  unity  of  relations 
and  friends,  than  the  fondness  of  family.  Husband, 
wife,  and  children  have  through  life  divided  interests, 
and  live  together  with  scant  appearance  of  affection. 
Love  of  offspring  can. have  but  little  power  amongst  a 
people  who  have  no  preventive  for  illegitimacy,  and 
whose  progeny  may  be  sold  at  any  time.  The  children 
appear  undemonstrative  and  unaffectionate,  as  those  of 
the  Somal.  Some  attachment  to  their  mothers_breaks 
out,  not  in  outward  indications,  but  by  surprise,  as  it 
were:  "Mama!  mama!"  —  mother!  mother!  —  is  a 
common  exclamation  in  fear  or  wonder.  When  child- 
hood is  passed,  the  father  and  son  become  natural  ene- 
mies, after  the  manner  of  wild  beasts.  Yet  they  are  a 
sociable  race,  and  the  sudden  loss  of  relatives  some- 
times leads  from  grief  to  hypochondria  and^insanity, 
resulting  from  the  inability  of  their  minds  to  bear  any 
unusual  strain.  It  is  probable  that  a  little  learning 
would  make  them  mad,  like  the  Widad,  or  priest  of  the 
Soma!,  who,  after  mastering  the  reading  of  the  Koran, 
becomes  unfit  for  any  exertion  of  judgment  or  common 
sense.  To  this  over-development  of  sociability  must 
be  ascribed  the  anxiety  always  shown  to  shift,  evade, 
or  answer  blame.  The  "ukosa,"  or  transgression,  is 
never  accepted ;  any  number  of  words  will  be  wasted  in 
proving  the  worse  the  better  cause.  Hence  also  the 
favourite  phrase,  "Mbayit  we!"  —  thou  art  bad! — a 


id  By  Google 


334  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

pet  mode  of  reproof  which  sounds  simple  and  uneffective 
to  European  ears. 

The  social  position  of  the  women — the  unerring  test 
of  progress  towards  civilisation — is  not  so  high  in  East 
Africa  as  amongst  the  more  highly  organised  tribes  of 
the  south.  Few  parts  of  the  country  own  the  rule  of 
female  chiefs.  The  people,  especially  the  Wanyam- 
wezi,  consult  their  wives,  but  the  opinion  of  a  bro- 
ther or  a  friend  would  usually  prevail  over  that  of  a 
woman. 

The  deficiency  of  the  East  African  in  constructive 
power  has  already  been  remarked.  Contented  with  his 
haystack  or  beehive  hut,  his  hemisphere  of  boughs,  or  his 
hide  acting  tent,  he  hates  and  has  a  truly  savage  horror 
of  stone  walls.  He  has  the  conception  of  the  "  Made- 
leine," but  he  has  never  been  enabled  to  be  delivered  of 
it.  Many  Wanyamwezi,  when  visiting  Zanzibar,  cannot 
be  prevailed  upon  to  enter  a  house. 

The  East  African  is  greedy  and  voracious ;  he  seems, 
however,  to  prefer  light  and  frequent  to  a  few  regular 
and  copious  meals.  Even  the  civilised  Kisawahili  has 
no  terms  to  express  the  breakfast,  dinner,  and  supper  of 
other  languages.  Like  most  barbarians,  the  East  African 
can  exist  and  work  with  a  small  quantity  of  food,  but  he  is 
unaccustomed,  and  therefore  unable,  to  bear  thirst.  The 
daily  ration  of  a  porter  is  1  kubabah  (=  1*5  lbs.)  of 
grain  ;  he  can,  with  the  assistance  of  edible  herbs  and 
roots,  which  he  is  skilful  in  discovering  in  the  least 
likely  places,  eke  out  this  allowance  for  several  days, 
though  generally,  upon  the  barbarian's  impulsive  prin- 
ciple of  mortgaging  the  future  for  the  present,  he  reck- 
lessly consumes  his  stores.  With  him  the  grand  end  of 
life  is  eating ;  his  love  of  feeding  is  inferior  only  to  his 
propensity  for  intoxication.     He  drinks  till  he  can  no 


id  By  Google 


DRINKING-BOUTS.  835 

longer  stand,  lies  down  to  Bleep,  and  awakes  to  drink 
again.  Drinking-bouts  are  solemn  things,  to  which  the 
most  important  business  must  yield  precedence.  They 
celebrate  with  beer  every  event — the  traveller's  return, 
the  birth  of  a  child,  and  the  death  of  an  elephant — a  la- 
bourer will  not  work  unless  beer  is  provided  for  him.  A 
guest  is  received  with  a  gourdful  of  beer,  and,  amongst 
tome  tribes,  it  is  buried  with  their  princes.  The  high- 
est orders  rejoice  in  drink,  and  pride  themselves  upon 
powers  of  imbibing :  the  proper  diet  for  a  king  is  much 
beer  and  a  little  meat.  If  a  Mnyamwezi  be  asked  after 
eating  whether  he  is  hungry,  he  will  reply  yea,  mean- 
ing that  he  is  not  drunk.  Intoxication  excuses  crime  in 
these  lands.  The  East  African,  when  in  his  cups,  must 
issue  from  his  hut  to  sing,  dance,  or  quarrel,  and  the 
frequent  and  terrible  outrages  which  occur  on  these 
occasions  are  passed  over  on  the  plea  that  he  has  drunk 
beer.  The  favourite  hour  for  drinking  is  after  dawn, — 
a  time  as  distasteful  to  the  European  as  agreeable  to  the 
African  and  Asiatic.  This  might  be  proved  by  a  host 
of  quotations  from  the  poets,  Arab,  Persian,  and  Hindu. 
The  civilised  man  avoids  early  potations  because  they 
incapacitate  him  for  necessary  labour,  and  he  attempts 
to  relieve  the  headache  caused  by  stimulants.  The  bar- 
barian and  the  semi-civilised,  on  the  other  hand,  prefer 
them,  because  they  relieve  the  tedium  of  his  monotonous 
day ;  and  they  cherish  the  headache  because  they  can 
sleep  the  longer,  and,  when  they  awake,  they  have  some- 
thing to  think  of.  The  habit  once  acquired  is  never 
broken :  it  attaches  itself  to  the  heartstrings  of  the  idle 
and  unoccupied  barbarian. 

In  morality,  according  to  the  more  extended  sense  of 
the  word,  the  East  African  is  markedly  deficient.  He 
has  no  benevolence,  but  little  veneration — the  negro 


id  By  Google 


336  THE   LAKE   REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

race  is  ever  irreverent — and,  though  his  cranium  rises 
high  in  the  region  of  firmness,  his  futility  prevents  his 
being  firm.  The  outlines  of  law  are  faintly  traced  upon 
his  heart.  The  authoritative  standard  of  morality  fixed 
by  a  revelation  is  in  him  represented  by  a  vague  and 
varying  custom,  derived  traditionally  from  his  ancestors; 
he  follows  in  their  track  for  old-sake's  sake.  The  ac- 
cusing conscience  is  unknown  to  him.  His  only  fear 
after  committing  a  treacherous  murder  is  that  of  being 
haunted  by  the  angry  ghost  of  the  dead ;  he  robs  as  one 
doing  a  good  deed,  and  he  begs  as  if  it  were  his  calling. 
His  depravity  is  of  the  grossest:  intrigue  fills  up  all 
the  moments  not  devoted  to  intoxication. 

The  want  of  veneration  produces  a  savage  rudeness 
in  the  East  African.  The  body  politic  consists  of  two 
great  members,  masters  and  slaves.  Ignoring  distinc- 
tions of  society,  he  treats  all  men,  except  his  chief,  as 
his  equals.  He  has  no  rules  for  visiting :  if  the  door 
be  open,  he  enters  a  stranger's  house  uninvited;  his 
harsh,  barking  voice  is  ever  the  loudest;  he  is  never 
happy  except  when  hearing  himself  speak ;  bis  address 
is  imperious,  his  demeanour  is  rough  and  peremptory, 
and  his  look  "  sfacciato."  He  deposits  his  unwashed 
person,  in  his  greasy  and  tattered  goat-skin  or  cloth, 
upon  rug  or  bedding,  disdaining  to  stand  for  a  moment, 
and  he  always  chooses  the  best  place  in  the  room.  When 
travelling  he  will  push  forward  to  secure  the  most  com- 
fortable hut:  the  chief  of  a  caravan  may  sleep  in  rain  or 
dew,  but,  if  he  attempt  to  dislodge  his  porters,  they  lie 
down  with  the  settled  purpose  of  mules — as  the  Arabs 
say,  they  "  have  no  shame."  The  curiosity  of  these 
people,  and  the  little  ceremony  with  which  they  gratify 
it,  are  at  times  most  troublesome.  A  stranger  must  be 
stared  at ;  total  apathy  is  the  only  remedy :  if  the  victim 


id  By  Google 


EAST  AFRICAN  INTELLECT.  387 

lose  his  temper,  or  attempt  to  dislodge  them,  he  will  find 
it  lite  disturbing  a  swarm  of  bees.  They  will  come  for 
miles  to  "sow  gape-seed:"  if  the  tent-fly  be  closed, 
they  will  peer  and  peep  from  below,  complaining  loudly 
against  the  occupant,  and,  if  further  prevented,  they  may 
proceed  to  violence-  On  the  road  hosts  of  idlers, 
especially  women,  boys,  and  girls,  will  follow  the  caravan 
for  hours;  it  is  a  truly  offensive  spectacle — these  un- 
couth figures,  running  at  a  "gymnastic  pace,"  half 
clothed  except  with  grease,  with  pendent  bosoms  shaking 
in  the  air,  and  cries  that  resemble  the  howls  of  beasts 
more  than  any  effort  of  human  articulation.  This 
ofl'ensive  ignorance  of  the  first  principles  of  social  inter- 
course has  been  fostered  in  the  races  most  visited  by  the 
Arabs,  whose  national  tendency,  like  the  Italian  and 
the  Greek,  is  ever  and  essentially  republican.  When 
strangers  first  appeared  in  the  country  they  were  re- 
ceived with  respect  and  deference.  They  soon,  however, 
lost  this  vantage-ground :  they  sat  and  chatted  with  the 
people,  exchanged  pleasantries,  and  suffered  slights,  till 
the  Africans  found  themselves  on  an  equality  with  their 
visitors.  The  evil  has  become  inveterate,  and  no  greater 
contrast  can  be  imagined  than  that  between  the  man- 
ners  of  an  Indian  Ryot  and  an  East  African  Mshenzi. 

In  intellect  the  East  African  is  sterile  and  incult,  ap- 
parently unprogressive  and  unfit  for  change.  Like  the 
uncivilised  generally,  he  observes  well,  but  he  can 
deduce  nothing  profitable  from  his  perceptions.  His 
intelligence  is  surprising  when  compared  with  that  of 
an ■  uneducated  English  peasant;  but  it  has  a  narrow 
bound,  beyond  which  apparently  no  man  may  pass.  Like 
the  Asiatic,  in  fact,  he  is  stationary,  but  at  a  much 
lower  level.  Devotedly  fond  of  music,  his  love  of  tune 
has  invented  nothing  but  whistling  and  the  whistle :  his 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


338  THE  LAKE  BEGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFBICA. 

instruments  are  all  borrowed  from  the  coast  people.  He 
delights  in  singing,  yet  he  has  no  metrical  songs :  he 
contents  himself  with  improvising  a  few  words  without 
sense  or  rhyme,  and  repeats  them  till  they  nauseate :  the 
long,  drawling  recitative  generally  ends  in  "  Ah !  han ! " 
or  some  such  strongly-nasalised  sound.  Like  the  Somal, 
he  has  tunes  appropriated  to  particular  occasions,  as  the 
elephant-hunt  or  the  harvest-home.  When-  mourning, 
the  love  of  music  assumes  a  peculiar  form:  women 
weeping  or  sobbing,  especially  after  chastisement,  will 
break  into  a  protracted  threne  or  dirge,  every  period  of 
which  concludes  with  its  own  particular  groan  or  wail : 
after  venting  a  little  natural  distress  in  a  natural  sound, 
the  long,  loud  improvisation,  in  the  highest  falsetto  key, 
continues  as  before.  As  iu  Europe  the  "  laughing-song  " 
is  an  imitation  of  hilarity  somewhat  distressing  to  the 
spirits  of  the  audience,  so  the  "  weeping-song  "  of  the 
African  only  tends  to  risibility.  His  wonderful  loquacity 
and  volubility  of  tongue  have  produced  no  tales,  poetry, 
nor  display  of  eloquence;  though,  like  most  barbarians, 
somewhat  sententious,  he  will  content  himself  with 
squabbling  with  his  companions,  or  with  repeating  some 
meaningless  word  in  every  different  tone  of  voice  during 
the  weary  length  of  a  day's  march.  His  language  is 
highly  artificial  and  musical :  the  reader  will  have  ob- 
served that  the  names  which  occur  in  these  pages  often 
consist  entirely  of  liquids  and  vowels,  that  consonants  are 
unknown  at  the  end  of  a  word,  and  that  they  never 
are  double  except  at  the  beginning.  Yet  the  idea  of 
a  syllabarium  seems  not  to  have  occurred  to  the  negroid 
mind.  Finally,  though  the  East  African  delights  in  the 
dance,  and  is  an  excellent  timist — a  thousand  heels 
striking  the  ground  simultaneously  sound  like  one — his 
performance  is  as  uncouth  as  perhaps  was  ever  devised 
by  man.    He  delights  in  a  joke,  which  manages  him  like 

»■ Goos'e 


DIFFERENCES  OP  CHABACTEB.  389 

a  Neapolitan ;  yet  his  efforts  in  wit  are  of  the  feeblest 
that  can  be  conceived. 

Though  the  general  features  of  character  correspond 
throughout  the  tribes  in  East  Africa,  there  are  also 
marked  differences.  The  Wazaramo,  for  instance,  are 
considered  the  most  dangerous  tribe  on  this  line :  cara- 
vans hurry  through  their  lands,  and  hold  themselves 
fortunate  if  a  life  be  not  lost,  or  if  a  few  loads  be  not 
missing.  Their  neighbours,  the  Wasagara  of  the  hills, 
were  once  peaceful  and  civil  to  travellers :  the  persecu- 
tions of  the  coast-people  have  rendered  them  morose  and 
suspicious  ;  they  now  shun  strangers,  and,  never  know- 
ing when  they  may  be  attacked,  they  live  in  a  constant 
state  of  agitation,  excitement,  and  alarm.  After  the 
Wazaramo,  the  tribes  of  Ugogo  are  considered  the  most 
noisy  and  troublesome,  the  most  extortionate,  quarrel- 
some and  violent  on  this  route :  nothing  restrains  these 
races  from  bloodshed  and  plunder  but  fear  of  retribution 
and  self-interest.  The  Wanyamwezi  bear  the  highest 
character  for  civilisation,  discipline,  and  industry.  In- 
tercourse with  the  coast,  however,  is  speedily  sapping 
the  foundations  of  their  superiority  :  the  East  African 
Expedition  suffered  more  from  thieving  in  this  than  in 
any  other  territory,  and  the  Arabs  now  depend  for 
existence  there  not  upon  prestige,  but  sufferance,  in 
consideration  of  mutual  commercial  advantage.  In  pro- 
portion  as  the  traveller  advances  into  the  interior,  he 
finds  the  people  less  humane,  or  rather  less  human. 
The  Wavinza,  the  Wajiji,  and  the  other  Lakist  tribes, 
much  resemble  one  another:  they  are  extortionate, 
violent,  and  revengeful  barbarians ;  no  Mnyamwezi 
dares  to  travel  alone  through  their  territories,  and  small 
parties  are  ever  in  danger  of  destruction. 

In  dealing  with  the  East  African  the  traveller  cannot 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


340  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

do  better  than  to  follow  the  advice  of  Bacon  —  "  Use 
savages  justly  and  graciously,  with  sufficient  guard 
nevertheless."  They  must  be  held  as  foes ;  and  the 
prudent  stranger  will  never  put  himself  in  their  power, 
especially  where  life  is  concerned.  The  safety  of  a 
caravan  will  often  depend  upon  the  barbarian's  fear  of 
beginning  the  fray :  if  the  onset  once  takes  place,  the 
numbers,  the  fierce  looks,  the  violent  gestures,  and  the 
confidence  of  the  assailants  upon  their  own  ground, 
will  probably  prevail.  When  necessary,  however,  seve- 
rity must  be  employed;  leniency  and  forbearance  are 
the  vulnerable  points  of  civilised  policy,  as  they  en- 
courage attack  by  a  suspicion  of  fear  and  weakness. 
They  may  be  managed  as  the  Indian  saw  directs,  by 
a  judicious  mixture  of  the  "Narm"  and  "Garm" — 
the  soft  and  hot.  Thus  the  old  traders  remarked  in 
Guinea,  that  the  best  way  to  treat  a  black  man  was  to 
hold  out  one  hand  to  shake  with  him,  while  the  other  is 
doubled  ready  Jo  knock  him  down.  In  trading  with,  or 
even  when  dwelling  amongst  this  people,  all  display  of 
wealth  must  be  avoided.  A  man  who  would  purchase 
the  smallest  article  avoids  showing  anything  beyond  its 
equivalent. 

The  ethnologist  who  compares  this  sketch  with  the 
far  more  favourable  description  of  the  Kafirs,  a  kindred 
race,  given  by  travellers  in  South  Africa,  may  suspect 
that  only  the  darker  shades  of  the  picture  are  placed 
before  the  eye.  But,  as  will  appear  in  a  future  page, 
much  of  this  moral  degradation  must  be  attributed  to 
the  working,  through  centuries,  of  the  slave-trade :  the 
tribes  are  no  longer  as  nature  made  them;  and  from 
their  connection  with  strangers  they  have  derived  no- 
thing but  corruption.  Though  of  savage  and  barbarous 
type,  they  have  been  varnished  with  the  seini-civilisation 


id  By  Google 


of  trade  and  commerce,  which  sits  ridiculously  upon 
their  minds  as  a  rich  garment  would  upon  their  persons. 
Fetissism  —  the  word  is  derived  from  the  Portuguese 
feitico,  "a  doing," — scil.  of  magic,  by  euphuism — is  still 
the  only  faith  known  in  East  Africa.  Its  origin  is 
easily  explained  by  the  aspect  of  the  physical  world, 
which  has  coloured  the  thoughts  and  has  directed  the 
belief  of  man:  he  reflects,  in  fact,  the  fantastical  and 
monstrous  character  of  the  animal  and  vegetable  pro- 
ductions around  him.  Nature,  in  these  regions  rarely 
sublime  or  beautiful,  more  often  terrible  and  desolate, 
with  the  gloomy  forest,  the  impervious  jungle,  the 
tangled  bill,  and  the  dread  uniform  waste  tenanted  by 
deadly  inhabitants,  arouses  in  his  mind  a  sensation  of 
utter  feebleness,  a  vague  and  nameless  awe.  Untaught 
to  recommend  himself  for  protection  to  a  Superior 
Being,  he  addresses  himself  directly  to  the  objects  of 
his  reverence  and  awe :  he  prostrates  himself  before  the 
sentiment  within  him,  hoping  to  propitiate  it  as  he  would 
satisfy  a  fellow-man.  The  grand  mysteries  of  life  and 
death,  to  him  unrevealed  and  unexplained,  the  want  of 
a  true  interpretation  of  the  admirable  phenomena  of 
creation,  and  the  vagaries  and  misconceptions  of  his 
own  degraded  imagination,  awaken  in  him  ideas  of 
horror,  and  people  the  invisible  world  with  ghost  and 
goblin,  demon  and  spectrum,  the  incarnations,  as  it  were, 
of  his  own  childish  feara.  Deepened  by  the  dread  of 
destruction,  ever  strong  in  the  barbarian  breast,  his 
terror  causes  him  to  look  with  suspicion  upon  all  around 
him:  "How,"  inquires  the  dying  African,  "  can  I  alone 
be  ill  when  others  are  well,  unless  I  have  been  be- 
witched?" Hence  the  belief  in  magical  and  superna- 
tural powers  in  man,  which  the  stronger  minded  have 
turned  to  their  own  advantage. 


id  By  Google 


34*  TOE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

Fetissism  is  tbe  adoration,  or  rather  the  propitiation, 
of  natural  objects,  animate  and  inanimate,  to  which 
certain  mysterious  influences  are  attributed.  It  admits 
neither  god,  nor  angel,  nor  devil ;  it  ignores  the  very 
alphabet  of  revealed  or  traditionary  religion  ■ —  a  crea- 
tion, a  resurrection,  a  judgment-day,  a  soul  or  a  spirit,  a 
heaven  or  a  hell.  A  modified  practical  atheism  is  thus 
the  prominent  feature  of  the  superstition.  Though  in- 
stinctively conscious  of  a  being  above  them,  the  Africans 
have  as  yet  failed  to  grasp  tbe  idea :  in  their  feeble 
minds  it  is  an  embryo  rather  than  a  conception  —  at  the 
best  a  vague  god,  without  personality,  attributes,  or  pro- 
vidence. They  call  that  being  Mulungu,  the  Uhlunga 
of  the  Kafirs,  and  the  XJtika  of  the  Hottentots.  The 
term,  however,  may  mean  a  ghost,  the  firmament,  or  the 
sun ;  a  man  will  frequently  call  himself  Mulungu,  and 
even  Mulungu  Mbaya,  the  latter  word  signifying  bad  or 
wicked.  In  the  language  of  the  "Wamasai  "Ai,"  or 
with  the  article  "Engai" —  the  Creator — is  feminine, 
the  god  and  rain  being  synonymous. 

The  Fetiss  superstition  is  African,  but  not  confined 
to  Africa.  The  faith  of  ancient  Egypt,  the  earliest 
system  of  profane  belief  known  to  man,  with  its  Triad 
denoting  the  various  phases  and  powers  of  nature,  was 
essentially  fetissist;  whilst  iu  the  Syrian  mind  dawned 
at  first  the  idea  of  "Melkart,"  a  god  of  earth,  and  his 
Baalim,  angels,  viceregents,  or  local  deities.  But 
generally  the  history  of  religions  proves  that  when  man, 
whether  degraded  from  primal  elevation  or  elevated 
from  primal  degradation,  has  progressed  a  step  beyond 
atheism — the  spiritual  state  of  the  lowest  savagery — he 
advances  to  the  modification  called  Fetissism,  the  con- 
dition of  the  infant  mind  of  humanity.  According 
to  the  late  Col.  Van  Kennedy ;  "  such  expressions  as 


id  By  Google 


ABORIGINAL  ATHEISM.  3« 

the  love  and  fear  of  God  never  occur  in  the  sacred 
books  of  the  Hindus."  The  ancient  Persians  were 
ignicolists,  adoring  ethereal  fire.  Confucius  owned  that 
he  knew  nothing  about  the  gods,  and  therefore  preferred 
saying  as  little  as  possible  upon  the  subject.  Men,  still 
without  tradition  or  training,  confused  the  Creator  with 
creation,  and  ventured  not  to  place  the  burden  of  pro- 
vidence upon  a  single  deity.  Slaves  to  the  agencies  of 
material  nature,  impressed  by  the  splendours  of  the 
heavenly  bodies,  comforted  by  fire  and  light,  persuaded 
by  their  familiarity  with  the  habits  of  wild  beasts  that 
the  brute  creation  and  the  human  claimed  a  mysterious 
affinity,  humbled  by  the  terrors  of  elemental  war,  and 
benefitted  by  hero  and  sage,  — 

"Quicquid  humus,  pelagus,  caelum  mlrabile  gignnnt, 
Id  duxere  deos." 

The  barbarian  worshipped  these  visible  objects  not  as 
types,  myths,  divine  emanations,  or  personifications  of 
a  deity :  he  adored  them  for  themselves.  The  modern 
theory,  the  mode  in  which  full-grown  man  explains 
away  the  follies  of  his  childhood,  making  the  interpre- 
tation precede  the  fable,  fails  when  tested  by  experience. 
The  Hindu,  and,  indeed,  the  ignorant  Christian,  still 
adore  the  actual  image  of  man  and  beast;  it  is  un- 
reasonable to  suppose  that  they  kneel  before  and  worship 
with  heart  and  soul  its  metaphysics ;  and  an  attempt  to 
allegorise  it,  or  to  deprive  it  of  its  specific  virtues, 
would  be  considered,  as  in  ancient  Greece  and  Rome, 
mere  impiety. 

By  its  essence,  then,  Fetissism  is  a  rude  and  sensual 
superstition,  the  faith  of  abject  fear,  and  of  infant  races 
that  have  not  risen,  and  are,  perhaps,  incapable  of  rising 
to  theism — the  religion  of  love  and  the  belief  of  the 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


8«  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

highest  types  of  mankind.  But  old  creeds  die  hard, 
and  error,  founded  upon  the  instincts  and  feelings  of 
human  nature  borrows  the  coherence  and  uniformity 
of  truth.  That  Fetissism  is  a  belief  common  to  man  in 
the  childhood  of  his  spiritual  life,  may  be  proved  by  the 
frequent  and  extensive  remains  of  the  faith  which  the 
cretinism  of  the  Hamitic  race  has  perpetuated  amongst 
them  to  the  present  day,  still  sprouting  like  tares  even 
in  the  fair  field  of  revealed  religion.  The  dread  of 
ghosts,  for  instance,  which  is  the  mainstay  of  Fetissism, 
is  not  inculcated  in  any  sacred  book,  yet  the  belief  is 
not  to  be  abolished.  Thus  the  Hakshasa  of  the  Hindus 
is  a  disembodied  spirit,  doing  evil  to  mankind ;  and  the 
ghost  of  the  prophet  Samuel,  raised  by  the  familiar  of 
the  Witch  of  Endor,  wa3  the  immortal  part  of  a  mortal 
being,  still  connected  with  earth,  and  capable  of  return- 
ing to  it.  Through  the  Manes,  the  Umbra,  and  the 
Spectrum  of  the  ancients,  the  belief  has  descended  to 
the  moderns,  as  the  household  words  ghost,  goblin,  and 
bogle,  revenant,  polter-geist,  and  spook,  Duh,  Dusha, 
and  Dukh  attest.  Precisely  similar  to  the  African 
ghost-faith  is  the  old  Irish  belief  in  Banshees,  Pookas, 
and  other  evil  entities ;  the  corporeal  frame  of  the  dead 
forms  other  bodies,  but  the  spirit  hovers  in  the  air, 
watching  the  destiny  of  friends,  haunting  bouses,  killing 
children,  injuring  cattle,  and  causing  disease  and  de- 
struction. Everywhere,  too,  their  functions  are  the 
same:  all  are  malevolent  to  the  living,  and  they  are 
seldom  known  to  do  good.  The  natural  horror  and 
fear  of  death  which  may  be  observed  even  in  the  lower 
animals  has  caused  the  dead  to  be  considered  vindictive 
and  destructive. 

Some  missionaries  have  detected  in  the  habit,  which 
prevails  throughout  Eastern  and  Western  Africa,   of 


id  By  Google 


GHOST   BELIEF.  845 

burying  slaves  with  the  deceased,  of  carrying  provisions 
to  graves,  and  of  lighting  fires  on  cold  nights  near  the 
last  resting-places  of  the  departed,  a  continuation  of 
relations  between  the  quick  and  the  dead  which  points 
to  a  belief  in  a  future  state  of  existence.  The  wish  is 
father  to  that  thought:  the  doctrine  of  the  soul,  of 
immortality,  belongs  to  a  superior  order  of  mind,  to  a 
more  advanced  stage  of  society.  The  belief,  as  its 
operations  show,  is  in'  presentity,  materialism,  not  in 
futurity,  spiritualism.  According  to  the  ancients,  man 
is  a  fourfold  being : — 

"  Bis  duo  Bunt  homini,  manes,  caro,  spiritus,  umbra : 

Quatuor  bee  loci  bis  duo  suscipiunt 
Terra  tegit  carnem,  turaulum  circumvolitat  umbra, 

Manes  Orcus  habet,  spiritus  aslra  petit." 

Take  away  the  Manes  and  the  astral  Spirit,  and  remain  s 
the  African  belief  in  the  sl&o'hov  or  Umbra,  spiritus,  or 
ghost.  When  the  savage  and  the  barbarian  are  asked 
what  has  become  of  the  "  old  people"  (their  ancestors), 
over  whose  dust  and  ashes  they  perform  obsequies,  these 
veritable  secularists  only  smile  and  reply  Wame-kwisha, 
"  they  are  ended."  It  proves  the  inferior  organisation 
of  the  race.  Even  the  North  American  aborigines, 
a  race  which  Nature  apparently  disdains  to  preserve, 
decided  that  man  hath  a  future,  since  even  Indian  corn 
is  vivified  and  rises  again.  The  East  African  has 
created  of  his  fears  a  ghost  which  never  attains  the 
perfect  form  of  a  soul.  This  inferior  development  has 
prevented  his  rising  to  the  social  status  of  the  Hindu, 
and  other  anciently  civilised  races,  whom  a  life  wholly 
wanting  in  purpose  and  occupation  drove  from  the 
excitement  necessary  to  stimulate  the  mind  towards 
a  hidden  or  mysterious  future.     These  wild  races  seek 


id  By  Google 


348  THE    LAKE   KE0I0N8   OF   CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

otherwise  than  in  their  faith  a  something  to  emotionise 
and  to  agitate  them. 

The  East  African's  Credenda — it  has  not  arrived  at 
the  rank  of  a  system,  this  vague  and  misty  dawning  of 
a  creed — are  based  upon  two  main  articles.  The  first 
is  detnonology,  or,  rather,  the  existence  of  Koma,  the 
spectra  of  the  dead ;  the  second  is  Uchawi,  witchcraft 
or  black  magic,  a  corollary  to  the  principal  theorem. 
Few,  and  only  the  tribes  adjacent  to  the  maritime 
regions,  have  derived  from  El  Islam  a  faint  conception 
of  the  one  Supreme.  There  is  no  trace  in  this  country 
of  the  ancient  and  modern  animal- worship  of  Egypt  and 
India,  though  travellers  have  asserted  that  vestiges  of 
it  exist  amongst  the  kindred  race  of  Kafirs.  The 
African  has  no  more  of  Sabaiism  than  what  belongs  to 
the  instinct  of  man :  he  has  a  reverence  for  the  sun  and 
moon,  the  latter  is  for  evident  reasons  in  higher  esteem, 
but  he  totally  ignores  star-worship.  If  questioned  con- 
cerning his  daily  bread,  he  will  point  with  a  devotional 
aspect  towards  the  light  of  day;  and  if  asked  what 
caused  the  death  of  his  brother,  will  reply  Jua,  or 
Kimwe,  the  sun.  He  has  not,  like  the  Kafir,  a  holiday 
at  the  epoch  of  new  moon :  like  the  Moslem,  however, 
on  first  seeing  it,  he  raises  and  claps  his  hands  in  token 
of  obeisance.  The  Mzimo,  or  FetisB  hut,  is  the  first 
germ  of  a  temple,  and  the  idea  is  probably  derived  from 
the  Kurban  of  the  Arabs.  It  is  found  throughout  the 
country,  especially  in  Uzaramo,  Unyamwezi,  and  Karag- 
wah.  It  is  in  the  shape  of  a  dwarf  house,  one  or  two  feet 
high,  with  a  thatched  roof,  but  without  walls.  Upon 
the  ground,  or  suspended  from  the  roof,  are  handfuls  of 
grain  and  small  pots  full  of  beer,  placed  there  to  pro- 
pitiate the  ghosts,  and  to  defend  the  crops  from  injury. 

A  prey  to  base  passions  and  melancholy  godless  fears, 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


WITCHCRAFT.  347 

the  Fetissist,  who  peoples  with  malevolent  beings  the 
invisible  world,  animates  material  nature  with  evil 
influences.  The  rites  of  his  dark  and  deadly  super- 
stition are  all  intended  to  avert  evils  from  himself,  by 
transferring  them  to  others:  hence  the  witchcraft  and 
magic  which  flow  naturally  from  the  system  of  demon- 
ology.  Men  rarely  die  without  the  wife  or  children, 
the  kindred  or  slaves,  being  accused  of  having  com- 
passed their  destruction  by  "  throwing  the  glamour  over 
them;"  and,  as  has  been  explained,  the  trial  and  the 
conviction  are  of  the  most  arbitrary  nature.  Yet 
witchcraft  is  practised  by  thousands  with  the  firmest 
convictions  in  their  own  powers ;  and  though  frightful 
tortures  await  the  wizard  and  the  witch  who  have  been 
condemned  for  the  destruction  of  chief  or  elder,  the 
vindictiveness  of  the  negro  drives  him  readily  to  the 
malevolent  practices  of  sorcery.  As  has  happened  in 
Europe  and  elsewhere,  in  the  presence  of  torture  and  the 
instant  advance  of  death,  the  sorcerer  and  sorceress  will 
not  only  confess,  but  even  boast  of  and  believe  in,  their 
own  criminality.  "Verily  I  slew  such  a  one !  —  I  brought 
about  the  disease  of  such  another!" — these  are  their 
demented  vaunts,  the  offspring  of  mental  imbecility, 
stimulated  by  traditional  hallucination. 

In  this  state  of  spiritual  death  there  is,  as  may  be 
imagined,  but  little  of  the  fire  of  fanaticism:  polemics 
are  as  unknown  as  politics  to  them ;  their  succedaneum 
for  a  god  is  not  a  jealous  god.  But  upon  the  subjects 
of  religious  belief  and  revelation  all  men  are  equal : 
Davus  becomes  (Edipus,  the  fool  is  as  the  sage.  What, 
the  "  I "  believes,  that  the  "  Thou  "  must  acknowledge, 
under  the  pains  and  penalties  of  offending  Self-esteem. 
Whilst  the  African's  faith  is  weakly  catholic,  he  will 
not  admit  that  other  men  are  wiser  on  this  point  than 


id  By  Google 


348  THE   LAKE  BBQIOKS  OF  CEXTRAL  AFRICA. 

himself.  Yet  he  will  fast  like  a  Moslem,  because  doing 
something  seems  to  raise  him  in  the  scale  of  creation. 
His  mind,  involved  in  the  trammels  of  his  superstition, 
and  enchained  by  custom,  is  apparently  incapable  of 
receiving  the  impressions  of  £1  Islam.  His  Fetissism, 
unspiritualised  by  the  philosophic  Pantheism  and  Poly- 
theism of  Europe  and  Asia,  has  hitherto  unfitted  him 
for  that  belief  which  was  readily  accepted  by  the  more 
Semitic  maritime  races,  the  Soma],  the  Wasawahili,  and 
the  Wamrima.  To  a  certain  extent,  also,  it  has  been 
the  policy  of  the  Arab  to  avoid  proselytising,  which 
would  lead  to  comparative  equality :  for  sordid  lucre 
the  Moslem  has  left  the  souls  of  these  Kafirs  to  eternal 
perdition.  According  to  most  doctors  of  the  saving 
faith,  an  ardent  proselytiser  might  convert  by  the  sword 
whole  tribes,  though  he  might  not  succeed  with  indivi- 
duals, who  cannot  break  through  the  ties  of  society.  The 
"  Mombas  Mission,"  however,  relying  upon  the  powers 
of  persuasion,  unequivocally  failed,  and  pronounced 
their  flock  to  be  "not  behind  the  greatest  infidels  and 
scoffers  of  Europe:  they  blaspheme,  in  fact,  like  chil- 
dren." With  characteristic  want  of  veneration  they 
would  say,  "  Your  Lord  is  a  bad  master,  for  he  does 
not  cure  his  servants."  When  an  early  convert  died, 
the  Wanyika  at  once  decided  that  there  is  no  Saviour, 
as  be  does  not  prevent  the  decease  of  a  friend.  The 
sentiment  generally  elicited  by  a  discourse  upon  the 
subject  of  the  existence  of  a  Deity  is  a  desire  to 
see  him,  in  order  to  revenge  upon  him  the  deaths  of 
relatives,  friends,  and  cattle.* 


*  That  the  Western  African  negro  resembles  in  this  point  his  negroid 
brother,  the  following  extract  from  an  amusing  and  truthful  little  volume, 
entitled  "  Trade  and  Travels  in  the  Gulf  of  Guinea  and  Western  Africa  " 
(London  :  Simpkin  and  Marshall,  1851),  will  prove : — 


id  By  Google 


AFRICAN  IRREVERENCE.  349 

Fetisaism  supplies  an  abundance  of  professionally 
holy  men.     The  "Mfumo"  is  translated  by  the  Arabs 

Always  anxioua,  —  says  Mr.  J.  Smith,  the  author,  —  to  get  any  of  them 
(the  Western  Africans)  to  talk  about  God  and  religion,  I  said,  "What  have 
you  been  doing  King  Pepple  P  " 

"  All  tbe  same  as  you  do,  —  I  tank  God." 

"For  what  P" 

"  Every  good  ting  God  sends  me." 

"  Have  you  seen  God  P  " 

"  Chi !  no  ;  —  suppose  man  see  God,  he  must  die  one  minute."  (He  would 
die  in  a  moment) 

"  When  you  die  won't  you  see  God  ?  " 

With  great  warmth,  "  I  know  no  savvy.  (I  don't  know.)  How  should  I 
know  ?  Never  mind.  I  no  want  to  hear  more  for  that  palaver."  (I  want 
no  more  talk  on  that  subject.) 

"What  way?"     (Why?) 

"  It  no  be  your  business,  you  come  here  for  trade  palaver." 

I  knew  —  resumes  Mr.  Smith  —  it  would  be  of  no  use  pursuing  (he 
subject  at  that  lime,  so  I  was  silent,  and  it  dropped  for  the  moment. 

In  speaking  of  him  dying,  I  had  touched  a  very  tender  and  disagreeable 
chord,  for  he  looked  very  savage  and  sulky,  and  I  saw  by  the  rapid  changes 
in  his  countenance  that  he  was  the  subject  of  some  intense  internal  emotion. 
At  length  he  broke  out,  using  most  violent  gesticulations,  and  exhibiting  a 
most  inhuman  expression  of  countenance,  "  Suppose  God  was  here,  I  must 
kill  him,  one  minute  I  " 

"You  what?  you  kill  God?"  followed  I, quite  taken  aback, and  almost 
breathless  with  the  novel  and  diabolical  notion ;  "  You  kill  God  P  why,  you 
talk  alt  some  fool"  (like  a  fool);  "you  cannot  kill  God;  and  suppose  it 
possible  that  God  could  die,  everything  would  cease  to  exist.  lie  is  the 
Spirit  of  the  universe.     But  he  can  kill  you." 

"  I  know  I  cannot  kill  him ;  but  suppose  I  could  kill  him,  I  would." 

"  Where  does  God  live  ?  " 

"  How  ?  "    He  pointed  to  tbe  zenith. 

"  And  suppose  you  could,  why  would  you  kill  him  ?  " 

"  Because  he  makes  men  to  die." 

"  Why,  my  friend,"  in  a  conciliatory  manner,  "  you  would  not  wish  to  live 
for  ever,  would  you  ?  " 

"  Yes,  I  want  to  stand"  (remain  for  ever). 

"  But  you  will  be  old  by  and  by,  and  if  you  lire  long  enough,  will 
become  very  infirm,  like  that  old  man,"  pointing  to  a  man  very  old  for  an 
African  and  thin,  and  lame,  and  almost  blind,  who  had  come  into  the  court 
during  the  foregoing  conversation,  to  ask  for  some  favour  (I  wonder  he  had 
not  been  destroyed), — "  and  like  liim  you  will  become  lame,  and  deaf,  and 


id  By  Google 


850  TUB    LAKE   REGIONS   OF   CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

Bassar,  a  seer  or  clairvoyant.  The  Mchawi  is  the 
Sahhar,  magician,  or  adept  in  the  black  art.  Amongst 
the  Wazegura  and  the  Wasagara  is  the  Mgonezi,  a  word 
Arabised  into  Rammal  or  Geomantist.  He  practises 
the  Miramoro,  or  divination  and  prediction  of  fray  and 
famine,  death  and  disease,  by  the  relative  position  of 
small  sticks,  like  spilikins,  cast  at  random  on  the  ground. 
The  "rain-maker,"  or  "rain-doctor"  of  the  Cape,  common 
throughout  these  tribes,  and  extending  far  north  of  the 
equator,  is  called  in  East  Africa  Mganga,  in  the  plural 
Waganga:  theArabs  term  him  Tabib,  doctor  or  physician. 
The  Mganga,  in  the  central  regions  termed  Mfumo, 
may  be  considered  as  the  rude  beginning  of  a  sacer- 
dotal order.  These  drones,  who  swarm  throughout  the 
land,  are  of  both  sexes :  the  women,  however,  generally 
confine  themselves  to  the  medical  part  of  the  profession. 
The  calling  is  hereditary,  the  eldest  or  the  cleverest  son 
begins  his  neoteric  education  at  an  early  age,  and  snc- 
ceeds  to  his  father's  functions.  There  is  little  mystery 
in  the  craft,  and  the  magicians  of  Unyamwezi  have  not 
refused  to  initiate  some  of  the  Arabs.  The  power  of 
the  Mganga  is  great:  be  is  treated  as  a  sultan,  whose 
word  is  law,  and  as  a  giver  of  life  and  death.     He  is 

blind,  and  will  be  able  to  take  no  pleasure ;  would  it  not  be  better,  then,  for 
you  to  die  when  this  takes  place,  and  you  are  in  pain  and  trouble,  and  so 
make  room  for  your  son,  as  your  father  did  for  you  ?  " 

"  No,  it  would  not ;  I  want  to  stand  all  same  I  stand  now." 

"But   supposing  you   should   go   to   a  place   of  happiness  after  death. 

"  I  no  savvy  nothing  about  that,  I  know  that  I  now  live,  and  have  too 
many  wives,  and  niggers  (slaves),  and  canoes,"  (he  did  not  mean  what  be  said, 
in  saying  he  had  too  many  wives,  &c,  it  is  their  way  of  expressing  a  great 
number,)  "  and  that  I  am  king,  and  plenty  of  ships  come  to  my  country.  I 
know  no  other  ting,  and  I  want  to  stand." 

I  offered  a  reply,  but  he  would  hear  no  more,  and  so  the  conversation  on 
that  subject  ceased  ;  and  we  proceeded  to  discuss  one  not  much  more  agree- 
able to  him  —  the  payment  of  a  very  considerable  debt  which  be  owed  me. 


id  By  Google 


THE  RA1N-MAKEB.  351 

addressed  by  a  kingly  title,  and  is  permitted  to  wear 
the  chieftain's  badge,  made  of  the  base  of  a  conical 
shell.  He  is  also  known  by  a  number  of  small  greasy 
and  blackened  gourds,  filled  with  physic  and  magic, 
hanging  round  his  waist,  and  by  a  little  more  of  the 
usual  grime — sanctity  and  dirt  being  connected  in 
Africa  as  elsewhere.  These  men  are  Bent  for  from 
village  to  village,  and  receive  as  obventions  and  spi- 
ritual fees  sheep  and  goats,  cattle  and' provisions.  Their 
persons,  however,  are  not  sacred,  and  for  criminal  acts 
they  are  punished  like  other  malefactors.  The  greatest 
danger  to  them  is  an  excess  of  fame.  A  celebrated 
magician  rarely,  if  ever,  dies  a  natural  death :  too  much 
is  expected  from  him,  and  a  severer  disappointment  leads 
to  consequences  more  violent  than  usual.  The  Arabs 
deride  their  pretensions,  comparing  them  depreciatingly 
to  the  workers  of  Simiya,  or  conjuration,  in  their  own 
country.  They  remark  that  the  wizard  can  never  pro- 
duce rain  in  the  dry,  or  avert  it  in  the  wet  season. 
The  many,  however,  who,  to  use  a  West  African  phrase, 
have  "become  black"  from  a  long  residence  in  the  coun- 
try, acquire  a  sneaking  belief  in  the  Waganga,  and  fear 
of  their  powers.  The  well-educated  classes  in  Zanzibar 
consult  these  heathen,  as  the  credulous  of  other  Eastern 
countries  go  to  the  astrologer  and  geomantist,  and  in 
Europe  to  the  clairvoyant  and  the  tireuse  de  cartes. 
In  one  point  this  proceeding  is  wise:  the  wizard  rarely 
wants  wits;  and  whatever  he  has  heard  secretly  or 
openly  will  inevitably  appear  in  the  course  of  his  divi- 
nation. 

It  must  not  be  supposed,  however,  that  the  Mganga 
is  purely  an  impostor.  To  deceive  others  thoroughly 
a  man  must  first  deceive  himself,  otherwise  he  will 
be   detected   by  the   least  discerning.      This   is    the 


id  By  Google 


35J  THE    LAKE   REGIONS   OP   CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

simple  secret  of  so  many  notable  successes,  achieved 
in  the  most  unpromising  causes  by  self-reliance  and 
enthusiasm,  the  parents  of  energy  and  consistence. 
These  barbarians  are  more  often  sinned  against  by  their 
own  fears  and  fooleries  of  faith,  than  sinners  against 
their  fellow-men  by  fraud  and  falsehood. 

The  office  of  Uganga  includes  many  duties.  The 
same  man  is  a  physician  by  natural  and  supernatural 
means,  a  mystagogue  or  medicine-man,  a  detector  of 
sorcery,  by  means  of  the  Judicium  Dei  or  ordeal,  a 
rain-maker,  a  conjuror,  an  augur,  and  a  prophet. 

As  a  rule,  all  diseases,  from  a  boil  to  marasmus 
senilis,  are  attributed  by  the  Fetissist  to  P'hepo,  Hubub, 
or  Afflatus.  The  three  words  are  synonymous.  P'hepo, 
in  Kisawahili,  is  the  plural  form  of  upepo  (a  zephyr), 
used  singularly  to  signify  a  high  wind,  a  whirlwind 
("devil"),  and  an  evil  ghost,  generally  of  a  Moslem. 
Hubub,  the  Arabic  translation,  means  literally  the 
blowing  of  wind,  and  metaphorically  "possession." 
The  African  phrase  for  a  man  possessed  is  "  ana  p'hepo," 
"  he  has  a  devil."  The  Mganga  is  expected  to  heal  the 
patient  by  expelling  the  possession.  Like  the  evil 
spirit  in  the  days  of  Saul,  the  unwelcome  visitant  must 
be  charmed  away  by  sweet  music ;  the  drums  cause 
excitement,  and  violent  exercise  expels  the  ghost,  as 
saltation  nullifies  in  Italy  the  venom  of  the  tarantula. 
The  principal  remedies  are>  drumming,  dancing,  and 
drinking,  till  the  auspicious  moment  arrives.  The  ghost 
is  then  enticed  from  the  body  of  the  possessed  into 
some  inanimate  article,  which  he  will  condescend  to 
inhabit.  This,  technically  called  a  Keti,  or  stool,  may 
he  a  certain  kind  of  bead,  two  or  more  bits  of  wood 
bound  together  by  a  strip  of  snake's  skin,  a  lion's  or  a 
leopard's  claw,  and  other  similar  articles,  worn  round 


id  By  Google 


THE   DEVIL'S  TREE.  MS 

the  head,  the  arm,  the  wrist,  or  the  ankle.  Paper  is 
still  considered  great  medicine  by  the  Wasukuma  and 
other  tribes,  who  will  barter  valuable  goods  for  a  little 
bit :  the  great  desideratum  of  the  charm,  in  fact,  appears 
to  be  its  rarity,  or  the  difficulty  of  obtaining  it.  Hence 
also  the  habit  of  driving  nails  into  and  hanging  rags 
upon  trees.  The  vegetable  itself  is  not  worshipped,  as 
some  Europeans  who  call  it  the  "  Devil's  tree "  have 
supposed :  it  is  merely  the  place  for  the  laying  of 
ghosts,  where  by  appending  the  Keti  most  acceptable 
to  the  spectrum,  he  will  be  bound  over  to  keep  the 
peace  with  man.  Several  accidents  in  the  town  of 
Zanzibar  have  confirmed  even  the  higher  orders  in  their 
lurking  superstition.  Mr.  Peters,  an  English  merchant, 
annoyed  by  the  slaves  who  came  in  numbers  to  hammer 
nails  and  to  hang  iron  hoops  and  rags  upon  a  "  Devil's 
tree"  in  his  courtyard,  ordered  it  to  be  cut  down,  to 
the  horror  of  all  the  black  beholders,  of  whom  no  one 
would  lay  an  axe  to  it.  Within  six  months  five  persons 
died  in  that  house — Mr.  Peters,  his  two  clerks,  his 
cooper,  and  his  ship's  carpenter.  This  superstition 
will  remind  the  traveller  of  the  Indian  Pipul  (Ficus 
religiosa),  in  which  fiends  are  supposed  to  roost,  and 
suggest  to  the  Orientalist  an  explanation  of  the  mys- 
terious Moslem  practices  common  from  "Western  Africa 
to  the  farthest  East.  The  hanging  of  rags  upon  trees 
by  pilgrims  and  travellers  is  probably  a  relic  of  Arab 
Fetissism,  derived  in  the  days  of  ignorance  from  their 
congeners  in  East  Africa.  The  custom  has  spread  far 
and  wide :  even  the  Irish  peasantry  have  been  in  the 
habit  of  suspending  to  the  trees  and  bushes  near  their 
"  holy  wells"  rags,  halters,  and  spancels,  in  token  of 
gratitude  for  their  recovery,  or  that  of  their  cattle. 
There  are  other  mystical  means  of  restoring  the  sick 

VOL.  II.  A  A 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


864  '  THE   LAKE   REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

to  health ;  one  specimen  will  suffice.  Several  little 
sticks,  like  matches,  are  daubed  with  ochre,  and  marks 
are  made  with  them  upon  the  patient's  body.  A  charm 
is  chanted,  the  possessed  one  responds,  and  at  the  end 
of  every  stave  an  evil  spirit  flies  from  him,  the  signal 
being  a  stick  cast  by  the  Mganga  upon  the  ground. 
Some  unfortunates  have  as  many  as  a  dozen  haunting 
ghosts,  each  of  which  has  his  own  periapt :  the 
Mganga  demands  a  distinct  honorarium  for  the  several 
expulsions.  Wherever  danger  is,  fear  will  be ;  wherever 
fear  is,  charms  and  spells,  exorcisms  and  talismans  of 
portentous  powers  will  be  in  demand ;  and  wherever 
supernaturalisms  are  in  requisition,  men  will  be  found, 
for  a  consideration,  to  supply  them. 

These  strange  rites  are  to  be  explained  upon  the 
principle  which  underlies  thaumaturgy  in  general: 
they  result  from  conviction  in  a  gross  mass  of  exagge- 
rations heaped  by  ignorance,  falsehood,  and  credulity, 
upon  the  slenderest  foundation  of  fact — a  fact  doubt- 
less solvable  by  the  application  of  natural  laws.  The 
African  temperament  has  strong  susceptibilities,  com- 
bined with  what  appears  to  be  a  weakness  of  brain,  and 
great  excitability  of  the  nervous  system,  as  is  proved 
by  the  prevalence  of  epilepsy,  convulsions,  and  hys- 
teric disease.  According  to  the  Arab,  El  Sara,  epi- 
lepsy, or  the  falling  sickness,  iB  peculiarly  common 
throughout  East  Africa;  and,  aa  we  know  by  experience 
in  lands  more  civilised,  the  sudden  prostration,  rigidity, 
contortions,  &c.  of  the  patient,  strongly  suggest  the 
idea  that  he  has  been  taken  and  seized  (tx-ix^ditf) 
by,  as  it  were,  some  external'  and  invisible  agent. 
The  negroid  is,  therefore,  peculiarly  liable  to  the 
epidemical  mania  called  "  Phantasmata,"  which,  ac- 
cording   to   history,    has  at  times  of  great   mental 


id  By  Google 


agitation  and  popular  disturbance  broken  out .  in 
different  parts  of  Europe,  and  which,  even  in  thia  our 
day,  forms  the  basework  of  "  revivals."  Thus  in  Africa 
the  objective  existence  of  spectra  has  become  a  tenet  of 
belief.  Stories  that  stagger  the  most  sceptical  are  told 
concerning  the  phenomenon  by  respectable  and  not 
unlearned  Arabs,  who  point  to  their  fellow-countrymen 
as  instances.  Salim  bin  Rashid,  a  half-caste  merchant, 
well  known  at  Zanzibar,  avers,  and  his  companions  bear 
witness  to  bis  words,  that  on  one  occasion,  when  travel- 
ling northwards  from  Unyanyembe,  the  possession 
occurred  to  himself.  During  the  night  two  female 
slaves,  bis  companions,  of  whom  one  was  a  child,  fell, 
without  apparent  cause,  into  the  fits  which  denote  the 
approach  of  a  spirit.  Simultaneously,  the  master 
became  as  one  intoxicated ;  a  dark  mass,  material,  not 
spiritual,  entered  the  tent,  and  he  felt  himself  pulled 
and  pushed  by  a  number  of  black  figures,  whom  he 
had  never  before  seen.  He  called  aloud  to  his  com- 
panions and  slaves,  who,  vainly  attempting  to  enter 
the  tent,  threw  it  down,  and  presently  found  him  in  a 
state  of  stupor,  from  which  he  did  not  recover  till  the 
morning.  The  same  merchant  circumstantially  related, 
and  called  witnesses  to  prove,  that  a  small  slave-boy, 
who  was  produced  on  the  occasion,  had  been  frequently 
carried  off  by  possession,  even  when  confined  in  a 
windowless  room,  with  a  heavy  door  carefully  bolted 
and  padlocked.  Next  morning  the  victim  was  not 
found,  although  the  chamber  remained  closed.  A  few 
days  afterwards  he  was  met  in  the  jungle  wandering 
absently  like  an  idiot,  and  with  speech  too  incoherent 
to  explain  what  had  happened  to  him.  The  Arabs  of 
Oman,  who  subscribe  readily  to  transformation,  deride 
these  tales  ;  those  of  African  blood  believe  them.     The 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


336  THE   LAKE   REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

transformation-belief,  still  bo  common  in  Maskat, 
Abyssinia,  Somaliland,  and  the  Cape,  and  anciently 
an  almost  universal  superstition,  is,  curious  to  say, 
unknown  amongst  these  East  African  tribes.  The 
Wabiao,  lying  between  Eilwa  and  the  Nyassa  Lake, 
preserve,  however,  a  remnant  of  the  old  creed  in  their 
conviction,  that  a  malevolent  magician  can  change  a 
man  after  death  into  a  lion,  a  leopard,  or  a  hysena.  On 
the  Zambezi  the  people,  according  to  Dr.  Living- 
stone (chap.  xxx.)t  believe  that  a  chief  may  metamor- 
phose himself  into  a  lion,  kill  any  one  be  chooses,  and 
then  return  to  the  human  form.  About  Tete  (chap, 
xxxi.)  the  negroids  hold  that,  "  while  persons  are  still 
living,  they  may  enter  into  lions  and  alligators,  and 
then  return  again  to  their  own  bodies."  Travellers 
determined  to  find  in  Africa  counterparts  of  European 
and  Asiatic  tenets,  argue  from  this  transformation  a 
belief  in  the  "  transmigration  of  Boule."  They  thus 
confuse  material  metamorphosis  with  a  spiritual  pro- 
gress, which  is  assuredly  not  an  emanation  from  the 
Hamitic  mind.  The  Africans  have  hitherto  not  bewil- 
dered their  brains  with  metaphysics,  and,  ignoring  the 
idea  of  a  soul,  which  appears  to  be  a  dogma  of  the 
Caucasian  race,  they  necessarily  ignore  its  immor- 
tality. 

The  second,  and,  perhaps,  the  most  profitable  occu- 
pation of  the  Mganga,  is  the  detection  of  Uchawi,  or 
black  magic.  The  fatuitous  style  of  conviction,  and  the 
fearful  tortures  which,  in  the  different  regions,  await 
those  found  guilty,  have  already  been  described,  as  far 
as  description  is  possible.  Amongst  a  people  where  the 
magician  is  a  police  detector,  ordeals  must  be  expected 
to  thrive.  The  Baga  or  Kyapo  of  East  Africa — the 
Arabs  translate  it  El  Halaf,  or  the  Oath — is  as  cruel, 


id  By  Google 


absurd,  and  barbarous,  as  the  red  water  of  Ashanti,  the 
venoms  of  Kasanji  (Cassange),  the  muavi  of  the  Banyai 
tribes  of  Monomotapa,  the  Tangina  poison  of  the  Mala- 
gash,  the  bitter  water  of  the  Jews,  the  "  saucy- water  " 
of  West  Africa,  and  the  fire  tests  of  mediaeval  Europe. 
The  people  of  Usumbara  thrust  a  red-hot  hatchet  into 
the  mouth  of  the  accused.  Among  the  south-eastern 
tribes  a  heated  iron  spike,  driven  into  some  tender  part 
of  the  person,  is  twice  struck  with  a  log  of  wood.  The 
Wazaramo  dip  the  hand  into  boiling  water,  the  Waganda 
into  seething  oil ;  and  the  Wazegura  prick  the  ear  with 
the  stiffest  bristles  of  a  gnu's  tail.  The  Wakwafi  have 
an  ordeal  of  meat  that  chokes  the  guilty.  The  Wan- 
yamwezi  pound  with  water  between  two  stones,  and 
infuse  a  poisonous  bark  called  "  Mwavi : "  it  is  first 
administered  by  the  Mganga  to  a  hen,  who,  for  the 
nonce,  represents  the  suspected.  If,  however,  all  parties 
be  not  satisfied  with  Buch  trial,  it  is  duly  adhibited  to 
the  accused. 

In  East  Africa,  from  Somaliland  to  the  Cape,  and 
throughout  the  interior  amongst  the  negroidsand  negroes 
north  as  well  as  south  of  the  equator,  the  rain-maker  or 
rain-doctor  is  a  personage  of  consequence;  and  he  does  not 
fail  to  turn  the  hopes  and  fears  of  the  people  to  bis  own 
advantage.  Aseasonofdroughtcauses  dearth,disease,and 
desolation  amongst  these  improvident  races,  who  there- 
fore connect  every  strange  phenomenon  with  the  object 
of  their  desires,  a  copious  wet  monsoon.  The  enemy 
has  medicines  which  disperse  the  clouds.  The  stranger 
who  brings  with  him  heavy  showers  is  regarded  as  a 
being  of  good  omen ;  usually,  however,  the  worst  is  ex- 
pected from  the  novel  portent ;  he  will,  for  instance,  be 
accompanied  and  preceded  by  fertilising  rains,  but  the 
wells  and  springs  will  dry  up  after  bis  departure,  and 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


558  THE   LAKE   REGIONS   OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

the  result  will  be  drought  or  small-pox.  These  rumours 
which  may  account  for  the  Lybian  stranger-sacri- 
fices in  the  olden  time,  are  still  dangerous  to  travellers. 
The  M ganga  must  remedy  the  evil.  His  spells  are  those 
of  fetissists  in  general,  the  mystic  use  of  something  foul, 
poisonous,  or  difficult  to  procure,  such  as  the  album 
grsecum  of  hyenas,  snakes'  fangs,  or  lions'  hair ;  these 
and  similar  articles  are  collected  with  considerable 
trouble  by  the  young  men  of  the  tribe  for  the  use  of  the 
rain-maker.  But  he  is  a  weatherwise  man,  and  rains  in 
tropical  lands  are  easily  foreseen.  Not  unfrequently, 
however,  he  proves  himself  a  false  prophet ;  and  when 
all  the  resources  of  cunning  fail  he  must  fly  for  dear 
life  from  the  victims  of  his  delusion. 

The  Mganga  is  also  a  predictor  and  a  soothsayer.  He 
foretels  the  success  or  failure  of  commercial  undertak- 
ings, of  wars,  and  of  kidnapping-commandos ;  he  foresees 
famine  and  pestilence,  and  he  suggests  the  means  of 
averting  calamities.  He  fixes  also,  before  the  com- 
mencement of  any  serious  affair,  fortunate  conjunctions, 
without  which  a  good  issue  cannot  be  expected.  He 
directB  expiatory  offerings.  His  word  is  ever  powerful 
to  expedite  or  to  delay  the  march  of  a  caravan ;  and  in 
his  quality  of  augur  he  considers  the  flight  of  birds  and 
the  cries  of  beasts,  like  his  prototype  of  the  same  class 
in  ancient  Europe  and  in  modern  Asia. 

The  principal  instrument  of  the  Mganga's  craft  is  one 
of  the  dirty  little  buyu  or  gourds  which  he  wears  in  a 
bunch  round  his  waist;  and  the  following  is  the  usual 
programme  when  the  oracle  is  to  be  consulted.  The 
magician  brings  his  implements  in  a  bag  of  matting; 
his  demeanour  is  serious  as  the  occasion ;  he  is  carefully 
greased,  and  his  head  is  adorned  with  the  diminutive 
antelope-horns  fastened  by  a  thong  of  leather  above  the 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


PBBDICTION.  939 

forehead.  He  sits  like  a  sultan  upon  a  dwarf  stool  in 
front  of  the  querist,  and  begins  by  exhorting  the  highest 
possible  offertory.  No  pay,  no  predict.  Divination  by 
the  gourd  has  already  been  described ;  the  Mganga  has 
many  other  implements  of  his  craft.  Some  prophesy 
by  the  motion  of  berries  swimming  in  a  cup  full  of  water, 
which  is  placed  upon  a  low  stool  surrounded  by  four 
tails  of  the  zebra  or  the  buffalo  lashed  to  sticks  planted 
upright  in  the  ground.  The  Kasanda  is  a  system  of 
folding  triangles  not  unlike  those  upon  which  plaything 
soldiers  are  mounted.  Held  in  the  right  hand,  it  is 
thrown  out,  and  the  direction  of  the  end  points  to 
the  safe  and  auspicious  route ;  this  is  probably  the 
rudest  appliance  of  prestidigitation.  The  shero  is  a  bit  of 
wood  about  the  size  of  a  man's  hand,  and  not  unlike  a 
pair  of  bellowB,  with  a  dwarf  handle,  a  projection  like 
a  nozzle,  and  in  the  circular  centre  a  little  hollow.  This 
is  filled  with  water,  and  a  grain  or  fragment  of  wood, 
placed  to  float,  gives  an  evil  omen  if  it  tends  towards 
the  sides,  and  favourable  if  it  veers  towards  the  handle 
or  the  nozzle.  The  Mganga  generally  carries  about 
with  him  to  announce  his  approach  a  kind  of  rattle 
called  "sanje."  This  is  a  hollow  gourd  of  pine-apple 
shape,  pierced  with  various  holes,  prettily  carved  and 
half  filled  with  maize,  grains,  and  pebbles ;  the  handle 
is  a  stick  passed  through  its  length  and  secured  by 
cross-pins. 

The  Mganga  has  many  minor  duties.  In  elephant 
hunts  he  must  throw  the  first  spear  and  endure  the 
blame  if  the  beast  escapes.  He  marks  ivory  with  spots 
disposed  in  lines  and  other  figures,  and  thus  enables  it 
to  reach  the  coast  without  let  or  hindrance.  He  loads 
the  kirangozi  or  guide  with  charms  and  periapts  to 
defend  him   from  the  malice  which  is  ever  directed 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


360  T1IE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

at  a  leading  man,  and  sedulously  forbids  him  to 
allow  precedence  even  to  the  Mtongi,  the  commander 
and  proprietor  of  the  caravan.  He  aids  his  tribe  by 
magical  arts  in  wars,  by  catching  a  bee,  reciting  over  it 
certain  incantations,  and  loosing  it  in  the  direction  of  the 
foe,  when  the  insect  will  instantly  summon  an  army  of  its 
fellows  and  disperse  a  host,  however  numerous.  This 
belief  well  illustrates  the  easy  passage  of  the  natural 
into  the  supernatural.  The  land  being  full  of  swarms, 
and  man's  body  being  wholly  exposed,  many  a  caravan 
has  been  dispersed  like  chaff  before  the  wind  by  a  bevy 
of  swarming  bees.  Similarly  in  South  Africa  the 
magician  kicks  an  ant-hill  and  starts  wasps  which  put 
the  enemy  to  flight.  And  in  the  books  of  the  Hebrews 
we  read  that  the  hornet  sent  before  the  children  of 
Israel  against  the  Amorite  was  more  terrible  than  sword 
or  bow.     (Joshua,  xxiv.) 

The  several  tribes  in  East  Africa  present  two  forms 
of  government,  the  despotic  and  the  semi-monarchical. 

In  the  despotic  races,  the  Wakilima  or  mountaineers 
of  Chhaga,  for  instance,  the  subjects  are  reduced  to  the 
lowest  state  of  servility.  All,  except  the  magicians  and 
the  councillors,  are  "  Wasoro" — soldiers  and  slaves  to 
the  sultan,  mangi,  or  sovereign.  The  reader  will  bear 
in  mind  that  the  word  "  sultan"  is  the  Arabic  term  ap- 
plied generically  by  traders  to  all  the  reguli  and  roitelets, 
the  chiefs  and  headmen,  whose  titles  vary  in  every  region. 
In  Uzaramo  the  Sultan  is  called  p'hazi ;  in  Khutu,  p'hazi 
or  mundewa ;  in  Usagara,  mundewa ;  in  Ugogo,  mteme ; 
in  Unyamwezi,  mwami ;  in  Ujiji  andKaragwah,  mkama. 
"  Wazir  "  is  similarly  used  by  the  Arabs  for  the  principal 
councillor  or  minister,  whose  African  name  in  the  several 
tribes  is  mwene  goha,  mbaha,  mzagira,  magawe,  mhango, 
and  muhinda.     The  elders  arc  called  throughout  the 


id  By  Google 


POBMS  OF  GOVEBNMENT.  361 

country  Wagosi  and  Wanyap'hara;  they  form  the  coun- 
cil of  the  chief.  All  male- children  are  taken  from  their 
mothers,  are  made  to  live  together,  and  are  trained  to 
the  royal  service,  to  guarding  the  palace,  to  tilling  the 
fields,  and  to  keeping  the  watercourses  in  order.  The 
despot  is  approached  with  fear  and  trembling ;  subjects 
of  both  sexes  must  stand  at  a  distance,  and  repeatedly 
clap  their  palma  together  before  venturing  to  address 
him.  Women  always  bend  the  right  knee  to  the  earth, 
and  the  chief  acknowledges  the  salutation  with  a  nod. 
At  times  the  elders  and  even  the  women  inquire  of  the 
ruler  what  they  can  do  to  please  him:  he  points  to  a 
plot  of  ground  which  he  wishes  to  be  cleared,  and  this 
corvde  is  the  more  carefully  performed,  as  he  fines  them 
in  a  bullock  if  a  weed  be  left  unplucked.  In  war  female 
captives  are  sold  by  the  king,  and  the  children  are  kept 
to  swell  the  number  of  his  slaves.  None  of  the  "Wasoro 
may  marry  without  express  permission.  The  king  has 
unlimited  power  of  life  and  death,  which  he  exercises 
without  squeamishness,  and  a  general  right  of  sale  over 
his  subjects ;  in  some  tribes,  as  those  of  Karagwah, 
Uganda,  and  Unyoro,  he  is  almost  worshipped.  It  is  a 
capital  offence  to  assume  the  name  of  a  Sultan  ;  even  a 
stranger  so  doing  would  be  subjected  to  fines  and  other 
penalties.  The  only  limit  to  the  despot's  power  is  the 
Ada,  or  precedent,  the  unwritten  law  of  ancient  custom, 
which  is  here  less  mutable  than  the  codes  and  pandects 
of  Europe.  The  African,  like  the  Asiatic,  is  by  nature 
a  conservative,  at  once  the  cause  and  the  effect  of  his 
inability  to  rise  higher  in  the  social  scale.  The  king 
lives  in  a  manner  of  barbarous  state.  He  has  large 
villages  crowded  with  his  families  and  slaves.  He  never 
issues  from  his  abode  without  an  armed  mob,  and  he 
disdains  to  visit  even  the  wealthiest  Arabs.   Thje  |nonar- 


>y  Google 


M»  THE    LAHt    HMIOBS   OF  CBRUL  AR1CA. 

chlcal  tribes  are  legitimists  of  the  good  old  school,  dis- 
daining a  novua  homo ;  and  the  consciousness  of  power 
invests  their  princes  with  a  certain  dignity  and  majesty 
of  demeanour.  As  has  been  mentioned,  some  of  the 
Sultans  whose  role  has  the  greatest  prestige,  appear,  from 
physical  peculiarities,  to  be  of  a  foreign  and  a  nobler 
origin. 

In  the  aristocratical  or  semi-monarchical  tribes,  as  the 
Wanyamwezi,  the  power  of  the  Sultan  depends  mainly 
upon  his  wealth,  importance,  and  personal  qualifications 
for  the  task  of  rule.  A  chief  enabled  to  carry  out  a 
"  fist-right "  policy  will  raise  himself  to  the  rank  of  a 
despot,  and  will  slay  and  sell  his  subjects  without  mercy. 
Though  surrounded  by  a  council  varying  from  two  to  a 
score  of  chiefs  and  elders,  who  are  often  related  or 
connected  with  him,  and  who,  like  the  Arab  shayks, 
presume  as  much  as  possible  in  ordering  this  and  forbid- 
ding that,  he  can  disregard  and  slight  them.  More 
often,  however,  his  authority  is  circumscribed  by  a  rude 
balance  of  power  ;  the  chiefs  around  him  can  probably 
bring  as  many  warriors  into  the  field  as  he  can.  When 
weak,  the  sultan  has  little  more  authority  than  the 
patell  of  an  Indian  village  or  the  shaykh  of  a  Bedouin 
tribe.  Yet  even  when  the  chief  cannot  command  in  his 
own  clan,  he  is  an  important  personage  to  travelling 
merchants  and  strangers.  He  can  cause  a  quarrel,  an 
advance,  or  an  assassination,  and  be  can  quiet  brawls 
even  when  his  people  have  been  injured.  He  can  open 
a  road  by  providing  porters,  or  bar  a  path  by  deterring 
a  caravan  from  proceeding,  or  by  stopping  the  sale  of 
provisions.  Thus  it  is  easy  to  travel  amongst  races 
whose  chiefs  are  well  disposed  to  foreigners,  and  the 
utmost  circumspection  becomes  necessary  when  the 
headmen  are  grasping  and  inhospitable.  Upon  the  whole, 


id  By  Google 


THE  SULTAN.  863 

the  chiefs  are  wise  enough  to  encourage  the  visits  of 
traders. 

A  patriarchal  or  purely  republican  form  of  govern- 
ment is  unknown  in  East  Africa.  The  Wasagara,  it  is 
true,  choose  their  chief  like  the  Banyai  of  "  Monomotapa," 
but,  once  elected,  he  becomes  a  monarch.  Loyalty — or, 
to  reduce  it  to  its  elements,  veneration  for  the  divinity 
that  hedges  in  a  king — is  a  sentiment  innate  in  the 
African  mind.  Man,  however,  in  these  regions  is  not  a 
political  animal;  he  has  a  certain  instinctive  regard  for 
his  chief  and  a  respect  for  his  elders.  He  ignores,  how- 
ever, the  blessings  of  duly  limited  independence  and  the 
natural  classification  of  humanity  into  superior  and 
inferior,  and  honours — the  cheap  pay  of  nations  —  are 
unknown.  He  acknowledges  no  higher  and  lower  social 
strata.  His  barbarism  forbids  the  existence  of  a  learned 
oligarchy,  of  an  educated  community,  or  of  a  church 
and  state,  showing  the  origin  of  the  connection  between 
the  soul  and  body  of  society.  Man  being  equal  to  man, 
force  being  the  only  law  and  self  the  sole  consideration, 
mutual-  jealousy  prevents  united  efforts  and  deadens 
all  patriotic  spirit.  No  one  cares  for  the  public  good ; 
the  welfare  of  the  general  must  yield  to  the  most  con- 
temptible individual  interests ;  civil  order  and  security 
are  therefore  unknown,  and  foreign  relations  cannot 
exist. 

In  the  lowest  tribes  the  chieftain  is  a  mere  nonentity, 
"  a  Sultan,"  as  the  Arabs  say,  "  within  his  own  walls." 
His  subjects  will  boast,  like  the  Somal,  that  he  is  "  tan- 
quam  unus  ex  nobis ;"  and  they  are  so  sensible  of  restraint 
that  "  girdles  and  garters  would  be  to  them  bonds  and 
shackles  "  metaphorically  as  well  as  literally.  The  posi- 
tion of  these  Sultans  is  about  equal  to  that  of  the  diwans 
of  the  Mrima ;  their  dignity  is  confined  to  sitting  upon 


id  By  Google 


3G4  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

a  dwarf  three-legged  stool,  to  wearing  more  brass  wire 
than  beads,  and  to  possessing  clothes  a  little  better  than 
those  of  their  subjects.  The  "  regulus "  must  mate  a 
return  present  to  strangers  after  receiving  their  offerings, 
and  in  some  cases  must  begin  with  gifts.  He  must  listen 
to  the  words  of  his  councillors  and  elders,  who,  being 
without  salary,  claim  a  portion  of  the  presents  and 
treasure-trove,  interfere  on  all  occasions  of  blackmail, 
fines,  and  penalties,  demand  from  all  petitioners  gifts 
and  bribes  to  secure  interest,  and  exert  great  influence 
over  the  populace. 

Legitimacy  is  the  rule  throughout  the  land,  and  the 
son,  usually  the  eldest,  succeeds  to  the  father,  except 
amongst  the  Wasukuma  of  N.  Unyamwezi,  where  the 
line  of  descent  is  by  the  sister's  son  —  the  "  surer  side" 
—  for  the  normal  reason,  to  secure  some  of  the  blood 
royal  for  ruling.  Even  the  widows  of  the  deceased 
become  the  property  of  the  successor.  This  truly 
African  practice  prevails  also  amongst  the  Bachwana, 
and  presents  another  of  those  curious  points  of  resem- 
blance between  the  Hamite  and  Semite  races  which  have 
induced  modern  ethnologists  to  derive  the  Arab  from 
Africa.  The  curious  custom  amongst  the  Wanyamwezi 
of  devising  property  to  illegitimate  children  is  not  carried 
out  in  the  succession  to  power.  Where  there  are  many 
sons,  all,  as  might  be  expected,  equally  aspire  to  power; 
sometimes,  however,  of  two  brothers,  one  will  consent  to 
hold  authority  under  the  other.  In  several  tribes,  espe- 
cially in  Usukuma,  the  widow  of  a  chief  succeeds  to  his 
dignity  in  default  of  issue. 

Punishments  are  simple  in  East  Africa,  The  sar, 
vendetta  or  blood-feud,  and  its  consequence,  the  diyat  or 
weregeld,  exist  in  germ,  unreduced,  as  amongst  the 
more  civilised  Arabs,  to  an  artful  and  intricate  system. 


id  By  Google 


But  these  customs  are  founded,  unlike  ours,  upon  bar- 
barons  human  nature.  Instinct  prompts  a  man  to  slay 
the  slayer  of  his  kith  and  kin;  the  offence  is  against  the 
individual,  not  the  government  or  society.  He  must 
reason  to  persuade  himself  that  the  crime,  being  com- 
mitted against  the  law,  should  be  left  to  the  law  for  no- 
tice ;  he  wants  revenge,  and  he  cares  nought  for  punish- 
ment or  example  for  the  prevention  of  crime.  The 
Sultan  encourages  the  payment  of  blood-money  to  the 
relatives  of  the  deceased,  or,  if  powerful  enough,  claims 
it  himself,  rather  than  that  one  murder  should  lead  to 
another,  and  eventually  to  a  chronic  state  of  bloodshed 
and  confusion.  Thus,  in  some  tribes  the  individual  re- 
venges himself,  and  in  others  he  commits  his  cause  to 
the  chief.  Here  he  takes  an  equivalent  in  cattle  for  the 
blood  of  a  brother  or  the  loss  of  a  wife ;  there  he  visits 
the  erring  party  with  condign  punishment.  The  result 
of  such  deficiency  of  standard  is  a  want  of  graduation 
in  severity ;  a  thief  is  sometimes  speared  and  beheaded, 
or  sold  into  slavery  after  all  his  property  has  been  ex- 
torted by  the  chief,  the  councillors,  and  the  elders,  whilst 
a  murderer  is  perhaps  only  fined. 

The  land  in  East  Africa  is  everywhere  allodial ;  it 
does  not  belong  to  the  ruler,  nor  has  the  dawn  of  the 
feudal  system  yet  arisen  there.  A  migratory  tribe  gives 
up  its  rights  to  the  soil,  contrary  to  the  mortmain 
system  of  the  Arab  Bedouins,  and,  if  it  would  return, 
it  must  return  by  force.  The  Sultan,  however,  exacts 
a  fee  from  all  immigrants  settling  in  his  territory. 

The  sources  of  revenue  in  East  Africa  are  uncertain, 
desultory,  and  complicated.  The  agricultural  tribes 
pay  yearly  a  small  per  centage  of  grain  ;  this,  however, 
is  the  office  of  the  women,  who  are  expert  in  fraud. 
Neither  sowing  nor  harvest  can  take  place  without 


id  By  Google 


366  THE  LAKB  KEG  IONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA, 

the  chiefs  permission,  and  the  issue  of  his  order  is 
regulated  by  his  own  interests.  Amongst  the  hunting 
tribes,  slain  elephants  become  the  hunter's  property, 
but  the  Sultan  claims  as  treasure-trove  a  tusk  of  any 
animal  found  wounded  or  dead  in  his  dominions,  and 
in  all  cases  the  spoils  of  dead  lions  are  crown  pro- 
perty. The  flesh  of  game  is  distributed  amongst  the 
elders  and  the  ruling  family,  who  also  assert  a  claim  to 
the  cloth  or  beads  purchased  by  means  of  the  ivory  from 
caravans.  Some  have  abditaria  and  considerable  stores 
of  the  articles  most  valued  by  barbarians.  Through- 
out the  slave-paths  the  chiefs  have  learned  to  raise 
revenue  from  the  slaves,  who  thus  bribe  them  to  forbear 
from  robbery.  But  whilst  the  stronger  require  large 
gifts  without  return,  the  weaker  make  trifling  presents, 
generally  of  cattle  or  provisions,  and  expect  many  times 
the  value  in  brass  wire,  cloth,  and  beads.  The  stranger 
may  refuse  these  offerings ;  it  is,  however,  contrary  to 
custom,  and  as  long  as  he  can  afford  it  he  should  submit 
to  the  imposition.  Fiscs  and  fines  are  alarmingly  fre- 
quent. If  the  monsoon-rains  delay,  the  chief  summons 
a  Mganga  to  fix  upon  the  obstructor ;  he  is  at  once 
slain,  and  his  property  is  duly  escheated.  The  Sultan 
claims  the  goods  and  chattels  of  all  felons  and  executed 
criminals,  even  in  the  case  of  a  servant  put  to  death  by 
his  master.  In  the  more  republican  tribes  the  chief 
lives  by  the  sweat  of  his  slaves.  Briefly,  East  Africa 
presents  an  instructive  study  of  human  society  in  its 
first  stage  after  birth. 

I  will  conclude  this  uninteresting  chapter — attribute 
its  dulness,  gentle  reader,  to  the  effects  of  the  climate 
and  society  of  KoDduchi — with  a  subject  which  strikes 
home  to  the  heart  of  every  Englishman,  slavery. 

The  origin  of  slavery  in  East  Africa  is  veiled  in  the 


id  By  Google 


glooms  o  the  past.  It  is  mentioned  in  the  Periplus 
(chap,  iii.),  as  an  institution  of  the  land,  and  probably 
it  was  the  result  of  the  ancient  trade  with  southern 
Arabia.  At  present  it  is  almost  universal :  with  the 
exceptions  of  the  Wahinda,  the  Watosi,  and  the  Wagogo, 
all  the  tribes  from  the  eastern  equatorial  coast  to  Ujiji 
and  the  regions  lying  westward  of  the  Tanganyika 
Lake  may  be  called  slave-races.  An  Arab,  Msawahili, 
and  even  a  bondsman  from  Zanzibar,  is  everywhere 
called  Murungwana  or  freeman.  Yet  in  many  parts  of 
the  country  the  tribes  are  rather  slave-importers  than 
exporters.  Although  they  kidnap  others,  they  will  not 
sell  their  fellows,  except  when  convicted  of  crime — 
theft,  magic,  murder,  or  cutting  the  upper  teeth  before 
the  lower.  In  times  of  necessity,  however,  a  man  will 
part  with  his  parents,  wives,  and  children,  and  when 
they  fail  he  will  sell  himself  without  shame.  As  has 
been  observed,  amongst  many  tribes  the  uncle  has  a 
right  to  dispose  of  his  nephews  and  nieces. 

Justice  requires  the  confession  that  the  horrors  of 
slave-driving  rarely  meet  the  eye  in  East  Africa. 
Some  merchants  chain  or  cord  together  their  gangs  for 
safer  transport  through  regions  where  desertion  is  at  a 
premium.  Usually,  however,  they  trust  rather  to  soft 
words  and  kind  treatment ;  the  fat  lazy  slave  is  often 
seen  stretched  at  ease  in  the  shade,  whilst  the  master 
toils  in  the  sun  and  wind.  The  u  property"  is  well  fed 
and  little  worked,  whereas  the  porter,  belonging  to  none 
but  himself,  is  left  without  hesitation  to  starve  upon  the 
road-side.  The  relationship  is  rather  that  of  patron 
and  client  than  of  lord  and  bondsman;  the  slave  is 
addressed  as  Ndugu-yango,  "  my  brother,"  and  he  is 
seldom  provoked  by  hard  words  or  stripes.  In  fact, 
the  essence  of  slavery,  compulsory  unpaid  labour,  is 


id  By  Google 


368  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

perhaps  more  prevalent  in  independent  India  than  in 
East  Africa ;  moreover,  there  is  no  adBcriptus  glebae,  as 
in  the  horrid  thraldom  of  Malabar.  To  this  general 
rule  there  are  terrible  exceptions,  as  might  be  expected 
amongst  a  people  with  scant  regard  for  human  life. 
The  Kirangozi,  or  guide,  attached  to  the  Expedition  on 
return  from  Ujiji,  had  loitered  behind  for  some  days 
because  bis  slave  girl  was  too  footsore  to  walk.  When 
tired  of  waiting  he  cut  off  her  head,  for  fear  lest  she 
should  become  gratis  another  man's  property. 

In  East  Africa  there  are  two  forms  of  this  traffic,  the 
export  and  the  internal  trade.  For  the  former  slaves 
are  collected  like  ivories  throughout  the  length'  and 
breadth  of  the  land.  They  are  driven  down  from  the 
principal  depots,  the  island  of  Kasenge,  Ujiji,  Unyany- 
embe,  and  Zungomero  to  the  coast  by  the  Arab  and 
Wasawahili  merchants,  who  afterwards  sell  them  in 
retail  at  the  great  mart,  Zanzibar.  The  internal  trade 
is  carried  on  between  tribe  and  tribe,  and  therefore 
will  long  endure. 

The  practice  of  slavery  in  East  Africa,  besides  de- 
moralising and  brutalising  the  race,  leads  to  the  results 
which  effectually  bar  increase  of  population  and  pro- 
gress towards  civilisation.  These  are  commandos,  or 
border  wars,  and  intestine  confusion. 

All  African  wars,  it  has  been  remarked,  are  for  one 
of  two  objects,  cattle-lifting  or  kidnapping.  Some  of  the 
pastoral  tribes — as  the  Wamasai,  the  Wakwafi,  the 
Watuta,  and  the  Warori — assert  the  theory  that  none 
but  themselves  have  a  right  to  possess  herds,  and  that 
they  received  the  gift  directly  from  their  ancestor  who 
created  cattle;  in  practice  they  covet  the  animals 
for  the  purpose  of  a  general  gorge.  Slaves,  how- 
ever,  are  much  more  frequently  the  end  and  aim  of 


id  By  Google 


feud  and  foray.  The  process  of  kidnapping,  an  in- 
veterate custom  in  these  lands,  is  in  every  way  agreeable 
to  the  mind  of  the  man-hunter.  A  "mitltis  utile  leUum," 
it  combines  the  pleasing  hazards  of  the  chase  with  the 
exercise  of  cunning  and  courage;  the  battue  brings 
martial  glory  and  solid  profit,  and  preserves  the  bar- 
barian from  the  listlessness  of  life  without  purpose. 
Thus  men  date  from  foray  to  foray,  and  pass  their  days 
in  an  interminable  blood-feud  and  border  war.  A  poor 
and  powerful  chief  will  not  allow  his  neighbours  to  rest 
wealthier  than  himself;  a  quarrel  is  soon  found,  the 
stronger  attacks  the  weaker,  hunts  and  harries  his 
cattle,  burns  his  villages,  carries  off  his  subjects  and 
sells  them  to  the  first  passing  caravan.  The  inhabitants 
of  the  land  have  thus  become  wolves  to  one  another ; 
their  only  ambition  is  to  dispeople  and  destroy,  and  the 
blow  thus  dealt  to  a  thinly  populated  country  strikes  at 
the  very  root  of  progress  and  prosperity. 

As  detrimental  to  the  public  interests  as  the  border 
wars  is  the  intestine  confusion  caused  by  the  slave  trade. 
It  perpetuates  the  vile  belief  in  Uchawi  or  black  magic : 
when  captives  are  in  demand,  the  criminal's  relations 
are  sold  into  slavery.  It  affords  a  scope  for  the 
tyranny  of  a  chief,  who,  if  powerful  enough,  will  enrich 
himself  by  vending  hiB  subjects  in  wholesale  and  retail. 
By  weakening  the  tie  of  family,  it  acts  with  deadly 
effect  in  preventing  the  increase  of  the  race. 

On  the  coast  and  in  the  island  of  Zanzibar  the  slaves 
are  of  two  kinds — the  Muwallid  or  domestic,  born  in 
captivity,  and  the  wild  Blave  imported  from  the  in- 
terior. 

In  the  former  case  the  slave  is  treated  as  one  of  the 
family,  because  the  master's  comfort  depends  upon  the 
man  being  contented ;  often  also  his  sister  occupies  the 

vol.  n.  B  B 


id  By  Google 


S70  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

dignified  position  of  concubine  to  the  head  of  the  house 
These  slaves  vary  greatly  in  conduct.  The  most 
tractable  are  those  belonging  to  the  Diwans  and  the 
Wasawahili  generally,  who  treat  them  with  the  utmost 
harshness  and  contempt.  The  Arabs  spoil  them  by  a 
kinder  usage ;  few  employ  the  stick,  the  salib,  or  cross 
— a  forked  pole  to  which  the  neck  and  ankles  are  lashed 
— and  the  makantale  or  stocks,  for  fear  of  desertion. 
Yet  the  slave  if  dissatisfied  silently  leaves  the  house, 
lets  himself  to  another  master,  and  returns  after  perhaps 
two  years'  absence  as  if  nothing  had  occurred.  Thus 
he  combines  the  advantages  of  freedom  and  slavery. 
Moreover,  it  iB  a  proverb  among  the  Arabs  that  a  slave 
must  desert  once  in  his  life,  and  he  does  so  the  more 
readily  as  he  betters  his  condition  by  so  doing.  The 
worst  in  all  points  are  those  belonging  to  the  Banyans, 
the  Indians,  and  other  European  subjects ;  they  know 
their  right  to  emancipation,  and  consult  only  their  own 
interests  and  inclinations.  The  Muwallid  or  domestic 
slave  is  also  used  like  the  Pombeiro  of  West  Africa. 
From  Unyamwezi  and  Ujiji  he  is  sent  to  traffic  in  the 
more  dangerous  regions — the  master  meanwhile  dwel- 
ling amongst  his  fellow  countrymen  in  some  comfortable 
Tembe  This  proceeding  has  greatly  injured  the  com- 
merce of  the  interior,  and  necessitates  yearly  lengthening 
journeys.  The  slave  intrusted  with  cloth  and  beads 
suddenly  becomes  a  great  man ;  he  is  lavish  in  sup- 
porting the  dignity  of  a  fundi  or  fattore,  and  con- 
sulting nothing  but  his  own  convenience,  he  will  loiter 
for  six  months  at  a  place  where  he  has  been  sent  for  a 
week.  Thus  it  is  that  ivory  sold  in  Unyamwezi  but  a 
dozen  years  ago  at  10  lbs.  for  1  lb.  of  beads  now  fetches 
nearly  weight  for  weight.  And  this  is  a  continually 
increasing  evil.     No  caravan,  however,  can  safely  tra- 


id  By  Google 


SLAVES  AT  ZANZIBAR.  871 

verse  the  interior  without  an  escort  of  slave-musketeers. 
They  never  part  with  their  weapons,  even  when  passing 
from  house  to  house,  holding  that  their  lives  depend 
upon  their  arms;  they  beg,  borrow,  or  steal  powder 
and  ball;  in  feet  they  are  seldom  found  unready. 
They  will  carry  nothing  but  the  lightest  gear,  the 
master's  writing-case,  bed,  or  praying-mat;  to  load 
them  heavily  would  be  to  ensure  desertion.  Contrary 
to  the  practice  of  the  free  porter,  they  invariably  steal 
when  they  run  away ;  they  are  alBO  troublesome  about 
food,  and  they  presume  upon  their  weapons  to  take 
liberties  with  the  liquor  and  the  women  of  the  heathen. 

The  imported  slaves  again  are  of  two  different  classes. 
Children  are  preferred  to  adults ;  they  are  Islamised  and 
educated  so  as  to  resemble  the  Muwallid,  though  they 
are  even  somewhat  less  tame.  Full-grown  serfs  are 
bought  for  predial  purposes ;  they  continue  indocile,  and 
alter  little  by  domestication.  When  not  used  by  the 
master  -they  are  left  to  plunder  or  to  let  themselves  out 
for  food  and  raiment,  and  when  dead  they  are  cast  into 
the  sea  or  into  the  nearest  pit.  These  men  are  the 
scourge-  of  society ;  no  one  is  safe  from  their  violence ; 
and  to  preserve  a  garden  or  an  orchard  from  the  depre- 
dations of  the  half-starved  wretches,  a  guard  of  muske- 
teers would  be  required.  They  are  never  armed,  yet, 
as  has  been  recounted,  they  have  caused  at  Zanzibar 
servile  wars,  deadly  and  lasting  as  those  of  ancient 
Rome. 

Arabs  declare  that  the  barbarians  are  improved  by 
captivity — a  partial  theory  open  to  doubt.  The  servum 
pecus  retain  in  thraldom  that  wildness  and  obstinacy 
which  distinguish  the  people  and  the  lower  animals  of 
their  native  lands ;  they  are  trapped,  but  not  tamed ; 
they  become  captives,  but  not  civilised.      However 


id  By  Google 


372  THE   LAKE   REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

trained,  they  are  probably  the  worst  servants  in  the 
world ;  a  slave-household  is  a  model  of  discomfort.  The 
wretches  take  a  trouble  and  display  an  ingenuity  in 
opposition  and  disobedience,  in  perversity,  annoyance, 
and  villany,  which  rightly  directed  would  make  them 
invaluable.  The  old  definition  of  a  slave  still  holds 
good—1'  an  animal  that  eats  as  much  and  does  as  little 
as  possible."  Clumsy  and  unhandy,  dirty  and  careless, 
he  will  never  labour  unless  ordered  to  do  so,  and  so 
futile  is  his  nature  that  even  the  inducement  of  the  stick 
cannot  compel  him  to  continue  his  exertions ;  a  whole 
gang  will  barely  do  the  work  of  a  single  servant.  He 
"  has  no  end,"  to  use  the  Arab  phrase :  that  is  to  say, 
however  well  he  may  begin,  he  will  presently  tire  of  his 
task ;  he  does  not  and  apparently  he  will  not  learn ;  his 
first  impulse,  like  that  of  an  ass,  is  not  to  obey ;  he  then 
thinks  of  obeying ;  and  if  fear  preponderate  he  finally 
may  obey.  He  must  deceive,  for  fraud  and  foxship  are 
his  force ;  when  detected  in  some  prodigious  act  of  ras- 
cality, he  pathetically  pleads,  "Am  I  not  a  slave  ?"  So 
wondrous  are  his  laziness  and  hate  of  exertion,  that 
despite  a  high  development  of  love  of  life  be  often  appears 
the  most  reckless  of  mortals.  He  will  run  away  from 
the  semblance  of  danger ;  yet  on  a  journey  he  will  tie 
his  pipe  to  a  leaky  keg  of  gunpowder,  and  smoke  it  in 
that  position  rather  than  take  the  trouble  to  undo  it. 
A  slave  belonging  to  Musa,  the  Indian  merchant  at 
Kazeh,  unwilling  to  rise  and  fetch  a  pipe,  opened  the 
pan  of  his  musket,  filled  it  with  tobacco  and  fire,  and 
beginning  to  inhale  it  from  the  muzzle  blew  out  his 
brains.  Growing  confident  and  impudent  from  the 
knowledge  of  how  far  he  may  safely  go,  the  slave 
presumes  to  the  utmost.  He  steals  instinctively,  like 
pie :  a  case  is  quoted  in  which  (he  gold  spangles 


id  By  Google 


"THEEE  13  NO  GOOD  IS  THE  BONDSMAN."  37* 

were  stripped  from  an  officer's  sword-belt  whilst  dining 
with  the  Prince  of  Zanzibar.  The  slave  is  almost  always 
half-naked ;  whatever  clothes  he  obtains  from  the  master 
are  pawned  or  sold  in  the  bazar ;  hence  he  must  pilfer 
and  plunder  almost  openly  for  the  means  of  gratifying 
his  lowest  propensities,  drinking  and  intrigue.  He 
seems  to  acquire  from  captivity  a  greater  capacity  for 
debauchery  than  even  in  his  native  wilds  j  he  has  learned 
irregularities  unknown  to  his  savage  state:  it  is  the 
brutishness  of  negroid  nature  brought  out  by  the  cheap 
and  readily  attainable  pleasures  of  semi-civilisation. 
Whenever  on  moonlight  nights  the  tapping  of  the  tomtom 
responds  to  the  vile  squeaking  of  the  fife,  it  is  impossible 
to  keep  either  a  male  or  female  slave  within  doors.  All 
rendezvous  at  the  place,  and,  having  howled  and  danced 
themselves  into  happiness,  conclude  with  a  singularly 
disorderly  scene.  In  the  town  of  Zanzibar  these 
"  Ngoma"  or  dances  were  prohibited  for  moral  reasons 
by  the  late  Sayyid.  The  attachment  of  a  slave  to  his 
master  is  merely  a  development  of  selfishness ;  it  is  a 
greater  insult  to  abuse  the  Ahbab  (patroon),  than, 
according  to  Eastern  fashion,  the  father  and  mother, 
the  wife  and  sister.  No  slave-owner,  however,  praises 
a  slave  or  relies  upon  his  fidelity.  The  common  expres- 
sion is,  "  There  is  no  good  in  the  bondsman." 

Like  the  Somal,  a  merry  and  light-hearted  race  in 
foreign  countries,  but  rendered  gloomy  and  melancholy 
by  the  state  of  affairs  at  home,  the  negroid  slaves 
greatly  improve  by  exportation :  they  lose  much  of  the 
surliness  and  violence  which  distinguish  them  at  Zanzi- 
bar, and  are  disciplined  into  a  kind  of  respect  for 
superiors.  Thus,  "  Seedy  Mubarak  "  is  a  prime  favourite 
on  board  an  Indian  steamer ;  he  has  also  strength  and 
courage  enough  to  make  himself  respected.    But "  Seedy 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


B74  THE   LAKE   REGION'S   OF  CENTRAL   AFBICA, 

Mubarak  "  has  tasted  the  intoxicating  draught  of  liberty, 
he  is  in  high  good  humour  with  himself  and  with  all 
around  him,  he  is  a  slave  merely  in  origin,  he  has  been 
adopted  into  the  great  family  of  free  men,  and  with  it 
he  has  identified  all  his  interests.  Eastern  history 
preserves  instances  of  the  valour  and  faithfulness  of 
bondsmen,  as  the  annals  of  the  West  are  fond  of  record- 
ing the  virtues  of  dogs.  Yet  all  the  more  civilised  races 
have  a  gird  at  the  negro.  In  the  present  day  the 
Persians  and  other  Asiatics  are  careful,  when  bound  on 
distant  or  dangerouB  journeys,  to  mix  white  servants 
with  black  slaves ;  they  hold  the  African  to  be  full  of 
strange  childish  caprices,  and  to  be  ever  at  heart  a 
treacherous  and  bloodthirsty  barbarian.  Like  the 
"bush-negroes''  of  Surinam,  once  so  dangerous  to  the 
Dutch,  the  runaway  slaves  from  Zanzibar  have  formed 
a  kind  of  East  African  Liberia,  between  Mount  Yombo 
and  the  Shimba  section  of  the  Eastern  Ghauts.  They 
have  endangered  the  direct  caravan-road  from  Mombasah 
to  Usumbara ;  and  though  trespassing  upon  the  terri- 
tory of  file  Mwasagnombe,  a  sub-clan  of  the  Wadigo, 
and  claimed  as  subjects  by  Abdullah,  the  son  of  Sultan 
Kimwere,  they  have  gallantly  held  their  ground.  Ac- 
cording to  the  Arabs  there  is  another  servile  republic 
about  Gulwen,  near  Brava.  Travellers  speak  with 
horror  of  the  rudeness,  violence,  and  cruelty  of  these 
self-emancipated  slaves;  they  are  said  to  be  more 
dangerous  even  than  the  Sonal,  who  for  wanton  mis- 
chief and  malice  can  be  compared  with  nothing  but  the 
naughtiest  schoolboys  in  England. 

The  serviles  at  Zanzibar  have  played  their  Arab 
masters  some  notable  tricks.  Many  a  severe  lord  has 
perished  by  the  hand  of  a  shtve.  Several  have  lost 
their  eyes  by  the  dagger's  point  during  sleep.  Curious 
tales    are    told  of  ingenious  servile  conspiracy.     Mo- 

j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


PRICES  OF  SLAVES.  375 

hammed  bin  Sayf,  a  Zanzibar  Arab,  remarkable  for 
household  discipline,  was  brought  to  grief  by  Kombo, 
his  slave,  who  stole  a  basket  of  nutmegs  from  the 
Prince,  and,  hiding  them  in  his  master's  house,  de- 
nounced him  of  theft.  Fahl  bin  Nasr,  a  travelling 
merchant,  when  passing  through  Ugogo,  nearly  lost 
his  life  in  consequence  of  a  slave  having  privily  in- 
formed the  people  that  his  patroon  had  been  killing 
crocodiles  and  preserving  their  fat  for  poison.  In  both 
these  cases  the  slaves  were  not  punished;  they  had 
acted,  it  was  believed,  according  to  the  true  instincts  of 
servile  nature,  and  chastisement  would  have  caused 
desertion,  not  improvement. 

As  regards  the  female  slaves,  the  less  said  about 
them,  from  regard  to  the  sex,  the  better :  they  are  as 
deficient  in  honour  as  in  honesty,  in  modesty  and 
decorum  as  in  grace  and  beauty.  No  man,  even  an 
Arab,  deems  the  mother  of  his  children  chaste,  or 
believes  in  the  legitimacy  of  his  progeny  till  proved. 

Extensive  inquiries  into  the  subject  lead  to  a  con- 
viction that  it  is  impossible  to  offer  any  average  of  the 
price  of  slaves.  Yet  the  question  is  of  importance,  as 
only  the  immense  profit  causes  men  thus  to  overlook 
all  considerations  of  humanity.  A  few  general  rules 
may  be  safely  given.  There  is  no  article,  even  horse- 
flesh, that  varies  so  much  in  market-value  as  the  human 
commodity :  the  absolute  worth  is  small  compared  with 
the  wants  of  the  seller  and  the  requirements  and  the 
means  of  the  purchaser.  The  extremes  range  from  six 
feet  of  unbleached  domestics  or  a  few  pounds  of  grain 
in  time  of  famine,  to  seventy  dollars,  equal  to  15/. 
The  slaves  are  cheapest  in  the  interior,  on  account  of 
the  frequency  of  desertion :  about  Unyamwezi  they  are 
dearer,  and  most  expensive  in  the  island  of  Zanzibar. 


id  By  Google 


376  THE   LAKE   EEGIONS   OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

At  the  latter  place  during  the  last  few  years  they  have 
doubled  in  price :  according  to  the  Arabs,  who  regard 
the  abolition  of  slavery  with  feelings  of  horror,  this 
increase  results  from  the  impediments  thrown  in  the 
way  by  the  English ;  a  more  probable  explanation  may 
be  found  in  the  greater  cheapness  of  money.  At  Zan- 
zibar the  price  of  a  boy  under  puberty  is  from  fifteen 
to  thirty  dollars.  A  youth  till  the  age  of  fifteen  is 
worth  a  little  less.  A  man  in  the  prime  of  life,  from 
twenty-five  to  forty,  fetches  from  thirteen  to  twenty 
dollars ;  after  that  age  he  may  be  bought  from  ten  to 
thirteen.  Educated  slaves,  fitted  for  the  work  of  fac- 
tors, are  sold  from  twenty-five  to  seventy  dollars,  and 
at  fancy  prices.  The  price  of  females  1b  everywhere 
about  one-third  higher  than  that  of  males.  At  Zanzibar 
the  ushur  or  custom-dues  vary  according  to  the  race  of 
the  slave:  the  Wahiao,  Wangindo,  and  other  serviles 
imported  from  Eilwa,  pay  one  dollar  per  head,  from  the 
Mrima  or  maritime  regions  two  dollars,  and  from  Un- 
yamwezi,  Ujiji,  and  the  rest  of  the  interior  three  dol- 
lars. At  the  central  depot,  Unyanyembe,  where  slaves 
are  considered  neither  cheap  nor  dear,  the  value  of  a 
boy  ranges  between  eight  and  ten  doti  or  double  cloths ; 
a  youth  from  nine  to  eleven ;  a  man  in  prime,  from  five 
to  ten ;  and  past  hia  prime  from  four  to  six.  In  some 
parts  of  the  interior  men  are  dearer  than  children  under 
puberty.  In  the  cheapest  places,  as  in  Earagwah  and 
Urori,  a  boy  costs  three  shukkahs  of  cloth,  and  three 
fuodo  or  thirty  strings -of  coral  beads;  a  youth  from 
ten  to  fifteen  fundo ;  a  man  in  prime  from  eight  to  ten; 
and  no  one  will  purchase  an  old  man.  These  general 
notes  must  not,  however,  be  applied  to  particular  tribes : 
as  with  ivory  and  other  valuable  commodities,  the 
amount  and  the  description  of  the  circulating  medium 
vary  at  almost  every  march. 


id  By  Google 


ABOLITION  OP  SLAVERY.  377 

It  was  asserted  by  the  late  Colonel  Hamerton,  whose 
local  knowledge  was  extensive,  that  the  average  of 
yearly  import  into  the  island  of  Zanzibar  was  14,000 
head  of  slaves,  the  extremes  being  9000  and  20,000. 
The  loss  by  mortality  and  desertion  is  30  per  cent,  per 
annum ;  thus,  the  whole  gang  must  be  renewed  between 
the  third  and  fourth  year. 

By  a  stretch  of  power  slavery  might  readily  be 
abolished  in  the  island  of  Zanzibar,  and  in  due  time, 
after  the  first  confusion,  the  measure  would  doubtless 
be  found  as  profitable  as  it  is  now  unpalatable  to  the 
landed  proprietors,  and  to  the  commercial  body.  A 
"  sentimental  squadron,"  like  the  West  African,  would 
easily,  by  meanB  of  Bteam,  prevent  any  regular  expor- 
tation to  the  Asiatic  continent.  But  these  measures 
would  deal  only  with  effects,  leaving ,  the  causes 
in  full  vigour;  they  would  strike  at  the  bole  and 
branches,  the  root  retaining  sufficient  vitality  to  resume 
its  functions  as  soon  as  relieved  of  the  pressure  from 
without.  Neither  treaty  nor  fleet  would  avail  perma- 
nently to  arrest  the  course  of  slavery  upon  the  sea- 
board, much  less  would  it  act  in  the  far  realms  of  the 
interior.  At  present  the  African  will  not  work:  the 
purchase  of  predial  slaves  to  till  and  harvest  for  him  is 
the  great  aim  of  his  life.  When  a  more  extensive  inter- 
course with  the  maritime  regions  shall  beget  wants 
which  compel  the  barbarian,  now  contented  with  doing 
nothing  and  having  nothing,  to  that  individual  exertion 
and  that  mutual  dependency  which  render  serfdom  a 
moral  impossibility '  in  the  more  advanced  stages  of 
human  society, — when  man,  now  valueless  except  to 
himself,  shall  become  more  precious  by  his  labour  than 
by  his  sale,  in  fact  an  article  so  expensive  that  strangers 
cannot  afford  to  buy  him, — then  we  may  expect  to  wit- 
ness the  extinction  of  the  evil.     Thus,  and  thus  only 

D,B,tzedDyGoOgIe 


8TS  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL   AFKICA. 

can   "Rachel,  still  weeping  for  her  children,"  in  the 
evening  of  her  days,  be  made  happy. 

Meanwhile,  the  philanthropist,  who  after  sowing  the 
good  seed  has  sense  and  patience  to  consign  the  gather- 
ing of  the  crop  to  posterity,  will  hear  with  pleasure 
that  the  extinction  of  slavery  would  be  hailed  with 
delight  by  the  great  mass  throughout  the  length  and 
breadth  -of  Eastern  Africa.  This  people,  "  robbed  and 
spoiled"  by  their  oppressors,  who  are  legionary,  call 
themselves  "  the  meat,"  and  the  slave-dealers  "  the 
knife :"  they  bate  and  fear  their  own  demon  Moloch, 
but  they  lack  unanimity  to  free  their  necks  from  his 
yoke.  Africa  still  "  lies  in  her  blood,"  but  the  progress 
of  human  society,  and  the  straiter  bonds  which  unite 
man  with  man,  shall  eventually  rescue  her  from  her  old 
pitiable  fate. 


The  Bull-headed  Mabrulu.  Afhoan  standing  position. 


id  By  Google 


CONCLUSION. 

Oh  the  9th  February  the  Battela  and  the  stores  required 
for  our  trip  arrived  at  Konduchi  from  Zanzibar,  and  the 
next  day  saw  ua  rolling  down  the  coast,  with  a  fair  fresh 
breeze,  towards  classic  Kilwa,  the  Quiloa  of  De  Gama, 
of  Camoens,  and  of  the  Portuguese  annalists.  I  shall  re- 
serve an  account  of  this  most  memorable  shore  for  a  fu- 
ture work  devoted  especially  to  the  seaboard  of  Zanzibar 
—  coast  and  island  :  —  in  the  present  tale  of  adventure 
the  details  of  a  cabotage  would  be  out  of  place.  Suf- 
fice it  to  say  that  we  lost  nearly  all  our  crew  by  the 
cholera,  which,  after  ravaging  the  eastern  coast  of 
Arabia  and  Africa,  and  the  islands  of  Zanzibar  and 
Pemba,  had  almost  depopulated  the  southern  settlements 
on  the  mainland.  We  were  unable  to  visit  the  course 
of  the  great  Rufiji  River,  a  counterpart  of  the  Zambezi 
in  the  south,  and  a  water-road  which  appears  destined  to 
become  the  highway  of  nations  into  Eastern  equatorial 
Africa.  No  man  dared  to  take  service  on  board  the  in- 
fected vessel;  the  Hindu  Banyans,  who  directed  the  Copal 
trade  of  the  river  regions  aroused  against  us  the  chiefs 
of  the  interior;  moreover,  the  stream  was  in  flood, 
overflowing  its  banks,  and  its  line  appeared  marked  by 
heavy  purple  clouds,  which  discharged  a  deluge  of  rain. 
Convinced  that  the  travelling  season  was  finished,  I 
turned  the  head  of  the  Battela  northwards,  and  on  the 
4th  March,  1859,  after  a  succession  of  violent  squalls 
and  pertinacious  calms,  we  landed  once  more  upon  the 
island  of  Zanzibar. 

Sick  and  way-worn  I  entered  the  house  connected  in 
memory  with  an  old  friend,  not  without  a  feeling  of 


id  By  Google 


880  THE   LAKE   REGIONS   OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

sorrow  for  the  change  —  I  was  feted  to  regret  it  even 
more.  The  excitement  of  travel  was  succeeded  by 
an  utter  depression  of  mind  and  body:  even  the 
lftbour  of  talking  was  too  great,  and  I  took  refuge 
from  society  in  a  course  of  French  novels  h  vingt  sous 
lapikce. 

Yet  I  had  fallen  upon  stirring  times :  the  little  state, 
at  the  epoch  of  my  return,  was  in  the  height  of  con- 
fusion.. His  Highness  the  Sayyid  Suwayni,  Suzerain  of 
Maskat,  seizing  the  pretext  of  a  tribute  owed  to  him  by 
his  cadet  brother  of  Zanzibar,  had  embarked,  on  the 
11th  February,  1859,  a  host  of  Bedouin  brigands  upon 
four  or  five  square-rigged  ships  and  many  Arab  craft : 
with  this  power  he  was  preparing  a  hostile  visit  to 
the  island.  The  Baloch  stations  on  the  mainland  were 
drained  of  mercenaries,  and  7000  muskets,  with  an 
amount  of  ammunition,  which  rendered  the  town  dan- 
gerous, were  served  out  to  slaves  and  other  ruffians. 
Dows  from  Hadramaut  brought  down  armed  adven- 
turers, who  were  in  the  market  to  fight  for  the  best  pay. 
The  turbulent  Harisi  chiefs  of  Zanzibar  were  terrified 
into  siding  with  his  Highness  the  Sayyid  Majid  by  the 
influence  of  H.  M.  consul,  Captain  Rigby.  But  the 
representatives  of  the  several  Christian  powers  could 
not  combine  to  preserve  the  peace,  and  M.  Ladislas 
Cochet,  Consul  de  France,  an  uninterested  spectator  of 
the  passing  events,  thought  favourably  of  his  High- 
ness the  Sayyid  Suwayni's  claim,  he  believed  that  the 
people  if  consulted  would  prefer  the  rule  of  the  elder 
brother,  and  he  could  not  reconcile  his  conscience  to  the 
unscrupulous  means  —  the  force  majeure  —  which  his 
opponent  brought  into  the  field.  The  Harisi,  therefore, 
with  their  thousands  of  armed  retainers  —  in  a  single 
review  I  saw  about  2200  of  them  —  preserved  an 
armed  neutrality,  which  threatened  mischief  to  the 
weaker  of  the  rival  brothers :  trade  was  paralysed,  the 


id  By  Google 


TROUBLES  AT  ZANZIBAR.  361 

foreign  merchants  lost  heavily,  and  no  less  than  eighty 
native  vessels  were  still  at  the  end  of  the  season  due 
from  Bombay  and  the  north.  To  confuse  confusion, 
several  ships  collecting  negro  "emigrants"  and  "free 
labourers,"  per  fas  et  nefas,  even  kidnapping  them 
when  necessary,  were  reported  by  the  Arab  local  autho- 
rities to  be  anchored  and  to  be  cruising  off  the  coast  of 
Zanzibar. 

After  a  fortnight  of  excitement  and  suspense,  during 
which  the  wildest  rumours  flew  through  the  mouths  of 
men,  it  was  officially  reported  that  H.  M.'s  steamer 
Punjaub,  Captain  Fullerton,  H.M.I.N.,  commanding, 
had,  under  orders  received  from  the  government  of 
Bombay,  met  his  Highness  the  Sayyid  Suwayni  off  the 
eastern  coast  of  Africa  and  had  persuaded  him  to 
return. 

Congratulations  were  exchanged,  salutes  were  fired,  a 
few  Buggalows  belonging  to  the  enemy's  fleet,  which  was 
said  to  have  been  dispersed  by  a  storm,  dropped  in  and 
were  duly  captured,  the  negroes  drank,  sang,  and 
danced  for  a  consecutive  week,  and  with  the  least  delay 
armed  men  poured  in  crowded  boats  from  the  island 
towards  their  several  stations  on  the  mainland.  But 
the  blow  had  been  struck,  the  commercial  prosperity  of 
Zanzibar  could  not  be  retrieved  during  the  brief 
remnant  of  the  season,  and  the  impression  that  a  re- 
newal of  the  attempt  would  at  no  distant  time  ensure 
similar  disasters  seemed  to  be  uppermost  in  every  man's 
mind. 

His  Highness  the  Sayyid  Majid  had  honoured  me 
with  an  expression  of  desire  that  I  should  remain 
until  the  expected  hostilities  might  be  brought  to  a 
close.  I  did  so  willingly  in  gratitude  to  a  prince 
to  whose  good-will  my  success  was  mainly  indebted. 
But  the  consulate  was  no  longer  what  it  was  be- 
fore.    I  felt  myself  too  conversant  with  local  politics, 


id  By  Google 


M2  THE   LAKE  KKGIOKS  OF 

and  too  well  aware  of  what  was  going  on  to  be  a 
pleasant  companion  to  its  new  tenant.  At  last,  on 
the  15th  March,  when  concluding  my  accounts  with 
Ladha  Damha,  the  collector  of  customs  at  Zanzibar, 
that  official  requested  me,  with  the  usual  mystery,  to 
be  the  bearer  of  despatches,  privately  addressed  by  his 
prince,  to  the  home  government.  I  could  easily 
guess  what  they  contained.  Unwilling,  however,  to 
undertake  such  a  duty  when  living  at  the  consulate, 
and  seeing  how  totally  opposed  to  official  convenance 
such  a  procedure  was,  I  frankly  stated  my  objections 
to  Ladha  Damha,  and  repeated  the  conversation  to 
Captain  Rigby.  As  may  be  imagined,  this  little  event 
did  not  diminish  bis  desire  to  see  me  depart. 

Still  I  was  unwilling  to  leave  the  field  of  my  labours 
while  so  much  remained  to  be  done.  As  my  health 
appeared  gradually  to  return  under  the  influence  of 
repose  and  comparative  comfort,  I  would  willingly 
have  delayed  at  the  island  till  the  answer  to  an  ap- 
plication for  leave  of  absence,  and  to  a  request  for 
additional  funds  could  be  received  from  the  Govern- 
ment of  Bombay  and  the  Royal  Geographical  Society. 
But  the  evident  anxiety  of  my  host  to  disembarrass 
himself  of  bis  guest,  and  the  nervous  impatience  of  my 
companion — who  could  not  endure  the  thought  of 
losing  an  hour — compelled  me,  sorely  against  my  wish, 
to  abandon  my  intentions. 

Said  bin  Salim,  the  Ras  Kafilah,  called  twice  or  thrice 
at  the  consulate.  I  refused,  however,  to  see  Mm,  and 
explained  the  reason  to  Captain  Rigby.  That  gentle- 
man agreed  with  me  at  the  time  that  the  Arab  had 
been  more  than  sufficiently  rewarded  by  the  Bum 
advanced  to  him  by  Lieut. -Colonel  Hamerton :  but — 
perhaps  he  remembers  the  cognomen  by  which  he  was 
known  in  days  of  yore  amongst  his  juvenile  confreres 


id  By  Google 


DEPASTURE   FROM  ZANZIBAR,  S83 

at  Addiscombe  ? — he  has  since  thought  proper  to  change 
his  mind.  The  Jemadar  and  the  Baloch  attended  me 
to  the  doorway  of  the  prince's  darbar:  I  would  not 
introduce  them  to  their  master  or  to  the  consul,  as 
such  introduction  would  have  argued  myself  satisfied 
with  their  conduct,  nor  would  I  recommend  them  for 
promotion  or  reward.  Ladha  Damha  put  in  a  faint 
claim  for  salary  due  to  the  sons  of  Ramji;  but  when 
informed  of  the  facta  of  the  case  he  at  once  withdrew 
it,  and  I  heard  no  more  of  it  at  Zanzibar.  As  regards 
the  propriety  of  these  severe  but  equitable  measures, 
my  companion  was,  I  believe,  at  that  time  of  the  same 
opinion  as  myself:  perhaps  Captain  Speke's  prospect 
of  a  return  to  East  Africa,  and  of  undertaking  a  similar 
exploration,  have  caused  him  since  that  epoch  to  think, 
and  to  think  that  he  then  thought,  otherwise. 

The  report  of  the  success  of  the  Punjaub's  mission 
left  me  at  liberty  to  depart.  With  a  grateful  heart 
I  bade  adieu  to  a  prince  whose  kindness  and  personal 
courtesy  will  long  dwell  in  lay  memory,  and  who  at 
the  parting  interview  had  expressed  a  hope  to  see  me 
again,  and  had  offered  me  a  passage  homeward  in  one 
of  Mb  ships-of-war.  At  the  time,  however,  a  clipper- 
built  barque,  the  Dragon  of  Salem,  Captain  M'Farlane 
commanding,  was  discharging  cargo  in  the  harbour, 
preparatory  to  sailing  with  the  S.W.  monsoon  for 
Aden.  The  captain  consented  to  take  us  on  board; 
Captain  Rigby,  however,  finding  his  boat  too  crowded, 
was  compelled  to  omit  accompanying  us — a  little  mark 
of  civility  not  unusual  in  the  East.  His  place,  how- 
ever, was  well  filled  up  by  Seedy  Mubarak  Bombay, 
whose  honest  face  appeared  at  that  moment,  by  con- 
trast, peculiarly  attractive. 

On  the  22nd  March,  1859,  the  clove-shrubs  and  the 
cocoa-trees  of  Zanzibar  again  faded  from  my  eyes.    After 


id  By  Google 


884  THE   LAKE   REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

crossing  and  re-crossing  three  times  the  tedious  line, 
we  found  ourselves  anchored,  on  the  16th  April,  near 
the  ill-omened  black  walls  of  the  Aden  crater. 

The  crisis  of  my  African  sufferings  had  taken  place 
during  my  voyage  upon  the  Tanganyika  Lake:  the 
fever,  however,  still  clung  to  me  like  the  shirt  of 
Neasus.  Mr.  Apothecary  Frost,  of  Zanzibar,  bad  ad- 
vised a  temporary  return  to  Europe :  Dr.  Steinhaeuser, 
the  civil  surgeon,  Aden,  also  recommended  a  lengthened 
period  of  rest.  I  bade  adieu  to  the  coal-bole  of  the 
East  on  the  28th  April,  1859,  and  in  due  time  greeted 
with  becoming  heartiness  the  shores  of  my  native 
land. 


FINIS   CORONAT  Ol'OS  ! 


it  Sock  ('AjqumfeMM.  *KMM,  Perlplna  II.  J-jll    (j~\f  ),  t 
milai  U  M,  direction  8,f, 


id  By  Google 


APPENDICES. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


id  By  Google 


APPENDIX  I. 


COMMERCE,  IMPOSTS  AND  EXPORTS. 

Commerce  has  for  ages  been  a  necessity  to  the  East  African, 
who  cannot  be  contented  without  his  clothing  and  his  orna- 
ments, which  he  receives  in  barter  for  the  superfluity  of  bis 
country.  Against  its  development,  however,  serious  obstacles 
have  hitherto  interposed.  On  the  seaboard  and  in  the  island 
the  Banyans,  by  monopolizing  the  import  traffic,  do  injury  to 
the  internal  trade.  In  the  interior  the  Wasawahili  excite,  with 
all  the  animosity  of  competition,  the  barbarians  against  Arab 
interlopers,  upon  the  same  sordid  and  short-sighted  principle 
that  the  latter  display  when  opposing  the  ingress  of  Euro- 
peans. Finally,  the  Arabs,  according  to  their  own  confession, 
nave  by  rapacity  and  imprudence  impoverished  the  people  with- 
out enriching  themselves.  Their  habit  of  sending  fundi  on 
trading  trips  ia,  as  has  been  explained,  most  prejudicial  both  to 
seller  and  buyer ;  the  prices  of  provisions  as  well  as  of  merchan- 
dise increase  almost  visibly;  and  though  the  evil  might  be 
remedied  by  a  little  combination,  solidarity  of  interests  being 
unknown,  that  little  is  nowhere  found.  All,  Banyans,  Wasa- 
wahili, and  Arabs,  like  semi-civilised  people  generally,  abhor 
and  oppose  a  free  trade,  which  they  declare  would  be  as  in- 
jurious to  themselves  as  doubtless  advantageous  to  the  country. 
Here,  as  in  Europe,  the  battle  of  protection  has  still  to  be 
fought ;  and  here,  unlike  Europe,  the  first  step  towards  civili- 
sation,  namely,  the  facility  of  intercourse  between  the  interior 
and  the  coast,  has  yet  to  be  created. 

The  principal  imports  into  East  Africa  are  domestics  and 
piece  goods,  plain  and  unbleached  cotton  cloths,  beads,  and  brass 
wire.  The  minor  items  for  the  native  population  are  prints, 
coloured  cloths  Indian  and  Arabian,  broadcloth,  calicos,  caps, 
ironware,  knives  and  needles,  iron  and  copper  wires  for  orna- 
ments, and  in  some  regions  trinkets  and  ammunition.  A  small 
trade,  chiefly  confined  to  the  Arabs,  is  done  in  provisions,  spices, 
drugs,  and  other  luxuries. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


388  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

The  people  of  East  Africa  when  first  visited  were  satisfied 
with  the  worst  and  flimsiest  kaniki  or  indigo-dyed  Indian  cotton. 
This  they  presently  gave  up  for  the  "  mcrkani,"  American 
"  domestics,"  or  unbleached  shirting  and  sheeting,  which  now 
supplies  the  markets  from  Abyssinia  to  the  Mozambique.  But 
the  wild  men  are  losing  predilection  for  a  stun0  which  is  neither 
comfortable  nor  durable,  and  in  many  regions  the  tribes,  satisfied 
with  goat-skins  and  tree-barks,  prefer  to  invest  their  capital  in 
the  more  attractive  and  durable  beads  and  wire.  It  would  evi- 
dently be  advantageous  if  England  or  her  Indian  colonies  would 
manufacture  an  article  better  suited  to  the  wants  of  the  country 
than  that  at  present  in  general  use ;  but,  under  existing  cir- 
cumstances, there  is  little  probability  of  this  being  done. 

The  "domestics"  from  the  mills  near  Salem,  Lawrence, 
Manchester,  and  others,  called  in  the  island  of  Zanzibar  wilaiti 
( "  foreign  "),  or  khami  (the  "  raw  "),  is  known  throughout  the 
inner  country  as  "  morkani"  or  American.  These  unbleached 
cottons  are  of  two  kinds :  the  wilaiti  mpana  (broad)  or  sheeting, 
sold  in  pieces  about  30  yards  long  and  36  to  38  inches  broad, 
and  the  wilaiti  knbibu  (narrow)  or  shirting,  of  the  same  length 
but  less  in  breadth,  from  32  to  34  inches.  In  the  different 
mills  the  lengths  vary,  the  extremes  being  24  and  36  yards. 
The  cloth  measures  in  use  throughout  the  country  are  the 
following :  — 

—   1  Mukono,  Zirai,  or  cubit. 

1  Half-Sbukkah  (it.  3  feet  of  domestics). 
1  Shukkih,Mwend»,Upuide,orLupuide,tbe 
Portuguese  Hraga(t.<.  6  feet  of  domestics). 
2  Shukkafaa  =  1  Tobe  (Ar.  Snub),  Doti,  Unguo  j»  ku  ebon* 

(washing  cloth), or  simply  Unguo (12ft.) 
2  Doti  =  1  Tnkfth. 

7  to  1 1  Doti  =  1  Jurah  or  Gortfa,  the  piece. 

The  fitr  or  short  span  is  from  the  extended  end  of  the  fore- 
finger to  the  thumb ;  the  shibr  or  long  span  is  from  the  thumb 
to  the  little  finger;  of  these,  two  go  to  that  primitive  measure 
the  cubit  or  elbow  length.  Two  cubits  in  long  measure  com- 
pose the  war  or  yard,  and  two  war  the  ba'a  or  fathom. 

The  price  of  domestics  greatly  varies  in  dear  years  and  cheap 
years.  At  Zanzibar  it  sometimes  falls  to  2  dots,  per  gorah  or 
piece,  and  it  often  rises  to  2-75  dols.  When  the  dollar  is 
alluded  to,  the  Maria  Theresa  crown  is  always  meant.  The 
price  in  Bombay  is  from  213  to  215  Cc's  rs.  per  cent  At 
Zanzibar  the  crown  is  divided  like  the  rupee  into  16  annas,  and 
each  anna  into  9  or  8  pice ;  of  these  the  fall  number  is  138  to 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


APPEtfDIX  I.      .  889 

the  dollar,  but  it  is  subject  to  incessant  fluctuations.  Mer- 
chants usually  keep  accounts  in  dollars  and  cents.  The  Arabs 
divide  the  dollar  as  follows :  -  — 

4  Ruba  baisah  (the  "  pie  ")'=  Baisah  (in  the  plur.  Biyas),  the  Indian  Faiea. 

8  Bijas  =  1  Anna. 

2  Annas,  or  16  Pice  =  1  Tumun  or  eighth. 

4  Annas,  or  32  Pice,  or  25  Cents  =  1  Ruba,  Rubo  or  Quarter* dollar,  the 

Indian  Paola. 
2  Ruba,  or  64  Pice,  or  SO  Cents  =  1  Nusn  or  Half-dollar. 
2  Nusu  =  Dollar. 

The  Spanish  or  pillar  dollar  ia  called  by  the  Arabs  abu  madfu, 
and  by  the  Wasawahili  riyal  mazinga  (the  *  cannon  dollar " ), 
In  the  East  generally  it  is  worth  from  6  to  8  per  cent,  more  than 
the  Maria  Theresa,  but  at  Zanzibar,  not  being  a  legal  tender, 
the  value  is  unfixed.  The  only  subdivision  of  this  coin  gene- 
rally known  is  the  eeringe,  pistoline,  or  "  small  quarter  dollar," 
which  is  worth  only  10  pice  and  2  pies,  whereas  the  ruba,  or 
quarter  of  the  Maria  Theresa,  is  32  pice.  The  French  5-franc 
piece,  raised  in  value  by  a  somewhat  arbitrary  process  from  1 14 
to  HOper  100  "  piastres  d'Espagne  "  by  M.  Guillain  in  1846, 
has  no  currency,  though  the  Banyans  attempt  to  pass  them  off 
upon  strangers  at  108  for  100  Maria  Theresas.  In  selling,  the 
price  ranges  from  15  to  22  shukkahs,  each  of  which,  assuming 
the  dollar  or  German  crown  to  be  worth  4a.  2d.,  will  be  worth 
upon  the  island  from  6d.  to  8<f.  The  shukkah  is,  as  has  been 
said,  the  shilling  and  florin  of  East  Africa,  and  it  is  assuredly 
the  worst  circulating  medium  ever  invented  by  mankind.     The 

Srogress  of  its  value  as  it  recedes  from  the  seaboard,  and  other 
etails  concerning  it,  which  may  be  useful  to  future  travellers, 
have  been  treated  of  in  the  preceding  pages. 

First  in  importance  amongst  the  cloths  is  the  kaniki  or 
kiniki ;  its  names  and  measures  are  mode  to  differ  by  the  traders 
according  to  the  fashion  of  semi -civilised  people,  who  seek 
in  confusion  and  intricacy  facilities  for  fraud  and  chicanery. 
The  popular  divisions  are — 

4  Mikono,  Ziraa,  or  cubits  =  1  Shukkah. 

2  Shukkah  =  1  Doti  or  Tobe. 

2  Dot!  =  1  Juiah,  Gorah,  or  Takah. 

2  Takah  =  1  Korjah,  Kori,  or  score. 

Of  this  indigo-dyed  cotton  there  ore  three  kinds :  the  best, 
which  is  close  and  neatly  made,  is  seldom  exported  from  Zan- 
zibar. The  gorah  or  piece  of  16  cubits,  45  inches  in  breadth, 
is  worth  about  1  dollar.  The  common  variety,  40  inches  broad, 
supplied  to  the  markets  of  the  interior,  costs  about  half  that 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


890  TOE  USE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

mm;  and  the  worst  kind,, which  averages  in  breadth  36  inches, 
represents  a  little  lets.  The  value  of  the  korjah  or  score  fluc- 
tuates between  8  and  13  dollars.  Assuming,  therefore,  the 
average  at  10  dollars,  and  the  number  of  shukkahs  contained  in 
the  gorah  at  80,  the  price  of  each  will  represent  fid  Thus  it 
is  little  inferior  in  price  to  the  merkani  or  domestics  when  pur- 
chased upon  the  seaboard :  its  progress  of  value  in  the  interior, 
however,  is  by  no  means  in  proportion,  and  by  some  tribes  it  is 
wholly  rejected. 

The  lucrative  bead  trade  of  Zanzibar  is  now  almost  entirely 
in  the  hands  of  the  Banyan  capitalists,  who,  by  buying  np  ships* 
cargoes,  establish  their  own  prices,  and  produce  all  the  inconve- 
niences of  a  monopoly.  In  laying  in  a  stock  the  traveller  must 
not  trust  himself  to  these  men,  who  seize  the  opportunity  of 
palming  off  the  waste  and  refuse  of  their  warehouses:  he  is  ad- 
vised to  ascertain  from  respectable  Arab  merchants,  on  their 
return  from  the  interior,  the  varieties  requisite  on  the  line  of 
march.  Any  neglect  in  choosing  beads,  besides  causing  daily 
inconvenience,  might  arrest  an  expedition  on  the  very  threshold 
of  success :  towards  the  end  of  these  long  African  journeys, 
when  the  real  work  of  exploration  commences,  want  of  outfit 
tells  fatally.  The  bead-monopolisers  of  Zanzibar  supplied  the 
East  African  expedition  with  no  less  than  nine  men's  loads  of 
the  cheapest  white  and  black  beads,  some  of  which  were  thrown 
away,  as  no  man  would  accept  them  at  a  gift  Finally,  the 
utmost  economy  must  be  exercised  in  beads:  apparently  ex- 
haustless,  a  large  store  goes  but  a  little  way :  the  minor  pur- 
chases of  a  European  would  average  10  strings  or  necklaces 
per  diem,  and  thus  a  man's  load  rarely  outlasts  the  fifth  week. 

Beads,  called  by  the  Arabs  kharaz,  and  by  the  Wasawahili 
ushanga,  are  yearly  imported  into  East  Africa  by  the  ton — in 
quantities  which  excite  the  traveller's  surprise  that  so  little  is 
seen  of  them.  For  centuries  there  has  been  a  regular  supply 
of  these  ornaments ;  load  after  load  has  been  absorbed ;  but 
although  they  are  by  no  means  the  most  perishable  of  sub- 
stances, and  though  the  people,  like  the  Indians,  carry  their 
wealth  upon  their  persons,  not  a  third  of  the  population  wears 
any  considerable  quantity.  There  are  about  400  current  vari- 
eties, of  which  each  has  its  peculiar  name,  value,  and  place  of 
preference;  yet,  being  fabricated  at  a  distance  from  the  spot, 
they  lack  the  perpetual  change  necessary  to  render  them 
thoroughly  attractive.  In  Urori  and  Ubena,  antiquated  marts, 
now  nearly  neglected,  there  are  varieties  highly  prized  by  the 
people :  these  might  be  imitated  with  advantage. 


id  By  Google 


APPENDIX  I.  391 

For  trading  purposes  a  number  of  different  kinds  most  be 
laid  in, — for  travellers,  the  ooral  or  scarlet,  the  pink  porcelain, 
and. the  large  blue  glass  bead,  are  more  useful  than  other 
colours.  Yet  in  places  even  the  expensive  ooral  bead  has  been 
refused. 

Beads  are  sold  in  Zanzibar  island  by  the  following  weights : 

16  Wakiyyah  (ounces,  each— 1  dollar  in  weight)—]  Rati  (or  pound;  in 
the  plural,  Artil). 

3  Rati,  or  48  Wakiyyah  =  1  Man  (Mannd), 

12  Amnan  (Maunda)  =  1  Fruilah  (35  to  36  pounds). 

60  Artil  (pounds)  an  1  Fraauafa. 

20  to  22  Fariailah  (according  to  the  article  purchased)  —  ]  Saudi  (Candy). 

The  Zanzibar  lb.  is  the  current  English  avoirdupois.  The 
Arabs  use  a  rati  without  standard,  except  that  it  should  be 
equal  to  sixteen  Maria  Theresa  dollars.  According  to  M. 
Guillain,  it  is  four  grammes  (each  22-966  grs.  avoir.)  less  than 
the  English  lb.,  and  when  reduced  to  seven  grammes  it  is  con- 
sidered under  weight.  The  "man"  or  maund  is  the  general 
measure :  there  are,  however,  three  varieties.  The  "  man"  of 
Zanzibar  consists  of  three  rati,  that  of  Maskat  contains  nine, 
and  that  of  Oman  generally  0-25  less  than  the  Zanzibar  maund. 
The  frasilah  (in  the  plur.  forasilab)  may  roughly  be  assumed  as 
one-third  of  the  cwt. :  the  word  probably  gave  rise  to  the 
English  coffee-weight  called  a  "  frail." 

The  measures  of  beads  are  as  complicated  and  arbitrary  as 
those  of  cloth.  The  following  are  the  terms  known  throughout 
the  interior,  but  generally  unintelligible  at  Zanzibar,  where  this 
merchandise  is  sold  by  weight: 

4  Bitil  (each  a  single  length  from  index  tip  to  wrist)  — >~1  Ehete. 

10  Khete  (each  a  doubled  length  vound  the  throat,  or  round  the  thumb, 
to  the  elbow-bone)  =  1  Fundo  (i.e.  a  "knot.") 

10  Fundo  (in  the  plural,  Mafundo)  =  1  Ugoyye,  or  Ugoe. 
10  Ugoyye  (or  60  Fundo)  =  1  Miranga,  or  Gana. 

Of  these  bead  measures  there  are  local  complications.  In 
the  central  regions,  for  instance,  the  khete  is  of  half  size,  and 
the  fundo  consists  of  five,  not  of  ten  khete. 

Beads  are  purchased  for  the  monopolisers  of  Zanzibar  un- 
strung, and  before  entering  the  country  it  is  necessary  to 
measure  and  prepare  the  lengths  for  barter.  The  string,  called 
"  uthembwe  "  (in  the  plural  "tfhembwe"),  is  generally  mode 
of  palm-fibre,  and  much  depends  for  successful  selling,  especially 
in  the  larger  kinds  of  beads,  upon  tbe  regularity  and  attractive- 
ness of  the  line.     It  will  be  remembered  that  beads  in  East 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


3S2  THE  LAKE  BECIIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFBICA. 

Africa  represent  the  copper  and  smaller  silver  coins  of 
European  countries  ;  it  is,  however,  impossible  to  reduce  the 
khete,  the  length  most  used  in  purchases,  to  any  average:  it 
varies  from  a  halfpenny  to  three-pence.  The  average  value  of 
the  khete  in  Zanzibar  coin  is  three  pice,  and  about  100  khete 
are  included  in  the  man  or  maund.  The  traveller  will  find 
the  hitil  used  as  our  farthing,  the  khete  is  the  penny,  the 
ahukkah  kaniki  is  the  sixpence  and  shilling,  the  shukkah 
merkani  and  the  fundo  represent  the  halfcrown  and  crown, 
whilst  the  Barsati  cloth,  the  kitindi  or  coil  bracelet,  and  the 
larger  measures  of  beads,  form  the  gold  money.  The  following 
varieties  are  imported  in  extensive  outfits,  Nos.  1,  2,  and  3, 
are  the  expensive  kinds;  Nos.  4,  5,  and  6,  are  in  local  demand, 
cheap  in  the  maritime,  and  valuable  in  the  central  regions,  and 
the  rest  are  the  more  ordinary  sorts.  All  those  that  are  round 
and  pierced  are  called  indifferently  by  the  Arabs  madruji,  or 
the  *'  drilled." 

1.  Samsam  (Ar.)  samesame  (Kis.),  kimara-p'hamba  (food- 
finishers),  joho  (scarlet  cloth),  and  kifunga-mgi  (town-breakers, 
because  the  women  are  mad  for  them),  are  the  various  names 
for  the  small  coral  bead,  a  scarlet  enamelled  upon  a  white 
ground.  They  are  known  at  Zanzibar  as  kharaz-kartasi — 
paper  beads — because  they  are  sent  into  the  country  ready 
strung,  and  packed  in  paper  parcels,  which  ought  to  weigh  4 
pounds  each,  but  are  generally  found  to  vary  from  8  to  10 
fundo  or  knots.  Of  this  bead  there  are  15  several  sizes,  and 
the  value  of  the  frasilah  is  from  13  to  16  dollars  at  Zan- 
zibar. In  Unyamwezi,  where  the  sameB&me  is  in  greatest 
demand,  one  fundo  is  equivalent  to  1  ahukkah  merkani,  and 
6  khete  to  the  ahukkah  kaniki. 

2.  Next  in  demand  to  the  samesame,  throughout  the  country, 
except  at  Ujiji,  where  they  lose  half  their  value,  are  the  pink 
porcelain,  called  gulabi  (the  rosy),  or  maguru  la"  nzige  (loenst's 
feet).  The  price  in  Zanzibar  varies  from  12  to  15  dollars  per 
frasilah. 

3.  The  blue  porcelain,  called  in  Venice  ajerino,  and  in  East 
Africa  langiyo  or  murtutu  (blue  vitriol)  is  of  three  several 
sizes,  and  the  best  is  of  the  lightest  colour.  The  larger  variety, 
called  langiyo  mkuba,  fetches,  at  Zanzibar,  from  6  to  12 
dollars  per  frasilah,  and  the  p'heke,  or  smaller,  from  7  to  9 
dollars.  In  Usagara  and  Unyamwezi,  where  from  3  to  4 
fundo  are  equivalent  to  the  shukkah  merkani,  and  1  to  2  to  the 
shukkah  kaniki,  it  is  used  for  minor  purchases,  where  the 
samesame  would  be  too  valuable.    It  is  little  prized  in  other 


id  By  Google 


parts,  and  between  Unyamwezi  and  Ujiji  it  falls  to  the  low  level 
of  the  white  porcelain. 

4.  A  local  variety,  current  from  Msene  to  the  Tanganyika 
Lake,  where,  in  the  heavier  dealings,  as  the  purchase  of  slaves 
and  ivory,  a  few  strings  are  always  required  to  cap  the  bargain, 
is  called  mzizima,  mtunda,  balghami,  and  jelabi,  the  ringel 
perle  of  Germany.  It  is  a  large  flat  bead  of  glass ;  tbe  khete 
contains  about  150,  and  each  item  acts  as  a  copper  coin.  The 
mzizima  is  of  two  varieties ;  the  more  common  is  a  dark  blue, 
the  other  is  of  a  whitish  and  opaline  tint  At  Zanzibar  the 
frasilah  costs  from  7  to  9  dollars.  In  Unyamwezi  3  fundo  are 
equivalent  to  1  sbukkah  merkani,  and  1  fundo  to  1  sbukkah 
kaniki. 

5.  Another  local  variety  is  the  balghami  mkuba,  popularly 
called  Bungomaji,  a  bead  made  at  Nuremberg  (?).  It  is  a  porce- 
lain, about  tbe  size  of  a  pigeon's  egg,  and  of  two  colours, 
white  and  light  bine.  The  sungomaji,  attached  to  a  thin  cord 
or  twine,  is  worn  singly  or  in  numbers  as  an  ornament  round 
the  neck,  and  the  people  complain  that  the  polish  soon  wears 
off.  At  Zanzibar  the  price  per  1000  is  from  15  to  20  dollars, 
but  it  is  expected  to  decline  to  10  dollars.  This  bead  is  useful 
in  purchasing  ivory  in  Ugogo  and  Unyamwezi,  and  in  hiring 
boats  at  Ujiji:  its  relative  value  to  cloth  is  19  per  ahukkah 
merkani,  and  15  per  shukkah  kaniki. 

ft.  The  sofi,  called  in  Italian  cannettone,  resembles  bits  of 
broken  pipe-stems,  about  two-thirds  of  an  inch  in  length.  It  is 
of  various  colours,  white,  brick-red,  and  black.  Each  bead  is 
termed  masaro,  and  is  used  like  pice  in  India:  of  these  the 
khete  contains  from  55  to  60.  The  price  varies,  at  Zanzibar, 
from  2  to  3  dollars  per  frasilah ;  in  the  interior,  however,  the 
value  greatly  increases,  on  account  of  insufficient  importation. 
This  bead,  in  1858,  was  in  great  demand  throughout  Usagara, 
Unyamwezi,  and  tbe  western  regions,  where  it  was  as  valuable 
as  the  sameeame.  Having  neglected  to  lay  in  a  store  at 
Zanzibar,  the  East  African  Expedition  was  compelled  to  ex- 
change cloth  for  it  at  Msene  and  Ujiji,  giving  1  shukkah 
merkani  for  30  to  35  khete,  and  1  shukkah  kaniki  for  15  to 
25.  In  Ujiji,  however,  many  of  the  purchases  were  rejected 
because  the  bits  had  become  small  by  wear,  or  had  been 
chipped  off  by  use. 

7.  Tbe  staple  of  commerce  is  a  coarse  porcelain  bead,  of 
various  colours,  known  in  Zanzibar  by  the  generic  name  of 
h&fizi.  There  are  three  principal  kinds.  The  khanyera  or 
uehanga  waupa  (white  beads)  are  common  throughout  the 


id  By  Google 


894  TUB  LAKE   REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

country.  -  The  average  value,  at  Zanzibar,  la  6  dollars  per 
frasilah:  in  Unyamwezi,  4  fundo  were  equivalent  to  the 
■hukkah  merkani,  and  2  to  3  to  the  kaniki ;  but  the  people, 
glutted  with  this  bead  (as  many  as  20,000  strings  were  supplied 
to  the  East  African  Expedition  by  the  Banyans  of  Zanzibar), 
preferred  1  khete  of  samesame  to  3  of  khanyera.  The  kidun- 
duguru  is  a  dull  brick-red  bead,  worth  at  Zanzibar  from  5  to  7 
dollars  per  frasilah,  but  little  prized  in  the  interior,  where  it  is 
derisively  termed  khanyera  ya  mk'hunda.  Another  red  variety 
of  hafizi  is  called  merkani:  it  is  finely  made  to  resemble  the 
samesame,  and  costs  from  7  to  1 1  dollars  per  frasilah.  Of  this 
bead  there  are  four  several  subdivisions.  The  uzanzawiri  or 
uamuli  (ghee-coloured)  is  a  bright  yellow  porcelain  worth,  at 
Zanzibar,  from  7  to  9  dollars  per  frasilah.  It  is  in  demand 
throughout  Chhaga  and  the  Masai  country,  but  is  rarely  seen 
on  the  central  line. 

8.  The  sukoli  are  orange -coloured  or  rhubarb-tinted  porcelain, 
which  average,  at  Zanzibar,  from  7  to  9  dollars.  They  are  prized 
in  Usagara  and  Ugogo,  but  are  little  worn  in  other  places. 

9.  The  nili  (green), or  ukuti  wa  mnazi  (coco-leaves),  are  little 
beads  of  transparent  green  glass;  they  are  of  three  sizes,  the 
smallest  of  which  is  called  kikiti.  The  Zanzibar  price  is  from 
6  to  1 1  dollars.  la  Ujiji  they  are  highly  valued,  and  are  rea- 
dily taken  in  small  quantities  throughout  the  central  line. 

10.  The  ghubari  (dust-coloured),  or  nya  kifu  (?)  is  a  small 
dove-coloured  bead,  costing,  in  Zanzibar,  from  7  or  8  dollars. 
It  is  used  in  Uzaramo,  but  its  dulness  of  aspect  prevents  it 
being  a  favourite. 

1 1.  The  lungenya  or  lakliio  is  a  coarse  red  porcelain,  valued 
at  5  to  6  dollars  in  Zanzibar,  and  now  principally  exported 
to  Uruwwa  and  the  innermost  regions  of  Central  Africa. 

12.  The  bubu  (ububuf),  also  called  ukumwi  and  ushanga  ya 
vipande,  are  black  Venetians,  dull  dark  prooelain,  ranging,  at 
Zanzibar,  from  5  to  7  dollars.  They  are  of  fourteen  sizes, 
large,  medium,  and  small ;  the  latter  are  the  most  valued.  These 
beads  are  taken  by  the  Wazaramo.  In  East  Usagara  and 
Unyamwezi  they  are  called  khuni  or  firewood,  nor  will  they  be 
received  in  barter  except  when  they  excite  a  temporary  caprice. 

The  other  beads,  occasionally  met  with,  are  the  sereketi,  ovals 
of  white  or  garnet-red,  prized  in  Khutu ;  choroko  or  magiyo, 
dull  green  porcelains ;  undriyo  maupe  (?),  mauve-coloured,  round 
or  oval;  uudriyo  mausi  (?),  dark  lavender ;  asmani,  sky-coloured 
glass ;  and  pusange,  bine  Bohemian  glass  beads,  cut  into  meets. 
The  people  of  the  coast  also  patronise  a  variety  of  large  fancy 


id  By  Google 


APPENDIX  I.  KB 

articles,  flowered,  shelled,  and  otherwise  ornamented;   these, 
however,  rarely  find  their  way  into  the  interior. 

After  piece  goods  and  beads,  the  principal  articles  of  traffic, 
especially  on  the  northern  lines  and  the  western  portion  of  the 
.  central  route,  are  masango  (in  the  singular  aaugo),  or  brass 
wires,  called  by  the  Arabs  hitjulah.  Nos.  4  or  5  are  preferred. 
They  are  purchased  in  Zanzibar,  when  cheap,  for  12  dollars, 
and  when  dear  for  16  dollars  per  frasilah.  when  imported 
up  country  the  frasilah  is  divided  into  three  or  four  large  coila, 
called  by  the  Arabs  daur,  and  by  the  Africans  khata,  for  the 
convenience  of  attachment  to  the  banghy-pole.  Arrived  at 
Unyanyenibe  they  are  converted  by  artisans  into  the  kitindi,  or 
coil-bracelets,  described  in  the  preceding  pages..  Each  daur 
forms  two  or  three  of  these  bulky  ornaments,  of  which  there  are 
about  1 1  to  the  frasilah,  and  the  weight  is  thus  upwards  of  three 
pounds.  The  charge  for  the  cutting,  cleaning,  and  twisting 
into  shape  is  about  1  doti  of  domestics  for  50  kitindis.  The 
value  of  the  kitindi,  throughout  Unyamwem,  in  1858,  was  1 
doti  merkani;  at  Ujiji,  where  they  are  in  demand  for  slaves  and 
ivory,  the  price  was  doubled.  Thus,  the  kitindi,  worth  one 
dollar  each — when  cheap,  nine  are  bought  for  ten  dollars  —  in 
Zanzibar,  rises  to  five  dollars  in  the  lake  regions.  Kitindi  were 
formerly  made  of  copper  wire;  it  has  fallen  into  disuse  on  ac- 
count of  its.  expense, —  at  Zanzibar  from  15  to  20  dollars  per 
frasilah.  Large  iron  wires,  called  senyenge,  are  confined  to 
Ugogo  and  the  northern  countries  inhabited  by  the  Wamasai. 
The  East  Africans  have  learned  to  draw  fine  wire,  which  they 
call  uzi  wa  shaba  (brass  thread) ;  they  also  import  from  the  coast 
Nos.  22  to  25,  and  employ  them  for  a  variety  of  decorative  pur- 
poses, which  have  already  been  alluded  to.  The  average  price 
of  this  small  wire  at  Zanzibar  is  12  dollars  per  frasilah.  As 
has  been  mentioned,  sat  or  zinc,  called  by  the  Africans  bati 
(tin),  is  imported  by  the  Wajiji. 

The  principal  of  the  minor  items  are  coloured  cloths,  called  by 
the  people  "cloths  with  names:"  of  these,  many  kinds  are 
imported  by  every  caravan.  In  some  regions,  Ugogo  for  in- 
stance, the  people  will  not  sell  their  goats  and  more  valuable  pro- 
visions for  plain  piece-goods;  their  gross  and  gaudy  tastes  lead 
them  to  despise  sober  and  uniform  colours.  The  sultans  inva- 
riably demand  for  themselves  and  their  wives  showy  goods,  and 
complete  their  bongaor  blackmail  with  domestics  and  indigo-dyed 
cottons,  which  they  divide  amongst  their  followers.  Often,  too, 
a  bit  of  scarlet  broadcloth,  thrown  in  at  the  end  of  a  lengthened 
haggle,  opens  a  road  and  renders  impossibilities  possible. 


id  By  Google 


396  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

The  colon  red  cloths  may  be  divided  into  three  feiuJs, — woollens, 
cottons,  and  silks  mixed  with  cotton.  Of  the  former,  the  principal 
varieties  now  imported  are  Joho  or  broadcloth ;  of  the  second, 
beginning  with  the  cheapest,  are  Bareati,  Dabwani,  Jamdani, 
Bandira,  Shit  (chintz),  Khuzarangi,  Ukaya,  Soliari,  Shali, 
Taujiri,  Msutu,  Kikoi,  and  Shazar  or  Mukunguru;  the  mixed 
and  most  expensive  varieties  are  the  Subai,  Dewli,  Sabuni,  Khesi, 
and  Masnafu.  Travelling  Arabs  usually  take  a  piece  of  baftah 
or  white  calico  as  kafaa  or  shrouds  for  themselves  or  their  com- 
panions in  case  of  accidents.  At  Zanzibar  the  value  of  a  piece 
of  24  yds.  is  1  dollar  25  cents.  Blankets  were  at  first  imported 
by  the  Arabs,  but  being  unedited  to  the  climate  and  to  the 
habits  of  the  people  they  soon  became  a  drug  in  the  market. 

Joho  (a  corruption  of  the  Arabic  Johh)  is  a  coarse  article,  either 
blue  or  scarlet.  As  a  rule,  even  Asiatics  ignore  the  value  of 
broadcloth,  estimating  it,  as  they  do  guns  and  -watches,  by  the 
shine  of  the  exterior :  the  African  looks  only  at  the  length  of  the 
pile  and  the  depth  of  the  tint.  The  Zanzibar  valuation  of  the 
cheap  English  article  is  usually  50  cents  (2*.  \d.)  per  yard;  in 
the  interior  rising  rapidly  through  double  and  treble  to  four 
times  that  price,  it  becomes  a  present  for  a  prince.  At  Ujiji 
and  other  great  ivory-marts  there  is  a  demand  for  this  article, 
blue  as  well  as  red ;  it  is  worn,  like  the  shukkah  merkani,  round 
the  loins  by  men  and  round  the  bosom  by  women,  who,  there- 
fore, require  a  tobe  or  double  length.  At  Unyanyembe  there 
are  generally  pauper  Arabs  or  Wasawahili  artisans  who  can 
fashion  the  merchants'  supplies  into  the  kizbao  or  waistcoats 
affected  by  the  African  chiefs  in  imitation  of  their  more  civilised 
visitors. 

Of  the  second  division  the  cheapest  is  the  Barsati,  called  by 
the  Africans  kitarabi ;  it  is  a  blue  cotton  cloth,  with  a  broad  red 
stripe  extending  along  one  quarter  of  the  depth,  the  other  three- 
quarters  being  dark  blue;  the  red  is  either  of  European  or  Cutch 
dye.  The  former  is  preferred  upon  the  coast  for  the  purchase  of 
copal.  Of  this  Indian  stuff  there  are  three  kinds,  varying  in  size, 
colour,  and  quality ;  the  cheapest  is  worth  at  Zanzibar  (where, 
however, like  dabwani, it  is  usually  sold  by  the  gorah  of  twouzar 
or  loin-cloths), from  5  to  7  dollars  per  score;  the  second 
10  dollars  50  cents;  and  the  best  14  to  15  dollars.  The 
barsati  in  the  interior  represents  the  doti  or  tobe  of  Mer- 
kani. On  the  coast  it  is  a  favourite  article  of  wear  with  the 
poorer  freemen,  slaves,  and  women.  Beyond  the  maritime 
regions  the  chiefs  will  often  refuse  a  barsati,  if  of  small  dimen- 
sions and  flimsy  texture.    Formerly,  the  barsati  was  made  of 


id  By  Google 


ATPESDIX  I.  807 

silk,  and  cost  7  dollars  per  loin-cloth.  Of  late  years  the 
Wanyamwezi  have. taken  into  favour  the  barsuti  or  kitambi 
banyani ;  it  is  a  thin  white  long  cloth,  called  in  Bombay  kora 
(Corah,  or  cotton  piece-goods),  with  a  narrow  reddish  border  of 
madder  or  other  dye  stamped  in  India  or  at  Zanzibar.  The  piece 
of  39  yards,  which  is  divided  into  20  sbukkah,  costs  at  Bombay 
4*50  Co.'s  ra. ;  at  Zanzibar  2  dollars  50  cents;  and  the  price  of 
printing  the  edge  is  1  dollar  75  cents. 

The  dabwani  is  a  kind  of  small  blue  and  white  check  made  at 
Maskat;  one  fourth  of  its  breadth  is  a  red  stripe,  edged  with 
white  and  yellow.  This  stuff,  which  from  its  peculiar  stiffening 
of  gum  appears  rather  like  grass-cloth  than  cotton,  is  of  three 
kinds;  the  cheapest,  dyed  with  Cutch  colours,  is  much  used  in 
the  far  interior;  it  costs  at  Zanzibar  12  dols.  50  cents  per  score 
of  pieces,  each  two  and  a  half  yards  long  ; — the  medium  quality, 
employed  in  the  copal  trade  of  the  coast,  is  stained  with  Euro- 

{iean  dye,  and  superior  in  work ;  the  score  of  pieces,  each  3  yards 
ong,  costs  30  dols. ; — and  the  best,  which  is  almost  confined  to 
the  island  of  Zanzibar,  ranges  from  40  to  45  dols.  per  kori.  The 
dabwani  is  considered  in  the  interior  nearly  double  the  value  of 
the  barsati,  and  it  is  rarely  rejected  unless  stained  or  injured. 

The  jamdaoi  is  a  sprigged  or  worked  muslin  imported  from 
India:  though  much  prized  for  turbans  by  the  dignitaries  of  the 
maritime  races,  it  is  rarely  carried  far  up  the  country.  At 
Zanzibar  the  price  of  10  yards  ia  1  dol.,  and  the  piece  of  20 
lengths,  each  sufficient  for  a  turban,  may  be  purchased  for  15  dole. 

The  bandira  (flag  stuff)  Js  a  red  cotton  bunting  imported  from 
Bombay.  It  is  pnzed  in  the  interior  by  women.  At  Zanzibar 
the  price  of  this  stuff  greatly  varies ;  when  cheap  the  piece  of 
28  yards  may  be  obtained  for  2  dols.  50  cents,  when  dear  it 
rises  to  3  dols.  50  cents.     It  is  sold  by  gorah  of  7£  shukkahs. 

Shit,  or  chintz,  is  of  many  different  kinds.  The  common 
English  is  a  red  cotton,  striped  yellow  and  dark  green;  it  fetches 
from  1  dol.  50  cents  to  2  dols.  per  piece  of  28  yards,  and  is  little 
prized  in  the  interior.  Those  preferred,  especially  in  Unyamwezi 
and  Ujiji,  are  the  French  and  Hamburg ;  the  former  is  worth  at 
Zanzibar  from  4  dols.  50  cents  per  piece  of  35  yards,  to  5  dols. 
50  cents  per  gorah  of  10  shukkahs,  and  the  latter  from  5  dols.  to 
5  dols.  50  cents.  The  most  expensive  is  the  "  ajemi,"  that  used 
by  the  Persians  as  lining  for  their  lambswool  caps ;  the  price  ia 
from  50  cents  to  1  dot.  per  yard,  which  renders  it  a  scarce  ar- 
ticle even  in  Zanzibar  island. 

The  khuzarangi,  a  European  cotton  dyed  a  reddish  nankeen, 
with  pomegranate  rind  and  other  colouring  matters,  at  Maskat, 


id  By  Google 


S9S  THE   LAKE   REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

is  almost  confined  to  the  Arabs,  who  make  of  it  their  normal 

farmeot)  the  long  and  sleeved  shirt  called  el  diehdaehah,  or  in 
kisawahili  khanzu.  It  is  the  test  of  foreign  respectability  and 
decorum  when  appearing  amongst  the  half-clad  African  races, 
and  the  poorest  of  pedlars  will  always  carry  with  him  one  of 
these  nightgown-like  robes.  The  price  of  the  ready-made  dish- 
dashah  ranges  from  60  cents  to  2  dols.  60  cents,  and  the  uncut 
piece  of  16  yards  costs  from  2  dols.  to  2  dols.  60  cents. 

The  ukaya  somewhat  resembles  the  kaniki,  bat  it  is  finer  and 
thinner.  This  jaconnet,  manufactured  in  Europe  and  dyed  in 
Bombay,  is  much  used  by  female  slaves  and  concubines  as  head 
veils.  The  price  of  the  piece  of  20  yards,  when  of  inferior 
quality,  is  2  dollars  50  cents ;  it  ranges  as  high  as  12  dollars. 

The  sohari,  or  ridia,  made  at  Maskat,  is  a  blue  and  white 
check  with  a  red  border  about  6  inches  broad,  with  smaller 
stripes  of  red,  blue,  and  yellow ;  the  ends  of  the  piece  are  checks 
of  a  larger  pattern,  with  red  introduced.  There  are  many 
varieties  of  this  cloth,  which,  considered  as  superior  to  the 
dabwani  as  the  latter  is  superior  to  the  barsati,  forms  an  accept- 
able present  to  a  chief.  The  cheapest  kind,  much  used  in 
Unvamwezi,  costs  16  dollars  25  cents  per  kori,  or  score.  The 
higher  sorts,  of  which  however  only  1  to  40  of  the  inferior  is 
imported  into  the  country,  ranges  from  22  to  30  dollars. 

The  ehali,  a  corruption  of  the  Indian  sbal  (shawl),  is  a  common 
English  imitation  shawl  pattern  of  the  poorest  cotton.  Bright 
yellow  or  red  grounds,  with  the  pear  pattern  and  similar  orna- 
ments, are  much  prized  by  the  chiefs  of  Unyamwezi.  The  price 
of  the  kori,  or  score,  is  25  dollars. 

The  taujiri  (from  the  Indian  taujir  bura)  is  a  dark  blue  cotton 
stuff,  with  a  gaudy  border  of  madder-red  or  turoeric-yellow,  the 
former  colour  preferred  by  the  Wahiao,  the  latter  by  the  Wan- 
yamwezi.     The  price  per  score  varies  from  8  to  17  dollars. 

The  msutu  is  a  European  cotton  dyed  at  Surat,  indigo  blue 
upon  a  madder-red  ground,  spotted  with  white.  This  print  is 
much  worn  by  Arab  and  Waaawahili  women  as  a  nightdress 
and  morning  wrapper ;  in  the  interior  it  becomes  a  robe  of  cere- 
mony. At  Zanzibar  the  piece  of  20  lengths,  each  2-25  yards 
long  and  40  inches  broad  (two  breadths  being  sown  together), 
costs  19  dollars.  The  kisutu,  an  inferior  variety,  fetches,  per 
kori  of  pieces  2*50  yards  long,  13  dollars. 

The  kikoi  is  a  white  cotton,  made  at  Surat,  coarse  and  thick, 
with  a  broad  border  of  parallel  stripes,  red,  yellow,  and  indigo 
blue:  per  kori  of  pieces  2  yards  long,  and  sewn  in  double 
breadths,  the  price  is  5  dollars,     A  superior  variety  is. made 


id  By  Google 


principally  for  the  use  of  women,  with  a  silk  border,  which  costs 
from  1  to  4  dollars. 

The  shazar,  called  throughout  the  interior  mukunguru,  is  a 
Cutcb-made  cotton  plaid,  with  large  or  small  squares,  red  and 
white,  or  black  and  blue ;  this  cloth  is  an  especial  favourite  with 
the  Wamasai  tribes.     The  score  of  pieces,  each  2  yards,  costs 

6  dollars  25  cents.  There  is  a  dearer  variety,  of  which  each 
piece  is  3  yards  long,  costing  16  dollars  per  kori,  and  therefore 
rarely  sold. 

Of  the  last  division  of  "  cloths  with  names,"  namely  those  of 
silk  and  cotton  mixed,  the  most  popular  is  the  subai.  It  is  a 
Btriped  stuff,  with  small  cheeks  between  the  lines,  and  with  a 
half-breadth  of  border,  a  complicated  pattern  of  red,  black,  and 
yellow.  This  cloth  is  used  as  an  uzar,  or  loin-cloth,  by  the 
middle  classes  of  Arabs ;  the  tambua,  taraza,  or  fringe,  is  applied 
to  the  cloth  with  a  band  of  gold  thread  at  Zanzibar,  by  Wasa- 
wahili.  The  subai,  made  at  Maakat  of  Cutch  cotton,  varies 
greatly  in  price:  the  cheapest,  of  cotton  only,  may  be  obtained 
for  2  dollars ;  the  medium,  generally  preferred  for  presents  to 
great  chiefs,  is  about  5  dollars  50  cents ;  whilst  the  most  expen- 
sive, inwoven  with  gold  thread,  ranges  from  8  to  30  dollars. 
*  The  dewti  is  the  Indian  lungi,  a  Surat  silk,  garnished  with  a 
border  of  gold  thread  and  a  fringe  at  Zanzibar.  It  is  a  red, 
yellow,  or  green  ground,  striped  in  various  ways,  and  much 
prized  for  uzar.    The  price  of  the  cheap  piece  of  3*50  yards  is 

7  dollars,  besides  the  fringe,  which  is  2  dollars  more ;  the  best, 
when  adorned  with  gold,  riBe  to  80  dollars. 

The  sabuni  uzar,  made  in  Maakat,  is  a  silk-bordered  cotton,  a 
small  blue  and  white  check ;  the  red  and  yellow  edging  which 
gives  it  its  value  is  about  one-fifth  of  its  breadth.  The  score  of 
pieces,  each  2-50  yards  long,  varies  from  25  to  50  dollars;  the 
more  expensive,  however,  rarely  find  their  way  into  the  interior. 

The  khesi  is  a  rare  importation  from  Bombay,  a  scarlet  silk, 
made  at  Tannah ;  the  piece  sold  at  Bombay  for  10  Co. 'a  rs. 
fetches  at  Zanzibar  5  dols.  50  cents  to  6  dollars ;  this  kind  is 
preferred  by  the  Wanyamwezi  chiefs;  when  larger,  and  adorned 
with  gold  stripes,  it  rises  to  35  Co. 'a  rs.,  or  19  dollars,  and  is 
prized  by  the  Banyans  and  Hindis  of  Zanzibar. 

The  masnafu  ia  rare  like  the  khesi ;  it  is  a  mixed  silk  and 
cotton  cloth,  of  striped  pattern,  made  at  Maakat.  The  cheapest 
Is  a  piece  of  1*75  yards,  costing  from  2  to  5  dollars,  and  highly 
regarded  in  Unyamwezi;  the  larger  kinds,  of  2'50  yards,  rise 
from  5  to  6  dollars,  and  the  Arabs  will  pay  from  20  to  25  dollars 
for  those  worked  with  gold  thread. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


400  THE   LAKE  REGION'S  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

These  notes  upon  the  prices  of  importations  into  Central 
Africa  rest  upon  the  authority  of  the  Hindus,  and  principally 
of  Ladha  Damba,  the  collector  of  customs  at  Zanzibar.  Speci- 
mens of  the  cloths  were  deposited  with  the  Royal  Geographical 
Society  of  London,  and  were  described  by  the  kindness  of  Mr. 
Alderman  Botterill,  F.B.G.6. 

Remain  for  consideration  the  minor  and  local  items  of  traffic. 

The  skull-caps  are  of  two  kinds.  One  is  a  little  fez,  locally 
called  kiimmah.  It  is  made  in  France,  rarely  at  Bagdad,  and 
sells  at  Zanzibar  for  5  dols.  60  cents  to  9  dollars  per  dozen. 
The  cheaper  kind  is  preferred  in  Unyam  weri ;  it  is  carried  up 
from  the  coast  by  Arab  slaves  and  Wasawahili  merchants,  and 
is  a  favourite  wear  with  the  sultan  and  the  mtongi.  At  Unyan- 
yembe  the  price  of  the  fez  rises  to  1  dollar.  The  "  alfiyyan*'  ie 
the  common  Surat  cap,  worked  with  silk  upon  a  cotton  ground ; 
it  is  affected  by  the  Diwane  and  Shomwie  of  the  coasts.  The 
"  vis-gol,"  or  20-etitch,  preferred  for  importation,  coat  8  dollars 
per  score;  the  "tris-gol,"  or  30-etich,  13  dollars-,  and  the 
"  cbalis-gol,"  or  40-stitch,  18  dollars. 

Besides  these  articles,  a  little  hardware  finds  its  way  into  the 
country.  Knives,  razors,  fish-hooks,  and  needles  are  useful, 
especially  in  the  transit  of  Uzaramo.  As  an  investment  they 
are  useless;  the  people,  who  make  for  themselves  an  article 
which  satisfies  their  wants,  will  not  part  with  valuables  to 
secure  one  a  little  better.  They  have  small  axes  and  sharp 
spears,  consequently  they  will  not  buy  dear  cutlery ;  they  have 
gourds,  and  therefore  they  care  little  for  glass  and  china.  The 
Birmingham  trinkets  and  knicknacks,  of  which  travellers  take 
large  outfits  to  savage  and  barbarous  countries,  would  in  East 
Africa  be  accepted  by  women  and  children  as  presents,  but 
unless  in  exceptional  cases  they  would  not  procure  a  pound  of 
grain ;  mirrors  are  cheap  and  abundant  at  Zanzibar,  yet  they 
are  rarely  imported  into  the  interior.  The  people  will  devise 
new  bijouterie  for  themselves,  but  they  will  not  borrow  it  from 
strangers.  In  the  maritime  regions,  where  the  tribes  are  more 
civilised,  they  will  covet  such  foreign  contrivances,  as  dollars, 
blankets,  snuff-boxes,  and  tin  cylinders  which  can  be  converted 
into  tobacco  pouches:  the  Wanyamwezi  would  not  regard 
them.  Similarly  in  Somaliland,  a  case  of  Birmingham  goods 
carried  through  the  country  returned  to  Aden  almost  full. 

Coffee,  sugar,  and  soap  may  generally  be  obtained  in  Email 
quantities  from  the  Arabs  of  Unyanyembe.  At  Zanzibar  the 
price  of  common  coffee  is  3  dollars  75  cents,  and  of  Mocha  5 
dollars  60  cents  per  frasilah.     Sugar  is  of  three  kinds :  the 


id  By  Google 


APPENDIX   I.  401 

Imluji,  or  loaf-sugar,  imported  from  America,  averages  6  annas ; 
eukkari  2a  mawe,  or  sugar-candy,  fetches  upon  the  island  5 
dollars  50  cents  per  frasilah ;  and  the  bung&la,  or  eukkari  za 
mchanga  (brown  Bengal  sugar),  costs  3  dollars  50  cents ;  gur, 
or  molasses,  sells  at  Zanzibar  for  1  dollar  25  cents  per  frasilah. 
Soap  is  brought  to  Zanzibar  island  by  the  Americans,  French, 
and  India  merchants. 

The  other  articles  of  importation  into  Zanzibar,  which,  how- 
ever, so  rarely  find  their  way  into  the  interior,  that  they  do  not 
merit  detailed  notice,  are— rice  and  other  cereals  from  Bombay 
and  Western  India ;  shipping  materials,  canvas,  rigging,  hempen 
cord,  planks  and  boards,  paint,  pitch,  turpentine,  linseed-oil, 
bees'-  wax,  and  tar,  from  America  and  India ;  metals  from  Europe 
and  India;  furniture  from  Europe  and  America,  China  and 
Bombay ;  carpets  and  rugs  from  Turkey  and  Persia ;  mats  from 
Madagascar  ;  made-up  clothes  from  Maskat  and  Yemen ;  glass- 
ware from  Europe  and  America;  pottery,  paper,  and  candles 
from  Europe  and  Bombay  j  kuzah  (water-jars)  from  the  Persian 
Gulf;  woods  and  timber  from  Madagascar,  the  Mozambique, 
and  the  coast  as  far  north  as  Mombasah  ;  skins  and  hides  from 
the  Banadir;  salt-fish  (shark  and  others)  from  Oman,  Hazra- 
maut,  and  the  Benadir;  brandy,  rum,  peppermint,  eau  de 
Cologne,  syrups  and  pickles,  tobacco,  cigars,  and  tea,  from 
Bombay,  France,  and  the  Mauritius ;  rose-water  from  the  Gulf; 
attar  of  rose  and  of  sandal  from  Bombay ;  dates,  almonds,  and 
raisins  from  Arabia  and  the  Gulf;  gums  and  ambergris  from 
Madagascar,  the  Mozambique,  and  the  "  Sayf-Tawil"  (the  long 
low  coast  extending  from  Ras  Awath,  in  N.  lat.  5°  33',  to  lias 
el-Khayl,  N.  lat.  7°  44') ;  aloes  and  dragon's-blood  from  Socotra ; 
incense,  gum  Arabic,  and  myrrh  from  the  Somali  country  and 
the  Benadir ;  turmeric,  opium,  ginger,  nutmegs,  colombo-root, 
cardamoms,  cinnamon,  aniseed,  camphor,  benzoin,  assafaetida, 
saltpetre,  potash,  blue  vitriol,  alum,  soda,  saffron,  garlic,  fenu- 
greek, and  other  drugs  and  spices  from  Bombay  and  Western 
India. 

The  staple  articles  of  the  internal  trade  throughout  the  regions 
extending  from  the  coast  of  the  Indian  Ocean  to  the  lakes  of 
Central  Africa  are  comprised  in  slaves  and  cattle,  salt,  iron,  to- 
bacco, mats  and  strainers,  and  tree-barks  and  ropes.  Of  these, 
all  except  salt  have  been  noticed  in  detail  in  the  preceding  pages- 
Salt  is  brought  down  during  the  season  from  East  Arabia  to 
Zanzibar  by  Arab  dows,  and  is  heaped  up  for  sale  on  a  strip  of 
clear  ground  under  the  eastern  face  of  the  gurayza  or  fort.  It 
is  of  two  kinds:  the  fine  rock  salt  sells  at  6  annas  per  frasilah. 


D,B,t7edDyGOOgIe 


402  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

and  the  inferior,  which  is  dark  and  sandy,  at  about  half  that 
price.  On  the  coast  the  principal  ports  and  towns  supply 
themselves  with  sea-salt  evaporated  in  the  rudest  way.  Pits 
sunk  near  the  numerous  lagoons  and  backwaters  allow  the  saline 
particles  to  infiltrate ;  the  contents,  then  placed  in  a  pierced 
earthen  pot,  are  allowed  to  strain  into  a  second  beneath.  They 
ore  inspissated  by  boiling,  and  are  finally  dried  in  the  sun,  when 
the  mass  assumes  the  form  of  sand.  This  coarse  salt  is  sold 
after  the  rains,  when  it  abounds,  for  its  weight  of  holcus ;  when 
dear,  the  price  is  doubled.  In  the  interior  there  are  two  great 
markets,  and  the  regularity  of  communication  enables  the  people 
to  fare  better  as  regards  the  luxury  than  the  more  civilised 
races  of  Abyssinia  and  Harar,  where  of  a  roillionnaire  it  is  said, 
"  be  eateth  salt."  An  inferior  article  is  exported  from  Ugogo, 
about  half-wSy  between  the  East  Coast  and  the  Tanganyika 
Lake.  A  superior  quality  is  extracted  from  the  pits  near  the 
Busugi  River  in  Western  Uvinza,  distant  but  a  few  days  from 
Ujiji.  For  the  prices  and  other  conditions  of  sale  the  reader  is 
referred  to  Chapters  V.  and  VII. 

The  subject  of  exports  will  be  treated  of  at  some  length ;  it 
is  not  only  interesting  from  its  intrinsic  value,  but  it  is  capable  of 
considerable  development,  and  it  also  offers  a  ready  entrance 
for  civilisation.  The  African  will  never  allow  the  roads  to  be 
permanently  closed — none  but  the  highly  refined  amongst  man- 
kind can  contemplate  with  satisfaction  a  life  of  utter  savagery. 
The  Arab  is  too  wise  to  despise  "  protection,"  but  he  will  not 
refuse  to  avail  himself  of  assistance  offered  by  foreigners  when 
they  appear  as  capitalists.  Hitherto  British  interests  have  been 
neglected  in  this  portion  of  the  African  continent,  and  the  name 
of  England  is  unknown  in  the  interior.  Upon  the  island  of 
Zanzibar,  in  1857-8,  there  was  not  an  English  firm;  no  line  of 
steamers  connected  it  with  India  or  the  Cape,  and,  during  the 
dead  season,  nine  months  have  elapsed  before  the  answer  to  a 
letter  has  been  received  from  home. 

The  reader  is  warned  that  amongst  the  East  Africans  the 
"  bay  o  shara  " — barter  or  round  trade — is  an  extensive  subject, 
of  which  only  the  broad  outlines  and  general  indications  can  be 
traced.  At  present,  the  worthlessness  of  time  enables  both 
buyer  and  seller  to  haggle  ad  libitum,  and  the  superior  craft  of 
the  Arab,  the  Banyan,  the  Msawahili,  and  the  more  civilised 
slave,  has  encumbered  with  a  host  of  difficulties  the  simplest 
transactions.  It  is  easy  to  be  a  merchant  and  to  buy  wholesale 
at  Zanzibar,  but  a  lengthened  period  of  linguistic  study  and  of 
convereancy  with  the  habits  and  customs  of  the  people  must  be 


id  By  Google 


spent  by  the  stranger  who  would  engage  in  the  task  of  retail- 
buying  in  the  interior. 

The  principal  article  of  export  from  the  Zanzibar  coast  ia 
copal,  from  the  interior  ivory.  The  minor  items  are  hippopot- 
amus teeth,  rhinoceros  horns,  cattle,  skins,  hides,  and  horns,  the 
cereals,  timbers,  and  cowries-  Concerning  the  slaves,  who  in 
East  Africa  still  form  a  considerable  item  of  export,  details 
have  been  given  in  the  preceding  pages.  The  articles  which 
might  be  exploited,  were  means  of  carriage  supplied  to  the 
people,  are  wax  and  honey,  orchella-weed,  fibrous  substances, 
and  a  variety  of  gums. 

The  copal  of  Zanzibar,  which  differs  materially  from  that  of 
the  Western  Coast  of  Mexico  and  the  cowaee  (Australian 
dammar?)  of  New  Zealand,  is  the  only  article  convertible  into 
the  fine  varnishes  now  so  extensively  used  throughout  the 
civilised  world. 

As  the  attention  of  the  Expedition  was  particularly  directed 
to  the  supplies  of  copal  in  East  Africa  by  Dr.  G.  Buist,  LL.D., 
Secretary  to  the  Bombay  branch  of  the  R.  G.  Society,  many 
inquiries  and  visits  to  the  copal  diggings  were  made.  In  the 
early  part  of  1857  specimens  of  the  soils  and  subsoils,  and  of  tho 
tree  itself,  were  forwarded  to  the  Society. 

The  copal- tree  is  called  by  the  Arabs  shajar  el  sandarus,  from 
the  Hindostani  chhandarus;  by  the  Wasawahili  msamlaruai; 
and  by  the  "Wazaramo  and  other  maritime  races  mningu.  The 
tree  still  lingers  on  the  island  and  the  mainland  of  Zanzibar. 
It  was  observed  at  Mombasah,  Saadani,  Muhonyera,  and 
Mzegera  of  Uzaramo ;  and  was  heard  of  at  Bagamoyo,  Mbuamaji, 
and  Kilwa.  It  is  by  no  means,  as  some  have  supposed,  a  shrubby 
thorn ;  its  towering  bole  has  formed  canoes  60  feet  long,  and  a 
single  tree  has  sufficed  for  the  kelson  of  a  brig.  The  average 
size,  however,  is  about  half  that  height,  with  from  3  to  6  feet 
girth  near  the  ground ;  the  bark  is  smooth,  the  lower  branches 
are  often  within  reach  of  a  man's  hand,  and  the  tree  frequently 
emerges  from  a  natural  ring-fence  of  dense  vegetation.  The 
trunk  is  of  ayellow -whitish  tinge,  rendering  the  tree  conspicuous 
amid  the  dark  African  jungle-growths ;  it  is  dotted  with  exuda- 
tions of  raw  gum,  which  is  found  scattered  in  bits  about  the 
base ;  and  it  is  infested  by  ants,  especially  by  a  long  ginger- 
coloured  and  semi-transparent  variety,  called  by  the  people 
maji-m'oto,  or  "  boiling  water,"  from  its  fiery  bite.  The  copal 
wood  is  yellow  tinted,  and  the  saw  collects  from  it  large  flakes ; 
when  dried  and  polished  it  darkens  to  a  honey-brown,  and, 
being  well  veined,  it  is  used  for  the  panels  of  doors.     The  small 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


404  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

Hnd  pliable  branches,  freshly  cut,  form  favourite  "  bakur,"  the 
kurbaj  or  bastinadoing  instrument  of  these  regions;  after  long 
keeping  they  become  brittle.  The  modern  habitat  of  the  tree 
is  the  alluvial  sea-plain  and  the  anciently  raised  beach :  though 
extending  over  the  crest  of  the  latter  formation,  it  ceases  to  be 
found  at  any  distance  beyond  the  landward  counterslope,  and 
it  is  unknown  in  the  interior. 

The  gum  copal  is  called  by  the  Arabs  and  Hindus  sandarus, 
by  the  Wnsawahili  sandarusi,  and  by  the  "Wanyamwezi — who 
employ  it  like  the  people  of  Mexico  and  Yucatan  as  incense  in, 
incantations  and  medicinings — sirokko  and  mamn&ngu.  This 
semi-fossil  is  not  "washed  out  by  streams  and  torrents,"  but 
"  crowed  "  or  dug  up  by  the  coast  clans  and  the  barbarians  of 
the  maritime  region.  In  places  it  is  found  when  sinking  piles 
lor  huts,  and  nt  times  it  is  picked  up  in  spots  overflowed  by  the 
high  tides.  The  East  African  seaboard,  from  Has  (Ionian  i  in 
S.  lat.  3°  to  Has  Delgado  in  10°  41',  with  a  medium  depth  of 
30  miles,  may  indeed  be  called  the  "  copal  coast ;"  every  part 
supplies  more  or  less  the  gum  of  commerce.  Even  a  section  of 
this  line,  from  the  mouth  of  the  Pangani  River  to  Ngao 
(Monghou),  would,  if  properly  exploited,  suffice  to  supply  all 
our  present  want?. 

The  Arabs  and  Africans  divide  the  gum  into  two  different 
kinds.  The  raw  copal  (copal  vert  of  the  French  market)  is 
called  sandarusi  za  miti,  "  tree  copal,"  or  chakdzi,  corrupted  by 
the  Zanzibar  merchant  to  "jackass"  copal.  This  chakazi  is 
either  picked  from  the  tree  or  is  found,  as  in  the  island  of 
Zanzibar,  shallowly  imbedded  in  the  loose  soil,  where  it  has  not 
remained  long  enough  to  attain  the  phnse  of  bitumenisation. 
To  the  eye  it  is  smoky  or  clouded  inside,  it  feels  soft,  it  becomes 
like  putty  when  exposed  to  the  action  of  alcohol,  and  it  viscidises 
in  the  solution  used  for  washing  the  true  copal.  Little  valued 
in  European  technology,  it  is  exported  to  Bombay,  where  it  is 
converted  into  an  inferior  varnish  for  carriages  and  palanquins, 
and  to  China,  where  the  people  have  discovered,  it  is  said,  for 
utilising  it,  a  process  which,  like  the  manufacture  of  rice  paper 
and  of  Indian  ink,  they  keep  secret.  The  price  of  chakazi 
varies  from  4  to  9  dollars  per  frasilah. 

The  true  or  ripe  copal,  properly  called  sandarusi,  is  the  produce 
of  vast  extinct  forests,  overthrown  in  former  ages  either  by  some 
violent  action  of  the  elements,  or  exuded  from  the  roots  of  the 
tree  by  au  abnormal  action  which  exhausted  and  destroyed  it. 
The  gum,  buried  at  depths  beyond  atmospheric  influence,  has, 
like  amber  and  similar  gum-resins,  been  bitumenised  in  all  its 


id  By  Google 


APPENDIX   I.  403 

purity,  the  volatile  principles  being  fixed  by  moisture  and  by  the 
exclusion  of  external  air.  That  it  is  the  produce  of  a  tree  is 
proved  by  the  discovery  of  pieces  of  gum  embedded  in  a  touch- 
wood which  crumbles  under  the  fingers ;  the  "  goose-skin,"  which 
is  the  impress  of  Band  or  gravel,  shows  that  it  was  buried  in  a 
soft  state ;  and  the  bees,  flies,  gnats,  and  other  insects  which  are 
sometimes  found  in  it  delicately  preserved,  seem  to  disprove  a 
remote  geologic  antiquity.  At  the  end  of  the  rains  it  is  usually 
carried  ungarbled  to  Zanzibar.  When  garbled  upon  the  coast 
it  acquires  an  additional  value  of  1  dollar  per  frasilah.  The 
Banyan  embarks  it  on  board  his  own  boat,  or  pays  a  freight 
varying  from  2  to  4  annas,  and  the  ushur  or  government  tax  is 
6  annas  per  frasilah  with  half  an  anna  for  charity.  About  8 
annas  per  frasilah  are  deducted  for  "  tare  and  tret."  At  Zanzi- 
bar, after  being  sifted  and  freed  from  heterogeneous  matter,  it  is 
sent  by  the  Banyan  retailer  to  the  Indian  market  or  sold  to  the 
foreign  merchant.  It  is  then  washed  in  solutions  of  various 
strengths :  the  lye  is  supposed  to  be  composed  of  soda  and  other 
agents  for  softening  the  water;  its  proportions,  however,  are 
kept  a  profound  secret.  European  technologists  have,  it  is  said, 
vainly  proposed  theoretical  methods  for  the  delicate  part  of  the 
operation  which  is  to  clear  the  goose-skin  of  dirt.  The  Ameri- 
cans exported  the  gum  uucleaned,  because  the  operation  is  better 
performed  at  Salem.  Of  late  years  they  have  begun  to  prepare 
it  at  Zanzibar,  like  the  Hamburg  traders.  When  taken  from 
the  solution,  in  which  from  20  to  37  per  cent  is  lost,  the  gum  is 
washed,  sun-dried  for  some  hours,  and  cleaned  with  a  hard  brush, 
which  must  not,  however,  injure  the  goose  skin;  the  dark  "  eyes," 
where  the  dirt  has  sunk  deep,  are  also  picked  out  with  an  iron 
tool.  It  is  then  carefully  garbled  with  due  regard  to  colour  and 
size.  There  are  many  tints  and  peculiarities  known  only  to 
those  whose  interests  compel  them  to  study  and  to  observe  copal, 
which,  like  cotton  and  Cashmere  shawls,  requires  years  of  ex- 
perience. As  a  rule,  the  clear  and  semi-transparent  are  the  best;  • 
then  follow  the  numerous  and  almost  imperceptible  varieties  of 
dull  white,  lemon  colour,  amber  yellow,  rhubarb  yellow,  bright 
red,  and  dull  red.  Some  specimens  of  this  vegetable  fossil  ap- 
pear by  their  dirty  and  blackened  hue  to  have  been  subjected  to 
the  influence  of  fire ;  others  again  are  remarkable  for  a  tender 
grass-green  colour.  According  to  some  authorities,  the  gum, 
when  long  kept,  has  been  observed  to  change  its  tinge.  The 
sizes  arc  fine,  medium,  and  large,  with  many  subdivisions ;  the 
pieces  vary  from  the  dimensions  of  small  pebbles  to  2  or  3  ounces; 
they  have  been  known  to  weigh  5  lbs.,  and,  it  is  said,  at  Salem 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


406  THE   LAKE   REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

a  piece  of  35  lbs.  ia  shown.  Lastly,  tbe  gum  is  thrown  broad- 
cast into  boxes  and  exported  from  tbe  island.  Tbe  Hamburg 
merchants  keep  European  coopers,  who  put  together  the  cases 
whose  material  is  sent  out  to  them.  It  is  almost  impossible  to 
average  the  export  of  copal  from  Zanzibar.  According  to  the 
late  Lieutenant-Colonel  Hamerton,  it  varies  from  800,000  to 
1,200,000  lbs.  per  annum,  of  which  Hamburg  absorbs  150,000 
lbs.,  and  Bombay  two  lacs'  worth.  The  refuse  copal  used  for- 
merly to  reach  India  as  "  packing,"  being  deemed  of  no  value  in 
commerce ;  of  late  years  the  scarcity  of  the  supply  has  rendered 
merchants  more  careful.  The  price,  also,  is  subject  to  incessant 
fluctuations,  and  during  the  last  few  years  it  baa  increased  from 
4  doL  50  cents  to  a  maximum  of  12  dollars  per  frasilah. 

According  to  the  Arabs,  the  redder  the  soil  the  better  is  the 
copal.  The  superficies  of  the  copal  country  is  generally  a  thin 
coat  of  white  sand,  covering  a  dark  and  fertilising  humus,  the 
vestiges  of  decayed  vegetation,  which  varies  from  a  few  inches 
to  a  foot  and  a  half  in  depth.  In  the  island  of  Zanzibar,  which 
produces  only  the  cbakazi  or  raw  copal,  the  subsoil  is  a  stiff  blue 
clay,  the  raised  sea-beach,  and  the  ancient  habitat  of  the  coco. 
It  becomes  greasy  and  adhesive,  clogging  the  hoe  in  its  lower 
bed ;  where  it  is  dotted  with  blood-coloured  fragments  of  ochreish 
earth,  proving  the  presence  of  oxidising  and  chalybeate  efficients, 
and  with  a  fibrous  light-red  matter,  apparently  decayed  coco- 
roots.  At  a  depth  of  from  2  to  3  feet  water  oozes  from  the 
greasy  walls  of  the  pit.  When  digging  through  these  formations, 
the  gum  copal  occurs  in  the  vegetable  soil  overlying  the  clayey 
subsoil. 

A  visit  to  tbe  little  port  of  Saadani  afforded  different  results. 
After  crossing  3  miles  of  alluvial  and  maritime  plain,  covered 
with  a  rank  vegetation  of  spear  grass  and  low  thorns,  with  occa- 
sional mimosas  and  tall  hyphsenae,  which  have  supplanted  the 
coco,  the  traveller  finds  a  few  scattered  specimens  of  the  living 
tree  and  pits  dotting  the  ground.  The  diggers,  however,  ge- 
nerally advance  auother  mile  to  a  distinctly  formed  sea-beach, 
marked  with  lateral  bands  of  quartzose  and  water-rolled  pebbles, 
and  swelling  gradually  to  150  feet  from  the  alluvial  plain.  The 
thin  but  rich  vegetable  covering  supports  a  luxuriant  thicket, 
the  subsoil  is  red  and  sandy,  and  the  colour  darkens  as  the 
excavation  deepens.  After  3  feet,  fibrous  matter  appears,  and 
below  this  copal,  dusty  and  comminuted,  is  blended  with  the  red 
ochreish  earth.  The  guides  assert  that  they  have  never  hit  upon 
the  subsoil  of  blue  clay,  but  they  never  dig  lower  than  a  man's 
waist,  and  the  pits  are  seldom  more  than  2  feet  in  depth.  Though 


id  By  Google 


APPENDIX  I.  407 

the  soil  is  red,  the  copal  of  Saadani  is  not  highly  prized,  being 
of  a  dull  white  colour ;  it  is  usually  designated  as  "  ehakazi." 

On  the  line  inland  from  Bagamoyo  and  Kaole  the  copal-tree 
was  observed  at  rare  intervals  in  the  forests,  and  the  pits  ex- 
tended as  far  as  Muhonyera,  about  40  miles  in  direct  distance 
from  the  const.  The  produce  of  this  country,  though  not  first- 
rate,  is  considered  far  superior  to  that  about  Saadani. 

Good  copal  is  dug  in  the  vicinity  of  Mbuamaji,  and  the  dig- 
gings arc  said  to  extend  to  6  marches  inland.  The  Wadenkereko, 
a  wild  tribe,  mixed  with  and  stretching  southwards  of  the  Wa- 
zaramo,  at  a  distance  of  two  days'  journey  from  the  sea,  supply 
a  mixed  quality,  more  often  white  than  red.  The  best  gums  are 
procured  from  Hundaand  its  adjacent  districts.  Frequent  feuds 
with  the  citizens  deter  the  wild  people  from  venturing  out  of 
their  jungles,  and  thus  the  Banyans  of  Mbuamaji  find  two  small 
dows  sufficient  for  the  carriage  of  their  stores.  At  that  port  the 
price  of  copal  varies  from  2  dol.  50  cents  to  3  dol.  perfrasilah. 

The  banks  of  the  Rufiji  River,  especially  the  northern  district 
of  Wande,  supply  the  finest  and  best  of  ccpal ;  it  is  dug  by  the 
Wawande  tribe,  who  either  carry  it  to  Kikunya  and  other  ports, 
or  sell  it  to  travelling  hucksters.  The  price  in  loco  is  from 
1  dol.  50  cents  to  2  dollars  per  fraeikh ;  on  the  coast  it  rises  to 
3  dol.  50  cents.  At  all  these  places  the  tariff  varies  with  the 
Bombay  market,  and  in  1858  little  was  exported  owing  to  the 
enlistment  of  "  free  labourers." 

In  the  vicinity  of  Kilwa,  for  four  marches  inland,  copal  is  dug 
up  by  the  Mandandu  and  other  tribes;  owing  to  the  facility  of 
carriage  and  the  comparative  safety  of  the  country  it  is  somewhat 
dearer  than  that  purchased  on  the  banks  of  the  Rufiji.  The 
copal  of  Kgao  (Monghou)  and  the  Lindi  creek  is  much  cheaper 
than  at  Kilwa;  the  produce,  however,  is  variable  in  quality, 
being  mostly  a  dull  white  ehakazi. 

Like  that  of  East  African  produce  generally,  the  exploi- 
tation of  copal  is  careless  and  desultory.  The  diggers  are  of 
the  lowest  classes,  and  hands  are  much  wanted.  Near  the 
seaboard  it  is  worked  by  the  fringe  of  Moslem  negroids  called 
the  Wamrima  or  Coast  clans ;  each  gang  has  its  own  mtu  mku 
or  akida'ao  (mucaddum — headman),  who,  by  distributing  the 
stock,  contrives  to  gain  more  and  to  labour  less  than  the  others. 
In  the  interior  it  is  exploited  by  the  Washenzi  or  heathen,  who 
work  independently  of  one  another.  When  there  is  no  blood- 
feud  they  carry  it  down  to  the  coast,  otherwise  they  must  await 
the  visits  of  petty  retail  dealers  from  the  ports,  who  enter  the 
country  with  ventures  of  10  or  12  dollars,  and  barter  for  it  cloth, 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


408  THE  LAKE  EEQIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

beads,  and  wire.  The  kosi — south-west  or  rainy  monsoon — ia 
the  only  period  of  work  ;  the  kaskazi,  or  dry  season,  is  a  dead 
time.  The  hardness  of  the  ground  is  too  much  for  the  energies 
of  the  people:  moreover,  "kaskazi  copal"  gives  trouble  in 
washing  on  account  of  the  sand  adhering  to  its  surface,  and  the 
flakes  are  liable  to  break.  As  a  rule,  the  apathetic  Moslem  and 
the  futile  heathen  will  not  work  whilst  a  pound  of  grain  remains 
in  their  huts.  The  more  civilised  use  a  little  jembe  or  hoe,  an 
implement  about  as  efficient  as  the  wooden  spade  with  which  an. 
English  child  makes  dirt-pies. 

The  people  of  the  interior  "  crow  "  a  hole  about  six  inches  in 
diameter  with  a  pointed  stick,  and  scrape  out  the  loosened  earth 
with  the  hand  as  far  as  the  arm  will  reach.  They  desert  the 
digging  before  it  is  exhausted ;  and  although  the  labourers  could 
each,  it  is  calculated,  easily  collect  from  ten  to  twelve  lbs.  per 
diem,  they  prefer  sleeping  through  the  hours  of  heat,  and  content 
themselves  with  as  many  ounces.  Whenever  upon  the  coast 
there  is  a  blood-feud — and  these  are  uncommonly  frequent — a 
drought,  a  famine,  or  a  pestilence,  workmen  strike  work,  and 
cloth  and  beads  are  affiled  in  vain.  It  is  evident  that  the  copal- 
mine  can  never  be  regularly  and  efficiently  worked  as  long  as  it 
continues  in  the  hands  of  such  unworthy  miners.  The  energy 
of  Europeans,  men  of  capital  and  purpose,  settled  on  the  sea- 
board with  gangs  of  foreign  workmen,  would  soon  remedy 
existing  evils;  but  they  would  require  not  only  the  special 
permission,  but  also  the  protection  of  the  local  government. 
And  although  the  intensity  of  the  competition  principle  amongst 
the  Arabs  has  not  yet  emulated  the  ferocious  rivalry  of  civilisa- 
tion, the  new  settlers  must  expect  considerable  opposition  from 
those  in  possession.  Though  the  copal  diggings  are  mostly 
situated  beyond  the  jurisdiction  of  Zanzibar,  the  tract  labours 
under  all  the  disadvantages  of  a  monopoly :  the  diwans,  the 
heavy  merchants,  and  the  petty  traders  of  the  coast  derive  from 
it,  it  is  supposed, profits  varying  from  80  to  100  per  cent.  Like 
other  African  produce,  though  almost  dirt-cheap,  it  becomes 
dear  by  passing  through  many  hands,  and  the  frasilab,  worth 
from  1  to  3  dollars  in  the  interior,  acquires  a  value  of  from  8  to 
9  dollars  at  Zanzibar. 

Zanzibar  is  the  principal  mart  for  perhaps  the  finest  and 
largest  ivory  in  the  world.  It  collects  the  produce  of  the  lands 
lying  between  the  parallels  of  2"  N.  lat.  and  10°  S.  lat.,  and  the 
area  extends  from  the  coast  to  the  regions  lying  westward  of  the 
Tanganyika  Lake.  It  is  almost  the  only  legitimate  article  of 
traffic  for  which  caravans  now  visit  the  interior. 


dDy  Google 


APPENDIX  I.  409 

An  account  of  the  ivory  markets  in  Inner  Africa  will  remove 
sundry  false  impressions.  The  Arabs  are  full  of  fabulous  reports 
concerning  regions  where  the  article  may  be  purchased  for  its 
circumference  in  beads,  and  greed  of  gain  has  led  many  of  them 
to  danger  and  death.  Wherever  tusks  are  used  as  cattle-pens 
or  to  adorn  graves,  the  reason  is  that  they  are  valueless  on 
account  of  the  want  of  conveyance. 

The  elephant  has  not  wholly  disappeared  from  the  maritime 
regions  of  Zanzibar.  It  is  found,  especially  during  the  rainy 
monsoon,  a  few  miles  behind  Pangani  town:  it  exists  also 
amongst  the  Wazegura,  as  far  as  their  southern  limit,  the  Gama 
River.  The  Wadoe  hunt  the  animal  in  the  vicinity  of  Shakini, 
a  peak  within  sight  of  Zanzibar.  Though  killed  out  of  Uzaramo, 
and  K'hutu,  it  is  found  upon  the  banks  of  the  Kingani  and  tho 
Rufiji  rivers.  The  coast  people  now  sell  their  tusks  for  30  to 
35  dollars'  worth  of  cloth,  beads,  and  wire  per  frasllah. 

In  Western  Usagara  the  elephant  extends  from  Maroro  to 
Ugogi.  The  people,  however,  being  rarely  professional  hunters, 
content  themselves  with  keeping  a  look-out  for  the  bodies  of 
animals  that  have  died  of  thirst  or  of  wounds  received  elsewhere. 
As  the  chiefs  are  acquainted  with  the  luxuries  of  the  coast,  their 
demands  are  fantastic  They  will  ask,  for  instance,  for  a  large 
tusk — the  frasilah  is  not  used  in  inland  sales — a  copper  caldron 
worth  15  dollars;  a  khesi,  or  fine  cloth,  costing  20  dollars;  and 
a  variable  quantity  of  blue  and  white  cottons:  thus,  an  ivory, 
weighing  perhaps  3  frasilah,  may  be  obtained  for  50  dollars. 

Ugogo  and  its  encircling  deserts  are  peculiarly  rich  in 
elephants.  The  people  are  eminently  hunters,  and,  as  has 
been  remarked,  they  trap  the  animals,  and  in  droughty  sea- 
sons they  find  many  dead  in  the  jungles.  Ivory  is  somewhat 
dearer  in  Ugogo  than  in  Unyamwezi,  as  caravans  rarely  visit 
the  coasts.  It  is  generally  bartered  to  return  caravans  for 
slaves  brought  from  the  interior;  of  these,  five  or  six  represent 
the  value  of  a  large  tusk. 

The  ivory  of  Unyamwezi  is  collected  from  the  districts  of 
Mgunda  Mk'hali,  Usukuma,  Umanda,  Usagozi,  and  other  adja- 
cent regions.  When  the  "  Land  of  the  Moon"  was  first  visited 
by  the  Arabs,  they  purchased,  it  is  said,  10  farasilah  of  ivory 
with  1  frasilah  of  the  cheap  white  or  blue  porcelains.  The 
price  is  now  between  30  and  35  dollars  per  frasilah  in  cloth, 
beads,  and  wire.  The  Africans,  ignoring  the  frasilah,  estimate 
the  value  of  the  tusk  by  its  size  and  quality ;  and  the  Arabs 
ascertain  its  exact  weight  by  steelyards.  Moreover,  they  raise 
the  weight  of  what  they  purchase  to  48  lbs.,  and  diminish  that 


id  By  Google 


410  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

which  they  sell  to  23-50  lbs.,  calling  both  by  the  same  name, 
frasilah.  When  the  Arab  wishes  to  raise  an  outfit  at  Unyan- 
yembe  he  can  always  command  three  gonitis  of  domestics  (locally 
worth  30  dollars)  per  frasilah  of  ivory.  Merchants  visiting 
Karagwah,  where  the  ivory  is  of  superior  quality,  lay  in  a  stock 
of  white,  pink,  blue,  green,  and  coral  beads,  and  brass  armlets, 
which  must  be  made  up  at  Unyanyeinbe  to  suit  the  tastes  of 
the  people.  Cloth  is  little  in  demand.  For  one  frasilah  of 
beads  and  brass  wire  they  purchase  about  one  and  a  half  of  ivory. 
At  K'hokoro  the  price  of  tusks  has  greatly  risen ;  a  large  speci- 
men can  scarcely  be  procured  under  40  doti  of  domestics,  one 
frasilah  of  brass  wire,  and  100  fundo  of  coloured  beads.  The 
tusks  collected  in  this  country  are  firm,  white,  and  soft,  some- 
times running  6  f&rasilah  (210  lbs.)  The  small  quantity  col- 
lected in  Ubena,  Urori,  and  the  regions  east  of  the  Tanganyika 
Lake,  resembles  that  of  K'hokoro. 

The  ivory  of  Ujiji  is  collected  from  the  provinces  lying 
around  the  northern  third  of  the  lake,  especially  from  Urundi 
and  Uvira.  These  tusks  have  one  great  defect ;  though  white 
and  smooth  when  freshly  taken  from  the  animal,  they  put  forth 
after  a  time  a  sepia-coloured  or  dark  brown  spot,  extending  like 
a  ring  over  the  surface,  which  gradually  spreads  and  injures  the 
texture.  Such  is  the  "  Jendai"  or"Gendai"  ivory,  well  known 
at  Zanzibar :  it  is  apt  to  flake  off  outside,  and  is  little  prized  on 
account  of  its  lightness.  At  Ujiji  tusks  were  cheap  but  a  few 
years  ago,  now  they  fetch  an  equal  weight  of  porcelain  or  glass 
beads,  in  addition  to  which  the  owners — they  are  generally 
many — demand  from  4  to  8  cloths.  Competition,  which  amongst 
the  Arabs  is  usually  somewhat  unscrupulous,  has  driven  the 
ivory  merchant  to  regions  far  west  of  the  Tanganyika,  and 
geography  will  thrive  upon  the  losses  of  commerce. 

The  process  of  elephant-hunting,  the  complicated  division  of 
the  spoils,  and  the  mode  of  transporting  tusks  to  the  coast,  have 
already  been  described.  A  quantity  of  ivory,  as  has  appeared, 
is  wasted  in  bracelets,  armlets,  and  other  ornaments.  This 
would  not  be  the  case  were  the  imports  better  calculated  to  suit 
the  tastes  of  the  people.  At  present  the  cloth-stuffs  are  little 
prized,  and  the  beads  are  not  sufficiently  varied  for  barbarians 
who,  eminently  fickle,  require  change  by  way  of  stimulant.  The 
Arabs  seek  in  ivory  six  qualities :  it  must  be  white,  heavy,  soft, 
thick — especially  at  the  point — gently  curved — when  too  much 
curved  it  loses  from  10  to  14  per  cent. — and  it  must  be  marked 
with  dark  surface-lines,  like  cracks,  running  longitudinally  to- 
wards the  point.     It  is  evident  from  the  preceding  details  that 


id  By  Google 


the  Arab  merchants  gain  but  little  beyond  a  livelihood  in  plenty 
and  dignity  by  their  expeditions  to  the  interior.  An  invest- 
ment of  1,000  dollars  rarely  yields  more  than  70  farasilah  (2450 
lha- )  Assuming  the  high  price  of  Zanzibar  at  an  average  of  50 
dollars  per  farasilah,  the  stock  would  be  worth  3500  dollars — a 
net  profit  of  1050  dollars.  Against  this,  however,  must  be  set 
off  the  price  of  porterage  and  rations — equal  to  at  least  five 
dollars  per  frasilah — the  enormous  interest  upon  the  capital,  the 
wastage  of  outfit,  and  the  risk  of  loss,  which,  upon  the  whole,  is 
excessive.  Though  time,  toil,  and  sickness,  not  being  matters 
of  money,  are  rarely  taken  into  consideration  by  the  Eastern 
man,  they  must  be  set  down  on  the  loss  side  of  the  account. 
It  is  therefore  plain  that  commercial  operations  on  such  a  scale 
can  be  remunerative  only  to  a  poor  people,  and  that  they 
can  be  rendered  lucrative  to  capitalists  only  by  an  extension 
and  a  development  which,  depending  solely  upon  improved 
conveyance,  must  be  brought  about  by  the  energy  of  Euro- 
peans. For  long  centuries  past  and  for  centuries  to  come  the 
Semite  and  the  llamite  have  been  and  will  be  contented  with 
human  labour.  The  first  thought  which  suggests  itself  to  the 
sons  of  Japhet  is  a  tramroad  from  the  coast  to  the  Lake  regions. 

The  subject  of  ivory  as  sold  at  Zanzibar  in  as  complicated  as 
that  of  sugar  in  Great  Britain  or  of  cotton  in  America.  A  de- 
tailed treatise  would  here  be  out  of  place,  but  the  following  no- 
tices may  serve  to  convey  an  idea  of  the  trade. 

The  merchants  at  Zanzibar  recognise  in  ivory,  the  produce  of 
these  regions,  three  several  qualities.  The  best,  a  white,  soft, 
and  large  variety,  with  small  "bamboo,"  is  that  from  the  Bona- 
dir,  Brava,  Makdisbu,  and  Marka.  A  somewhat  inferior  kind, 
on  account  of  its  hardness,  is  brought  from  the  countries  of 
Chaga,  Umasai,  and  Nguru.  The  Wamasai  often  spoil  their 
tuska  by  cutting  them,  for  the  facility  of  transport ;  and,  like  the 
people  of  Ngurir  and  other  tribes,  they  stain  the  exterior  by 
sticking  the  tooth  in  the  sooty  rafters  of  their  chimneyless  huts, 
with  the  idea  that  so  treated  it  will  not  crack  or  split  in  the  sun. 
This  red  colour,  erroneously  attributed  at  Zanzibar  to  the  use 
of  ghee,  is  removed  by  the  people  with  blood,  or  cowdung  mixed 
with  water.  Of  these  varieties  the  smaller  tusks  fetch  from  40 
to  SO  dollars ;  when  they  attain  a  length  of  6  feet,  the  price 
would  be  12/. ;  and  some  choice  specimens  7£  feet  long  fetch  607. 
A  lot  of  47  tusks  was  seen  to  fetch  1500/. ;  the  average  weight 
of  each  was  95  lbs.,  80  being  considered  moderate,  and  from  70 
to  75  lbs.  poor. 

The  second  quality  is  that  imported  from  the  regions  about 


id  By  Google 


412  THE    LAKE    REGIONS   OP   CENTRAL   AFRICA. 

the  Nyasaa  Lake,  and  carried  to  Kilwa  by  trie  Wabisa,  the 
Wahiao,  the  Watigindo,  the  Wamakua,  and  other  clans.  The 
"  Biaha  ivory  "  formerly  found  its  way  to  the  Mozambique,  but 
tbc  barbarians  have  now  learned  to  prefer  Zanzibar ;  and  the 
citizens  welcome  them,  as  they  sell  their  stores  more  cheaply 
than  the  Wahiao,  who  have  become  adepts  in  coast  arts.  Ihe 
ivory  of  the  Wabisa,  though  white  and  soft,  is  generally  small, 
the  full  length  of  a  tusk  being  7  feet  The  price  of  the  "  bab 
kalasi" — scrivellos  or  small  tusks,  under  20  lbs. — is  from  24  to 
25  dollars ;  and  the  value  increases  at  the  rate  of  somewhat  less 
than  1  dollar  per  lb.  The  "  bab  gujrati  or  kashshi,"  the  bab 
kashshi,  is  that  intended  for  the  Cutch  market.  The  tusk  must 
he  of  middling  size,  little  bent,  very  bluff  at  the  point  aa  it  is 
intended  for  rings  and  armlets ;  the  girth  must  be  a  short  span 
and  three  fingers,  the  bamboo  shallow  and  not  longer  than  a 
hand.  Ivory  fulfilling  all  these  conditions  will  sell  as  high  aa 
70  dollars  per  frasilah, — medium  size  of  20  to  45  lbs. — fetches 
56  to  60  dollars.  The  "  bab  wilaiti,"  or  "  foreign  sort,"  ia  that 
purchased  in  European  and  American  markets.  The  largest  size 
is  preferred,  which  ranging  from  45  to  100  lbs.,  may  be  pur- 
chased for  52  dollars  per  frasilah. 

The  third  and  least  valued  quality  is  the  western  ivory,  the 
Gcndai,  and  other  varieties  imported  from  Usagara,  Uhehe, 
Urori,  Unyamwezi,  and  ita  neighbourhood.  The  price  varies 
according  to  size,  form,  and  weight,  from  45  to  56  dollars  per 
frasilah. 

The  transport  of  ivory  to  the  coast,  and  the  profits  derived  by 
the  maritime  settlers,  Arab  and  Indian,  have  been  described. 
When  all  fees  have  been  paid,  the  tusk,  guarded  against 
smuggling  by  the  custom-house  stamp,  is  sent  to  Zanzibar.  On 
the  island  scrivellos  under  6  lbs.  in  weight  are  not  registered. 
According  to  the  late  LieuteDant-ColonelHamerton,  the  annual 
average  of  large  tusks  is  not  less  than  20,000.  The  people  of 
the  country  make  the  weight  range  between  17,000  and  25,000 
frasilah.  The  tusk  is  larger  at  Zanzibar  than  elsewhere.  At 
Mozambique,  for  instance,  60  lbs.  would  be  considered  a  good 
average  for  a  lot.  Monster  tusks  are  spoken  of.  Specimens  of 
6  farasilah  are  not  very  rare,  and  the  people  have  traditions  that 
these  wonderful  armatures  have  extended  to  227  lbs.,  and  even 
to  280  lbs.  each. 

Amongst  the  minor  articles  of  export  from  the  interior,  hip- 
popotamus teeth  have  been  enumerated.  Beyond  the  coast, 
however,  they  form  but  a  slender  item  in  the  caravan  load.  In 
the  inner  regions  they  are  bought  in  retail;  the  price  ranges 


id  By  Google 


APPENDIX  I.  41 S 

between  1  and  2  fnndo  of  beads,  and  at  times  3  may  be  procured 
for  a  shukkah.  On  tbe  coast  they  rise,  when  fine,  to  25  dollars 
per  frasilah.  At  Zanzibar  a  large  lot,  averaging  6  to  8  lbs.  in 
weight  (12  lbs.  would  be  about  the  largest),  will  sell  for  60 
dollars ;  per  frasilah  of  5  lbs.  from  40  to  45  dollars  i  whilst  the 
smallest  fetch  from  5  to  6  dollars.  Of  surpassing  hardness, 
they  are  still  used  in  Europe  for  artificial  teeth.  In  America 
porcelain  bids  fair  to  supplant  them. 

The  gargatan  (karkadan?),  or  small  black  rhinoceros  with  a 
double  horn,  is  as  common  as  the  elephant  in  tbe  interior.  The 
price  of  the  horn  is  regulated  by  its  size ;  a  small  specimen  is  to 
be  bought  for  1  jembe  or  iron  hoe.  When  large  the  price  is 
doubled.  Upon  the  coast  a  lot  fetches  from  6  to  9  dollars  per 
frasilah,  which  at  Zanzibar  increases  to  from  8  to  12  dollars.  The 
inner  barbarians  apply  plates  of  the  horn  to  helcomas  and  ulce- 
rations, and  they  cut  it  into  bits,  which  are  bound  with  twine 
round  the  limb,  like  the  wooden  mpigii  or  hirizi.  Large  horns 
are  imported  through  Bombay  to  China  and  Central  Asia,  where 
it  is  said  the  people  convert  them  into  drinking-cups,  which  sweat 
if  poison  be  administered  in  them :  thus  they  act  like  the  Vene- 
tian glass  of  our  ancestors,  and  are  as  highly  prized  as  that  ec- 
centric fruit  the  coco  de  raer.  The  Arabs  of  Maskat  and  Yemen 
cut  them  into  sword-hilts,  dagger-hafts,  tool-handles,  and  smalt 
boxes  for  tobacco,  and  other  articles.  They  greatly  prize,  and 
will  pay  12  dollars  per  frasilah,  for  the  spoils  of  the  kobaoba,  or 
long-horned  white  rhinoceros,  which,  however,  appears  no  longer 
to  exist  in  the  latitudes  westward  of  Zanzibar  island. 

Black  cattle  are  seldom  driven  down  from  the  interior,  on  ac- 
count of  the  length  and  risk  of  the  journey.  It  is  evident,  how- 
ever, that  the  trade  is  capable  of  extensive  development.  The 
price  of  full-grown  bullocks  varies,  according  to  the  distance  from 
the  coast,  between  3  and  5  doti ;  whilst  that  of  cows  is  about 
double.  "When  imported  from  the  mainland  ports,  1  dollar  per 
head  is  paid  as  an  octroi  to  the  government,  and  about  the  same 
sum  for  passage-money.  As  Banyans  will  not  allow  this  traffic 
to  be  conducted  by  their  dwn  craft,  it  is  confined  to  the  Moslem 
population.  The  island  of  Zanzibar  is  supplied  with  black  cattle, 
chiefly  from  the  Banadir  and  Madagascar,  places  beyond  the 
range  of  this  description.  The  price  of  bullocks  varies  from  5  to 
8  dollars,  and  of  cows  from  6  to  9  dollars.  Goats  and  sheep 
abound  throughout  Eastern  Africa.  The  former,  which  ore 
preferred,  cost  in  the  maritime  regions  from  8  to  10  shukkah 
nicrkani ;  in  Usagara,  the  most  distant  province  which  exports 
them  to  Zanzibar,  they  may  be  bought  for  4  to  6  shukkah  per 


id  By  Google 


414  THE  LAKE  KEG  10X3  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

head.  The  Wosawohili  conduct  a  small  trade  in  this  lire  stock, 
and  sell  them  upon  the  island  for  4  to  5  dollars  per  head.  From 
their  large  profits,  however,  must  be  deducted  the  risk  of  trana- 

Eort,  the  price  of  passage,  and  the  octroi,  which  is  25  cents  per 
ead. 
The  exceptional  expense  of  man-carriage  renders  the  exporta- 
tion of  hides  and  horns  from  the  far  interior  impossible.  The 
former  are  sold  with  the  animal,  and  are  used  for  shields,  bedding, 
saddle-  bags,  awnings,  sandals,  and  similar  minor  purposes.  Skins, 
as  has  been  explained,  are  in  some  regions  almost  the  only  wear; 
consequently  the  spoils  of  a  fine  goat  command,  even  in  far 
Usukuma,  a  doti  of  domestics.  The  principal  wild  hides,  which, 
however,  rarely  find  their  way  to  the  coast,  are  those  of  the 
rhinoceros — much  prized  by  the  Arabs  for  targes— the  lion  and 
the  leopard,  the  giraffe  and  the  buffalo,  the  zebra  and  the  quagga. 
Horns  are  allowed  to  crumble  upon  the  ground.  The  island  of 
Zanzibar  exports  hides  and  skins,  which  are  principally  those  of 
bullocks  and  goats  brought  from  Brava,  Marks,  Makdishu,  and 
the  Somali  country.  The  korjah  or  score  of  the  former  has  risen 
from  10  to  24  dollars;  and  the  people  have  learned  to  mix  them 
with  the  spoils  of  wild  animals,  especially  the  buffalo.  When 
taken  from  the  animal  the  hides  are  pinned  down  with  pegs  pas- 
sed through  holes  in  the  edges;  thus  they  dry  without  shrinking, 
and  become  stiff  as  boards.  When  thoroughly  aun-parched 
they  are  put  in  soak  and  are  pickled  in  sea-water  for  forty-eight 
hours ;  thus  softened,  they  are  again  stretched  and  staked,  that 
they  may  remain  smooth :  as  they  are  carelessly  removed  by  the 
natives,  the  meat  fat,  flippers,  ears,  and  all  the  parte  likely  to  be 
corrupted,  or,  to  prevent  close  stowage,  are  cut  off  whilst  wet. 
They  are  again  thoroughly  sun-dried,  the  grease  which  exudes 
during  the  operation  is  scraped  off,  and  they  are  beaten  with 
sticks  to  expel  the  dust.  The  Hamburg  merchants  paint  their 
hides  with  an  arsenical  mixture,  which  preserves  them  during 
the  longmonths  of  magazine-storing  and  sea-voyage.  The  French 
and  American  traders  omit  this  operation,  and  their  hides  suffer 
severely  from  insects. 

Details  concerning  the  growth  of  cereals  in  the  interior  have 
occurred  in  the  preceding  pages.  Grain  is  never  exported  from 
the  lands  lying  beyond  the  maritime  regions :  yet  the  disforesting 
of  the  island  of  Zanzibar  and  the  extensive  plantations  of  clove- 
trees  rendering  a  large  importation  of  cereals  necessary  to  the 
Arabs,  an  active  business  is  carried  on  by  Arab  dows  from  the 
whole  of  the  coast  between  Tanga  and  Ngao  (Monghou),  and 
during  the  dear  season,  after  the  rains,  considerable  profits  are 


id  By  Google 


APPENDIX   I.  415 

realised.     The  corn  measures  used  by  the  Banyans  are  as 
follows: — 

2  Kubabah  (each  from  1-25  to  1*30 lbs ,  in  fact, our  *Vjuart")  =lKis8gi». 

3  Kubabnh  =  l  Pishi  (in  Khutu  the  Pishi=2  Kubabab). 

4  Kubabah=I  Kajla  (equal  to  2  Man). 
24Kaj>la      =1  Frasilah. 

60  Kn)l<i       =1  Jizlali,  in  Kisawaliili  Mzo. 
20  Fara->ilah  =  ]  Kamli  (candy). 

As  usual  in  these  lauds,  the  kubabah  or  unit  is  made  to  be 
arbitrary ;  it  is  divided  into  two  kinds,  large  and  small.  The 
measure  is  usually  a  gourd. 

The  only  timber  now  utilised  in  commerce  ia  the  mukanda'a 
or  red  and  white  mangrove,  which  supplies  the  well-known  bordi 
or  "  Zanzibar  rafters."  They  are  the  produce  of  the  fluviatile 
estuaries  and  the  marine  lagoons,  and  attain  large  dimensions 
under  the  influence  of  potent  heat  and  copious  rains.  The  beet 
is  the  red  variety,  which,  when  thrown  upon  the  shore,  stains 
the  sand ;  it  grows  on  the  soft  and  slimy  bank,  and  anchors 
itself  with  ligneous  shoots  to  the  shifting  soil.  The  white  man- 
grove, springing  from  harder  ground,  dispenses  with  these  sup- 
ports ;  it  is  called  niti  wa  muytu  ("  wild  wood  "),  and  is  quickly 
destroyed  by  worms.  Indeed,  all  the  bordi  at  Zanzibar  begin 
to  fail  after  the  fifth  year  if  exposed  to  the  humid  atmosphere ; 
at  Maskat  it  is  said  they  will  last  nearly  a  century.  The  rafter 
trade  is  conducted  by  Arab  dows :  the  crews  fell  the  trees,  after 
paying  2  or  3  dollars  in  cloth  by  way  of  ada  or  present  to  the 
diwan,  who  permits  them  to  hire  labourers.  The  korjah  or 
score  of  cut  and  trimmed  red  mangrove  rafters  formerly  cost  at 
Zanzibar  1  dollar;  the  price  has  now  risen  to  2  and  3  dollars. 
This  timber  finds  Its  way  to  Aden  and  the  woodless  lands  of 
Eastern  and  Western  Arabia ;  at  Jeddah  they  have  been  known 
to  fetch  1  dollar  each. 

The  maritime  regions  also  supply  a  small  quantity  of  the 
"grenadille  wood,"  called  by  the  people,  who  confound  it  with 
real  ebony  (Diospyros  ebenus),  abuus  and  pingu.  It  is  not  so 
brittle  as  ebony  ;  it  is  harder  than  lignum -vitse  (G.  officinalis), 
spoiling  the  common  saw,  and  is  readily  recognised  by  its 
weight.  As  it  does  not  absorb  water  or  grease,  it  is  sent  to 
Europe  for  the  mouth-pieces  and  flanges  of  instruments,  and 
for  the  finer  parts  of  mills.  The  people  use  it  in  the  interior  for 
pipe-bowls. 

The  mpira  or  caoutchouc-tree  (Ficus  elastica)  grows  abun- 
dantly throughout  the  maritime  regions.  A  few  lumps  of  the 
gum  were  brought  to  Zanzibar  at  the  request  of  a  merchant, 


id  By  Google 


416  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

■who  offered  a  large  sum  for  a  few  tons,  in  the  vain  hope  of 
stimulating  the  exploitation  of  this  valuable  article.  The 
specimens  were  not,  however,  cast  in  moulds  as  by  the  South 
American  Indians ;  they  were  full  of  water,  and  even  fouler 
than  those  brought  from  Madagascar.  To  develop  the  trade 
European  supervision  would  be  absolutely  necessary  during  the 
season  for  tapping  the  trees. 

A  tree  growing  upon  the  coast  and  common  in  Madagascar 
produces,  when  an  incision  has  been  made  in  the  bark,  a  juice 
inspissating  to  the  consistency  of  soft  soap,  and  much  resembling 
the  Indian  "  kokam."  This  "  kanya  "  is  eaten  by  Arabs  and 
Africans,  with  the  idea  that  it  "  moistens  the  body :  "  in  cases 
of  stiff  joints,  swellings  of  the  extremities,  and  contractions  of 
the  sinews,  it  is  melted  over  the  fire  and  is  rubbed  into  the 
skin  for  a  fortnight  or  three  weeks. 

The  produce  and  the  value  of  the  coco  and  areca  palms  have 
already  been  noted.  Orchella-weed  (Rocilla  fuciformis  ? )  a 
lichen  most  valuable  in  dyeing,  is  found,  according  to  the  late 
Lieut-Colonel  Hamerton,  growing  on  trees  and  rocks  through- 
out the  maritime  regions.  The  important  growths  of  the  in- 
terior are  the  frankincense  and  bdellium,  the  coffee  and  nutmeg 
— which,  however,  are  Btill  in  a  wild  state — the  tamarind,  and 
the  sisam  or  black  wood.  The  largest  planks  are  made  of  the 
mtimbati  (African  teak  ?)  and  the  mvule ;  they  are  now  ex- 
ported from  the  coast  to  the  island,  where  they  have  almost  died 
out.  As  the  art  of  sawing  is  unknown,  a  fine  large  tree  is  in- 
variably sacrificed  for  a  single  board.  It  was  the  opinion  of  the 
late  LieuL-Colonel  Hamerton  that  a  saw-mill  at  the  mouth  of 
the  Pangani  River  would,  if  sanctioned  by  the  local  govern- 
ment, be  highly  remunerative. 

Cowries,  called  by  the  Arabs  knure,  in  Kisawahili  khcte, 
and  in  the  interior  simbi,  are  collected  from  various  places  in 
the  coast-region  between  Ras  Hafun  and  the  Mozambique. 
This  trade  is  in  the  hands  of  Moslem  hucksters;  the  Banyan 
who  has  no  objection  to  the  valuable  ivory  or  hippopo- 
tamus-tooth, finds  his  religion  averse  to  the  vile  spoils  of  the 
Cyprcea.  Cowrie3  are  purchased  on  the  mainland  by  a  curious 
specimen  of  the  "  round-trade ; "  money  is  not  taken,  so  the 
article  is  sold  measure  for  measure  of  holcus  grain.  From 
Zanzibar  the  cowrie  takes  two  directions.  As  it  forms  the  cur- 
rency of  the  regions  north  of  the  "  Land  of  the  Moon,"  and  is 
occasionally  demanded  as  an  ornament  in  TJnyamwczi,  the 
return  African  porters,  whose  labour  costs  them  nothing,  often 
partly  load  themselves  with  the  article ;  the  Arab,  on  the  other 


id  By  Google 


A1TEND1X  I.  417 

hand,  who  seldom  visits  the  northern  kingdoms,  docs  not  find 
compensation  Tor  porterage  and  rations.  The  second  and  prin- 
cipal use  of  cowries  is  for  exportation  to  the  West  African  coast, 
where  they  are  used  in  currency — 50  strings,  each  of  40  shcllx, 
or  a  total  of  2000,  representing  the  dollar.  This,  in  former 
days  a  most  lucrative  trade,  is  now  nearly  ruined.  Cowries 
were  purchased  at  75  cents  per  jizlah,  which  represents  from 
3  to  3£  sacks,  of  which  much,  however,  was  worthless.  The 
sacks  in  which  they  were  shipped  cost  in  Zanzibar  1  dollar 
44  cents,  and  fetched  in  West  Africa  8  or  9  dollars.  The 
shells  sold  at  the  rate  of  80£  (60/.  was  the  average  English 
price)  per  ton;  thus  the  profits  were  estimated  at  500  percent., 
and  a  Hamburg  house  rose,  it  is  said,  by  this  traffic,  from  1  to 
18  ships,  of  which  7  were  annually  engaged  in  shipping  cowries. 
From  75  cents  the  price  rose  to  4  dollars,  it  even  attained  a 
maximum  of  10  dollars,  the  medium  being  6  and  7  dollars  per 
jizlah,  and  the  profits  necessarily  declined. 

Cotton  is  indigenous  to  the  more  fertile  regions  of  Eastern  as 
well  as  of  Western  Africa.  The  specimens  hitherto  imported 
from  Port  Natal  and  from  Angola  have  given  satisfaction,  as 
they  promise,  with  careful  cultivation,  to  rival  in  fineness,  firm- 
ness, and  weight  the  medium-staple  cotton  of  the  New  World. 
On  the  line  between  Zanzibar  and  the  Tanganyika  Lake  the 
shrub  grows  almost  wild,  with  the  sole  exception  of  Ugogo  and 
its  two  flanks  of  wilderness,  where  the  ground  is  too  hard  and 
the  dry  season  too  prolonged  to  support  it  The  partial  existence 
of  the  same  causes  renders  it  scarce  and  dear  in  Unyamwezi.  A 
superior  quality  was  introduced  by  tlie  travelling  Arabs,  but  it 
soon  degenerated.  Cotton  flourishes  luxuriantly  in  the  black 
earths  fat  with  decayed  vegetation,  and  on  the  rich  red  clays  of 
the  coast  regions,  of  Usumbara,  Usagnra,  and  Ujiji,  where  water 
underlies  the  surface.  These  almost  virgin  soils  are  peculiarly 
fitted  by  atmospheric  and  geologic  conditions  for  the  development 
of  the  shrub,  and  the  time  may  come  when  vast  tracts,  nearly 
half  the  superficies  of  the  lands,  here  grass-grown,  there  cum- 
bered by  the  primaeval  forest,  may  be  taught  to  bear  crops  equal- 
ling the  celebrated  growths  of  Egypt  and  Algeria,  Harar  and 
AbyBsinin.  At  present  the  cultivation  is  nowhere  encouraged, 
and  it  is  limited  by  the  impossibility  of  exportation  to  the  scanty 
domestic  requirements  of  the  people.  It  is  grown  from  seed 
sown  immediately  after  the  rains,  and  the  only  care  given  to  it 
is  the  hedging  requisite  to  preserve  the  dwarf  patches  from  the 
depredations  of  cattle.  In  some  parts  the  shrub  is  said  to  wither 
after  the  third  year,  in  others  to  be  perennial. 

vol.  rr.  be 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


418  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

Upon  the  coast  the  cotton  grown  by  the  Wasawahili  and 
Wamrima  is  chiefly  used  as  lamp-wicks  and  for  similar  domestic 
purposes ;  Zanzibar  Island  is  supplied  from  Western  India.  The 
price  of  raw  undefined  cotton  in  the  mountain  regions  is  about 
0-25  dollar  per  maund  of  3  Arab  lbs.  In  Zanzibar,  where  the 
lnsufi  or  borabax  abounds,  its  fibrous  substance  is  a  favourite 
substitute  for  cotton,  and  costs  about  half  the  price.  In  Unyam- 
wezi  it  fetches  fancy  prices  ;  it  is  sold  in  haodfuls  for  salt,  beads, 
and  similar  articles.  About  1  maund  may  be  purchased  for  a 
shukkah,  and  from  1  to  2  oz.  of  rough  home-spun  yarn  for  a 
fundo  of  beads.  At  Ujiji  the  people  bring  it  daily  to  the  bazar 
and  spend  their  waste  time  in  spinning  yarn  with  the  rude  im- 
plements before  described.  This  cotton,  though  superior  in 
quality,  as  well  as  quantity,  to  that  of  Unyanyembe,  is  but  little 
less  expensive. 

Tobacco  grows  plentifully  in  the  more  fertile  regions  of  East 
Africa.  Planted  at  the  end  of  the  rains,  it  gains  strength  by 
sun  and  dew,  and  is  harvested  in  October.  It  is  prepared  for 
sale  in  different  forms.  Everywhere,  however,  a  simple  sun- 
drying  supplies  the  place  of  cocking  and  sweating,  and  the  people 
are  not  so  fastidious  ns  to  reject  the  lower  or  coarser  leaves  and 
those  tainted  by  the  earth.  Usumbara  produces  what  is  con- 
sidered at  Zanzibar  a  superior  article :  it  is  kneaded  into  little 
circular  cakes  four  inches  in  diameter  by  half  an  inch  deep :  rolls 
of  these  cakes  are  neatly  packed  in  plantain-leaves  for  exporta- 
tion. The  next  in  order  of  excellence  is  that  grown  in  Uhiao : 
it  is  exported  in  leaf  or  in  tlie  form  called  kambari,  "roll-tobacco," 
ii  circle  of  coils  each  about  an  inch  in  diameter.  The  people  of 
Khutu  and  Usagara  mould  the  pounded  and  wetted  material  into 
discs  like  cheeses,  8  or  9  inches  across  by  2  or  3  in  depth,  and 
weighing  about  3  lbs.;  they  supply  the  Wagogo  with  tobacco, 
taking  in  exchange  for  it  salt.  The  leaf  in  Unyamwezi  gener- 
ally is  soft  and  perishable,  that  of  Usukuma  being  the  worst:  it 
is  sold  in  blunt  cones,  so  shaped  by  the  mortars  in  which  they 
are  pounded.  At  Karagwah,  according  to  the  Arabs,  the  tobacco, 
a  superior  variety,  tastes  like  musk  in  the  water-pipe.  The  pro- 
duce of  Ujiji  is  better  than  that  of  Unyamwezi ;  it  is  sold  in  leaf, 
and  is  called  by  the  Arabs  hamumf,  after  a  well-known  growth 
in  Hazramaut.  It  is  impossible  to  assign  an  average  price  to 
tobacco  in  East  Africa;  it  varies  from  1  kbete  of  coral  beads 
per  6  oz.  to  2  lbs. 

Tobacco  is  chewed  by  the  maritime  races,  theWasawahili,  and 
especially  the  Zanzibar  Arabs,  who  affect  a  religious  scruple 
about  smoking.     They  usually  insert  a  pinch  of  nurah  or  coral- 


id  By  Google 


lime  into  their  quids, — as  the  Soma!  introduces  ashes, — to  mako 
them  bite ;  in  the  interior,  where  calcareous  formations  are  de- 
ficient, they  procure  the  article  from  cowries  brought  from  the 
coast,  or  from  sheila  found  in  the  lakes  and  streams.  About 
Unyamwezi  all  sexes  and  ages  enjoy  the  pipe.  Farther  eastward 
snuff  is  preferred.  The  liquid  article  in  fashion  amongst  the 
"Wajiji  has  already  been  described.  The  dry  snuff  is  made  of 
leaf  toasted  till  crisp  and  pounded,  between  two  stones,  mixed 
with  a  little  m&gidi  or  saltpetre,  sometimes  scented  with  the 
heart  of  the  plantain-tree  and  stored  in  the  tumbakira  or 
gourd-box. 

The  other  articles  exported  from  the  coast  to  Zanzibar  are 
bees'-wax  and  honey,  tortoiseshell  and  ambergris,  ghee,  tobacco, 
the  sugar-cane,  the  wild  arrowroot,  gums,  and  fibrous  substances; 
of  these  many  have  been  noticed,  and  the  remainder  are  of  too 
trifling  a  value  to  deserve  attention. 

To  conclude  the  subject  of  commerce  in  East  Africa.  It  is 
rather  to  the  merchant  than  to  the  missionary  that  we  must 
look  for  the  regeneration  of  the  country  by  the  development  of 
her  resources.  The  attention  of  the  civilized  world,  now  turned 
towards  this  hitherto  neglected  region,  will  presently  cause 
slavery  to  cease ;  man  will  not  risk  his  all  in  petty  and  passion- 
less feuds  undertaken  to  sell  his  weaker  neighbour;  and 
commerce,  which  induces  mansuetude  of  manners,  will  create 
wants  and  interests  at  present  unknown.  As  the  remote  is 
gradually  drawn  nigh,  and  the  difficult  becomes  accessible,  the 
intercourse  of  man  —  strongest  instrument  of  civilisation  in  the 
hand  of  Providence  —  will  raise  Africa  to  that  place  in  the 
great  republic  of  nations  from  which  she  has  hitherto  been 
unhappily  excluded. 

Already  a  line  of  steam  navigation  from  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope  to  Aden  and  the  Red  Sea,  touching  at  the  various  im- 
portant posts  upon  the  mainland  and  the  islands  of  East  Africa, 
has  been  proposed.  This  will  be  the  first  step  towards  material 
improvement.  The  preceding  pages  have,  it  is  believed,  con- 
vinced the  reader  that  the  construction  of  a  tramroad  through  a 
country  abounding  in  timber  and  iron,  and  where  only  one  pass 
of  any  importance  presents  itself,  will  be  attended  with  no 
engineering  difficulties.  As  the  land  now  lies,  trade  stagnates, 
loanable  capital  remains  idle,  produce  is  depreciated,  and  new 
seats  of  enterprise  are  unexplored.  The  specific  for  existing 
evils  is  to  be  found  tn  facilitating  intercourse  between  the 
interior  and  the  coast,  and  that  this  will  in  due  season  be  effected 
we  may  no  longer  doubt. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


APPENDIX  II. 


1. 

"  East  India  House,  13th  September,  1856. 
-  Sir, — I  am  commanded  by  the  Court  of  Directors  of  the 
East  India  Company  to  inform  you,  that,  in  compliance  with 
the  request  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society,  you  are  per- 
mitted to  be  absent  from  your  duties  as  a  regimental  officer 
whilst  employed  with  an  Expedition,  under  the  patronage  of 
Her  Majesty's  Government,  to  be  despatched  into  Equatorial 
Africa,  for  the  exploration  of  that  country,  for  a  period  not 
exceeding  two  years.  I  am  directed  to  add,  that  you  are  per- 
mitted to  draw  the  pay  and  allowances  of  your  rank  during  the 
period  of  your  absence,  which  will  be  calculated  from  the  date 
of  your  departure  from  Bombay. 
"  I  am,  Sir, 

"  Your  most  obedient  humble  Servant, 
"(Signature  illegible.) 
"  Lieutenant  R.  Burtoh." 


"  East  India  House,  24th  October,  1856. 
"  Sir,— In  consequence  of  a  communication  from  the  office 
of  the  Secretary  of  State  for  War,  intimating  that  you  are 
required  as  a  witness  on  the  trial  by  Court-Martial  now 
pending  on  Colonel  A.  Shirley,  I  am  desired  to  convey  to  you 
the  commands  of  the  Court  of  Directors  that  you  instantly 
return  to  London  for  that  purpose.  In  obeying  this  order, 
you  are  required  to  proceed,  not  through  France,  but  by  the 
steamer  direct  from  Alexandria  to  Southampton.  You  will 
report  yourself  to  the  Secretary  of  State  for  War  immediately 
on  your  arrival.  The  agent  for  the  East  India  Compauy  in 
Egypt  has  received  instructions  by  this  mail  to  supply  you  with 
the  necessary  funds  for  your  passage. 
"  I  am,  Sir, 

"  Your  most  obedient  humble  Servant, 
"  (Signed)    James  Melville. 

"  Lieutenant  Bubtoh." 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


APPENDIX    II.  4-21 

3. 
"  The  Military  Secretary,  East  India  House, 

"Aden,  14th  November. 

"  Sir, — I  have  the  honour  to  acknowledge  your  official  letter 
of  the  24th  October,  conveying  to  me  the  commands  of  the 
Court  of  Directors  to  return  instantly  to  London  by  the 
steamer  direct  from  Alexandria  to  Southampton. 

"  The  steamer  in  question  left  Alexandria  on  November  6th, 
at  about  10  a.m.  I  received  and  acknowledged  from  the 
British  Consulate  your  official  letter  on  the  same  day  at  Cairo, 
about  noon.  No  steamer  leaves  Alexandria  before  the  20th 
inst ;  it  is  therefore  evident  that  I  could  not  possibly  obey  the 
order  within  the  limits  specified. 

"  No  mention  was  made  about  my  returning  to  England  by 
the  next  steamer,  probably  because  the  Court-Martial  pending 
upon  Colonel  A.  Shirley  will  before  that  time  have  come  to  a 
close.  I  need  scarcely  say,  that  should  I,  on  arrival  at  Bombay, 
find  an  order  to  that  effect,  it  shall  be  instantly  and  implicitly 
obeyed. 

"  Considering,  however,that  I  have  already  stated  all  that  I 
know  upon  the  subject  of  the  Court-Martial  in  question — that 
I  was  not  subpecnaed  in  England — that  I  am  under  directions 
of  the  Koyal  Geographical  Society,  and  employed  with  an 
Expedition  under  the  patronage  of  the  Foreign  Office — that 
without  my  proceeding  to  Bombay,  valuable  Government 
property  would  most  probably  have  been  lost,  and  the  pre- 
parations for  the  Expedition  have  suffered  from  serious  delay — 
and  lastly,  that  by  the  loss  of  a  few  weeks  a  whole  year's 
exploration  must  be  allowed  to  pass  by — I  venture  respectfully 
to  hope  that  I  have  taken  the  proper  course,  mid  that  should  1, 
on  my  arrival  in  India,  find  no  express  and  positive  order  for 
an  immediate  return  to  Europe,  I  may  be  permitted  to  proceed 
forthwith  to  Africa. 

"  As  a  servant  of  the  East  India  Company,  in  whose  interests 
I  have  conscientiously  and  energetically  exerted  myself  for  the 
space  of  14  years,  I  cannot  but  request  the  Court  of  Directors 
to  use  their  powerful  influence  in  my  behalf.  Private  interests 
cannot  be  weighed  against  public  duty.  At  the  same  time,  I 
have  already  embarked  a  considerable  sum  in  the  materiel  of 
the  Expedition,  paid  passage  money,  and  devoted  time,  which 
might  otherwise  have  been  profitably  employed,  to  the  subject 
of  Equatorial  Africa.  I  remained  long  enough  in  London  to 
enable  the  War  Office  to  call  for  my  presence  as  n  witness, 
and  I  ascertained  personally  from  Major-General  Beatson  that 
he  had  not  placed  mc  upon  his  list.    And  finally,  I  venture  to 


Google 


422  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

observe,  tliiit  by  returning  to  Europe  now,  I  should  be  compro- 
mising the  interests  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society,  under 
which  I  am  in  fact  virtually  serving." 


"  To  the  Secretary  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society,  London. 
"  Sir, — I  have  the  honour  to  forward,  for  the  information  of 
the  President  and  members  of  the  Expeditionary  Committee, 
a  copy  of  a  communication  to  my  address  from  the  Military 
Secretary  to  the  Court  of  Directors,  together  with  my  reply 
thereto.  On  perusal  of  these  documents,  you  will  perceive  that 
my  presence  is  urgently  demanded  in  England  to  give  evidence 
on  a  Court-Martial,  and  that  the  letter  desiring  me  to  proceed 
forthwith  to  England  arrived  too  late  in  Egypt  to  admit  of  my 
obeying  that  order.  Were  I  now  to  proceed  directly  from 
Bombay  to  England,  it  is  evident  that  the  Expedition  which  I 
am  undertaking  under  your  direction,  must  he  deferred  to  a 
future  and  uncertain  date.  With  a  view  to  obviate  this 
uncalled-for  delay,  I  have  the  honour  to  request  that  you  will 
use  your  interest  to  the  effect  that,  as  an  officer  virtually  in 
your  service,  I  may  be  permitted  to  carry  out  the  views  of  your 
Society ;  and  that  my  evidence,  which  can  be  of  no  importance 
to  either  prosecutor  or  defendant  in  the  Court-Martial  in 
question,  may  be  dispensed  with.  I  start  this  evening  for 
Bombay,  and  will  report  departure  from  that  place. 
"  I  have,  &c, 

"  R.  F.  Burton. 
"Camp,  Aden,  14th  November,  1836." 


"  To  the  Secretary  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society,  London. 

"  Sir, — I  have  the  honour  to  inform  you  that  on  the  1st  Dec. 
1856, 1  addressed  to  you  a  letter  which  I  hope  has  been  duly  re- 
ceived. On  the  2nd  instant,  in  company  with  Lt  Speke,  I 
left  Bombay  Harbour,  on  board  the  H.E.I.C's.  ship  of  war 
'  Elpliinstone'  (Capt.  Frushard,  I.N.,  commanding),  en  route 
to  East  Africa.  I  have  little  to  report  that  may  be  interesting 
to  geographers ;  but  perhaps  some  account  of  political  affairs  in 
the  Red  Sea  may  be  deemed  worthy  to  be  transmitted  by  you 
to  the  Court  of  Directors  or  to  the  Foreign  Office. 

"  As  regards  the  Expedition,  copies  of  directions  and  a  memo- 
randum on  instruments  and  observations  for  our  guidance  have 
come  to  hand.    For  observations,  Lt.  Speke  and  I  must  depend 


3y  Google 


APPENDIX    II.  428 

upon  our  own  exertions,  neither  scrjcants  nor  native  students 
being  procurable  at  the  Bombay  Observatory.  The  case  of 
instrument*  and  the  mountain  barometer  have  not  been  for- 
warded, but  may  still  find  us  at  Zanzibar.  Meanwhile  I  have 
obtained  from  the  Commanding  Engineer,  Bombay,  one  six- 
inch  sextant,  one  five  and  a -half ditto,  two  prismatic  compasses, 
five  thermometers  (of  which  two  are  B.P.),  a  patent  log,  taper, 
protractors,  stands,  &c, ;  also  two  pocket  chronometers  from  the 
Observatory,  duly  rated;  and  Dr.  Buist,  Secretary,  Bombay 
Geographical  Society,  has  obliged  me  with  a  mountain  baro- 
meter and  various  instructions  about  points  of  interest.  Lt. 
Speke  has  been  recommended  by  the  local  government  to  the 
Government  of  India  for  duty  in  East  Africa,  and  the  services 
of  Dr.  Steinhaeuser,  who  is  most  desirous  to  join  us,  have  been 
applied  for  from  the  Medical  Board,  Bombay.  I  havo  strong 
hopes  that  both  these  officers  will  be  allowed  to  accompany  me, 
and  that  the  Royal  Geographical  Society  will  use  their  efforts  ■ 
to  that  effect. 

"  By  the  subjoined  detailed  account  of  preliminary  expenses  at 
Bombay,  it  will  be  seen  that  I  have  expended  £70  out  of  £250, 
for  which  I  was  permitted  to  draw. 

"  Although,  as  I  before  mentioned,  the  survey  of  Eastern  In- 
tertropical Africa  has  for  the  moment  been  deferred,  the  neces- 
sity stili  exists.  Even  in  the  latest  editions  of  Hortburgh,  the 
mass  of  matter  relative  to  Zanzibar  is  borrowed  from  the  obser- 
vations of  Capt.  Bissel,  who  navigated  the  coast  in  H.M's. 
ships  'leopard''  and  'Orestes'  about  a.d.  1799.  Little  is  ' 
known  of  the  great  current  which,  setting  periodically  from  and 
to  the  Red  Sea  and  the  Persian  Gulf,  sweeps  round  the  Eastern 
Horn  of  Africa.  The  reefs  are  still  formidable  to  navigators ; 
and  before  these  seas  can  be  safely  traversed  by  steamers  from 
the  Cape,  as  is  now  proposed,  considerable  additions  must  be 
made  to  Capt.  Owen's  survey  in  A.D.  1823-24.  Finally,  oper- 
ations on  the  coast,  will  form  the  best  introduction  to  the  geo- 
graphical treasures  of  the  interior. 

"  The  H.  E.I.  Company's  surveying  brig  *  Tigris '  will  shortly 
be  out  of  dock,  where  she  has  been  undergoing  a  thorough 
repair,  and  if  fitted  up  with  a  round  house  on  the  quarter-deck 
would  answer  the  purpose  well.  She  might  be  equipped  in  a 
couple  of  months,  and  dispatched  to  her  ground  before  tbo 
South-west  Monsoon  sets  in,  or  be  usefully  employed  in  observ- 
ing at  Zanzibar  instead  of  lying  idle  in  Bombay  Harbour.  On 
former  surveys  of  the  Arabian  and  African  Coasts,  a  small  ten- 
der of  from  thirty  to  forty  tons  has  always  been  granted,  as 
otherwise  operations  are  much  crippled  in  boisterous  weather 


Google 


424  TIIE  LAKE  BEGIOXS  OP  CENTRAL  AFBICA. 

and  exposed  on  inhospitable  shores.  Should  do  other  vessel  be 
available,  one  of  the  smallest  of  the  new  Pilot  Schooners  now 
unemployed  at  Bombay  might  be  directed  to  wait  upon  the 
*  Tigris'  Lt.  H.  G.  Fraeer,  I.N.,  lias  volunteered  for  duty 
upon  the  African  Const,  and  I  have  the  honour  to  transmit  his 
letter.  Nothing  more  would  be  required  were  some  junior 
officer  of  the  Indian  Navy  stationed  at  Zanzibar  for  the  purpose 
of  registering  tidal,  barometric,  and  thermometric  observations, 
in  order  that  something  of  the  meteorology  of  this  unknown 
region  may  be  accurately  investigated. 

"When  passing  through  Aden  I  was  informed  that  the 
blockade  of  the  Somali  Coast  had  been  raised  without  compen- 
sation for  the  losses  sustained  on  my  last  journey.  This  step 
appears,  politically  speaking,  a  mistake.  In  the  case  of  the 
'Mary  Ann*  brig,  plundered  near  Berberah  in  a.d.  1825,  due 
compensation  was  demanded  and  obtained.  Even  in  India,  an 
officer  travelling  through  the  states  not  under  British  rule,  can, 
if  he  be  plundered,  require  an  equivalent  for  his  property.  This 
is  indeed  our  chief  protection, — semi-barbarians  and  savages 
part  with  money  less  willingly  than  with  life.  If  it  be  de- 
termined for  social  reasons  at  Aden  that  the  blockade  should 
cease  and  mutton  become  cheap,  a  certain  per-centage  could  be 
laid  upon  the  exports  of  Berberah  till  such  time  as  our  losses, 
which,  including  those  of  government,  amount  to  1380/.,  are 
made  good. 

"  From  Harar  news  has  reached  Aden  that  the  Amir  Abu- 
bakr,  dying  during  the  last  year  of  chronic  consumption,  has 
been  succeeded  by  a  cousin,  one  Abd  el  Rahman,  a  bigoted 
Moslem,  and  a  violent  hater  of  the  Gollas.  His  success  in 
feud  and  foray,  however,  have  not  prevented,  the  wild  tribes 
from  hemming  him  in,  and  unless  fortune  interfere,  the  city 
must  fall  into  their  hands.  The  rumour  prevalent  at  Cairo, 
namely,  that  Harar  bad  been  besieged  and  taken  by  Mr,  Bell, 
now  serving  under  'Theodorus,  Emperor  of  Ethiopia'  (the 
chief  Cassdi),  appears  premature.  At  Aden  I  met  in  exile 
Sharmarkay  bin  Ali  Salih,  formerly  governor  of  Zayla.  He 
has  been  ejected  in  favour  of  a  Daukali  chief  by  the  Ottoman 
authorities  of  Yemen,  a  circumstance  the  more  to  be  regretted 
as  he  has  ever  been  a  firm  friend  to  our  interests. 

"  The  present  defenceless  state  of  Berberah  still  invites  our 
presence.  The  eastern  coiiet  of  the  Red  Sea  is  almost  entirely 
under  the  Porte.  On  the  western  shore,  Cosseir  is  Egyptian, 
Masawwoh,  Sawakin,  and  Zayla,  Turkish,  and  Berberah,  the 
best  port  of  all,  unoccupied.  I  have  frequently  advocated  the 
establishment  of  a  British  agency  at  this  place,  and  venture  to 


.^rz^yGoogle 


APPENDIX    II.  42fl 

do  so  once  more.  This  step  would  tend  to  increase  trade,  to 
obviate  accidents  in  case  of  shipwreck,  and  materially  assist  in 
civilizing  the  Somal  of  the  interior.  The  Government  of  Bom- 
bay has  doubtless  preserved  copies  of  my  reports,  plans,  and 
estimates  concerning  the  proposed  agency,  and  I  would  request 
the  Royal  Geographical  Society  to  inquire  into  a  project  pecu- 
liarly fitted  to  promote  their  views  of  exploration  in  the  Eastern 
Horn  of  Africa.  Finally,  this  move  would  checkmate  any  am- 
bitious projects  in  the  Bed  Sea.  The  Suez  Canal  may  be  said 
to  have  commenced.  It  appears  impossible  that  the  work  should 
pay  in  a  commercial  sense.  Politically  it  may,  if,  at  least,  its 
object  be,  as  announced  by  the  Count  d'Escayrac  de  Lauture, 
at  the  Societe'  de  Geographic,  to  *  throw  open  the  road  of  India 
to  the  Mediterranean  coasting  trade,  to  democratise  commerce 
and  navigation.'  The  first  effect  of  the  highway  would  be,  as 
that  learned  traveller  justly  remarks,  lo  open  a  passage  through 
Egypt  to  the  speronari  and  feluccas  of  the  Levant,  the  light 
infantry  of  a  more  regular  force. 

"  The  next  step  should  be  to  provide  ourselves  with  a 
more  efficient,  naval  force  at  Aden,  the  Head-Quarters  of  the 
Red  Sea  Squadron.  I  may  briefly  quote  as  a  proof  of  the 
necessity  for  protection,  the  number  of  British  protege's  in  the 
neighbouring  ports,  and  the  present  value  of  the  Jeddah  trade. 

Mocha  now  contains  about  twenty-five  English  subjects,  the 
principal  merchants  in  the  place.  At  Masawwah,  besides  a  few 
French  and  Americans,  there  are  from  sixteen  to  twenty  British 
proteges,  who  trade  with  the  interior,  especially  for  mules 
required  at  the  Mauritius  and  our  other  colonies.  Hodaydah 
has  from  fifty  to  sixty,  and  Jeddah,  besides  its  dozen  resident 
merchants,  annually  witnesses  the  transit  of  some  hundreds 
of  British  subjects,  who  flock  to  the  Haj  for  commerce  and 
devotion. 

"  The  chief  emporium  of  the  Red  Sea  trade  has  for  centuries 
past  been  Jeddah,  the  port  of  Meccah.  The  custom-house 
reports  of  1856  were  kindly  furnished  to  me  by  Capt  Frus- 
hard,  I.N.  (now  commanding  the  H.E.I.CV,  sloop  of  war, 
'  Elpkinstone,')  an  old  and  experienced  officer,  lately  employed 
in  blockading  Berberah,  and  who  made  himself  instrumental  in 
quelling  certain  recent  attempts  upon  Turkish  supremacy  in 
Western  Arabia.  According  to  these  documents,  thirty-five 
ships  of  English  build  (square-rigged)  arrived  at  and  left  Jeddah 
between  the  end  of  September  and  April,  from  and  for  various 
places  in  the  East,  China,  Batavia,  Singapore,  Calcutta,  Bom- 
bay, the  Malabar  Coast,  .the  Persian  Gulf,  and  Eastern  Africa, 
Nearly  all  carried  our  colours,  and  were  protected,  or  supposed 


Google 


426  THE  LAKE  RE0I058  OF  CEKTEAL  APEICA. 

to  be  protected,  by  a  British  register :  only  five  had  on  board 
a  European  captain  or  sailing  master,  the  rest  being  com- 
manded and  officered  by  Arabs  and  Indiana.  Their  cargoes 
from  India  and  the  Eastern  regions  are  rice,  sugar,  piece  goods, 
planking,  pepper,  and  pilgrims;  from  Persia,  dates,  tobacco, 
and  raw  silk ;  and  from  the  Mozambique,  ivory,  gold  dust,  and 
similar  costly  articles.  These  imports  in  1856  are  valued  at 
ICO.OOOi  The  exports  for  the  year,  consisting  of  a  little  coffee 
and  spice  for  purchase  of  imports,  amounts,  per  returns,  to 
120,000/.  In  addition  to  these  square-rigged  ships,  the  number 
of  country  vessels,  open  boats,  buggalows,  and  others,  from  the 
Persian  Gulf  and  the  Indian  Coasts,  amount  to  900,  importing 
550,000/.,  and  exporting  about  400,000/.  I  may  remark,  that 
to  all  these  sums  at  least  one-third  should  be  added,  as  specula- 
tion abounds,  and  books  are  kept  by  triple  entry  in  the  Holy 
Land. 

"  The  next  port  in  importance  to  Jeddah  is  Hodaydah,  where 
vessels  touch  on  their  way  northward,  land  piece  and  other  goods, 
and  call  on  the  return  passage  to  fill  with  coffee.  As  the  head- 
quarters of  the  Yemen  Pashalik,  it  has  reduced  Mocha,  formerly 
the  great  coffee  mart,  to  insignificance,  and  the  vicinity  of  Aden, 
a  free  port,  has  drawn  off  much  of  the  stream  of  trade  from  both 
these  ancient  emporia.  On  the  African  Coast  of  the  Red  Sea, 
Sawakin,  opposite  Jeddah,  is  a  mere  slave  mart,  and  Masawwah, 
opposite  Hodaydah,  still  trades  in  pearls,  gold  dust,  ivory,  and 
mules. 

"  But  if  the  value  of  the  Bed  Sea  traffic  culls,  in  the  present 
posture  of  events,  for  increased  means  of  protection,  the  Slave- 
trade  has  equal  claims  to  our  attention.  At  Aden  energetic* 
efforts  have  been  made  to  suppress  it  It  is,  however,  still 
carried  on  by  country  boats  from  Sawakin,  Tajnrrah,  Zayla, 
and  the  Somali  Coast ;  — a  single  cargo  sometimes  consisting  of 
200  head  gathered  from  the  interior,  and  exported  to  Jeddah 
and  the  small  ports  lying  north  and  south  of  it.  The  trade  is, 
I  believe,  principally  in  the  hands  of  Arab  merchants  at  Jeddah 
and  Hodaydah,  and  resident  foreigners,  principally  Indian 
Moslems,  who  claim  our  protection  in  case  of  disturbances,  and 
consequently  carry  on  a  thriving  business.  Our  present  Squad- 
ron in  the  Bed  Sea  consisting  of  only  two  sailing  vessels,  the 
country  boats  in  the  African  ports  have  only  to  wait  till  they 
see  the  ship  pass  up  or  down,  and  then  knowing  the  passage — 
a  matter  of  a  day — to  be  clear,  to  lodge  the  slaves  at  their  desti- 
nation. During  the  past  year,  this  trade  was  much  injured  by 
the  revolt  of  the  Arabs  against  the  Turks,  and  the  constant 
presence  of  the   *  Elphinstone,'  whose  reported  object  was  to 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


APPENDIX   II.  417 

seize  all  Teasels  carrying  slaves.  The  effect  was  principally 
moral.  Although  the  instructions  for  the  guidance  of  the  Com- 
mander enjoined  him  to  carry  out  the  wishes  of  the  Home  and 
Indian  Governments  for  the  suppression  of  Slavery,  yet  there 
being  no  published  treaty  between  the  Imperial  Government 
and  the  Porte  sanctioning  to  us  the  right  of  search  in  Turkish 
bottoms,  his  interference  would  not  have  been  supported  by  the 
Ottoman  local  authorities.  It  may  be  well  to  state,  that  after  a 
Firman  had  been  published  in  the  Hejaz  and  Gemen  abolishing 
the  trade,  the  Turkish  Governments  of  Jeddah  and  Hodaydah 
declared  that  the  English  Commander  might  do  as  be  pleased, 
but  that  they  declined  making  any  written  request  for  his  assist- 
ance. For  its  present  increased  duties,  for  the  suppression  of 
the  Slave-trade,  for  the  protection  of  British  subjects,  and 
for  the  watching  over  Turkish  and  English  interests  in  the  Bed 
Sea,  the  Aden  Squadron  is  no  longer  sufficient  During  the 
last  two  years  it  has  numbered  two  sailing  vessels,  the  'Eiphin- 
stone,'  a  sloop  of  war,  carrying  twelve  32-pounders,  and  two 
12- pounders ;  and  the  *  Mahi,'  a  schooner  armed  with  one  pivot 
gun,  32-pounder,  and  two  12-pounders.  Nor  would  it  be  bene- 
fited by  even  a  considerable  increase  of  sailing  vessels.  It  is 
well  known  that,  as  the  prevailing  winds  inside  the  sea  are 
favourable  for  proceeding  upwards  from  September  to  April,  so 
on  the  return,  during  those  months,  they  are  strongly  adverse. 
A  fast  ship,  like  the  *  Elphinttone,'  requires  30  days  on  the 
downward  voyage  to  do  the  work  of  four.  Outside  the  sea, 
during  those  months,  the  current  sets  inward  from  the  Indian 
Ocean,  and  a  ship,  in  event  of  very  light  winds  falling,  has  been 
detained  a  whole  week  in  sight  of  Aden.  From  April  to 
September,  on  the  contrary,  the  winds  set  down  the  lied  Sea 
frequently  with  violence ;  the  current  inside  the  sea  also  turns 
towards  the  Indian  Ocean,  and  outside  the  S.W.  Monsoon  is 
blowing.  Finally,  sailing  ships  draw  too  much  water.  In 
the  last  year  the  'Elphinttone'  kept  the  Arabs  away  from 
Jeddah  till  the  meanness  of  the  Sherif  Abd  el  Muttaiib  bad 
caused  his  downfall.  But  her  great  depth  (about  from  14-6  to 
15  ft)  prevented  her  approaching  the  shore  at  Hodaydah  near 
enough  to  have  injured  the  insurgents,  who,  unaware  of  the  fact, 
delayed  their  attack  upon  the  town  till  famine  and  a  consequent 
pestilence  dispersed  them.  With  little  increase  of  present  ex- 
penditure, the  Bed  Sea  might  be  effectually  commanded.  Two 
screw-steamers,  small  enough  to  enter  every  harbour,  and  to 
work  steadily  amongst  the  banks  on  either  shore,  and  yet  large 
enough  to  be  made  useful  in  conveying  English  political  officers 
of  rank  and  Native  Princes,  when  necessary,  woutd  amply 
suffice,  a  vessel  of  the  class  of  lI.M's  gun-boat,  'Flying  Fish,' 


Google 


428  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

drawing  at  most  9  feet  water,  and  carrying  four  32-pounders  of 
25  cwt.  each,  as  broadside,  and  two  32-pounders  of  25  cwt.  each, 
as  pivot  guns,  would  probably  be  that  selected.  The  crews 
would  consist  of  fewer  men  than  those  at  present  required,  and 
means  would  easily  be  devised  for  increasing  the  accommodation 
of  officers  and  men,  and  for  securing  their  health  and  comfort 
during  cruises  that  might  last  two  months  in  a  hot  and  dangerous 
climate. 

"  By  means  of  two  such  steamers  we  shall,  I  believe,  be 
prepared  for  any  contingencies  which  might  arise  in  the  Red 
Sea  ;  and  if  to  this  squadron  be  added  an  allowance  for  inter- 
preters and  a  slave  approver  in  each  harbour,  in  fact  a  few  of 
the  precautions  practised  by  the  West  African  Squadron,  the 
slave-trade  in  the  Red  Sea  will  soon  have  received  its  death- 
blow, and  Eastern  Africa  its  regeneration  at  our  hands. 
"I have,  &c,  Sec, 

"R.  F.  Burton, 
"  Commanding  East  African  Expedition. 

"  H.E.I.C.  Sloop  of  War  '  Elphintbme,' 
"  lfltli  December,  1856." 


Ho.  961  of  1857. 
From   H.    L.    ANDERSON,   F.squire,    Secretary  to   Government, 
Bombay,  to  Captain  R.  F.  Burton,  lUt/t  Regiment  Bombay 
N.I. 

Dated  the  23rd  July,  1857. 
"  Sir,  — With  reference  to  your  letter,  dated  the  15th  De- 
cember, 1856,  to  the  address  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Royal 
Geographical  Society  of  London,  communicating  your  views  on 
affairs  in  the  Red  Sea,  and  commenting  on  the  political  mea- 
sures of  the  Government  of  India,  I  am  directed  by  the  Right 
Honourable  the  Governor  in  Council  to  state,  your  want  of 
discretion,  and  due  respect  for  the  authorities  to  whom  you  are 
subordinate,  has  been  regarded  with  displeasure  by  Government. 
"  I  have  the  honour  to  be,  Sir, 

"  Your  most  obedient  Servant, 

"  (Signed)        H.  L.  Anderson, 

"  Secretary  to  Goveroment. 
"  Bombay  Castle,  23rd  July,  1857." 

7. 

THE  MASSACRE  AT  JUDDA1I. 

{Extract  from  the   "  Telegraph   Courier"  Overland  Summary, 

Bombay,  August  4,  1858.) 

"  On  the  30th  June,  a  massacre  of  nearly  all  the  Christians 

took  place  at  Jtiddah  on  the  Red  Sea.     Amongst  the  victims 


A1TENDIX    II.  429 

were  Mr.  Page,  the  British  Consul,  and  the  French  Consul  and 
his  lady.  Altogether  the  Arabs  succeeded  in  slaughtering  about 
twenty-five. 

"  H.M.  steamship  Cyclops  was  there  at  the  time,  and  the 
captain  landed  with  a  boat's  crew,  and  attempted  to  bring  oft' 
some  of  the  survivors,  but  he  was  compelled  to  retreat,  not 
without  having  killed  a  number  of  the  Arabs.  The  next  day, 
however,  he  succeeded  in  rescuing  the  few  remaining  Chris- 
tians, and  conveyed  them  to  Suez. 

"  Amongst  those  who  were  fortunate  enough  to  escape  was 
the  daughter  of  the  French  Consul ;  and  this  she  succeeded  in 
doing  through  the  fidelity  of  a  native  after  she  had  killed 
two  men  with  her  own  hands,  and  been  severely  wounded  in 
the  encounter.  Telegraphic  dispatches  were  transmitted  to 
England  and  France,  and  the  Cyclops  is  waiting  orders  at  Suez. 
As  it  was  apprehended  that  the  news  from  Juddah  might  excite 
the  Arab  population  of  Suez  to  the  commission  of  similar  out- 
rages, II.R.M'b  Vice-Consul  at  that  place  applied  to  the  Pasha 
of  Egypt  for  assistance,  which  was  immediately  afforded  by  the 
landing  of  500  Turkish  soldiers,  under  the  orders  of  the  Pasha 
of  Suez." 


"  Unyanyembe,  Central  Africa,  24th  Juno,  1858. 
"Sir,  —  I  have  the  honour  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of 
your  official  letter,  No.  961  of  1857,  conveying  to  me  the  dis- 
pleasure of  the  Government  in  consequence  of  my  having  com- 
municated certain  views  on  political  affairs  in  the  Red  Sea  to 
the  B.  G.  S.  of  Great  Britain. 

"  The  paper  in  question  was  as  is  directly  stated,  and  it  was 
sent  for  transmission  to  the  Board  of  Directors,  or  the  Foreign 
Office,  not  for  publication.  I  beg  to  express  my  regret  that 
it  should  have  contained  any  passages  offensive  to  the  autho- 
rities to  whom  I  am  subordinate;  and  to  assure  the  Bight 
Honourable  the  Governor  in  Council  that  nothing  was  farther 
from  my  intentions  than  to  displease  a  government  to  whose 
kind  consideration  I  have  been,  and  am  still,  so  much  indebted. 
"  In  conclusion,  I  have  the  honour  to  remind  you  that  I  have 
received  no  reply  to  my  official  letter,  sent  from  Zanzibar, 
urging  our  claims  upon  the  Somal  for  the  plunder  of  our  pro- 
perty. 

"  I  have  the  honour  to  be,  Sir, 

"  Your  most  obedient  Servant, 

"  Kichard.  F.  Burton, 
"  Commanding  East  African  Expedition. 
"  To  the  Secretary  to  Government,  Bombay." 


Google 


THE   LAKE   REGIONS   OF   CENTRAL   AFRICA. 


"  Political  Department 
From   H.  L.   Anderson,  Esq.,   Secretary   to  Government  of 
Bombay,  to  Capt,  B.  F.  BURTON,  Commanding  E.  A.  Expe- 
dition, Zanzibar. 

"  Dated  13th  Jane,  1S57. 
"  Sir, — T  am  directed  by  the  Right  Honourable  the  Governor 
in  Council  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of  your  letter  dated  the 
26th  April  last,  soliciting  compensation  on  behalf  of  yourself 
and  the  other  members  of  the  late  Somalee  Expedition,  for 
losses  sustained  by  you  and  them. 

"  2.  In  reply,  I  am  desired  to  inform  you,  that  under  the 
H.tiwiw.rdioth.nndueioriheK.pHiiuaB,     opinion  copied  in  the  margin, 
}£&^t^2*^*Sm$£Z    expressed   by   the    late    Go- 
uoit  for  thtir  peiioMi  io«n.  vernor- General  of  India,  the 

Bight  Honourable  the  Governor  in  Council  cannot  accede  to 
the  application  now  preferred. 

"  I  have,  &c, 
"  (Signed)        H.  L.  Anderson, 

"  Secretary  to  Government.'' 

END  OF  FIRST  CORRESPONDENCE. 


SECOND  CORRESPONDENCE, 


"  India  Office,  E.  C,  8th  November,  1659. 

"  Sir, —  I  am  directed  by  the  Secretary  of  State  for  India, 
in  Council  to  forward  for  your  information,  copy  of  a  letter  ad- 
dressed by  Captain  Bigby,  her  Majesty's  Consul  and  agent  at 
Zanzibar,  to  the  Government  of  Bombay,  respecting  the  non-pay- 
ment of  certain  persons  hired  by  you  to  accompany  the  Expedition 
under  your  command  into  Equatorial  Africa,  and  to  request 
that  you  will  furnish  me  with  any  observations  which  you  may 
have  to  make  upon  the  statements  contained  in  that  letter. 

"  Sir  Charles  Wood  especially  desires  to  be  informed  why 
you  took  no  steps  to  bring  the  services  of  the  men  who  accotn- 


APPENDIX    II.  «1 

pamed  you,  and  jour  obligations  to  them,  to  the  notice  of  the 
Bombay  Government. 

"  I  am,  Sir, 

"  Your  obedient  servant, 
"  (Signed)  T.  Cosmo  Melville. 

"  Captain  B.  Burton." 


"No.  70 of  1859. 
"  Political  Department. 
From  Captain  C.  P.  RiGBY,  her  Majesty's  Consul  and  British 

agent,  Zanzibar,  to  H.  L.  ANDERSON,  Esquire,  Secretary  to 

Government,  Bombay. 

"  Zanzibar,  July  13th,  1859. 

"  Sir,  —  I  have  the  honour  to  report,  for  the  information  of 
the  Right  Honourable  the  Governor  in  Council,  the  following 
circumstances  connected  with  the  late  East  African  Expedition 
under  the  command  of  Captain  Burton. 

"  2.  Upon  the  return  of  Captain  Burton  to  Zanzibar  in 
March  last,  from  the  interior  of  Africa,  be  stated  that,  from 
the  funds  supplied  him  by  the  Royal  Geographical  Society  for 
the  expenses  of  the  Expedition,  he  had  only  a  sufficient  sum  left 
to  defray  the  passage  of  himself  and  Captain  Speke  to  England, 
and  in  consequence  the  persons  who  accompanied  the  Expe- 
dition from  here,  viz. :  the  Kafila  Bashi,  the  Belooch  Sepoys, 
and  the  porters,  received  nothing  whatever  from  him  on  their 
return. 

"  3.  On  quitting  Zanzibar  for  the  interior  of  Africa,  the 
expedition  was  accompanied  by  a  party  of  Belooch  soldiers, 
consisting  of  a  Jemadar  and  twelve  armed  men,  I  understand 
they  were  promised  a  monthly  salary  of  five  dollars  each ;  they 
remained  with  the  Expedition  for  twenty  months,  and  as 
they  received  nothing  from  Captain  Burton  beyond  a  few  dol- 
lars each  before  starting,  his  highness  the  Sultan  has  generously 
distributed  amongst  them  the  sum  of  (2300)  two  thousand  three 
hundred  dollars. 

"  4.  The  head  clerk  of  the  Custom  House  here,  a  Banian, 
by  name  Kamjee,  procured  ten  men,  who  accompanied  the  Ex- 
pedition aa  porters;  they  were  promised  five  dollars  each  per 
mensem,  and  received  pay  for  six  months,  viz. :  thirty  dollars 
each  before  starting  for  the  interior.  They  were  absent  for 
twenty  months,  during  three  of  which  the  Banian  Ramjee  states 


>B,tzedDyGOOgIe 


i32  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

that  they  did  not  accompany  the  Expedition.  He  now  claims 
eleven  months'  pay  for  each  of  theae  men,  as  they  have  not  been 
paid  anything  beyond  the  advance  before  starling. 

"  5.  The  bead  clerk  also  states  that  after  the  Expedition  left 
Zanzibar,  he  sent  two  men  to  Captain  Burton  with  supplies, 
one  of  whom  was  absent  with  the  Expedition  seventeen  months, 
and  received  nothing  whatever ;  the  other,  he  states,  was  absent 
fifteen  months,  and  received  six  months'  pay,  the  pay  for  the 
remaining  nine  months  being  still  due  to  him.  Thus  his  claim 
amounts  to  the  following  sums :  — 

Ten  men  for  eleven  months,  at  five  dollars  per  man,  per  month,  550  Dollars. 
One  man  for  seventeen  „  „  „  „  85       „ 

One        „      nine  „  „  „  „  45       „ 


"  6.  These  men  were  slaves,  belonging  to  'deewans,'  or  petty 
chiefs,  on  the  opposite  mainland.  They  travel  far  into  the  interior 
to  collect  and  carry  down  ivory  to  the  coast,  and  are  absent  fre- 
quently for  the  apace  of  two  or  three  years.  When  hired  out, 
the  pay  they  receive  is  equally  divided  between  the  slave  and 
the  master.  Captain  Speke  informs  me,  that  when  these  men 
were  hired,  it  was  agreed  that  one-half  of  their  hire  should  be 
paid  to  the  men,  and  the  other  half  to  Ramjee  on  account  of 
their  owners.  When  Ramjee  asked  Captain  Burton  for  their 
pay,  on  hie  return  here,  he  declined  to  give  him  anything, 
saying  that  they  had  received  thirty  dollars  each  on  starting, 
and  that  he  could  have  bought  them  for  a  less  sum. 

"  7.  The  Kufila  Basbi,  or  chief  Arab,  who  accompanied  the 
Expedition,  by  name  Said  bin  Salem,  was  twenty-two  months 
with  Captain  Burton.  He  states,  that  on  the  first  journey  to 
Pangany  and  Usumbara,  he  received  fifty  (50)  dollars  from 
Captain  Burton ;  and  that  before  starling  on  the  last  expe- 
dition, to  discover  the  Great  Lake,  the  late  Lieutenant-Colonel 
Hamerton  presented  him  with  five  hundred  dollars  on  behalf  of 
Government  for  the  maintenance  of  his  family  during  his 
absence.  He  states  that  he  did  not  stipulate  for  any  monthly 
pay,  as  Colonel  Hamerton  told  him,  that  if  he  escorted  the 
gentlemen  to  the  Great  Lake  m  the  interior,  and  brought  them 
in  safety  back  to  Zanzibar,  he  wou'd  be  handsomely  rewarded  ; 
and  both  Captain  Speke  and  Air.  Apothecary  Frost  inform  me 
that  Colonel  Hamerton  frequently  promised  Said  bin  Salem 
that  he  should  receive  a  thousand  dollars  and  a  gold  watch  if 
the  Expedition  were  successful. 

"  8.  As  it  appeared  to  me  that  Colonel  Hamerton  had  received 
no  authority   from   Government   to  defray   any   part  of  the 


APPENDIX   II.  433 

expenses  of  this  Expedition,  and  probably  made  these  promises 
thinking  that  if  the  exploration  of  the  unknown  interior  were 
successful  a  great  national  object  would  be  attained,  and  that 
the  chief  man  who  conducted  the  Expedition  would  be  liberally 
rewarded,  and  as  Captain  Burton  had  been  furnished  with 
funds  to  defray  the  expenses,  I  told  him  that  I  did  not  feel 
authorised  to  make  any  payment  without  the  previous  sanction 
of  Government,  and  Said  bin  Salem  has  therefore  received 
nothing  whatever  since  his  return. 

"  9.  Said  Bin  Salem  also  states,  that  on  the  return  of  the 
Expedition  from  Lake  Tanganyika,  (70)  seventy  natives  of  the 
country  were  engaged  as  porters,  and  accompanied  the  Expe- 
dition for  three  months;  and  that  on  arriving  at  a  place  called 
'  Kootoo,'  a  few  days'  journey  from  the  sea-coast,  Captain  Burton 
wished  them  to  diverge  from  the  correct  route  to  the  coast 
opposite  Zanzibar,  to  accompany  him  south  to  Keelwa;  but 
tliey  refused  to  do  so,  saying  that  none  of  their  people  ever 
dared  to  venture  to  Keelwa ;  that  the  chief  slave-trade  on  the 
east  coast  is  carried  on.  No  doubt  their  fears  were  well 
grounded.  These  men  received  nothing  in  payment  for  their 
three  months'  journey,  and,  as  no  white  man  had  ever  pene- 
trated into  their  country  previously,  I  fear  that  any  future 
traveller  will  meet  with  much  inconvenience  in  consequence  of 
these  poor  people  not  having  been  paid. 

"  10.  As  I  considered  that  my  duty  connected  with  the  late 
Expedition  was  limited  to  affording  it  all  the  aid  and  support  in 
my  power,  I  have  felt  very  reluctant  to  interfere  with  anything 
connected  with  the  non-payment  of  these  men ;  but  Said  bin 
Salem  and  Ramjee  having  appealed  to  me,  and  Captain  Speke, 
since  his  departure  from  Zanzibar,  having  written  me  two 
private  letters,  pointing  out  so  forcibly  the  claims  of  these  men, 
the  hardships  they  endured,  and  the  fidelity  and  perseverance 
they  showed,  conducting  them  safely  through  unexplored 
countries,  and  statin;;  also  that  the  agreements  with  them  were 
entered  into  at  the  British  Consulate,  and  that  they  considered 
they  were  serving  the  British  Government,  that  I  deem  it  my 
duty  to  bring  their  claims  to  the  notice  of  Government ;  for  I 
feel  that  if  these  men  remain  unpaid,  after  all  they  have 
endured  in  the  service  of  British  officers,  our  name  for  good 
faith  in  these  countries  will  suffer,  and  that  any  future  travel- 
lers wishing  to  further  explore  the  interesting  countries  of  the 
interior  will  find  no  persons  willing  to  accompany  them  from 
Zanzibar,  or  the  opposite  mainland. 

"11.  As  there  was  no  British  agent  at  Zanzibar  for  thirteen 
months  after  the  death  of  Colonel  Hamerton,  the  Expedition, 


ogle 


434  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

was   entirely   dependent    on   Luddah    Damha,    the    Custom- 
master  here,  for  money  and  supplies.  He  advanced  considerable 
sums  of  money  without  any  security,  forwarded  all  requisite 
supplies,  and,  Captain   Speke  says,   afforded   the  Expedition 
every    assistance,    in    the    most    handsome    manner.     Should 
Government,  therefore,  be  pleased  to  present  him  with  a  shawl, 
or  some  small  mark  of  satisfaction,  I  am  confident  he  is  fully 
deserving  of  it,  and  it  would  gratify  a  very  worthy  roan  to  find 
that  his  assistance  to  the  Expedition  is  acknowledged. 
"  I  have,  &c, 
"(Signed)  C.  P.  Rigby,  Captain, 
"  H.  M.'s  Consul  and  British  Agent,  Zanzibar." 


"  Sir,  —  I  have  the  honour  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of 
your  official  letter,  dated  the  8th  of  November,  1659,  forward- 
ing for  my  information  copy  of  a  letter,  addressed  by  Captain 
Rigby,  Her  Majesty's  consul  and  agent  at  Zanzibar,  to  the 
Government  of  Bombay,  respecting  the  non-payment  of  certain 
persons,  hired  by  me  to  accompany  the  Expedition  under  my 
command  into  Equatorial  Africa,  and  apprising  me  that  Sir  C. 
Wood  esj>ecially  desires  to  be  informed,  why  I  took  no  steps  to 
bring  the  services  of  the  men  who  accompanied  me,  and  my 
obligations  to  them,  to  the  notice  of  the  Bombay  Government. 

"  In  reply  to  Sir  Charles  Wood  I  have  the  honour  to  state 
that,  ns  the  men  alluded  to  rendered  me  no  services,  and  as  I 
felt  in  no  way  obliged  to  them,  I  would  not  report  favourably 
of  them.  The  Kafilah  Bashi,  the  Jemndar,  and  the  Baloch 
were  servants  of  H.H.  Sayyid  Majid,  in  his  pay  and 
under  his  command ;  they  were  not  hired  by  me,  but  by  the 
late  Lieut-Col.  Hamerton,  H.M.'s  Consul  and  H.E.I.C.'s 
agent  at  Zanzibar,  and  they  marched  under  the  Arab  flag.  On 
return  to  Zanzibar,  I  reported  them  as  undeserving  of  reward 
to  Lieut-Col.  Hamerton's  successor,  Capt  Rigby,  and  after 
return  to  England,  when  my  accounts  were  sent  in  to  the 
Royal  Geographical  Society,  I  appended  a  memorandum,  that 
as  those  persons  had  deserved  no  reward,  no  reward  had  been 
applied  for. 

"  Before  proceeding  to  reply  to  Capt.  Rigby'a  letter,  para- 
graph by  paragraph,  I  would  briefly  premise  with  the  following 
remarks. 


id  By  Google 


APPENDIX    It.  435 

"  Being  ordered  to  report  myself  to  Lieut.-CoL  Hamerton, 
and  having  been  placed  under  his  direction,  I  admitted  his 
friendly  interference,  and  allowed  him  to  apply  to  H.H,  the 
Sultan  for  a.  guide  and  an  escort  Lieut-Col.  Hamerton 
offered  to  defray,  from  public  funds,  which  he  understood  to 
be  at  his  disposal,  certain  expenses  of  the  Expedition,  and  he 
promised,  as  reward  to  the  guide  and  escort,  sums  of  money,  to 
which,  had  I  been  unfettered,  I  should  have  objected  as  exor- 
bitant. But  in  all  cases,  the  promises  made  by  the  late  consul 
were  purely  conditional,  depending  entirely  upon  the  satis- 
factory conduct  of  those  employed.  These  facts  are  wholly 
omitted  in  Cant.  Rigby's  reports. 

"  2.  Capt  Kigby  appears  to  mean  that  the  Kafila  Bash!,  the 
Baloch  sepoys,  and  the  porters  received  nothing  whatever  on 
my  return  to  Zanzibar,  in  March  last,  from  the  interior  of 
Africa,  because  the  funds  supplied  to  me  by  the  Royal  Geo- 
graphical Society  for  the  Expenditure  of  the  Expedition,  had 
been  exhausted.  Besides  the  sum  of  (1000/.)  one  thousand 
pounds,  granted  by  the  Foreign  Office.  I  had  expended  from 
private  resources  nearly  (1400/.)  fourteen  hundred  pounds,  and 
I  was  ready  to  expend  more  had  the  expenditure  been  called  for. 
But,  though  prepared  on  these  occasions  to  reward  liberally  for 
good  service,  I  cannot  see  the  necessity,  or  rather  I  see  the 
unadvisability  of  offering  a  premium  to  notorious  misconduct 
This  was  fully  explained  by  me  to  Capt  Kigby  on  my  return 
to  Zanzibar. 

"  3.  Capt  Kigby  '  understands  *  that  the  party  of  Baloch 
sepoys,  consisting  of  a  Jemadar  and  twelve  armed  men,  were 
promised  a  monthly  salary  of  5  dollars  each.  This  was  not  the 
case.  Lieut-Col.  Hamerton  advanced  to  the  Jemadar  25,  and 
to  each  sepoy  20  dollars  for  an  outfit;  he  agreed  that  I  should 
provide  them  with  daily  rations,  and  he  promised  them  an 
ample  reward  from  the  public  funds  in  case  of  good  behaviour. 
These  men  deserved  nothing ;  I  ignore  their  '  fidelity '  and 
'  perseverance,'  and  I  assert  that  if  I  passed  safely  through  an 
unexplored  country,  it  was  in  no  wise  by  their  efforts.  On 
hearing  of  Lieut-CoL  Hamerton's  death,  they  mutinied  in 
a  body.  At  the  Tanganyika  Lake  they  refused  to  escort  me 
during  the  period  of  navigation,  a  month  of  danger  and  diffi- 
culty. When  Capt  Speke  proposed  to  explore  the  Nyanza 
Lake,  they  would  not  march  without  a  present  of  a  hundred 
dollars'  worth  of  cloth.  On  every  possible  occasion  they  cla- 
moured for  '  Bakshish,'  which,  under  pain  of  endangering 
the  success  of  the  Expedition,  could  not  always  be  withheld. 
They  were  often  warned  by  me  that  they  were  forfeiting  all 


ogle 


430  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

hopes  of  a  future  reward,  and,  indeed,  they  ended  by  thinking 
bo  themselves.  They  returned  to  Zanzibar  with  a  number  of 
slaves,  purchased  by  them  with  money  procured  from  the  Ex- 
pedition. I  would  not  present  either  guide  or  escort  to  the 
consul ;  but  I  did  not  think  it  my  duty  to  oppose  a  large 
reward,  said  to  be  2,300  dollars,  given  to  them  by  H.H.  the 
Sultan,  and  I  reported  his  liberality  and  other  acts  of  kindness 
to  the  Bombay  Government  on  my  arrival  at  Aden.  This  fact 
will,  I  trust,  exonerate  me  from  any  charge  of  wishing  to 
suppress  my  obligations. 

"  4.  The  Banyan  Ramji,  head  clerk  of  the  Custom  House,  did 
not,  as  is  stated  by  Capt.  Eigby,  procure  me  (10)  ten  men 
who  accompanied  the  Expedition  as  porters ;  nor  were  these 
men,  as  is  asserted,  (in  par.  6),  '  Slaves  belonging  to  deewans 
or  petty  chiefs  on  the  opposite  mainland.'  It  is  a  notorious  fact 
that  these  men  were  private  slaves,  belonging  to  the  Banyan 
Ramjee,  who  hired  them  to  me  direct,  and  received  from  me  as 
their  pay,  for  six  months,  thirty  dollars  each ;  a  sum  for  which, 
as  I  told  him,  he  might  have  bought  them  in  the  bazaar.  At 
the  end  of  six  months  I  was  obliged  to  dismiss  these  slaves, 
who,  as  is  usually  the  case  with  the  slaves  of  Indian  subjects 
at  Zanzibar,  were  mutinous  in  the  extreme.  At  the  same  time 
I  supplied  them  with  cloth,  to  enable  them  to  rejoin  their 
patron.  On  my  return  from  the  Tanganyika  Lake,  they 
requested  leave  to  accompany  me  back  to  Zanzibar,  which 
I  permitted,  with  the  express  warning  that  they  were  not  to 
consider  themselves  re-engaged.  The  Banyan,  their  proprietor, 
had,  in  fact,  sent  them  on  a  trading  trip  into  the  interior  under 
my  escort,  and  I  found  them  the  most  troublesome  of  the  party. 
When  Hamji  applied  for  additional  pay,  after  my  return  to 
Zanzibar,  I  told  him  that  I  had  engaged  them  for  six  months ; 
that  I  had  dismissed  them  at  the  end  of  six  months,  as  was  left 
optional  to  me;  and  that  he  had  already  received  an  unusual 
sum  for  their  services.  This  conversation  appears  in  a  distorted 
form  and  improperly  represented  in  the  concluding  sentence  of 
Capt.  Rigby'e  6th  paragraph. 

"  5  and  6.  With  respect  to  the  two  men  sent  on  with  sup- 
plies after  the  Expedition  had  left  Zanzibar,  they  were  not 
paid,  on  account  of  the  prodigious  disappearance  of  the  goods 
intrusted  to  their  charge,  as  f  am  prepared  to  prove  from  the 
original  journals  in  my  possession.  They  were  dismissed  with 
their  comrades,  and  never  afterwards,  to  the  best  of  my  remem- 
brance, did  a  day's  work. 

"7  and  8.  The  Kafilah  Bashi  received  from  me  for  the  first  jour- 
ney to  Usumbara  (50)  fifty  dollars.    Before  my  departure  in  the 


APPENDIX    II.  487 

second  Expedition  he  was  presented  by  Lieut.  Colonel  Hamerton 
with  (500)  five  hundred  dollars,  almost  double  what  he  had 
expected.  He  was  also  promised,  in  case  of  good  conduct,  a  gold 
watch,  and  an  ample  reward,  which,  however,  was  to  be  left  to 
the  discretion  of  his  employers.  I  could  not  recommend  him 
through  Captain  Kigby  to  the  Government  for  remuneration. 
His  only  object  seemed  to  be  that  of  wasting  our  resources  and 
of  collecting  slaves  in  return  for  the  heavy  presents  made  to  the 
native  chiefs  by  the  Expedition,  and  the  consequence  of  his 
carelessness  or  dishonesty  was,  that  the  expenditure  on  the 
whole  march,  until  we  bad  learnt  sufficient  to  supervise  him, 
was  inordinate.  When  the  Kafilah  Bashi  at  last  refused  to 
accompany  Captain  Speke  to  the  Nyanza  Lake,  he  was  warned 
that  he  also  was  forfeiting  all  claim  to  future  reward,  and  when 
I  mentioned  this  circumstance  to  Captain  Rigby  at  Zanzibar,  he 
then  agreed  with  me  that  the  500  dollars  originally  advanced 
were  sufficient, 

"  9.  With  regard  to  the  statement  of  Said  bin  Salim  concerning 
the  non-payment  of  the  seventy-three  porters,  I  have  to  remark 
that  it  was  mainly  owing  to  his  own  fault  The  men  did  not  refuse 
to  accompany  me  because  I  wished  to  diverge  from  the  "  correct 
route,"  nor  was  I  so  unreasonable  as  to  expect  them  to  venture 
into  the  jaws  of  the  slave  trade.  Several  caravans  that  had 
accompanied  us  on  the  down-march,  as  well  as  the  porters 
attached  to  the  Expedition,  were  persuaded  by  the  slaves  of 
Ramjee  (because  Zanzibar  was  a  nearer  way  to  their  homes)  not 
to  make  Kilwa.  The  pretext  of  the  porters  was  simply  that 
they  would  be  obliged  to  march  back  for  three  days.  An  extra 
remuneration  was  offered  to  them,  they  refused  it,  and  left  in  a 
body.  Shortly  before  their  departure  Captain  Speke  proposed 
to  pay  them  for  their  services,  but  being  convinced  that  they 
might  be  prevented  from  desertion,  I  did  not  judge  advisable  by 
paying  them  to  do  what  would  be  virtually  dismissing  them. 
After  they  had  proceeded  a  few  miles,  Said  bin  Salim  was  sent 
to  recall  them,  on  conditions  which  they  would  have  accepted ; 
he  delayed,  lust  time,  and  ended  by  declaring  that  he  could  not 
travel  without  his  dinner.  Another  party  was  instantly  eent; 
they  also  loitered  on  the  way,  and  thus  the  porters  reached  the 
coast  and  dispersed.  Before  their  departure  I  rewarded  the 
Kirangozi,  or  chief  man  of  the  caravan,  who  had  behaved  well  in 
exhorting  his  followers  to  remain  with  us.  I  was  delayed  in  a 
most  unhealthy  region  for  the  arrival  of  some  down  porters, 
who  consented  to  carry  our  goods  to  the  coast ;  and  to  prove  to 
them  that  money  was  not  my  object,  I  paid  the  newly-engaged 
gang  as  if  they  had  marched  the  whole  way.     Their  willingness 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


«8  THE   LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

to  accompany  me  is  the  best  proof  that  I  had  not  lost  the  confi- 
dence of  the  people.  Finally,  on  arrival  at  the  coast,  I  inquired 
concerning  those  porters  who  had  deserted  us,  and  was  informed 
by  the  Diwan  and  headman  of  the  village,  that  they  had 
returned  to  their  homes  in  the  interior,  after  a  stay  of  a  few  days 
on  the  seaboard.  This  was  a  regrettable  occurrence,  but  such 
events  are  common  on  the  slave-path  in  Eastern  Africa,  and 
the  established  custom  of  the  Arabs  and  other  merchants, 
whom  I  had  consulted  upon  the  subject  before  leaving  the 
interior,  is,  not  to  encourage  desertion  by  paying  part  of  the 
hire,  or  by  settling  for  porterage  before  arriving  at  the  coasts. 
Of  the  seven  gangs  of  porters  engaged  on  this  journey,  only  one, 
an  unusually  small  proportion,  left  me  without  being  fully 
satisfied. 

"  10.  That  Said  bin  Salim,  and  Ramji,  the  Banyan,  should 
have  appealed  to  Captain  Rigby,  according  to  the  fashion  of 
Orientals,  after  my  departure  from  Zanzibar,  for  claims  which 
they  should  have  advanced  when  I  refused  to  admit  them,  I  am 
not  astonished.  But  I  must  express  my  extreme  surprise  that 
Captain  Speke  should  have  written  two  private  letters,  forcibly 
pointing  out  the  claims  of  these  men  to  Captain  Rigby,  without 
having  communicated  the  circumstance  in  any  way  to  me,  the 
chief  of  the  Expedition.  I  have  been  in  continued  correspon- 
dence with  that  officer  since  my  departure  from  Zanzibar,  and 
until  this  moment  I  have  been  impressed  with  the  conviction 
thnt  Captain  Speke'a  opinion  as  to  the  claims  of  the  guide  and 
escort  above  alluded  to  was  identical  with  my  own. 

"  11.  With  respect  to  the  last  paragraph  of  Captain  Rigby'a 
letter,  proposing  that  a  shawl  or  some  small  mark  of  satis- 
faction should  be  presented  by  Government  to  Ladha  Damha, 
the  custom-master  at  Zanzibar,  for  his  assistance  to  the  Expedi- 
tion, I  distinctly  deny  the  gratuitous  assertions  that  I  was  en- 
tirely dependent  on  him  for  money  and  supplies ;  that  he  advanced 
considerable  sums  of  money  without  any  security ;  that  he 
forwarded  all  requisite  supplies,  or,  as  Captain  Speke  affirms, 
that  he  afforded  the  Expedition  every  assistance  in  the  most 
handsome  manner.  Before  quitting  Zanzibar  for  inner  Africa, 
I  settled  all  accounts  with  him,  and  left  a  small  balance  in  his 
hands,  and  I  gave,  for  all  subsequent,  supplies,  an  order  upon 
Messrs.  Forbes,  my  agents  in  Bombay.  He,  like  the  other 
Hindus  at  Zanzibar,  utterly  neglected  me  after  the  death  of 
Lieut-Colonel  Humerton ;  and  Captain  Rigby  has  probably 
seen  some  of  the  letters  of  complaint  which  were  sent  by 
me  from  the  interior.  In  fact,  my  principal  merit  in  having 
conducted  the  Expedition  to  a  successful  issue  is  in  having  con- 


id  By  Google 


APPENDIX    II.  439 

tended  against  the  utter  neglect  of  the  Hindus  at  Zanzibar 
(who  had  promised  to  Lieut-Colonel  Hamerton,  in  return 
for  hie  many  good  offices,  their  interest  and  assistance),  and 
against  the  carelessness  and  dishonesty,  the  mutinous  spirit  and 
the  active  opposition  of  the  guide  and  escort. 

"  I  admit  that  I  was  careful  that  these  men  should  suffer  for 
their  misconduct.  On  the  other  hand,  I  was  equally  deter- 
mined that  those  who  did  their  duty  should  be  adequately 
rewarded,  —  a  fact  which  nowhere  appears  in  Captain  Kigby'n 
letter.  The  Portuguese  servants,  the  negro-gun  carriers,  the 
several  African  gangs  of  porters,  with  their  leaders,  and  all 
other  claimants,  were  fully  satisfied.  The  bills  drawn  in  the 
interior,  from  the  Arab  merchants,  were  duly  paid  at  Zanzibar, 
and  on  departure  I  left  orders  that  if  anything  had  been  ne- 
glected it  should  be  forwarded  to  me  in  Europe.  I  regret  that 
Captain  Kigby,  without  thoroughly  ascertaining  the  merits  of 
the  case  (which  he  evidently  has  not  done),  should  not  have 
permitted  me  to  record  any  remarks  which  I  might  wish  to 
offer,  before  making  it  a  matter  of  appeal  to  the  Bombay 
Government. 

"  Finally,  I  venture  to  hope  that  Captain  Rigby  has  for- 
warded the  complaints  of  those  who  have  appealed  to  him  with- 
out endorsing  their  validity  ;  and  I  trust  that  these  observations 
upon  the  statements  contained  in  his  letter  may  prove  that 
these  statements  were  based  upon  no  foundation  of  fact. 
"  I  am,  Sir, 

"  Your  obedient  Servant, 

"  R.  F.  Burton, 

"  Bombay  Arm;." 


"  India  Office,  E.  C,  14th  January,  18CO. 
"  Sir,  —  I  am  directed  by  the  Secretary  of  State  for  India 
in  council,  to  inform  you  that,  having  taken  into  consideration 
the  explanations  afforded  by  you  in  your  letter  of  the  1 1th 
November,  together  with  the  information  on  the  same  subject 
furnished  by  Captain  Speke,  he  ia  of  opinion  that  it  was 
your  duty,  knowing,  as  you  did,  that  demands  for  wages,  on 
the  part  of  certain  Belocns  and  others  who  accompanied  you 
into  Equatorial  Africa,  existed  against  you,  not  to  have  left 
Zanzibar  without  bringing  these  claims  before  the  consul  there, 
with  a  view  to  their  being  adjudicated  on  their  own  merits,  the 
more  especially  as  the  men  had  been  originally  engaged  through 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


440  THE  LAKE  REGIONS  OF  CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

the  intervention  or  Ike  influence  of  the  British  authorities, 
whom,  therefore,  it  was  your  duty  to  satisfy  before  leaving  the 
country.  Had  this  course  been  followed,  the  character  of  the 
British  Government  would  not  have  suffered,  and  the  adjust- 
ment of  the  dispute  would,  in  all  probability,  have  been  effected 
at  a  comparatively  small  outlay. 

"  Your  letter,  and  that  of  Captain  Speke,  will  be  forwarded 
to  the  Government  of  Bombay,  with  whom  it  will  rest  to  deter- 
mine whether  you  shall  be  held  pecuniarily  responsible  for  the 
amount  which  has  been  paid  in  liquidation  of  the  claims  against 
you. 

"  I  am,  Sir, 
"  Your  obedient  Servant, 
"  (Signed)        J.  Cosmo  Melvill." 


"Sir, — I  have  the  honour  to  acknowledge  the  receipt  of 
your  official  letter  of  the  14th  January,  1860, 

"  In  reply,  I  have  the  honour  to  observe  that,  not  having 
been  favoured  with  a  copy  of  the  information  on  the  same  sub- 
ject furnished  to  you  by  Captain  Speke,  I  am  not  in  a  position  to 
understand  on  what  grounds  the  Secretary  of  State  for  India  in 
council  should  have  arrived  at  so  unexpected  a  decision  as  re- 
gards the  alleged  non-payment  of  certain  claims  made  by  certain 
persons  sent  with  me  into  the  African  interior. 

"I  have  the  honour  to  observe  that  I  did  not  know  that 
demands  for  wages  existed  against  me  on  the  part  of  those 
persons,  and  that  I  believed  I  had  satisfactorily  explained  the 
circumstances  of  their  dismissal  without  payment  in  my  official 
letter  of  the  11th  November,  1859. 

"  Although  impaired  health  and  its  consequences  prevented 
me  from  proceeding  in  an  official  form  to  the  adjudication  of  the 
supposed  claims  in  the  presence  of  the  consular  authority,  I 
represented  the  whole  question  to  Captain  Rigby,  who,  had  ho 
then — at  that  time — deemed  it  his  duty  to  interfere,  might  have 
insisted  upon  adjudicating  the  affair  with  me,  or  with  Captain 
Speke,  before  we  left  Zanzibar. 

"  I  have  the  honour  to  remark  that  the  character  of  the  Brit- 
ish Government  has  not,  and  cannot  (in  my  humble  opinion) 
have  Buffered  in  any  way  by  my  withholding  a  purely  condi- 
tional reward  when  forfeited  by  gross  neglect  and  misconduct ; 
and  I  venture  to  suggest  that  by  encouraging  such  abuses  seri- 
ous obstacles  will  be  thrown  in  the  way  of  future  exploration, 


>y  Google 


APPENDIX  II.  441 

and  that  the  liberality  of  the  British  Government  will  be  more 
esteemed  by  the  native  than  its  character  for  sound  sense. 

"  la  conclusion,  I  venture  to  express  my  surprise,  that  alt  my 
labours  and  long  services  in  the  cause  of  African  Exploration 
should  have  von  for  me  no  other  reward  than  the  prospect  of 
being  mulcted  in  a  pecuniary  liability  incurred  by  my  late 
lamented  friend,  Lieut. -Colonel  Hamerton,  and  settled  without 
reference  to  me  by  his  successor,  Captain  Kigby. 
"  I  have  the  honour,  &c.  &c, 
"  Richd.  F.  Burton, 

"  Captain,  Bombay  Army." 
"The  Under  Secretary  of  State  for  India." 


id  By  Google 


id  By  Google 


INDEX. 


Abad  hin  Sulayman,  rest  of  the  part;  at  the 
house  of,  at  Kaieb,  L  933. 

Abdullah,  the  Baloch,  (ketch  of  biro,  L 
136. 

Abdullah  bio  Nasib,  of  Zaniibar,  his  kind- 
ness, i.  27J. 

Abdullah  bin  Jumah,  and  hia  flying  cara- 
van, i.  315. 

Abdullah  bin  Salim  of  rUieh,  bia  authority 
there,  i.  329. 

Abdullah,  wn  of  Musa  Miuri,  iL  325,  396. 

Ablactation,  period  of,  in  East  Africa,  i. 
117. 

A  brut  precatorlus  uaed  as  an  ornament  in 
Karagwah,  ii.  181. 

A  dansouta  digitals,  or  monkey-bread  of  East 
Africa,  peculiarity  of,  i.  47. 

Africa,  Central,  great  depression  of,  i.  409) 
ii.  8, 

African  proverbs,  i.  131, 

Africans,  a  weak-brained  people,  i.  S3. 

Africa"!,  East, their  character  and  religion. 


Amajr  bin   Said  el    Sbakai,  calls  on  Capt. 
_      Burton,  ii.  238.      His  ad.cntures,  338. 
Ammunition,  danger  of,  in  African  travel- 
Androgyne,  the,  ii.  159. 
Animals,iritd,ofUiBraino,i  63.     Of  Dut'- 
bumi,  87.      Of  Zungomero,  95.      Of  the 
Mriroa,  103,  104.     Of  K'hutu,  160.      Of 
the    Usagara  mountains,    163.      Of  the 
plains  beyond  the   Rufuta,  181, 183.     Of 
Ugogi,  349.      Of  the  road  to  Ugogo,  947. 
In  Ugogo,  900.      Of  Unyamwen,  ii.  15. 
Of  Ujiji,  60. 
Antelopes  in  the  Doab  of  the  Mgeta  rirer, 
i.  81.       In   the   Rufuta   plains,  183.     Of 
East  Africa,  968,  969       On  the  Mgunda 
Mk'bali,   989.      Of  Ugogo,  i.  300. 


Ant-hills  of  East  Africa,  L  909,  303.  In 
Unyamwesi,  ii.  19.  Clay  of,  chewed  in 
Unyamweci,  28. 

Anthropophagi  of  Murivumba,  iL  1 14. 

Aril!  in  the  Doab  of  the  Mgeta  river,  i.  82. 
R«d,of  the  banks  of  rivers  in  East  Africa, 
1S6.  Maji  m'oto,  or  "hot  water  "  ants, 
1ST.  Near  the  Marenga  Mk'bali  river, 
901.  Account  of  them,  302.  Annoy- 
ance of,  at  K'liofbo,  976.  Of  Rubu- 
ga,  317.  OF  East  Africa,  371.  Of 
Unvainweii,  ii.  19.      Of  Ujiji,  64. 

Applea'  wood,  at  Mb'hali,  L  401. 

Arab  caravans,  description  of,  in  East  Africa, 
L  S42. 

Arab  proverbs,  i.  50,86,  133,  135. 

Arab*  of  the  East  coast  of  Africa,  i.  SO. 
The  half-caste*  described,  33.  Those 
settled  in  Unyanyembe,  333.  History 
and  description  of  their  settlements,  327. 
Tents  of,  on  their  march,  353. 

Arachi(HypogKB,asanarticleoffood,i.l98. 

Arak  tree  in  Ugogo,  i.  300. 

Archery  in  East  Africa,  iL  301. 

Annanika,  Sultan  of  Karagwah,  account  of, 
ii.  183.  His  government,  183,  184.  Be- 
sieged by  bia  brother,  iL  334. 

Arms  of  the  Waaaramo,  L  110  Of  the 
Wadoe,  134.  Of  the  Baloch  merce- 
naries, 133.  Of  tbe  "Sonaof  Ramji," 
140.  Required  for  the  eipedition,  153. 
Of  the  Waaagara  tribe.  199,937.  Of  the 
Wahehe,  340.  Of  the  Wagogo,  304. 
Of  the  Wahamba,  312.  Of  the  porter* 
of  caravans,  350.  Of  the  W.kimbti, 
ii.  20.  Of  tbe  Wanumwesi,  90.  Of 
the  Wajiji,  66.  Of  the  Wavinsa,  75. 
Of  tbe  Watuta,  77.  Of  the  people  of 
Karagwab,  183. 

Army  of  Uganda,  ii.  189. 

A  rteroise  frigate,  i.  1. 

Atmotphere,  brilliancy  of  the,  in  Ugogo, 
L  397, 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


Asclepiaa    in     the    Usagara    mountains,    L 

165. 
A.hmed   bid     Nuunun,   the    Wejhayn    or 

"  two  hen."  L  3. 
Assegais   of  [be  Wasagan    tribe,    i.   337. 

Of   the  Wanyamweti,  ii.  22.      Of   East 

Africa  generally,  SOI. 
An,  the  African,  described,  i.  85.     Those 

of  the  espedition,   151.      Los  of,    180. 

Fresh  u«  purehued  from  a  down  cara- 

nn,  209. 
Asthma,   or   lik   el   nafas,   remedy  in  Eaat 

Africa  for,  L.  96. 
Atheism,  aboriginal,  ii.  342. 

Bakers,  village  of,  L  92. 

Bakefashish,  in  the  Eaat,  ii.  R4,  85.  The 
propriety  of  rewarding  bad  conduct,  85, 
Influence  of,  ii,  178. 

Balochs,  the,  of  Zansibar,  described,  L  1 4. 
Their  knavery,  85.  Their  behaviour  on 
the  march,  1 87.  Sketch  of  their  charac- 
ter, 133.  Their  quarrels  with  the  "Sons 
of  Ramji."  163.  Their  desertion  and 
return,  173.  Their  penitence,  177. 
Their  character,  177,  178.  Their  dis- 
content and  complaints  about  food,  313, 
321.  And  proposed  desertion,  273,  279. 
Their  bile  cooled,  274.  Their  injury  to 
the  expedition,  319.  Their  breakfast  on 
the  march,  345.  Their  nunuumi  at 
Kaaeh,  376.  Their  desertion,  ii.  111. 
Influenced  tiy  bakbabiah,  217.  Their 
quarrel  with  the  porter*,  253.  Doing; 
"  Zam,"  ii.  276.      Sent  borne,  377. 

Bana  Dirunga,  village  of,  i.  71. 

Banadir,  Barr  el,  or  harbour-land,  geogra- 
phy of,  L  SO. 

Bangwe,  ialet  of,  in  Lake  Tanganyika,  ii. 
53.      Deacribed  99. 

Banyans,  the,  of  the  Eaat  Coast  or  Africa, 
i.  19. 

Baobab  Tree  of  Eaat  Africa,  j.  47. 

Barghesh,  Say  rid,  of  Zanzibar,  a  atate 
prisoner  at  Bombay,  L  3. 

Barghumi,  the,  of  East  Africa,  ii.  294. 

Bark  doth,  price  of,  at  Uvira,  ii.  181. 

Basket  making  in  East  Africa,  ii.  316. 

liaatsof  East  Africa,  ii.  317. 

Battle-aiea  of  the  Wanyamweti,  ii.  33. 
Of  the  Eaat  Africans,  307. 

Baaar-gup,  or  tittle-tattle  in  the  East,  i.  13, 

Bdellium  Tree,  or  Mukl.  of  Ugr-go,  i.  399. 
Urea  of,  among  the  Wagogo,  300. 

Beads,  mode  of  carrying,  in  the  expe- 
dition,   i.     145.       Account    of    African 


370. 

Beef,  mail,  and  plum. pudding  at  Msenc, 
i.400. 

Bee-hires,  seen  for  the  first  time  at 
Marenga  Mktiali,  i.  200.  Tlieir  shape, 
300.      Of  Kubuga,  31,". 

Beer  in  East  Africa,  ii.  385.  Mode  of 
making  it,  286. 

Beea  in  KTiutu,  L  130.  But  no  bee- 
hives, ISO.  Wild,  attack  the  caravan, 
i.  176,  248,  249.  Annoyance  of,  at 
K'hok'ho,  276.  Of  East  Africa,  ii. 
387. 


Belok,  the  Baloch,  sketch  ofbim,  i.  135. 
Beraro,  M„  hia  kindness,  i,  33. 
Berberafa,  disaster  at,  referred  to,  i.  68. 
Bhang   plant,  the,  in    Zung^mero,    L    95. 

Smoked    throughout    Eaat     Africa,   96. 

Effects  produced  by,  96.      Used  in  Ujiji, 

ii.  70. 
Billhooks  carried  by  the  Waaagara  tribe,  i. 

838. 
Birds,   mode    of  catching    them,    i.    160. 

Scarcity    of,   in   East    Africa,  370.       Of 

Ugogn,  300.      Period  of  nidiftcation  and 

incubation  of,  ii.   13.      Of  Unyamweti, 

16.     Of  Ujiji,  60. 
Births  and  deaths  amongst  the  Waiaramo, 

customs  at,  i.  115,116,  118,  119. 
Bivouac,  a  pleasant,  i.  345. 
Black  Magic.      See  Uchawi. 
Blackmail  of  the  Waiaramo,    L    70,   113. 

Of  the   Wak'hutu,   121.      Of  Lhe  Win. 

gun,    135.     At   Ugogo,   252.      Account 

of  the  blackmail  of   East   Africa,  253. 

At  Kirufuru,  264.     At    Kanyenye,  265. 

In    K'hok'ho,  374.     At   Unaburu,   879. 

At  Wanyika,  407.       At  L'bwari  island, 


Boatmen  of  the  Tanganyika  I-ake,  ii.  101. 
Bomani,  "the  stockade,"  village  of,  i.  47. 

Halt    at,    47.       Vegetation    of,    47,    48. 

Departure  from,  51. 
Bombax,  or  silk  cotton  tree,  of  Uiaxamo, 

Leo. 

Bonye  Human,  accident  to  a  caravan  in  the, 

ii.  37a 
Books  required  for  the  eipedition,  i.  155- 
Bonsaua  flabelliformia,  or  Palmyra  tree,  in 

the  plains,  i.   ISO.      Toddy  drawn  from, 

181. 


r  Mbogo,  in  the  plains  of  East 


hgitzeDnyGOOgle 


us 


Africa,  L  181.  Described,  181.  In 
Ugogo,  SOO.  . 

Botanical  collection  stolen,  1.  319.  Diffi- 
cult; of  taking  care  of  Ibe  collection  on 
the  upward  march,  320.  Destroyed  by 
damp  at  Ljiji,  iL  81. 

Boulders  of  granite  on  the  Mgunda  Mk'- 
hali.  L  984.  Picturesque  effects  of  the, 
285,  286. 

Boirs  and  arrows  of  the  Wagogo,  i.  504. 
Of  the  Wanyaranreii,  ii.  32.  Of  the  Eaat 
African*  301.     Poisoned  arrows,  SOS. 

Brab  tree,  or  Ukhindu,  of  the  Mrima,  L  48. 

Breakfast  in  the  caravan  described,  i.  345. 
An  Arab's,  at  Kaieh,  ri.  167. 

Buffaloes  on  the  road  to  Ugogo,  L  24T.  In 
Unyamweti,  ii.  15.  On  the  Rusugi 
ritW,  ii.  4a 


ii.  85. 

Burkene,  route  to,  ii.  179. 
Burton,  Captain,  quits  Zanzibar  Island,  i.  1. 

The  personnel  and  materiel  of  ibe  ex- 
pedition, i.  3,  10,  II. 

Small  n cm    of   the   grant    allowed   by 
government,  i.  4,  unit. 

The    author's    proposal   to    the  Royal 
Geographical  Society,  i.  5. 

Anchors  off  Wale  Point,  L  8. 

His  difficulties,  i.  19. 

His  -MS.  lost,  i.  21. 

Melancholy  parting  with  Col.  Hamer- 
ton,  i.  22. 

Lands  at  Kaole,  i.  22. 

Melancholy  reflections,  i-  34, 

Transit  of  the  valley  of  the    Kingani 
and  the  Mgeta  men,  i.  41. 

The  first  departure,  L  43, 


itched  at  Bon 


i.  49. 


i.  51. 


The  third  departure,  t.  53. 

Halt  at  Nia<a,  in  Uxaramo,  i.  51. 

Start  again,  i.  57- 

First  dangerous  station,  L  59. 

Second  one,  i.  63. 

Adventure  at  Makutaniro,  i.  70. 

Author  attacked  by  fever,  i.  71. 

Third  dangerous  station,  i.  73. 

Encamps  at  Madcge  Madogo,  i.  79. 

And  at  Kidunde,  i.  79. 

Loses  his  elephant-gun,  i.  80. 

Arrives  at  a  place  of  safety,  L  81. 

Enters  Kliutu,  i.  82. 

Thoroughly  prostrated,  L  84. 
His  troubles,  i.  86. 


Burton,  Captain — amtinxd. 

Prepares  a  report  for  the  Royal  Geo- 
graphical Society,  i.  89- 
Advanceifrom  Dut'bumi,  i.  91. 
Halts  at  Zungomero,  i.  197. 
Leaves  Zungomero,  i.  158. 
Arrives  at  Msiit  Mdogo,  i.  161. 
Recovery  of  health  at,  i.  161. 
Leaves  Miiii  Mdogo,  L  165. 
Halts  at  Cha  K'henge,  L  167. 
Desertion  of  the  Baloch,  i.  173. 
Their  return,  i.  174. 
Halts  at  Muhama,  L  178. 
Again  attacked  by  fever,  i.  179. 
Resumes  the  march,  i.  LftO. 
Contrasts  in  the  scenery,  i.  184. 
Fords  the  Mukondokwa  river,  I  188. 
Reaches  Kadetamare,  i.  189. 
Loss  of  instruments,  i.  189. 
Halts  at  Muinyi,  i.  193.- 


Resun 


.e  j  ■„ 


19<. 


Halts  at  Ndabi,  i.  196. 

Resumes  the  march  and  rests  at  illi- 
niums, i.  198. 

Abundance  of  its  supplies,  i.  198, 

Reaches  Marenga  Mkhali,  L  803. 

Approaches  the  bandit  Wabumba,  u 
S03. 

Leaves  Marenga  M  klial  i.  i.  804. 

Halts  at  the  basin  of  Inenge,  i.  808. 

Wholesome  food  obtained  there.i.  80S, 

Exchange    of  civilities    with   a    down 

Painful  ascent  of  the  Rubeho,  or  Windy 

Pass,  i.  SI  3. 
Halt  at  the  Great  Rubeho,  i.  815. 
Ascent  of  the  Little  Rubeho,  i.  21 5 
Descent  of  the    counterslope    of    the 

Usagara  mountains,!.  819. 
First  view  of  the  Ugogo  mountains, 


.  i.  222, 

Reaches  the  plains  of  Ugogo,  L  323. 
Losses  during  the  descent,  i.  334. 
Halts  at  Ugogi,  i,  241. 
Engages  the  services  of  fifteen  Wan- 

yamwen  porters,  L  344. 
Leaves  Ugogi,  L  244. 
The  caravan   dislodged  by  wild  bees, 

i.  248. 
Loses  a  valuable  portmanteau,  L  349. 
Halts  on  the  road  for  the  night,  i.  35ft 
Leaves  the  jungle- kraal,  L  350. 
Sights  the  Ziwa,  or  Pond,  i.  251. 
Provisions  obtained  there,  i.  255. 
Recovery    of    the    lout    portmanteau, 

i.  257. 
Joins  another  up  caravan,  L  257,  358. 


Google 


Burton,  Captain  —  amlinmtd. 
Enters  (Jgogo,  L  259. 
Aston  iihtnent  of  the  VYasrngo,  L  H63. 
Delayed   at  Kifukuru  for  blackmail, 

L264. 
Learn  Kifukuru,  L  265. 
Accident  in  the  Jungle,  i.  965. 
Interview    with    Magomba,  aultan  of 

Kanj-enje,  L  966. 
Hurried  march  from  Kanyenye,  L  271. 
Arrives  at  UsekTls  and  K'hoklic.,  i.  21S. 
Difficulties  of  blackmail  at  K'bok'bo, 

L  V74. 
Departs  from  Ktioklio,  L  275. 
Dtsertion  of  fifteen  porter*,  L  275. 
Trying  march  in  the  Mdnburu  jungle, 

L  277. 
Reached  Uyanst,  i,  279. 
Traverse,  the  Fiery  Field,  L  283. 
Arrives  at  the  Mabuoguru  numara,  L 

285. 
Loam  on  the  march,  i.  285. 
Readies  Jiwe  U  Mkoa,  L  386.  288. 
And  Kirurumo  and  Jiweni,  i.  289. 


And  at  the  tillage  of  Tura,  the  frontier 

of  Unyamsrezl,  L  292.  313. 
Proceed!  in  la  Unyamweii,  i.  314. 
Haiti  al  the  Ksrale  nullah,  L  315. 
Visited    by  Abdullah  bin   Jumah  and 

hi.  flying  caravan,  i.  315. 
And  by  Sultan  Maura,  i.  316. 
Readme  Ukona,  L  318. 
Leaves  Ukona  and  halt*  at  Kigwe  or 

Mkigvra,  i.  319. 
Enters  the  dangerous  Kigwa  forest,  i. 

319. 
Loss  of  paper*  there,  i.  319. 
Reaches  the  rice-lands  of  the  Unynm- 

yerube  district,  i.  321. 
Enters  Kareh  in  grand  style,  i>  322. 
Hospitality  of  the  Arabs  there,  i.  323. 
Difficulties  of  the  preparations  for  re- 
commencing the  journey,  i.  377. 
Sickness  of  the  servants,  i.  379. 
Author  attacked  by  fever,  L  38a 
Leaves  Kaieh  and  proceeds  to  Zimbili, 

i.  386. 
Proceeds  and  halts  at    Tombo,  L   386, 

387. 
Leaves  Tombo  and  reaches  Pano  and 

Mfuto,  i.  389. 
Halts   at  Irora,  i.  389. 
Msrcbes  to  Wilyankuru,  i,  390. 
Hospitality  of  Salim  bin  Said,  i.  391. 
And  of  Mail  J  ibn  Husallam  el  Wardi, 

at  Kirira.  L  392. 
Leaves  Kirira,  and  marshes  to  Mscne, 

L  395. 


Burton,  Captain  —  amlinmuL 
Delayed  there,  i.  399. 
Marches  to  the  Tillage)  of  Mulwli,  L 

401. 
And  to  Sengsti  and  the  deadly  Sorora, 

I.  401. 
Desertions  and  dismissals  at  Sorora,  L 

409. 
Marches  to  Ksjjsnjeri,  i.  403. 
Detained  there  by  dangerous   illness, 

1,403. 
Proceeds  and  baits  at  Usagoxi,  i.  406. 
Some  of  the  party  afflicted  bj  ophthal- 
mia, i.  406. 
Quits  Usagosi,  and  marches  to  Mtwita, 

i.  406,  407. 
Reaches  the  Mukosimo  district,  i.  407. 
Spends  a  night  at  Rulunda,  i.  407. 
Sights  the   plain  of   the   Malagsraii 

river,  L  407. 
Halts  at  Wnnyika,  L  407. 
Settlement  of  blackmail  at,  i.  408. 
Resumes  the  march,  i.  408. 
Arrives  at  the  bank  of  (he  Malagaraxi 

river,  i  408. 
Crosses  over  to  Mpete,  i.  410. 
Marches  to  Kinavrani,  ii.  35. 
And  1o  Jambeho,  ii.  36. 
Fords  the  Rusugi  river,  ii.  37. 
Fresh  desertions,  ii.  38. 
Halts  on  the  Ungwwt  river,  ii.  4Q. 
First  view  of  the  Tanganyika  Lake,  ii. 

42. 
Arrives  at  Ukaranga,  iL  44. 
And  at  Ujiji,  iL  46. 
Visits  the  headman  Kanuena,  iL  81. 
Incurs  his  animosity,  iL  82,  84, 
III  effects  of  the  climate  and  food  of 

UjijL  Ii.  85. 
Captain  Speke  sent  up  the  Lake,    ii. 

87. 
Mode  of  spending  the  day  at  Ujiji,  ii. 

87. 
Failure  of  Caps.  Speke's  expedition,  ii. 

90, 
The  author  prepares  for  a  cruise,  iL  93. 
The  voyage,  ii.  99. 

Halts  and  encamps  at  Kigari,  iL  101. 
Enters  the  region  of  Urundi,  ii.  101. 
Reaches  and  halts  at  Wafanya,  ii.  106. 
Ssils  for  the  island  of  Ubwari,  iL  1 12. 
Anchors  there,  ii.  113. 
Learn  there  and  arrives  at  Murivumtia, 

iL  114. 
Reaches  the  southern  frontier  of  Uvira, 

iL  115. 
Further  progress  slopped,  ii.  117,  119. 


Burton,  Captain  —  eontiautd. 

A  slave  accidentally  shot  there,  ii.  134. 
Returns  to  Kawele,  ii.  194. 
Improvement  in  health,  ii.  19.9. 
The  outfit  reduced  to  a  minimum,  ii. 

ISA 
Arrival  of  supplies,  but  inadequate,  ii. 

132. 
Preparations  for  the  return  to  Unyan- 

yembe,  ii.15.T- 
The  departure,  ii.  157. 
The  return-march,  ii  160, 
Pitches  tents  at  Uyonwa,  ii.  161. 
Desertions,  ii.  161, 
Returns  to  the  ferrj  of  the  Malaga  rui, 

ii.  164. 
Marches  back  to  Unyanyembe,  ii.  165. 
Halts  at  Yombo,  ii.  166. 
lie- enters  Kaaeli,  ii.  167. 
Sends  bis  companion  on  an  expedition 

to  the  north,  ii.  179. 
II  is  mode  of  passing  time  at  Kaaeb,  it 

173,  198. 
Preparations  for  Journeying,  ii.  200. 
Shortness  uf  funds,  1L  831. 
Outfit  fur  the  return,  ii.  2:-9. 
Departs  from  Kaxeh,  ii.  831. 
Halts  at  Hangs,  ii.  232. 
Leaves  Hanga,  ii.  310. 
Returns  through  Ugogo,  ii.  2-14. 
The  letters  with  the  official  "  wigging," 

11  317. 
Takes  the  Kiringawsna  route,  ii.  349. 
Halts  at  a  den  of  thieves,  ii  353. 
And  at  Maroro,  ii  355. 
Marches  to  Kiperepeta.  ii  356. 
Fords  the  Yovu,  ii  328. 
Halts  at  Ruheii.be 


And  o: 


a  plan 


Halts  at  Uiiri 

Returns  to  Zungomero,  ii.  964. 

Proposes  a  march  to  Kilwa,  ii  265. 

Desertion  of  the  porters,  ii  366. 

Engages  fresh  ones,  ii.  367. 

Leaves  Zungomero,  and  resumes   the 

march,  ii  376. 
Re-enters  Utaramo,  ii.  377. 
And  Konrluclii,  ii.  278. 
Sights  the  sea,  ii  27H. 
Sets  out  for  Kilwa,  ii  373. 
Returns  to  Znniihar,  ii  379. 
Leaves  Zantibar  for  Aden,  ii.  334. 
Returns  to  Europe,  ii.  384. 
Butter  in  East  Africa,  ii.  384. 

Cacti   in  the    Usagara  Mountains,  i   165. 

Of  Mgunda  M'Khali,  286. 
Calabash-tree  of  East    Africa,  described,  i 

147.      In  tbe  Usagara  mountains,  i   164, 


239.  Magnificence  of,  at  Ugogo,  260. 
The    only    large   tree    in    Ugogo,    399. 

Camp  furniture  required  for  the  expedi- 
tion, i  153. 

Cannibalism  of  the  Wadoe  tribe,  i.  183,  Of 
the  people  of  Murivumba,  ii.  114. 

Cannabis  Indies  in  Unyamwesi,  i  318. 

Canoes  built  of  mrule  trees,  ii.  147.  Mode 
of  making  them,  147. 

Canoes  on  the  Malagaraai  river,  i.  409. 
On  the  "  Ghaut,"  411. 

Capparis  sodata,  verdure  of  the,  in  Ugogo, 
LSOO. 

Carriage,  cost  of,  in  East  Africa,  ii  414. 

Caravans  of  ivory,  i.  17.  Slave  caravans, 
17,  63.  Mode  of  collecting  a  caravan  in 
East  Africa,  143.  Attacked  by  wild 
bees,  4,  176.  And  by  small-poi,  179. 
In  East  Africa,  description  of,  337. 
Porters,  337-339.  Seasons  for  travel- 
ling, 339.     The  three  kinds  of  caravan, 

341.  That  of  the  Wanyamwexi,  341. 
Those  made  up  by  the  Arab  merchants, 

342.  Those  of  the  Waaawahili,  tic, 
344.  Sketch  of  a  day's  march  of  an 
East  African  caravan.  344.  Mode  of 
forming  a  caravan,  348.  Dress  of  the 
caravan,  349.  Ornaments  and  arms  worn 
by  the  porters,  349.  Recreations  of  the 
march,  350.  Meeting  of  two  caravans, 
351.  Halt  of  a  caravan,  351.  Lodg- 
ings on  the  march,  353.     Cooking,  355, 

356.  Greediness  of  the   porters.    356, 

357.  Water,  359.  Night,  959.  Dances 
of  the  porters,  360.  Their  caravan,  36t, 
362.  Rate  of  caravan  travelling,  362. 
Custom  respecting  caravans  in  Central 
Africa,  ii.  54.  Those  on  the  Uruwwa 
route,  148.      Accident  to  a,  370. 

Caritsa  Carnndas,  the  Corinda  bush  in  Uis- 

ramo,  L  60. 
Carpentering  in  East  Africa,  ii.  309. 
Carvings,  rude,  of  tbe  Wanyamweii,  ii.  26. 
Castor  plants  of  East  Africa,  i.  48.      Mode 


Cattle  trade  of  East  Africa,  ii.  413. 
Cereals  of  East  Africa,  ii.  4 14. 
Ceremoniousness  of  the  Wajiji,  ii.  f 
Ceremony    and  politeness,   miaeriei 


the  East,  i  392. 


Cha  K'h. 


halt  of  th 


i.  167. 


crops  humilis,  or  Nyara  tree,  of  the 
ran  ma,  f.  48. 
Chawambi,  Sultan  of  Unyoro,  ii.  198. 
Chhaga.ii  179. 
Chiefs  of  the  Waaa-amo,  i.  113. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>le 


Cliikichi,  or  palm  oil,  trade  in,  at  Wanuiya, 

ii.  107. 
Childbirth,  ceremonies  of,  in    Unyamweii 

ii.  33.     Twins,  23. 
Children,  mod*  of  carrying,  in  Usaramo,  i. 

HO. 
Children,Wa**gara  mode  of  carrying,  L  237. 
Children,   mode  of  carrying   amongst  the 

Wanyamweii,  ii.  SS. 
.Children,  education  of,   in  Unyamweii,    ii. 

S3,  24. 
Choinwi,  or  headman, of  theWamriita,  i.  16. 

His  privileges,  16,  17. 
Chumbi,  i«lc  of,  i.  1. 
Chunga   Mchwa,  or  ant,  of  the  sweet   red 

claj  of  Eaat  Africa,  described,  L  201, 203. 
Chungo-fundo  or  liyafu,  or  pismire*  of  the 

river  bank*  of  EaM  Africa,  described,  i. 

1S6. 
Chyambo,  the  locale  of  the  coast  Arabs,  L 


Clay   chewed,  when  tobacco  fails,  in    tin- 
Climate  of— 

Bomani,  L  49- 

Eaat  Africa,  during  the  wet  season,   i. 
379. 

Inenge,  i.  208. 

Kajjanjeri,  ii.  403. 

Karag*ah,  ii.  ISO. 

Kawele,  !L  130. 

Kirira,  i.  394. 

Kuingani,  i.  44. 

Marenga  MkTiali,  i.  203. 

Mrima,  i.  102,  104. 

Msene,  1.400. 

Miibtrns.  i.   179. 

Maiii  Mdogo,  i.  161. 

Rumuma,  i.  199. 

Sororn,  i.  401. 

Tanganyika  Lake,  i.  149. 

Ugogo,  i.  243,  259,  297. 

Ujiji,  ii  SI. 

Unyamweii,  ii.  8 — 14. 

Usagam,  L  221,  222,  231. 

Wafanya,  ii.  107. 

Zungomero,  L  94,  127,  156,  161,  163. 

Cloth,  mode  of  carrying,  in  the  expedition. 

L  145.      As  an  article  of  commerce,  148. 

Clothing  required  for  the  expedition,  i.  154. 

Of  traveller*  in  East  Africa,  ii.  201. 
Clouds  in  Unyamweii,  ii.  12. 
Cockroaches  in  houses  in  East  Africa,  i 


Collie,  wild,  or  awsn 

ISO,  181,  187. 
Commando,  pitiable  * 


5  presented  after 


Commerce  of  the  Mrima,  i.  39.  Of  Zun- 
gomero, 95.  Of  Uxaramo,  119.  Of 
Ugogo,  303.  Of  the  Wanyamweii,  ii 
29.  OftheNyansaLakc,SI5.  African, 
924.  Of  Ubena,  27a  Of  Urira,  ii. 
120.    Of  Bart  Africa,  387. 

Conversation,  specimen  of,  in  East  Africa, 
ii  243,  244. 

Copal  tree,  or  Msandaruit,  of  Unramo,i  63. 

Copal  trade  of  Eaat  Africa,  ii  403. 

Copper  in  Kalata,  ii  148.  In  East  Africa, 
312. 

Cotton  in  Unyaroweii,  i.  318.  In  Ujiji,  i. 
57.     In  East  Africa,  417. 

Cowbage  on  the  banks  of  the  Hgeta  river, 
1.  166. 

Cowries  of  Karagwah,  ii.  185.  Of  East 
Africa,  416. 

Crickets  of  the  Usagara  mountains,  i.  163. 
House,  in  East  Africa,  i  370. 

Crocodile*  of  tbe  Kiogani  river,  L  56.  Tn 
Unyamweii,  ii.  15.  In  the  Sea  of  Ujiji, 
60.      Of  tbe  Ruche  River,  158. 

Crops  of  the  Mrima,  i  102,  et  itq. 

Cucumbers  at  Marenga  Mk'hali,  i.  SOI, 
Wild,  of  Unyanyembe,  ii  285 

Cultivation  in  the  Mukondokwa  hills,  i.196, 
197.      In  the  Usagara  mountains,  339. 

Currency  of  East  Africa,  stock  may  be  re- 
cruited at  Kaieh,  i.  334.  Of  Msene,  i. 
398.  Of  Ujiji,  ii  73.  Of  Karagwah, 
185.  Of  Ubena,  270.  Cynhyama*  of 
Ugogo,  L  SOS.     In  Unyamweii,  ii  15. 

CynocephaluB,  the,  in  Unyamweii,  ii  15. 
The  (error  of  tbe  country,  15. 

Dancing  of  the  Waiaramo  women,  i.  55. 

African,  described,  360;  ii  291,  298. 
Darwayasb,  tbe  Baloch,  sketch  of  him,  L 

137. 
"  Dash,"  i.  58.     Set  Blackmail. 
Datura  plant  of  Zungomero,  i.  95.    Smoked 

in  East  Africa,  96.    In  Unyamweii,  318. 
Day,  an  African's  mode   of  passing  the,  ii. 

289,  990. 
Death,  African  fear  of,  ii.  331. 
Defence*  of  the  Wasaramo,  I.  111,117. 
Dege   la  Mhora,  "Ibe  large  jungle  bird," 

tillage  of,  I.  72.      Fate  of  M.  Marian  at, 

73. 
Defile,  or  Kidete  of  Eaat  Africa,  ii.  293. 
Devil's  trees  of  East  Africa,  ii.  353. 
Dialects    of  the    Waiaramo,  i  107.       The 

Wagogo,   306.        Tbe    Webumba,    311. 

The  Wanyamweii,  ii,  5.    Tbe  Wakirnbu, 

2a     Tbe  Wanyamweii,  30. 


Google 


Disease*  of  the  maritime  legion  of  East 
Africa,  i.  105.  Of  [ho  people  of  Usagara, 
233.  Of  Ugogo,  299.  Of  earn  vans  in 
East  Africa,  34'i.  Of  Unyamweii,  ii.  11, 
13,14.  Of  Eart  Africa,  318.  Remedies, 
321.      Mystical  remedies,  352,353. 

Dislidaslieh,  El,  or  turban  of  tbe  coast  Arabs, 


Drawing  materials  required  for  tbe  expedi- 

Drcss,  articles  of,  of  tbe  East  Africans,  i. 
143.  Or  the  Wunrima,  33,  34.  Of  tbe 
Waxaramo,  109.  Of  the  Wekliutu.  120. 
Of  the  Wasagara,  253.  Of  the  Waltete. 
Of  tbe  Wagogo,  305.  Of  the  YVahumha, 
312,  Oftbe  Wakalagania,  406.  Of  the 
Wakimbu,  ii.  20.  Oftbe  Wnnyamwcxi, 
21.  Oftbe  Wajiji,  64.  Oftbe  Warun- 
di,  146.  Of  tbe  Wavinxa,  75.  Of  the 
Watuta,  77.  Of  the  Wabuu,  78.  Of 
the  people  of  Karagwah,  182.  Oftbe 
Wahiuda,  220.      Of  the  Warori,  971. 

Dodges  of  the  ferrymen,  164,  165. 

Dragon- flies  in  Unyamweii,  ii.  is. 

Drinking-lwuU  in  East  Africa,  ii.  295,  335. 

Drinking-cupa  in  East  Africa,  ii.  295. 

Drums  and  drumming  of  East  Africa,  ii.  295. 

Drunkenness  of  the  Wataramo,  i.  1 18.  Of 
tbe  Wak'hutti,  120.  And  debauchery  of 
the  people  of  Msene,  398.  Prevalence 
of,  near  ttic  Lake  Tanganyika,  it  59.  Of 
the  Wajiji,  69. 

Dogs,  wild,  in  Unyamweii,  ii.  16.  Pariah, 
in  the  Tillages  of  Ujiji,  60.  Rarely  heard 
to  bark.  60. 

Dolicoa  prurieni  on  the  bank)  of  tbe 
Mgeta  river,  L  166. 

Donkey-men  of  the  expedition,  i.  143. 

Dub-grass  in  the  Usagara  mountains,  i.  171. 

Dunda,  or  «  the  Hill,'1  district  of,  L  54. 

Dunda  Nguru,  or  «  Seer,  fish-hill  "  L  69. 

Dungomaro.  or  Mandama,  river,  arrival  of 
the  caravan  at  tbe,  i.  222.  Description 
of  the  bed  of  the,  223. 

DuVliumi,  mountain  crags  of,  i.  65,  83,  86. 
Illness  ol  the  chiefs  of  the  expedition  at, 
84.      Description  of  the  plains  of,  86. 

Eagles,  Esh,  of  Ujiji,  ii.  6a 

Ear-lobes  distended  by  the  VVaaagara,  i.  235. 
And  by  the  YYahehe,  239.  By  the 
Wagogo,  304.  And  by  the  Wahumbe, 
312.  Enlarged  by  the  Wanyarnweii,  ii. 
21. 

Earth-fruit  of  India,  i.  198. 

Earthquakes  in  Unyamweii.  ii.  13. 

Earwigs  iu  East  African  houses,  i.  370. 

vol,  ii.  e 


Ebb  and  Bow  of  the  Tanganyika  Lake,  ii. 

143,      Causes  of,  143,  144. 
Education  of  children  in   Unyamweii,  ii. 

23,  24. 
Eels  of  the  Tanganyika  Lake,  ii.  68. 
Eggs  not  eaten  by  the  Wanyarnweii,  ii.  29 

Nor  by  the  people  of  Ujiji,  59. 
Elasis  Guinieiisis,  or  Mchikiclii  tree,  in  Ujiji, 

ii  58. 
Elephants  at  Dtit'humi,  i.  157.      In  Ugogi, 

242,     At  Ziwa,  or  the  Pond,  251.     On 

the  road  to  Ugogo,  247.  On  the  Mgunda 

Mk'hali,  287,  289.     In  Ugogo,  300.     On 

the  banks  of  the    Malagaraai   river,  408. 

In  Unyamweii,  ii.  15.     Near  the  sen  of 

Ujiji,  60.      In  East  Africa,  997. 
Elephant  bunting  in  East  Africa,  ii.  298. 
English,  the,  how  regarded  in  Africa,  i.  31. 
Erliarilt,    M.,   his  proposed  expedition   to 

East  Africa,  i.  3. 
Ethnology  of  East  Africa,  i.  106.      Of  the 

second  region,  325,  tl  sro. 
Euphoibin  at  Mb'hali,  i.  401.      In  Ugogo, 

300.  In  tbe  Usagara  mountains,  i.  165. 
Evil  eye  unknown  to  the  Waxaramo,  L  116. 
Exorcism  in  East  Africa,  ii.  352. 

Falsehood  of  the  coast  clans  of  East  Africa, 
i.  37.      General  in  East  Africa,  IL  326. 

Faraj,  sketch  of  him  and  his  wife,  the  lady 
Halimab,  i.  129. 

Fauna  of  Ujiji,  ii.  60. 

Fetisa-huts  of  the  Waxaramo  described,  i.  57. 
Of  East  Africa,  369  ;  ii.  346. 

Fetissism  of  East  Africa,  ii.  341,  et  «a. 

Fever,  marsh,  cure  in  Central  Asia  for,  i. 
82.  Tbe  author  prostrated  by,  84. 
Delirium  of,  84.  Of  East  Africa  generally 
described,  105.  The  author  and  his 
companion  again  attacked  by,  at  Muhama, 
1  79.  Common  in  the  Usagara  mountain*, 
133.  Seasoning  lever  of  East  Africa, 
generally,  379.  Miasmatic,  described, 
403.     Low  type,  406.      Seasoning  fever 

"  at  Unyamweii  described,  ii.  14. 

Fire-arms  and  Gunpowder  in  East  Africa, 
ii.  308. 

Fires  in  Africa,  ii.  359. 

Fish  of  the  Kingani  river,  L  56.  Of  the 
Tanganyika  Lake,  ii.  59.  Varieties  of. 
67.  Narcotised  in  Uxaramo,  67.  At 
Waranya,  108.  Considered  as  an  article 
of  diet  in  East  Africa,  380. 

Fishing  in  the  Tanganyika  Lake,  ii.  66. 

Fisi,  or  cynhymu,  of  Uxaramo,  i.  63.  Tbe 
scavenger  oftbe  country,  i.  64. 

Flies  in  Unyamweii,  ii.  IB.      Fatal  bite  of 


Google 


Fog-rainbow  in  the  Usagara  mountains,  i. 
222. 

Fond  of  the  Wamrima,  L  35.  OF  the 
Wiiuamo,  56.  Of  the  people  of  Zun- 
gomero,  95,  96.  97.  Of  the  Wak'butu, 
130.  Of  (lie  expedition,  151,  19G.  Of 
the  people  of  Marenga  Mkliali,  SOI.  Of 
the  Wagon  310, 311.  Of  Rulings,  31 7. 
OiKaieh,  329.  Of  Arabs  of,  331—354. 
Of  Wilyanhuru,  398— 394.  Of  Unyain- 
weii,  ii.  88,  29.  Of  Ujiji,  70,  88.  Of 
Karagwah,      180,      181.        Of     Uganda, 


,    197.      Of  t 


Wan 


tribe,  273. 


East  Africa  generally,  880. 

Fortli  in  East  Africa,  i.  336. 

FowU  not  eaten  by  the  Wanyamweii,  ii. 
29.     Nor  by  the  people  of  Ujiji,  59. 

Frankincense  of  Ugogo,  i.  899. 

Frogs  in  Unyamwesi,  ii.  17.  Night  con- 
cern of,  17.     Of  the  sea  of  Ujiji,  61. 

Frost,  Mr.,  of  the  Zamibar  consulate,  i. 
3,81. 

Fruit*  of  East  Africa,  L  48,  801.  Of 
Usagara,  828.  Of  Yombo,  337.  Of 
Mb'hali,  401.     Of  Ujiji,  ii.  58. 

Fundi,  or  itinerant  slave -artisans  of  Unyan- 
yembe,  L  328.     Caravans  of  the,  344. 

Fundikira,  Sultan  of  Unyaiuwcii,  notice  of 
him,  ii.  31. 

Fundikira,  Sultan  of  It i tenia,  i.  326. 

Funerals  of  the  Waiaramo,  L  U9.  Of  the 
Wadoe,  124. 

Funia,  brother  of  Sultan  Matnnia  of  Msene, 

Furniture  of  East  African  houses,  i.  371. 
Kitanda,  or  bedstead,  371.  Bedding, 
371.     Of  tbe  bouses  of  the  Wanyamweii, 


Gadflies,    annoyance    of,    at    K'hok'hd,    I. 

876. 
Gaetano,   the  Goanesa    servant,    sketch    of 

his  character,    i.  131.      Taken   ill,    380. 

His  epileptic  fits  at  Msene,  395,  399. 
Gsma  river,  L  1  23. 
Gambling  in  East  Africa,  ii.  879. 
Game  in  Uzaramo,  i.  59,71.      In  the  Doab 

oftheMgeta  river,  81.     In  K'huta,  120. 

In  the  plains  between  the  RuFuta  and  the 

Mukondokwa      mountains,      181.         In 

Ugogi,  842.       At    Ziwa,  or   the   Pond, 

251.     At    Kanyenye,  268.      Scarcity  of, 

in  East  Africa  generally,  868. 
Gania  Mikono,  sultan  or  Usek'he,  L  272. 
Geography  cf  the  second  region,  i.    825,  el 

ice.       Of  Ugogo,    895.      Arab   oral,    ii, 

Geology  of  the  iraritime  region  of  East 
Africa,  i.  102.  Of  the  Usagara  moun- 
tains, 227.      Of  the  road  to   Ugogo,  247. 


Of  Mgunda  Mkliali,  L  882—381.      Of 

Ugo.ro,  L  895.      Of  Unyamweu,  ii  6. 
Ghost-faith  of  the  Africans,  ii.  344. 
Gingerbread  tree,  described,  i.  47. 
Ginyindo,  march  to,  ii.  253.       Quarrel  of 

the  Baloch  and  porters  at,  853. 
Giraffei  in    Ugogi,  L  842.      Native   names 

of  the,  842,   243.       Use  made  or  them, 

243.      At  Ziwa.  or  tbe   Fond,  251.       On 

the  Mgunda    MkWi,    289.   In  Unjam- 

weti,  ii.  15. 
Girls  of  the  Wanyamweii,  strange  custom 

of  the,  ii.  84. 
Gnus  in  the   Doab  of  the  Mgeta  river,  i. 

81.  At  Dut'humi,  87. 
Goats  of  Ujiji,  ii.  59. 
Goma  pass,  the,  i.  168,  17a 
Combe,  mud-fish  in  tbe  nullah  of,  i.  334. 
Gombe     Nullah,   i.    S95,    397,    401,   403, 

ii.  8. 


Gourds  of  the   Myoaibo  tree  in  Usagara, 

i.  229. 
Government  of  the  Waiaramo,  i.  1 13.      Of 

the      Wak'hutu,      120,      121.        Of    th-j 

Wanyamweii,  ii.  31.      Of  tbe  Wajiji,  71. 

Or  the    northern    kingdoms    of    Africa, 

174.         Mode     of,     in      Uganda,      198. 

Forms  of,  in  East  Africa,  36a 
Grain,  mode  of  grinding,   in  East    Africa. 

LIU,  372.       That  of  Msene,  397,  398. 

Of  Ijiji,  ii.  57. 
6 rapes,  wild,  seen  for  the  first  time,  ii.  41. 
Grassesof  the  swamps  and  marshes  of  the 

Mrima,   i.    103,  104.       The  dub    of  tbe 

Usagara  mountains,  171. 
Graveyards,  absence  of,  in  East  Africa,  ii. 

25. 
Ground-fish  of  the  Tanganyika  Lake,  ii.  68. 
Ground-nut  oil  in  East  Africa,  ii.  385. 
Grouse,  sand,  at  Ziwa,  i.  251. 
Guest  welcome,  or  hishmat  l'il  gharib,  of 

the  Arabs  of  Kaxeh,  i.  329. 
Gugu-mbua,or  wild  sugar-cane,  171. 
Guinea-fowls   in   the   Doab  of  the    Mgcta 

river,  i.  81.       Of  the  Hufuta  plains,  183. 

OF  Ugogi,  343. 
Guinea- palm  of  Ujiji,  ii.  53. 
Gul    Mohammed,    a  Baloch  of  the  party, 

sketch  of  him,  L  139.     His  conversation 

with  Muaungu  Mbaya,  ii.  244. 
Gulls,  sea,  of  the  sea  of  Ujiji.  ii.  GO. 
Gungu,   district  of,  in  Ujiji,  ii.  53.        Its 

former  and  present  chiefs,  53.   Plundered 

by  the  Watuta  tribe,  7S. 

Mail-  storms  in  Unyamweii,  ii.  10. 

Hair,  mode  of  dressing  tbe,  amongst    the 


Wataramo,  L  108.  And  (he  Wak'lmtu, 
1 20.  Waaagsra  fashions  of  dressing  the, 
234.  Wagogo  mode,  304.  Amongst 
the  Wanyamweii,  ii.  36.  Wabuha  mode 
of  dressing  the,  78.  And  in  Uganda, 
189. 
Ilalimah,  the  lady,  sketch  of,  i.  199.    Taken 


ii.  977. 


Hum  dan,  Sayyid,ofZantibar.  his  death,  i.  2. 

Harnett  on,  Lieut. -Col.,  his  friendship  with 
thelate  Sultan  of  Zanzibar,  i.  2.  Inter- 
est taken  by  him  in  the  expedition,  3. 
His  objections  to  an  expedition  into  the 
interior  <,<&  KiLwa,  5.  His  death,  66. 
His  character,  GO. 

Hainid  bin  Salim,  his  journey  to  the  Wo- 
humba  tribe,  i.311. 

Hammals  of  the  Wanyamweii,  character  of 
the,  ii.  163. 

Iliimsiim,  or  primitive  form  of  the  lamp- 
bath,  i.  as. 

Hanga,  journey  to,    iL    833.      Difficulties 

with  the  porters  there,  232. 
Hartebtest  in  the  Doab  of  the  Mgeta  fiver, 

i.  81. 
Hawks  of  the  Usogara  mountains,  L  163. 
Hembe,  or  "  the  wild  buffalo's  born,"  his 

village,  L  72. 
Hides,  African  mode  of  dressing,  i.  336. 
Hilal  bin  Nasur,  hii  information  respecting 

the  southern  provinces,  iL  228. 
Hippopotami  on  the  east  coast  of  Africa,  i. 
■     9,    19,  24,  56.     In    Unyamweii,  ii.   15. 

In  the  Roche  river,  52,  158.     In  the  sea 

of  Ujiji,  60. 
Hishmat  I'il    gfaarib,  or  guest  welcome  of 

the  Arabs  of  Kaich,  i,  393,  S29. 
Hogs  of  Ugogo,  L  300. 
Home,  African  attachment  for,  ii,  333. 
Honey  in  Ujiji.  ii.  59.      Abundance  of,  in 

East  Africa,  287.      Two  kinds  of,  288. 
Housesof  Kuingani,  i.  43.       The  wayside, 

or  kraals,    53,   181,  230.      Of  the  Wak'- 

hutu,  97,  1 21.      Of  the  Wazaramo,  1 10. 

Of  the  Wagogo,  306.     Of  the  Ai   " 


L'li' 


lyanjer 


Of  si 


nured  by  Inner  Africa,  93.  Oft 
try  beyond  Marenga  Mk'bnli,  called 
"  Tembe,"  207.  The  Tembe  of  the  Wa- 
hcte,  240.  The  Khambi  or.  Kraal,  354. 
The  Tembe  of  the  Usagara,  366.  Houses 
of  East  Africa  generally  described,  364, 
ii.  334.  Pests  of  the  houses,  L  37a  Fur- 
niture, 371.  Of  the  Wanyamweii,  U.  26. 
OfKaragws.il,  182,  183. 

Hullab,  tbe  buffoon,  i.  46. 

Huntingavaaonin  East  Africa,  ii.  296. 

Hysnas  in  Ugogo,  i.  276.      In  Ujiji,  ii.  60. 

Hyderabad,  story  of  the  police  officer  of,  i. 
217. 


m 

Ibanda,  second  sultan  of  Ukerewc,  ii.  214. 
Id,  son  of  Mualliin   Salim,   his  civility  at 

Mae  ne,  L  399. 
Iguanas  of  the  Usagara  mountains,  L  162. 
Ihara  or  Kwihara,  physical  features  of  tha 

plain  of,  i.  326. 
Ikuka  of  Uhehe,  march  to,  ii.  253. 
Illness  of  the  whole  party  at  Ujiji,  ii.  85,86. 
Immigration  in  Central  Africa,  ii.  19. 
Imports  and  exports  in  East  Africa,  ii,  387. 
Indian  Ocean,  evening  on  the,  L  1.      View 

of  the  Mrima  from  the,  8. 
Industry,  commercial,  of  the  Wanyamweii, 

Inenge,  basin  of,  I.  208.      Halt  at  the,  208^ 
Influenza,  the,  in  Unyamwesi,  ii.  13. 
Influenza,  remedy  in  East  Africa  for,  i.  96. 
Itihospitality  of  Africans,  ii.  131,  327. 
Inhumanity  of  the  Africans,  ii.  329. 
Insects    in    East   Africa,  L  186,    187,   201, 
202.    In  houses  in  East  Africa,  370.     In 
Ujiji,  ii.  61. 
Instruments  required  for  the  expedition,  i. 
153.      Breakage  of,  on    ihe    road,    ley. 
Accident)   to   which   they  are  liable   in 
East  African  travels,  18",  191. 
Intellect  of  the  East  African,  ii.  337. 
Iron  io  Karagwah,  ii.  185.      In  Urori,  27. 
And  in   Ubena,   27.      Of  East  Africa 
generally,  31 1. 
Ironga,    sultan     of    ITungu,    defeats    the 

Warori,  !L  75. 
Ironware  of  Uvira,  it.  121. 
Irora,  village  of,  i.   389.     Halt  at,  389. 

Sultan  of,  389.      Return  to,  ii.  166. 
Irrigntion,  artificial,  in  K'hutu,  i.  86. 
Isa  bin  Hijji,  the  Arab  merchant, exchange 
of  civilities  with,  L  808,811.       Places  a 
tembe  at  Kueh  at  the  disposal  of  the 
party,  323. 
Isa  bin  Hosayn,  the  favourite  of  the  Sultatr 

of  Uganda,  ii.  193. 
Ismail,  the  Baloch,  illness  of,  L  381. 
Ititenya,  settlement  of,  i.  326. 
Ivory,  caravan  of,  L  17.     Frauds  perpetrated 
on  the  owners  of  tusks,    17.       RJoJ,  „f 
buying  and  selling  in    East  Afiica,  39. 
T.mters  of  Zungomero,   97.       Mode   of 
carrying  large  tusks  of,  341,  348.      Price 
of,  at   Uvira,   ii.    ISO,    131.       Ivory    of 
Ubena,  270.     Trade  in  Ivory,  408. 
Iwanxa,  or  public-houses,    in  Unyamweii, 

ii.  I,  27.     Described,  27,  279,  285. 
Iwcmba,  province  of,  iL  153. 

Jackal,  silver,  of  Ugogi,  i.  242. 

Jambeho,  arrival  of  the  party  at  the  settle- 
ments or,  ii.  36.  Cultivation  of,  :(S. 
Scarcity  of  food  in,  36.     Revisited,  IS3. 

Jami  of  Harar,  Snaykb,  of  the  Soma!,  L  3J, 


Google 


Jamshid,  Sayyid,  of  Zanxibar,  bis  death,  i.  8, 
Jasmine,  the,  in  Usagara,  i.  228. 
Jealousy  of  the  Waaaremo,  i.  61. 
Jelai,  Seedy,  Ihe  Balocb,  dutch  or  him,  i. 

137. 
Jexiralt,  inland  of,  ii.  91 S. 
Jive  la  Mkoa,  or  the  round  rock,  arrival  of 

tho  party  at,  i.  386.      Description    of  it, 

287  i  ii.  9.4-2.     Halt  at,  94fc. 
Jiweni,  arrival  of  the  expedition  at,  L  389. 

Water  at,  299. 
Jongo,  or  millepedes,  in   Unyamwexi,  ii.  18. 
Jun,  Dar  el,  or  home  of  hunger,  i.  69. 
Junta   Mfumbi,  Di<ran  of  Saadani,  his  ex- 
action oftrihute  from  the  Wadoe,  L  123. 
Jungle,  insect  peats  of  the,  I.  186.      Fire  in 

the  Jungle  in  summer,  ii.  163. 
Jungle-thorn,  on  the  road  to  Ugogo,  i.  246. 

Neat  Kanyenye,  271. 

Kadetamare,  arrival  of  the  party  at,  i.  189. 
Loss  of  instruments  at,  189,  190. 

Kaffirs  of  the  Cape,  date  of  their  migration 
to  the  banks  of  the  Kei,  ii.  5. 

Kafuro,  district  of,  in   Karagwah,  ii.  177. 

Kajjanjeri,  village  of,  arrival  of  the  party  at, 
i.  403.     Deadly  climate  of,  403. 

Kannena,  headman  of  Kawele,  visit  to,  ii. 
81.  Description  of  him,  HI.  Mis  mode 
of  opening  trade,  82.  His  ill-will,  83,  84. 
Agrees  to  take  the  party  to  the  northern 
extremity  of  the  take,  93.  His  surly 
and  drunken  conduct,  97.  Starts  on  the 
voyage,  98.  His  covetousneu.  109.  His 
extravagance,  120.  His  drunkenness  and 
fate,  15S. 

Kanoni,  sultan  of  the  Wahba  tribe,  ii.  79. 

Kanoni,  minor  chief  of  Wafknya,  visit  from, 
ii.  107.  His  blackmail,  107.  Outrage 
committed  by  his  people,  124. 

Ksnyenye,  country  of,  described,  i.  265. 
Blackmail  at,  265.  Sultan  Magomba  of, 
265. 

Kaole,  settlement  of,  described,  i.  12,  13. 
The  landing  place  of  the  expedition,  22. 

Karagwah,  kingdom  of,  ii.  177.  Extent 
of,  177.  Boundaries  of,  178.  Climate 
of,  ISO.  People  of,  181.  Dress  of,  182. 
Weapons  of,  182.  Houses  of,  182. 
Sultan  of,  1B3.      Government  of,  183. 

Karagwah,  mountains  of,  ii.  48,  144,  177. 

Kariba,  river,  ii.  146. 


Indira,  ri 


ii.  14( 


I  149. 


Kasltaxi,  or  N.  E.  monsoon,  i.  83. 
Kata,  or  sand-grouse,  at  Ziwa,  i.  251, 
Katata,  or  Katanga,  copper  in,  il  148 
Katonga,  river,  ii.  187. 


Ketur 


ortti 


..  126. 


.    7G. 


Kaya,  or  fenced  hamlets,  i.  407. 
Kateh,  arrival  at,  i.  321,  322.       Abdullah 
bin    Salih's  caravan   plundered  at,    321. 
Hospitality  of   tin    Arabs   there,   323. 
Revisited,  ii.  167. 
Kasembe,  sultan  of  Usenda,  ii.  148.     Ac- 
count of  bint,  143. 
Khalfon  bin  Mualliro  Salim,  commands  an 
up  caravan,  L  179.      His  caravan  attacked 
by  small-pox,  179,  201.      His  falsehoods, 
179-    .  Spreads   malevolent    reports    at 
Ugogo,  262. 
Khalfan     bin     Khatnie,    his    penny    wise 
economy,   i.    288.       Bids    adieu    to    the 
caravan,   291.       Overtaken    hair-way    to 
Unyanyembe,    221.       His    civility    at 
Msene,  399. 
Khainbi,  or  substantial  kraals,  of  the  way- 
side described,  L  53,  134. 
Kharnisi,  .Muinyi,  and  the  lost  furniture,  ii. 

168. 
K'tiuklio,    in    Ugogo,  dangers   of,  i.    272, 
274.      Its  tyrant  sultan,  274.     Insect  an- 
noyances at.  276. 
Khudabakhsh,  the  Baloch,  sketch  of  him,  i. 
1 38.      His  threats  to  murder  the  author, 
174.     His    illness  in     the  Windy    Pass, 
214.      His  conduct  at  Wafaoya,  ii   I  lot 
Reaches  Kawele  by  land.  111. 
KTiutu,  expedition  enters  tbe  country  of, 
i.  86.     Irrigation  in,  86.     Hideous  and 
grotesque  vegetation  of,  91.     Climate  of, 
92.     Salt-pits  of,    92.      Country  of,   de- 
scribed, 119-     Roads  in,  335.     Return 
to,  ii.  264.      Desolation  of,  264. 
K'hutu,  river  i.  86. 
Kibdiba  river,  ii.  146. 

Kibuga,   in    Uganda,   distance    from    tho 
Kitangure    river    to,  ii.   186.     Road  to, 
186,  187.     Described,  188. 
K  thuya,  sultan  of  Mdabura,  blackmail  of, 

i.  279.  Description  of  him,  279. 
Kichyoma-chyoma,  "  the  little  irons,"  Cap- 
tain Speke  afflicted  with,  it.  234.  Tbe 
disease  described,  320. 
Kidogo,  Muinyi,  sketch  of  him,  L  140. 
His  hatred  of  Said  bin  Salim,  164.  Hi. 
advice  to  the  party  at  Marenga  Mk'hali, 
203.  His  words  of  wisdom  on  the  road 
to  Ugogo,  25tt  His  management,  254. 
His  quarrel  with  Said  bin  Salim,  255. 
Makes  oath  at  Kanyenye,  that  the  white 
man  would  not  smite  the  land,  267. 
Loses  liis  heart  to  a  slnve  girl, 314.  His 
demands  at  Kazeli,  377.  Dismissed  sit 
Sorora,  402.  Flogs  Sangora,403.  Sent 
home,  ii.  277. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


Kidunda,   or  the    "little    hill,"   camping 

ground  of,  i.  79.      Scenery  of,  79. 
Kifiikuru.  delay  uf  the  caravan  at,  i.  264. 

Question  of  blackmail  at,  £64.     Sultau 

of,  264. 
Kigari,  on  the  Tanganyika  Lake,  halt    of 

the  part;  at,  ii.  101. 
Kigwa,  or  Mkigva,  halt  of  the  caravan  at, 

i.  319.      The  ill-omened  forest  of,   319. 

Sultan  Man  oa,  319. 
Kikoboga,  basin  of,  traversed,  ii.  36?.' 
Kikoboga  river,  ii.  363. 
Kiln,  dangers  of,  a*  an  ingress  point,  i. 

4,  5. 
Kimanu,  the  sultan  of  Ubena,  ii.  270. 
Kioanda,  or  harp,  of  East  Africa,  ii.  998. 
Kinamni,  village  of,  arrival  of  the  caiaran 

at,  ii.  35. 
Kindunda,  "  tbe  hillock,"  i.  64. 
Kinganguku,  march  to,  ii.  251. 
Kiogani  river  described,  i.  56.       Valley  of 

the,  56.      Hippopotami  and  crocodiles  of 

the.  56.     Fish  of  tbe,  56,     Its  malarious 

plain,  69.      Rise  of  the,  87. 
Kingfishers  on  tbe  lake  of  Tanganyika,  ii. 

61. 
Kipango,  or  txetie   fly,  of  East   Africa,   L 


in  U« 

Kirangotl,  guide  or  guardian,  carried  by 
mothers  in  Uiararno,  i.  116. 

Kirangoii,  or  guide  of  the  caravan,  hit 
irrath,  i.  921.  Description  of  one,  346. 
Meeting  of  two,  351.  His  treatment  of 
bis  slave  .girl,  ii.  161.  His  fear  of  tra- 
velling northward,  173, 

Kiringawana  mountains,  i.  933. 

Kiringawana  route  in  tbe  Uiagara  moun- 
tains described,  ii.  949. 

Kiringawana,  sultan,  ii,  958. 

Kirira,  halt  of  the  party  at,  L  392. 
Hospitality  of  an  Arab  merchant  at,  39fi 
—394.      Climate  of,  394. 

Kiruru,  or  "  palm  leaves,"  village  of.  i.  82. 

Kirurumo,  on  the  Mgunda  Mk'bali,  i.  2B9. 
Water  obtained  at,  239. 

Kisanga,  basin  of,  described,  ii.  257. 

Kisabengo,  the  chief  headman  or  Inland 
Magogoui,  i.  88.  Account  of  bis  depre- 
dations, 88. 

Kisawhili  language,  remarks  on  the,  L  15, 
noli,-  ii.  198. 

Kisesa,  sultan,  his  blackmail,  ii.  114. 

Kitambi,  sultan  of  Uyuwwi,  recovers  part 
of  the  stolen  papers,  i.  320. 

Kitaugure,  or  river  of  Karagwab,  i.  409  ; 
ii.  144,  177,  186. 


Kiti,  or  stool,  of  East  Africa,  i.  373. 
Kittara,  in  Kingoro,  road  to,  ii.  187.    Wild 

cofleeof,  187. 
Kivira  river,  ii.  19T. 
Kiyombo,  sultan  of  Urawwa,  ii.  147. 
Kizaya,  the    Pnsii,  i.    54.       Accompanies 

the  expedition  a  part  of  their  way,  55. 
Knobkerries  of  Africa,  it  306. 
Kombe  la  Sirnba,  the  Fhaii,  i.  54. 
Konduchi,   march  to,  ii.   B74.      Revisited, 

976. 


Kraals  of  thorn.  In  the  Usagara  mountains, 

i.  230.     Or  East  Africa,  354. 
Krapf,  Dr.,  result  of  his  mission,  i.  6.   His 

information,  7.    Hia  etymological  errors, 


Kuingani,  "the  cocoa-nut  plantation  near 
theses,"  i.  42.  Described,  43.  Houses 
of,  43.     Climate  of,  44. 

Kumbeni,  isles  of,  i.  I. 

Kuryamavenge  river,  ii.  146. 

Ka-ale,  halt  at  the  nullah  of,  i.  315. 

Kwihanga,  village  of,  described,  i,  396. 

Ladlia  Damfaa,  pushes  the  expedition  for- 
ward, i.  II,  Hia  conversation  with 
Ramji.  23. 

Lakes, — Nyanza,  or  Ukerewc,  i.  311,  409, 
ii.  175,  176,  179,  195.  Tanganyika,  ii. 
42,  it  «;. ;  134,  tt  trq.  Mukixiwa,  ii. 
147, 

Lakit,  Arab  law  of,  i.  258. 

Lamp-bath  of  Central  Alia,  i.  82. 

Land-crabs  in  the  Doab  of  the  Mgeta  river, 
i.  81. 

Language  of  the  Wagogo,  i.  306.  Of  the 
Wahumha,  311.  Of  the  Wanysmweai, 
ii.  5.  Of  the  Wakimbu,  CO.  Of  the 
Wanynmweii,  SO.  Specimens  of  the 
various  dialects  collected,  198.  Of  I  he 
East  Africans,  336. 

Leeches  in  Unyamweii,  it  18. 

Leopards  in  Ugogo.i.  309.  In  Unyamweii, 
ii.  15. 

LeuCKthiop*  amongst  the  Wazararno,  i.  109. 

Libellule  in  Unyamwesi,  ii.  18. 

Lions  in  Uxaramo,  i.  S3.  Signs  of,  on  the 
road,  172.  In  Ugogo,  300,  301.  Id 
Unyamweii,  ii.  15. 

Lisardsin  the  houses  in  East  Africa,  i.  37  J. 

Locusts,  or  mige,  flights  of,  in  Unyamweii, 
ii.  18.  Varieties  of,  18.  Some  con- 
sidered edible,  is. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


454  ,K 

Lodging.,  oo  the  march  in  East  Africa,  L 
353.  la  Ugogo,  354.  Ill  Unyamwesi, 
«*.     In  Uvinu,,  aw.      At  Ujiji,  354. 

Loom,  in  Unyamweti,i.3l8;  ii.  I. 

Lues  in  Emit  Africa,  ii.  311. 

Lunar  Mountains,  iL  48,  144. 

Lurinda,  chief  of  Gungu,  ii.  53.  Supplier 
a  boat  on  ibe  Tanganyika  lake,  8T. 
Enter,  into  brotherhood  with  Said  bin 
Salim,  iL  IS5. 

Lying,  habit  of,  of  the  African,  ii.  3"8. 

Mabniki,  Muinvi,  henchman  in  the  expedi- 
tion, iketch  of  the  character  of,  L  130. 
IIisslaveboy,iL16S.  His  bad  behaviour, 
173. 

Mabruki  Pan,  descent  of  the,  iL  283. 

Mabunguru  fiumara,  i.  283.  Shell-fish  and 
Silurus  of  the,  284.  Arrival  of  the  party 
at  the,  S85. 

Macaulay,  Lord,  quoted,  i.  393. 

Mschunda,  chief  sultan  of  Ukerewe,  U.9I4. 

Madege  Madogo,  tbc  "  little  birds,-  district 
of,  l  79. 

Madege  Mkuba,  "tha  great  birds,"  district 
of,  1 79. 

Magic,  black,  or  UcluWi,  how  punished  by 
the  Waiaramo,  L  MS,  865.  Mode  of 
proceeding  for  ascertaining  the  existence 
of,,i.38.     SfcaMganpu 

M.gogoni,  inland,  country  0f,  i.  87. 

Magomba.sulUnof  Kany«iye,LB65.  Black- 
mail  levied  by,  265.  Interview  with  him 
and  bis  court,  S66.  Description  of  htm, 
266. 

MagugLin  Karagwah,iL  177. 

lUaisan,  M.,  hii  death,  i.  6.     Sketch  of  his 

Maji  mote,  or  "hot  water"  ant,  of  East 
Africa,  L  187. 

Maji  ya  W'heta,  or  jetting  water,  the  ther- 
mal spring  of,  L  159.  Return  to,  ii. 
264. 

Majid,  Sayyid,  sultan  of  Zanzibar,  i.  2. 
Gives  letters  of  introduction  to  the  au- 
thor, 3. 

Makata  tank,  I  181,  Forded  by  the  ei- 
pedition,  181.      Return  to,  ii.  86S. 

Makata  plain,  march  over  the,  ii.  261. 

Makimoni,  on  the  Tanganyika  lake,  ii    126 

Makutaniro,  adventures  at,  i.  69. 

Malagaraxi  river,  i.  334,  337.  iL  36,  39, 
47,'49.  First  sighted  by  the  party,  407. 
Described,  408,  409.  Courses  of  tire 
409.  Crossed,  41a  Itetum  of  tlie  party 
to  the,  164.  V     ' 

Mallok,  the  Jemadar,  sketch  of  his  character 
and  personal  appearance,  L  133.  His 
desertion,  and  return,  173.  Becomes 
troublesome,    381,  382.      His  refusal  to 


go    northwards,  ii.    172.       Influence    of 
Iwkhsbish,  172.      Sent  home,  ii.  277. 

Mantelet  ua,  on  the  Tanganyika  lake,  halt 
of  the  party  at,  ii.  1 15.  Civility  of  tbc 
people  of,  115. 

H'ana  Miaba,  Sultan  of  K'hok/bo,  L  272. 
Description  of  him,  274.  His  extor- 
tionate blackmail,  274. 

Manami,  or  pine-apple,  or  East  Africa,  i. 
66. 

Manna,  the  petty  chief  at  Dufhtimi,  L  89. 
Expedition  sent  against  him,  89- 

Mandama,  or  Dungomaro,  river,  arrival  of 
the  caravan  at  the,  i.  322.  Description 
of  the  bed  of  the,  223. 

Mangrove  forest  on  the  east  coast  of  Africa, 
i.  9.     Of  the  Uzaratno,  62. 

Manners  and  customs  of  the  Wamrima,  L 
35,  37.  Of  the  Wasawahili,  37.  Of  the 
Waiaramo,  lOSrfsej.  Of  the  WakTiutu, 
1 20.  Of  the  YYadoc,  1 24.  Of  the  Was  - 
aanra,  235.  Of  the  Wagogo,  309,  310. 
Of  the  Wahumba,  312  Of  the  Wan- 
yamwesi,  ii.  23.     Of  the  Warn  box  wa,  152. 

Mansanu,tu]tanorMsene,L  396.  His  hos- 
pital, 396.  His  firm  rule,  396.  Hi. 
wives,  396,  399.  His  visits  to  the  author, 
399. 

Manufactures  of  Mcene,  i.  398. 

Manyora,  fiumara  oi".  i.  80. 

Manwa,  Sultan  of  Kigwa,  his  murders  and 
robberies,  L  319,  His  adviser,  Mansur, 
319. 

Maraim,  Ahl,  or  Wasbheoxi,  the,  L  30. 

Mariki,  sultan  of  Uyonwa,  ii.  78. 

Marema,  sultan,  at  the  Ziwa,  L  954. 

Marenga  Mk  hali,  or  "brackish  water," 
river,  i.  203,  201 ,  259.  Climate  or,  303, 
Upper,  water  of  the,  247,  271. 

Maroro,  basin  of,  its  fertility,  iL  254,  The 
place  described,  255. 

Maroro  river,  i.  331. 

Marriage  amongst  the  Waiaramo,  L  118. 
In  Unyamweii,  iL  24.  In  East  Africa 
generally,  332. 

Marsh  fever,  L  82, 84.      Delirium  of,  84. 

Martini  in  Ibe  Rufuta  plains,  L  183.  Id 
Unyamwesi,  ii.  17. 

"  Marls,'' custom  of,  in  South  Afiica,  iL  54. 

Marungu,  land  of,  ii.  149.  Provinces  of, 
149.  Roads  in,  119.  Description  of  the 
country,  ISO.  History  of  an  Arab  cara- 
van in,  151.     People  of,  I52. 

Manila,  sultan  of  [Mrs,  ii.  1 16.  Visit 
from  his  sons,  1 1 7.  Description  of  them, 
117.     His  blackmail,  120. 

Masenza,  arrival  of  the  party  at  the  village 

of,  l.  406,  407. 
Masika,  or  rainy  season,  in  the  second  re- 
gion, i.  231,  232.     Of  East  Afiica,  378. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


Mason-wasps  of  the  houses  in  East  Africa, 

i.  370. 
Masud    ibn    Muni  lam    el    Wardi,    lent    to 

Maimbira  to  recover  the  stolen   papers, 

i.  395.  His  hospitality,  392. 
Masui,  village  of,  ii.229,  231. 
Haiury,    M.    Sam.,   hi*     kindness    to   the 

author,  L  SB. 
Mat-weaving  in  East  Africa,  ii.  316. 
Maunga  Tafuna,  province  of,  ii.  153. 
Maura,  or  Mania,  a  sultan  of  rhe  Wartyam- 

weii,  L   316.       Visits  the  caravan,   316. 

His    hospitality,    316.       Description    of 

him,  316. 
Mauta,  Wady  el,  or  Vi.Het  of  Death,  I  69. 
Maws,  ot  plantain  wine,  iL  180,  197,    Mode 

of  making,  287. 
Mawiti,  colony  of  Arabs  at,  i.  326. 
Maiinga,  or  cannons,  bee-hives  so  called  in 

the  interior,  i.  200.      Described,  TOO. 
Matita,  account  of,  ii.  219. 
Mazungera,  Fhaii  of  Dege  la  Mliora,  i.  75. 

Maiden  his-  guest,    M.    Maizun,  75,  76. 

Haunted  by  the  P'bepo,  or  ipiiit  of  his 

guest,  76. 
Mhsrika  tree,  or  Palm*    Christ!,    of  East 

Africa,  i.  48. 
Mbega,  or  tippet- monkey,  in    Unyamweii, 

ii.  15. 
Mb'bali,  tillage  of,  described,  i.  401. 
Mbembu,  a  kind  of  medlar,  in  Ugojo,  i. 

300. 


Mbogo,  o 


r  Bos  Gaffer,  iu  the  plains  of  East 
i.  181.  Described,  181.  In  Ugogo, 

300.     On  the  Rusugi  river,  ii.  40. 
Mboni,  son  of  Ramji,    curries  off  a  slave 

girl,  >.  290. 
Mbono  tree  of  East  Africa,  i.  48. 
Mbugani,  "  in  the  wild,"  settlement  of,  de- 
scribed. 1.  397. 
Mbugu,  or  tree-bark,  used  for  clotting  in 

Ujiji.  ii.  64.      Mode  of  preparing  it,  64. 
Mbumi,  the  deserted  village,  i.  185. 
Mbungo-bungo  tree,  a  kind  of  nui  vomica, 

L  48. 
Mbuyu,  or   calabash  tree,  of  East  Africa, 

described,  i.  47.  * 

Mcbikichi  tree  of  Ujiji,  ii.  58. 
Mdaburu.  trying  march  in  the  jungle  of,  i. 

27T,  278.       Description  of,  279. 
Mdimu  nullah,  i.  88. 
Meals  at  Ujiji,  ii.  89.     In  East  Africa,  280, 

334. 


Melancholy,   inexplicable,  of  travellers   i 

tropical  countries,  it.  130. 
Metrungoma,  a  wild  fruit  of  Yombo, 


Mfu'uni,  hill  of,  i.  170,     Its  former  impor- 

Mfuto  mountains,  L  326. 

Mfuto,  clearing  or,  i.  389. 

Mganga,  or  medicine-man  of  East  Africa, 
described,  i.  38.  His  modus  operandi, 
44  i  ii.  358.  Hib  office  as  a  priest,  350. 
As  a  physician,  352.  'As  ■  detector  of 
sorcery,  356.  Aa  a  rain-maker,  357. 
As  a  prophet,  358.  His  minor  duties, 
359. 

Mganga,  or  witch  of  East  A  frica,  i.  380. 

Mgasi  river,  L  86. 

Mgege  fish  of  the  Tanganyika  Like,  ii.  67. 

Mgeta  river,  the,  L  80,  159,  160,  166:  ii. 
268.  Head  of  the,  80.  Modeof  cross- 
ing the  swollen  river,  80.  Peslilenee  of 
the  banks  of  the,  L  127.  Fords  of  the, 
i.  336  ;  ii.  268. 

Mgongo  Thcmbo,  the  Elephant's  Back, 
arrival  of  the  caravan  at,  L  290.  De- 
scription of,  290.     Inhabitants  of,  290. 

M gude,  or  Mparamusi,  tree,  described,  i. 
47,  60,  83. 

Mgute  fish  of  the  Tanganyika  Lake,  it  67, 

Mgunda  Mk'hali,  or  "the  Fiery  Field,"!. 
281.  Description  of,  281,  289.  Stunted 
vegetation  of,  282.  Geology  of,  282. 
Scarcity  of  water  in,  283.  Traversed  by 
the  caravan,  283,  Features  of  the,  283, 
292. 

Miasma  of  Sorora  and  Kajjanjeri,  i.  403. 

Mikitiwa  Lake,  in  Uguhhe,  ii.  147. 

Milk  of  cows  in  Ujiji,  ii.  60.  As  food  in 
East  Africa,  283.     Preparations  of,  283. 

Millepedes,  or  jongo,  in  Unyamweii,  ii.  18. 

Mimosa  trees,  i.  S3.  Flowers  of  the,  in 
Usagara,  228.  Trees  in  Usagara,  229. 
In  Unyamweii,  318.  Of  the  Usagara 
mountains,  165. 

Miyundozi,  sultan  of  Kifukaru,  i.  264. 
Levies  blackmail  on  the  caravan,  264. 

Mji  Mpia,  "new  town,"  settlement  of,  de- 
scribed, i.  397.      Barar  of,  397. 

Mkora  liee,  uses  of  the  wood  of  the,  i. 
374. 

Mkorongo  tree,  uses  of  the,  in  East  Africa, 
i.  374. 

Mkuba,  or  wild  edible  plum  of  Yombo,  1. 

Mkuyu,  or  sycamore  tree,  its  magnificence 

io  East  Africa,  i.  195.     Its  two  varieties, 

195,  196. 
Mkwsju  la  Mouani,  the  "Tamarind    in  the 

rains,"  the  village  of,  descrilied,  i.  52. 
Mninga  tree,  wood  of  the,  i.  373.       Use  of 

the  wood,  373. 
Mnya  Mtaaa,  headman  of  Uknranga,  ii.  45. 
Mohammed  bin   Khamia,  sailing-master  of 

the  Artemise,  i.  8. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


438 


Mohammed,  Iht  Baloch,  tli.  Rish  SaHd,  or 
greybeard,    sketch  of    him,  i,    134.      At 

K.kIi,  38 1. 
Molongwe  river,  li.  146. 
Money  ia  East  Africa,  it  388. 
Mondial  Minion,  the,  L  6,  7. 
Mongo  Nullah,  the,  i.  369.   Water  obtained 

at  the,  289. 
Mongoose,  the,  at  Duthumi,  i.  ST. 
Monkeys  of  Muhinyera,  i.  64.    Of  Usagant 

mountains,    169.      In  Unyamwcii,  ii.  15. 
Monkey-bread,  ii.  821. 
Monsoon,  the    N.  K.,  or    Kukui,    of  East 

Africa,  i.  S3,  103.      In  Unyatnwcai.  ii.  9. 

Origin  of  the  S.  W.  monsoon,  50.    Failure 

of  llie  opportunity  for  comparing  the  hy- 

grometrr  uf  the  African  and  Indian  mon- 

worn,  93. 
Moon,  Land  of  the.    5m  Unyamwerj. 
Moon,  her  splendour  at  the  equator,  i.  169. 

Halo  or  corona  round  the,  in  Unyamwa- 

li,  It,  II,  12. 
Morality,  deficiency  of,  of  the  East  Africans, 

Morus  alba,  the,  in   Uiaramo,  i.  60. 
Mosquitoes  of  East  Africa  described,  i.  1SS. 

On  the  Ruche  rirer,  ii.  59,  158. 
Mou  ma  islands,  ii.  15.1. 
Moumo   tree  (Borassus    flabelliformis),  of 

East   Africa,  L  47,  180.     Toddy   drawn 

Mountains : — 

Dulnnmi,  i.  65,  83,  86.  1 19. 

Jinre  la  Mkoe,  i.  986,  987,  395. 

Km-igvah,  ii.  48,  144,  177. 

Kilims  Ngao,ii.  179. 

Kiringawana,  i.  333. 

Lunar,  ii.  144,  178, 

Mfuto,  L  336. 

Mukondokvs,  i.  180,   185,  194,  903, 

333. 
Nfiii.  or  Nguru,  i.  87,  125,  995. 
Njesa,  L  396. 

Rubebo,  i.  203,  911,  214,  218,  815. 
Rufule,  i.  167,  170,  180. 


219, 

Wahumba,  L  295. 

Wigo,i.  159. 
Mountains,  none  in  Unyamwezl,  ii.  6. 
Mpagamo  of  Kigandu,  defeated  by  Msim- 

Mparamusi,  or  Mgude,  tree,  i.  47,  6a  S3. 
Mpeto,  on  the  Malagarasi  river,  L  4IO. 
Mpingu  tree,  i.  373.      Uses  of  the  wood  of 
"  b,  373. 


coast,  described,  i.  8,  SO.  Inhabitants  of. 
30.  Their  mode  of  life,  35.  Mode  of 
doing  business  in,  39.  Vegetation  of  the, 
47.  Geography  of  the,  ioo.  Climate 
of  the,  109.  104.  Diwses  of  the,  105. 
Roads  of  the.  105,  106.  Ethnology  of 
the,  106. 

Murorwa,  sultan  of  Wilyai.kuru,  i.  391. 

MsanrLiruri,  or  copal- tree,  of  Uiaramo,  i.63. 

Mscne,  settlement  of,  arrival  of  th«  party  at, 
L  395.  Description  of,  395,  396.  Sut- 
ton Masavia  of,  396.  Prices  at,  397. 
Productions  of.  397,  398.  Currency  of, 
398.  Industry  of,  398.  Habits  of  the 
people  of,  398.     Climate  of,  399. 

Msimbira,  sultan  of  the  Wasukuma,  L  319, 
Papers  of  tbe  party  stolen  and  carried  to 
him,  390.  Refuses  to  restore  them,  390. 
Send  a  party  to  cut  off  the  road,  321. 
Defeats  Sultan  Mpagamo,  327. 

Maopora,  Sultan,  restores  the  stolen  goods, 
ii.  166. 

MsuH,  a  ailk-cotton  tree,  in  Usaramo,  i.  fit). 

Msukulio  tree  of  Uiaramo,  i.  61,  S3. 

Mtanda,  date  of  the  establishment  of  the 
kingdom  of,  ii.  5. 

M  tcgo,  or  elephant  traps,  L  987.  Disap- 
pearance of  the  Jemadar  in  one,  988. 

Mi*hipit'lii|ii,or  Abras  precatorius,  seeds  of, 
used  as  an  ornament,  ii.  181. 

M  tag  we  tree,  a  variety  of  Nui  vomica,  i, 
48.     In  Unyamveii,  318,  401. 

Mturobare,  Sultan,  and  hit  quarrel,  ii.  157. 

Mtunguja  tree  of  the  Mrirna,  i.  48. 

Mtungulu  apples  in  Ugogo,  i.  300. 

Mtuww.,  in  Ubwari  island,  bait  of  the 
party  at,  ii,  1 14.      Blackmail  at,  1 18. 

Mud-fish,  African  mode  of  catching,  i.  315. 

Mud-fish  in  the  Gombe  nullah,  L  334. 

Mud,  Yegea,  i.  83. 

Uuruuna,  halt  at  the  nullah  of,  L  176,  178. 

Muhinna  bin  Sulayman  of  Kaieh,  bis  ar- 
rival at  Kawele,  ii.  133.  His  extortion, 
133, 

Muhinna  bin  Su  lay  man,  the  Arab  merchant 
of  Kaieb,  !.  893. 

Mifhiyy-el-Din,  Sbafelii  Hazi  of  Zantibar, 

Muhiyy.el-Din,  Kaii,  of  the  Wasawahili, 
i.  33. 

Muhonge,  settlement  of,  described,  i.  63, 

Muhonyera,  district  of,  described,  L  63, 
Wild  animals,  63. 

Mui'  Gumbi,  Sultan  of  the  Warori,  ii.  371. 
Defeated  by  Sultan  Irongn,  75.  De- 
scription of  him,  871. 

Muikambo,on  the  Tanganyika  Lake,  niKlit 
spent  at,  ii.  115. 

Muingirira  rirer,  iL  21 1. 

Muinyi  Wasiro,  engaged  to  travel  with  the 


J!g![zS:!;)yG00gIe 


Reappear*  at  Kaieh,  ii.  168.  Ejected, 
168. 

Muinyi,  bait  of  the  party  at,  L  193.  De- 
termined altitude  of  the  people  of,  194. 

Mutnyi  Cbandi,  passed  tl>rough,  i.  :iDo. 

Mukundokw  " 


197,31 


,  233.      lilen 


,197. 


Mukondokwa  river, 

311.      Fordof,]88.      Valley  of  the,  19,!. 
Mukozimo  district,  arrival  of  the  party  at 

the,  i.    407.      lnhoapiialiiy  of  the  chiefs 

of,  407. 
Mukungum,  or  seasoning  fever,  of  Unyam- 

Mulberry,  the  whitish-green,  of   Utaramo, 

i.60. 
Murchison,  Sir  R.,  bis  triumphant  geological 

hypothesis,  i.  409.      His  notice  respecting 

the  interior  of  Africa,  409,  ttote. 
Murunguru  river,  il.  154. 
Murivumba,  tent*  of  the  party  pitched  at, 

)L  114.      Cannibal  inhabitants  of,  114. 
Murundusi,  march  to,  ii.  250. 
Musa,  the  assistant  Rich  Sand  of  the  party, 

sketch  of  him,  i.  IMS. 
Mum  Mauri,  handsome  Moses,  of  Kazeh,  i. 

3S3.     Hi*  return  to  Kaieh,  ii.  £33.     His 

history, 223.    His  hospitality,  226.    Traits 


ticm,  231. 


t  Maaui,  231.      His 


Mush 


.    East 


Africa,  described,  ii.  291,  338.  Of  the 
Wajiji,  98. 

M  ut ware,  or  Mutwate,  the  Lord  of  the 
Perry  of  the  Malagaraii  river,  i.  409. 

Muiuagu,  or  white  man,  dangers  of  accom- 
panying a,  in  Africa,  i.  10,  1 1. 

Muzunga  Mbaya,  the  wicked  white  man 
the  plague  of  the  party,  ii.  939.  Hit 
r  home,  240.      ■"-' 


K.  447 

Myombo  tree  of  East  Africa  described,  i, 

184.     Of  Usagura,  229. 
Miiniu,  or  Fetiss  but,  of  the  Wauramo, 

described,  i.  57.     Tn  Ubwari  Island,  halt 

at,  ii.  113.     Re-visited,  121. 
Mziga  Mdogo,  or  "  The  Little  Tamarind," 

arrival  of  the  party  at,  i.  161. 
Mziga-sign,  a    mode  of  cairying  goods,  i. 

341. 
Mzogera,   Sultan  of  Uvinxa,  i.  408.     His 

power,    408.       Settlement   of    blackmail 

with  envoys  of,  408. 

Names  given  to  children  by  the  Wutaraiuo, 


called  in  Africa,  i. : 

Name]]  at  Kuingani  described,  i.  45. 

Ndahi  tree,  i.  196.     Fruit  of  the.  196. 

Ndabi,  halt  of  the  caravan  at,  i.  196. 

Navigation  of  the  Tanganyika  Lake,  an- 
tiquity of  the  mode  of,  ii.  96. 

Necklace*  of  shells  worn  in  IJjiji,  ii.  65. 

Nge,  or  scorpions,  of  East  Africa,  i.  370. 

Ngole,  or  Dendraspis,  at  Dut'humi,  i.  37. 

Night  in  the  Usagara  mountains,  i.  165.  In 
tlie  caravan,  described,  359. 

Nile,  White,  Ptolemy's  notion  of  the  origin 
of  the,  ii.  1 79.  Captain  Speke's  supposed 
discovery  of  the  sources  of  the.  204. 

Njosa,  Sultan  of  the  Wasagara,  his  visit  to 
the  eipedilion,  i.  199.  Description  of 
him,  199.  Makes  "tare"  or  brotherhood 
with  Said  bin  Salim,  199. 

Njugu  ya  Nyassa,  the  Arachis  Hypogan^aa 
an  article  of  food,  i.  198. 

Northern  kingdoms  of  Africa,  See  Karag- 
wah, Uganda,  and  Ungoro, 

Nose  pincers  of  the  Wajiji  tribe,  ii.  65. 

Nullahs,  or  watercourses  of  East  Africa,  L 


personal  appearance,  and  specimen  of  his 

Nutmeg,  wild,  of  Usui,  ii.  176. 

conversation,  344. 

Nyakahanga,  in  Karagwah,  ii.  177. 

Mviramo,  a  Miaramo  chief,  demands  rice. 

Nyania,  or  Ukerewe,  Lake,  i.  31 1,  439  ;  ii. 

I  SO. 

175,  176,    179.      Chances  of  ei  pi  oration 

Mviraru,  a  Waiaramo  chief,  bars  the  road,  i. 

of  the,    195.       Geography    of  the,   206, 

210,  ttttq.      Sua  of  the,  212.      Position 

Mvoro  fish  in  the  Tanganyika  Lake,  ii.  67. 

of  the,    211.      Commerce  of   the,    215. 

Mvule  trees    used    for  making  canoes,  ii. 

Savage  races  of  the,  215.      Reasons  why 

147. 

it  is  not  the    head  stream  of  the  White 

Mwami,  or  wild    coffee   of  Karagwah,  ii. 

Nile,21B.   Tribes  dwelling  nearthe,219. 

180,  181,  187. 

Nyarn,    or     Chanuerops    humiiis,    of    the 

Mwimbe,  or  mangrove  trees,  of  the  coast  of 

Mrima,  i.  48. 

East   Africa,  i.  9.     Those  of    Uzaramo, 

Nyasanga,    Ashing    village  on  the    Tanga- 

62. 

nyika  lake,  ii.  101. 

Mwimbi,  bad  camping  ground  of,  ii.  262. 

Nzasa.  halt  at  the,  i.  54. 

Mwongo  fruit  tree,  in  Mb'bali,  i,  401. 

Nsige,    or  locusts,    flights  of,    in    Unyam- 

Mgombi  river,  i.  183. 

weii.ii.13.     Varieties  of,  18. 

Google 


Oars  not  used  on  the  Tanganyika  Lake,  ii. 

Ocelot,  the,  of  L'gngi,  t.  242. 

Oil,  common  kind  of,  in  Eait  Africa,  ii. 
3S5.      Variom  kind*  of,  385. 

Olive-tree  unknown  in  East  Africa,  ii. 
385. 

Olvmpui,  the  .Ethiopian,  ii.  179. 

Onions  cultivated  in  Unyamweii,  i.  330. 

Ophthalmia,  several  of  the  party  suffer 
from,  iu  Unyamweii,  i.  406. 

Ophidia  in  Unvirawai,  ii.  IT. 

Ordeal  far  witchcraft,  iL  357.  Amongst 
the  Wataramo,  i.  114. 

Ornaments  worn  by  the  Wauramo,  i.  HO. 
By  the  Wak'uutu,  ISO.  Foodneas  of  the 
Africans  for,  147,  I4S,  150.  Of  the 
Wasagara  tribe.  199,2117.  Of  the  Wa- 
gogo,305.  Oftlie  Wahumba.312.  Of 
tlie  porters  of  caravans  349.  Of  sultans 
in  Eait  Africa,  396.  Of  the  Wakimba, 
ii.  SO.  Of  Hie  Wanyamweti,  22.  Of 
the  Wabuha,  78.  Of  tha  Wabw.ri 
islanders,     113.         OF      the     people    of 

Karagwah,  1*1. 

Ostriches    in    Ugogo,     i,  301.       Value   of 

feathers  in  East  Africa,  i.  301. 
Outfit  of  the  expedition,  articlea  required 

for  the,  i.  151. 
Oxen  or  Ujiji,  iL  59. 

raddles  used  on  the  Tanganyika  lake,  ii. 

96.      Described,  96 
Palm,  ^Syphmna,  i.  82,  S3. 
I'alma  Christi,  or  Mbarika,  of  East  Africa, 

i.  48. 
Palm-oil,  or  maweii,  of  the  shores   of  the 

lake  Tanganyika,   ii    58.      Mode  of  ex- 

trading  it,  58,  59.     Price  at  the  lake,  59. 

Uses  to  which   it  is  applied,  59.     Trade 

in,  at  Wafanya,  107. 
Pjlmyra    tree  (Borastus  flabelliformis),  in 

the  plains,   L  180.     Toddy  drawn   from, 

181.     At  Yambo,  387.     And  at    MbTiali, 

401.      lapped  for  toddy  at  Msene,  398, 
Pangani  river,  ii.  179. 
Papaxi,  pest  of,  in  Kast  Africa,  i.  371. 
Papilionace«  in  Unyamweii,  ii.  18. 
Panda,  village  of,  i.  403. 
Pano,  village  of,  i.  389. 
Parugerero,  district  of,  in  Unyamweii,  ii. 

37.     Salt  manufacture  of,  37. 
Partridges  in  the  Duab  of  the  Mgeta  river 

i.  81. 
Paii  bug,  the,  of  East  Africa,  i.  371. 
Peewit,  the,  in  the  Rufuta  plains,  i.  183. 
Phantasmal*  iii  East  Africa.  iL  353. 
P'has'i,  or  headmen  of  the  Wauramo,  i.  54. 

113.      Of  the  Wsk'liulu,  131, 


Pliepo,  ghost  or  devil,  African  belief  in,  L 
88  ;  ii.  353.      Exorcism,  352. 

Phlebotomy  in  Ea.t  Africa,  ii.  393. 

Pig-nuts  of  East  Africa,  i.  193. 

Pillaw  in  Africa,  L  393.  How  to  bull  rice, 
393. 

Pine-apple,  or  Mananii,  of  East  Africa,  L 
66 

Pipes  in  East  Africa,  ii.  815. 

Pismires,  chungo-fundo  or  siyafu,  of  the 
banks  of  the  rivers  in  East  Africa,  descri- 
bed, i.  186.  Its  enemy,  the  niaji  m'oto, 
187. 

Pismires  black,  annoyance  of,  at   KTiokTio, 

Plantain  wine  of  Karagwah,  ii.    180.      And 

of    Uganda,   197.     Mode  of  making    it, 

387. 
Plantains  near  the  Unguwwe  river,  iL   41. 

Of  Ujiji,  58.     The  stiff  of  life  in  many 

places,  58.  Luiurianceof  it,  58.  Varieties, 

58.      Of  Uganda,  196. 
Playbir,  Captain    R.   L.,   his "  History  of 

Arabia  Felix"  quoted,  i.  68,  mole. 
Plum,  wild,  of  Yombo,  L  387. 
Plundering  expeditions  of  the  Waxaremo, 

L  113. 


84. 

Pumbc  beer,  of  East  A  frica,  L  95,  1 1 6, 333  ; 
ii.  180,  385.  Universal  use  of,  i.  309; 
ii.  99.     Mode  of  making  it,  286. 

Porcupines  in  K'tmtu,  i.  160. 

Porridge  of  the  East  Africarta,  L  35. 

Porridge  flour,  of  the  Wanyamweii,  ii.  99. 

Porters,  or  Pagasi,  the  Wanyamwexi,  of  the 
expedition,  I.  143.  Character  of  East 
African,  144.  In  East  Africa,  337. 
Variations  of  porterage,  339.  Great 
weight  carried  sometimes  by,  341.  Their 
discontent,  343.  Desertion  of  in  WiJyan- 
kuru,  391.  Description  or  those  hired  in 
Ujiji,  ii.  157.      Or  the  Warori,  271. 

Pottery,   art  of,  in  East  Africa,    iL    SIS. 

Prices  at  Msene,  i.  397.  In  the  market 
at  Unyauyembe,  333.  In  Ujiji,  ii.  72. 
At  Wafanya,  107.      At  Uvira,  120,  131. 

Proverbs,  Arab,i.  50,  86, 130, 133, 135,382. 

African,  L  31. 

Moslem,  iu  131, 

Persian,  ii,  237. 

Sanscrit,  L  133. 

Wanyamwexi,  i.  330. 

Pumpkins  junta)  or  boga,  grosni  at  Ma- 
rcnga  Mk'nali,  L  201. 

Punishments  in  Uganda,  ii.  193. 

Punishments  in  East  Afiica,  ii,  364. 

Punuccri*  coagulaus  of  the  Mrima,  i.  48. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


Quaggat  in  Unyamweii,  ii.  15. 

Races  of  the  Norlbern  Kingdom!  of  Africa, 

ii.  174,  175. 
Rah  mat,  tbe  Baloch,  i.  46. 
Hain  at  Zungomero,  i.  156.  Autumnal,  al 
Muliama,  179.  Id  the  Usagara  moun- 
tains, 918,  231,  232.  In  Ugogo,  298. 
The  Masika  or  wet  season,  378.  In 
Uuyamweii,iL8-ia  Intbeialleyofthe 
Malagaraii  river,  49.    In  Keragwah,  180, 

Ranibow,  fog,  in  (lie  Usagara  mountain*,  i. 
SSB. 

Ramji,  the  Rinyan  of  Cutch,  engaged  to 
accompany  the  expedition,  i.  10.  His 
commercial  aneculalion,  SO.  Hii  con- 
versation witll  Ladhn  Damtu,  2:1.  Visit* 
the  author  at  Kuiugani,  43.  Account  of 
him,  43,  44.     His  advice,  45. 

Ilamji,  "sons"  of,  sketch  of  them,  i.  14a 
Their  ever-increasing  baggage,  1 82. 
Their  quamli  irith  the  Baloch  soldiers, 
163.  Their  insolence,  164,  Reappear 
at  Kaieh,  ii.  168.  Allowed  to  take  the 
places  of  povters,  237,  Return  home,  ii. 
S77. 

Rantc  of  Unyamweii,  ii.  15.  Of  the  Tan- 
ganyika Lake,  ii.  61. 

Rata,  field,  i.  160.  On  the  banks  of  the 
Mukondokwa  river,  193.     House  rata  of 


Ujiji.  i 


ea   . 


Ravens  of  the  Usagara  mountains,  i.  162. 
Religion  of  the  Waiaramo,  i.  115.     Of  the 

East  Africans,  ib.;  ii.  941.   An  African's 

notion  of  God,  348  nott. 
Reptiles  in  Unyamweri,  ii.  17. 
Respect,  tokens  of,  amongst  the  Wajiji,  ii.  69. 
Revcr.ge  of  the  African,  ii.  329. 
Revenue,  sources  of,  in  East  Africa,  ii.  S65. 
i,  i.  87.     On  the 


road  to  Ugogo,  2 
hali,  889.      in  I 


n  Ugogo,  300, 

weii,  11.  15.     The  Rhinoceros  horn  trade 

of  East  Africa,  413. 
Rice,  how  to  cook,  L  393.     Red,  density 

and  rapidity  of  growth  of,  at  Msene,  397. 

Luxuriance  of.  in  L'jiji,  ii.  57.      Allowed 

to  degenerate,  57.      Unknown  in  Karag- 

wah,  ISO. 
RicW  of  Eatt  Africa,  i.  371. 
Rigby,  Captain,  at  Zanzibar,  ii.  282. 

Dungomaro,  or  Mandama,  i.  222. 


Kariba,  ii 

146. 

i.  146 

K.tonga,  i 

187. 

Kibailm,  il 

I4G. 

King.ni,  i 

36,  69 

S7 

101 

183 

231 

177,  1 
Knry.mavenge.ii.  146. 
Malagaraii,  i.  334,  337,  407,  408 ;  St 

36,  39,  47,  49,  164. 
Mandama,  or  Duugomero,  222. 
Mareriga  MkTrali,  L  200,  201. 
Marenga  Mkliali,  upper,  L  247. 
Maroro,  L  231. 
Molongwe,  ii.  146. 
MgazL  i.  86. 
MgeU,  i.  80,86,87,88,101,119.  127, 

159,  160,336;  ii.  264,  268,  274. 
Muingwira,  ii.  187. 
Mukondokwa,    i.    88,    181,   138,    192, 

216,  311. 
Myombo,  i,  181. 
Mwega.iL  256. 

J'angani,  i.   125;    ii.   179, 

Ruche,  ii.  46.52,  157,  158. 

Rufiji,  or  Rwaha,  L  30,  101,  119,  216, 

220.  225,  231. ;  ii.  257,  270,  379. 
Ritfuta,  i.  167. 

Ruguvu,  or  Luguvu,  ii   40,  52. 
Rumangwa.  ii.  149,  153. 
Rurauma,  i.  197. 


Tumbiri  of  Dr.  Krapf,  ii.  217. 
Unguwwe,  or  Uvungwe,  ii,  40,  52. 
Yo.u,  ii.  257,  i 


ZobD- 


i.  J  27. 


Riia,the  Baloch,  sketch  of  him,  i.  13S. 

Roads  in  the  maritime  region  of  East  Africa 
described,  i.  105,  106.  In  the  Usagara 
Mountains,  230.  From  Ugogo  to 
Unyamweii,  231.  In  Ugogo,  302.  In 
Unyanyembe,  325.  Description  of  the 
roads  in  East  Africa,  335.  In  Unyam- 
weii, ii,  19.  From  tbe  Malagaraii 
Ferry,  51. 

Rubeho  Mountains,  i.  233,  911,  245,  233. 

Rubeho,  or  "  Windy  Pass,*  painful  ascent 
of  the,  i.  213.  Scenery  from  the  summit, 
214.  Village  of  Wasagara  at  the  summit, 
213. 


His 
Rubeho,  tlie  Little,  ascent  of  the,  i.   215, 

Fight  between  the  porters  and  the  four 

WakWu,  216, 
Rubeho,  the  Third,  bait  of  the  caravan  at, 

i.  221. 
Rubuga,  arrival  of  (he  caravan  at,  1.   315. 

Visit  from  Abdullah  bin  Jumah  and  Ida 

flying  caravan,  315.      Flood  si,  317. 


Google 


Ruche  river,  il  32.     Mouth  of  the,  4G,  1 57. 

ltudi,  march  to,  ii.  251. 

Rufiji  river,  the.  i.  30,  216,  230,  225,  331 ; 

ii.  257,  379.     Races  ou  the,  i.  30. 
Rufita  Pass  in  Utngaru,  ii.  259. 
Rufuta  fiumara,  the,  L  167. 
Iluguiu,    or    Luguvu,   river,    ii,    40,   52, 

Ford*  of  (he,  i.  336. 
Ituhenibe  rivulet,  the,  ii.  361.     Halt  in  the 

basin  of  the,  261. 
liuhembe,  Sultan,  (lain  by  the   Wnlutn,  ii. 

76. 
Rukunda,  Or  Lukunda,  night  (pent  at,  i. 


Rumunu  river,  described,  i.  197. 
Rtimurna,  halt  of  the  caravan  at,  L   198. 

Abundance  of  its  supplies,    193.      Visit 

from  the  Sultan  Njai*  at.  199.     Climate 

of,  199. 
Rusimba,  Sultan  of  Ujiji,  ii.  Ta 
Kusiti  river,  ii.  117,  146. 
Rusugi  river,  described,  ii.   37,      Forded, 

37, 
ltuwere,  chief  of  Jsmbcho,   levies  "dash" 

on  the  party,  ii.  36. 
Rwaha  river,  i.  295,  216,  220,  225,231,  ii. 


67. 

Said,  Sayyid,  Sultan  of  Zaniibsr,  the 
'•  Imaum  of  Muscat,"  i.  2.     His  sons,  2. 

Salim  bin  Rashid,  the  Arab  merchant,  calls 
on  Captain  Burton,  il.  228. 

Said  bin  Salim,  appointed  Ras  Kanlah,  or 
caravan  guide,  to  the  expedition,  i.  9,  10. 
Attacked  by  fever,  71.  His  terror  of  the 
Waiaramo,  73.  Hi*  generosity  through 
fear,  9a  His  character,  129.  His 
hatredofthe  Baloch,  163.  Hiscovetous- 
ness,  163,  164.  Ituftlence  of  his  dares, 
164.  His  dispute  with  Kidogo,  255. 
Hit  fears,  and  neglect  at  Ugogo,  280. 
His  iuhospiulity,  287.  Hit  change  of 
behaviour,  382.  His  punishment,  384. 
His  selfishness,  391.  His  fears,  ii.  125. 
Enters  into  brotherhood  with    I.urinda, 


125. 


Kanne 


Bgsnesa  of  the  supplies, 
127.  His  impertinence,  159,  16a  His 
attempts  to  thwart  the  expedition,  172. 
I'll  dies  tents  outside  Kaieh,  227. 
Moves  to  lha  village  of  Mosul,  229. 
Dismissed  from  his  stevrardthip,  237. 
His  news  from  Zaniibsr,  261.  His 
terror    in   Usaramo,   275.      Leaves  for   | 


home,  977.      Visits  the  author  at  Zanti- 


tab  merchant 


Said  bin  All  el  Hioawi,  the  A 
of  Kaieh,  i.  323. 

Slid  biu  Majid,  the  Arab  merchant  of 
Kaieh,  i.  383.  Return  of  the  expedi- 
tion with  hit  caravan,  ii.  157.  Separation 
from  him,  165.     Treatment  of  bit  people 

ti  ujlji.  e<. 

Said  bin  Mohammed  of  Mbuamaji,  and  hit 
caravan  i.  257.  Account  of  him  aud  hit 
family,  258. 

Said  bin  Mohammed,  Sultan  of  Intra,  i. 
389.  Hit  surliness,  S89.  Brought  to  bis 
senses,  389,  390. 

Salim  bin  Said,  the  Arab  merchant  in  Wil- 
yankuru,  i.  391.      His  lunpitality,  391. 

Salim  bin  Matud,  the  Arab  merchant,  mur- 
dered, i.  328,  391. 

Sanscrit  proverb,  i.  133. 

Salt,  demand  for,  in  Ujiji,  ii.  B2.  Scarcity 
of,  at  Wafanya,  108.  Stock  laid  in,  ii. 
161. 

Salt-pits  of  K'hntu,  i.  99. 

Salt-trade  of  Parugerero,  ii.  37.      Quality 

Salsa  par  ilia  vine  of  Uzaramo,  i.  60. 

Sare,  or  brother  oath,  of  the  Waiaramo,  i. 
1 1 4.  Mode  of  performing  the  ceremony, 
1 14.  Ceremony  of,  performed  between 
Sultan  Njasa  and  Said  bin  Salim,  i.  199. 

Savrahil,  or  "the  shores,"  geographical  po- 
sition of  the,  L  39,  30.  People  of,  de- 
scribed, 30. 

Sayf  bin  Salim,  the  Arab  merchant,  account 
of,  i.  83.  Returns  to  Dutliumi,  128. 
His  cotetoiitness,  128.  Crushes  a  servile 
rebellion,  125. 

Scorpions  of  East  Africa,  i.  37a  In  the 
houses  in  Ujiji,  ii.  61. 

Seasons,  aspect  of  the,  in  Ugogo,  i.  298. 
Eight  in  Zaniibsr,  ii.   8.      Two  in  Un- 

Seedy  Mubarak  Bombay,  gun-carrier  in  the 
expedition,  character  of,  i. 130,279.  His 
demand  of  bakhshish,  ii.  173.  His  pe- 
culiarities, 236.   Appointed  steward,  237. 

XtMjnir  Spot  of  the  Greeks,  locality  of  the. 

Servile  war  in  East  Africa,  i.  125. 

Shahdad,  the  Baloch,  sketch  of  hint,  i.  135. 
Left  behind  at  Kaieh,  381. 

Sharm,  or  shame.  Oriental,  L  23. 

Sheep  of  Ujiji,  ii.  59. 

Shehe,  son  of  Ramji,  appointed  Kiraugosi, 
ii  232.    Dismissed,  238. 

Shields  of  the  Wssagara  tribe,  i.  238. 

Unknown  to  the  Wngogo,    304.     Car- 
ried by  the  Wahumba,  312.    In  Unyatii- 


hB,tzedDyG00gIe 


Shukkah,  or  loin  clolli,  of  East  Africa,  i.  149. 
Of  the  Wasagara,  235.  Materials  of 
which  it  is  made,  236. 

Siki,  or   vinegar  of  East  Africa,  II.    988. 

Hikujui,  the  lady,  added  to  the  caravan,  i, 
910.     Description  ofber,  910,  991. 

Silurua,  the,  of  the  Mabunguru  fiumara,  L 
984. 

Sime,  or  double-edged  knives,  of  the  Wasa- 
gara, i.  940.  Of  the  Wagogo,  306.  Of 
the  Wanyamwexi,  li.  29.  Or  East  Africa 
generally,  307. 

Singa  fish  of  the  Tanganyika  Lake,  1L  68. 

Siroccos  at  Ugogo,  i.  960. 

Siyafu,  or  black  pismires,  annoyances  of, 
•t  K'hok'ho,  L  276. 

Skeletons  on  the  road  side,  i,  Ifi5.  168. 

Skin,  colour  of  the,  of  the  Waxaramo,  L 
108.  Of  the  WakTiutu.  120.  Of  the 
Wadoe,  121.  Of  the  Wagogo,  304. 
Sebaceous  odour  of  the,  of  the  Waxara- 
mo, 303.  Of  the  Wanyamweti,  ii.  90. 
Warui)di,145.  Karogwah  people,  181. 
Skin  diseases  of  East  Africa,  390. 

Slave  caravans  of  East  Africa,  i.  17.  At 
Tumba  there,  62.      At  Zanzibar,  50. 

Slaves  and  slavery:  kidnapping  in  Inland 
Magogoni,  L  88.  In  Dut'humi,  89. 
Slavery  in  K'hutu,  97,  98,  121.  Kidnap- 
ping* of  the  Wazegura,  195.  Pitiable 
scene  presented  by  a  village  after  a  com- 
mando, 185.  In  Ugogo,  309.  In  fin- 
yamweii,  ii.  S3.  Of  Ujiji,  61,  71.  Prices 
of  slaves  in,  69,  71.  Prices  of  Wanna 
slaves  at  Msene,  79.  Mot  trustworthy  in 
Africa,  III.  Their  modes  of  murder- 
ing their  patrons,  111.  Prices  of,  in 
Uvira,  121.  In  Ksragwah.  184.  In 
Ubena,  270.  Degrading  effects  of  the 
slave  trade,  340,  366.  Origin  of  the 
slave  trade  of  East  Afrir*,  366.  Treat- 
ment of  slaves,  367,  369.  Two  kinds  of 
slave  trade,  368.  Kidnapping,  369. 
Character  or  slaves,  371.  Revenge  of 
slaves,  374,  375.  Female  slaves,  375. 
Prices  of  slaves,  375.  Number  of  slaves 
imported  jearlyinto  Zanzibar,  377.  Ease 
with  which  the  slave-trade  at  Zanzibar 
could  be  abolished,  377. 
Smallpox  in  the  Usagara  mountains,  i.  166. 
And  in  the  up  caravans,  179.  The  por- 
(ers  of  the  patty  attacked  bj,  180,  184, 
19a  In  Khalfan*  caravan,  901.  In  the 
caravans  in  East  Africa,  349.  In  East 
Africa  generally,  ii.  318. 
Smoking  parties,  of  women  at   Yombo,  I. 


Snay  bin  Amir,  the  Arab  merchant  of 
Kaieh,  i.  323.  Perforins  the  guest  rites 
there,  323,  324.  Sketch  of  his  career, 
324.  His  visit  to  the  Sultan  of  Ugunda, 
ii.  193.     His  kindness,  L  384  ;  ii.  831. 

Snakes  at  Unyamweii,  ii.  17.  In  she 
houses  in  Ujiji,  61. 

Snuff,  Wnjiji  mode  of  taking,  ii.  65. 

Soil,  fertility  of  the,  at  Msene,  i.  397.  Cha- 
racter of  the,  in  (Jnyamwesi,  ii.  6.  Won- 
drous fertility  of  the.  in  the  valley  of  Ibe 
Malagarazi  river,  49.  And  of  that  of 
Ujiji,  57. 

Soma  Giri,  of  the  Hindus,  locality  of  the, 

Songs  of  the  porters  of  the  caravan,  ii.  361 , 

362.      Of  East  Africa,  ii.  291. 
Sorghum  cultivated  in  Ujiji,  ii  57, 

Sorora,  or  Solola,  in  Unyamweii,  arrival  of 
the  party  at,  L  401.  Its  deadly  climate, 
401. 
Speke,  CapL,  his  illness  in  Uuramo,  i.  62, 
65,  69.  Shakes  off  his  preliminary  sym- 
ptoms, 71.  Lays  the  foundation  of  a 
fever,  82.  Thoroughly  prostrated,  84. 
Recovers  his  health  at  Mjjiii  MdogO,  161. 
Again  attacked  at  Muliama,  179.  And 
by  '*  liver"  at  Rumuma,  205.  Danger- 
ous illness  at  the  Windy  Pass,  214.  He- 
stored,  915.  Unable  to  walk,  286. 
Awaits  reserve  supplies  at  Kaieh,  386. 
Rejoins  the  caravan,  390.  Tormented  by 
ophthalmia,  406,  ii.  86.  Starts  oil  on 
expedition  to  explore  the  northern  ex- 
tremity of  the  Tanganyika  Lake,  87. 
Returns  moist  and  mildewed,  and  no- 
thing done.  90.  His"Journat"  in'- Black- 
wood" referred  to,  90.  Quoted,  91  note. 
A  beetle  in  his  ear,  91  matt.  Joins  the 
second  expedition,  9S.  Improvement  in 
his  health,  129.  Return jnurncy,  157.  His 
deafness  and  dimness  of  vision,  169. 
Leaves  Kaieh  for  the  north,  173.  Re- 
turns, 204.  His  supposed  discovery  of 
the  sources  of  the  White  Nile,  904. 
Taken  ill  at  Hanga,  233.  Convalescent, 
240.  Sights  the  sea  at  Konduchi,  279. 
Returns  home,  384. 

Spears  and  assegais  of  ihe  Wa<agara  tribe, 
i.  237.  Of  the  Wagogo,  306.  Of  Ilia 
Wahumba,  311.  Of  the  Wnnvamwexi, 
ii.  22.       Of  East  Africa   generally,  301. 

Spiders  of  East  Africa,  i.  371.  In  the 
bouses  of  Ujiji,  ii.  61. 

Sport  in  East  Africa,  remarks  on,  I.  268. 

Spring,  hot,  of  Maji  ya  W'heta,  i.  159. 

Squirrels,  red,  in  K'hutu,  i.  1 60. 

Stars,  their  splendour  at  the  equator,  i.  1 63. 

Stares,  category  of  in  Africa,  ii.  199. 

Stationery  required  for  the  expedition,  i,  153. 


Google 


rainy  murooon  in  Unyamweii,  ii.  9.      On 
the  Tanganyika.    Lake,  description   of  a, 
188. 
Succession  and  inheritance,  in  Unyamweii, 


Sugar  nude  or  granulated  honey,  i.  397. 

Suiya,  antelope,  i.  369. 

Sulphur  in  Karagwmh,  ii.  IBS. 

Sultans,  burial-places  of,  in  Unyamweii,  ii. 
96.  Power  of  the  Sultan  in  thin  country, 
31      And  in  East  Africa  generally,  ii.  362. 

Sun,  hi*  splendour  at  the  equator,  i.  168. 
Ring-cloud  tempering  the  ray*  of  the,  in 
Unyamweii,  ii.  II,  IS. 

Buna,  Sultan  of  Uganda,  ii.  18B.  The  Arabs' 
description  of  him,  189.  Hit  hundred 
hmh,  192.  His  chief  a  in  cere,  and  mode 
of  government,  198.  Account  of  a  visit 
to  him,  193. 

Sunset-hour  on  the  Indian  Ocean,  i,  I.  In 
the  Land  of  the  Moon,  387.  In  Unyam- 
weii, ii.  7.  In  Ujiji,  89.  In  East  Africa 
generally.  289. 

Sunrise  on  the  Tanganvika  Lake,  n.  156. 

Superitiiiom  of  the  Wamrima,  i.  3D.  Of 
the  Wagogoni,  inland,  B8.  Of  the  Wa- 
saramo,  118,  111,  115. 

Supplies,  shortnes*  of,  ii.  130.  Arriral  or 
tome,  but  inadequate  for  the  purpose,  130. 

Surgeiy  in  East  Africa,  ii.  328. 

Suwarorn,  Sultan,  his  exorbitant  black -mail, 
ii.  176. 

Swallows  in  Unyamweii,  ii.  17, 

Swords  in  East  Africm  ii.  308. 

Sycomore  tree  of  East  Africa,  the  Mkuju, 
in  magnificence,  i.  195.  Its  two  varie- 
ties. 195,  196.  its  magnificence  in  L'sa- 
g.ra,  229. 

Tailoring  in  Africa,  ii.  201, 

Tamarind  tree*  of  the  Uangnra  Mountains, 
i.  135.  229.  Modes  of  preparing  the 
fruit,  165.      At  Mfuto,  389. 

Tanganyika  Lake,  first  view  of  the,  descri- 
bed, ii.  48,  43.  A  boat  engaged  on  the, 
45.  Seen  from  Ujiji,  47.  Hippopotami 
and  crocodiles  in,  60.  People  of  the 
shores  of,  62,  et  no.  Fishing  in,  66.  Va- 
rieties of  fish  in,  67.  Failure  of  Captain 
Spoke's  expedition  fur  exploring  ibe 
northern  shores  of,  90.  Preparations  for 
another  cruiw,  93.  Description  of  the 
boats  of  the  lake,  94,  Navigation  of  the, 
94.  Voyage  up  the,  99.  Eastern  shores 
of  the,  described,  100.  Fishing  villages, 
100.    Remark*  on  boating  and  votaging 


on  the  lake,  101.  Account  of  tba  i.laid 
of  Ubwari,  109.  Visit  to  the  island,  113. 
Further  progress  stopped,  117,  119. 
Sunn  on  the  lake,  122.  History  of  die 
lake,  ii.  134  el  if/.  Meaning  of  the  name, 
137.  Extent  and  general  direction  of, 
137.  Altitude  of,  139.  Sweetness  of 
its  water,  139.  Its  colour,  140.  Its 
depth,  140.  Its  affluents.  Ha  Its 
coasts,  141.  No  effluents,  141.  Its  tem- 
perature, 148.  Its  ebb  and  flow,  143. 
Physical  and  ethnological  features  of  iu 
periplus,  144.  Sunrise  scenery  on  the 
lake,  156. 

Targes  of  the  East  Africans  described,  ii.307. 

Tattoo,  not  general  amongst  the  Waiaramo, 
i.  lOfl.  Nor  amongst  the  Wak'ImUi. 
120.  Practised  by  the  Wadoe,  134.  Of 
the  Wanyamwexi,  ii.  SI.  Amongst  the 
Wajiji,  63.     Of  the  Warundi,  145. 

Teeth,  chipped  to  points  by  the  Wasagara 
tribe,  i.  235. 

Tembe,  the  houses  beyond  Marcnga  Mk'- 
hali  so  called,  i.  207.  Description  of  the 
Tembe  of  East  Africa,  366. 

Tembo,  or  palm-toddy,  a  favourite  itieurieni 
in  Ujiji,  ii.70. 

Tangs,  in  Karagwab,  ii.  177. 

lent- making  in  Africa,  ii.  201. 

Termite*  of  East  Africa,  i.  801,  SOS.  In 
the  houses  of  Ujiji,  ii.  6 J. 

Tetemeka,  or  eailunuako*  in  Unyamweii, 
ii.  13. 

Thermometers  in  Africa,  L  169. 

Thiri,  or  Ut'hiri,  district  of.  ii-  215. 

Thirst,  impatience  and  selfishness  of,  of  the 
Baloch  guard,  i.  805.  African  imp; 
tieneeof,  359;    ii.  334. 

on  the  road  to  Ugogo, 


1.  846. 


Thunder  and  lightning  in  Unyamweii,  ii.  9- 
In  the  Malagaroii  valley,  50.  In  Ka- 
ragwoh,  180. 

Timber  of  East  Africa,  iu  415. 

Time,  difficulty  of  keeping,  by  chrono- 
meters in  East  African  travel,  L  189, 
190.  Second-hand  watches  to  be  pre- 
ferred, 190. 

Tirikeia,  or  afternoon  march  of  a  caravan, 
i.  203,  221.      Incident)  of  one,  MJ4,  205. 

Tobacco,  trade  of,  in  East  Africa,  ii.  418. 

Tobacco,  use  of,  iu  East  Africa,  L  36. 
Smoked  by  women  in  Unyamweii,  388. 
Chewed  by  Unyamwexi,  ii.  28.  Tobacco 
of  Uganda,  196.  Tobacco  trade  of  East 
"    418. 

s  of    Eastern  Africa,  i.  388 ; 


Afrit 


Of  z 

Togo's,  a  drink  in  Unyamweii,  L  333. 
And  in   East   Africa  generally,  li.  £86. 

TumbsoftbeWmrorima  uid  Wnzaramo.i.  57. 

Tools  required  fur  the  expedition,  i.  1S3. 

Tramontane  of  the  Rubeho,  or  Windy 
Pais,   i.  214. 

Travellers  in  Africa,  advice  to,  ii.  82.  Me- 
lancholy of  which  traveller!  in  tropical 
countries  complain,  130. 

Travelling,  characteristics  of  Arab,  in 
Eastern  Africa,  ii.  157.  Eipense  of 
travelling  in  East  Africa.  SS9, 

Trees  in  East  Africa.    Set  Vegetation. 

Tree-bark  uied  for  clothing  in  Ujiji,  ii.  64. 
Mode  of  preparing  it,  64, 

Trove,  treasure,  Arab  care  of,  i.  253 

Tumba  (here,  tha  Ptuui,  i.  54.  His  sta- 
tion, 63.  Slave  caravans  at,  62.  Ac- 
companiea  the  expedition,  62,  65. 

Tumbiri  river  of  Dr.  Krauf,  ii.  817. 

Tunda,  "  the  fruit,"  malaria  of  the  place,  i. 

Tura,  arrival  of  the  caravan  at  the  nullah 

of,  i.  391.     And   at  the  village  of,  £93. 

Astonishment  of   the    inhabitants,    392. 

Description  of,  313.      Return  to,  ii.  341. 
Turmeric  at  Muinyi  Chondi,  L  39a 
Twanigan*,  elected  Kirangoxi,  ii.  3.19.     His 

conversation,  343. 
Twins    amongst   the    Waxararoo,    L     116. 

Treatment  of,  iu  Unyamweii,  ii.  23. 
Taetie,  a  stinging  jungle  fly,  i.    187.      At 

K'liofho,  37C.      On  the  Mgunda  Mk'nali, 

389. 


Ubena.  land  of,  described,  ii.  269.  People 
of,  370.  Commerce  and  currency  of 
270. 

llbeyya,  province  of,  ii.  153. 

UbwarL  island  of,  ii.  108.  De  Barros' 
account  of,  quoted,  108.  Size  and  posi- 
tion of,  108.  Tbe  expedition  sails  for, 
1)2.  Inhabitants  of, II 3.  Halt  at,  1H. 
Portuguese  accounts  of,  135. 

Uchawi,  or  black  magic,  bow  punished  by 


113.      Descril 


„  26$. 


Not  generally   believed  in    Ugogo, 
Mode  of  proceeding  in  cases  of,  ii.  sz. 
Telief  of  the  East  Africans  generally  in, 
347.      Office  of  the  mganga,  356. 

Ufipa,  district  of,  on  the  Tanganyika  Lake, 
L  153.   Its  fertility,  135.    People  of,  153. 

Ufyoma,  a  province  of  Unyamweii,  ii.  6. 

Ugaga,  delay  at  the  village  of,  i.  408,  410, 

Ugali,  or  flour  porridge,  the  common  food 


of  East  Africa,  1.  35.  Or  the  Wanyam- 
west,  ii.  29. 

Uganda,  road  to,  ii.  187.  Sultan  of,  and 
bis  government,  188. 

Ugania,  arrival  of  the  caravan  at,  i.  407. 

Ugogi,  halt  of  tbe  party  at,  i.  341.  Abun- 
dance of  provisions  at,  341.  Geography 
of.  242.  People  of,  242.  Animals  of, 
242.  Pleasant  position  of,  243,  Its 
healthiness,  343. 

Ugogo,  first  view  of,  from  the  Uiagara 
mountains,  L  220,  The  plains  of,  reached 
by  tbe  caravan,  223.  Scenery  un  the  road 
near,  245.  Blackmail  at,  252.  Entrance 
into,  259.  Description  of  the  surrounding 
country,  359.  The  calabash  tree  at,  360. 
Siroccos  at.  260.  Reception  of  the  cara- 
van at,  261.  Incidents  of  the  minh 
through,  251-280.  Roads  from  Ugogo 
to  Unyamweii,  281.  Geography  of 
Ugogo,  294.  Boundaries  of,  294.  No 
rivers  in,  295.  Igneous  formation  of, 
295.      Houses  of,  296.      Subsoil  of,  296. 


Roads  of,  302.  Description  of  the  tribes 
of,  303.  Lodging  for  caravans  in,  354. 
Return  through,  ii.  246. 

Ugoyye,  district  of,  iu  Ujiji,  ii.  53. 

Uhha,  land  of,  now  a  desert,  ii.  S3.  Laid 
waste  by  the  Watuta  tribe,  76,  78. 

Lfhohe,  march  through,  ii.  25a  People  of, 
351. 

Ujiji,  Sea  of.     See  Tanganyika,  Lake  of. 

Ujiji,  town  of,  lodgings  for  caravans  in,  i. 
354.  Arrival  of  the  party  at  the,  ii.  46, 
Scene  there,  47.  Climate  of,  50.  51. 
Boundaries  of,  53.  Villages  and  districts 
of,  53.  Camping  ground  of  caravans 
near,  54.  Distance  of  Ujiji  from  the 
Coast,  and  number  of  stages,  55.  History 
of  the  country,  56.  Trade  of,  57.  Per. 
tility  of  the  soil  of,  57.  Batar  of,  59. 
fa  ma  of,  60.  Slave  trade  0(61.  Prin- 
cipal tribes  in,  62.  Inconveniences  of  a 
halt  at,  and  of  a  return  journey  from,  74, 
Mode  of  spending  the  day  at,  87. 

Ukami,  depopulation!  of,  i.  88. 

Clkarangn,  or  -land  of  ground-nuts,"  on  tbe 
Tanganyika  Lake,  arrival  at,  ii.  44.  Boun- 
daries of,  52.  Wretched  villages  of,  52. 
Apathy  of  the  people,  52.  Etymology  of 
tbe  name,  52. 


Ukona,  reached  by  the  caravan,  i.  318. 
Ukungwe,  village  of,  i.  403. 
Ukuugwc,  islands  of,  ii.  151. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


Umbilical  region,  protrusion  of  ih.>,  in  (he 
children  of  the  Wataramo,  iL   117. 

Unguwwe,  or  Uvungwe,  river,  iL  40,  52. 
Forded,  40. 

V n yinjr uru wire,  settlement  of,  i.  408. 

Unyangwira,  a  province  of  Unymrowtii,  iL 
6. 

Unyanyembe  district,  rice  lands  of  the,  i. 
391.  Aspectof  iheland,331.  Descrip- 
tion of  it,  SS5[  iL  5.  Roads  in,  i,  325. 
In  physical   futures,  328.      In  Tillages, 

336.  History  of  the  Arab  aettlernenu  in, 

337.  Fo>d  in,3S9,  331— 334.  Prices 
in.  333. 

Unyamwexi,  or  the  Land  of  the  Moon,  i. 
313.  Arrival  of  the  caravan  in  the,  31 4. 
Lodging*  for  caravans  in,  354.  Geogra- 
phy of,  ii.  1.       Boundaries  and  eitent  of, 

3.  Altitude  of,  3.  The  country  as  known 
to'the  Portuguese,  2.  Corruptions  of  the 
name,  3,  fl.      Etymology  of  the  word,  3, 

4.  Barbarous  traditions  of  its  having  been 
a  great  empire,  4.  Portuguese  accounts 
of  its  former  greatness,  5.  lis  present 
political  condition,  5.  Its  dialects,  5. 
Provinces  into  which  it  is  divided,  S. 
General  appearance  of  the  country,  6. 
Its  geology,  6.  Peaceful  rural  beauty 
of  the  country,  7.  Water  and  rice  fit-Ids 
7.     Versaut  of  Unyamwi 


Its   r 


-10. 


The  hi 

country,  11,  13,  14.  Whirlwinds  and 
earthquakes,  11,  13.  Curious  effects  of 
the  climate,  14.  Fauna  of  Unyamwesi, 
1 5.  Roads  in,  ]  9,  Notice  of  the  race* 
of,  19. 

Unyoro,  dependent,  ii.  1ST. 

Unyoro,  independent,  land  of,  ii  1 97. 
People  of,  197. 

Urundi,  mountains  of,  i.  409  ;  ii.  48.  Ar- 
rival of  the  expedition  in  the  region  of, 
101.  People  of,  107,  117.  Description 
ofthe  kingdom  of,  144.  Government* 
of,  145.  People  of,  145.  Route  to, 
169. 

Uruwwa,  the  present  terminus  of  trade,  ii. 
147.     People  of,  147.      Prices  at,  147. 

Usagara  mountain*,  i.  87,  159,  315,  397, 
335.  Ascent  of  the,  160.  Halt  in  the, 
161.  Healthiness  of  the,  161.  Vegeta- 
tion of  the,  1 69,  1G5.  Water  in  the,  31 8. 
Descent  of  the  counterslope  of  the,  219. 
View  from  the,  330.  Geography  of  the. 
325,  ttitq.  Geology  ofthe,  £37.  Fruits 
and  Sowers  of  the,  338.  Magnificent 
trees  of  the,  139.  Water-channels  and 
cultivation  of  the  ground  in  the.  339. 
Village  of  the,  339.  Supplies  of  food  in 
the,  239.       Roads  of   the,  330.       Water 


331.       Diseases  of  the,  833.     The  tribes 

Usagoii,  a  province  of  Unjamweii,  ii.  6. 
March  to,  i.  405.  Insolence  of  the  men 
of,  405.  Description  of  the  town  of,  and 
country  around,  405.  Sultan  and  people 
of,  406. 
Usektie,  in  Ugogo,  1.  372. 
TJsends,  capital  ofthe   Sultan   Kuombe,  ii. 

148.     Trade  of  Usend*,  148. 
Usenge,  arrival  of  the  party  a!  the  clearing 

of,  i.  407. 
Usoga,  Land  of,  iL  197.      People  of,  197. 
Usui,  toad  and  route  from  Unyanyembe  to, 
ii.  175.    Description  of,  176.    People  of, 
176. 
Usukama,  »  province  of  (Jnyamweii,  ii.  5. 
Usumbwa,  a  province  of  Unyamwrzi,  ii.  6. 
Utakama,  a  province  of  Unyamweii,  ii.  5. 
Utamlurs,  near  Marungu,  district  of,  ii.  151. 
Lt'hongwe,  country  of,  ii.  52. 
Utumbara,  a  province  of  Uayamtreii,  iL  6, 

176.      Peopleofl-6. 
Uvimi,  lodgings   fur  caravans   in,   L  354. 
Geography  of,  iL  1,  48.      The  two  seasons 
of,  8. 
Uvira,  southern  frontier  of,   reached  by  the 
expedition,  iL  115,116.     Sultan  of,  116. 
Blackmail  at,  130.     Commerce  of,  13a 
Uyanii,  land  of,  description  ofthe,  i,  379. 
Uyonwa,  principal  village  of  Uvinsa,  ii.  78. 
Sultan  Mariki  of,  78.       Tents  pitched  at, 
161. 
Uyuv/wi,  Kitambi,  sultan  of,  i.  SSO. 
Uzaramo,  the  first  district  of,   i.  54.      Fer- 
tility   of,     60.        Wild    animals    of,    63. 
Storm  in,  60.     Boundaries  of  the  tcrri- 
tory-of,    107.       Roads    in,   335.      Art  of 
narcotising  fish   in,  iL   67.        Re-entered, 
275. 
Uiige,  land  of,   described,   iL  146.      People 

of,  146.      Rivers  of,  146. 
Uiiraha;  plain  of,  ii.  363. 
Utungu.or    White  Land,    African  curiosity 
respecting.  L  361. 

Valentine,  the  Goanese  servant,  sketch  of 
hit  character,  L  131.  Taken  ill,  L  300, 
379 ;  ii.  169.  Cured  by  Hie  tioctura 
Warburgii,  169.  His  reception  by  the 
Wagogo,  363.  Sent  to  learn  cooking, 
384.  Surfers  from  ophthalmia,  406. 
Mortally  wounds  a  Way  fan  va,  iL  134. 

Vegetables  in  East  Africa,  L  301  [  iL  383. 

Vegetation  of — 

llm.iani,  road  to,  L  47. 
Dut'huini,  i.  87. 


hgitzedoyGOOgle 


Kstonga  rWer,  ii.  1st. 

K'butu.  LSI. 

Kingani  river,  valley  of  the,  L  56,  69. 

Ki  rings- Ranga,  i.  60. 

Kirira,  i    395. 

Kiruru,  L  83. 

Kuingani,  i.  43. 

Mokatatank,L  181. 

Mgeta  river,  i.  166. 

Mgunda  Mk'bali,  i.  9S2. 

Mrima,  the,  i.  101,  103, 1M. 

Msene,  i.  3S7,  »M& 

Muhogwe,  i.  63. 

Mnkondokwa  mountains,  i.  195. 

Munimlusi,  iL  950. 

Itufuta  fiumara,  i.  16S. 

plains,  i.  ISO, 

Tanganyika  Lake  shore*,  ii.  111. 
The  road  beyond   Marenga  Mk'hali,  i. 

The  mad  to  TJgogo,  L  146. 
Turaba  Ihere,  l  63. 
Vgogo,  i.  275,  399,  300.     . 
I Jgoma,  il.  1 47. 
Ujtji,  ii.  57. 
Unguwwe  river,  ii.  40. 
Unyamwezi,  ii.  6. 

Uaagara  mountain!,  i.  163,  165,  290. 
Urine  in  June,  u.  163. 
Yotnbo,  L  387. 
Zungomero,  L  95. 
Veneration,  African  want  of,  ii.  336. 
Village  life  in  East  Africa,  described,  iL 

978. 
Village*  of  the  Mrima,  L   102.      Of  the 
Wak'hutu,    131.       A  deserted    village 
described,  185.     Village*  of  the  Uugara 
mountain*,  239.      Of  the  Wahehe,  240. 
Of  Eait   Africa  generally,  364,  «r  «j. 
In  Unyamweii,  ii.  7.      Of  Ukarenga,  53. 
Vinegar  of  East  Africa,  iL  388. 
Voandieia  subterrancs,  a  kind  of  vetch,  L 
196,  198. 

Wabembe   tribe,  their  cannibal   practices, 

iL  114,  146. 
Wabena  tribe*,  L  304,       Described  by  the 

Arab  merchants,  iL  270. 
Wabha  tribe,  their  habitat,  ii.  78.    Their 

chief  village,  78.     Their  personal  appear 

anca  and  dress,    78.       Their   arms,  78 

Their  women,  78. 
Wabisa  tribe,  habitat  of  the,  ii.  15a     Their 

drew,  150.      Their  manners  and  customs, 


Wadoe  tribe,  tbeir  habitat,  i.  193.  Their 
history,  123.  Their  cannibalism,  193. 
Their   distinctive    marks,    134.      Their 


arm*,  124.  Their  customs,  194.  Sub- 
divisions of  the  tribe,  134. 

Waranya,  hall  at  the  village  of,  ii.  106. 
Visit  from  the  chief  of,  107.  Blackmail, 
at,  107.   Climate  of,  107.    Price*  at,  107. 

Wafipa  tribe,  habitat  of  the,  ii.  153.  ■  Their 
personal  appearance,  153. 

Wafyoroa  race,  described,  ii.  176. 

Waganda  races,  described,  ii  196.  Their 
language,  196.     Their  dress,  196. 

W  agings,  or  priests,  of  Urundi,  their 
aavage  appearance,  iL  145.   See  Mganga. 

Wegara,  or  Wagala,  tribe,  i.  407. 

Wagogo,  their  astonishment  at  the  white 
man,  i.  363.  Habitat  of  the,  303,  304. 
Extent  of  the  country  of  the,  304.  Com- 
plexion of  the,  304.  The  ear-ornament* 
of  the,  304.  Distinctive  mark  of  the, 
304.  Modes  of  wearing  the  hair,  304, 
Women  of  the,  305.  Dress  of  the,  301. 
Ornamenta  of  the,  305.      Arm*  of  the, 

306.  Villages  of  the,  306.  Language 
of  the,  306.  Their  dislike  of  the  Wnn- 
yatnweai,  307.  Their  strength  of  numbers, 

307.  Not  much  addicted  to  black  magic, 
307.  Their  commerce,  308.  Their 
greediness,  308.  Tbeir  thievish  pro- 
pensities, 309.  Their  idleness  and  de- 
bauchery, 309.  Their  ill  manner*.  309. 
Their  rude  hospitality,  310.  Authority 
of  the  Sultan  of  Ugogo,  310.  Food  in, 
310,  311. 

Wagoma  tribe,  their  habitat,  iL  147. 

Wagubba  tribe,  habitat  of  the,  iL  147. 
Lake  in  their  country,  147.    Roads,  147. 

Wahayya  tribe,  the,  iL  187. 

Wahehe  tribe,  their  habitat,  i.  839.  Their 
thievish  propensities,  939.  Their  disten- 
sion of  their  ear-lobes,  339.  Distinctive 
marks  of  the  tribe,  239.  Their  dress, 
339.  Their  arms,  24a  Their  villages, 
flocks,  and  herds,  340. 

Waliha  tribe,  their  country  laid  Waste,  iL  76, 
78.  Their  present  habitat,  79.  Wabba 
■laves,  79. 

Wehinda  tribe,  account  of  the,  ii.  319. 
Their  habitat,  819.  Their  dress,  320. 
Their  manners  and  customs,  330. 

Wahuma  das*  of  Karagwah,  described,  iL 
181,183. 

Waimmba  tribe,  the  bandit,  L  203.  Haunts 
of  the,  seen  in  the  distance,  205. 

Wabumba,  or  Wamasai,  tribe,  iL  315. 
Attack  the  villages  of  Inenge,  i-  313. 
Haunts  of,  259.  Slavery  among  the,  309. 
Dialect  of  the,  311.  Habitat  of  the,  311. 
Seldom  visited  by  travellers,  311.  Com- 
plexion  of  the,  311.  Dress,  manners,  and 
customs  of  the,  312.  Dwelling*  of  the, 
312.      Armsof  tbe.312. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


»  Hill*,  L  395,  997. 
Wajiji  tribe,  tilt,  described,  H,  69.  Rude- 
ness and  violence  of,  63,  68.  Dimn  of, 
63.  Practice  of  tattooing  amongst,  63. 
Ornament*  and  die™  of,  63,  61.  Cos- 
metics of.  63.  Mode  of  taking  snuff  of, 
65.  Fishermen  of  the  lake  of  Tangan- 
yika, 66.  Ceretnooloasneatof  the  Wajiji, 
69.  Absence  of  family  affection  amongst 
them,  69.     Their  bahiti  of  intoxication, 

69.  Power  and   rights  of  their  sultan, 

70,  Their  government,  71.  Their  com- 
merce, 71,  Price*  in  Ujiji,  73.  Currency 
in,  73.  Musical  instrumenta  of  the 
Wajiji,  98.  Inquisitive  wonder  of  the 
people,  1S8.      Category  of  •tares,  138. 


Ilagesol 


e.406. 


i.  16c 
.    406.      Dres 


Wakarobst,  the,  ■  sub-tribe  of  the  Watanmo, 
i.  108. 

Wnkarenga  tribe,  wretched  Tillage*  of  the, 
ii.  58.  Their  want  of  energy  and  civilisa- 
tion, 53,  74,  75. 

Wakatet*  tribe,  habitat  of  the,  ii.  149. 

WaUmbu  race,  account  of  the,  ii.  19. 
Tillage*  of  the,  1 9.  Dress  and  eharactcr- 
itiic  marks  of  the,  SO.  Amu  of  the,  SO. 
Ornament*  of  the,  30.  Language  of  the, 
80. 

Wakumbaku  tribe,  country  of  the,  i.  68. 

W.ktiutu  race,  the,  described,  L  97.  The 
ivory  toutera  of,  97.  Their  territory,  1 19. 
Their  physical  and  mental  qualities,  190. 
Their  dress,  ISO.  Their  drunkenness,  ISO. 
Their  food,  ISO.  Their  government,  1SI. 
Their  dwelling*,  131. 

Wakwafi  tribe,  alavery  among  the,  1.  309. 
Their  untauicahle  character,  309. 

Wall  point,  i.  8. 

Wamaaai  tribe,  alavery  among  the,  i.  809. 

Waiubele,  Chomwi  la  Mlu  Mku,  or  Head- 
man Great  Man  of  Precedence,  i.  156. 

Wamboiva  tribe,  habitat  of  the,  ii.  149. 
Their  government,  153.  Their  persona) 
appearance,    159.       Their   manners   and 


Wamrima,  or  "people  of  the  Mrima,"  de- 
sciibcd,  i.  16,  30,  39.  Tlieir  chomwi,  or 
headmen,  16,  Their  dress,  S3.  Their 
women,  84.  Their  mode  of  life.  35. 
Their  national  characteristics,  36.  Their 
habita  and  custom*,  37.  Their  tombs,  57. 
Wamrima  caravan*,  description  of,  844. 
Hospitality  of  the  people,  353. 

Wangtiru  porters,  desertion  of  the,  i.  58. 

Wan  jam  bo,  the  poor  class  of  Karagwah,  de- 
scribed, ii.  188. 

Wanyamwesi  porters  of  the  espedition,  i. 
143.      Account  of  the  Wanyamwexi  tribe, 


ii.SO.  Colour  of  the  skin  of  the,  30.  Ef- 
fluvium from  their  skint,  20.  Mode  of 
dressing  the  hair,  80.  Elongation  of  the 
mammas  of  the  women,  91.  Mark  of  the 
tribe,  81.  Dress  of  the,  SI,  Ornament* 
of  the,  S3.  Arm*  of  the,  99.  Manner* 
and  customs  of  the,  93.  Ceremonies  of 
childbirth,  98.  Of  marriage,  94.  Fu- 
nerals, 35.  Houses  of  the  Wanyamwni, 
94.  Iwansa,  or  public-house  of  the,  97. 
Food  of  the  people,  38.  Their  commer- 
cial industry,  89.  Their  language,  SO. 
Cultivation  of  the  ground,  30,  31.  Sla- 
very amongst  them,  31,  33,  Government 
ofthepeople,SI.  Notice  of  Sultan  Fun- 
dikira,  31,  39.  Desertion  of  the  porters, 
in  Ugogo,  S77.  Their  fear  of  the  Wa- 
gogo,  307.  Greeting  of  porters  of  the,  on 
the  road,  891. 

Wanjika,  halt  of  the  party  at  the  settlement 
of,  i.  407.     Blackmail  at,  407. 

Wanyora  race  described,  ii.  1 97. 

Wap'haDgara,  the,  a  subtribe.  of  the  Wa- 


Warori,  their  meeting  with  the  caravan, 
ii.  S51.  The  tribe  described,  273.  Their 
raid*,  878,  373.  Their  personal  appear- 
ance, S73.  Dress  and  weapon*.  973. 
Their  food  and  habitations,  873. 

Warufiji.or  people  of  the  Rufiji  river,  L  SO. 

Warudi  tribe,  ii  315,  819. 

Warugaru  tribe,  country  of  the,  i.  88. 
Their  language,  89. 

Warundi  tribe,  noise  and  insolence  of  the, 
ii.  10T.  Their  inhoapitality,  108,  117. 
Their  habitat,  144.  Their  mode  of  go- 
vernment, 145.  Their  completion,  145. 
Their  personal  appearance,  145.  Their 
dress,  arms,  and  ornaments,  145.  Their 
women,  146. 

Waaagara  tribe,  thievish  propensities  of  the, 
i.  889.  Villages  of  the,  168.  Those  of 
Rumutna  described,  198.  Their  orna- 
ments and  arms,  199.  Village  of.  on  the 
summit  of  Knbelio,  918.  Villages  of,  on 
the  slopes,  991.  Their  habitat,  334.  Co- 
lour of  their  skins,  934.  Modes  of  wearing 
the  hair,  834.  Distension  of  the  ear-lobe. 
835.  Distinctive  marks  of  the  tribe,  835. 
Dress  of  the,  335.  Arms  of  the,  S37. 
Government  of  the,  938,     Houses  of  the, 

Wasawahili,  or  people  of  the  Sewahil,  de- 
scribed, i.  30.  National  chat  act  eristics  of 
the,  36.  Their  habits  and  customs,  S7. 
Caravans  of,  344. 

Wasenie  tribe,  their  habitat,  ii.  147. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


Washaki  tribe,  the,  ii.  215,  219. 
Washenii,  or   barbarians  from   tlic_  interior, 

i.  la       Curiosity  of,   394. 
Washenii,  "  the  conquered,"  or  Ahl  Muisiin, 

the,  L  30. 
Wasps,  mason,  of  the  bouses  in  East  A  fries, 

Wasui  tribe,  described,  ii.  176. 
Wasukuma   tribe,  their    thievery,    L    319. 

Punishment  of  sonic  of  them,  320,  321. 

Their  sultan,  Mtimbira,  31 9-381. 
Waaumbwa  tribe  in  Msene,  L  395. 
Wnsuop'hinga  tribe,  country  of  the,  i.  88. 
Watatura    tribes,    i.    304;    ii.    215,    220. 

Their   habitat,  220.       Recent   history  of 

them,  220,  291. 
Watches,  a  few  second-band,  the  best  things 

for  keeping  time  in  East  African  travel, 

i.190. 


Water  in  the  Mrima,  L  103.  In  the  Usa- 
gara  mountains,  218.  Scarcity  of,  near 
Harenga  Mk'hali,  303.  Impatience  and 
selfishness  of  thirst  of  the  Baloch  guard, 
205.  In  the  Usagara  mountains,  330. 
On  the  road  to  Ugogo,  247.  Permission 
required  for  drawing,  253.  Scarcity  of, 
at  Kaiiyeiiye,  265.  Inhospitality  of  the 
people  there,  respecting,  267.  Scarcity 
of,  in  Mgunda  Mk'hali  282.  At  the 
Jive  la  Mkoa,  287;  At  Kirururno, 
SB9.  At  Jiweni,  289.  On  the  march 
of  the  caravan,  359.  In  Uuyamweii, 
ii.  7.  Of  the  Tanganyika  Lake,  its 
sweetness,  139,  Want  of,  on  the  return 
Journey,  239. 
Water-melons  at  Marenga  Mk'hali,  L  201. 

Cultivation  of,  201. 
Wsfhembe  tribe,  the,  ii.  154. 
Wat'hembwe  tribe,  habitat  of  the,  ii.  149. 
Wat'hongwe  tribe,  country  of  the,  ii.  154. 
Wattiongve  Kanana,  Sultan,  ii.  154. 
Watosi  tribe  in  Msene,  L  396.     Their  pre- 
sent habitat,  ii.  185.     Account  of  them 
and  tbeir  manners  and  customs,  1 85. 
Watuta  tribe,  hills  of  the,  i.  408.      History 
of,   ii.  T5.      Tbeir  present  habitat,   76. 
'  Their  wandering*    and    forays,    76,  77, 
Their  women,  77.    Their  arms,  77.   Their 
tactics,  77.     Tbeir  fear  of  fire-arms,  77. 
Their  hospitality  and  strange  traits,  77. 
Their  attack  on  the  territory  of  Kannena, 
ii.  156. 
Wavinss  tribe,  i.  407.      Personal  appear- 
ance and  character  of  the,  ii.  75.     Arms 
of  the,  75.      Inhospitality  of   the,  75. 
Drunkenness  of  the,  75. 
Watim  tribe,  civility  of  the,  ii  115. 


Wayfanys,  return  to,  ii.  123.  A  slate 
mortally  wounded  at,  124, 

Wasatsmo  tribe,  the,  i.  19. 

Waxaramo,  or  Wasalamo,  territory  of  the, 
i.  54.  Visit  from  the  P'besi,  or  head- 
men, i.  54.  Women's  dance  of  ceremony, 
55.  Tombs  of  tba  tribe,  57.  Stoppage 
of  the  guard  of  the  expedition  by  the 
Waxaramo,  70.     Ethnology  of  the  race, 

107.  Their  dialect,   107.      Subtribes  of, 

108.  Distinctive  marks  of  the  tribe, 
108.  Albinos  of  the,  109.  Dress  of 
the,  109.  Ornaments  and  arms  of  the, 
110.  Houses  of  the,  110.  Character  of 
the,  112.  Their  government,  1 1 3.  The 
Sere,  or  brother  oath,  of  the,  1 1 4.  Births 
and  deaths,  1 1 8.  Funeral  ceremonies, 
118,  119.     "Industry"  of  the  tribe,  119. 

Wasegura  tribe,  i.  134.      Their  habitat,  125. 

Their    anna,     125.       Their   kidnapping 

practices,  125.      Their  government,  125. 

Their  character,  136. 

Waaige  tribe  described,  ii.  146. 

Wssirafaa,  a  eubtribe  of  the  Wakliutu,  i. 

132.     Described,  133. 
Weights  and  measures  in  Zanzibar,  ii.  389, 

391. 
Weapons  in  East  Africa,  ii  300. 
Weaving  in  East  Africa,  ii.  309. 
White  land,  African  curiosity  respecting,  i 

261. 
Whirlwinds  in  Unyamwaii,  ii  11,  IS. 
Wife  of  Sultan  Magomba,  i  266. 
Wigo  hill,  L  93,  159. 

Wilyankuru,Eastern,  passed  through,  i  390. 

Winds    in     Unyamwesi,    ii.    9,    10.        In 

Central  Africa,  50.      Periodical  of  Lake 

Tanganyika,  143.     In  Karagwah,  ii  180. 

Windy  Pan,  or  Pass  of  Rubebo,  painful 

ascent  of,   i  213.      Village  of  Waasgara 

at,  218.  • 

Wine,    plantain,  of    Karagwah,   ii.    ISO. 

And  of  Uganda,  197. 
Wire,  mode  of  carrying,  in  tbe  expedition, 
i.  1 45.  Asanarticleofeommerec,  146,  150 
Witch,  or  mganga,  of  East  Africa,  i  380. 
Witchcraft,  belief  in,  in  East  Africa,  ii  347. 

Office  of  the  mganga,  356. 
Women  in  East  Africa,  ii  398,  330,  332, 


-  Wagogo,  i.  804,  305,  310. 

-  Wabefae,  i  330. 

-  Wajiji,  ii  62 — 64, 

-  Wak'hutu,  i  120. 

-  Wamrima,  L  16,  34. 

-  Wanysmveti,  L  388,  396, 

398)  ii.  21,23,  24. 

-  Warundi,  U.  146. 


j:g:[zS;!;)yG00£>Ie 


Women  of  the  WaaagsTS,  L  234,  336. 

Walaturu,  ii  221. 

Watuta,  iL  77. 

i  Winnnra,  L    55,   61, 

1 10,  1 16,  1  IS. 

— "  I  .ulliloo  "   of  the  Wanjamweii, 

i.  291. 
.  .  phyaieiern  in  Eaat  Africa,  iL  363. 

'  Dance     by     themaelvei      in      Eaat 

Africa,  L  361. 
— —    Hamtoane,  at  Yombo,  i.  388. 
.  Slaie-girla  of  the  coast  Arabs  on 

the  march  Dp  country,  L  91 4. 
■  i   The  iwanu,  or  publichonsei  of  the 
women  of  Unjamweii,  iL  27. 

Of  Ibe  Wabwari  islanders,  iL  113. 

Wood-apple*  in  Unyamweii,  i.  31B. 
Woodward,   Mr.  S.   P.,  hia  description   of 
sheila  brought  from  Tanganyika  Lake,  ii 
109,  note. 

Xxlopbagua,  the,  in  Eaat  African  houses,  i 


Yegea  mud,  i.  63. 

Yombo,  hall  of  the  party  at,  L  387. 

aeription  of,  387.     llie   sunset   hoi 

387.      Return  to,  ii.  166. 
Yotu,  rlter,  ii.  257,  253.      Forded,  2i 
Yon,  Tillage  of,  described,  L  396. 


310.       Her 
277. 
Zebra*,  in 


torjr'of  the  word  "  Zantibar,"  28.  Its 
geographical  position,  29.  Weakness  of 
the  government  of,  in  the  interior  of  the 
continent,  93.  The  eight  aeaaotia  of,  ii. 
8.  Siase-trade  of.  377.  Trouble*  in, 
380.       General   trade  of.   Appendix    to 

Zawada,  the  lady,  added  to  the  caravan,   i. 
>  Capt  Spoke,  ii. 


Rul'uta  plains,  i.  183.  At 
iiwa,  wi.     In  UnjamwexJ,  iL  15. 

Zeroiemiyah  of  Eaat  Afrion,  iL  239. 

Zeie,  or  guitar,  of  Eaat  Africa,  iL  291. 

Zik  el  nafaa,  or  asthma,  remedy  in  East 
Africa  for,  i.  96. 

Zimbili,  bait  of  tbe  oararan  at,  L  336.  Do 
aeription  of,  386. 

Zitrs,or  the  Pond,  L  24*.  Water  obtained 
from  the,  250.  Description  of  the,  25L, 
Troubles  of  the  expedition  at,  854. 

Zohnwe  rirer,  L  1 72. 

Zobnire  settlement,  L  173.      Adventure!  of 


tbee: 


.  173. 


Zungomero,  district  of,  described,  L  93. 
Commerce  of,  95.  Attraction*  of,  95. 
Food  of,  95—97.  Cauae  of  the  ieorr 
toiiten  of,  97.  Halt  of  the  eipedition  at, 
L  127.  Pestilence  of,  127,  163.  Fresh 
porten  engaged  at,  128.  Life  at.  156. 
Betura  to,  iL  264.  Departure  from, 
276. 


U19 


J!g![zS:!;)yG00gIe 


n 


id  By  Google 


id  By  Google 


id  By  Google 


id  By  Google